As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2009.

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F


   
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
  or
   
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
   
  or
   
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
  or
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  Date of event requiring this shell company report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For the transition period from N/A to N/A

Commission file number: 1-14930

HSBC Holdings plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/A United Kingdom
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English) (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
United Kingdom
(Address of principal executive offices)

Russell C Picot
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
United Kingdom
Tel +44 (0) 20 7991 8888
Fax +44 (0) 20 7992 4880
(Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered
   
Ordinary Shares, nominal value US$0.50 each. London Stock Exchange
Hong Kong Stock Exchange
Euronext Paris
Bermuda Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange*
American Depository Shares, each representing 5 Ordinary
Shares of nominal value US$0.50 each.
New York Stock Exchange
6.20% Non-Cumulative Dollar Preference Shares, Series A New York Stock Exchange*
American Depositary Shares, each representing one-fortieth of a Share of 6.20%  
Non-Cumulative Dollar Preference Shares, Series A New York Stock Exchange
5.25% Subordinated Notes 2012 New York Stock Exchange
6.5% Subordinated Notes 2036 New York Stock Exchange
6.5% Subordinated Notes 2037 New York Stock Exchange
6.8% Subordinated Notes Due 2038 New York Stock Exchange
8.125% Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities
Exchangeable at the Issuer’s Option into
Non-Cumulative Dollar Preference Shares
New York Stock Exchange
   

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: None


     Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the period covered by the annual report:

Ordinary Shares, nominal value US$0.50 each 12,105,265,082

     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  No 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  No. 

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  No 

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filter  Accelerated filter  Non-accelerated filter 

     Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP  International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the
International Accounting Standards Board 
Other 

     If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17  Item 18 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  No 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares.

Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Annual Report and Accounts 2008
   
   
   

 

Headquartered in London, HSBC is one of the largest banking and financial services organisations in the world. Its international network comprises some 10,000 properties in 86 countries and territories in Europe; Hong Kong; Rest of Asia-Pacific, including the Middle East and Africa; North America and Latin America.

     With listings on the London, Hong Kong, New York, Paris and Bermuda stock exchanges, shares in HSBC Holdings plc are held by over 210,000 shareholders in 120 countries and territories. The shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depositary Shares.

     HSBC provides a comprehensive range of financial services to more than 100 million customers through four customer groups and global businesses: Personal Financial Services (including consumer finance); Commercial Banking; Global Banking and Markets; and Private Banking.

Certain defined terms

   
     
     
Unless the context requires otherwise, ‘HSBC Holdings’ means HSBC Holdings plc and ‘HSBC’ or the ‘Group’ means HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiaries. Within this document the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the   People’s Republic of China is referred to as ‘Hong Kong’. When used in the terms ‘shareholders’ equity’ and ‘total shareholders’ equity’, ‘shareholders’ means holders of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and those preference shares classified as equity.

 


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Contents
   
   
   

 

Financial Highlights       2
         
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements       6
         
Group Chairman’s Statement       8
         
Report of the Directors       12
       
Operating and Financial Review        
Principal activities 12      Balance sheet 40
Strategic direction 12   Critical accounting policies 61
Challenges and uncertainties 12   Disclosure controls 66a
Key performance indicators 17   Management’s assessment of internal controls 66a
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit 21   Customer groups and global businesses1 67
Financial summary1 23   Geographical regions1 87
   Income statement  24   Products and services 138
   Group performance by income and expense item  26   Other information 140
         
Impact of Market Turmoil        
Background and disclosure policy 144   Nature and extent of HSBC’s exposures 150
Overview of exposure 145   Fair values of financial instruments 162
Business model 149   Special purpose entities 173
Risk management 150   Other off-balance sheet arrangements and commitments 187
Accounting policies 150      
         
Risk1        
Regulation and supervision 188   Operational risk 252
Risk management 191   Pension risk 253
Credit risk 192   Reputational risk 254
Liquidity and funding 235   Sustainability risk 254
Market risk 241   Risk management of insurance operations 255
Residual value risk 252   Capital management and allocation 274
         
Governance1        
Corporate governance report 281   Employees 303
Directors and senior management 281   Corporate sustainability 312
Board of Directors 290   Dividends, shareholders and meetings 313
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report1     315
 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities     329
 
Independent Auditor’s Report     330
 
Financial Statements1     332
 
Notes on the Financial Statements     340
 
Shareholder Information     448
Enforceability of judgements made in the US 448   Annual General Meeting 452
Limitations affecting equity security holders 448   Interim Management Statements and Interim results 452
Fourth interim dividend for 2008 448   Shareholder enquiries and communications 453
Interim dividends for 2009 449   Investor relations 454
Dividends on ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings 449   Where more information about HSBC is available 454
Nature of trading market 449   Taxation of shares and dividends 455
Shareholder profile 451   History and development of HSBC 457
Memorandum and Articles of Association 451   Organisational structure 459
 
Glossary of Terms and Index       460
 
1 Detailed contents are provided on the referenced pages.        

1


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Financial Highlights
   
   
Highlights / Ratios

 

For the year
   
Total operating income up by 1 per cent to US$88,571 million (2007: US$87,601 million).
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges up by 3 per cent to US$81,682 million (2007: US$78,993 million).
   
Group pre-tax profit down by 62 per cent to US$9,307 million (2007: US$24,212 million).
   
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company down by 70 per cent to US$5,728 million (2007: US$19,133 million).
   
Return on average shareholders’ equity of 4.7 per cent (2007: 15.9 per cent).
   
Earnings per ordinary share down by 72 per cent to US$0.47 (2007: US$1.65).
   
At the year-end1
   
Total equity down by 26 per cent to US$100,229 million (2007: US$135,416 million).
   
Customer accounts and deposits by banks up by 1 per cent to US$1,245,411 million (2007: US$1,228,321 million).
   
Risk-weighted assets up by 2 per cent to US$1,147,974 million (2007: US$1,123,782 million).
   
Dividends and capital position1
   
Total dividends declared in respect of 2008 of US$0.64 per share, a decrease of 28.9 per cent over dividends for 2007; fourth interim dividend for 2008 of US$0.10 per share, a decrease of 74.4 per cent.
   
Tier 1 ratio of 8.3 per cent and total capital ratio of 11.4 per cent.

 

  Dividends per share2
(US dollars)
  Return on average invested capital
(per cent)
 
     
         
  Earnings per share
(US dollars)
  Cost efficiency ratio
(per cent)
 
     

For footnotes, see page 5.

 

2


Back to Contents

Capital and performance ratios        
         
  2008   2007  
  %   %  
Capital ratios1        
Tier 1 ratio 8.3   9.3  
Total capital ratio 11.4   13.6  
         
Performance ratios        
Return on average invested capital3 4.0   15.3  
Return on average total shareholders’ equity4 4.7   15.9  
Post-tax return on average total assets 0.26   0.97  
Post-tax return on average risk-weighted assets 0.55   1.95  
         
Credit coverage ratios        
Loan impairment charges as a percentage of total operating income 27.24   19.61  
Loan impairment charges as a percentage of average gross customer advances 2.46   1.97  
Total impairment allowances outstanding as a percentage of impaired loans at the year-end 94.3   98.1  
         
Efficiency and revenue mix ratios        
Cost efficiency ratio5 60.1   49.4  
As a percentage of total operating income:        
   – net interest income 48.1   43.1  
   – net fee income 22.6   25.1  
   – net trading income 7.4   11.2  
         
Financial ratios        
Loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts 83.6   89.5  
Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets 4.87   5.69  
         
Share information at the year-end        
         
  2008   2007  
US$0.50 ordinary shares in issue (million) 12,105   11,829  
Market capitalisation (billion) US$114   US$198  
Closing market price per ordinary share:        
   – London £6.62   £8.42  
   – Hong Kong HK$73.70   HK$131.70  
Closing market price per American Depositary Share7 US$48.67   US$83.71  
             
  Over 1 year   Over 3 years   Over 5 years  
HSBC total shareholder return to 31 December 20088 84.5   84.5   98.5  
Benchmarks:            
   – FTSE 1009 71.7   88.1   118.3  
   – MSCI World10 81.8   93.6   123.7  
   – MSCI Banks11 63.0   60.8   82.7  
For footnotes, see page 5.            

 

3


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Financial Highlights (continued)
   
   
5-year comparison

 

Five-year comparison                    
  2008   2007   2006   2005   200412  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
For the year                    
Net interest income 42,563   37,795   34,486   31,334   31,099  
Other operating income 46,008   49,806   35,584   30,370   24,889  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (24,937 ) (17,242 ) (10,573 ) (7,801 ) (6,191 )
Total operating expenses (49,099 ) (39,042 ) (33,553 ) (29,514 ) (26,487 )
Profit before tax 9,307   24,212   22,086   20,966   18,943  
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company 5,728   19,133   15,789   15,081   12,918  
Dividends2 11,301   10,241   8,769   7,750   6,932  
           
At the year-end                    
Called up share capital 6,053   5,915   5,786   5,667   5,587  
Total shareholders’ equity 93,591   128,160   108,352   92,432   85,522  
Capital resources1,13 131,460   152,640   127,074   105,449   90,780  
Customer accounts 1,115,327   1,096,140   896,834   739,419   693,072  
Undated subordinated loan capital 2,843   2,922   3,219   3,474   3,686  
Preferred securities and dated subordinated loan capital14 50,307   49,472   42,642   35,856   32,914  
Loans and advances to customers15 932,868   981,548   868,133   740,002   672,891  
Total assets 2,527,465   2,354,266   1,860,758   1,501,970   1,279,974  
                     
  US$   US$   US$   US$   US$  
Per ordinary share                    
Basic earnings 0.47   1.65   1.40   1.36   1.18  
Diluted earnings 0.47   1.63   1.39   1.35   1.17  
Dividends 0.93   0.87   0.76   0.69   0.63  
Net asset value at year-end16 7.44   10.72   9.24   8.03   7.66  
           
Share information                    
US$0.50 ordinary shares in issue (millions) 12,105   11,829   11,572   11,334   11,172  
                     
  %   %   %   %   %  
Financial ratios                    
Dividend payout ratio17 197.9   52.7   54.3   50.7   53.4  
Post-tax return on average total assets 0.26   0.97   1.00   1.06   1.14  
Return on average total shareholders’ equity 4.7   15.9   15.7   16.8   16.3  
Loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts 83.6   89.5   96.8   100.1   97.1  
                     
Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets 4.87   5.69   5.97   5.96   6.35  
           
Capital ratios1                    
Tier 1 ratio 8.3   9.3   9.4   9.0   8.9  
Total capital ratio 11.4   13.6   13.5   12.8   12.0  
           
Foreign exchange translation rates to US$                    
Closing – £:US$1 0.686   0.498   0.509   0.581   0.517  
  – €:US$1 0.717   0.679   0.759   0.847   0.733  
Average – £:US$1 0.545   0.500   0.543   0.550   0.546  
  – €:US$1 0.684   0.731   0.797   0.805   0.805  
                     
For footnotes, see page 5.                    

 

4


Back to Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the European Union (‘EU’). EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ from IFRSs as issued by the IASB if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2008, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2008 affecting these consolidated and separate financial statements, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC. Accordingly, HSBC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2008 are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

      HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts its business. Unless otherwise stated, the information presented in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRSs.

     When reference to ‘underlying’ or ‘underlying basis’ is made in tables or commentaries, comparative information has been expressed at constant currency (see page 23) and adjusted for the effects of acquisitions and disposals. A reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax is presented on page 22.

Footnotes to ‘Financial Highlights’
   
1 The calculation of capital resources, capital ratios and risk-weighted assets for 31 December 2008 is on a Basel II basis. Comparatives are on a Basel I basis.
2 Dividends recorded in the financial statements are dividends per ordinary share declared in a year and are not dividends in respect of, or for, that year. First, second and third interim dividends for 2008, each of US$0.18 per ordinary share, were paid on 9 July 2008, 8 October 2008 and 14 January 2009, respectively. Note 12 on the Financial Statements provides more information on the dividends declared in 2008. On 2 March 2009 the Directors declared a fourth interim dividend for 2008 of US$0.10 per ordinary share in lieu of a final dividend, which will be payable to ordinary shareholders on 6 May 2009 in cash in US dollars, or in pounds sterling or Hong Kong dollars at exchange rates to be determined on 27 April 2009, with a scrip dividend alternative. The reserves available for distribution at 31 December 2008 were US$18,838 million.  
 
 
  Quarterly dividends of US$15.50 per 6.20 per cent non-cumulative Series A US dollar preference share, equivalent to a dividend of US$0.3875 per Series A ADS, each of which represents one-fortieth of a Series A dollar preference share, were paid on 17 March 2008, 16 June 2008, 15 September 2008 and 15 December 2008.  
  Quarterly coupons per 8.125 per cent capital securities of US$0.541 and US$0.508 were paid on 15 July 2008 and 15 October 2008 respectively.
3 The definition of return on average invested capital and a reconciliation to the equivalent GAAP measures are set out on page 19.
4 The return on average total shareholders’ equity is defined as profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company divided by average total shareholders’ equity.
5 The cost efficiency ratio is defined as total operating expenses divided by net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
6 This footnote is intentionally left blank.
7 Each American Depositary Share (‘ADS’) represents five ordinary shares.
8 Total shareholder return is defined on page 19.
9 The Financial Times Stock Exchange 100 Index.
10 The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index.
11 The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Bank Index
12 Data for 2004 exclude the provisions of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4, which were adopted with effect from 1 January 2005.
13 Capital resources are total regulatory capital, the calculation of which is set out on page 278.
14 Includes perpetual preferred securities, details of which can found in Note 32 on the Financial Statements.
15 Net of impairment allowances.
16 The definition of net asset value per share is total shareholders’ equity, less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities, divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue.
17 Dividends per share expressed as a percentage of earnings per share.

 

5


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
   
   
Cautionary Statement

 

  The Annual Report and Accounts 2008 contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of HSBC.
       
        Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about HSBC’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘potential’ and ‘reasonably possible’, variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and it should not be assumed that they have been revised or updated in the light of new information or future events.
       
       Written and/or oral forward-looking statements may also be made in the periodic reports to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, summary financial statements to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials, and in oral statements made by HSBC’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts.
       
       Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement. These factors include, among others:
       
  changes in general economic conditions in the markets in which HSBC operates, such as:
       
    continuing or deepening recessions and fluctuations in employment;
       
    changes in foreign exchange rates, in both market exchange rates (for example, between the US dollar and pound sterling) and government-established exchange rates (for example, between the Hong Kong dollar and US dollar);
       
    volatility in interest rates;
       
    volatility in equity markets, including in the smaller and less liquid trading markets in Asia and Latin America;
       
    lack of liquidity in wholesale funding markets;
    illiquidity and downward price pressure in national real estate markets, particularly consumer-owned real estate markets;
       
    the length and severity of current market turmoil;
       
    the impact of lower than expected investment returns on the funding of private and public sector defined benefit pensions;
       
    the effect of unexpected changes in actuarial assumptions on longevity which would influence the funding of private and public sector defined benefit pensions; and
       
    consumer perception as to the continuing availability of credit, and price competition in the market segments served by HSBC.
       
  changes in government policy and regulation, including:
       
    the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks and other regulatory authorities, including the UK Financial Services Authority, the Bank of England, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, the US Federal Reserve, the US Securities and Exchange Commission, the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the European Central Bank, the People’s Bank of China and the central banks of other leading economies and markets where HSBC operates;
      
    expropriation, nationalisation, confiscation of assets and changes in legislation relating to foreign ownership;
       
    initiatives by local, state and national regulatory agencies or legislative bodies to revise the practices, pricing or responsibilities of financial institutions serving their consumer markets;
       
    changes in bankruptcy legislation in the principal markets in which HSBC operates and the consequences thereof;
       
    general changes in government policy that may significantly influence investor decisions, in particular in markets in which HSBC operates, including financial institutions newly taken into state ownership on a full or partial basis;
       
    extraordinary government actions as a result of current market turmoil;

 

6


Back to Contents

  other unfavourable political or diplomatic developments producing social instability or legal uncertainty which in turn may affect demand for HSBC’s products and services;
     
  the costs, effects and outcomes of regulatory reviews, actions or litigation, including any additional compliance requirements; and
     
  the effects of competition in the markets where HSBC operates including increased competition from non-bank financial services companies, including securities firms.
    factors specific to HSBC:
       
    the success of HSBC in adequately identifying the risks it faces, such as the incidence of loan losses or delinquency, and managing those risks (through account management, hedging and other techniques). Effective risk management depends on, among other things, HSBC’s ability through stress testing and other techniques to prepare for events that cannot be captured by the statistical models it uses.
       
    the success of HSBC in addressing operational, legal and regulatory and litigation challenges.

 

7


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Group Chairman’s Statement
   
   
Group Chairman’s Statement

 

2008 was the most extraordinary year for the global economy and financial services in well over half a century. It marked the first crisis of the era of globalised securitisation. And it also marked the first crisis of the just-in-time global economy as the impact of the financial crisis fed rapidly straight into the performance of the real economy.

Causes of the crisis
   
The causes of the crisis are complex and interrelated. But we can clearly see that a number of different factors contributed:
   
First, the global financial imbalances that arose from the accelerating global economic shift towards emerging markets. The rapid growth of emerging economies created a macro-economic triangle, made up of: the major consumer markets, in particular the US but also a number of other Western economies; major producer nations – notably a number of fast-growing emerging markets which have been manufacturing a vast range of goods for consumption in the West; and resource providers whose wealth of hydrocarbons and other commodities have helped power the producer economies and have thus commanded such high prices until recently. This macro-economic triangle delivered high rates of growth, but also created major financial imbalances as producer nations and resource providers accumulated massive reserves whilst the US and other consumer markets ran significant and growing deficits.
   
Second, cheap credit. A large proportion of the accumulated savings of the producers and resource providers was invested in the world’s reserve currency, the US dollar, keeping rates low. This cheap money fuelled a consumer
    boom and rising house prices. It encouraged increased borrowing by banks and by their customers, fuelling asset price bubbles particularly in housing markets. Loose monetary conditions in the US and in much of the emerging world gave added strength to this already potent cocktail.
   
Third, securitisation based on overly complex product structures. The complexity and opacity of certain financial instruments reached a point where even senior and experienced bankers and professional investors had trouble understanding them. This meant that people were selling and buying assets whose risks they had not properly assessed.
   
And finally, excessive gearing. Many banks became overgeared and too dependent on wholesale funding, which they assumed, incorrectly, would never dry up. Assets were created on the back of ever higher leverage, both direct and indirect. And when the securitisation market began to collapse, banks found themselves with assets that they could neither sell nor fund, so forcing large losses on the asset side and a funding challenge on the liability side for which they were entirely unprepared.
   
     The result has been unprecedented stress in the financial system, and it has led to a major breakdown in trust. In many countries, huge support from taxpayers has been required in order to stabilise the system.
   
Failings in the banking industry
   
The industry has done many things wrong. It is important to remember that many ordinary bankers have always sought to provide good service to their customers; but we must also recognise that there have been too many who have profoundly damaged the industry’s reputation.
   
     Inappropriate products were sold inappropriately by many. Compensation practices ran out of control and perverse incentives led to dangerous outcomes. There is genuine and widespread anger that the contributors to the crisis were in some cases amongst the biggest beneficiaries of the system.
   
     Underlying all these events is a question about the culture and ethics of the industry. It is as if, too often, people had given up asking whether something was the right thing to do, and focused only whether it was legal and complied with the rules. The industry needs to recover a sense of what is right and suitable as a key impulse for doing business.

 

8


Back to Contents

HSBC strategy intact

We at HSBC were not immune from the crisis. But we have built our business on very strong foundations and are able to report results which demonstrate our ability to withstand the storm.

     Our strategy has been tested and remains intact. We will continue to build our business by focusing on faster-growing markets around the world and on businesses where international connectivity is important – all from a position of financial strength. If anything, the current crisis validates our renewed focus over the last few years on fast-growing economies, since it will accelerate the shift in the world’s centre of economic gravity from west to east.

     Our robust balance sheet and liquidity means that we have continued to lend. In 2008, we grew our lending to commercial customers by 10 per cent on an underlying basis. Lending to personal customers increased in all regions except North America. And our brand strength continues to underpin our performance. It was noticeable that, at times of stress in many markets, HSBC was a beneficiary of funds flowing in. Recently, the HSBC brand was recognised as the number one brand in banking by Brand Finance.

Profitable from a broad-based earnings platform

Excluding the goodwill impairment on our North America Personal Financial Services business, HSBC reported a pre-tax profit for 2008 of US$19.9 billion, a decline of 18 per cent. On a reported basis, pre-tax profit was US$9.3 billion, down 62 per cent. Within this were some strong regional and business line performances. However, there is one area on which I would like to comment.

     For North America, we reported a loss of US$15.5 billion including the goodwill impairment charge of US$10.6 billion in Personal Financial Services. The significant deterioration in US employment and economic outlook in the fourth quarter of 2008 were the primary factors in causing us to write off all the remaining goodwill carried on our balance sheet in respect of our Personal Financial Services business in North America.

     The management team has worked tirelessly to address this problem acquisition in the US and we have considered all viable options. We saw the disruption in sub-prime lending as early as 2006 and sharply scaled back in 2007 while others continued

to grow. We also devoted considerable resources to helping our customers. Virtually no one then foresaw the subsequent scale of the deterioration in the US economy and financial markets. It is now clear that models of direct personal lending that depend on wholesale markets for funding are no longer viable. In light of this, we have taken the difficult decision that, with the exception of credit cards, we will write no further consumer finance business through the HFC and Beneficial brands in the US and close the majority of the network. Thus, in terms of new business, we are drawing a line and we will run off our existing business, providing all necessary support to HSBC Finance to enable it to do so in a measured way and meet all its commitments.

     HSBC has a reputation for telling it as it is. With the benefit of hindsight, this is an acquisition we wish we had not undertaken.

     The US remains the world’s largest economy and HSBC remains committed to the US, which we see as a core market for HSBC. HSBC Bank in the US is not affected by the restructure. In the immediate future we will focus on those businesses and customers for whom our global connectivity gives us advantage – primarily in corporate and commercial business, and in Private and Premier banking.

Performance overview and strategic activity

In this difficult environment, we missed our profitability targets. We hit our capital target with our tier 1 ratio at 8.3 per cent. We maintained a very conservative advances-to-deposits ratio at 84 per cent. We grew lending in each region outside North America on an underlying basis. And we constrained costs, with the cost efficiency ratio improving to 47.2 per cent, excluding the goodwill impairment mentioned above. We also continued implementation of OneHSBC, our programme to enhance customer experience and improve cost efficiency through standardising products, processes and technology around the world.

     We also acquired businesses in strategic areas – we acquired the assets, liabilities and operations of The Chinese Bank in Taiwan in March; IL&FS Investsmart, a retail brokerage in India in May; and, in October, the acquisition of Bank Ekonomi in Indonesia was announced. The first two are complete and being integrated, the last is expected to be completed in the second quarter. The most notable disposal was the sale of our regional bank network in France for a consideration of US$3.2 billion.


 

9


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Group Chairman’s Statement (continued)
   
   
Group Chairman's Statement

 

Thank you to our people

This was an extraordinary year and made extraordinary demands on many of our people. I want to express my sincere thanks for all their efforts and achievements. Our industry has rightly been under considerable public scrutiny and banks have been indiscriminately bunched together. It is through our staff that HSBC’s distinctive character stands out for our customers and it is they who ensure that not all banks are the same.

Dividend declaration and progressive dividend policy

The Directors have declared a fourth interim dividend for 2008 of US$0.10 per ordinary share (in lieu of a final dividend) which, together with the first three interim dividends for 2008 of US$0.18 already paid, will make a total distribution in respect of the year of US$0.64 per ordinary share. The payments in total represent a decrease of 29 per cent in US dollar terms compared with 2007 and of 15 per cent in sterling terms. The dividend will be payable on 6 May 2009 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 20 March 2009.

     After 15 years of double-digit dividend growth, we did not make the decision to lower the dividend lightly. Very careful consideration was given to the current operating environment and the increased uncertainty over both the supply of capital required in an increasingly volatile financial world and a pro-cyclical regulatory capital framework.

     For 2009, HSBC has rebased the envisaged dividend per share for the first three interim dividends to US$0.08 to reflect the impact of the enlarged ordinary share capital following the Rights Issue we are announcing today, prevailing business conditions and capital requirements. The dividend payments remain substantial and reflect management’s long-term confidence in the business. HSBC will continue to aim to pay progressive dividends in line with the long-term growth of the business.

Maintaining HSBC’s financial strength

The logic of maintaining HSBC’s distinctive financial strength which we have applied to our dividend also applies to our capital position. We have announced today a Rights Issue to strengthen further our capital ratios. We propose to raise, on a fully underwritten basis, approximately US$17.7 billion of equity which will increase our capital ratios by 150 basis points, strengthening the core equity tier 1 ratio to 8.5 per cent and the tier 1 ratio to 9.8 per cent, both on a pro forma basis as at

31 December 2008. I shall be writing to all shareholders with full details.

     Over the past 12 months, many of our competitors have received significant government capital injections – something we said we could not envisage – or have raised capital from shareholders and other investors. Higher regulatory capital requirements, in part from the effect of the economic downturn on capital requirements under the Basel II regime, as well as changing market sentiment on appropriate levels of leverage, have also raised expectations regarding capital levels. We are determined that HSBC should maintain its signature financial strength and we are now raising the top of our target range for the tier 1 ratio so that the range will be from 7.5 per cent to 10 per cent.

     Planned internal capital generation remains strong and this capital raising will enhance our ability to deal with the impact of an uncertain economic environment and to respond to unforeseen events. Importantly, it will also give us options with respect to opportunities which we believe will present themselves to those with superior financial strength. These may involve organic investment in the continued taking of market share from more capital constrained competitors. There may also be opportunities to grow through targeted acquisitions by taking advantage of attractive valuations where the opportunities in question align with our strategy and the risks are understood.

Culture and compensation

We believe in the profound importance of culture and ethics in business. HSBC’s longstanding traditions of financial strength, long-term customer relationships and conservative management are as important today as ever. They have not always been fashionable and we have not always been perfect. One of the consequences of the crisis – and rightly – is that we are going to see a fundamental re-evaluation of the rules and regulations that govern our business. But we should remember that no amount of rules and regulations will be sufficient if the culture does not encourage people to do the right thing. It is the responsibility of Boards to supervise and management to embed a sustainable culture into the very fibre of the organisation. For HSBC, there is nothing more important.

     We also intend to play our part in rebuilding public trust in our industry. This means we must be willing to take part in and shape the debate on how our industry should evolve in the coming years, based on the lessons which must be learnt from this crisis. In particular, we strongly believe that the


 

10


Back to Contents

industry must respond to the requirement for a more sober and reasonable approach to compensation. At HSBC, we are committed to the principle of sensible market-related pay, structured to align executive actions with long-term shareholder interests. A small number of individuals in a market system will inevitably receive compensation that is high in absolute terms, but this must be genuinely linked to long-term shareholder interests. It is clear that the banking industry got it wrong in the go-go years: we will play our part in helping the industry respond appropriately to the new realities.

     It is right therefore that in HSBC’s case, I outline our present position. As Chairman I elected in 2007 to no longer receive any cash bonus award; any variable compensation would be delivered through performance share awards – which would only vest if performance hurdles are met. And no performance share awards will be made in the Group in respect of 2008. Mike Geoghegan, Group Chief Executive, and Stuart Gulliver, Chief Executive Global Banking and Markets, and Douglas Flint, Group Finance Director, have asked the Remuneration Committee not to consider them for any bonus award for 2008. No cash bonus award will be made to any Executive Director for 2008. Full details on Directors’ remuneration can be found in the Annual Report.

Learning the lessons

We are living through a genuinely global crisis; it cannot be solved by one nation alone. Governments need to work together with our industry to tackle the root causes of the crisis, while maintaining the open, globalised markets that have helped spread prosperity in the last two decades. Protectionism, both in trade and in capital flows, is a threat and in all its forms must be resisted.

     We must also urgently improve governance and regulation to create a more stable financial framework. The globalisation of financial markets contrasts sharply with the domestic agenda of the regulatory regimes that underpin it. We support intergovernmental efforts to enhance the coordination of regulatory oversight, since we believe that this is essential to the stable development of the international capital markets for the benefit of the common good.

Continued economic strain

The coming twelve months will be difficult. We expect parts of Asia, the Middle East and Latin America to continue to outperform Western economies, but to be constrained by the global downturn.

     We see unemployment rising through 2009 into 2010 in both the US and the UK, together with continuing declines in housing markets. We should remember that the US is the driver of the global economy and global growth depends on the US recovery.

     We remain confident that HSBC is well-placed in today’s environment and that our strength leads to opportunity. Our strategy has served HSBC well and positions it for long-term growth with attractive returns. HSBC continues to combine its position as the world’s leading emerging markets bank with an extensive international network across both developed and faster growing markets. At the same time, as the financial system exhibits stress, our competitive position is improving as the capacity and capabilities of financial institutions are constrained by lack of capital and funding; many of them are also focusing more on their domestic markets.

     Further strengthening our capital base will enhance our ability to deal with the impact of an uncertain economic environment and to respond to unforeseen events, as well as giving us options regarding opportunities which will undoubtedly present themselves to those with superior financial strength.


S K Green, Group Chairman
2 March 2009


11


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review
   
   
Principal activities / Strategic direction / Challenges and uncertainties

 

Principal activities

HSBC is one of the largest banking and financial services organisations in the world, with a market capitalisation of US$114 billion at 31 December 2008.

     Through its subsidiaries and associates, HSBC provides a comprehensive range of banking and related financial services. Headquartered in London, HSBC operates through long-established businesses and has an international network of some 10,000 properties in 86 countries and territories in five geographical regions: Europe; Hong Kong; Rest of Asia-Pacific, including the Middle East and Africa; North America and Latin America. Within these regions, a comprehensive range of financial services is offered to personal, commercial, corporate, institutional, investment and private banking clients. Services are delivered primarily by domestic banks, typically with large retail deposit bases, and consumer finance operations. Taken together, the five largest customers of HSBC do not account for more than one per cent of HSBC’s income.

     There were no significant acquisitions during the year (for details of acquisitions see page 418). HSBC disposed of its seven French regional banks for US$3.2 billion in July 2008 (see pages 418 and 458).

Strategic direction

HSBC’s strategic direction reflects its position as ‘The world’s local bank’, combining the largest global emerging markets banking business and a uniquely cosmopolitan customer base with an extensive international network and substantial financial strength.

     The Group’s strategy is aligned with key trends which are shaping the global economy. In particular, HSBC recognises that, over the long term, developing markets are growing faster than the mature economies, world trade is expanding at a greater rate than gross domestic product and life expectancy is lengthening virtually everywhere. Against this backdrop, HSBC’s strategy is focused on delivering superior growth and earnings over time by building on the Group’s heritage and skills. Its origins in trade in Asia have had a considerable influence over the development of the Group and, as a consequence, HSBC has an established and longstanding presence in many countries. The combination of local knowledge and international breadth is supported by a substantial financial capability founded on balance sheet strength, largely attributable to the scale of the Group’s retail deposit bases.

     HSBC is, therefore, continuing to invest primarily in the faster growing markets and, in the more developed markets, by focusing on businesses which have international connectivity. Central to these reshaping activities is a policy of maintaining HSBC’s capital strength and strong liquidity position.

     The Group has identified three main business models for its customer groups and global businesses that embody HSBC’s areas of natural advantage:

  businesses with international customers for whom developing markets connectivity is crucial – Global Banking and Markets, Private Banking, the large business segment of Commercial Banking and the mass affluent segment of Personal Financial Services;
     
  businesses with local customers where efficiency can be enhanced through global scale – the small business segment of Commercial Banking and the mass market segment of Personal Financial Services; and
     
  products where global scale is possible through building efficiency, expertise and brand – global product platforms such as global transaction banking.

The means of executing the strategy, and further utilising the linkages within the Group, are clear:

the HSBC brand and global networks will be leveraged to reach new customers and offer further services to existing clients;
   
efficiency will be enhanced by taking full advantage of local, regional and global economies of scale, in particular by adopting a common systems architecture wherever possible; and
   
objectives and incentives will be aligned to motivate and reward staff for being fully engaged in delivering the strategy.

Challenges and uncertainties

Current economic and market conditions may adversely affect HSBC’s results.

The global economy has entered the most severe downturn for 80 years, with the financial services industry facing extraordinary turbulence. A shortage of liquidity, lack of funding, pressure on capital and extreme price volatility across a wide range of asset classes are putting financial institutions under considerable pressure. This is leading governments and central banks to undertake unprecedented intervention designed to stabilise the global and


 

12


Back to Contents

domestic financial systems, to stimulate new lending and to support systemically important institutions at risk of failing. Many developed economies have entered recession and growth has slowed in many emerging countries, with serious adverse consequences for asset values, employment, consumer confidence and levels of economic activity. Commodity prices have significantly retrenched, in many cases from recent historical highs, interest rate yield curves have flattened, interest rates have fallen in absolute terms and trade flows have contracted. Global equity markets have experienced severe declines and various currencies, including sterling, have depreciated significantly against the US dollar. Emerging markets have suffered as portfolio investments have been repatriated and cross-border inter-bank funding has been withdrawn. Numerous governments and central banks have responded by proposing programmes to make substantial funds and guarantees available to boost liquidity and confidence in their financial systems, as well as cutting taxes and lowering interest rates. It is not known whether these responses will be effective in addressing the severe economic and market conditions or whether recently proposed measures will be implemented as initially proposed.

     HSBC’s earnings are affected by global and local economic and market conditions. Dramatic declines in 2007 and 2008 in the housing markets in the US, the UK and elsewhere have combined with increasing unemployment to affect negatively the credit performance of real estate-related exposures, resulting in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including HSBC. These write-downs, initially of asset-backed securities but spreading to other securities and loans, have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to reduce or eliminate dividends, to merge with larger and stronger competitors or, in some cases, to fail.

     A worsening of these conditions may exacerbate the impact of these difficult market conditions on HSBC and other financial institutions and could have an adverse effect on HSBC’s operating results. In particular, the Group may face the following challenges in connection with these events:

HSBC’s ability to assess the creditworthiness of its customers or to estimate the values of its assets may be impaired if the models and techniques it uses become less accurate in their predictions of future behaviour, valuations or estimates. The process HSBC uses to estimate losses inherent in its credit exposure or assess the value of certain assets requires difficult,
  subjective and complex judgements. These include forecasts of economic conditions and how predicted economic scenarios might impair the ability of HSBC’s borrowers to repay their loans or might affect the value of assets. As a consequence, this process may be less capable of making accurate estimates which, in turn, may undermine the reliability of the process.
   
The demand for borrowing from creditworthy customers may diminish as economic activity slows.
   
Lower interest rates will reduce net interest income earned by HSBC on its excess deposits.
   
HSBC’s ability to borrow from other financial institutions or to engage in funding transactions on favourable terms, or at all, could be adversely affected by further disruption in the capital markets or deteriorating investor sentiment.
   
Market developments may affect consumer confidence and may cause declines in credit card usage and adverse changes in payment patterns, leading to increases in delinquencies and default rates, write-offs and loan impairment charges beyond HSBC’s expectations.
   
Loan impairment allowances and write-offs are likely to rise as a result of a deterioration in payment patterns and increased delinquencies and default rates caused by weakening consumer confidence and increased business failures. A worsening of these economic factors may exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on HSBC and others in the financial services industry.
   
HSBC expects to face increased regulation and supervision of the financial services industry, following new or proposed regulatory measures in countries in which it operates.
   
Trade and capital flows may further contract as a result of protectionist measures being introduced in certain markets.
   
Increased government ownership and control over financial institutions and further consolidation in the financial industry, which could significantly alter the competitive landscape.

     As a worldwide financial institution, HSBC is exposed to these developments across all its businesses, both directly and through their impact on its customers and clients. Local variations exist, however, reflecting regional circumstances and


 

13


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Challenges and uncertainties

 

presenting challenges to HSBC which are specific to those areas.

Europe

In the UK, the economy has entered recession and the currency has fallen in value against the US dollar, the yen and the euro. Changes in the marketplace are emerging following the part-nationalisation of some major financial institutions, and political interaction with the regulatory environment is becoming more frequent as the government seeks to stimulate lending to preserve economic activity. A period of low interest rates will reduce deposit spreads and HSBC’s retail business model will be more dependent on transactional fees and lending margin. Pension funding requirements, in particular for UK defined benefit schemes, will place increased financing demands on corporates, which may lead to unfunded commitments being drawn down, adding to pressure on system liquidity. The recent deterioration in credit quality is expected to continue as the economy contracts, with loan impairment charges rising as a result. Market volatility is also expected to continue.

     In France, changes in the marketplace are slowly emerging following government measures to stimulate lending and preserve economic activity. A period of low interest rates will not adversely impact spreads in the short-term but will have an adverse effect in later years. HSBC’s retail business model is dependent on banking fees to maintain profitability and a recovery in financial markets is necessary in order to enhance brokerage and management fees and stimulate fund management activities. Deterioration in credit quality is expected to continue as the economy contracts, with commercial loan impairment charges rising as a result. Personal loan impairment charges are expected to remain at around current levels unless there is a very deep recession.

     Conditions are likely to remain difficult in a number of markets in which HSBC currently trades and volatility is expected to continue.

Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific

In Asia-Pacific, a prolonged period of low interest rates is expected which will put pressure on HSBC’s net interest income from its strong deposit base. With capital market and currency volatility endemic, customers are likely to seek capital protection and become increasingly rate and risk sensitive, seeking out products which offer deposit insurance and government guarantees. Regulatory reforms in the areas of wealth management product complexity,

sales requirements and liquidity and reserve ratios are likely, and these will lead to a higher cost of compliance, greater standardisation and slower product approvals. International trade is expected to continue to contract, affecting import and export volumes and reducing HSBC’s earnings from trade financing. The quality of the asset book will deteriorate if economic factors beyond HSBC’s control do not improve, reducing customer credit ratings and, as a consequence, increasing risk- weighted asset allocations and capital requirements. This could be exacerbated if capital continues to be repatriated from emerging markets to more developed economies to take advantage of lower asset prices, adversely affecting emerging markets’ balance of payments and foreign exchange reserves. However, Asia is expected to adapt quickly to secure recovery from the global recession, led by mainland China and India.

     The fall in global demand for oil products and related prices, and the contraction in financial surpluses held by key oil-producing countries following the declines in capital markets, will reduce the ability of some countries in the Middle East to maintain spending, borrowing and investment domestically and internationally. This will result in the cancellation or postponement of infrastructure projects which, together with weakening property prices, is expected to reduce both credit cover and revenue streams for financial institutions. The availability of economically priced, long-term funding is likely to contract. Business activity and private investment will also slow as consumer confidence declines. These factors will combine to place pressure on net revenues and on capital requirements.

North America

In the US, the steep decline in the housing market, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures, and rising unemployment have resulted in significant write-downs of loans and advances and mortgage-backed securities. The effect of these write-downs subsequently spread to other capital market activities, leading many financial institutions to seek additional capital, merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, fail. Many lenders reduced or stopped providing funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions. This market turmoil and resultant tightening of credit have led to an increased level of delinquencies, a fall in consumer confidence, increased market volatility and a widespread reduction in business activity in general. To date, various government intervention measures designed to stabilise the markets, including


 

14


Back to Contents

the decision of the Federal Reserve to reduce interest rates to unprecedentedly low levels, appear to be having an impact on the trading of both guaranteed and non-guaranteed debt in early 2009. A prolonged period of low Federal funds rates will put pressure on deposit spreads earned on HSBC’s deposit base. It is likely that these conditions will continue to adversely affect the Group’s results into 2010, the degree to which remains uncertain.

Latin America

Markets in Latin America are expected to be affected by recession in the developed world, particularly in the US. Output will fall as a decline in the demand for exports will adversely affect the export sector, and these factors are likely to combine with currency volatility to weaken the balance sheets of financial institutions. This may lead to a further contraction in the availability of credit, increasing the likelihood of bankruptcies and unemployment and reducing economic activity and consumption. Lower commodity prices and reduced remittance inflows are likely to affect economies in the region, particularly in Mexico and Central America. Exchange rates are likely to remain under pressure as growth stalls, and inflation may rise. The possibility of a combined credit crunch and stagflation in Latin America cannot be ruled out. The authorities may react with stricter prudential regulation and price controls. Public finances will come under strain if oil and other commodity prices remain low, restricting the authorities’ room for manoeuvre.

Risks associated with liquidity and funding, which are inherent in HSBC’s business, have been greatly increased by the current global market conditions

HSBC’s business model depends upon its ability to access financial resources whenever required to meet its obligations. To this end, HSBC seeks to maintain a diversified and stable funding base comprising core retail and corporate customer deposits and institutional balances and to augment this with wholesale funding and portfolios of highly liquid assets diversified by currency and maturity which are held to enable HSBC to respond to unforeseen liquidity requirements. HSBC’s earnings are affected by its ability to properly value financial instruments. In certain illiquid markets, determining the value at which financial instruments can be realised is highly subjective, and processes to ascertain value and estimates of value, both of which require substantial elements of judgement, assumptions and estimates (which may change over time), are required. Increased illiquidity adds to

uncertainty over the accessibility of financial resources and may reduce capital resources as valuations decline. Rating agencies, which determine HSBC’s own credit ratings and thereby influence the Group’s cost of funds, take into consideration management effectiveness and the success with which HSBC’s liquidity risk factors are managed. Actions by third parties and independent market participants, such as rating agency downgrades of instruments to which HSBC has exposure, can result in reduced liquidity and valuations of those instruments. HSBC’s liquidity could also be constrained by an inability to access the debt capital markets due to a variety of unforeseen market dislocations or interruptions.

     The extreme market conditions facing the financial services industry have been reflected in shortages of liquidity, lack of funding, pressure on capital and extreme price volatility across a wide range of asset classes. Illiquidity of these assets has prevented the realisation of existing asset positions and has constrained risk distribution in ongoing banking activities. The extreme market conditions, which have highlighted the importance of a strong diversified core deposit base, have also lead to increased competition for such deposits and the risk of deposit migration. HSBC’s Global Banking and Markets business operates in the markets affected by illiquidity and extreme price volatility, either directly or indirectly, through exposures to securities, loans, derivatives and other commitments, and HSBC has made substantial write-downs and impairments on illiquid legacy credit and structured credit positions. While it is difficult to predict how long the conditions described above will exist and which of HSBC’s markets, products and other businesses will be affected, continuation of these factors could have an adverse effect on the Group’s results.

HSBC has significant exposure to counterparty risk

HSBC’s ability to engage in routine transactions to fund its operations and manage its risks could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial services institutions. Financial institutions are extremely interdependent because of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. As a consequence, a default by, or decline in market confidence in, individual institutions, or anxiety about the financial services industry generally, can lead to further individual and/or systemic difficulties, defaults and losses. HSBC has exposure to virtually all major industries and counterparties, and it routinely executes


 

15


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Challenges and uncertainties / KPIs

 

transactions with counterparties in financial services, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose HSBC to credit risk in the event of default by its counterparty or client. Where counterparty risk has been mitigated by taking collateral, HSBC’s credit risk may be exacerbated if the collateral it holds cannot be realised or has to be liquidated at prices which are insufficient to recover the full amount of its loan or derivative exposure. The failure of one of HSBC’s counterparties could have an adverse effect on its results.

HSBC operates in a highly competitive environment, and competition could intensify as a result of current global market conditions

Consolidation in the financial services industry is increasingly concentrating activity in companies that are capable of offering a wide array of financial products at competitive prices, with globalisation exposing HSBC to competition in capital markets and financial services at global and local levels alike. In addition, technological advances, the growth of e-commerce, regulatory developments and public sector participation or guarantees have made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer products and services that traditionally were the preserve of banks. The prominence in recent years of sovereign wealth funds, private equity and hedge funds as alternative sources of funding – which has increased competition for traditional financial institutions – may ease as investors seek safer, more traditional alternatives. Competition may further intensify or the competitive landscape may change as the consolidation of financial services companies continues and others are brought into part or full public ownership in response to the current market conditions. HSBC’s ability to grow its businesses, and therefore its earnings, is affected by these competitive pressures and is dependent on HSBC’s ability to attract and retain talented and dedicated employees.

HSBC is subject to political and economic risks in the countries in which it operates

HSBC operates through an international network of subsidiaries and affiliates in 86 countries and territories around the world. Its results are therefore subject to the risk of loss from unfavourable political developments, currency fluctuations, social instability and change in government policies on such matters as expropriation, authorisations, international ownership, interest-rate caps, limits

on dividend flows and tax in the jurisdictions in which it operates. These factors may also negatively affect revenues from the trading of securities and investment in securities, the effect being accentuated through certain international trading markets, particularly those in emerging market countries, being typically smaller, less liquid and more volatile than developed trading markets. HSBC’s subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ ability to pay dividends could be restricted by changes to official banking measures, exchange controls and other requirements. Because HSBC prepares its accounts in US dollars, while a substantial part of its assets, liabilities, assets under management, revenues and expenses are denominated in other currencies, changes in foreign exchange rates have an effect on its reported income and shareholders’ equity. For a detailed discussion of global and regional factors that impact the results of HSBC’s operations, see page 12.

Operational risks are inherent in HSBC’s business

HSBC is exposed to many types of operational risk, including fraudulent and other criminal activities (both internal and external), breakdowns in processes or procedures and systems failure or non-availability. HSBC is also subject to the risk of disruption of its business arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond its control (for example natural disasters, acts of terrorism, epidemics and transport or utility failures) which may give rise to losses in service to customers and/or economic loss to HSBC. All of these risks are also applicable where HSBC relies on outside suppliers or vendors to provide services to it and its customers.

HSBC is subject to legal risks, which have an adverse effect on the Group’s reputation

The risks to HSBC’s reputation arise from a variety of sources with the potential to cause harm to the Group and its ability to operate. These issues require the Group to deal appropriately with potential conflicts of interest; legal and regulatory requirements; ethical issues; anti-money laundering laws or regulations; privacy laws; information security policies; sales and trading practices; and the conduct of companies with which it is associated. Failure to address these issues appropriately may give rise to additional legal and compliance risk to HSBC, with an increase in the number of litigation claims and the amount of damages asserted against HSBC, or subject HSBC to regulatory enforcement actions, fines or penalties.


 

16


Back to Contents

Increased regulation of the financial services industry could have an adverse effect on HSBC’s operations

HSBC, its subsidiaries and its affiliates are subject to extensive and increasing regulation, accounting standards and interpretations thereof and legislation in the various countries in which the Group operates. From time to time, new laws are introduced, including tax, consumer protection, privacy and other legislation, which affect the operating environment in which the Group operates. As a result of the recent interventions by governments in response to global economic conditions, it is widely expected that there will be a substantial increase in government regulation and supervision of the financial services industry, including the imposition of higher capital requirements and restrictions on certain types of transaction structure. If enacted, such new regulations could require additional capital to be injected into HSBC’s subsidiaries and affiliates, require HSBC to enter into business transactions that are not otherwise part of its current Group strategy, prevent HSBC from continuing current lines of operations, restrict the type or volume of transactions HSBC may enter into, limit HSBC’s subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ ability to declare dividends to HSBC, or set limits on or require the modification of rates or fees that HSBC charges on certain loan or other products. HSBC may also face increased compliance costs and limitations on its ability to pursue business opportunities. Separately, the Basel II Accord’s requirement for financial institutions to increase their capital in response to deteriorating market conditions may have secondary effects on lending, which could exacerbate the current market downturn. These measures, alone or in combination, could have an adverse effect on HSBC’s operations.

     In the UK for example, the Banking Act 2009 includes a ‘Special Resolutions Regime’ which gives wide powers in respect of UK banks and their parent companies to the UK Treasury, the FSA and the Bank of England in circumstances where any such UK bank has encountered, or is likely to encounter, financial difficulties.

HSBC is subject to tax-related risks in the countries in which it operates, which could have an adverse effect on its operating results

HSBC is subject to the substance and interpretation of tax laws in all countries in which it operates.

A number of double taxation agreements entered into between countries also affect the taxation of the Group. Tax risk is the risk associated with changes in tax law or in the interpretation of tax law. It also includes the risk of changes in tax rates and the risk of consequences arising from failure to comply with procedures required by tax authorities. Failure to manage tax risks could lead to increased tax charges, including financial or operating penalties, for not complying as required with tax laws.

Key performance indicators

The Board of Directors and the Group Management Board monitor HSBC’s progress against its strategic objectives. Progress is assessed by comparison with the Group’s strategy, its operating plan targets and its historical performance using both financial and non-financial measures.

     As a prerequisite for the vesting of Performance Shares, the Remuneration Committee must satisfy itself that HSBC Holdings’ financial performance has shown a sustained improvement in the period since the award date. In determining this, the Remuneration Committee will take account of all relevant factors but in particular comparisons against the total shareholder return (‘TSR’) comparator group with regard to the financial key performance indicators (‘KPIs’) described below.

Financial KPIs

To support the Group’s strategy and ensure that HSBC’s performance can be monitored, management utilises a number of financial KPIs. The table below presents these KPIs for the period from 2004 to 2008. At a business level, the KPIs are complemented by a range of benchmarks which are relevant to the planning process and to reviewing business performance.

     HSBC has published a number of key targets against which future performance can be measured. Financial targets have been set as follows: the return on average total shareholders’ equity over the medium term has been set at 15-19 per cent; the cost efficiency ratio has been set in the range of 48-52 per cent; and the TSR in the top half of that achieved by peers. The cost efficiency ratio has been set as a range within which the business is expected to remain in order to accommodate the need for continued investment in support of future business growth.


 

17


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
KPIs

 

Financial KPIs – trend analysis

  2008     2007     2006     2005     2004    
  %     %     %     %     %    
                               
Revenue growth1 3.4     20.8     13.4     12.2        
Revenue mix2                              
   Net interest income 52.1     47.8     52.8     54.4     60.6    
   Net fee income 24.5     27.9     26.3     25.1     25.2    
   Other income3 23.4     24.3     20.9     20.5     14.2    
Cost efficiency4 60.1     49.4     51.3     51.2     51.6    
Credit performance as measured by risk adjusted margin5 4.8     6.0     6.3     6.3     6.8    
Return on average invested capital6 4.0     15.3     14.9     15.9     15.0    
Dividends per share growth7 (28.9 )   11.1     11.0     10.6     10.0    
Basic earnings per ordinary share8 (US$) 0.47     1.65     1.40     1.36     1.18    
Return on average total shareholders’ equity9 4.7     15.9     15.7     16.8     16.3    
                               
                               
  Over     Over     Over                
  1 year     3 years     5 years                
Total shareholder return                              
HSBC TSR 84.5     84.5     98.5                
Benchmarks:                              
   – FTSE 100 71.7     88.1     118.3                
   – MSCI World 81.8     93.6     123.7                
   – MSCI Banks 63.0     60.8     82.7                
   
1 The percentage increase in net operating income before loan impairment and other credit risk charges since the previous year.
2 As a percentage of net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
3 Other income comprises net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions less net interest income and net fee income.
4 Total operating expenses divided by net operating income before loan impairment and other credit risk charges.
5 Net operating income divided by average risk-weighted assets.
6 Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders divided by average invested capital.
7 The percentage increase in dividends per share since the previous year, based on the dividends paid in respect of the year to which the dividend relates.
8 Basic earnings per ordinary share is defined in Note 13 on the Financial Statements.
9 The return on average total shareholders’ equity is defined as profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company divided by the average total shareholders’ equity.

 

     Revenue growth provides an important guide to the Group’s success in generating business. In 2008, total revenue grew by 3.4 per cent to US$81.7 billion, 2.1 per cent on an underlying basis, reflecting the resilience of HSBC’s income generating capabilities in these exceptionally difficult economic circumstances.

     Revenue mix represents the relative distribution of revenue streams between net interest income, net fee income and other revenue. It is used to understand how changing economic factors affect the Group, to highlight dependence on balance sheet utilisation for income generation and to indicate success in cross-selling fee-based services to customers with loan facilities. This understanding assists management in making business investment decisions. Comparison of the revenue mix between 2005 and 2007 shows a trend of net fee income increasing at a faster rate than net interest income. This trend has been reversed in 2008 as net fee income’s contribution fell by 3.4 percentage points mainly due to lower fees on cards and equity-related products.

     Cost efficiency is a relative measure that indicates the consumption of resources in generating revenue. Management uses this to assess the success of technology utilisation and, more generally, the productivity of the Group’s distribution platforms and sales forces. The cost efficiency ratio for 2008 deteriorated by 10.7 percentage points to 60.1 per cent. This included writing off goodwill in the US.

     Credit performance as measured by risk-adjusted margin is an important gauge for assessing whether credit is correctly priced so that the returns available after recognising impairment charges meet the Group’s required return parameters. The ratio for 2008 was 4.8 per cent, showing a decline of 1.2 percentage points over 2007, as loan impairment charges rose at a faster rate than income on higher average risk-weighted assets.

 


 

18


Back to Contents

     Return on average invested capital measures the return on the capital investment made in the business, enabling management to benchmark HSBC against competitors. In 2008, the ratio of 4.0 per cent was 11.3 percentage points lower than that reported in 2007. This decrease reflected the decline in profit driven by goodwill impairment, the significant increase in loan impairment charges, write-downs in credit trading, leveraged and acquisition finance, and monoline exposures. The comparative period included dilution gains which were not repeated.

     HSBC aims to deliver sustained dividend per share growth for its shareholders. The total dividend for 2008, based on the year to which the dividends relate (rather than when they were paid), amounts to US$0.64, a reduction of 28.9 per cent on 2007, reflecting the decline in profitability, prevailing business conditions and capital requirements. This basis differs from the disclosure in the five-year comparison on page 4.

     Basic earnings per share (‘EPS’) is a ratio that shows the level of earnings generated per ordinary share. EPS is one of two KPIs used in rewarding employees and is discussed in more detail in the Director’s Remuneration Report on page 315. EPS for 2008 was US$0.47, a decline of 71.5 per cent on 2007. This, in part, reflected the effect of recognising goodwill impairment in North America as well as the broad based impact of the global economic crisis. In 2007, EPS grew by 17.9 per cent over that reported in 2006.

     Return on average total shareholders’ equity measures the return on average shareholders’ investment in the business. This enables management to benchmark Group performance against competitors and its own targets. In 2008, the ratio was 4.7 per cent or 11.2 percentage points lower than in 2007 of which 8.6 percentage points related to the goodwill impairment recognised. This absolute performance is not regarded as satisfactory, being lower than management’s target range of between 15 and 19 per cent.

     Total shareholder return (‘TSR’) is used as a method of assessing the overall return to shareholders on their investment in HSBC, and is defined as the growth in share value and declared dividend income during the relevant period. TSR is a key performance measure in rewarding employees. In calculating TSR, dividend income is assumed to be invested in the underlying shares. The TSR benchmark is an index set at 100 and measured over one, three and five years for the purpose of comparison with the performance of a group of competitor banks which reflect HSBC’s range and

breadth of activities. As the comparator group includes companies listed on overseas markets, a common currency is used to ensure that TSR is measured on a consistent basis. The TSR levels at the end of 2008 were 84.5, 84.5, and 98.5 over one, three and five years respectively. HSBC’s TSR over all periods, while disappointing in absolute terms, has significantly outperformed the peer group as the current financial crisis has had a significantly more adverse impact on their performance and rating.

     Management believes that financial KPIs must remain relevant to the business so they may be changed over time to reflect changes in the Group’s composition and the strategies employed.

Non-financial KPIs

HSBC has chosen four non-financial KPIs which are important to the future success of the Group in delivering its strategic objectives. These non-financial KPIs are currently reported internally within HSBC on a local basis.

Employee engagement

Employee engagement is a measure of employees’ emotional and rational attachment to HSBC. It is critical to the long-term success of the Group and, as such, an employee engagement target was included in the 2008 objectives for Group Executives (see Directors’ Remuneration Report, page 315).

     In 2008, HSBC conducted its second Global People Survey of HSBC’s permanent workforce worldwide. The 2008 participation rate of 93 per cent improved on the 2007 figure of 88 per cent, which was already around the highest in the industry.

     The Group’s employee engagement score rose from 60 per cent in 2007 to 67 per cent in 2008. In achieving 67 per cent, HSBC exceeded its target for 2008 of 62 per cent, the external global norm and the sector norm. Its 2009 target is 69 per cent.

     The 2008 survey covered 13 dimensions which included assessing for the first time whether action had been perceived to have been taken on the results of the 2007 survey. Employees rated HSBC above the external global norm across all dimensions. HSBC exceeded the external best-in-class norm for Corporate Sustainability, and the dimensions covering Strategy and Vision, Reputation, Direct Manager and Leadership were close to this norm.


 

19


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Business Review (continued)
   
   
 Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

 

Brand perception

In order to manage the HSBC brand most effectively, the Group tracks brand health amongst Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking customers in each of HSBC’s major markets. The survey is conducted on a consistent basis by accredited, independent, third-party organisations. A weighted scorecard of brand measures produces an overall score for each market on a 100-point scale, which is then benchmarked against HSBC’s main competitors. The scores from each market are then weighted according to the risk-adjusted revenues in that market to obtain the overall Group score.

     In 2008, Personal Financial Services customers judged HSBC’s brand to be 9 points stronger than its competitors (+9), up from 6 points in 2007 and above the 8 point target. Commercial Banking customers judged the brand to be 6 points higher than HSBC’s competitors (+6), the same as in 2007.

     For 2009, HSBC will track brand health in more countries. During 2008, competitors were acquired or withdrew from certain markets, so HSBC re-benchmarked its 2008 performance in respect of both brand and customer satisfaction for Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking. For 2009, the benchmark is +4 with a target of +5 for the former and, for the latter, the equivalent numbers are +6 and +7, respectively.

Customer satisfaction

Customer recommendation is an important driver of business growth for HSBC. HSBC uses a consistent measure of customer recommendation around the world to continue to improve the services provided by the Group to customers of Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking. This measurement is carried out by accredited, independent, third-party organisations and the resulting recommendation scores are benchmarked against competitors.

     The 2008 customer recommendation target for Personal Financial Services increased from +1 to +2, failing to meet the target of +3 by a small margin. Commercial Banking met the target of +7 over competitors, up from +6 in 2007.

     In 2009, HSBC has adopted a new benchmark of +1 and a 2009 target of +3 for Personal Financial Services and a benchmark of +4 and a target of +4 for Commercial Banking.

IT performance and systems reliability

HSBC tracks two key measures as indicators of IT performance; namely, the number of customer transactions processed and the reliability and resilience of systems measured in terms of service availability targets.

Number of customer transactions processed

The number of customer transactions processed reflects the dependency on IT in the delivery channels that customers use to interact with HSBC. Monitoring the volumes by channel enables the Group to allocate resources appropriately. Overall, the results show the desired decrease in staff-assisted transactions. Self-service transactions increased as a result of the redesign of the Group’s distribution network and the continuing rollout of One HSBC Technologies, HSBC’s project to standardise its primary systems, products and processes. Internet transactions unexpectedly decreased as a direct result of lower online trading volumes in retail securities in 2008. To improve efficiency HSBC aims to manage the rate of increase in IT transaction processing costs to below the volume increase. The following chart shows the 2005 to 2008 volumes per delivery channel:

Number of customer transactions (millions)


Percentage of IT services meeting or exceeding targets

HSBC’s IT function establishes with its end-users service levels for systems performance, such as systems running 99.9 per cent of the time or credit card authorisations within two seconds, and monitors the achievement of each of these commitments. The following chart shows the percentage of IT services meeting or exceeding the agreed service targets by region. Overall, the results show a trend of improving service performance.


 

20


Back to Contents

Percentage of IT services meeting or exceeding targets

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

HSBC measures its performance internally on a like-for-like basis by eliminating the effects of foreign currency translation differences, acquisitions, disposals and gains from the dilution of the Group’s interests in associates in 2007, which distort a year-on-year comparison. HSBC refers to this as its underlying performance.

     The tables below compare HSBC’s underlying performance in 2008 with 2007, and 2007 with 2006. Equivalent tables are provided for each of HSBC’s customer groups and geographical segments in their respective sections below.

     The foreign currency translation differences were mainly due to the strengthening of the US dollar against sterling in the second half of 2008 and its relative weakness against the euro and the Chinese renminbi in 2008 compared with 2007. The Group’s reported profit before tax in 2008 was 62 per cent lower than in 2007, with the effect of the change in foreign currency translation rates making a negligible difference. Comparing 2007 with 2006, the reported profit before tax growth was 10 per

cent, of which 4 per cent was explained by exchange rate movements.

     The following acquisitions and disposals, which are listed in chronological order, affected both comparisons:

the acquisition of HSBC’s partner’s shares in life insurer, Erisa S.A., and property and casualty insurer, Erisa I.A.R.D. (together renamed ‘HSBC Assurances’) in France in March 2007;
   
the deemed disposals of the stakes in Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited (‘Ping An Insurance’), Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘Bank of Communications’) and Industrial Bank Co. Limited (‘Industrial Bank’), as a consequence of their share offerings on the domestic ‘A’ share market in mainland China in the first half of 2007, and of the stakes in Financiera Independencia S.A.B. de C.V. (‘Financiera Independencia’) in Mexico and Vietnam Technological and Commercial Joint Stock Bank (‘Techcombank’) following their share issues;
   
the disposal of the Hamilton Insurance Company Limited and Hamilton Life Assurance Company Limited in the UK in October 2007;
   
the sale of Wealth and Tax Advisory Services to its management in December 2007;
   
the acquisition of the assets, liabilities and operations of The Chinese Bank Co., Ltd. (‘The Chinese Bank’) in Taiwan in March 2008;
   
the sale of HSBC’s UK merchant acquiring business to a joint venture 49 per cent owned by the Group in June 2008; and
   
the disposal of seven French regional banking subsidiaries in July 2008.

 

21


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax / Financial summary

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

  2008 compared with 2007  
 

















      2007                              
      acquisitions,       2007   2008                  
      disposals       at 2008   acquisitions                  
  2007 as   & dilution   Currency   exchange   and   Underlying   2008 as   Reported   Underlying  
  reported   gains1   translation2   rates3   disposals1   change   reported   change   change  
HSBC US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 37,795   (389 ) (4 ) 37,402   250   4,911   42,563   13   13  
Net fee income 22,002   (239 ) (152 ) 21,611   18   (1,605 ) 20,024   (9 ) (7 )
Other income4 19,196   (1,232 ) (329 ) 17,635   3,148   (1,688 ) 19,095   (1 ) (10 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5  78,993   (1,860 ) (485 ) 76,648   3,416   1,618   81,682   3   2  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(17,242 ) 31   113   (17,098 ) (6 ) (7,833 ) (24,937 ) (45 ) (46 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 61,751   (1,829 ) (372 ) 59,550   3,410   (6,215 ) 56,745   (8 ) (10 )
Operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment)
(39,042 ) 514   301   (38,227 ) (198 ) (110 ) (38,535 ) 1    
Goodwill impairment           (10,564 ) (10,564 ) n/a   n/a  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 22,709   (1,315 ) (71 ) 21,323   3,212   (16,889 ) 7,646   (66 ) (79 )
Income from associates 1,503   (12 ) 107   1,598     63   1,661   11   4  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 24,212   (1,327 ) 36   22,921   3,212   (16,826 ) 9,307   (62 ) (73 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         

  2007 compared with 2006  
 

















                  2007                  
      2006       2006,   acquisitions                  
      acquisitions       at 2007   disposals   Under-              
  2006 as   and   Currency   exchange   & dilution   lying   2007 as   Reported   Underlying  
  reported   disposals1   translation2   rates6   gains1   change   reported   change   change  
HSBC US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 34,486   (3 ) 1,086   35,569   794   1,432   37,795   10   4  
Net fee income 17,182   53   750   17,985   (47 ) 4,064   22,002   28   23  
Other income4 13,698   (53 ) 733   14,378   1,113   3,705   19,196   40   26  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5 65,366   (3 ) 2,569   67,932   1,860   9,201   78,993   21   14  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(10,573 )   (243 ) (10,816 ) (133 ) (6,293 ) (17,242 ) (63 ) (58 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 54,793   (3 ) 2,326   57,116   1,727   2,908   61,751   13   5  
Operating expenses (33,553 ) 2   (1,536 ) (35,087 ) (397 ) (3,558 ) (39,042 ) (16 ) (10 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 21,240   (1 ) 790   22,029   1,330   (650 ) 22,709   7   (3 )
Income from associates 846     20   866   (41 ) 678   1,503   78   78  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 22,086   (1 ) 810   22,895   1,289   28   24,212   10    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         

For footnotes, see page 143.

 

22


Back to Contents

Financial summary   


  Page 
Consolidated financial statements 23
Income statement 24
Group performance by income and expense item 26
   Net interest income  26
   Net fee income  27
   Net trading income  28
   Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value  29
   Gains less losses from financial investments 30
   Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates 31
   Net earned insurance premiums  31
   Other operating income  32
    Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders 33
   Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions  34
   Operating expenses  36
   Share of profit in associates and joint ventures  38
   Economic profit  39
Balance sheet 40
   Movement from 31 December 2007 to 31 December 2008  40
   Average balance sheet and net interest income  42
   Analysis of changes in net interest income  50
   Share capital and reserves  53
   Short-term borrowings  56
   Contractual obligations  57
   Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges  57
    Loan maturity and interest sensitivity analysis  58
   Deposits  59
   Certificates of deposit and other time deposits 61

Consolidated financial statements

The consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the European Union (‘EU’). EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ from IFRSs as issued by the IASB if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2008, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2008 affecting these consolidated and separate financial statements, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC. Accordingly, HSBC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2008 are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

     HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts its business. Unless otherwise stated, the accounting information presented in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRSs.

Constant currency

Constant currency comparatives for 2007 and 2006 used in the 2008 and 2007 commentaries, respectively, are computed by retranslating into US dollars, for non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates:

the income statements for 2007 and 2006 at the average rates of exchange for 2008 and 2007, respectively; and
   
the balance sheets at 31 December 2007 and 2006 at the prevailing rates of exchange on 31 December 2008 and 2007, respectively.

     No adjustment has been made to the exchange rates used to translate foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities into the functional currencies of any HSBC branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates. When reference is made to ‘constant currency’ in tables or commentaries, comparative data reported in the functional currencies of HSBC’s operations have been translated at the appropriate exchange rates applied in the current period on the basis described above.


 

23


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
  Financial summary > Income statement

 

Income statement              
  2008     2007     2006    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Interest income 91,301     92,359     75,879    
Interest expense (48,738 )   (54,564 )   (41,393 )  
Net interest income 42,563     37,795     34,486    
Fee income 24,764     26,337     21,080    
Fee expense (4,740 )   (4,335 )   (3,898 )  
Net fee income 20,024     22,002     17,182    
Trading income excluding net interest income 847     4,458     5,619    
Net interest income on trading activities 5,713     5,376     2,603    
Net trading income 6,560     9,834     8,222    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives 6,679     2,812     (35 )  
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value (2,827 )   1,271     692    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 3,852     4,083     657    
Gains less losses from financial investments 197     1,956     969    
Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates     1,092        
Dividend income 272     324     340    
Net earned insurance premiums 10,850     9,076     5,668    
Gains on disposal of French regional banks 2,445            
Other operating income 1,808     1,439     2,546    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income 88,571     87,601     70,070    
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders . (6,889 )   (8,608 )   (4,704 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 81,682     78,993     65,366    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (24,937 )   (17,242 )   (10,573 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income 56,745     61,751     54,793    
 
   
   
   
Employee compensation and benefits (20,792 )   (21,334 )   (18,500 )  
General and administrative expenses (15,260 )   (15,294 )   (12,823 )  
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment (1,750 )   (1,714 )   (1,514 )  
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets (733 )   (700 )   (716 )  
Goodwill impairment (10,564 )          
 
   
   
   
Total operating expenses (49,099 )   (39,042 )   (33,553 )  
 
   
   
   
Operating profit 7,646     22,709     21,240    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 1,661     1,503     846    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax 9,307     24,212     22,086    
Tax expense (2,809 )   (3,757 )   (5,215 )  
 
   
   
   
Profit for the year 6,498     20,455     16,871    
 
   
   
   
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company 5,728     19,133     15,789    
Profit attributable to minority interests 770     1,322     1,082    
                   

2008 compared with 2007

Reported pre-tax profits in 2008 fell by 62 per cent to US$9.3 billion and earnings per share declined to US$0.47. In a year characterised by a significant deterioration in the credit markets and by unprecedented illiquidity in most asset classes, return on average total shareholders’ equity fell to 4.7 per cent.

     The fall in profit before tax was exacerbated by recognition of a US$10.6 billion impairment

charge which wrote off in full the goodwill carried on the balance sheet in respect of the Group’s investment in its North America Personal Financial Services business. This non-cash charge arose substantially in the second half of 2008 as heightened risk premia in the market increased discount rates and cash flows estimated from ongoing activities fell as the US economy continued to decline and the outlook for the business deteriorated.

Asian performance was strong, generating profit


 

24


Back to Contents

before tax of US$11.9 billion, broadly in line with results excluding the dilution gains which arose in 2007 when HSBC did not participate in share offerings by its mainland Chinese associates. Within Asia, Global Banking and Markets’ results were strongly ahead, driven by foreign exchange, Rates and securities services. Balance Sheet Management revenues rose significantly from positioning ahead of interest rate cuts, and were especially strong in Europe despite losses from the defaults of certain financial sector companies.

     With the exception of Personal Financial Services, which incurred significant losses in North America, all customer groups remained profitable. Commercial Banking and Private Banking delivered results broadly in line with 2007, while Global Banking and Markets’ profits declined.

     Performance was overshadowed by a US$7.7 billion rise in loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, largely from the US consumer finance business, and a further US$5.4 billion in trading write-downs on illiquid legacy positions in credit trading, leveraged and acquisition finance and monoline credit exposure in Global Banking and Markets. Increases in loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking, the latter rising rapidly in the second half of 2008 from a low base, occurred as the global economy slowed. Global Banking and Markets also experienced a rise in loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions as refinancing options dried up for a number of companies as the market for long-term asset financing became increasingly illiquid. The market turmoil also led to impairments on equity securities in the available-for-sale portfolio.

  The following items were significant:
   
the non-recurrence of US$1.1 billion of gains which arose in 2007 on the dilution of the Group’s stakes in various associates;
   
a US$3.9 billion increase (from US$2.8 billion in 2007 to US$6.7 billion) in fair value gains from wider credit spreads recorded predominantly on HSBC’s own long-term debt designated at fair value. These gains are reported in the ‘Other’ segment, are not allocated to customer groups and are not included within regulatory capital calculations;
   
the gain of US$2.4 billion on the sale of the French regional banks; and
   
a charge against trading income of US$984 million following the alleged fraud in December 2008 relating to Bernard L Madoff

     Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’).

     On an underlying basis, profit before tax declined by 73 per cent compared with 2007. The difference between the reported and underlying results is explained on page 21. Except where stated otherwise, the commentaries in the Financial Summary are on an underlying basis.

2007 compared with 2006

The strength of HSBC’s geographically diversified business model was demonstrated by profit growth in a year in which financial markets experienced significant dislocation and the credit environment, particularly in the US, deteriorated markedly. Pre-tax profits in 2007 increased by 10 per cent to US$24.2 billion and earnings per share rose by 18 per cent to US$1.65. Despite difficult market conditions, the return on shareholders’ equity exceeded 15 per cent, capital ratios remained strong, revenue growth was in double digits and the cost efficiency ratio improved. For the first time in recent years, pre-tax profits from the Group’s emerging markets operations exceeded 60 per cent of total profits.

     On an underlying basis, profit before tax was broadly in line with 2006.

     The Group had a notably strong year in most emerging markets. Vigorous economic activity, strong trade flows and buoyant equity markets helped drive broadly based profit growth, with profits in all customer groups ahead of 2006. A strong performance in Asia in all customer groups compensated for the effect of deteriorating conditions in the US and slower growth in other mature markets. Commercial Banking and Private Banking again delivered record results, as did many of the businesses within Global Banking and Markets, including foreign exchange, payments and cash management, equities, HSBC Global Asset Management and securities services.

     The deterioration in credit quality which began in 2006 in a particular portfolio of purchased mortgages in the US consumer finance business widened in the second half of 2007, leading to significantly increased loan impairment charges in the US as economic conditions deteriorated and global market liquidity for asset-backed securities dried up. This lack of liquidity adversely affected credit trading and asset-backed securities businesses within Global Banking and Markets, where de-leveraging of traded markets contributed to volatility and lower valuations. The effect of these factors was partially offset by a gain on HSBC’s own debt designated at fair value.


 

25


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Group performance > Net interest income / net fee income

 

Group performance by income and expense item

Net interest income

  2008   2007   2006  
Net interest income1 (US$m) 42,563   37,795   34,486  
Average interest-earning assets (US$m) 1,466,622   1,296,701   1,113,404  
Gross interest yield2 (per cent) 6.23   7.12   6.82  
Net interest spread3 (per cent) 2.87   2.86   2.94  
Net interest margin4 (per cent) 2.90   2.91   3.10  

1 Net interest income includes the cost of funding trading assets, while the related external revenues are reported in trading income. In HSBC’s customer group results, the cost of funding trading assets is included with Global Banking and Markets’ net trading income as an interest expense.
   
2 Gross interest yield is the average annualised interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’).
   
3 Net interest spread is the difference between the average annualised interest rate earned on AIEA, net of amortised premiums and loan fees, and the average annualised interest rate paid on average interest-bearing funds.
   
4 Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as an annualised percentage of AIEA.
   

2008 compared with 2007

Reported net interest income of US$42.6 billion rose by 13 per cent compared with 2007, 13 per cent on an underlying basis.

     Growth in net interest income was driven by significantly higher revenues in Balance Sheet Management, in part reflecting favourable positioning to take advantage of falling interest rates. Lending and deposit balances also grew strongly, while progressive reductions in central bank reference rates led to a decline in both asset yields and the cost of funds. Overall, spreads narrowed on an underlying basis.

     Average interest-earning assets increased to US$1,467 billion, led by growth in average loans and advances to customers. This was mainly due to an increase in average term lending balances in Europe and Asia.

     An increase in average interest-bearing liabilities was driven by growth in average customer accounts, notably in Europe. HSBC attracted substantial deposits from customers who valued HSBC’s perceived strength at a time of global financial market turmoil and customers also expressed a preference for security and liquidity following declines in equity markets.

     Interest rates were cut aggressively in many countries during 2008, as central banks reduced their reference rates as part of stimulus programmes introduced in response to deteriorating economic conditions. This contributed to a decline in asset yields. The cost of funds also fell, but this was less significant than the decline in yields as spreads narrowed overall on an underlying basis.

     In North America, net interest income was also adversely affected by rises in loan modifications designed to reduce the payment burden on the Group’s customers, and impaired loans.

2007 compared with 2006

Reported net interest income increased by 10 per cent to US$37.8 billion, 4 per cent on an underlying basis. The increase was driven by an underlying 10 per cent rise in average interest earning assets to US$1,297 billion, partly offset by a decline in spreads as funding costs rose more than yields.

     The growth in average interest earning assets was due to a 6 per cent rise in average loans and advances to customers. HSBC continued to focus on competitive liability products, with average deposits and current account balances rising by 16 per cent, driven by customer acquisition in Rest of Asia-Pacific and deposit balance growth in North America, Europe and Hong Kong.

     Balance Sheet Management revenues increased compared with 2006, particularly in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific as deposits grew strongly.

     Lending spreads in 2007 reflected the continued benign corporate and commercial credit conditions that have existed in the last three or four years. However, some upward re-pricing occurred in personal lending as a result of growing delinquency and restricted credit appetite and, as market liquidity diminished in the last four months of 2007, the value and cost of funds, including the cost of funding HSBC’s trading activities, rose markedly.


 

26


Back to Contents

Net fee income

  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Cards 5,844   6,496   5,367  
Account services 4,353   4,359   3,633  
Funds under management 2,757   2,975   2,718  
Insurance 1,771   1,836   1,358  
Broking income 1,738   2,012   1,354  
Credit facilities 1,313   1,138   922  
Global custody 1,311   1,404   797  
Imports/exports 1,014   866   780  
Remittances 610   556   472  
Unit trusts 502   875   520  
Corporate finance 381   409   255  
Underwriting 325   367   286  
Trust income 325   299   248  
Taxpayer financial services 168   252   263  
Maintenance income on operating leases 130   139   122  
Mortgage servicing 120   109   97  
Other 2,102   2,245   1,888  
 
 
 
 
Total fee income 24,764   26,337   21,080  
Less: fee expense (4,740 ) (4,335 ) (3,898 )
 
 
 
 
Net fee income 20,024   22,002   17,182  
 
 
 
 
           

2008 compared with 2007

Reported net fee income declined by 9 per cent to US$20 billion, 7 per cent lower on an underlying basis.

     Lower equity market-related revenues, notably in Hong Kong, were driven by weakened investor sentiment, and reflected in the fall of 17 per cent in the aggregate of broking income, global custody and unit trust income. Similarly, fund management fees declined as equity markets retreated and lower performance fees were earned.

     HSBC announced revisions to its credit card fee charging policies in the US in 2007, and this fed through as expected in the form of a substantial decline in overlimit fees, further compounded by lower cash advance and interchange fee income as a result of reduced volumes. In the UK, the divestment in 2008 of the card acquiring business resulted in reduced card acquiring fees. Offsetting these factors were rises in card fees in Hong Kong, the Middle East, India and Turkey.

     Fee income from credit facilities rose, notably in the Middle East, in line with customer volumes. Growth in fee income from trade and supply chain products reflected higher volumes and customer acquisition in India and, to a greater extent in the Middle East, increased activity driven by commodity price inflation.

2007 compared with 2006

Reported net fee income increased by 28 per cent to US$22 billion, 23 per cent on an underlying basis.

     The rise in card fee income was mainly in the US and Mexico. Income growth in the US was driven by higher late and over-limit fees in addition to higher balances. Revenue from enhancement services on cards also increased. In Mexico, the credit card business continued to grow, both in balances and in transaction volumes.

     Higher income from funds under management products, broking services, unit trusts and global custody was driven by buoyant stock markets in Hong Kong and throughout the Rest of Asia-Pacific region, enhanced by the launch of new investment schemes.

     Increased account services income was due to higher levels of customer activity in Europe, North America and Latin America. In the US, growth in credit card balances triggered an increased use of the Intellicheck service. In the UK, growth in the sale of fee-based packaged accounts contributed to a rise in account services fees.

     An increase in insurance fees was driven by higher life insurance commission income, boosted by new product offerings in Hong Kong.


 

27


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Group performance > Net trading income / Net income from financial instruments at FV

 

Net trading income        
 
    2008   2007   2006  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
Trading activities   2,988   4,521   5,465  
Net interest income on trading activities   5,713   5,376   2,603  
Other trading income – hedge ineffectiveness:              
   – on cash flow hedges   (40 ) (77 ) (122 )
   – on fair value hedges   5   19   16  
Non-qualifying hedges   (1,122 ) (5 ) 260  
Losses on collapse of Madoff Securities   (984 )    
  
 
 
 
Net trading income1,2    6,560   9,834   8,222  
  
 
 
 

1 The cost of internal funding of trading assets was US$5,547 million (2007: US$5,433 million; 2006: US$2,658 million) and is excluded from the reported ‘Net trading income’ line and included in ‘Net interest income’. However, this cost is reinstated in ‘Net trading income’ in HSBC’s customer group and global business reporting.
   
2 Net trading income includes US$529 million (2007: US$34 million), associated with changes in the fair value of issued structured notes and other hybrid instrument liabilities derived from movements in HSBC issuance spreads.
 

2008 compared with 2007

Reported net trading income fell by 33 per cent to US$6.6 billion, 32 per cent lower on an underlying basis.

     Net income from trading activities declined by 81 per cent, driven by the continuing effect of the market turmoil which led to US$5.4 billion of write-downs on legacy monoline credit exposures, credit trading and leveraged and acquisition finance loans. More information about the losses, the associated assets and residual exposure is provided in ‘Impact of Market Turmoil’ on pages 144 to 162.

     Record foreign exchange trading income was due to increased customer volumes and market volatility across all regions, as investors sought to reduce risk in the second half of 2008, driving growth in global foreign exchange trading as demand for assets denominated in US dollars and Japanese Yen increased.

     Rates trading income rose substantially, with record revenues in the first half of 2008 due to favourable positioning against movements in interest rate yield curves as central banks responded to the market turmoil by lowering short-term interest rates. Revenues were also boosted by an increased number of deals, widening spreads and increased customer demand for trading and hedging products.

     The decline in equities trading income reflected weaker equity markets, particularly in Hong Kong, where demand for structured equity products fell. In addition, following the alleged fraud at Madoff Securities, HSBC wrote off the value of units it held in funds that had invested with the company and took a US$984 million charge. The units had been acquired in connection with various financing transactions HSBC had entered into with institutional clients.

     The decline in non-qualifying hedges related to mark-to-market losses on cross-currency swaps as the US dollar appreciated and on interest rate swaps as interest rates fell in late 2008.

     Widening credit spreads led to further gains on credit default swap transactions in parts of the Global Banking portfolio.

2007 compared with 2006

Reported net trading income increased by 20 per cent to US$9.8 billion, 13 per cent on an underlying basis.

      Net interest income on trading activities more than doubled, mainly due to increased holdings of shorter maturity assets in the UK.

     Net trading income was significantly affected by a total of US$2.1 billion of write-downs on credit trading, leveraged and acquisition financing positions, and monoline credit exposures, resulting from deterioration in the credit market in the second half of 2007. The write-downs arose mainly in the US and, to a lesser extent, the UK.

     Income from foreign exchange trading increased by 40 per cent to a record result. Revenues were driven by higher customer volumes, against the backdrop of a weakening US dollar and greater market volatility.

     Trading income from structured derivatives fell by 26 per cent. The structured credit business incurred losses in the second half of the year in the difficult trading conditions. This was partly offset by higher trading income from other structured derivative products, following investment made in technical expertise and systems in previous years.

     Record results were achieved in the equities business, reflecting strong growth across all regions, particularly Europe.


 

28


Back to Contents

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

      2008     2007     2006    
      US$m     US$m     US$m    
Net income arising from:                  
  financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and                  
    investment contracts (5,064 )   2,056     1,552    
  liabilities to customers under investment contracts 1,751     (940 )   (1,008 )  
  HSBC’s long-term debt issued and related derivatives 6,679     2,812     (35 )  
    – change in own credit spread on long-term debt 6,570     3,055     (388 )  
    – other changes in fair value1  109     (243 )   353    
    other instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives 486     155     148    
   
  
  
   
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 3,852     4,083     657    
 
  
  
   
Financial assets designated at fair value at 31 December 28,533     41,564     20,573    
Financial liabilities designated at fair value at 31 December 74,587     89,939     70,211    

1 Includes gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with HSBC’s long-term debt issued.
 

     HSBC designates certain financial instruments at fair value to remove or reduce accounting mismatches in measurement or recognition, or where financial instruments are managed and their performance is evaluated together on a fair value basis. All income and expense from financial instruments designated at fair value are included in this line except for interest arising from HSBC’s issued debt securities and related derivatives managed in conjunction with those debt securities, which is recognised in ‘Interest expense’.

     HSBC principally uses the fair value designation in the following instances:

for certain fixed-rate long-term debt issues whose rate profile has been changed to floating through interest rate swaps as part of a documented interest rate management strategy.
Approximately US$59 billion (2007: US$66 billion) of the Group’s debt issues have been accounted for using the fair value option.

The movement in fair value of these debt issues includes the effect of own credit spread changes and any ineffectiveness in the economic relationship between the related swaps and own debt. As credit spreads widen or narrow, accounting profits or losses are booked, respectively. The size and direction of the accounting consequences of changes in own credit spread and ineffectiveness can be volatile from year to year, but do not alter the cash flows envisaged as part of the documented interest rate management strategy; as a consequence of this, gains and losses arising from changes in own credit spread on long-term debt are not regarded internally as part of managerial performance. Similarly, such gains and losses are ignored in the calculation of regulatory capital.

for approximately US$11 billion (2007: US$17 billion) of financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance contracts, and certain liabilities under investment contracts with discretionary participation features; and
  
for approximately US$7 billion (2007: US$14 billion) of financial assets held to meet liabilities under unit-linked and other investment contracts.

2008 compared with 2007

Reported net income from financial instruments designated at fair value decreased by US$231 million to US$3.9 billion in 2008.

      Credit spreads widened significantly during the year, leading to US$6.6 billion of positive fair value movements on certain long-term debt issued by the Group, compared with US$3.1 billion in 2007. These fair value movements will fully reverse over the life of the debt. The cumulative fair value adjustment at 31 December 2008 amounted to US$8.0 billion.

     A negative movement of US$5.1 billion was recorded in the fair value of assets held to back insurance and investment contracts, compared with a positive movement of US$2.1 billion in 2007. This reflected investment losses driven by falling equity and bond markets, predominantly affecting the value of assets held in unit-linked and participating funds in Hong Kong, France and the UK. The negative movement in fair value is partially offset by a corresponding reduction in ‘Net insurance claims and movement in liabilities to policyholders’, where unit-linked policyholders in particular participate in the investment performance experienced on the investment portfolios held to support the liabilities.


 

29


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Group performance > Gains less losses from financial investments / Dilution gains / Net earned insurance premiums

 

     For assets held to meet liabilities under investment contracts the corresponding reduction in the liability to customers is also reported within net income from financial instruments designated at fair value. A reduction of US$1.8 billion in the movement in fair value of liabilities held under investment contracts compared with an increase in the fair value of liabilities of US$940 million in 2007.

2007 compared with 2006

Credit spreads widened significantly in the second half of 2007, leading to a substantial increase in net income from financial instruments designated at fair value compared with 2006. This was primarily driven by a widening in credit spreads on certain fixed-rate long-term debt issued by HSBC Holdings

and its subsidiaries. These cumulative gains will fully reverse over the life of the debt. The cumulative adjustments to reserves (when the policy is applied for the first time) and the income statement (subsequent applications of the policy), reflecting the change in own credit spread since the fair value option was available, was US$1.6 billion after taking into account the US$3.1 billion credit in 2007.

     Income from assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts also rose, by 32 per cent, reflecting primarily premium growth and higher investment returns on the portfolios held by the insurance businesses in the UK and Hong Kong. The change in fair value of liabilities under investment contracts declined by 7 per cent.

 


 

Gains less losses from financial investments

  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Net gain from disposal of:            
   – debt securities 19   120   252  
   – equity securities 1,216   1,864   702  
   – other financial investments 4   14   15  
 
 
 
 
  1,239   1,998   969  
Impairment of available-for-sale equity securities (1,042 ) (42 )  
 
 
 
 
Gains less losses from financial investments 197   1,956   969  
 
 
 
 

2008 compared 2007

Reported gains less losses of US$197 million from financial investments during 2008 were 90 per cent lower than in 2007, 93 per cent lower on an underlying basis. A reduction in net gains from disposals was compounded by significant impairments recognised on equity securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio as certain investments were marked down to reflect the prevailing market conditions.

     The redemption of Visa Inc. (‘Visa’) shares following its IPO resulted in significant gains, and there were further gains from the sale of MasterCard Inc. (‘MasterCard’) shares. These were more than offset by losses in Principal Investments and the non-recurrence of various significant gains in 2007, mostly in respect of Euronext, the European stock exchange, and a credit bureau in Brazil.

     Declining equity markets caused impairments to be recognised against a number of strategic investments in Asia, held in the available-for-sale portfolio and on private equity investments, mainly in Europe. The market turmoil in the US also led to impairments against investments in various US financial institutions.

2007 compared with 2006

Net gains of US$2.0 billion were reported by HSBC as a result of the disposal of financial investments during 2007, a two-fold increase over 2006 and 93 per cent higher on an underlying basis.

     The increase was driven by the sale of shares and various equity investments in all regions, including holdings in Euronext (the European stock exchange), MasterCard in North America and a credit bureau in Brazil. In Private Banking, a gain of US$91 million arose from the sale of a further holding in the Hermitage Fund, compared with US$117 million in 2006. The gains in 2007 were marginally offset by the non-recurrence of a US$101 million gain on the sale of part of HSBC’s stake in UTI Bank Limited in 2006.


 

30


Back to Contents

Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates

In 2007, HSBC’s associates, Industrial Bank, Ping An Insurance and Bank of Communications in mainland China, Financiera Independencia in Mexico and Techcombank in Vietnam issued new shares for which HSBC did not subscribe. As a

Net earned insurance premiums

consequence of the new monies raised by the associates, HSBC’s share of their underlying assets increased by US$1.1 billion, notwithstanding the reduction in the Group’s interests. These gains were presented in the income statement as ‘Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates’, and should be regarded as exceptional.


  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Gross insurance premium income 12,547   11,001   6,455  
Reinsurance premiums (1,697 ) (1,925 ) (787 )
 
 
 
 
Net earned insurance premiums 10,850   9,076   5,668  
 
 
 
 

2008 compared with 2007

Reported net earned insurance premiums amounted to US$10.9 billion, 20 per cent higher than in 2007. HSBC acquired the remaining interest in HSBC Assurances in France in March 2007 and, in October 2007, sold the Hamilton Insurance Company Limited and Hamilton Life Assurance Company Limited in the UK. On an underlying basis, net earned insurance premiums increased by 14 per cent.

     Growth in net earned insurance premiums was driven by a continued strong performance from the UK life assurance business, mainly as a result of higher sales of the Guaranteed Income Bond, a non-linked product that was launched in June 2007. The introduction of enhanced life assurance benefits to certain pension products, which led to these products being reclassified as insurance contracts, also resulted in higher premiums.

     The Hong Kong insurance business also performed well with respect to premium growth, due to stronger sales of products with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) and an increase in regular premiums partly offset by a reduction in unit-linked premiums.

     In France, HSBC Assurances performed well in a declining market, as three promotional campaigns during the year contributed to growth in sales of policies with DPF. However, a significant one-off reinsurance transaction undertaken during 2008 caused net earned insurance premiums to decrease compared with 2007.

2007 compared with 2006

Reported net earned insurance premiums of US$9.1 billion were 60 per cent higher than in 2006, boosted by HSBC’s acquisition in the first half of 2007 of the remaining shares in HSBC Assurances in France and the purchase of HSBC Bank Panama in Central America in late 2006. Underlying net insurance premiums grew by 21 per cent.

     Growth in net earned insurance premiums was achieved in all regions except North America, primarily from new business growth in the life insurance business in Europe, Hong Kong and Latin America. An increase in net earned premiums was recorded in the UK due to higher sales of Guaranteed Income Bonds and the introduction of enhanced death benefits to pension contracts. New product launches also aided growth in Hong Kong. In Latin America, higher premiums in Brazil were driven by increased sales of pension products with linked-life policies.

     In non-life insurance, the UK benefited from a decision to reduce the proportion of risk and corresponding premiums ceded to reinsurers compared with 2006. The Latin American business also performed well, led by growth in motor premiums in Argentina. However, results in North America declined, as a reduction in loan volumes led to a fall in credit insurance sales and HSBC stopped reinsuring credit insurance for other lenders.


 

31


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Group performance > Other operating income / Net insurance claims incurred

 

Other operating income

  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Rent received 606   630   687  
Gains/(losses) recognised on assets held for sale (130 ) 5   28  
Valuation gains/(losses) on investment properties (92 ) 152   164  
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-financial investments 465   213   781  
Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business 286   (145 ) 40  
Gain on repurchase of 8 Canada Square 416      
Other 257   584   846  
 
 
 
 
Other operating income 1,808   1,439   2,546  
 
 
 
 

2008 compared with 2007

Reported other operating income of US$1.8 billion was 26 per cent higher than in 2007. This included gains of US$425 million on the sale of the card merchant acquiring business in the UK and US$71 million on the sale of HSBC’s entire stake in Financiera Independencia, a Mexican consumer lending company. On an underlying basis, other operating income fell by 23 per cent.

     The difficult property market conditions in the UK led to a loss in value of a property fund, lower income from the sale of property fund assets and a reduction in Group real estate disposals in 2008. Similarly, in Hong Kong revaluation gains on investment properties did not recur.

     Life assurance enhancements to pension products resulted in increased present value of in-force long-term insurance (‘PVIF’) business, which also benefited from the non-recurrence of regulatory changes in 2007 in the UK.

     During 2008, HSBC recognised a gain of US$416 million in respect of the purchase of the subsidiary of Metrovacesa which owned the property and long leasehold comprising 8 Canada Square, London. See Note 23 on the Financial Statements.

     Other operating income declined, driven by losses on sale of the Canadian vehicle finance business and other loan portfolios in 2008, in addition to the non-recurrence of gains on disposal of fixed assets and private equity investments in 2007.

2007 compared with 2006

Reported other operating income of US$1.4 billion was 43 per cent lower than in 2006, 51 per cent lower on an underlying basis.

     Significant decreases in gain on disposal of property and other income were driven by lower proceeds from the sale of real estate in the declining US property market. This was compounded by the non-recurrence of income earned on asset disposals in 2006, including the sale of the former head office building of Hang Seng Bank in Hong Kong and properties in Japan and India, and the transfer of the credit card acquiring business into a joint venture with Global Payments Inc. A gain on the sale and leaseback of a London building in 2007 and the non-recurrence of a loss on sale on asset disposals in 2006 partially offset these factors.

     Although HSBC sold its Canary Wharf headquarters building at 8 Canada Square in 2007, the gain remained unrecognised as the Group continued to provide bridge finance for the debt portion of the transaction.

     PVIF business declined, primarily due to a change in the calculation methodology employed in the UK as HSBC implemented regulatory changes to the rules governing the calculation of insurance liabilities. This had a marginally positive effect on profit as there was a corresponding reduction in policyholder liabilities. Income rose in Mexico due to a refinement of the income recognition methodology in respect of long-term insurance contracts.


 

32


Back to Contents

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

       
  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders:            
   – gross 9,206   9,550   5,072  
   – reinsurers’ share (2,317 ) (942 ) (368 )
 
 
 
 
   – net1 6,889   8,608   4,704  
 
 
 
 

1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders arise from both life and non-life insurance business. For non-life business, amounts reported represent the cost of claims paid during the year and the estimated cost of notified claims. For life business, the main element of claims is the liability to policyholders created on the initial underwriting of the policy and any subsequent movement in the liability that arises, primarily from the attribution of investment performance to savings-related policies. Consequently, claims rise in line with increases in sales of savings-related business and with investment market growth.

2008 compared with 2007

Reported net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders decreased by 20 per cent to US$6.9 billion. HSBC acquired the remaining interest in HSBC Assurances in France in March 2007 and, in October 2007, sold the Hamilton Insurance Company Limited and Hamilton Life Assurance Company Limited in the UK. On an underlying basis, net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders fell by 22 per cent.

     The reduction in net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders primarily reflected the impact of markedly weaker investment markets worldwide. This led to a reduction in liabilities to policyholders on unit-linked and, to a certain extent, participating policies where policyholders participate in the investment performance of the assets supporting the liabilities. As noted above, the losses experienced on the assets held to support insurance contract liabilities are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

     The decline arising from market value movements was partially offset by an increase in claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders driven by new business growth, most significantly in France, the UK and Hong Kong. In addition, 2007 was affected by the implementation of an FSA regulatory change, which led to lower gross liability valuations in that year, along with a reduction in the corresponding reinsurers’ share.

     A significant increase in the reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders was primarily driven by the above regulatory change plus an increase in a reserve provision on a unit-linked product in Hong Kong, which was fully reinsured. In addition, a significant one-off reinsurance transaction was undertaken in France during 2008.

2007 compared with 2006

Reported net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders of US$8.6 billion were 83 per cent higher than in 2006 following the acquisition of the remaining shares in HSBC Assurances in France in March 2007 and HSBC Bank Panama in late 2006. The increase was 32 per cent on an underlying basis.

     Growth in net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders was largely driven by the life insurance business. This reflected a combination of business growth, and was in line with higher net earned insurance premiums and, where policyholders participate in the investment performance of the assets supporting the liabilities, higher investment returns on unit-linked and participating policies. This was most notable in Hong Kong, the UK and Brazil. There was an offsetting increase in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ which reflected these investment returns. In addition, FSA rule changes in the UK led to a lower valuation of the liabilities to policyholders on life policies.


 

33


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Group performance > Loan impairment charges

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

  2008     2007     2006    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
Loan impairment charges                  
   New allowances net of allowance releases 24,965     18,182     11,326    
   Recoveries of amounts previously written off (834 )   (1,005 )   (779 )  
 
   
   
   
  24,131     17,177     10,547    
                   
Individually assessed allowances 2,064     796     458    
Collectively assessed allowances 22,067     16,381     10,089    
                   
Impairment of available-for-sale debt securities 737     44     21    
Other credit risk provisions 69     21     5    
 
   
   
   
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 24,937     17,242     10,573    
 
   
   
   
                   
  %     %     %    
                   
As a percentage of net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 30.5     21.8     16.2    
Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers as a percentage of gross average loans and advances to customers 2.5     2.0     1.4    
                   
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
Customer impaired loans 25,352     19,582     15,071    
Customer loan impairment allowances 23,909     19,205     13,578    

2008 compared with 2007

Reported loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were US$24.9 billion in 2008, an increase of 45 per cent over 2007, 46 per cent on an underlying basis.

     A deterioration in credit quality was experienced across all customer groups and geographical regions as the global economy slowed. The rise in Group loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions also reflected an underlying 8 per cent increase in lending to customers (excluding the financial sector and settlement accounts).

     Loan impairment charges rose significantly in the US by 38 per cent to US$16.3 billion, due to credit quality deterioration across all US portfolios in Personal Financial Services.

     In the US consumer lending portfolio, loan impairment charges rose as delinquency rates deteriorated sharply and the economy declined markedly in the second half of 2008, most notably in the first lien portfolio. This was particularly apparent in the geographical regions most affected by house price depreciation and rising unemployment rates. In mortgage services, loan impairment charges rose as 2005 and 2006 vintages matured and moved into the later stages of delinquency. This was partly offset by the benefit of lower balances as run-off continued, albeit at a slowing pace as house price depreciation restricted refinancing options for customers. In HSBC USA, loan impairment charges rose as credit quality worsened across the real estate secured portfolio and private label cards. Delinquencies rose

in the prime first lien residential mortgage portfolio, Home Equity Line of Credit and Home Equity Loan second lien portfolios. The higher delinquency rate for prime first lien mortgages was in part due to lower balances following US$7.0 billion of portfolio sales during the year.

     Loan impairment charges in the US card and retail services portfolios rose, again driven by increasing unemployment, portfolio seasoning, higher levels of personal bankruptcy filings and continued weakness in the US economy which was most apparent in regions with the most significant declines in house prices and rising unemployment.

     Loan impairment charges in Commercial Banking in North America more than doubled from a low base in 2007, due to deterioration across the commercial real estate, middle market and corporate banking portfolios in the US and, to a lesser extent, higher loan impairment charges against firms in the manufacturing, export and commercial real estate sectors in Canada.

     In the UK, a modest decline in loan impairment charges in Personal Financial Services reflected the non-recurrence of a methodology change at HFC in 2007 which resulted in higher impairment charges. Credit quality in the Personal Financial Services portfolio remained broadly stable, reflecting early risk mitigation through the tightening of lending controls and the sale of non-core credit card portfolios during the year. Credit quality in the unsecured portfolios deteriorated slightly in 2008, particularly in the second half of the year, due to the weakening UK economy. Loan impairment charges in the commercial portfolio rose in 2008 as the


 

34


Back to Contents

weakening property market led to higher impairment charges against construction companies and businesses dependent upon the real estate sector, particularly in the final quarter of the year. Impairment charges against banks rose due to some exposure to the Icelandic banks in 2008. In addition, rising levels of personal indebtedness resulted in lower releases and recoveries of charges than in 2007.

     Higher loan impairment and other credit risk provisions within Global Banking and Markets in Europe reflected increased charges against certain corporate accounts and impairment recorded on available-for-sale debt securities.

     In Mexico, loan impairment charges rose by US$513 million or 69 per cent, primarily in the credit card portfolio. This was due to a combination of higher lending volumes from organic expansion and higher delinquency rates which were driven by a deterioration in credit quality as the portfolio continued to season and move into the later stages of delinquency. Management took action to enhance collection activity and improve the quality of new business. Impairment charges in the commercial portfolio also rose due to credit quality deterioration among small and medium-sized enterprises as the economy weakened.

     In Hong Kong, the rise in loan impairment charges was driven by weakness in parts of the export sector within the commercial portfolio in the second half of 2008. In Global Banking and Markets, credit impairment charges within Balance Sheet Management principally reflected losses on debt securities and paper issued by financial institutions previously rated at investment grade which failed in the year.

     In Rest of Asia-Pacific, the growth in loan impairment charges reflected a combination of the expansion of consumer lending and credit quality deterioration in India and the Middle East. In addition, higher impairment charges in Commercial Banking were driven by a deterioration in credit quality in the second half of the year.

     For the Group as a whole, the aggregate outstanding customer loan impairment allowances at 31 December 2008 of US$23.9 billion represented 2.6 per cent of gross customer advances (net of reverse repos and settlement accounts), compared with 2.0 per cent at the end of 2007.

2007 compared with 2006

Reported loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were US$17.2 billion, a 63 per cent increase over 2006.

     Loan impairment charges increased by 58 per cent, reflecting substantially higher losses in the US consumer finance loan book, primarily in mortgage lending, but also in the credit cards portfolio in the final part of the year. US delinquency rates increased during 2007 as falling house prices constrained customers’ ability to refinance their loans.

     The rise in Group charges also reflected an underlying 7 per cent increase in lending to customers (excluding lending to the financial sector and settlement accounts).

     In North America, loan impairment charges increased by 79 per cent to US$12.2 billion. The main factor driving this deterioration was the impact of the weaker housing market on both economic activity and the ability of borrowers to extend or refinance debt. In addition, seasoning and mix change within the credit cards portfolio, and increases in bankruptcy filings after the exceptionally low levels seen in 2006 following changes in legislation, added to loan impairment charges.

     The real estate secured portfolios experienced continuing deterioration in credit quality as a lack of demand for securitised sub-prime mortgages and falls in house prices severely restricted refinancing options for many customers. Loan impairment charges rose by 41 per cent to US$3.1 billion and by 139 per cent to US$4.1 billion in the mortgage services business and in consumer lending, respectively. Delinquency rates exceeded recent historical trends, particularly for those loans originated in 2005 and 2006. Performance was weakest in housing markets which had previously experienced the steepest home price appreciation, as well as in second lien products and stated income products.

     US card services experienced an increase in loan impairment charges from a combination of growth in balances, higher losses in the final part of the year as the economy slowed, a rise in bankruptcy rates to near historical levels, and a shift in portfolio mix to higher levels of non-prime loans.

     In the UK, loan impairment charges rose, primarily in the consumer finance business. Delinquency rates on mortgages in the UK offered through HSBC Finance remained stable throughout 2007, with delinquency rates for loans offered in 2006 and 2007 lower than in the preceding two


 

35


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
 Financial summary > Group performance > Operating expenses

 

years. In the rest of the UK business, loan impairment charges in the second half of 2007 were lower than in the first half of the year, as overall credit quality improved following measures taken to tighten underwriting standards and improve the credit quality of new business. Although losses from mortgage lending remained low, maximum loan to value ratios were reduced during the year to mitigate the effects of a possible housing market downturn.

     In Mexico, higher loan impairment charges were driven by strong growth in loan balances, a deterioration in credit quality and portfolio seasoning.

     For the Group as a whole, the aggregate outstanding customer loan impairment allowances at 31 December 2007 of US$19.2 billion represented 2.0 per cent of gross customer advances (net of reverse repos and settlement accounts), compared with 1.6 per cent at the end of 2006.

     Impaired loans to customers were US$18.3 billion at 31 December 2007 compared with US$13.8 billion at 31 December 2006. On a constant currency basis, impaired loans to customers were 28 per cent higher than in 2006 compared with customer lending growth (excluding loans to the financial sector and settlement accounts) of 7 per cent.


 

Operating expenses

  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
By expense category            
Employee compensation and benefits1 20,792   21,334   18,500  
Premises and equipment (excluding depreciation and impairment) 4,305   3,966   3,389  
General and administrative expenses 10,955   11,328   9,434  
 
 
 
 
Administrative expenses 36,052   36,628   31,323  
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment 1,750   1,714   1,514  
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 733   700   716  
Goodwill impairment 10,564      
 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses 49,099   39,042   33,553  
 
 
 
 
     
      At 31 December     
 




 
  2008   2007   2006  
Staff numbers (full-time equivalent)            
Europe 82,093   82,166   78,311  
Hong Kong 29,330   27,655   27,586  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 98,159   88,573   72,265  
North America 44,725   52,722   55,642  
Latin America 58,559   64,404   64,900  
 
 
 
 
Total staff numbers 312,866   315,520   298,704  
 
 
 
 
1 A charge of US$135 million was realised in 2006 arising from the waiver of the TSR-related performance condition in respect of the 2003 awards under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan.
 

2008 compared with 2007

Reported operating expenses increased by US$10.1 billion to US$49.1 billion, due to an impairment charge of US$10.6 billion to fully write off goodwill in Personal Financial Services in North America. Excluding this, operating expenses remained broadly in line on both reported and underlying bases.

     Employee compensation and benefits fell marginally. Lower discretionary bonuses reflected weaker performance in the current economic conditions. A review of actuarial assumptions on employees’ defined benefit pensions resulted in lower service costs in the UK. The restructuring of the consumer finance business in North America led to reduced headcount and lower costs. This was partially offset by higher salaries and increased

headcount to support business expansion, mainly in Asia. Restructuring costs were incurred primarily in Latin America and Europe.

     Premises and equipment costs increased primarily in the UK and the Rest of Asia-Pacific region, driven by investment in technology and extensions and improvements to the branch and ATM networks. As a consequence, repairs and maintenance costs rose. Commercial property rental costs also increased as a result of higher prices, new rentals and sale and leaseback deals.

     General and administrative expenses decreased, primarily due to a one-off recovery of US$110 million of previous years’ transactional taxes in Brazil and the non-recurrence of a number of one-off items in 2007, most notably (i) ex-gratia payments made in the UK in respect of overdraft


 

36


Back to Contents

fees, (ii) the provision for reimbursement of certain charges on historic will trusts and other related services in the UK, (iii) the indemnification agreement with Visa ahead of Visa’s IPO, and (iv) restructuring charges in the US consumer finance business incurred in 2007. These were partly offset by an increase in the Financial Services compensation scheme levy in the UK and an increase in a litigation provision in Asia.

      Goodwill impairment amounting to US$10.6 billion was booked following the continued deterioration in economic and credit conditions in North America. For further information see Note 22 on the Financial Statements.

2007 compared with 2006

Reported operating expenses increased by US$5.5 billion to US$39.0 billion. On an underlying basis, cost growth was 10 per cent.

     Employee compensation and benefits rose due to increased headcount employed to support business expansion in Rest of Asia-Pacific and Europe and higher salaries and bonuses. Salary increases reflected inflationary pressures and performance as bonuses rose in response to revenue growth. A change in actuarial assumptions regarding the staff defined benefit pension scheme in the UK led to increased costs. Staff numbers in North America fell as the consumer finance business was restructured, resulting in the discontinuation of certain business channels in mortgage services and the closing of branch offices in consumer lending.

     Premises and equipment costs increased on investments in technology, straight-through

processing and extending and improving the branch and ATM networks. In particular, there was investment in the distribution platform in Latin America, Middle East, India and mainland China. The retail bank branch network in North America was extended both within and beyond the Group’s traditional spheres of operation to support the expansion of retail and Commercial Banking businesses, increasing premises and equipment costs as a consequence. Commercial property rental costs rose in Hong Kong’s dynamic economy, the effect magnified by a sale and leaseback agreement on a headquarters building in 2006. In France, the IT systems inherited with the acquisition of HSBC France were replaced with HSBC’s universal banking platform.

     General and administrative expenses rose in support of the business expansion and a number of one-off costs. Higher transaction volumes drove processing costs and transactional taxes while business expansion was supported by marketing expenditure. In the UK, ex-gratia payments of US$227 million were expensed in respect of overdraft fees applied in previous years and a provision of US$169 million was raised for reimbursement of certain charges on historic will trusts and other related services. In the US, the business incurred US$70 million of one-off costs arising from the indemnification agreement with Visa ahead of its planned IPO. The US consumer finance business incurred restructuring charges of US$103 million resulting from the discontinuation of the wholesale and correspondent channels in mortgage services and the closing of branch offices in consumer lending.


 

Cost efficiency ratios

  2008     2007     2006    
  %     %     %    
HSBC 60.1     49.4     51.3    
                   
Personal Financial Services 76.4     50.3     49.7    
Europe 62.7     64.8     59.2    
Hong Kong 32.2     27.2     32.2    
Rest of Asia-Pacific 73.5     73.9     71.1    
North America 106.8     42.3     42.3    
Latin America 59.7     61.3     65.6    
                   
Commercial Banking 43.0     44.8     43.7    
Europe 44.2     49.3     46.7    
Hong Kong 26.2     24.9     26.1    
Rest of Asia-Pacific 41.0     42.9     42.5    
North America 46.1     45.1     44.9    
Latin America 55.0     54.3     55.9    

 

37


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Group performance > Share of profit in associates and joint ventures / Economic profit

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Bank of Communications 741   445   259  
Ping An Insurance 324   518   245  
Industrial Bank 221   128   71  
The Saudi British Bank 251   216   258  
Other 63   159   (10 )
 
 
 
 
Share of profit in:            
   – associates 1,600   1,466   823  
   – joint ventures 61   37   23  
 
 
 
 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 1,661   1,503   846  



 

2008 compared with 2007

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures was US$1.7 billion, an increase of 11 per cent compared with 2007, and 4 per cent on an underlying basis.

     This increase was driven by higher contributions from Bank of Communications, Industrial Bank, and The Saudi British Bank, partly offset by lower profits from Ping An Insurance.

     HSBC’s share of profits from the Bank of Communications rose by 52 per cent to US$741 million, primarily driven by increased margins, as yields rose following higher base rates in mainland China through most of 2008, and balance sheet growth. Growth in revenues from the asset custody business, financial advisory services and bank card transactions also drove higher profits.

     HSBC’s share of profits from Ping An Insurance decreased by 43 per cent, primarily due to the impairment of Ping An Insurance’s investment in Fortis SA/NV and Fortis N.V. (‘Fortis Investments’), following significant declines in its market value.

     Profits from the Saudi British Bank were higher by 16 per cent due to strong balance sheet growth, particularly in the lending portfolio, augmented by higher fees from cards, account services and trade.

     Profits from Industrial Bank grew by 72 per cent, driven by increased investment income and balance sheet growth.

     The share of profits from joint ventures rose due to growth in HSBC Saudi Arabia Ltd and the recognition of profits in HSBC Merchant Services UK Ltd, the new merchant acquiring venture with Global Payments Inc.

     An adjustment to the embedded value of HSBC Assurances in 2007 did not recur.

2007 compared with 2006

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures of US$1.5 billion was 78 per cent higher than in 2006, on both reported and underlying bases.

     Profit from associates and joint ventures rose due to increased contributions from HSBC’s strategic investments in mainland China. Profit from Bank of Communications, Ping An Insurance and Industrial Bank improved significantly, driven largely by the thriving local economy.

     HSBC’s share of profit from Ping An Insurance rose by 101 per cent to US$518 million as a result of robust growth, notably from life insurance products, and the realisation of synergistic gains across Ping An Insurance’s other business offerings.

     Profit from the Bank of Communications rose by 64 per cent to US$445 million as a result of improved performance across the associate’s various product offerings. Increased income from credit and treasury products and significant growth in fee income contributed to the increase in profits.

     HSBC’s share of profits from the Saudi British Bank decreased by 22 per cent to US$216 million, driven by the effects of a significant correction to the local stock market in the second half of 2006.

     A US$73 million adjustment to the embedded value of HSBC Assurances, an associate in France, resulted in an increase in profits from associates.


 

38


Back to Contents

Economic profit

HSBC’s internal performance measures include economic profit, a calculation which compares the return on financial capital invested in HSBC by its shareholders with the cost of that capital. HSBC prices its cost of capital internally and the difference between that cost and the post-tax profit attributable to ordinary shareholders (less goodwill previously amortised in respect of the French regional banks sold in 2008) represents the amount of economic profit generated. Economic profit generated is used by management as a means of deciding where to allocate resources so that they will be most productive.

     In order to concentrate on external factors rather than measurement bases, HSBC emphasises the trend in economic profit ahead of absolute amounts within business units. In order to ensure consistency and comparability with the five-year strategic plan completed in 2008, the cost of capital on a consolidated basis remains at 10 per cent.

     Economic profit decreased by US$14.8 billion to a loss of US$8.2 billion. Profit attributable fell, while average shareholders’ equity increased marginally. The decline in profit was predominately driven by the US$10.6 billion goodwill impairment charge relating to the North American Personal Financial Services business, alongside a significant increase in loan impairment charges and write-downs in credit trading, leveraged and acquisition finance, and monoline exposures. The comparative period included dilution gains of US$1.0 billion (excluding minority interests) which were not repeated. These effects were partially offset by fair value gains on own debt, driven by a widening of credit spreads, of US$6.6 billion compared with US$3.1 billion in 2007. The lower return on average invested capital led to a decrease in economic profit and an erosion in economic spread, which fell by 11.3 percentage points compared with 2007. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, the economic profit spread decreased by 3.6 percentage points compared with 2007.


 

  2008       2007      
 


 


 
  US$m   % 1 US$m   % 1
             
Average total shareholders’ equity 122,292       120,346      
Adjusted by:                
   Goodwill previously amortised or written off 8,152       8,172      
   Property revaluation reserves (828 )     (898 )    
   Reserves representing unrealised losses on effective cash flow hedges
997       425      
   Reserves representing unrealised (gains)/losses on available-for-sale securities
9,163       (1,918 )    
   Preference shares and other equity instruments (2,685 )     (1,405 )    
 
     
     
Average invested capital2 137,091       124,722      
 
     
     
Return on invested capital3 5,497   4.0   19,043   15.3  
Benchmark cost of capital (13,709 ) (10.0 ) (12,472 ) (10.0 )
 
 
 
 
 
Economic profit/(loss) and spread (8,212 ) (6.0 ) 6,571   5.3  

 
 
 
 
1 Expressed as a percentage of average invested capital.
2 Average invested capital is measured as average total shareholders’ equity after:
  adding back the average balance of goodwill amortised pre-transition to IFRSs or subsequently written-off, directly to reserves (less goodwill previously amortised in respect of the French regional banks sold in 2008);
  deducting the average balance of HSBC’s revaluation surplus relating to property held for own use. This reserve was generated when determining the deemed carrying cost of such properties on transition to IFRSs and will run down over time as the properties are sold;
  deducting average preference shares and other equity instruments issued by HSBC Holdings, and;
  deducting average reserves for unrealised gains/(losses) on effective cash flow hedges and available-for-sale securities.
3 Return on invested capital is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company less goodwill previously amortised in respect of the French regional banks sold in 2008.

 

39


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Balance sheet > Movement in 2008

 

Balance sheet

       
  At 31 December  
 
 
  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
ASSETS            
Cash and balances at central banks 52,396   21,765   12,732  
Trading assets 427,329   445,968   328,147  
Financial assets designated at fair value 28,533   41,564   20,573  
Derivatives 494,876   187,854   103,702  
Loans and advances to banks 153,766   237,366   185,205  
Loans and advances to customers 932,868   981,548   868,133  
Financial investments 300,235   283,000   204,806  
Other assets 137,462   155,201   137,460  
 
 
 
 
Total assets 2,527,465   2,354,266   1,860,758  
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY            
Liabilities            
Deposits by banks 130,084   132,181   99,694  
Customer accounts 1,115,327   1,096,140   896,834  
Trading liabilities 247,652   314,580   226,608  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 74,587   89,939   70,211  
Derivatives 487,060   183,393   101,478  
Debt securities in issue 179,693   246,579   230,325  
Liabilities under insurance contracts 43,683   42,606   17,670  
Other liabilities 149,150   113,432   103,010  
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities 2,427,236   2,218,850   1,745,830  
 
 
 
 
Equity            
Total shareholders’ equity 93,591   128,160   108,352  
Minority interests 6,638   7,256   6,576  
 
 
 
 
Total equity 100,229   135,416   114,928  
 
 
 
 
Total equity and liabilities 2,527,465   2,354,266   1,860,758  
 
 
 
 

A more detailed consolidated balance sheet is contained in the Financial Statements on page 334.

Movement from 31 December 2007 to 31 December 2008

Total assets amounted to US$2.5 trillion, 7 per cent higher than at 31 December 2007. After excluding currency movements, the disposal of HSBC’s French regional subsidiaries and the acquisition of the assets, liabilities and operations of The Chinese Bank in 2008, underlying assets rose by 22 per cent, driven by growth in derivative assets.

     The expansion in the Group’s balance sheet was largely attributable to increases in derivative assets and liabilities, and was due to growth in the fair value of these positions rather than a rise in their notional contract amounts. Excluding the growth in derivative liabilities, customer accounts formed an increasing share of the Group’s liabilities as depositors and savers responded to HSBC’s reputation for strength and security. As a result, a proportion of the Group’s funding repayable on demand or within one year rose. For information on the Group’s management of liquidity, see pages 235 to 240.

     The Group’s tier 1 capital ratio declined from 9.3 per cent to 8.3 per cent. For detail on regulatory capital and risk weighted assets, see pages 274 to 280.

     The following commentary is on an underlying basis.

Assets

The Group’s cash and balances at central banks rose substantially, particularly in Hong Kong as additional liquidity was injected into the banking system, and in the US where excess liquidity was required in the short-term as part of a planned transfer of assets between the Group’s subsidiaries.

     Trading assets increased by 11 per cent. The majority of the rise occurred on 30 September 2008, following the Group’s consolidation of five Constant Net Asset Value (‘CNAV’) funds with assets of around US$40 billion. The decision to consolidate these funds was based on actions taken to support them. For further details of these actions, see page 180. The rise was partly offset by the reclassification of US$18 billion of trading assets


 

40


Back to Contents

partly to ‘Loans and Advances’ and partly to ‘Financial investments’ following the changes to International Accounting Standard 39 – ‘Financial Instruments – Recognition and Measurement’ (‘IAS39’) issued in October 2008 by the IASB.

     Excluding these effects, trading assets remained broadly unchanged as rises in Europe and Asia, where the Group increased its holdings of government bonds, were offset by the run-off of the mortgage-backed securities portfolio in the US and a reduction in debt securities held for balance sheet management purposes due to changes in liquidity and risk preference.

     An 18 per cent decline in financial assets designated at fair value was driven by falling equity markets, which reduced the value of assets held to meet life insurance liabilities, particularly in Hong Kong and France. To the extent that these liabilities related to unit-linked and participating insurance contracts, there was a corresponding decline in liabilities under insurance contracts. The underperformance of certain investment products also led clients to withdraw funds.

     Derivative assets rose significantly, led by an increase in interest rate derivatives with further growth in credit and foreign exchange derivatives. The global falls in interest rates resulted in significant gaps between the fixed and floating legs of interest rate swaps, leading to substantial mark-to-market increases in the value of interest rate swap positions. Widening credit spreads and increasing market volatility caused mark-to-market increases in the value of credit derivatives held in the UK and the US. Foreign exchange derivative asset growth was driven by a combination of increased volumes and mark-to-market rises in existing positions in the UK. Under IFRS, only limited netting is allowed between derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty, and the balance sheet value is therefore significantly higher than the credit exposure. For information on maximum exposure to credit risk, see pages 197 to 200.

     A 29 per cent decline in loans and advances to banks occurred mainly in Hong Kong and the UK where Balance Sheet Management invested a greater proportion of its assets in government and government-guaranteed debt.

     HSBC also reduced counterparty credit risk in the UK by channelling an increasing proportion of lending to banks through the London Clearing House in the form of reverse repos. This is recorded within customer loans even when the end counterparty is a bank, which means the fall in loans and advances to banks and the rise in loans and advances to

customers are magnified. The rise in loans and advances to customers was also inflated by the reclassification of US$15 billion of assets following changes to IAS39 isused in October 2008.

     Further increases in loans and advances to customers were due to growth in mortgage lending in Europe and Asia, as well as to a rise in overdraft balances to customers whose exposures are managed net but reported gross under IFRS. These rises were offset by a reduction in customer lending in the US due to the run-off of the mortgage services portfolio, the sale of certain loan portfolios at HSBC USA, tighter underwriting criteria which restricted originations in the consumer lending and credit card portfolios, and the cessation of most new originations in the US vehicle finance portfolio.

     Financial investments grew by 15 per cent as Balance Sheet Management assets were increasingly classified as available-for-sale financial investments rather than trading assets. As noted above, there was also a rise in financial investments in the UK as the Group placed a greater proportion of surplus funds in government issued or guaranteed debt. The growth in the Group’s financial investments was partly offset by a reduction in holdings of asset-backed securities, including those held through special purpose entities, which decreased due to a combination of asset sales, amortisation and write-downs. For details of the Group’s asset-backed securities portfolios, see pages 145 to 158.

Liabilities

Deposits by banks rose by 14 per cent, driven, in particular, by increases in France, due to a rise in repo activity to finance increased trading activity, and in Hong Kong, where banks responded to HSBC’s reputation for strength and security and deposited their surplus liquidity with the Group.

     Customer account balances grew by 16 per cent, driven by strong inflows from customers attracted by HSBC’s relative financial strength as they withdrew funds from more volatile investments.

     Trading liabilities declined 9 per cent as a fall in third-party funding requirements allowed a reduction in liabilities in Hong Kong, and repo transactions were reduced in Europe to manage liquidity and counterparty credit risk.

     A significant widening of credit spreads led to further falls in the fair value of the Group’s own debt which reduced financial liabilities designated at fair value. This was compounded by a decline in liabilities in the UK due to the underperformance of certain investment products.


 

41


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Balance sheet > Movement in 2008 / Average balance sheet and NII

 

     Derivative businesses are managed within market risk limits, and as a consequence the value of derivative liabilities broadly matched the value of derivative assets.

     A decline of 22 per cent in debt securities in issue was driven by the US as maturing debt securities did not need replacing as the funding requirements of the consumer finance business declined as its balance sheet contracted. There was also a reduction in debt securities in issue in line with the decrease in holdings of asset-backed securities.

     Liabilities under insurance contracts increased by 10 per cent, largely due to new business sales in Hong Kong, France and the UK, partly offset by reduced liabilities on unit-linked policies.

     Other liabilities rose by 50 per cent due to the consolidation of the CNAV funds described above.

Equity

Total shareholders’ equity declined by 19 per cent, which mainly arose from a decline in the available-for-sale reserve. The continuing market turmoil led to falls in the market values of assets held in HSBC’s available-for-sale portfolio. These declines mainly represented market illiquidity rather than impairment of the assets concerned, but they nonetheless reduced the value of the available-for-sale reserve from a positive reserve of US$0.9 billion to a negative reserve of US$20.6 billion.

Average balance sheet and net interest income

Average balances and related interest are shown for the domestic operations of HSBC’s principal commercial banks by geographical region. ‘Other operations’ comprise the operations of the principal Commercial Banking and consumer finance entities outside their domestic markets and all other banking operations, including investment banking balances and transactions.

     Average balances are based on daily averages for the principal areas of HSBC’s banking activities with monthly or less frequent averages used elsewhere.

     Balances and transactions with fellow subsidiaries are reported gross in the principal Commercial Banking and consumer finance entities within ‘Other interest-earning assets’ and ‘Other interest-bearing liabilities’ as appropriate and the elimination entries are included within ‘Other operations’ in those two categories.

     Net interest margin numbers are calculated by dividing net interest income as reported in the income statement by the average interest-earning assets from which interest income is reported within the ‘Net interest income’ line of the income statement. Interest income and interest expense arising from trading assets and liabilities and the funding thereof is included within ‘Net trading income’ in the income statement.


 

42


Back to Contents

Assets

      
    2008   2007   2006
   
 
 
    Average   Interest       Average   Interest       Average   Interest      
    balance   income   Yield   balance   income   Yield   balance   income   Yield  
    US$m   US$m   %   US$m   US$m   %   US$m   US$m   %  
Summary                                      
Total interest-earning assets (itemised below) 1,466,622   91,301   6.23   1,296,701   92,359   7.12   1,113,404   75,879   6.82  
Trading assets7   428,539   16,742   3.91   374,973   17,562   4.68   288,605   12,445   4.31  
Financial assets designated at fair value8 37,303   1,108   2.97   14,899   813   5.46   7,681   290   3.78  
Impairment provisions (20,360 )         (15,309 )         (11,864 )        
Non-interest-earning assets 596,885           440,686           291,741          
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
Total assets and interest income 2,508,989   109,151   4.35   2,111,950   110,734    5.24   1,689,567   88,614   5.24  
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
Short-term funds and loans and advances to banks                                    
Europe HSBC Bank 46,703   2,187   4.68   49,910   2,592   5.19   33,856   1,536   4.54  
 
HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)
8,040   333   4.14   5,295   229   4.32   4,956   190   3.83  
  HSBC France 35,801   1,495   4.18   31,591   1,294   4.10   20,197   690   3.42  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 17,402   587   3.37   13,054   609   4.67   10,360   483   4.66  
 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
47,244   1,344   2.84   50,210   2,352   4.68   38,802   1,645   4.24  
Rest of Asia-Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
27,907   881   3.16   19,286   810   4.20   13,388   520   3.88  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 4,659   165   3.54   2,861   103   3.60   2,492   87   3.49  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 6,028   188   3.12   6,328   324   5.12   4,279   208   4.86  
North America HSBC Bank USA 9,595   328   3.42   9,393   477   5.08   8,422   465   5.52  
  HSBC Bank Canada 3,354   107   3.19   3,810   174   4.57   3,167   138   4.36  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 3,682   247   6.71   3,555   239   6.72   3,395   227   6.69  
  Brazilian operations9 7,959   951   11.95   5,790   645   11.14   4,129   572   13.85  
  HSBC Bank Panama 1,133   30   2.65   897   33   3.68   130   9   6.92  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 612   43   7.03   304   16   5.26   196   8   4.08  
Other operations   19,992   760   3.80   19,087   898   4.70   16,686   618   3.70  
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
    240,111   9,646   4.02   221,371   10,795   4.88   164,455   7,396   4.50  
   
 
     
 
     
 
     

For footnotes, see page 143.

 

43


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Balance sheet > Average balance sheet and NII

 

Assets (continued)

    2008   2007   2006  
   
 
 
 
    Average   Interest       Average   Interest       Average   Interest      
    balance   income   Yield   balance   income   Yield   balance   income   Yield  
    US$m   US$m   %   US$m   US$m   %   US$m   US$m   %  
Loans and advances to customers                                    
Europe HSBC Bank 288,214   18,587   6.45   237,231   18,078   7.62   226,528   14,166   6.25  
  HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) 12,355   494   4.00   9,805   507   5.17   7,134   338   4.74  
  HSBC France 73,455   3,604   4.91   68,027   3,219   4.73   52,990   2,463   4.65  
  HSBC Finance 4,808   505   10.50   5,492   611   11.13   5,932   671   11.31  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 42,304   1,589   3.76   37,827   2,120   5.60   34,416   1,952   5.67  
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 54,628   2,291   4.19   48,134   2,901   6.03   47,292   2,843   6.01  
Rest of Asia-Pacific The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 77,741   5,163   6.64   59,286   4,321   7.29   52,159   3,449   6.61  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 8,407   553   6.58   7,467   507   6.79   6,292   430   6.83  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 23,697   1,549   6.54   15,125   1,200   7.93   12,757   957   7.50  
North America HSBC Bank USA 93,088   5,758   6.19   90,091   6,585   7.31   88,563   6,141   6.93  
  HSBC Finance 140,957   15,835   11.23   153,658   18,086   11.77   147,336   17,061   11.58  
  HSBC Bank Canada 48,331   2,455   5.08   43,570   2,598   5.96   35,055   2,037   5.81  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 17,252   2,565   14.87   16,469   2,187   13.28   13,193   1,532   11.61  
  Brazilian operations9  19,642   4,879   24.84   13,569   3,895   28.71   9,461   3,244   34.29  
  HSBC Bank Panama 8,620   810   9.40   8,113   778   9.59   1,189   92   7.74  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 2,136   378   17.70   1,667   241   14.46   838   107   12.77  
Other operations   28,027   1,707   6.09   21,318   1,790   8.40   19,795   1,528   7.72  
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
    943,662   68,722   7.28   836,849   69,624   8.32   760,930   59,011   7.76  
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
Financial investments                                    
Europe HSBC Bank 83,725   3,840   4.59   45,885   2,431   5.30   42,726   1,977   4.63  
  HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) 12,018   553   4.60   10,372   511   4.93   8,729   391   4.48  
  HSBC France 14,862   795   5.35   10,357   511   4.93   2,545   95   3.73  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 24,031   1,063   4.42   30,791   1,550   5.03   27,288   1,224   4.49  
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 15,361   563   3.67   20,717   1,017   4.91   20,362   911   4.47  
Rest of Asia-Pacific The Hongkong and Shanghai BankingCorporation 31,992   1,507   4.71   23,739   1,065   4.49   17,179   737   4.29  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 937   36   3.84   1,515   56   3.70   954   36   3.77  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 5,671   144   2.54   3,654   174   4.76   1,387   72   5.19  
North America HSBC Bank USA 25,089   1,232   4.91   23,373   1,189   5.09   22,214   1,109   4.99  
  HSBC Finance 2,908   143   4.92   4,072   229   5.62   3,724   200   5.37  
  HSBC Bank Canada 7,037   197   2.80   6,068   258   4.25   4,351   174   4.00  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 3,470   244   7.03   3,327   319   9.59   4,049   427   10.55  
  Brazilian operations9  6,758   853   12.62   5,596   672   12.01   3,862   501   12.97  
  HSBC Bank Panama 618   47   7.61   709   58   8.18   429   21   4.90  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 287   47   16.38   563   68   12.08   311   38   12.22  
Other operations   29,632   1,354   4.57   27,252   1,407   5.16   24,742   1,191   4.81  
  
 
     
 
     
 
     
    264,396   12,618   4.77   217,990   11,515   5.28   184,852   9,104   4.93  
   
 
     
 
     
 
     

For footnotes, see page 143.

 

44


Back to Contents

    2008      2007    2006  
   




 




 




 
    Average   Interest       Average     Interest       Average    Interest       
    balance   income   Yield   balance income   Yield   balance    income   Yield  
    US$m   US$m   %   US$m    US$m    %   US$m    US$m    %  
Other interest-earning assets                                    
Europe HSBC Bank 25,885   630   2.43   11,170    652    5.84   9,938    652    6.56  
  HSBC Private Banking                                    
     Holdings (Suisse) 21,189   875   4.13   16,360    882    5.39   14,558    732    5.03  
  HSBC France 23,414   630   2.69   12,158    419    3.45   6,434    173    2.69  
 
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 1,629   48   2.95   832    42    5.05   538    28    5.20  
  The Hongkong and                                    
     Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 33,571   949   2.83   27,057    1,237    4.57   19,246    909    4.72  
Rest of The Hongkong and                                    
  Asia-Pacific    Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 24,492   352   1.44   11,137    588    5.28   6,938    449    6.47  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 212   7   3.30   231    12    5.19   178    10    5.62  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 843   63   7.47   758    52    6.86   380    32    8.42  
North America HSBC Bank USA 3,091   188   6.08   3,731    231    6.19   1,867    82    4.39  
  HSBC Finance 2,638   63   2.39   1,724    89    5.16   767    43    5.61  
  HSBC Bank Canada 1,025   25   2.44   960    31    3.23   1,006    32    3.18  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 193   2   1.04                      
  Brazilian operations9 1,438   147   10.22   840    75    8.93   1,004    190    18.92  
  HSBC Bank Panama 1,807   23   1.27   1,351    40    2.96            
  HSBC Bank Argentina 58   1   1.72   39    1    2.56   23    3    13.04  
 
Other operations   (123,032 ) (3,688 )     (67,857  ) (3,926  )     (59,710  ) (2,967  )    
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
    18,453   315   1.71   20,491    425    2.07   3,167    368    11.62  
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
Total interest-earning assets                                    
Europe HSBC Bank 444,527   25,244   5.68   344,196    23,753    6.90   313,048    18,331    5.86  
  HSBC Private Banking                                    
     Holdings (Suisse) 53,602   2,255   4.21   41,832    2,129    5.09   35,377    1,651    4.67  
  HSBC France 147,532   6,524   4.42   122,133    5,443    4.46   82,166    3,421    4.16  
  HSBC Finance 4,808   505   10.50   5,492    611    11.13   5,932    671    11.31  
 
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 85,366   3,287   3.85   82,504    4,321    5.24   72,602    3,687    5.08  
  The Hongkong and                                    
     Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 150,804   5,147   3.41   146,118    7,507    5.14   125,702    6,308    5.02  
Rest of The Hongkong and                                    
  Asia-Pacific    Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 162,132   7,903   4.87   113,448    6,784    5.98   89,664    5,155    5.75  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 14,215   761   5.35   12,074    678    5.62   9,916    563    5.68  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 36,239   1,944   5.36   25,865    1,750    6.77   18,803    1,269    6.75  
 
North America HSBC Bank USA 130,863   7,506   5.74   126,588    8,482    6.70   121,066    7,797    6.44  
  HSBC Finance 146,503   16,041   10.95   159,454    18,404    11.54   151,827    17,304    11.40  
  HSBC Bank Canada 59,747   2,784   4.66   54,408    3,061    5.63   43,579    2,381    5.46  
 
Latin America HSBC Mexico 24,597   3,058   12.43   23,351    2,745    11.76   20,637    2,186    10.59  
  Brazilian operations9  35,797   6,830   19.08   25,795    5,287    20.50   18,456    4,507    24.42  
  HSBC Bank Panama 12,178   910   7.47   11,070    909    8.21   1,748    122    6.98  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 3,093   469   15.16   2,573    326    12.67   1,368    156    11.40  
 
Other operations   (45,381 ) 133       (200  ) 169        1,513    370       
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
    1,466,622   91,301   6.23   1,296,701    92,359    7.12   1,113,404   75,879    6.82  
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
For footnotes, see page 143.                                    

45


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Balance sheet > Average balance sheet and NII

 

Total equity and liabilities

    2008   2007   2006  
   




 




 




 
    Average   Interest       Average   Interest       Average   Interest      
    balance   expense   Cost   balance   expense   Cost   balance   expense    Cost  
    US$m   US$m   %   US$m   US$m   %   US$m   US$m   %  
Summary                                      
Total interest-bearing liabilities (itemised                                    
   below)   1,451,842   48,738   3.36   1,279,460   54,564   4.26   1,067,646   41,393   3.88  
Trading liabilities 277,940   11,029   3.97   250,572   12,186   4.86   224,050   9,842   4.39  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value                                    
   (excluding own debt issued) 21,266   345   1.62   20,827   224   1.07   12,537   13   0.10  
Non-interest-bearing current accounts 98,193           83,958           71,744          
Total equity and other non-interest-bearing                                    
   liabilities   659,747           477,133           313,590          
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
Total equity and liabilities 2,508,988   60,112   2.40   2,111,950   66,974   3.17   1,689,567   51,248   3.03  
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
Deposits by banks10                                     
Europe HSBC Bank 48,167   1,875   3.89   44,787   2,148   4.80   32,825   1,311   3.99  
  HSBC Private Banking                                    
     Holdings (Suisse) 4,493   105   2.34   690   22   3.19   1,030   33   3.20  
  HSBC France 37,851   1,672   4.42   30,816   1,358   4.41   23,171   886   3.82  
 
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 1,696   55   3.24   2,993   123   4.11   2,031   84   4.14  
  The Hongkong and                                    
     Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 3,665   70   1.91   3,634   150   4.13   2,745   125   4.55  
Rest of The Hongkong and                                    
   Asia-Pacific    Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 16,232   450   2.77   10,247   445   4.34   6,276   246   3.92  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 338   10   2.96   375   12   3.20   280   9   3.21  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 1,680   29   1.73   672   32   4.76   453   23   5.08  
 
North America HSBC Bank USA 11,015   220   2.00   6,933   414   5.97   3,695   208   5.63  
  HSBC Bank Canada 1,391   41   2.95   1,681   93   5.53   1,520   68   4.47  
 
Latin America HSBC Mexico 822   32   3.89   983   63   6.41   781   50   6.40  
  Brazilian operations9  2,790   190   6.81   1,549   106   6.84   1,033   101   9.78  
  HSBC Bank Panama 1,016   43   4.23   1,137   66   5.80   349   17   4.87  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 27   1   3.70   117   9   7.69   72   5   6.94  
 
Other operations   4,564   166   3.64   4,495   291   6.47   5,304   334   6.30  
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
    135,747   4,959   3.65   111,109   5,332   4.80   81,565   3,500   4.29  
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
Financial liabilities designated at fair                                    
   value – own debt issued11                                     
 
Europe HSBC Holdings 18,675   721   3.86   15,142   822   5.43   15,132   745   4.92  
  HSBC Bank 8,805   529   6.01   9,907   525   5.30   7,888   373   4.73  
  HSBC France 1,515   79   5.21   143   11   7.69              
 
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 127   6   4.72   126   6   4.76              
 
North America HSBC Bank USA 1,504   67   4.45   1,620   125   7.72   1,892   116   6.13  
  HSBC Finance 32,126   1,563   4.87   31,889   2,079   6.52   29,917   1,877   6.27  
 
Other operations   1,083   168   15.51         461   49   10.63  
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
    63,835   3,133   4.91   58,827   3,568   6.07   55,290   3,160   5.72  
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
For footnotes, see page 143.

46


Back to Contents

    2008   2007   2006  
   




 




 




 
    Average   Interest       Average   Interest       Average   Interest      
    balance   expense   Cost   balance   expense   Cost   balance   expense   Cost  
    US$m   US$m   %   US$m   US$m   %   US$m   US$m   %  
Customer accounts12                                     
Europe HSBC Bank 305,702   10,092   3.30   270,965   10,576   3.90   221,369   7,031   3.18  
  HSBC Private Banking                                    
     Holdings (Suisse) 37,778   1,349   3.57   30,955   1,485   4.80   25,346   1,069   4.22  
  HSBC France 39,428   1,583   4.01   31,845   1,226   3.85   23,579   752   3.19  
 
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 66,142   914   1.38   61,227   1,900   3.10   54,267   1,712   3.15  
  The Hongkong and                                    
     Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 139,169   1,365   0.98   125,478   3,499   2.79   104,441   2,934   2.81  
Rest of The Hongkong and                                    
  Asia-Pacific    Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 96,476   2,869   2.97   76,052   2,645   3.48   56,760   1,903   3.35  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 10,266   295   2.87   8,823   260   2.95   7,260   212   2.92  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 19,922   422   2.12   15,685   578   3.69   11,713   411   3.51  
 
North America HSBC Bank USA 86,701   2,069   2.39   78,138   3,051   3.90   71,031   2,490   3.51  
  HSBC Bank Canada 34,090   967   2.84   30,060   1,090   3.63   25,277   804   3.18  
 
Latin America HSBC Mexico 14,612   561   3.84   14,230   548   3.85   13,625   471   3.46  
  Brazilian operations9  26,288   3,110   11.83   19,581   2,163   11.05   14,887   2,056   13.81  
  HSBC Bank Panama 7,761   296   3.81   7,604   314   4.13   998   34   3.41  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 2,266   145   6.40   1,892   85   4.49   983   41   4.17  
 
Other operations   64,253   1,952   3.04   55,351   2,297   4.15   49,846   1,811   3.63  
   
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
    950,854   27,989   2.94   827,886   31,717   3.83   681,382   23,731   3.48  
   
 
     
 
     
 
   
 
Debt securities in issue                                    
Europe HSBC Bank 86,216   4,001   4.64   64,168   3,753   5.85   45,870   2,047   4.46  
  HSBC France 30,815   1,447   4.70   28,757   1,207   4.20   19,818   633   3.19  
  HSBC Finance 215   8   3.72   240   18   7.50   548   32   5.84  
 
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 1,685   57   3.38   1,734   80   4.61   1,622   64   3.95  
Rest of The Hongkong and                                    
  Asia-Pacific    Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 8,995   640   7.12   8,979   559   6.23   7,990   438   5.48  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 475   20   4.21   318   13   4.09   371   13   3.50  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 2,650   90   3.40   2,086   119   5.70        
 
North America HSBC Bank USA 21,922   852   3.89   25,724   1,232   4.79   28,832   1,407   4.88  
  HSBC Finance 98,096   3,765   3.84   115,520   5,311   4.60   112,353   5,047   4.49  
  HSBC Bank Canada 16,957   604   3.56   14,771   640   4.33   10,616   460   4.33  
 
Latin America HSBC Mexico 2,693   243   9.02   1,147   110   9.59   249   23   9.24  
  Brazilian operations9  1,859   156   8.39   1,417   115   8.12   700   70   10.00  
  HSBC Bank Panama 556   33   5.94   607   45   7.41   35   2   5.71  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 2       12            
 
Other operations   13,691   66   0.48   6,446   (13 ) (0.20 ) 3,070   108   3.52  
   
 
     
 
     
 
   
    286,827   11,982   4.18   271,926   13,189   4.85   232,074   10,344   4.46  
   
 
    
 
     
 
   
 
For footnotes, see page 143.                                    

 

47


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Balance sheet > Average balance sheet and NII

 

Total equity and liabilities (continued)

    2008   2007   2006  
   




 




 




 
    Average   Interest       Average   Interest       Average   Interest      
    balance   expense   Cost   balance   expense   Cost   balance   expense   Cost  
    US$m   US$m   %   US$m   US$m   %   US$m   US$m   %  
Other interest-bearing liabilities                                    
Europe HSBC Bank 38,906   1,134   2.91   22,035   1,302   5.91   23,196   1,026   4.42  
  HSBC Private Banking                                    
     Holdings (Suisse) 4,203   135   3.21   3,427   163   4.76   3,545   155   4.37  
  HSBC France 33,920   1,361   4.01   27,830   979   3.52   13,476   488   3.62  
  HSBC Finance 3,712   191   5.15   4,557   227   4.98   4,211   219   5.20  
 
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 1,258   41   3.26   2,278   114   5.00   1,378   64   4.64  
  The Hongkong and                                    
     Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 10,557   288   2.73   9,866   535   5.42   8,140   365   4.48  
Rest of The Hongkong and                                    
  Asia-Pacific    Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 23,685   466   1.97   12,631   580   4.59   13,425   629   4.69  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 338   7   2.07   232   6   2.59   235   9   3.83  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 1,918   89   4.64   1,168   81   6.93   1,046   63   6.02  
 
North America HSBC Bank USA 10,490   468   4.46   13,602   587   4.32   11,966   1,211   10.12  
  HSBC Finance 4,670   141   3.02   1,941   113   5.82   542   18   3.32  
  HSBC Bank Canada 1,306   19   1.45   1,151   27   2.35   1,134   22   1.94  
  HSBC Markets Inc 10,349   78   0.75   8,889   255   2.87   2,883   88   3.05  
 
Latin America HSBC Mexico 187   20   10.70   207   16   7.73   135   8   5.93  
  Brazilian operations9  2,340   207   8.85   1,103   182   16.50   817   105   12.85  
  HSBC Bank Panama 917   3   0.33   574   9   1.57        
  HSBC Bank Argentina 92   6   6.52   95   4   4.21   79   10   12.66  
 
Other operations   (134,269 ) (3,979 )     (101,874 ) (4,422 )     (68,873 ) (3,822 )    
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
    14,579   675   4.63   9,712   758   7.80   17,335   658   3.80  
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
Total interest-bearing liabilities                                    
Europe HSBC Bank 487,796   17,631   3.61   411,862   18,304   4.44   331,148   11,788   3.56  
  HSBC Private Banking                                    
     Holdings (Suisse) 46,474   1,589   3.42   35,072   1,670   4.76   29,921   1,257   4.20  
  HSBC France 143,529   6,142   4.28   119,391   4,781   4.00   80,044   2,759   3.45  
  HSBC Finance 3,927   199   5.07   4,797   245   5.11   4,759   251   5.27  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 70,908   1,073   1.51   68,358   2,223   3.25   59,298   1,924   3.24  
  The Hongkong and                                    
     Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 153,391   1,723   1.12   138,978   4,184   3.01   115,326   3,424   2.97  
Rest of The Hongkong and                                    
  Asia-Pacific    Shanghai Banking                                    
     Corporation 145,388   4,425   3.04   107,909   4,229   3.92   84,451   3,216   3.81  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 11,417   332   2.91   9,748   291   2.99   8,146   243   2.98  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 26,170   630   2.41   19,611   810   4.13   13,212   497   3.76  
North America HSBC Bank USA 131,632   3,676   2.79   126,017   5,409   4.29   117,416   5,432   4.63  
  HSBC Finance 134,892   5,469   4.05   149,350   7,503   5.02   142,812   6,942   4.86  
  HSBC Bank Canada 53,744   1,631   3.03   47,663   1,850   3.88   38,547   1,354   3.51  
  HSBC Markets Inc 10,349   78   0.75   8,889   255   2.87   2,883   88   3.05  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 18,314   856   4.67   16,567   737   4.45   14,790   552   3.73  
  Brazilian operations9  33,277   3,663   11.01   23,650   2,566   10.85   17,437   2,332   13.37  
  HSBC Bank Panama 10,250   375   3.66   9,922   434   4.37   1,383   53   3.83  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 2,387   152   6.37   2,116   98   4.63   1,134   56   4.94  
Other operations   (32,003 ) (906 )     (20,440 ) (1,025 )     4,939   (775 )    
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
    1,451,842   48,738   3.36   1,279,460   54,564   4.26   1,067,646   41,393   3.88  
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
For footnotes, see page 143.                                    

48


Back to Contents

Net interest margin13             
    2008   2007   2006  
    %   %   %  
 
Europe HSBC Bank 1.71   1.58   2.09  
  HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) 1.24   1.10   1.11  
  HSBC France 0.26   0.54   0.81  
  HSBC Finance 6.36   6.66   7.08  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 2.59   2.54   2.43  
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 2.27   2.27   2.29  
 
Rest of Asia-Pacific The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 2.15   2.25   2.16  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 3.02   3.21   3.23  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 3.63   3.63   4.11  
North America HSBC Bank USA 2.93   2.43   1.95  
  HSBC Finance 7.22   6.84   6.83  
  HSBC Bank Canada 1.93   2.23   2.36  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 8.95   8.60   7.92  
  Brazilian operations9  8.85   10.55   11.78  
  HSBC Bank Panama 4.39   4.29   3.94  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 10.25   8.86   7.31  
   
 
 
 
    2.90   2.91   3.10  
   
 
 
 

      
Distribution of average total assets            
 
    2008   2007   2006  
    %   %   %  
Europe HSBC Bank 36.7   34.6   30.6  
  HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) 2.3   2.2   2.3  
  HSBC France 13.8   12.0   10.0  
  HSBC Finance 0.2   0.3   0.5  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 3.9   4.4   4.3  
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 9.5   10.1   10.7  
Rest of Asia-Pacific The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 8.8   6.9   6.0  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 0.6   0.7   0.6  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 1.8   1.4   1.3  
North America HSBC Bank USA 11.2   10.1   11.3  
  HSBC Finance 6.2   8.3   10.0  
  HSBC Bank Canada 2.9   3.3   2.4  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 1.5   2.5   1.7  
  Brazilian operations9  2.1   1.6   1.5  
  HSBC Bank Panama 0.6   0.7   0.2  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 0.2   0.2   0.1  
 
Other operations (including consolidation adjustments) (2.3 ) 0.7   6.5  
 
 
 
 
    100.0   100.0   100.0  
 
 
 
 
             
  For footnotes, see page 143.            

 

49


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Balance sheet > Changes in NII

 

Analysis of changes in net interest income

The following table allocates changes in net interest income between volume and rate for 2008 compared with 2007, and for 2007 compared with 2006.

Interest income

                   
                   
                   
        Increase/(decrease)       Increase/(decrease)      
        in 2008 compared with 2007       in 2007 compared with 2006      
     



   



     
    2008   Volume   Rate   2007   Volume   Rate   2006  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Short-term funds and loans and advances to banks                            
Europe HSBC Bank 2,187   (166 ) (239 ) 2,592   729   327   1,536  
 
HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)
333   119   (15 ) 229   13   26   190  
  HSBC France 1,495   173   28   1,294   390   214   690  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 587   203   (225 ) 609   126     483  
 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
1,344   (139 ) (869 ) 2,352   484   223   1,645  
Rest of Asia-Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
881   362   (291 ) 810   229   61   520  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 165   65   (3 ) 103   13   3   87  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 188   (15 ) (121 ) 324   100   16   208  
North America HSBC Bank USA 328   10   (159 ) 477   54   (42 ) 465  
  HSBC Bank Canada 107   (21 ) (46 ) 174   28   8   138  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 247   9   (1 ) 239   11   1   227  
  Brazilian operations9  951   242   64   645   230   (157 ) 572  
  HSBC Bank Panama 30   9   (12 ) 33   24     9  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 43   16   11   16   4   4   8  
Other operations   760   43   (181 ) 898   89   191   618  
   
         
         
 
    9,646   915   (2,064 ) 10,795   2,561   838   7,396  
   
         
         
 
Loans and advances to customers                            
Europe HSBC Bank 18,587   3,885   (3,376 ) 18,078   669   3,243   14,166  
 
HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)
494   132   (145 ) 507   127   42   338  
  HSBC France 3,604   257   128   3,219   699   57   2,463  
  HSBC Finance 505   (76 ) (30 ) 611   (50 ) (10 ) 671  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 1,589   251   (782 ) 2,120   193   (25 ) 1,952  
 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
2,291   392   (1,002 ) 2,901   51   7   2,843  
Rest of Asia-Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
5,163   1,345   (503 ) 4,321   471   401   3,449  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 553   64   (18 ) 507   80   (3 ) 430  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 1,549   680   (331 ) 1,200   178   65   957  
North America HSBC Bank USA 5,758   219   (1,046 ) 6,585   106   338   6,141  
  HSBC Finance 15,835   (1,495 ) (756 ) 18,086   732   293   17,061  
  HSBC Bank Canada 2,455   284   (427 ) 2,598   495   66   2,037  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 2,565   104   274   2,187   380   275   1,532  
  Brazilian operations9  4,879   1,744   (760 ) 3,895   1,409   (758 ) 3,244  
  HSBC Bank Panama 810   49   (17 ) 778   686     92  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 378   68   69   241   106   28   107  
Other operations   1,707   564   (647 ) 1,790   118   144   1,528  
   
         
         
 
    68,722   8,887   (9,789 ) 69,624   5,891   4,722   59,011  
   
         
         
 
 
For footnotes, see page 143.                    

 

50


Back to Contents

                 
                 
        Increase/(decrease) in       Increase/(decrease)      
        2008 compared with 2007       in 2007 compared with 2006      
     



   



     
    2008   Volume   Rate   2007   Volume   Rate   2006  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Financial investments                            
Europe HSBC Bank 3,840   2,006   (597 ) 2,431   146   308   1,977  
 
HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)
553   81   (39 ) 511   74   46   391  
  HSBC France 795   222   62   511   291   125   95  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 1,063   (340 ) (147 ) 1,550   157   169   1,224  
 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
563   (263 ) (191 ) 1,017   16   90   911  
Rest of Asia-Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
1,507   371   71   1,065   281   47   737  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 36   (21 ) 1   56   21   (1 ) 36  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 144   96   (126 ) 174   118   (16 ) 72  
North America HSBC Bank USA 1,232   87   (44 ) 1,189   58   22   1,109  
  HSBC Finance 143   (65 ) (21 ) 229   19   10   200  
  HSBC Bank Canada 197   41   (102 ) 258   69   15   174  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 244   14   (89 ) 319   (76 ) (32 ) 427  
  Brazilian operations9  853   140   41   672   225   (54 ) 501  
  HSBC Bank Panama 47   (7 ) (4 ) 58   37     21  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 47   (33 ) 12   68   31   (1 ) 38  
Other operations   1,354   123   (176 ) 1,407   121   95   1,191  
   
         
         
 
    12,618   2,450   (1,347 ) 11,515   1,634   777   9,104  
   
         
         
 
 
Interest expense                             
Deposits by banks                            
Europe HSBC Bank 1,875   162   (435 ) 2,148   477   360   1,311  
 
HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)
105   121   (38 ) 22   (11 )   33  
  HSBC France 1,672   310   4   1,358   292   180   886  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 55   (53 ) (15 ) 123   40   (1 ) 84  
 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
70   1   (81 ) 150   40   (15 ) 125  
Rest of Asia-Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
450   260   (255 ) 445   156   43   246  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 10   (1 ) (1 ) 12   3     9  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 29   48   (51 ) 32   11   (2 ) 23  
North America HSBC Bank USA 220   244   (438 ) 414   182   24   208  
  HSBC Bank Canada 41   (16 ) (36 ) 93   7   18   68  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 32   (10 ) (21 ) 63   13     50  
  Brazilian operations9  190   85   (1 ) 106   50   (45 ) 101  
  HSBC Bank Panama 43   (7 ) (16 ) 66   49     17  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 1   (7 ) (1 ) 9   3   1   5  
Other operations   166   4   (129 ) 291   (51 ) 8   334  
   
         
         
 
    4,959   1,183   (1,556 ) 5,332   1,267   565   3,500  
   
         
         
 
 
For footnotes, see page 143.                             

 

51


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Balance sheet > Changes in NII / Share capital and reserves

 

Interest expense (continued)

                 
                 
        Increase/(decrease)       Increase/(decrease)      
        in 2008 compared with 2007       in 2007 compared with 2006      
     



   



     
    2008   Volume   Rate   2007   Volume   Rate   2006  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Customer accounts                            
Europe HSBC Bank 10,092   1,355   (1,839 ) 10,576   1,577   1,968   7,031  
 
HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse)
1,349   328   (464 ) 1,485   237   179   1,069  
  HSBC France 1,583   292   65   1,226   264   210   752  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 914   152   (1,138 ) 1,900   219   (31 ) 1,712  
 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
1,365   382   (2,516 ) 3,499   591   (26 ) 2,934  
Rest of Asia-Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
2,869   711   (487 ) 2,645   646   96   1,903  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 295   43   (8 ) 260   46   2   212  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 422   156   (312 ) 578   139   28   411  
North America HSBC Bank USA 2,069   334   (1,316 ) 3,051   249   312   2,490  
  HSBC Bank Canada 967   146   (269 ) 1,090   152   134   804  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 561   15   (2 ) 548   21   56   471  
  Brazilian operations9  3,110   741   206   2,163   648   (541 ) 2,056  
  HSBC Bank Panama 296   6   (24 ) 314   280     34  
  HSBC Bank Argentina 145   17   43   85   38   6   41  
Other operations   1,952   369   (714 ) 2,297   200   286   1,811  
   
         
         
 
    27,989   4,710   (8,438 ) 31,717   5,098   2,888   23,731  
   
         
         
 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value – own debt issued 3,133   304   (739 ) 3,568   196   212   3,160  
 
         
         
 
Debt securities in issue                            
Europe HSBC Bank 4,001   1,290   (1,042 ) 3,753   816   890   2,047  
  HSBC France 1,447   86   154   1,207   285   289   633  
  HSBC Finance 8   (2 ) (8 ) 18   (18 ) 4   32  
Hong Kong Hang Seng Bank 57   (2 ) (21 ) 80   4   12   64  
Rest of Asia-Pacific
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
640   1   80   559   54   67   438  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia 20   6   1   13   (2 ) 2   13  
  HSBC Bank Middle East 90   32   (61 ) 119   119      
North America HSBC Bank USA 852   (182 ) (198 ) 1,232   (152 ) (23 ) 1,407  
  HSBC Finance 3,765   (802 ) (744 ) 5,311   142   122   5,047  
  HSBC Bank Canada 604   95   (131 ) 640   180     460  
Latin America HSBC Mexico 243   148   (15 ) 110   83   4   23  
  Brazilian operations9  156   36   5   115   72   (27 ) 70  
  HSBC Bank Panama 33   (4 ) (8 ) 45   43     2  
  HSBC Bank Argentina              
Other operations   66   (14 ) 93   (13 ) 119   (240 ) 108  
   
         
         
 
    11,982   (723 ) (1,930 ) 13,189   1,777   1,068   10,344  
   
         
         
 

 

52


Back to Contents

Share capital and reserves

Authorised share capital

The authorised share capital of HSBC Holdings at 31 December 2008 was US$7,500,100,000 divided into 15,000 million ordinary shares of US$0.50 each and 10 million non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each; £401,500 divided into 10 million non-cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each and 301,500 non-voting deferred shares of £1 each; and €100,000 divided into 10 million non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 each.

     The percentage of the total authorised share capital of HSBC Holdings at 31 December 2008 represented by the numbers of ordinary shares of US$0.50 each, non-cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each, non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each, non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 each and non-voting deferred shares of £1 each was approximately 99.9890, 0.0019, 0.0013, 0.0019 and 0.0059 per cent respectively.

Issued share capital

The issued share capital of HSBC Holdings at 31 December 2008 was US$6,052,647,041 divided into 12,105,265,082 ordinary shares of US$0.50 each and 1,450,000 non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each; and £301,500 comprising 301,500 non-voting deferred shares of £1 each.

     The percentage of the total issued share capital of HSBC Holdings at 31 December 2008 represented by the ordinary shares of US$0.50 each, non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each and non-voting deferred shares of £1 each was approximately 99.9925, 0.0002, and 0.0073 per cent respectively.

Rights and obligations attaching to shares

The rights and obligations attaching to each class of share in the authorised share capital of HSBC Holdings are set out in the Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings. Set out below is a summary of the rights and obligations attaching to each class of shares with respect to voting, dividends, capital and, in the case of the preference shares, redemption.

     To be registered, a transfer of shares must be in relation to a share which is fully paid up and on which the Company has no lien and to one class of shares denominated in the same currency. The transfer must be in favour of a single transferee or no more than four joint transferees and it must be duly stamped (if required). The transfer must be delivered to the registered office of the Company or to its

Registrars accompanied by the certificate to which it relates or such other evidence that proves the title of the transferor.

     If a shareholder or any person appearing to be interested in the Company’s shares has been sent a notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 (which confers upon public companies the power to require information from any person whom the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe to be interested in the shares) and has failed in relation to any shares (the ‘default shares’) to supply the information requested within the period set out in the notice, then the member is not entitled to be present at or to vote the default shares at any general meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by being a shareholder. If the default shares represent at least 0.25 per cent in nominal value of the issued shares of that class any dividend shall be withheld by the Company, without interest and no election for the scrip dividend alternative may be made. No transfer of any shares held by the member will be registered, except in limited circumstances.

Ordinary shares

Subject to the Companies Act 2006 and the Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings, in a general meeting of HSBC Holdings, every holder of ordinary shares who is present in person or by proxy shall on a show of hands have one vote and every holder of ordinary shares present in person or by proxy shall on a poll have one vote for every share he or she holds. Where any shareholder is, under the rules governing the listing of securities on any stock exchange on which all or any shares of HSBC Holdings are for the time being listed or traded, required to abstain from voting on any particular resolution or restricted to voting only for or only against any particular resolution, any votes cast by or on behalf of such holder in contravention of such requirement or restriction will not be counted.

     Subject to the Companies Act 2006 and the Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings, HSBC Holdings may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends to be paid to the holders of ordinary shares, however, no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board. The Board may pay interim dividends as appears to the Board to be justified by the profits of HSBC Holdings available for distribution. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the percentage of the nominal amount paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid, but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, it shall rank for dividend


 

53


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Balance sheet > Share capital and reserves

 

accordingly. Subject to the Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings, the Board may, with the prior authority of an ordinary resolution of HSBC Holdings and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may determine, offer to any holders of ordinary shares the right to elect to receive ordinary shares of the same or a different currency, credited as fully paid, instead of cash in any currency in respect of the whole (or some part, to be determined by the Board) of any dividend specified by the ordinary resolution. At the 2007 Annual General Meeting shareholders gave authority to the Directors to offer a scrip dividend alternative until the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2012.

     Subject to the relevant insolvency laws and the Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings, if HSBC Holdings is wound up, the assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares will be distributed among such holders in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them respectively, such distribution to be adjusted to take account of any amount remaining unpaid on a holder’s share. On a winding up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution of HSBC Holdings and any other sanction required by law, divide among the shareholders in specie the whole or any part of the assets of HSBC Holdings and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders.

Preference shares

The non-cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each, the non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each (the ‘Dollar Preference Shares’) and the non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 each carry the same rights and obligations under the Articles of Association save in respect of the timing of and payment of proceeds from the redemption of each class of share, to the extent issued, and certain rights and obligations that attach to each class of preference share as determined by the Board prior to allotment of the relevant preference shares. The Dollar Preference Shares are the only class of the preference shares which have been issued and allotted to date.

     Holders of the preference shares will only be entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of HSBC Holdings if any dividend payable on the relevant preference shares in respect of such period as the Board shall determine prior to allotment thereof (which, in the case of the Dollar Preference Shares in issue at 2 March 2009, is four consecutive dividend payment dates) is not paid in full or in such other circumstances, and upon and subject to such

terms, as the Board may determine prior to allotment of the relevant preference shares. Whenever holders of the relevant preference shares are entitled to vote on a resolution at a general meeting, on a show of hands every such holder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every such holder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote per preference share held by him or her or such number of votes per share as the Board shall determine prior to allotment of such share.

     Subject to the Articles of Association, holders of the relevant preference shares shall have the right to a non-cumulative preferential dividend at such rate, on such dates and on such other terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board prior to allotment thereof in priority to the payment of any dividend to the holders of ordinary shares and any other class of shares of HSBC Holdings in issue (other than (i) the other preference shares in issue and any other shares expressed to rank pari passu therewith as regards income; and (ii) any shares which by their terms rank in priority to the relevant preference shares as regards income). Dividends on the Dollar Preference Shares in issue at 2 March 2009 are paid quarterly at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors will not declare a dividend on the Dollar Preference Shares if payment of the dividend would cause HSBC Holdings not to meet the applicable capital adequacy requirements of the FSA or the profit of HSBC Holdings available for distribution as dividends is not sufficient to enable HSBC Holdings to pay in full both dividends on the relevant preference shares and dividends on any other shares that are scheduled to be paid on the same date and that have an equal right to dividends. HSBC Holdings may not declare or pay dividends on any class of its shares ranking lower in the right to dividends than the preference shares nor redeem nor purchase in any manner any of its other shares ranking equal with or lower than the preference shares unless it has paid in full, or set aside an amount to provide for payment in full, the dividends on the preference shares for the then-current dividend period.

     The preference shares carry no rights to participate in the profits or assets of HSBC Holdings other than as set out in the Articles of Association and subject to the Companies Act 1985, do not confer any right to participate in any offer or invitation by way of rights or otherwise to subscribe for additional shares in HSBC Holdings, do no not confer any right of conversion and do not confer any right to participate in any issue or bonus shares or


 

54


Back to Contents

shares issued by way of capitalisation of reserves.

      Subject to the relevant insolvency laws and the Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings, holders of the relevant preference shares have the right in a winding up of HSBC Holdings to receive out of the assets of HSBC Holdings available for distribution to its shareholders, in priority to any payment to the holders of the ordinary shares and any other class of shares of HSBC Holdings in issue (other than (i) the other relevant preference shares and any other shares expressed to rank pari passu therewith as regards repayment of capital; and (ii) any shares which by their terms rank in priority to the relevant preference shares as regards repayment of capital), a sum equal to any unpaid dividend on the relevant preference shares which is payable as a dividend in accordance with or pursuant to the Articles of Association and the amount paid up or credited as paid up on the relevant preference shares together with such premium (if any) as may be determined by the Board prior to allotment thereof.

     HSBC Holdings may redeem the relevant preference shares in accordance with the Articles of Association and the terms on which the relevant preference shares were issued and allotted. In the case of the Dollar Preference Shares in issue at 2 March 2009, HSBC Holdings may redeem such shares in whole at any time on or after 16 December 2010, subject to prior notification to the FSA.

Non-voting deferred shares

The non-voting deferred shares are held by a subsidiary undertaking of HSBC Holdings. Holders of the non-voting deferred shares are not entitled to receive dividends on these shares. In addition, on winding up or other return of capital, holders are entitled to receive the amount paid up on their shares after distribution to ordinary shareholders of £10 million in respect of each ordinary share held by them. The holders of the non-voting deferred shares are not entitled to receive notice of or to attend (either personally or by proxy) any general meeting of HSBC Holdings or to vote (either personally or by proxy) on any resolution to be proposed thereat.

     The following events occurred during the year in relation to the share capital of HSBC Holdings:

Scrip dividends
   
1.      36,524,050 ordinary shares were issued at par in January 2008 to shareholders who elected to receive new shares in lieu of the third interim dividend for 2007. The market value per share used to calculate shareholders’ entitlements to
  new shares was US$16.821, being the US dollar equivalent of £8.132.
   
2.      136,165,605 ordinary shares were issued at par in May 2008 to shareholders who elected to receive new shares in lieu of the fourth interim dividend for 2007. The market value per share used to calculate shareholders’ entitlements to new shares was US$16.4022, being the US dollar equivalent of £8.132.
 
3.      15,191,514 ordinary shares were issued at par in July 2008 to shareholders who elected to receive new shares in lieu of the first interim dividend for 2008. The market value per share used to calculate shareholders’ entitlements to new shares was US$16.8421, being the US dollar equivalent of £8.519.
 
4.      47,687,930 ordinary shares were issued at par in October 2008 to shareholders who elected to receive new shares in lieu of the second interim dividend for 2008. The market value per share used to calculate shareholders’ entitlements to new shares was US$15.2466, being the US dollar equivalent of £8.266.
   
All-Employee share plans
   
5.      In connection with the exercise of options under the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans: 27,491,176 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from £5.3496 to £7.6736 per share; 1,782,367 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from HK$103.4401 to HK$108.4483 per share; 805,885 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from US$13.3290 to US$14.7478 per share; and 46,698 ordinary shares were issued at €10.4217 per share. Options over 18,163,336 ordinary shares lapsed.
 
6.      2,667,632 ordinary shares were issued at €8.3124 per share in connection with a Plan d’Epargne Entreprise for the benefit of non-UK resident employees of HSBC France and its subsidiaries.
 
7.      Options over 32,951,305 ordinary shares were granted at nil consideration on 30 April 2008 to nearly 70,000 HSBC employees resident in nearly 70 countries and territories under the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans.
   
Discretionary share incentive plans
   
8.  4,050,585 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from £6.2767 to £7.460 per share in connection with the exercise of options under

 

55


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
 Financial summary > Balance sheet > Share capital and reserves / Short-term borrowings > Contractual obligations / Ratios

 

the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme. Options over 223,951 ordinary shares lapsed.
 
9. 3,734,125 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from £6.9100 to £8.7120 per share in connection with the exercise of options under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan. Options over 5,889,067 ordinary shares lapsed.
 
10. No options were exercised under and no ordinary shares were issued in connection with the HSBC Share Plan. Options over 224,728 ordinary shares lapsed.
   
  HSBC Finance
   
11. 65,198 ordinary shares were issued at prices ranging from US$14.59 to US$16.71 per share in connection with the vesting of Restricted Stock Rights under HSBC Finance share plans that have been converted into rights over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.
 
  Authority to purchase ordinary shares
   
12. At the Annual General Meeting in 2008, shareholders renewed the authority for the Company to make market purchases of ordinary shares. The authority is to make market purchases of up to 1,186,700,000 ordinary shares. The Directors have not exercised this authority. In accordance with the terms of a waiver granted by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on 19 December 2005, HSBC Holdings will comply with the applicable law and regulation in the UK in relation to the holding of any shares in treasury and with the
  conditions of the waiver, in connection with any shares it may hold in treasury.
   
Authority to allot shares
   
13. At the Annual General Meeting in 2008 shareholders renewed the general authority for the Directors to allot new shares. The general authority is to allot up to 2,373,400,000 ordinary shares, 10,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each, 8,550,000 non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each and 10,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 each. Within this, the Directors have authority to allot up to a maximum of 593,350,000 ordinary shares wholly for cash to persons other than existing shareholders.
   

     Other than as described in paragraphs 1 to 6 and 8 to 10 above, the Directors did not allot any shares during 2008.

Short-term borrowings

HSBC includes short-term borrowings within customer accounts, deposits by banks and debt securities in issue and does not show short-term borrowings separately on the balance sheet. Short- term borrowings are defined by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’) as Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, commercial paper and other short-term borrowings. HSBC’s only significant short-term borrowings are securities sold under agreements to repurchase and certain debt securities in issue. Additional information on these is provided in the tables below.


 

    2008   2007   2006  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase              
Outstanding at 31 December   145,180   140,001   97,139  
Average amount outstanding during the year   177,256   129,779   102,715  
Maximum quarter-end balance outstanding during the year   190,651   148,601   109,689  
 
Weighted average interest rate during the year   3.8%   5.4%   4.3%  
Weighted average interest rate at the year-end   2.9%   4.8%   4.6%  
 
Short-term bonds              
Outstanding at 31 December   40,279   51,792   37,906  
Average amount outstanding during the year   45,330   39,153   37,729  
Maximum quarter-end balance outstanding during the year   55,842   51,792   38,907  
 
Weighted average interest rate during the year   5.0%   7.0%   5.1%  
Weighted average interest rate at the year-end   3.1%   6.5%   4.8%  

 

56


Back to Contents

Contractual obligations

The table below provides details of HSBC’s material contractual obligations as at 31 December 2008.

      Payments due by period    
 






 
      Less than       More than
  Total   1 year   1–5 years   5 years  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                 
Long-term debt obligations 254,946   92,191   99,353   63,402  
Term deposits and certificates of deposit 256,661   245,672   10,989    
Capital (finance) lease obligations 979   55   188   736  
Operating lease obligations 4,139   766   1,800   1,573  
Purchase obligations 1,541   948   593    
Short positions in debt securities and equity shares 66,774   52,679   4,477   9,618  
Current tax liability 1,822   1,822      
Pension obligations 15,137   1,208   5,393   8,536  
 
 
 
 
 
  601,999   395,341   122,793   83,865  
 
 
 
 
 

Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges (and preference share dividends)

    2008   2007   2006   2005   2004
    %   %   %   %   %  
Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preference share dividends                      
Ratios in accordance with IFRSs                      
   – excluding interest on deposits   2.97   6.96   7.22   9.16   8.64  
   – including interest on deposits   1.13   1.34   1.40   1.59   1.86  
 
Ratios in accordance with UK GAAP                      
   – excluding interest on deposits           8.07  
   – including interest on deposits           1.81  
 
Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges                      
Ratios in accordance with IFRSs                      
   – excluding interest on deposits   3.17   7.52   7.93   9.60   8.64  
   – including interest on deposits   1.14   1.34   1.41   1.59   1.86  
 
Ratios in accordance with UK GAAP                      
   – excluding interest on deposits           8.07  
   – including interest on deposits           1.81  

For the purpose of calculating the ratios, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and minority interests, plus fixed charges, and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of associated undertakings. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits, as appropriate, dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments, as applicable, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor.

 

57


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Financial summary > Balance sheet > Loan maturities / Deposits

 

Loan maturity and interest sensitivity analysis

At 31 December 2008, the geographical analysis of loan maturity and interest sensitivity by loan type on a contractual repayment basis was as follows:

            Rest            
        Hong   of Asia-   North   Latin      
    Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Maturity of 1 year or less                          
Loans and advances to banks   58,520   29,258   35,668   10,966   11,919   146,331  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans to customers                          
    Commercial, industrial and international trade   83,772   14,666   31,433   5,611   8,827   144,309  
   Real estate and other property related   18,430   6,253   6,071   9,527   1,497   41,778  
   Non-bank financial institutions   57,853   1,070   4,188   21,490   1,116   85,717  
   Governments   1,121   117   1,260   243   309   3,050  
   Other commercial   35,652   1,919   5,648   8,737   1,955   53,911  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    196,828   24,025   48,600   45,608   13,704   328,765  
Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme     442         442  
Residential mortgages and other personal loans   30,336   13,476   13,972   36,119   8,382   102,285  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers   227,164   37,943   62,572   81,727   22,086   431,492  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    285,684   67,201   98,240   92,693   34,005   577,823  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturity after 1 year but within 5 years                          
Loans and advances to banks   3,152   388   398   442   190   4,570  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans to customers                          
   Commercial, industrial and international trade   23,889   4,943   7,360   8,087   3,640   47,919  
   Real estate and other property related   13,760   13,716   6,182   8,002   790   42,450  
   Non-bank financial institutions   3,419   594   1,111   3,112   1,185   9,421  
   Governments   323   784   355   78   769   2,309  
   Other commercial   11,839   3,365   4,130   3,214   2,072   24,620  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    53,230   23,402   19,138   22,493   8,456   126,719  
Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme     1,404         1,404  
Residential mortgages and other personal loans   31,595   8,991   9,948   52,234   5,755   108,523  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers   84,825   33,797   29,086   74,727   14,211   236,646  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    87,977   34,185   29,484   75,169   14,401   241,216  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks and commercial loans to customers  Fixed interest rate
  11,333   185   2,734   5,066   2,460   21,778  
   Variable interest rate   45,049   23,605   16,802   17,869   6,186   109,511  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    56,382   23,790   19,536   22,935   8,646   131,289  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturity after 5 years                          
Loans and advances to banks   340     75   50   2,463   2,928  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans to customers                          
   Commercial, industrial and international trade   13,386   577   1,354   1,480   815   17,612  
   Real estate and other property related   8,180   4,560   1,019   3,209   512   17,480  
   Non-bank financial institutions   551   738   88   2,958   63   4,398  
   Governments   420   50   145   31   539   1,185  
   Other commercial   15,923   1,514   1,428   991   535   20,391  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    38,460   7,439   4,034   8,669   2,464   61,066  
                           
Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme     2,036         2,036  
Residential mortgages and other personal loans   79,601   19,738   13,491   107,181   5,526   225,537  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers   118,061   29,213   17,525   115,850   7,990   288,639  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    118,401   29,213   17,600   115,900   10,453   291,567  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks and commercial loans to customers                          
Fixed interest rate
  7,607     942   1,128   619   10,296  
  Variable interest rate   31,193   7,439   3,167   7,591   4,308   53,698  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    38,800   7,439   4,109   8,719   4,927   63,994  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

58


Back to Contents

Deposits

The following tables summarise the average amount of bank deposits, customer deposits and certificates of deposit (‘CDs’) and other money market instruments (which are included within ‘Debt securities in issue’ in the balance sheet), together

with the average interest rates paid thereon for each of the past three years. The geographical analysis of average deposits is based on the location of the office in which the deposits are recorded and excludes balances with HSBC companies. The ‘Other’ category includes securities sold under agreements to repurchase.


 

   
2008   
 
2007   
 
2006   
   


 


 


 
    Average   Average   Average   Average   Average   Average  
    balance   rate   balance   rate   balance   rate  
    US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
Deposits by banks                          
 
Europe                          
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing   5,231     6,359     9,814    
   Demand – interest bearing   19,204   3.2   11,036   3.8   8,368   3.7  
   Time   43,695   3.9   38,470   4.7   27,447   4.0  
   Other   31,098   4.4   28,770   4.8   23,396   3.5  
   
     
     
   
    99,228       84,635       69,025      
   
     
     
   
Hong Kong                          
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing   1,375     1,331     1,031    
   Demand – interest bearing   2,780   2.0   2,420   4.3   2,428   4.6  
   Time   1,583   2.7   3,267   4.5   2,016   4.3  
   Other   178   3.4   251   0.4   362   3.3  
   
     
     
   
    5,916       7,269       5,837      
   
     
     
   
Rest of Asia-Pacific                          
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing   1,911     1,897     1,618    
   Demand – interest bearing   4,332   2.3   3,167   2.4   1,960   2.4  
   Time   10,342   3.5   6,433   5.1   3,645   4.8  
   Other   3,769   3.3   2,768   4.8   2,157   4.5  
   
     
     
   
    20,354       14,265       9,380      
   
     
     
   
North America                          
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing   761     827     767    
   Demand – interest bearing   5,684   1.7   3,759   4.8   3,033   5.3  
   Time   7,941   2.3   6,746   6.0   3,543   5.4  
   Other   449   1.6   169   7.1   699   5.6  
   
     
     
   
    14,835       11,501       8,042      
   
     
     
   
Latin America                          
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing   366     808     702    
   Demand – interest bearing   81   2.5   153   5.9   96   6.3  
   Time   3,357   5.6   2,690   6.5   1,732   5.5  
   Other   1,254   7.8   1,010   8.0   683   9.4  
   
     
     
   
    5,058       4,661       3,213      
   
     
     
   
Total                          
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing   9,644     11,222     13,932    
   Demand – interest bearing   32,081   2.7   20,535   3.8   15,885   4.5  
   Time   66,918   3.7   57,606   4.9   38,383   4.5  
   Other   36,748   4.5   32,968   5.0   27,297   3.9  
   
     
     
   
    145,391       122,331       95,497      
   
     
     
   

 

59


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
 Financial summary > Balance sheet > Deposits / CDs // Critical accounting policies

 

  2008   2007   2006  
 


 


 


 
  Average   Average   Average   Average   Average   Average  
  balance   rate   balance   rate   balance   rate  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
Customer accounts                        
Europe                        
                         
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing 39,610     34,585     33,000    
   Demand – interest bearing 225,034   2.9   210,692   3.5   173,150   2.7  
   Savings 73,479   4.3   62,002   4.6   50,525   3.9  
   Time 83,208   3.8   69,476   4.9   59,374   4.2  
   Other 26,651   3.9   14,741   4.5   9,249   4.1  
 
     
     
     
  447,982       391,496       325,298      
 
     
     
     
Hong Kong                        
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing 15,620     14,214     13,011    
   Demand – interest bearing 126,199   0.4   107,053   2.2   88,754   2.4  
   Savings 65,068   2.4   63,649   3.9   58,883   3.8  
   Time 27,659   2.3   26,712   3.9   20,454   3.6  
   Other 1,563   1.2   1,164   4.3   51   3.9  
 
     
     
     
  236,109       212,792       181,153      
 
     
     
     
Rest of Asia-Pacific                        
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing 22,721     16,438     13,107    
   Demand – interest bearing 55,653   1.9   41,089   2.4   29,816   2.1  
   Savings 68,968   3.6   57,950   4.2   42,153   4.3  
   Time 15,226   3.3   11,538   4.6   10,246   4.5  
   Other 1,359   2.8   1,835   4.5   2,233   3.5  
 
     
     
     
  163,927       128,850       97,555      
 
     
     
     
North America                        
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing 16,759     15,175     13,662    
   Demand – interest bearing 18,261   1.6   15,389   3.3   14,406   2.9  
   Savings 87,001   2.5   79,529   3.3   65,216   2.8  
   Time 17,838   3.2   17,655   5.9   21,124   5.4  
   Other 5,123   2.4   3,234   3.7   3,339   2.0  
 
     
     
     
  144,982       130,982       117,747      
 
     
     
     
Latin America                        
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing 12,507     10,530     7,995    
   Demand – interest bearing 4,994   1.9   5,662   2.1   5,438   1.6  
   Savings 31,442   10.3   24,861   8.8   16,512   11.3  
   Time 15,179   5.2   12,443   5.9   7,665   5.9  
   Other 949   8.2   1,212   9.5   2,145   13.4  
 
     
     
     
  65,071       54,708       39,755      
 
     
     
     
Total                        
   Demand and other – non-interest bearing 107,217     90,942     80,775    
   Demand – interest bearing 430,141   1.9   379,885   3.0   311,564   2.6  
   Savings 325,958   3.9   287,991   4.4   233,289   4.1  
   Time 159,110   3.6   137,824   4.9   118,863   4.5  
   Other 35,645   3.6   22,186   4.7   17,017   4.8  
 
     
     
     
  1,058,071       918,828       761,508      
 
     
     
     
CDs and other money market instruments                        
Europe 74,007   4.5   66,164   5.0   48,238   4.2  
Hong Kong 745   3.0   941   3.9   1,191   3.5  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 7,614   6.4   7,230   6.0   6,621   5.6  
North America 22,278   3.3   23,735   5.4   23,472   4.6  
Latin America 3,036   7.8   1,526   6.8   318   10.7  
 
     
     
     
  107,680   4.5   99,596   5.2   79,840   4.5  
 
     
     
     

 

60


Back to Contents

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits

At 31 December 2008, the maturity analysis of CDs and other wholesale time deposits, by remaining maturity, was as follows:

      After   After          
      3 months   6 months          
  3 months   but within   but within   After      
  or less   6 months   12 months   12 months   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Europe                    
   Certificates of deposit 23,911   483   192     24,586  
   Time deposits:                    
   – banks 34,951   1,943   2,418   4,649   43,961  
   – customers 78,562   5,140   4,135   1,598   89,435  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  137,424   7,566   6,745   6,247   157,982  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hong Kong                    
   Certificates of deposit 145   137   280   904   1,466  
   Time deposits:                    
   – banks 1,031   5     67   1,103  
   – customers 21,898   1,057   274   419   23,648  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  23,074   1,199   554   1,390   26,217  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rest of Asia-Pacific                    
   Certificates of deposit 2,324   1,383   928   248   4,883  
   Time deposits:                    
   – banks 3,912   887   310   164   5,273  
   – customers 13,106   1,651   670   1,490   16,917  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  19,342   3,921   1,908   1,902   27,073  
 
 
 
 
 
 
North America                    
   Time deposits:                    
   – banks 10,209   2   5   201   10,417  
   – customers 13,882   720   248   310   15,160  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  24,091   722   253   511   25,577  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Latin America                    
   Certificates of deposit 1,161   640   60   316   2,177  
   Time deposits:                    
   – banks 2,360   1,446   389   264   4,459  
   – customers 10,357   1,389   1,071   359   13,176  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  13,878   3,475   1,520   939   19,812  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total                    
   Certificates of deposit 27,541   2,643   1,460   1,468   33,112  
   Time deposits:                    
   – banks 52,463   4,283   3,122   5,345   65,213  
   – customers 137,805   9,957   6,398   4,176   158,336  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  217,809   16,883   10,980   10,989   256,661  
 
 
 
 
 
 

The geographical analysis of deposits is based on the location of the office in which the deposits are recorded and excludes balances with HSBC companies. The majority of certificates of deposit and time deposits are in amounts of US$100,000 and over or the equivalent in other currencies.

 

Critical accounting policies

(Audited)

Introduction

The results of HSBC are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of its consolidated financial statements. The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are described in Note 2 on the Financial Statements.

When preparing the financial statements, it is the Directors’ responsibility under UK company law to select suitable accounting policies and to make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent.

     The accounting policies that are deemed critical to HSBC’s results and financial position, in terms of the materiality of the items to which the policy is applied, and which involve a high degree of judgement including the use of assumptions and estimation, are discussed below.


 

61


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Critical accounting policies

 

Impairment of loans and advances

HSBC’s accounting policy for losses arising from the impairment of customer loans and advances is described in Note 2g on the Financial Statements. Loan impairment allowances represent management’s best estimate of losses incurred in the loan portfolios at the balance sheet date.

     Management is required to exercise judgement in making assumptions and estimations when calculating loan impairment allowances on both individually and collectively assessed loans and advances. Of the Group’s total loans and advances to customers before impairment allowances of US$957 billion (2007: US$1,001 billion), US$6.9 billion or 1 per cent (2007: US$6.5 billion; 1 per cent) were individually assessed for impairment, and US$950 billion or 99 per cent (2007: US$994 billion; 99 per cent) were collectively assessed for impairment.

     The most significant judgemental area is the calculation of collective impairment allowances. HSBC’s most significant geographical area of exposure to collectively assessed loans and advances is North America, which comprised US$271 billion or 29 per cent (2007: US$301 billion; 30 per cent) of HSBC’s total collectively assessed loans and advances. Collective impairment allowances in North America were US$15.9 billion, representing 77 per cent (2007: US$11.9 billion; 72 per cent) of the total collectively assessed loan impairment allowance.

     HSBC uses two alternative methods to calculate collective impairment allowances on homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant:

  when appropriate empirical information is available, HSBC utilises roll-rate methodology.
This methodology employs statistical analysis of historical data and experience of delinquency and default to estimate the likelihood that loans will progress through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately prove irrecoverable. The estimated loss is the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate of the portfolio, and the carrying amount of the portfolio; and
     
  in other cases, when the portfolio size is small or when information is insufficient or not reliable enough to adopt a roll-rate methodology, HSBC adopts a formulaic approach which allocates progressively higher percentage loss rates the longer a customer’s

 

    loan is overdue. Loss rates are based on historical experience.

     Both methodologies are subject to estimation uncertainty, in part because it is not practicable to identify losses on an individual loan basis because of the large number of individually insignificant loans in the portfolio.

     In addition, the use of statistically assessed historical information is supplemented with significant management judgement to assess whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual level of inherent losses is likely to be greater or less than that suggested by historical experience. In normal circumstances, historical experience provides the most objective and relevant information from which to assess inherent loss within each portfolio. In certain circumstances, historical loss experience provides less relevant information about the inherent loss in a given portfolio at the balance sheet date, for example, where there have been changes in economic, regulatory or behavioural conditions such that the most recent trends in the portfolio risk factors are not fully reflected in the statistical models. In these circumstances, such risk factors are taken into account when calculating the appropriate levels of impairment allowances, by adjusting the impairment allowances derived solely from historical loss experience.

     This key area of judgement is subject to uncertainty and is highly sensitive to factors such as loan portfolio growth, product mix, unemployment rates, bankruptcy trends, geographic concentrations, loan product features, economic conditions such as national and local trends in housing markets, the level of interest rates, portfolio seasoning, account management policies and practices, changes in laws and regulations, and other factors that can affect customer payment patterns. Different factors are applied in different regions and countries to reflect different economic conditions and laws and regulations. The assumptions underlying this judgement are highly subjective. The methodology and the assumptions used in calculating impairment losses are reviewed regularly in the light of differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience. For example, roll rates, loss rates and the expected timing of future recoveries are regularly benchmarked against actual outcomes to ensure they remain appropriate.

     The total amount of the Group’s impairment allowances on homogeneous groups of loans is inherently uncertain because it is highly sensitive to changes in economic and credit conditions across a


 

62


Back to Contents

large number of geographical areas. Economic and credit conditions within geographical areas are influenced by many factors with a high degree of interdependency so that there is no single factor to which the Group’s loan impairment allowances as a whole are sensitive. However, HSBC’s loan impairment allowances are particularly sensitive to general economic and credit conditions in North America. For example, a 10 per cent increase in impairment allowances on collectively assessed loans and advances in North America would increase loan impairment allowances by US$1.6 billion at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$1.2 billion). It is possible that the outcomes within the next financial year could be different from the assumptions built into the models, resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amount of loans and advances.

Goodwill impairment

HSBC’s accounting policy for goodwill is described in Note 2(p) on the Financial Statements. Note 22 on the Financial Statements lists the Group’s cash generating units (‘CGUs’) by geographical region and global business. Total goodwill for the Group amounted to US$22 billion as at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$34 billion).

     The process of identifying and evaluating goodwill impairment is inherently uncertain because it requires significant management judgement in making a series of estimations, the results of which are highly sensitive to the assumptions used. The review of goodwill impairment represents management’s best estimate of the factors below:

  the future cash flows of the CGUs are sensitive to the cash flows projected for the periods for which detailed forecasts are available, and to assumptions regarding the long-term pattern of sustainable cash flows thereafter. Forecasts are compared with actual performance and verifiable economic data in future years; however, the cash flow forecasts necessarily and appropriately reflect management’s view of future business prospects at the time of the assessment; and
     
  the discount rate used to discount the future expected cash flows is based on the cost of capital assigned to an individual CGU, and can have a significant effect on the CGU’s valuation. The cost of capital percentage is generally derived from a Capital Asset Pricing Model, which incorporates inputs reflecting a number of financial and economic variables, including the risk-free interest rate in the country concerned and a premium to reflect the

 

    inherent risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are subject to fluctuations in external market rates and economic conditions outside of management’s control and are therefore established on the basis of significant management judgement and are subject to uncertainty.

     When this exercise demonstrates that the expected cash flows of a CGU have declined and/or that its cost of capital has increased, the effect is to reduce the CGU’s estimated recoverable amount. If this results in an estimated recoverable amount that is lower than the carrying value of the CGU, a charge for impairment of goodwill will be recognised in HSBC’s income statement for the year.

     The accuracy of forecast cash flows is subject to a high degree of uncertainty in volatile market conditions. In such market conditions, management retests goodwill for impairment more frequently than annually to ensure that the assumptions on which the cash flow forecasts are based continue to reflect current market conditions and management’s best estimate of future business prospects.

     Given the extraordinary market events experienced globally during the second half of 2008, HSBC performed an additional impairment test on all the CGUs within the Group as at 31 December 2008. As a result, HSBC recognised an impairment charge of US$10.6 billion on Personal Financial Services – North America as at 31 December 2008 (2007: nil). Management concluded that the recoverable amount of the other CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated exceeded their carrying value. However, in the event of further significant deterioration in the economic and credit conditions beyond the levels already reflected by management in the cash flow forecasts for the CGUs, a material adjustment to a CGU’s recoverable amount may occur which may result in the recognition of an impairment charge in the income statement.

     Note 22 on the Financial Statements includes details of the CGUs with significant balances of goodwill, states the key assumptions used to assess the goodwill in each of those CGUs for impairment, and provides a discussion of the sensitivity of the carrying value of goodwill to changes in key assumptions.

Valuation of financial instruments

HSBC’s accounting policy for determining the fair value of financial instruments is described in Note 2d on the Financial Statements.


 

63


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Critical accounting policies

 

     The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market. In the event that the market for a financial instrument is not active, a valuation technique is used. The majority of valuation techniques employ only observable market data, and so the reliability of the fair value measurement is high. However, certain financial instruments are valued on the basis of valuation techniques that feature one or more significant market inputs that are unobservable. Valuation techniques that rely to a greater extent on unobservable inputs require a higher level of management judgement to calculate a fair value than those based wholly on observable inputs.

     Valuation techniques used to calculate fair values include comparisons with similar financial instruments for which market observable prices exist, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants. Valuation techniques incorporate assumptions that other market participants would use in their valuations, including assumptions about interest rate yield curves, exchange rates, volatilities, and prepayment and default rates. When valuing instruments by reference to comparable instruments, management takes into account the maturity, structure and rating of the instrument with which the position held is being compared.

     The main assumptions and estimates which management considers when applying a model with valuation techniques are:

  the likelihood and expected timing of future cash flows on the instrument. These cash flows are usually governed by the terms of the instrument, although management judgement may be required when the ability of the counterparty to service the instrument in accordance with the contractual terms is in doubt. Future cash flows may be sensitive to changes in market rates;
     
  selecting an appropriate discount rate for the instrument. Management bases the determination of this rate on its assessment of what a market participant would regard as the appropriate spread of the rate for the instrument over the appropriate risk-free rate; and
     
  judgement to determine what model to use to calculate fair value in areas where the choice of valuation model is particularly subjective, for example, when valuing complex derivative products.

     When applying a model with unobservable inputs, estimates are made to reflect uncertainties in fair values resulting from a lack of market data inputs, for example, as a result of illiquidity in the market. For these instruments, the fair value measurement is less reliable. Inputs into valuations based on unobservable data are inherently uncertain because there are little or no current market data available from which to determine the level at which an arm’s length transaction would occur under normal business conditions. However, in most cases there are some market data available on which to base a determination of fair value, for example historical data, and the fair values of most financial instruments will be based on some market observable inputs even where the unobservable inputs are significant.

     An analysis of the basis for valuation of financial instruments measured at fair value in the financial statements is provided on page 162. The value of financial assets and liabilities that use a valuation technique are US$876 billion (2007: US$626 billion) and US$671 billion (2007: US$401 billion) or 71 per cent (2007: 66 per cent) and 83 per cent (2007: 68 per cent) of total assets and total liabilities measured at fair value, respectively. A sensitivity analysis of fair values for financial instruments with significant unobservable inputs to reasonably possible alternative assumptions and a range of assumptions and inputs used in valuation models in respect of instruments of particular interest in the current market turmoil can be found on page 164. Given the uncertainty and subjective nature of valuing financial instruments at fair value, it is possible that the outcomes in the next financial year could differ from the assumptions used, and this could result in a material adjustment to the carrying amount of financial instruments measured at fair value.

Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets

HSBC’s accounting policy for impairment of available-for-sale financial assets is described in Note 2(j) on the Financial Statements.

     Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value, and changes in fair value are recognised in equity in the available-for-sale fair value reserve until the financial assets are either sold or become impaired. An impairment loss is recognised if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of loss events which have an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset that can be reliably estimated. If an available-for-sale financial asset becomes impaired, the entire balance in equity


 

64


Back to Contents

relating to that asset is removed from equity and recognised in the income statement as an impairment loss. A further decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale debt security subsequent to the initial impairment is recognised in the income statement when there is further objective evidence of impairment.

     At 31 December 2008 the Group’s total available-for-sale financial assets amounted to US$286 billion (2007: US$273 billion), of which US$279 billion or 98 per cent (2007: US$261 billion; 95 per cent) were debt securities. At 31 December 2008, the available-for-sale fair value reserve relating to debt securities amounted to a deficit of US$21.4 billion (2007: deficit of US$2.4 billion). A deficit in the available-for-sale fair value reserve occurs on an available-for-sale debt security when the fair value of the security is less than the security’s acquisition cost (net of any principal repayments and amortisation) less any previous impairment loss recognised in the income statement, but there is no evidence of any impairment or, if an impairment was previously recognised, any subsequent impairment.

     Management is required to exercise judgement in determining whether there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has occurred. Once an impairment has been identified, the amount of impairment loss is measured in relation to the fair value of the asset. More information on assumptions and estimates requiring management judgement relating to the determination of fair values of financial instruments is provided above in ‘Valuation of financial instruments’.

     The objective evidence required to determine whether an available-for-sale debt security is impaired comprises evidence of the occurrence of a loss event and evidence that the loss event results in a decrease in estimated future cash flows. Where cash flows are readily determinable, a low level of judgement may be involved. Where determination of estimated future cash flows requires consideration of a number of variables, some of which may be unobservable in current market conditions, more significant judgement is required.

     The most significant judgements concern more complex instruments, such as asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s), where it is necessary to consider factors such as the estimated future cash flows on underlying pools of collateral, the extent and depth of market price declines and changes in credit ratings. The review of estimated future cash flows on underlying collateral is subject to estimation uncertainties where the assessment is based on historical information on pools of assets, and

judgement is required to determine whether historical performance is likely to be representative of current economic and credit conditions. A description of these securities is included in the ‘Impact of market turmoil’ section under ‘Nature and extent of HSBC’s exposures’ on page 150 and a more detailed description of the assumptions and estimates used in assessing these securities for impairment is disclosed in the section ‘Assessing available-for-sale assets for impairment’ on page 170.

     There is no single factor to which the Group’s charge for impairment of available-for-sale debt securities is particularly sensitive, because of the range of different types of securities held, the range of geographical areas in which those securities are held, and the wide range of factors which can affect the occurrence of loss events and the cash flows of securities, including different types of collateral.

     Management’s current assessment of the holdings of available-for-sale ABSs with the most sensitivity to possible future impairment is focused on sub-prime and Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities (‘MBSs’). The Group’s principal exposure to these securities is in the Global Banking and Markets’ business. Excluding holdings in certain special purpose entities where significant first loss risks are borne by external investors, the available-for-sale holdings in these categories within Global Banking and Markets amounted to US$5.2 billion at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$11.8 billion). The deficit in the available-for-sale fair value reserve as at 31 December 2008 in relation to these securities was US$5.9 billion (2007: US$1.1 billion).

     The main factors in the reduction in fair value of these securities over the period were the effects of reduced market liquidity and negative market sentiment. The level of actual credit losses experienced was low in 2008, notwithstanding the deterioration in the performance of the underlying mortgages in the period as US house prices fell and defaults increased. The absence of material credit losses is judged to be attributable to the seniority of the tranches held by HSBC as well as the priority for cash flow held by these tranches.

     Further details of the nature and extent of HSBC’s exposures to asset backed securities classified as available-for-sale are provided in ‘Impact of market turmoil–nature and extent of HSBC’s exposures’ on page 150.

     It is reasonably possible that outcomes in the next financial year could be different from the assumptions and estimates used in identifying


 

65


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
 
   
Critical accounting policies / Customer groups > Summary

 

impairment on available-for-sale debt securities, as a result of which, evidence of impairment may be identified in available-for-sale debt securities which had previously been determined not to be impaired. It is possible that this could result in the recognition of material impairment losses in the next financial year.

Deferred tax assets

HSBC’s accounting policy for the recognition of deferred tax assets is described in Note 2s on the Financial Statements. A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. The recognition of a deferred tax asset relies on management’s judgements surrounding the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profits, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and ongoing tax planning strategies.

     HSBC’s most significant judgements are around the US deferred tax assets, where there has been a recent history of losses in HSBC’s US operations. Net US deferred tax assets amounted to US$5.0 billion or 71 per cent (2007: US$3.7 billion; 70 per cent) of total net deferred tax assets recognised on the Group’s balance sheet.

     The amount of US deferred tax assets recognised is based on the evidence available about conditions at the balance sheet date, and requires significant judgements to be made by management, especially those based on management’s projections of credit losses and the timing of recovery in the US economy. Management’s judgement takes into consideration the impact of both positive and negative evidence, including historical financial performance, projections of future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, and the availability of loss carrybacks. The recognition of the deferred tax asset is mainly dependent upon the projection of future taxable profits, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and the capacity to carry back net operating losses arising in 2009.

     Tax losses were incurred in HSBC’s US operations in 2008. Management has evaluated the factors contributing to the losses to determine whether the factors leading to the losses are temporary or indicative of a permanent decline in earnings. Based on its analysis, management has

determined that the losses were primarily caused by increases in credit losses in the US due to the current housing and credit market conditions, as well as continued weakening in the general economy, which has led to higher unemployment levels and, consequently, higher credit losses.

     In the US, management’s projections of future taxable income are based on business plans, future capital requirements and ongoing tax planning strategies. These projections include assumptions about the depth and severity of further house price depreciation, assumptions about the US recession, including unemployment levels and their related impact on credit losses, and assumptions about ongoing capital support from HSBC.

     The assumptions surrounding future expected credit losses in the US represent the most subjective areas of judgement in management’s projections of future taxable income.

     Management’s forecasts support the assumption that it is probable that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to utilise the deferred tax assets. In management’s judgement, the recent market conditions, which have resulted in losses being incurred in the US over the last two years, will create significant downward pressure and volatility on the profit or loss before tax in the next few years. To reflect this, the assessment of recoverability of the deferred tax asset in the US significantly discounts any future expected taxable income and relies to a greater extent on continued capital support to the US operations from HSBC, including tax planning strategies implemented in relation to such support. The most significant tax planning strategy is HSBC’s investment of capital into its US operations to ensure the utilisation of the net operating loss carry forwards. This strategy provides substantial support for the recoverability of the deferred tax assets. HSBC expects that its US operations will continue to be dependent upon its capital support, and will continue to execute their business strategies and plans until they return to profitability. Based on management’s forecasts, HSBC expects to provide capital support to its US operations in each of the next three years. If HSBC were to decide, however, not to provide this ongoing support, the full recovery of the deferred tax asset may no longer be probable and could result in a material adjustment to the deferred tax asset which would be recognised in the income statement.


 

66


Back to Contents

Disclosure controls

 

The Group Chairman and Group Finance Director, with the assistance of other members of management, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of HSBC Holdings’ disclosure controls and procedures as of 31 December 2008. Based upon that evaluation, the Group Chairman and Group Finance Director concluded that HSBC’s disclosure controls and procedures as of 31 December 2008 were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports which the company files and submits under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarised and reported as and when required. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

     There has been no change in HSBC Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting during the year ended 31 December 2008 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, HSBC Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting, and has completed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2008. In making the assessment, management used the framework for Director’s internal control evaluation contained within the Combined Code (‘The Revised Turnbull Guidance’), as well as the criteria established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (‘COSO’) in ‘Internal Control-Integrated Framework’.

      Based on the assessment performed, management concluded that as at 31 December 2008, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

      KPMG Audit Plc, which has audited the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2008, has also audited the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting under Auditing Standard No.5 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) as stated in their report on pages 330 and 331.


 

66a


Back to Contents

Customer groups and global businesses

       
    Page   
       
Summary   67  
Personal Financial Services   68  
Commercial Banking   72  
Global Banking and Markets   75  
Private Banking   79  
Other   82  
  84  

Summary

HSBC manages its business through two customer groups, Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking, and two global businesses, Global Banking and Markets (previously Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets), and Private Banking. Personal Financial Services incorporates the Group’s consumer finance businesses; the largest of these is HSBC Finance Corporation (‘HSBC Finance’).

     All commentaries on the customer groups and global businesses are on an underlying basis unless stated otherwise.


 

Profit/(loss) before tax
                           
    2008   2007   2006  
   


 


 


 
    US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
                           
Personal Financial Services   (10,974 ) (117.9 ) 5,900   24.4   9,457   42.8  
Commercial Banking   7,194   77.3   7,145   29.5   5,997   27.2  
Global Banking and Markets   3,483   37.4   6,121   25.3   5,806   26.3  
Private Banking   1,447   15.6   1,511   6.2   1,214   5.5  
Other13    8,157   87.6   3,535   14.6   (388 ) (1.8 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    9,307   100.0   24,212   100.0   22,086   100.0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
                           
Total assets15           
                   
    At 31 December  
   






 
    2008     2007    
    US$m   %   US$m   %  
                   
Personal Financial Services   514,419   20.4   621,356   26.4  
Commercial Banking   249,218   9.9   307,944   13.1  
Global Banking and Markets   1,896,630   75.0   1,561,468   66.3  
Private Banking   133,216   5.3   130,893   5.6  
Other   135,001   5.3   155,685   6.6  
Intra-HSBC items   (401,019 ) (15.9 ) (423,080 ) (18.0 )
   
 
 
 
 
    2,527,465   100.0   2,354,266   100.0  
   
 
 
 
 
                   
For footnotes, see page 145.                  
                   

Basis of preparation

The results are presented in accordance with the accounting policies used in the preparation of HSBC’s consolidated financial statements. HSBC’s operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of customer group data includes internal allocations of certain items of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and Group Management Office (‘GMO’) functions, to the extent that these

can be meaningfully attributed to operational business lines. While such allocations have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity.

     Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of inter-segment funding as well as inter-company and inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms.


 

67


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
 
   
Customer groups > Personal Financial Services

 

Personal Financial Services
 
Profit/(loss) before tax
 
    2008     2007     2006  
    US$m     US$m     US$m  
                   
Net interest income   29,419     29,069     26,076  
Net fee income   10,107     11,742     8,762  
Trading income excluding net interest income
  175     38     391  
Net interest income on trading activities
  79     140     220  
Net trading income16    254     178     611  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
  (2,912 )   1,333     739  
Gains less losses from financial investments
  663     351     78  
Dividend income   90     55     31  
Net earned insurance premiums
  10,083     8,271     5,130  
Other operating income   259     387     782  
   
   
   
 
Total operating income   47,963     51,386     42,209  
Net insurance claims17    (6,474 )   (8,147 )   (4,365 )
   
   
   
 
Net operating income5    41,489     43,239     37,844  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
  (21,220 )   (16,172 )   (9,949 )
   
   
   
 
Net operating income   20,269     27,067     27,895  
Operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment)
  (21,140 )   (21,757 )   (18,818 )
Goodwill impairment   (10,564 )        
   
   
   
 
Operating profit/(loss)   (11,435 )   5,310     9,077  
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
  461     590     380  
   
   
   
 
Profit/(loss) before tax   (10,974 )   5,900     9,457  
   
   
   
 
By geographical region                  
 Europe   1,658     1,581     1,909  
 Hong Kong   3,428     4,212     2,880  
 Rest of Asia-Pacific   500     760     477  
 North America   (17,228 )   (1,546 )   3,391  
 Latin America   668     893     800  
   
   
   
 
    (10,974 )   5,900     9,457  
   
   
   
 
                   
    %     %     %  
                   
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax
  (117.9 )   24.4     42.8  
Cost efficiency ratio   76.4     50.3     49.7  
                   
Balance sheet data15
    US$m     US$m     US$m  
                   
Loans and advances to customers (net)
  401,402     464,726     448,545  
Total assets   514,419     621,356     602,342  
Customer accounts   440,338     450,071     388,468  
                   
For footnotes, see page 143.
Strategic direction
   
HSBC’s strategy for Personal Financial Services is to use its global reach and local knowledge to grow profitably in selected markets. The strategy focuses on growth in:
   
markets where HSBC already has scale, such as Hong Kong and the UK; and
   
markets where HSBC can build or acquire scale, particularly in Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Turkey and the Middle East. 
   
  Within these markets, there are two key target segments:
   
customers who value seamless international banking and wealth management; and
   
customers who are confident about using direct channels (internet, ATM, telephone, mobile) to access financial services.
   
Financial performance in 2008
   
The reported loss before tax of US$11.0 billion compared with a profit of US$5.9 billion in 2007, driven substantially by higher loan impairment charges and a goodwill impairment charge of US$10.6 billion which wrote down in full the goodwill relating to the North American Personal Financial Services business. Excluding the loss before tax incurred in this business, pre- tax profits fell by 17 per cent on an underlying basis, with an increase in loan impairments and lower fee income more than offsetting an increase in revenue from deposit growth and higher gains on the sale of MasterCard and Visa shares.
   
Net fee income fell by 13 per cent. This was driven by weak market sentiment, which resulted in lower fees from retail securities and investments, particularly in Hong Kong, and changes in fee billing practices in the credit card business to improve the customer proposition in North America.
   
A net expense of US$2.9 billion was recorded on financial instruments designated at fair value, compared with income of US$1.3 billion in 2007. This was largely due to the fall in value of assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts driven by poor equity market performances, predominantly affecting operations in Hong Kong, the UK and France.
For assets held to meet liabilities under unit-
linked and, to a certain extent, participating insurance contracts, the movement from income to expense was offset by a corresponding

 

68


Back to Contents

  reduction in policyholder liabilities where investment losses can be passed to policyholders.
   
Loan impairment charges rose by 32 per cent, primarily due to further deterioration in credit quality in the North American Personal Financial Services business. Delinquency rates increased across all portfolios in HSBC Finance, particularly consumer lending, and in the real estate secured portfolios in HSBC USA, following the sustained downturn in the housing market and the onset of economic recession.
   
A rise in loan impairments in Mexico, Turkey and India was attributable to higher delinquencies following growth of the credit card and personal loan portfolios. Actions taken to curtail asset growth in these markets focused on tightening lending criteria and deploying advanced credit analytics.
   
Operating expenses were 48 per cent higher, largely due to the goodwill impairment charge. Excluding this, operational costs were slightly lower, driven by a 12 per cent reduction in North America following initiatives taken since 2007 to cease originations in mortgage services, limit new originations in consumer lending and reduce marketing spend in cards. This benefit was partially offset by investment in business expansion in mainland China and Japan and an increase in restructuring costs and union-agreed salaries in Latin America.
   
Profit before tax increased in Europe, with a solid performance in the UK partially offset by a fall in Turkey as an investment in 98 additional branches was made in order to attain nationwide coverage. Profits were lower in France.
   
In the Middle East, profit rose by 17 per cent on 2007, with strong growth in revenue from cards.
   
Business highlights in 2008
   
HSBC Premier (‘Premier’), which offers mass affluent customers a seamless international banking and wealth management service, grew to 2.6 million customers in 2008. During the year, the service was extended to a further six countries, taking the total to 41. 472,000 net new customers joined Premier, of whom 80 per cent were new to the Group.
The strength of the HSBC brand helped attract an increase in customer accounts of US$50 billion, or 13 per cent, to US$440 billion, despite the low interest rate environment. In North America, net loans and advances to customers fell by 16 per cent as HSBC reduced its balance sheet and lowered its risk profile in the US. Excluding North America, lending increased by 10 per cent, demonstrating HSBC’s commitment to supporting its core customer base. At 31 December 2008, the advances-to-deposits ratio was 91 per cent, compared with 106 per cent at the end of December 2007.
   
The HSBC Direct online savings offering in the US performed well in difficult market conditions. Average balances increased by US$2.0 billion to US$13.2 billion, reducing the overall funding costs of the US Personal Financial Services business.
   
In the UK, HSBC launched a RateMatcher mortgage promotion to attract quality customers facing an interest rate reset in the near term. HSBC attracted a strong flow of new business totalling US$9.9 billion during the campaign. In December 2008, HSBC announced that the bank will make available up to £15 billion of UK residential mortgages in 2009.
   
Consistent with HSBC’s strategy to increase the sale of insurance products to existing customers, the major life businesses in Europe and Asia grew and underlying net premium income rose by 15 per cent. However, declining worldwide equity markets led to a reduction in insurance profits compared with 2007.
   
In the US, declining house prices, rising unemployment and increasing bankruptcies fuelled growing customer delinquencies. HSBC continued to take measures to help customers manage their mortgage repayments and avoid foreclosure. During 2008, HSBC Finance expanded its mortgage loan modification programme which included longer-term modifications. The loan obligations of over 92,000 customers with aggregate mortgages of US$13.5 billion were modified during 2008, helping to maximise cash flow for HSBC and preserve home ownership for customers.

 

69


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Customer groups > Personal Financial Services

 

Subsequent developments

The branch-based US consumer lending business of HSBC Finance has historically focused on sub-prime customers who rely on drawing cash against the equity in their homes to help meet their cash needs. Unsecured consumer lines of credit have served as a means of generating new customer accounts, with the potential to subsequently provide the customer with a mortgage product, typically a secured debt consolidation loan. As a result, the bulk of the mortgage lending products sold in the US consumer lending branch network have been for refinancing and debt consolidation rather than for house purchase.

The unprecedented deterioration in the US housing market over the last two years, including declining property values and lower secondary market demand for sub-prime mortgages, has undermined the ability of many real estate loan customers to make payments or refinance their loans. In many cases, there is no equity in their homes or, if there is, few institutions are willing to finance its withdrawal. As a result, loan originations in this business have fallen dramatically for both HSBC Finance and the industry as a whole. Management believes it will take years before property values return to the levels seen prior to the decline and, as such, has concluded that recovery in the sub-prime mortgage lending business is uncertain and the industry is unlikely to stabilise for a number of years. Management also expects that changes in regulation and practice will make it problematic to plan and execute a sub-prime lending business strategy with a reasonable degree of confidence.

Given the above, in 2008 HSBC began to reposition its US consumer lending business to reduce risk by tightening lending criteria and expanding its lending to include government sponsored entity and conforming loan products. As part of this repositioning, HSBC intended to place greater emphasis on unsecured loan products while decreasing secured loan production. To date, the results of this repositioning effort have not met expectations, in part due to the continued deterioration in the economy, leading management to re-evaluate whether, given the Group’s risk appetite, the initiative can produce the volume necessary to ensure that the consumer lending business will return to profitability in the foreseeable future.

As a consequence, at the end of February 2009, the Board of HSBC endorsed management’s recommendation to discontinue as soon as practicable originations of all products by the branch-based US consumer lending business of HSBC Finance. At 31 December 2008 this business had outstanding balances of US$62 billion comprising US$46 billion in real estate secured and US$16 billion in unsecured loan balances. HSBC will continue to service and collect the existing loan portfolio as it runs off, and will continue the Group’s efforts to help customers in need of loan modification and other account management programmes to maximise collection and preserve, as far as possible, home ownership. In the US, substantially all consumer lending branches branded HFC and Beneficial will cease taking loan applications and will be closed. HSBC Finance will also continue to run-off the loan portfolios of its mortgage services business and its vehicle finance business. HSBC will provide all necessary support to HSBC Finance to enable it to run off these businesses in a measured way and to meet all its commitments.

The operations of HSBC’s other US Personal Financial Services businesses, including its card business, and the retail bank branch business of HSBC USA are unaffected by this decision. HSBC USA will continue to service its customers with real estate secured and unsecured products.

HSBC expects as a result of this decision affecting the US consumer lending business of HSBC Finance that total revenue will fall by approximately US$50 million in 2009 and operating expenses by approximately US$700 million on an annualised basis. Closure costs of up to US$195 million will be incurred, predominantly related to one-off termination and other employee benefit costs, a substantial portion of which will be recorded in the first half of 2009.

In addition, a non-cash charge of approximately US$70 million is expected to be incurred in relation to the impairment of fixed assets associated with the consumer lending branch network, also to be recognised in the first half of 2009.

Employees supporting originations operations will be evaluated for service elsewhere in HSBC’s operations, but it is currently expected that approximately 6,100 employees will be displaced.


 

70


Back to Contents

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit/(loss) before tax
  2008 compared with 2007  
 














 
      2007                              
      acquisitions,       2007   2008                  
  2007   disposals       at 2008   acquisitions   Under-   2008   Re-   Under-  
  as   & dilution   Currency   exchange   and   lying   as   ported   lying  
Personal Financial reported   gains 1 translation 2 rates 3 disposals 1 change   reported   change   change  
   Services US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 29,069   (224 ) (126 ) 28,719   215   485   29,419   1   2  
Net fee income 11,742   (21 ) (105 ) 11,616   (9 ) (1,500 ) 10,107   (14 ) (13 )
Other income4  2,428   (91 ) (10 ) 2,327   83   (447 ) 1,963   (19 ) (19 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5  43,239   (336 ) (241 ) 42,662   289   (1,462 ) 41,489   (4 ) (3 )
Loan impairment charges                                    
   and other credit risk                                    
   provisions (16,172 ) 4   75   (16,093 ) (3 ) (5,124 ) (21,220 ) (31 ) (32 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 27,067   (332 ) (166 ) 26,569   286   (6,586 ) 20,269   (25 ) (25 )
Operating expenses                                    
   (excluding goodwill                                    
   impairment) (21,757 ) 236   117   (21,404 ) (98 ) 362   (21,140 ) 3   2  
Goodwill impairment           (10,564 ) (10,564 ) n/a   n/a  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit/(loss) 5,310   (96 ) (49 ) 5,165   188   (16,788 ) (11,435 ) (315 ) (325 )
Income from associates 590     52   642     (181 ) 461   (22 ) (28 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit/(loss) before tax 5,900   (96 ) 3   5,807   188   (16,969 ) (10,974 ) (286 ) (292 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
              2007 compared with 2006                  
 














 
                  2007                  
      2006       2006   acquisitions,                  
  2006   acquisitions       at 2007   disposals   Under-   2007   Re-   Under-  
  as   and   Currency   exchange   & dilution   lying   as   ported   lying  
Personal Financial reported   disposals 1 translation 2 rates 6 gains 1 change   reported   change   change  
   Services US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 26,076   (3 ) 746   26,819   653   1,597   29,069   11   6  
Net fee income 8,762   53   322   9,137   (77 ) 2,682   11,742   34   30  
Other income4  3,006   (53 ) 87   3,040   (38 ) (574 ) 2,428   (19 ) (19 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5  37,844   (3 ) 1,155   38,996   538   3,705   43,239   14   10  
Loan impairment charges                                    
   and other credit risk                                    
   provisions (9,949 )   (205 ) (10,154 ) (72 ) (5,946 ) (16,172 ) (63 ) (59 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 27,895   (3 ) 950   28,842   466   (2,241 ) 27,067   (3 ) (8 )
Operating expenses (18,818 ) 2   (753 ) (19,569 ) (285 ) (1,903 ) (21,757 ) (16 ) (10 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 9,077   (1 ) 197   9,273   181   (4,144 ) 5,310   (42 ) (45 )
Income from associates 380     13   393   6   191   590   55   49  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 9,457   (1 ) 210   9,666   187   (3,953 ) 5,900   (38 ) (41 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
For footnotes, see page 143.

 

71


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Customer groups > Commercial Banking

 

Commercial Banking          
 
Profit before tax          
 
  2008     2007     2006  
  US$m     US$m     US$m  
                 
Net interest income 9,494     9,055     7,514  
Net fee income 4,097     3,972     3,207  
Trading income excluding net interest income
369     265     204  
Net interest income on trading activities
17     31     20  
                 
Net trading income16  386     296     224  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
(224 )   22     (22 )
Gains less losses from financial investments
193     90     44  
Dividend income 88     8     6  
Net earned insurance premiums 679     733     258  
Other operating income 939     165     250  
 
   
   
 
Total operating income 15,652     14,341     11,481  
Net insurance claims17  (335 )   (391 )   (96 )
 
   
   
 
Net operating income5  15,317     13,950     11,385  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(2,173 )   (1,007 )   (697 )
 
   
   
 
Net operating income 13,144     12,943     10,688  
 
Total operating expenses (6,581 )   (6,252 )   (4,979 )
 
   
   
 
Operating profit 6,563     6,691     5,709  
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
631     454     288  
 
   
   
 
Profit before tax 7,194     7,145     5,997  
 
   
   
 
 
By geographical region                
  Europe 2,722     2,516     2,234  
  Hong Kong 1,315     1,619     1,321  
  Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,793     1,350     1,034  
  North America 658     920     957  
  Latin America 706     740     451  
 
   
   
 
  7,194     7,145     5,997  
 
   
   
 
 
  %     %     %  
                 
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax
77.3     29.5     27.2  
Cost efficiency ratio 43.0     44.8     43.7  
 
Balance sheet data15                 
  US$m     US$m     US$m  
                 
Loans and advances to customers (net)
203,949     220,068     172,976  
Total assets 249,218     307,944     228,668  
Customer accounts 235,879     237,987     190,853  
 
For footnotes, see page 143.

Strategic direction

   
HSBC’s Commercial Banking strategy is focused on two key initiatives:
   
to be the leading international business bank, using HSBC’s extensive geographical network together with product expertise in payments, trade, receivables finance and foreign exchange to actively support customers trading and investing across borders; and
   
to be the best bank for small businesses in target markets, building global scale and creating efficiencies by sharing best practice, including customer experience and credit scoring, and selectively rolling out the direct banking model.
   
Financial performance in 2008
   
Reported pre-tax profit was broadly in line with 2007 at US$7.2 billion as revenue growth was offset by the rise in loan impairment charges and operating costs. Pre-tax profit growth was evident in emerging markets, with their contribution increasing to 56 per cent excluding a gain of US$425 million on the disposal of the UK merchant acquiring division, recorded in ‘Other operating income’. Profit growth was most significant in Australia, India, mainland China, United Arab Emirates (‘UAE’), Turkey, Brazil and Argentina.
   
HSBC remained committed to new lending, increasing lending balances by 10 per cent. Deposit growth of 15 per cent was driven by brand strength, particularly in the UK, the US and Hong Kong.
   
Balance sheet growth drove a 7 per cent rise in net interest income, notwithstanding the adverse affect of widespread reductions in interest rates on liability spreads. This was partly offset by higher lending spreads from improved pricing.
   
Net fee income rose by 8 per cent with income from trade services and foreign exchange growing particularly strongly.
   
Other income was boosted by a number of significant gains, notably from the sale of shares in MasterCard and Visa.
   
Loan impairment charges increased from US$1.0 billion in 2007 to US$2.2 billion, as the previously benign credit environment was replaced by economic slowdown in most countries. Loan impairment charges increased by 44 basis points to 1 per cent of average reported assets, with most of the increase coming in the second half of 2008.

 

72


Back to Contents

The cost efficiency ratio improved to 44.2 per cent excluding the US$425 million gains noted above. Costs were tightly controlled in Europe and North America, but grew elsewhere as the Group continued to expand operations in emerging markets, particularly in Asia.
   
Customer numbers grew to 2.9 million, with continuing recruitment of new customers through existing operations and gains from the acquisition of the assets, liabilities and operations of The Chinese Bank in Taiwan, despite a reduction from the sale of the French regional banks.
   
Business highlights in 2008
   
Commercial Banking achieved key objectives toward its international business strategy in 2008 as the proportion of its total revenues derived from international customers and products increased.
   
Revenue from foreign exchange and trade and supply chain products grew strongly, with increases of 66 per cent and 27 per cent, respectively. This was driven by improved cross-selling of products, particularly in foreign exchange, as customers sought protection from volatile currency movements. A number of initiatives were launched to extend foreign exchange services, which included enhancing relationship management in the US and UAE, and introducing dedicated sales desks in India.
   
The volume of international trade finance increased significantly and revenue grew commensurately as HSBC benefited from higher commodity prices, the reintermediation of traditional trade instruments in respect of which the Group demonstrated continued capacity to lend, and improved pricing reflecting market trends. HSBC’s growth outpaced market growth in a number of key countries, particularly in Asia and the Middle East.
   
Successful Global Links referrals nearly doubled to 5,600, with the aggregate transaction value exceeding US$11 billion, an increase of 96 per cent. The use of electronic account opening ‘SmartForms’ improved customer experience.
   
  In support of its strategy to be the best bank for small businesses, HSBC focused on deposit gathering and transaction banking, and was particularly successful in attracting customer deposits.
   
With over US$100 billion in customer deposits, HSBC’s small and micro segments are a
  significant source of funding for Commercial Banking, generating over twice as much in liabilities as loans and advances to customers. Customer numbers in the small and micro segments rose by 7 per cent to 2.6 million. In Taiwan, the acquisition of the assets, liabilities and operations of The Chinese Bank expanded the branch network to 33 and added over 15,000 small business customers.
   
Customer loyalty was evidenced by an increase in the use of internet banking, with the number of active users of Business Internet Banking growing by 16 per cent and the number of transactions by 18 per cent.
   
New small business offerings continued to be initiated. BusinessDirect was extended to seven countries and total customer numbers exceeded 180,000. BusinessVantage was launched in Indonesia while, in the US, the autumn marketing campaign led to over 9,000 new accounts. New business card products were rolled out in a further six countries.
   
The announcement of HSBC’s US$5 billion International SME Fund in December under- scored the Group’s commitment to lending to small and medium-sized enterprises, and led to significant interest from existing and prospective customers. Specific initiatives were launched in the UK, Hong Kong, France and Malta.
   
  Commercial Banking increased its intra-Group referrals, in part by extending the Global Links platform to facilitate cross-customer group referrals.
   
In Hong Kong and India, an initiative to increase referrals across customer groups resulted in a two-fold rise in the number of Premier account referrals, and significant growth in referrals from Personal Financial Services to Commercial Banking. Similar programmes in the UK contributed to sales of Premier accounts and mortgage products, and plans are underway to extend these programmes to other regions in 2009.
   
Referrals to Private Banking grew by 30 per cent, and led to US$2.7 billion in new assets under management, while referrals from Private Banking led to a three-fold increase in new relationships.
   
Sales of Global Markets products were particularly strong in foreign exchange under Commercial Banking’s strategy to be the leading bank for international business.

 

73


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Customer groups > Commercial Banking / Global Banking and Markets

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

2008 compared with 2007  
 
















 
      2007                              
      acquisitions,       2007   2008                  
  2007   disposals       at 2008   acquisitions   Under-   2008   Re-   Under-  
  as   & dilution   Currency   exchange   and   lying   as   ported   lying  
  reported   gains1   translation2   rates3   disposals1   change   reported   change   change  
Commercial Banking US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income  9,055   (166 ) (77 ) 8,812   41   641   9,494   5   7  
Net fee income  3,972   (113 ) (76 ) 3,783   27   287   4,097   3   8  
Other income4  923   (7 ) (28 ) 888   525   313   1,726   87   35  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5  13,950   (286 ) (181 ) 13,483   593   1,241   15,317   10   9  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(1,007 ) 3   36   (968 ) (3 ) (1,202 ) (2,173 ) (116 ) (124 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 12,943   (283 ) (145 ) 12,515   590   39   13,144   2    
Operating expenses  (6,252 ) 180   47   (6,025 ) (106 ) (450 ) (6,581 ) (5 ) (7 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 6,691   (103 ) (98 ) 6,490   484   (411 ) 6,563   (2 ) (6 )
Income from associates  454     26   480     151   631   39   31  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 7,145   (103 ) (72 ) 6,970   484   (260 ) 7,194   1   (4 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         

 

  2007 compared with 2006  
 
















 
                  2007                  
      2006        2006   acquisitions,                  
  2006   acquisitions        at 2007   disposals   Under-   2007   Re-   Under-  
  as   and    Currency   exchange   & dilution   lying   as   ported   lying  
  reported   disposals1   translation2   rates6   gains1   change   reported   change   change  
Commercial Banking US$m   US$m    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 7,514       382   7,896   114   1,045   9,055   21   13  
Net fee income 3,207       189   3,396   17   559   3,972   24   16  
Other income4 664       27   691   48   184   923   39   27  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5 11,385       598   11,983   179   1,788   13,950   23   15  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(697 )     (47 ) (744 ) (61 ) (202 ) (1,007 ) (44 ) (27 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 10,688       551   11,239   118   1,586   12,943   21   14  
Operating expenses (4,979 )     (291 ) (5,270 ) (73 ) (909 ) (6,252 ) (26 ) (17 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 5,709       260   5,969   45   677   6,691   17   11  
Income from associates 288       9   297   1   156   454   58   53  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 5,997       269   6,266   46   833   7,145   19   13  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         

For footnotes, see page 143.

 

74


Back to Contents

Global Banking and Markets

Profit before tax

  2008     2007     2006    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Net interest income 8,541     4,430     3,168    
Net fee income 4,291     4,901     3,718    
Trading income excluding  net interest income
157     3,503     4,890    
Net interest income/  (expense) on trading activities
324     (236 )   (379 )  
Net trading income16 481     3,267     4,511    
Net income/(expense) from financial  instruments designated at fair value (438 )   (164 )   20    
 Gains less losses from financial investments (327 )   1,313     534    
Dividend income 76     222     235    
Net earned insurance premiums
105     93     73    
Other operating income  868     1,218     1,378    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income 13,597     15,280     13,637    
Net insurance claims17 (79 )   (70 )   (62 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income5 13,518     15,210     13,575    
Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(1,471 )   (38 )   119    
 
   
   
   
Net operating income 12,047     15,172     13,694    
Total operating expenses (9,092 )   (9,358 )   (7,991 )  
 
   
   
   
Operating profit 2,955     5,814     5,703    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
528     307     103    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax 3,483     6,121     5,806    
 
   
   
   
By geographical region                  
   Europe 195     2,527     2,304    
   Hong Kong 1,436     1,578     955    
   Rest of Asia-Pacific 3,786     2,464     1,649    
   North America (2,575 )   (965 )   423    
   Latin America 641     517     475    
 
   
   
   
  3,483     6,121     5,806    
 
   
   
   
  %     %     %    
                   
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax
37.4     25.3     26.3    
Cost efficiency ratio 67.3     61.5     58.9    

For footnotes, see page 143.

Strategic direction
   
In 2008, Global Banking and Markets continued to pursue its ‘emerging markets-led and financing-focused’ strategy, which was introduced in 2006 and fully implemented in 2007. HSBC’s strategy is to be a leading wholesale bank by:
   
utilising HSBC’s extensive distribution network;
   
developing Global Banking and Markets’ hub-and-spoke business model; and
   
continuing to build capabilities in major hubs to support the delivery of an advanced suite of services to corporate, institutional and government clients across the HSBC network.
   
     Ensuring that this combination of product depth and distribution strength meets the needs of existing and new clients will allow Global Banking and Markets to achieve its strategic goals.
   
Financial performance in 2008
   
Global Banking and Markets delivered a pre-tax profit of US$3.5 billion, a decline of US$2.6 billion or 43 per cent compared with 2007. Although credit trading was significantly impacted by the adverse market conditions, revenues in other core businesses grew strongly in both developed and emerging markets. At constant exchange rates, total operating expenses were slightly below 2007 with a progressive decline over the last four half-years.
   
Core businesses such as foreign exchange, Rates, Balance Sheet Management and financing and equity capital markets posted record revenues.
   
In 2008, some US$5.4 billion of write-downs were absorbed on legacy positions in credit trading, leveraged and acquisition financing and monoline credit exposures. This compared with US$2.1 billion of write-downs recorded in 2007. Results for 2008 included a US$529 million fair value gain on the widening of credit spreads on structured liabilities.
   
In addition, because of an alleged fraud, HSBC wrote off the value of units in funds which had invested with Madoff Securities, and took a charge against trading income of US$984 million in the equities business in December 2008. The units had been acquired in connection with various financing transactions entered into with institutional clients.

 

75


Back to Contents

 

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Customer groups > Global Banking and Markets

 

Management view of total operating income

  2008     2007     2006     
  US$m     US$m     US$m     
                   
Global Markets18  2,676     5,720     6,059     
Credit  (5,502 )   (1,319 )   931     
Rates  2,033     1,291     1,207     
Foreign exchange  3,842     2,178     1,552     
Equities  (64 )   1,177     721     
Securities services  2,116     1,926     1,378     
Asset and structured finance
251     467     270     
Global Banking  5,718     4,190     3,388     
Financing and equity capital markets
3,572     2,186     1,730     
Payments and cash management
1,665     1,632     1,257     
Other transaction services
481     372     401     
Balance Sheet Management
3,618     1,226     713     
Global Asset Management
934     1,336     1,061     
Principal Investments  (415 )   1,253     686     
Other19  1,066     1,555     1,730     
 
   
   
   
Total operating income  13,597     15,280     13,637     
 
   
   
   

Comparative information has been adjusted to reflect the current management view.

For footnotes, see page 143.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$1.5 billion were higher than in 2007, reflecting loan impairment charges resulting from the deteriorating credit environment, coupled with a relatively modest impairment charge within the available-for-sale portfolio, taken through the income statement and detailed below.
   
Within the Group’s available-for-sale portfolio, continuing illiquidity in asset-backed securities markets led to further write-downs. However, due to the underlying credit quality and seniority of the tranches held by HSBC, only a relatively modest impairment charge of US$279 million was identified on securities with a nominal value of US$570 million and was taken to the income statement. The expected cash flow impairment on these securities was US$86 million. A further US$293 million impairment was absorbed by income note holders who take the first loss on positions within the securities investment conduits (‘SIC’s) now consolidated in HSBC’s accounts. Further details on the SICs are provided on pages 174 to 179.
  Business highlights in 2008
   
The success of Global Banking and Markets’ two-year-old ‘emerging markets-led and financing-focused’ strategy was recognised by a number of key industry awards, including ‘Sterling Bond House’, ‘Islamic Bond House’, ‘Middle East Loan House’ and ‘Latin America Bond House’ in International Financing Review; ‘Best Emerging Markets Bank’, ‘Best Investment Bank in the Middle East’ and ‘Best Debt House in Europe’ in Euromoney; ‘Best Bond House’ in Asia in FinanceAsia, Asiamoney and The Asset; ‘Bond House of the Year’ in Latin Finance; and ‘Emerging Markets Manager of the Year’ in European Pensions.
   
In Global Markets, foreign exchange revenues rose by 76 per cent to a record US$3.8 billion due to increased market volatility and higher levels of customer activity. While foreign exchange revenues rose in all regions, performance was notably strong in Europe, where revenues rose by 75 per cent to US$1.4 billion, in the Rest of Asia-Pacific region, and in North America, where revenues more than doubled.
   
The Rates business also reported record revenues, reflecting increased customer activity against a backdrop of greater market volatility.
   
Securities services revenues grew despite the lower interest rate environment, benefiting from new customer flows and additional business from existing customers. Assets under custody decreased by 34 per cent to US$3.6 trillion, driven by the downturn in the equity markets and the net redemptions experienced across the industry in the final quarter.
   
Growth in Global Banking was driven by improved margins in the credit and lending business and substantial gains on credit default swap transactions in certain portfolios. Payments and cash management continued to deliver revenue growth, primarily due to strong growth in liability balances, although margins narrowed in the latter part of the year.
   
Balance Sheet Management income rose in Europe, Asia and North America, reflecting positioning ahead of rate reductions by a number of central banks.
   
In Principal Investments, markets remained closed for realisations and certain private equity holdings were marked down to reflect market conditions.

 

76


Back to Contents

In Global Asset Management, although underlying management fees remained strong, overall revenues fell, primarily due to the costs associated with the provision of support to certain money market funds. A fall in

performance fees reflected a 20 per cent decrease in funds under management following recent equity market declines. Nevertheless, HSBC remained one of the leading emerging markets asset managers.


 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

                   2008 compared with 2007  
 
















 
      2007                              
      acquisitions,       2007   2008                  
  2007   disposals       at 2008   acquisitions   Under-   2008   Re-   Under-  
  as   & dilution   Currency   exchange   and   lying   as   ported   lying  
  reported   gains1   translation2   rates3   disposals1   change   reported   change   change  
Global Banking and Markets US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income  4,430     (32 ) 4,398     4,143   8,541   93   94  
Net fee income  4,901     (46 ) 4,855     (564 ) 4,291   (12 ) (12 )
Other income4  5,879     (57 ) 5,822     (5,136 ) 686   (88 ) (88 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5  15,210     (135 ) 15,075     (1,557 ) 13,518   (11 ) (10 )
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(38 )   1   (37 )   (1,434 ) (1,471 ) (3,771 ) (3,876 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 15,172     (134 ) 15,038     (2,991 ) 12,047   (21 ) (20 )
Operating expenses  (9,358 )   175   (9,183 )   91   (9,092 ) 3   1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 5,814     41   5,855     (2,900 ) 2,955   (49 ) (50 )
Income from associates  307     18   325     203   528   72   62  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 6,121     59   6,180     (2,697 ) 3,483   (43 ) (44 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         

                   2007 compared with 2006  
 
















 
                2007                  
      2006        2006   acquisitions,                  
  2006   acquisitions       at 2007   disposals   Under-   2007   Re-   Under-  
  as   and    Currency   exchange   & dilution   lying   as   ported   lying  
  reported   disposals1   translation2   rates6   gains1   change   reported   change   change  
Global Banking and Markets US$m   US$m    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income  3,168       175   3,343   25   1,062   4,430   40   32  
Net fee income  3,718       182   3,900   9   992   4,901   32   25  
Other income4  6,689       360   7,049   10   (1,180 ) 5,879   (12 ) (17 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5  13,575       717   14,292   44   874   15,210   12   6  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 
119       6   125     (163 ) (38 ) (132 ) (130 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income  13,694       723   14,417   44   711   15,172   11   5  
Operating expenses  (7,991 )     (406 ) (8,397 ) (35 ) (926 ) (9,358 ) (17 ) (11 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit  5,703       317   6,020   9   (215 ) 5,814   2   (4 )
Income from associates  103       (4 ) 99   2   206   307   198   208  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax  5,806       313   6,119   11   (9 ) 6,121   5    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         

For footnotes, see page 143.

 

77


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Customer groups > Global Banking and Markets / Private Banking

 

Balance sheet data significant to Global Banking and Markets15

  Year ended 31 December 2008  
 










 
          Rest of              
      Hong   Asia-   North   Latin      
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                         
Trading assets20  281,089   45,398   19,606   74,498   5,004   425,595  
Derivative assets  303,265   26,989   26,506   125,848   5,145   487,753  
Loans and advances to:                         
   – customers (net) 185,818   23,042   34,590   35,583   8,273   287,306  
   – banks (net) 49,508   20,970   26,710   9,238   12,574   119,000  
Financial investments20  105,546   46,964   37,346   39,841   8,179   237,876  
Total assets  1,131,721   225,853   172,049   318,139   48,868   1,896,630  
Deposits by banks  79,509   11,509   13,205   16,244   3,871   124,338  
Customer accounts  199,687   30,866   50,605   23,844   15,384   320,386  
Trading liabilities  144,759   13,056   3,687   72,325   2,546   236,373  
Derivative liabilities  300,200   28,536   26,481   122,699   4,615   482,531  

 

             Year ended 31 December 2007   
 










 
          Rest of               
      Hong    Asia-    North    Latin       
  Europe    Kong    Pacific    America    America    Total   
                         
Trading assets20  294,078    26,877    19,732    93,395    8,570    442,652   
Derivative assets  102,409    11,492    10,234    56,531    1,814    182,480   
Loans and advances to:                         
   – customers (net) 163,066    19,171    32,106    26,186    9,935    250,464   
   – banks (net) 89,651    53,725    30,853    14,938    10,339    199,506   
Financial investments20  94,416    46,765    39,448    33,273    10,155    224,057   
Total assets  892,712    215,801    155,106    252,804    45,045    1,561,468   
Deposits by banks  85,315    6,251    17,174    14,825    2,830    126,395   
Customer accounts  163,713    37,364    54,120    30,732    13,950    299,879   
Trading liabilities  201,010    15,939    8,601    73,081    4,998    303,629   
Derivative liabilities  104,687    10,865    9,656    53,058    1,986    180,252   

 

             Year ended 31 December 2006   
 










 
          Rest of               
      Hong    Asia-    North    Latin       
  Europe    Kong    Pacific    America    America    Total   
                         
Trading assets20  165,116    30,895    14,726    105,645    7,575    323,957   
Derivative assets  53,223    6,259    6,575    32,357    1,230    99,644   
Loans and advances to:                         
   – customers (net) 140,277    20,270    24,311    17,215    8,147    210,220   
   – banks (net) 63,788    45,023    22,171    15,862    9,704    156,548   
Financial investments20  54,009    48,407    20,890    30,496    8,169    161,971   
Total assets  526,468    182,540    109,535    203,639    37,564    1,059,746   
Deposits by banks  65,963    4,363    9,849    9,664    3,115    92,954   
Customer accounts  139,416    24,530    36,623    23,711    11,685    235,965   
Trading liabilities  97,015    17,292    6,243    88,275    4,898    213,723   
Derivative liabilities  55,581    6,376    6,149    32,148    1,266    101,520   

For footnotes, see page 143.

 

78


Back to Contents

Private Banking

Profit before tax 

  2008     2007     2006    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Net interest income 1,612     1,216     1,011    
Net fee income 1,476     1,615     1,323    
Trading income excluding net interest income
408     525     362    
Net interest income on trading activities
14     9     2    
Net trading income16 422     534     364    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
    (1 )    1    
Gains less losses from financial investments
64     119     166    
Dividend income 8     7     5    
Other operating income 49     58     61    
 

 

 

 
Total operating income 3,631     3,548     2,931    
Net insurance claims17            
 

 

 

 
Net operating income5  3,631     3,548     2,931    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(68 )   (14 )    (33 )   
 

 

 

 
Net operating income 3,563     3,534     2,898    
Total operating expenses  (2,116 )   (2,025 )    (1,685 )   
 

 

 

 
Operating profit 1,447     1,509     1,213    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
    2     1    
 

 

 

 
Profit before tax 1,447     1,511     1,214    
 

 

 

 
By geographical region                  
 Europe  998     915     805    
 Hong Kong  237     305     201    
 Rest of Asia-Pacific  113     92     80    
 North America  83     174     114    
 Latin America  16     25     14    
 

 

 

 
  1,447     1,511     1,214    
 

 

 

 
 
  %     %     %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax  15.6     6.2     5.5    
Cost efficiency ratio  58.3     57.1     57.5    
                   
Balance sheet data15                   
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
Loans and advances to customers (net)  37,590     43,612     34,297    
Total assets  133,216     130,893     106,178    
Customer accounts  116,683     106,197     80,303    
 
                   
For footnotes, see page 143.                
Strategic direction
   
The strategy for Private Banking is to be the world’s leading international private bank, known for excellent client experience and global connections.
   
HSBC’s global network, strong capital position and recognised brand provide a base from which Private Banking attracts and retains clients and serves their complex international needs. It uses both traditional and innovative ways of managing and preserving the wealth of high net worth individuals while optimising returns.
   
Private Banking has built a network of domestic and international operations that provide diversified revenue streams, helped by product leadership in areas such as credit, hedge funds, emerging markets, investment advice and estate planning. This is achieved by attracting, retaining and motivating talented individuals, by providing close communication between clients and staff, and by making targeted investments in IT, marketing and branding initiatives.

 

Financial performance in 2008
   
Reported pre-tax profit fell by 4 per cent as clients moved progressively to a more conservative investment stance in the turbulent markets. This trend was reflected in reduced trading income in Asia, lower fee income in Europe and higher loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions. By contrast, net interest income grew strongly in Europe. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profit decreased by 3 per cent.
   
Net interest income rose by 34 per cent to US$1.6 billion as a result of an increase in customer deposit balances in Switzerland, the UK and Hong Kong as customers reduced risk in response to market turbulence, choosing HSBC for its strength and switching from investment securities to cash deposits. Spreads improved as interest rates declined sharply.
   
Net fee income decreased by 4 per cent to US$1.5 billion, driven by a fall in funds under management in all regions as a result of equity market declines and clients switching from securities into cash deposits. Transaction volumes also fell, particularly in the fourth quarter.

 

79


Back to Contents

 

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Customer groups > Private Banking

 

Trading income fell by 21 per cent to US$422 million, driven by lower demand for structured products in Asia following the decline in the Hong Kong stock market which led to clients preferring more stable cash deposits. Partly offsetting this was an increase in foreign exchange trading revenue in the volatile currency markets.
   
Gains less losses from financial investments decreased by 47 per cent to US$64 million due to lower gains from the disposal of HSBC’s residual holding in the Hermitage Fund in 2008, compared with 2007.
   
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions increased by US$54 million to US$68 million, primarily due to a loss on a bond position in a failed US bank and higher provisions on real estate-related products.
   
Operating expenses grew by 9 per cent to US$2.1 billion, mainly due to the non-recurrence of a one-off pension-related credit recognised in 2007. Staff numbers increased in Asia and Europe in late 2007 and the first half of 2008, leading to higher costs, although these reduced in the second half of the year. As a result, the cost efficiency ratio worsened by 1.9 percentage points to 58.3 per cent.

Client assets

  2008     2007  
  US$bn     US$bn  
           
At 1 January  421     333  
Net new money  24     36  
Value change  (71 )   19  
Exchange and other  (22 )   33  
 

 
 
At 31 December  352     421  
 

 
 

Client assets by investment class

  2008     2007   
  US$bn     US$bn   
           
Equities  53     81   
Bonds  57     64   
Structured products  7     12   
Funds  87     123   
Cash, fiduciary deposits and other  148     141   
 
 
 
  352     421   
 

 
 

Reported client assets decreased by 16 per cent to US$352 billion in 2008, due to the decline in equity market values in all regions. Net new money flows continued to be strong, particularly in Europe, as clients were attracted by HSBC’s strong capital base during the market turbulence.
However, reduced leverage had a US$5.9 billion
  effect on net new money flows compared with 2007 and some outflows of client deposits were experienced in the fourth quarter following the introduction of government guarantees to certain competitor banks.
   
Total client assets declined by 12 per cent on a reported basis to US$433 billion, with net new money of US$30 billion. ‘Total client assets’ is a measure equivalent to many industry definitions of assets under management which include some non-financial assets held in client trusts.

Business highlights in 2008

Inward referrals from other customer groups in HSBC resulted in US$6.8 billion of net new money compared with US$5.7 billion in 2007.
   
The proportion of trading volumes that were transacted with Global Banking and Markets increased as more systems and processes were connected.
   
Investments in emerging markets continued as Private Banking clients invested over US$1 billion in various HSBC Private Equity and fund offerings.
   
The Euromoney 2009 Private Banking Survey placed HSBC Private Bank second overall in the Global Private Bank category, up from third in 2008. HSBC Private Bank was also awarded ‘Best Private Bank in Asia’ and ‘Best Private Bank in the Middle East’. At the International Wealth Management Summit, HSBC won ‘Outstanding Global Private Banker’ awarded to the Global CEO of HSBC Private Bank, and ‘Outstanding Private Bank’ in the Middle East.
   
In 2008, HSBC announced that it would merge its two Swiss private banks under the HSBC
Private Bank brand. The merger is expected to result in future strategic and cost benefits.
   
Following a comprehensive review in 2008, HSBC Private Bank launched a fresh image campaign in 2009, including the aim to be ‘The world’s private bank’ in alignment with the Group’s recognised global brand strategy. The launch was combined with a targeted advertising and marketing campaign.
   
Offices in Guangzhou, Shanghai and Beijing were formally opened as part of the launch of Private Banking operations in mainland China. Preparations were also made for a launch of domestic operations in Russia in 2009.

 

80


Back to Contents

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

              2008 compared with 2007                  
 














 
      2007                              
      acquisitions,       2007   2008                  
  2007   disposals       at 2008   acquisitions       2008          
  as   & dilution   Currency   exchange   and   Underlying   as   Reported   Underlying  
  reported   gains1   translation2   rates3   disposals1   change   reported   change   change  
Private Banking US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 1,216   1   (12 ) 1,205     407   1,612   33   34  
Net fee income  1,615   (105 ) 26   1,536     (60 ) 1,476   (9 ) (4 )
Other income4 717   (18 ) 5   704     (161 ) 543   (24 ) (23 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5 3,548   (122 ) 19   3,445     186   3,631   2   5  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(14 )     (14 )   (54 ) (68 ) (386 ) (386 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 3,534   (122 ) 19   3,431     132   3,563   1   4  
Operating expenses (2,025 ) 98   (17 ) (1,944 )   (172 ) (2,116 ) (4 ) (9 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 1,509   (24 ) 2   1,487     (40 ) 1,447   (4 ) (3 )
Income from associates 2       2     (2 )   (100 ) (100 )
 


 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 1,511   (24 ) 2   1,489     (42 ) 1,447   (4 ) (3 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         

              2007 compared with 2006                  
 














 
                  2007                  
      2006        2006   acquisitions,                  
  2006   acquisitions        at 2007   disposals       2007          
  as   and    Currency   exchange   & dilution   Underlying   as   Reported   Underlying  
  reported   disposals1   translation2   rates6   gains1   change   reported   change   change  
Private Banking US$m   US$m    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 1,011       24   1,035   2   179   1,216   20   17  
Net fee income 1,323       32   1,355   4   256   1,615   22   19  
Other income4 597       7   604   1   112   717   20   19  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
Net operating income5 2,931       63   2,994   7   547   3,548   21   18  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(33 )        (33 )    19   (14 )  58   58  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
Net operating income 2,898       63   2,961   7   566   3,534   22   19  
Operating expenses (1,685 )      (40 )  (1,725 )  (4 )  (296 )  (2,025 )  (20 )  (17 ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
Operating profit 1,213       23   1,236   3   270   1,509   24   22  
Income from associates 1         1     1   2   100   100  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
Profit before tax 1,214       23   1,237   3   271   1,511   24   22  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
For footnotes, see page 143.

 

81


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Customer groups > Other

 

Other

Profit/(loss) before tax

  2008     2007     2006  
  US$m     US$m     US$m  
                 
Net interest expense (956 )   (542 )    (625 ) 
Net fee income/(expense) 53     (228 )    172  
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
(262 )   127     (228 ) 
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
(268 )   (1 )    82  
Net trading income/(expense)16 (530 )   126     (146 ) 
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
6,679     2,812     (35 ) 
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
747     81     (46 ) 
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
7,426     2,893     (81 ) 
Gains less losses from financial investments (396 )   83     147  
Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates
    1,092      
Dividend income 10     32     63  
Net earned insurance premiums (17 )   (21 )    207  
Gains on disposal of French regional banks 2,445          
Other operating income 4,261     3,523     3,254  
 
   
   
 
Total operating income 12,296     6,958     2,991  
Net insurance claims17 (1 )       (181 ) 
 
   
   
 
Net operating income5 12,295     6,958     2,810  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(5 )   (11 )    (13 ) 
 
   
   
 
Net operating income 12,290     6,947     2,797  
Total operating expenses (4,174 )   (3,562 )    (3,259 ) 
 
   
   
 
Operating profit/(loss) 8,116     3,385     (462 ) 
Share of profit in joint ventures and associates 41     150     74  
 
   
   
 
Profit/(loss) before tax 8,157     3,535     (388 ) 
 
   
   
 
By geographical region                
 Europe 5,296     1,056     (278 ) 
 Hong Kong (955 )   (375 )    (175 ) 
 Rest of Asia-Pacific 276     1,343     287  
 North America 3,534     1,508     (217 ) 
 Latin America 6     3     (5 ) 
 
   
   
 
  8,157     3,535     (388 ) 
 
   
   
 
  %     %     %  
                 
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 87.6     14.6     (1.8 ) 
Cost efficiency ratio 33.9     51.2     116.0  
                 
For footnotes, see page 143.                

Notes

Reported profit before tax in Other was US$8.2 billion, compared with US$3.5 billion in 2007. For a description of the main items reported under ‘Other’, see footnote 14 on page 143.
   
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value amounted to US$7.4 billion in 2008, compared with US$2.9 billion in 2007. This largely related to fair value gains on own debt issued by HSBC Holdings and its North American and European subsidiaries and resulted primarily from the widening of credit spreads. These gains will reverse over the life of the debt.
   
A loss of US$396 million reported in ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’ included impairments related to non-trading strategic equity investments, classified as available for sale, following significant declines in equity market prices. These investments were primarily in Asian financial services companies which are held for the long term.
   
In 2007, the results included dilution gains of US$1.1 billion following share offerings made by HSBC’s associates, Ping An Insurance, Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank in mainland China, Financiera Independencia in Mexico and Techcombank in Vietnam.
   
Other gains included a US$2.4 billion pre-tax profit from the sale of seven regional banks in France.
   
HSBC recognised a gain of US$416 million in respect of the purchase of the subsidiary of Metrovacesa which owned the property and long leasehold land comprising 8 Canada Square, London. See Note 23 on the Financial Statements for further details.
   
HSBC continued to increase the scope of activities undertaken at its Group Service Centres (‘GSCs’) which are accounted for within Other. Employee numbers increased accordingly and an additional GSC was opened which, together, contributed to a rise in operating expenses. In North America, costs at the IT Service Centres declined in line with reduced operations in the region. Substantially all service centre costs are recharged to HSBC’s customer groups and reported under ‘Other operating income’.

 

82


Back to Contents

Balance sheet data15

  2008   2007    2006   
  US$m   US$m    US$m   
             
Loans and advances to customers (net)  2,621   2,678    2,095   
Total assets  135,001   155,685    137,291   
Customer accounts  2,041   2,006    1,245   

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit/(loss) before tax

              2008 compared with 2007                  
 














 
      2007                              
      acquisitions,       2007   2008                  
  2007   disposals       at 2008   acquisitions       2008          
  as   & dilution   Currency   exchange   and   Underlying   as   Reported   Underlying  
  reported   gains1   translation2   rates3   disposals1   change   reported   change   change  
Other US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest expense (542 )   (38 ) (580 ) (6 ) (370 ) (956 ) (76 ) (64 )
(Net fee income/( expense) (228 )   49   (179 )   232   53   123   130  
Other income4 7,728   (1,116 ) 36   6,648   2,540   4,010   13,198   71   60  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
Net operating income5 6,958   (1,116 ) 47   5,889   2,534   3,872   12,295   77   66  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(11 ) 24   1   14     (19 ) (5 ) 55   (136 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
Net operating income 6,947   (1,092 ) 48   5,903   2,534   3,853   12,290   77   65  
Operating expenses (3,562 )   (15 ) (3,577 ) 6   (603 ) (4,174 ) (17 ) (17 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
Operating profit 3,385   (1,092 ) 33   2,326   2,540   3,250   8,116   140   140  
Income from associates 150   (12 ) 11   149     (108 ) 41   (73 ) (72 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
Profit before tax 3,535   (1,104 ) 44   2,475   2,540   3,142   8,157   131   127  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       

              2007 compared with 2006                  
 














 
                  2007                  
      2006        2006,   acquisitions                  
  2006   acquisitions        at 2007   disposals       2007          
  as   and    Currency   exchange   & dilution   Underlying   as   Reported   Underlying  
  reported   disposals1   translation2   rates6   gains1   change   reported   change   change  
Other  US$m   US$m    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income  (625 )      (22 )  (647 )    105   (542 )  13   16  
Net fee income  172       25   197     (425 )  (228 )  (233 )  (216 ) 
Other income4  3,263       77   3,340   1,092   3,296   7,728   137   99  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5  2,810       80   2,890   1,092   2,976   6,958   148   103  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(13 )      3   (10 )    (1 )  (11 )  15   (10 ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income  2,797       83   2,880   1,092   2,975   6,947   148   103  
Operating expenses  (3,259 )      (90 )  (3,349 )    (213 )  (3,562 )  (9 )  (6 ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit/(loss)  (462 )      (7 )  (469 )  1,092   2,762   3,385   833   589  
Income from associates  74       2   76   (50 )  124   150   103   163  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit/(loss) before tax  (388 )      (5 )  (393 )  1,042   2,886   3,535   1,011   734  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
For footnotes, see page 143.

 

83


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   

Customer groups > Profit/(loss) before tax

 

Analysis by customer group and global business
Profit/(loss) before tax

  2008    
 




















  Personal       Global         Inter-      
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private       segment      
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other 14   elimination 21   Total    
Total US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                           
Net interest income/(expense)  29,419     9,494     8,541     1,612     (956 )   (5,547 )   42,563    
Net fee income  10,107     4,097     4,291     1,476     53         20,024    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income  175     369     157     408     (262 )       847    
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities 79     17     324     14     (268 )   5,547     5,713    
Net trading income/(expense)16  254     386     481     422     (530 )   5,547     6,560    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives                  6,679         6,679    
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value  (2,912 )   (224 )   (438 )       747         (2,827 )  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value  (2,912 )   (224 )   (438 )       7,426         3,852    
Gains less losses from financial investments  663     193     (327 )   64     (396 )       197    
Dividend income  90     88     76     8     10         272    
Net earned insurance premiums  10,083     679     105         (17 )       10,850    
Gains on disposal of French regional banks                  2,445         2,445    
Other operating income  259     939     868     49     4,261     (4,568 )   1,808    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 47,963     15,652     13,597     3,631     12,296     (4,568 )   88,571    
Net insurance claims17  (6,474 )   (335 )   (79 )       (1 )       (6,889 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  41,489     15,317     13,518     3,631     12,295     (4,568 )   81,682    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions  (21,220 )   (2,173 )   (1,471 )   (68 )   (5 )       (24,937 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 20,269     13,144     12,047     3,563     12,290     (4,568 )   56,745    
Operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment)  (21,140 )   (6,581 )   (9,092 )   (2,116 )   (4,174 )   4,568     (38,535 )  
Goodwill impairment  (10,564 )                       (10,564 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) (11,435 )   6,563     2,955     1,447     8,116         7,646    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures  461     631     528         41         1,661    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax (10,974 )   7,194     3,483     1,447     8,157         9,307    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                           
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax  (117.9 )   77.3     37.4     15.6     87.6           100.0    
Cost efficiency ratio  76.4     43.0     67.3     58.3     33.9           60.1    
                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
Balance sheet data15                                           
Loans and advances to customers (net)  401,402     203,949     287,306     37,590     2,621           932,868    
Total assets  514,419     249,218     1,896,630     133,216     135,001     (401,019 )   2,527,465    
Customer accounts  440,338     235,879     320,386     116,683     2,041           1,115,327    
                                         
For footnotes, see page 143.                                        

84


Back to Contents

                    2007                      
 




















  Personal           Global                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other 14   elimination 21   Total    
Total  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                           
Net interest income/(expense)  29,069     9,055     4,430     1,216     (542   (5,433   37,795    
Net fee income/(expense)  11,742     3,972     4,901     1,615     (228       22,002    
Trading income excluding net interest income  38     265     3,503     525     127         4,458    
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities  140     31     (236   9     (1   5,433     5,376    
Net trading income16  178     296     3,267     534     126     5,433     9,834    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives                  2,812         2,812    
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value  1,333     22     (164   (1   81         1,271    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value  1,333     22     (164   (1   2,893         4,083    
Gains less losses from financial investments  351     90     1,313     119     83         1,956    
Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates                  1,092         1,092    
Dividend income  55     8     222     7     32         324    
Net earned insurance premiums .  8,271     733     93         (21       9,076    
Other operating income  387     165     1,218     58     3,523     (3,912   1,439    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 51,386     14,341     15,280     3,548     6,958     (3,912   87,601    
Net insurance claims17  (8,147   (391   (70               (8,608  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  43,239     13,950     15,210     3,548     6,958     (3,912   78,993    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions  (16,172   (1,007   (38   (14   (11       (17,242  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 27,067     12,943     15,172     3,534     6,947     (3,912   61,751    
Total operating expenses  (21,757   (6,252   (9,358   (2,025   (3,562   3,912     (39,042  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 5,310     6,691     5,814     1,509     3,385         22,709    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures  590     454     307     2     150         1,503    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 5,900     7,145     6,121     1,511     3,535         24,212    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                         
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
                                           
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax  24.4     29.5     25.3     6.2     14.6           100.0    
Cost efficiency ratio  50.3     44.8     61.5     57.1     51.2           49.4    
                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
Balance sheet data15                                           
Loans and advances to customers (net)  464,726     220,068     250,464     43,612     2,678           981,548    
Total assets  621,356     307,944     1,561,468     130,893     155,685     (423,080   2,354,266    
Customer accounts  450,071     237,987     299,879     106,197     2,006           1,096,140    
                                         
For footnotes, see page 143.                                        

 

85


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   

Customer groups > Profit/(loss) before tax // Geographical regions > Summary

 

Profit/(loss) before tax (continued)

                    2006                      
 




















  Personal           Global                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other 14   elimination 21    Total    
Total  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                           
Net interest income/(expense)  26,076     7,514     3,168     1,011     (625   (2,658   34,486    
Net fee income  8,762     3,207     3,718     1,323     172         17,182    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income .  391     204     4,890     362     (228       5,619    
Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities  220     20     (379   2     82     2,658     2,603    
Net trading income/(expense)16  611     224     4,511     364     (146   2,658     8,222    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives                  (35       (35  
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value  739     (22   20     1     (46       692    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value  739     (22   20     1     (81       657    
Gains less losses from financial investments  78     44     534     166     147         969    
Dividend income  31     6     235     5     63         340    
Net earned insurance premiums  5,130     258     73         207         5,668    
Other operating income  782     250     1,378     61     3,254     (3,179   2,546    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income  42,209     11,481     13,637     2,931     2,991     (3,179   70,070    
Net insurance claims17  (4,365   (96   (62       (181       (4,704  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  37,844     11,385     13,575     2,931     2,810     (3,179   65,366    
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions  (9,949   (697   119     (33   (13       (10,573  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income  27,895     10,688     13,694     2,898     2,797     (3,179   54,793    
Total operating expenses  (18,818   (4,979   (7,991   (1,685   (3,259   3,179     (33,553  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss)  9,077     5,709     5,703     1,213     (462       21,240    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures  380     288     103     1     74         846    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax  9,457     5,997     5,806     1,214     (388       22,086    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                         
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
                                           
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax  42.8     27.2     26.3     5.5     (1.8         100.0    
Cost efficiency ratio  49.7     43.7     58.9     57.5     116.0           51.3    
                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
Balance sheet data15                                          
Loans and advances to customers (net)  448,545     172,976     210,220     34,297     2,095           868,133    
Total assets  602,342     228,668     1,059,746     106,178     137,291     (273,467   1,860,758    
Customer accounts  388,468     190,853     235,965     80,303     1,245           896,834    
                                           
For footnotes, see page 143.                                          

86


Back to Contents

Geographical regions    



    Page
     
Summary    87 
Europe    89 
Hong Kong    99 
Rest of Asia-Pacific    107 
North America    119 
Latin America    129 

Additional information on results in 2008 may be found in the ‘Financial Summary’ on pages 23 to 38.

Summary

Europe

HSBC’s principal banking operations in Europe are HSBC Bank plc (‘HSBC Bank’) in the UK, HSBC France, HSBC Bank A.S. in Turkey, HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c., HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) S.A., HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG and HSBC Guyerzeller Bank AG. Through these operations HSBC provides a wide range of banking, treasury and financial services to personal, commercial and corporate customers across Europe.

Hong Kong

HSBC’s principal banking subsidiaries in Hong Kong are The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (‘The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation’) and Hang Seng Bank Limited (‘Hang Seng Bank’). The former is the largest bank incorporated in Hong Kong and is HSBC’s flagship bank in the Asia-Pacific region. It is one of Hong Kong’s three note-issuing banks, accounting for more than 65 per cent by value of banknotes in circulation in 2007.

Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East)

HSBC offers personal, commercial, global banking and markets services in mainland China, mainly through its local subsidiary, HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited (‘HSBC Bank China’). HSBC also participates indirectly in mainland China through its three associates, Bank of Communications (19.01 per cent owned), Ping An Insurance (16.78 per cent) and Industrial Bank (12.78 per cent), and has a further interest of 8 per cent in Bank of Shanghai.

     Outside Hong Kong and mainland China, HSBC conducts business in 20 countries in the Asia-Pacific region, primarily through branches and subsidiaries of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, with particularly strong coverage in India, Indonesia, South Korea, Singapore and Taiwan. HSBC’s presence in the Middle East is led by HSBC Bank Middle East Limited (‘HSBC Bank Middle East’), whose network of branches, together with HSBC’s subsidiaries and associates, gives it the widest coverage in the region; in Australia by HSBC Bank Australia Limited; and in Malaysia by HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad (‘HSBC Bank Malaysia’), which is the largest foreign-owned bank in the country by operating income and pre-tax profits. HSBC’s associate in Saudi Arabia, The Saudi British Bank (40 per cent owned), is the Kingdom’s fifth largest bank by total assets.

North America

HSBC’s North American businesses are located in the US, Canada and Bermuda. Operations in the US are primarily conducted through HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’) which is concentrated in New York State, and HSBC Finance, a national consumer finance company based in the Chicago metropolitan area. HSBC Markets (USA) Inc. is the intermediate holding company of, inter alia, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., a registered broker and dealer of securities and a registered futures commission merchant. HSBC Bank Canada and The Bank of Bermuda Limited (‘Bank of Bermuda’) operate in their respective countries.

Latin America

HSBC’s operations in Latin America principally comprise HSBC México, S.A. (‘HSBC Mexico’), HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo (‘HSBC Bank Brazil’), HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. (‘HSBC Bank Argentina’) and HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A. (‘HSBC Bank Panama’), which owns subsidiaries in Costa Rica, Honduras, Colombia, Nicaragua and El Salvador. HSBC is also represented by subsidiaries in Chile, the Bahamas, Peru, Paraguay and Uruguay and by a representative office in Venezuela. In addition to banking services, HSBC operates insurance businesses in Mexico, Argentina, Brazil, Panama, Honduras and El Salvador. In Brazil, HSBC offers consumer finance products through its subsidiary, Losango.


 

87


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   

Geographical regions > Summary / Europe

 

     In the analysis of profit by geographical regions that follows, operating income and operating expenses

include intra-HSBC items of US$2,492 million (2007: US$1,985 million; 2006: US$1,494 million).

 


Profit/(loss) before tax                                     
  2008           2007          2006         

 

   
  US$m     %     US$m          US$m         
                                     
Europe  10,869     116.7     8,595      35.5      6,974      31.5     
Hong Kong  5,461     58.7     7,339      30.3      5,182      23.5     
Rest of Asia-Pacific  6,468     69.5     6,009      24.8      3,527      16.0     
North America  (15,528 )   (166.8 )   91      0.4      4,668      21.1     
Latin America  2,037     21.9     2,178      9.0      1,735      7.9     
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
  9,307     100.0     24,212      100.0      22,086      100.0     
 
   
   
 
 
 

Total assets15                         
        At 31 December                
 









   
  2008           2007          
  US$m     %     US$m     %    
                         
Europe  1,343,011     53.1     1,236,633     52.5    
Hong Kong  407,151     16.1     356,894     15.2    
Rest of Asia-Pacific  262,305     10.4     243,205     10.3    
North America  552,612     21.9     549,285     23.3    
Latin America  97,944     3.9     101,088     4.3    
Intra-HSBC items  (135,558 )   (5.4 )   (132,839   (5.6  
 
   
   
   
   
  2,527,465     100.0     2,354,266     100.0    
 
   
   
   
   
For footnote, see page 143.                        

88


Back to Contents

Europe

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses

  Personal       Global              
  Financial   Commercial   Banking &   Private          
  Services   Banking   Markets 21 Banking   Other   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
2008                        
United Kingdom  1,546   2,361   (469 ) 250   2,997   6,685  
France22  139   176   273   10   2,242   2,840  
Germany    31   184   32   (22 ) 225  
Malta  59   67   16       142  
Switzerland        553     553  
Turkey  3   91   130       224  
Other  (89 ) (4 ) 61   153   79   200  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,658   2,722   195   998   5,296   10,869  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
2007                         
United Kingdom  1,221   2,064   1,214   317   976   5,792   
France22  173   192   692   25   (49 )  1,033   
Germany    36   195   45   19   295   
Malta  45   67   45       157   
Switzerland        475     475   
Turkey  144   75   118   (1 )    336   
Other  (2 )  82   263   54   110   507   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,581   2,516   2,527   915   1,056   8,595   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2006                         
United Kingdom  1,496   1,801   1,299   380   (185 )  4,791   
France22  174   236   545   22   (107 )  870   
Germany    29   114   41   16   200   
Malta  42   50   29       121   
Switzerland        305     305   
Turkey  121   50   64     (18 )  217   
Other  76   68   253   57   16   470   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,909   2,234   2,304   805   (278 )  6,974   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Loans and advances to customers (net) by country

      At 31 December       
 




 
  2008   2007    2006   
  US$m   US$m    US$m   
             
United Kingdom  313,065   326,927    305,758   
France22  70,896   81,473    55,491   
Germany  5,756   6,411    4,439   
Malta  4,343   4,157    3,456   
Switzerland  12,708   13,789    9,151   
Turkey  6,125   7,974    5,233   
Other  13,298   11,544    8,971   
 
 
 
 
  426,191   452,275    392,499   
 
 
 
 

Customer accounts by country

  At 31 December  
 




 
  2008   2007    2006   
  US$m   US$m    US$m   
             
United Kingdom  351,253   367,363    318,614   
France22  74,826   64,905    43,372   
Germany  11,611   10,282    11,607   
Malta  5,604   5,947    4,529   
Switzerland  44,643   41,015    30,062   
Turkey  5,845   6,473    4,140   
Other  8,694   8,969    7,041   
 
 
 
 
  502,476   504,954    419,365   
 
 
 
 

For footnotes, see page 143.

 

89


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Europe > 2008

 

Profit before tax                   
  2008     2007     2006    
Europe US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Net interest income  9,696     7,746     8,289    
Net fee income  7,492     8,431     7,108    
Net trading income  5,357     6,943     4,529    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives  2,939     1,059     28    
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated  at fair value  (1,826 )   167     116    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value  1,113     1,226     144    
Gains less losses from financial investments  418     1,326     624    
Dividend income  130     171     183    
Net earned insurance premiums  5,299     4,010     1,298    
Gains on disposal of French regional banks  2,445            
Other operating income  2,096     1,193     1,428    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income 34,046     31,046     23,603    
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities  to policyholders  (3,367 )   (3,479 )    (531 )   
 
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 30,679     27,567     23,072    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions  (3,754 )   (2,542 )    (2,155 )   
 
   
   
   
Net operating income 26,925     25,025     20,917    
Total operating expenses  (16,072 )   (16,525 )    (13,871 )   
 
   
   
   
Operating profit 10,853     8,500     7,046    
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures  16     95     (72 )   
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax 10,869     8,595     6,974    
 
   
   
   
  %     %     %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax  116.7     35.5     31.5    
Cost efficiency ratio  52.4     59.9     60.1    
Year-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent)  82,093     82,166     78,311    

Balance sheet data15             
      At 31 December       
 




 
  2008   2007    2006   
  US$m   US$m    US$m   
             
Loans and advances to customers (net)  426,191   452,275    392,499   
Loans and advances to banks (net)  61,949   104,527    76,830   
Trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value and  financial investments20  433,885   445,258    242,010   
Total assets  1,343,011   1,236,633    867,032   
Deposits by banks  80,847   87,491    67,821   
Customer accounts  502,476   504,954    419,365   
             
For footnotes, see page 143.
All commentaries on Europe are on an underlying basis unless stated otherwise.
             

2008 compared with 2007

Economic briefing

In the UK, growth in gross domestic product (‘GDP’) decelerated markedly in 2008 to 0.7 per cent from 3.0 per cent in 2007, with a technical recession of two successive quarterly contractions in GDP confirmed during the second half of the year. Weakness proved widespread across most of the

economy, prompting a sharp deterioration in labour market conditions as unemployment hit a 9-year high of 6.1 per cent in November 2008. Consumer Price Index (‘CPI’) inflation reached a decade-long high of 5.2 per cent in September 2008 before falling back to 3.1 per cent by the year-end, still some way above the Bank of England’s 2 per cent target. House prices continued to fall throughout the year and housing activity decreased sharply. The Bank of


 

90


Back to Contents

England reduced interest rates by 350 basis points during 2008, to finish the year at 2 per cent, as policymakers sought to mitigate the worst effects of the economic slowdown.

     The expansion of the eurozone economy slowed sharply in 2008, with GDP growth of 0.7 per cent following a 2.6 per cent expansion in 2007. As in the UK, conditions deteriorated markedly as the year progressed and three successive quarterly declines in GDP were recorded during 2008, confirming that the economy had entered a period

of recession. Consumer spending growth proved subdued following the sharp rise in oil prices during the first of half of 2008 and a progressive increase in the unemployment rate towards the year-end. Inflation remained a concern for much of 2008, hitting a peak of 4.0 per cent in July before falling rapidly to 1.6 per cent in December. The European Central Bank, having initially raised interest rates by 25 basis points in July, cut them by 175 basis points to finish the year at 2.5 per cent.


 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

  2008 compared with 2007  
 
















 
      2007                              
      acquisitions,       2007   2008                  
      disposals       at 2008   acquisitions   Under-              
  2007 as   & dilution   Currency   exchange   and   lying   2008 as   Reported   Underlying  
  reported   gains 1 translation 2 rates 3 disposals 1  change   reported   change   change  
Europe US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income  7,746   (390 ) (224 ) 7,132   219   2,345   9,696   25   33  
Net fee income  8,431   (134 ) (244 ) 8,053   15   (576 ) 7,492   (11 ) (7 )
Other income4  11,390   (121 ) (380 ) 10,889   3,007   (405 ) 13,491   18   (4 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5  27,567   (645 ) (848 ) 26,074   3,241   1,364   30,679   11   5  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(2,542 ) 30   152   (2,360 ) (6 ) (1,388 ) (3,754 ) (48 ) (59 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 25,025   (615 ) (696 ) 23,714   3,235   (24 ) 26,925   8    
Operating expenses  (16,525 ) 416   531   (15,578 ) (88 ) (406 ) (16,072 ) 3   (3 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 8,500   (199 ) (165 ) 8,136   3,147   (430 ) 10,853   28   (5 )
Income from associates  95   (12 ) 14   97     (81 ) 16   (83 ) (84 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 8,595   (211 ) (151 ) 8,233   3,147   (511 ) 10,869   26   (6 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
For footnotes, see page 143.
 

Review of business performance

HSBC’s European operations reported a pre-tax profit of US$10.9 billion, compared with US$8.6 billion in 2007, an increase of 26 per cent.

     These results included gains of US$2.4 billion on the disposal of seven regional banks in France in July 2008, and of US$425 million on the sale of the card acquiring business in the UK to a joint venture with Global Payments, Inc. in June 2008. Excluding these disposals and, in 2007, the acquisition of HSBC Assurances and the disposal of Hamilton Insurance Company Limited and Hamilton Life Assurance Company Limited and substantial fair value gains on own debt, underlying pre-tax profits fell by 33 per cent. This primarily reflected a sharp decline in Global Banking and Markets’ revenues, which was mainly attributable to the deterioration in credit markets, the continuing illiquidity in asset-backed securities markets which led to further

write-downs, and a US$854 million charge within the equities business following the alleged fraud at Madoff Securities. Personal Financial Services and Private Banking delivered underlying growth.

     Net interest income increased by 33 per cent. There was significant growth in Balance Sheet Management revenues, which reflected favourable interest rate risk positioning in expectation of interest rate cuts by central banks. Net interest income also benefited from necessarily selective incremental lending as credit availability generally contracted. In Global Banking, net interest income was boosted by improved spreads.

     Falling confidence in the UK banking sector necessitated government intervention in a number of competitor banks. HSBC experienced a strong increase in customer numbers, with corresponding growth in liability balances as the market turmoil intensified. The volume benefit was partially offset


 

91


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Europe > 2008 / 2007

 

by narrowing deposit spreads, as base rates were cut in the UK, and increased funding costs, principally for trading activities, in France. Higher net interest income from the expansion of credit card lending and commercial loan portfolio growth in the small and mid-market customer segments in Turkey was partially offset by narrower spreads following credit card interest rate cap reductions by the central bank.

     Net fee income fell by 7 per cent, with lower fees from mergers and acquisitions and equity capital markets due to origination and execution difficulties, coupled with a rise in brokerage expenses in line with increased trading activity in France. Lower performance and management fees in the UK and France as the value of funds under management reduced, reflected the decline in global equity markets. Increased customer acquisition partly offset this, with higher fees derived from growth in packaged accounts and transaction volumes in France and credit card fees in Turkey.

     Trading income was 20 per cent lower than in 2007, falling significantly in Global Banking and Markets due to further write-downs on legacy exposures in credit, structured credit derivatives and leveraged and acquisition finance caused by the ongoing turmoil in the credit markets. In addition, a US$854 million charge was taken in equities in respect of the alleged fraud at Madoff Securities. US$11.4 billion and US$2.4 billion of held-for-trading financial assets were reclassified under revised IFRS rules as loans and receivables and available for sale, respectively, preventing any further mark-to-market trading losses on these assets. If these reclassifications had not been made, the profit before tax would have been US$2.6 billion lower.

     Excluding the write-downs on legacy exposures and the charge relating to Madoff Securities, trading income grew by 11 per cent, driven by a significant increase in foreign exchange revenues against the backdrop of greater market volatility, and robust revenues in the Rates business, which was positioned to take advantage of falling interest rates. The widening of credit spreads, particularly in the second half of 2008, contributed to fair value gains on structured liabilities and on credit protection bought in the form of credit default swaps.

     Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value increased by 36 per cent, primarily due to fair value gains from the effect of widening credit spreads on certain fixed-rate long-term debt issued by HSBC Holdings. This movement was partly offset by a reduction in the value of assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and

investment contracts. The reduction in fair value of assets held to meet liabilities under unit-linked insurance contracts is offset by a corresponding reduction in ‘Net insurance claims and liabilities to policyholders’. The fair value gains on HSBC’s own debt will fully reverse over the life of the debt.

     Gains less losses from financial investments of US$418 million were US$915 million lower than in 2007 as there were fewer disposal opportunities in 2008 and the significant realisations from equity investments in the UK and France in 2007 did not recur. Gains largely reflected the sale of MasterCard shares in 2008.

     Net earned insurance premiums increased by 22 per cent, largely due to growth in the Guaranteed Income Bond launched in June 2007 and the introduction of enhanced death benefits to certain pension products in the UK. In France, HSBC Assurances performed well in a declining market, as the launch of new guaranteed rate products contributed to 3 per cent growth in gross earned premiums. However, net earned insurance premiums fell following a significant re-insurance transaction undertaken in the first half of 2008.

     Other operating income increased by 33 per cent. This was primarily due to recognition of the gain in respect of the purchase of the subsidiary of Metrovacesa which owned the property and long leasehold land comprising 8 Canada Square, London. See Note 23 on the Financial Statements for further details. The growth in revenue also reflected the non-recurrence of a decrease in the value of PVIF business in 2007 following regulatory changes to the rules governing the calculation of insurance liabilities. In addition, there was a favourable embedded value adjustment following HSBC’s introduction of enhanced benefits to existing commercial pension products in the first half of 2008. These benefits were partially offset by costs associated with the support of money market funds in the global asset management business.

     Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders decreased by 5 per cent as a reduction in insurance liabilities reflected the fall in value of market-linked funds. This was partially offset by an increase in liabilities following increased sales of the Guaranteed Income Bond and the implementation of FSA rule changes in 2007 which lowered the liability valuation on life policies.

     Loan impairment charges and credit risk provisions rose by 59 per cent to US$3.8 billion; in the UK, primarily in Global Banking and Markets. The deteriorating credit environment resulted in a rise in loan impairment charges, largely reflecting an


 

92


Back to Contents

exposure to a single European property company, and additional credit risk provisions on debt securities held within the Group’s available-for-sale portfolio, mainly in Solitaire Funding Limited (‘Solitaire’), a special purpose entity managed by HSBC. A modest improvement in the UK personal finance sector reflected the non-recurrence of a change in the methodology in the consumer finance business which resulted in a higher charge in 2007. Excluding this factor, delinquency rates in cards were marginally higher and there was a rise in impairments in the consumer finance business driven by worsening economic conditions and credit quality deterioration, partly offset by action taken to mitigate risk through the continued application of strict lending criteria and the sale of non-core credit card portfolios.

     Credit conditions weakened in the commercial business and specific loan impairment charges increased in the UK and France due to the deteriorating credit environment in the second half of 2008. In Turkey, credit card and personal loan delinquency rates were significantly higher, resulting in the implementation of tighter underwriting criteria, reduced credit limits and revised account management policies throughout 2008.

     Operating costs increased by 3 per cent to US$16.1 billion. Costs in the UK were in line with 2007, which included ex-gratia payments expensed in respect of overdraft fees applied in previous years and a provision for reimbursement of certain charges on historic will trusts and other related services. Excluding these items, costs rose as a result of an increase in the Financial Services Compensation Scheme levy, restructuring costs and increased rental charges following the sale and leaseback of branch properties, partially offset by lower performance-related pay and a reduction in defined benefit pension scheme costs due to a change in actuarial assumptions.

     Operating costs in France decreased slightly with lower performance-related pay and a reduction in pension and retirement healthcare costs following the transfer of certain obligations to a third-party offsetting the higher costs of a voluntary retirement programme.

     There was investment in premises and new staff to support business expansion in Turkey, Russia and central and eastern Europe. In 2008, 112 new branches opened and staff numbers increased by 30 per cent in these markets.

     Share of profit in associates and joint ventures declined by 84 per cent to US$16 million with 2007

benefiting from an adjustment to the embedded value of HSBC Assurances. The absence of this gain was partially offset by increased joint venture profits following the sale of the card acquiring business in the UK.

2007 compared with 2006

Economic briefing

In the UK, GDP growth accelerated in 2007 to 3.1 per cent from 2.9 per cent in 2006, mainly as a result of buoyant consumer and investment spending. Net trade depressed GDP growth through 2007, and the current account deficit reached a record 5.7 per cent of GDP in the third quarter of the year. Employment growth was fairly subdued, rising by approximately 0.7 per cent during the year. CPI inflation reached a decade-long high of 3.1 per cent in March but subsequently fell back to 2.1 per cent by the year-end, close to the Bank of England’s 2 per cent target. After a strong start to the year, nominal house prices declined and housing activity diminished in the final months of 2007. The Bank of England raised interest rates by 75 basis points during 2007 to a peak of 5.75 per cent, but subsequently reduced them to 5.5 per cent at the end of 2007.

     The expansion of the eurozone economy continued steadily in 2007, with GDP growth of 2.7 per cent. As in the UK, much of the momentum came from strength in business investment and exports as global demand remained strong, particularly from emerging markets. Consumption was relatively subdued, despite declining unemployment, although fiscal reforms (particularly in Germany) are believed to have depressed household expenditure. Eurozone inflation increased steadily during the second half of the year to an annual rate of 3.1 per cent in December, driven largely by rises in food and energy prices. The European Central Bank (‘ECB’) raised interest rates by 50 basis points during 2007, to finish the year at 4 per cent.

Review of business performance

European operations reported a pre-tax profit of US$8.6 billion, compared with US$7.0 billion in 2006, an increase of 23 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits improved by 13 per cent.

     In March 2007, HSBC acquired its partner’s shares in life, property and casualty insurer, HSBC Assurances. The results of HSBC Assurances are excluded from the commentary below, which is on an underlying basis.


 

93


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Europe > 2007

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

              2007 compared with 2006                  
 

















                  2007                  
      2006       2006   acquisitions,                  
  2006   acquisitions       at 2007   disposals   Under-   2007   Re-   Under-  
  as   and   Currency   exchange   & dilution   lying   as   ported   lying  
  reported   disposals 1 translation 2 rates 6 gains 1 change   reported   change   change  
Europe US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 8,289   (3 ) 635   8,921   419   (1,594 ) 7,746   (7 ) (18 )
Net fee income 7,108   53   586   7,747   (133 ) 817   8,431   19   11  
Other income4 7,675   (53 ) 576   8,198   (90 ) 3,282   11,390   48   40  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5 23,072   (3 ) 1,797   24,866   196   2,505   27,567   19   10  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(2,155 )   (147 ) (2,302 )   (240 ) (2,542 ) (18 ) (10 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 20,917   (3 ) 1,650   22,564   196   2,265   25,025   20   10  
Operating expenses (13,871 ) 2   (1,076 ) (14,945 ) (51 ) (1,529 ) (16,525 ) (19 ) (10 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 7,046   (1 ) 574   7,619   145   736   8,500   21   10  
                                     
Income/(expense) from associates (72 )   (6 ) (78 ) (50 ) 223   95   232   286  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 6,974   (1 ) 568   7,541   95   959   8,595   23   13  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
                                     
For footnotes, see page 143.
                                     

     In Commercial Banking, growth in deposit and lending balances in the UK and ongoing business expansion in Turkey and Malta led to steady growth in revenues. This was partly offset by increased loan impairment charges and higher costs associated with business expansion. In Global Banking and Markets, higher income from most businesses was offset by trading losses in Credit and Rates and increased costs. Strong profit growth in Private Banking was driven by an increased client appetite for discretionary portfolios, a rise in lending volumes and further improvements in cross-referrals. In Personal Financial Services, a fall in pre-tax profits reflected ex gratia payments expensed in respect of overdraft fees applied in previous years and a provision for reimbursement of certain charges on historic will trusts and other related services. The ‘Other’ segment benefited from a US$1.3 billion fair value gain in HSBC’s own debt.

     Net interest income declined by 18 per cent, mainly because the expansion of trading activities in both the UK and France resulted in higher funding costs, with the related revenues reported in the trading income line. This was partly offset by higher net interest income in the personal and commercial businesses.

     In the UK, Personal Financial Services’ spreads widened in a rising interest rate environment and competitive pricing attracted higher balances. This was mitigated by lower spreads on mortgages as customers switched to fixed rate products. In

Commercial Banking, higher net interest income was largely driven by growth in the UK, Turkey, Germany and Malta. In the UK, a negotiated rate deposit product launched in previous years continued to be instrumental in driving higher deposit balances. Strong growth in corporate and structured banking for micro customers, together with expansion in lending to small and mid-market customers, contributed to higher lending balances although this benefit was partially constrained by spread compression in the competitive market.

     Revenues from transactional balances held within the payments and cash management business increased by 13 per cent, as credit market dislocation in the second half of the year caused customers to hold higher cash balances. After several years of decline, balance sheet management revenues in Europe increased.

     In Turkey, higher net interest income was driven by new customer acquisition. In Switzerland, the Private Banking business earned higher net interest income from lending to existing clients as they further leveraged their portfolios.

     Net fee income rose by 11 per cent. Account services increased on higher customer balances and volumes of transactions in the UK and France, supported by sales of fee-earning packaged accounts. Card fees increased in the UK, mainly on interchange and acquiring fees, and in Turkey, on interchange and cash advance fees. This was partly offset by a reduction in credit card default fees in the


 

94


Back to Contents

UK following regulatory intervention by the OFT in 2006. Broking income increased in the UK, Germany and Switzerland, mainly driven by growth in client assets and transaction volumes. Funds under management fell on lower income from the Hermitage Fund following the part sale of HSBC’s investment in it.

     Trading income rose by 41 per cent, driven by the equities business and foreign exchange trading, where income increased strongly, with volume and profitability reflecting market volatility. The increase was partly offset by write-downs in credit, structured derivatives and leveraged and acquisition finance. Net trading income increased following the strategic decision to expand the collateralised lending and structured derivatives businesses, the funding costs of which are reported in net interest income.

     Credit spreads, primarily on certain fixed-rate long-term debt issued by HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries, widened significantly in the second half of 2007, leading to a sevenfold increase in net income from financial instruments designated at fair value compared with 2006. These cumulative gains will fully reverse over the life of the debt.

     The sale of shareholdings and various equity investments in the UK and France, including Euronext (the European stock exchange), contributed to gains from financial investments of US$1.3 billion, an increase of 101 per cent on 2006.

     Net earned insurance premiums increased by 50 per cent to US$4.0 billion, including growth of the Guaranteed Income Bond and motor insurance, and the introduction of enhanced death benefits to pension contracts in the UK. Premiums also grew in the UK because of a higher retention of risk in the non-life business compared with 2006, when a greater proportion of risk and corresponding premiums were ceded to reinsurers. There were also significant contributions from the reinsurance business in Ireland and the life assurance business in Malta.

     Other operating income declined by 25 per cent. This largely resulted from a fall in the value of in-force business in UK insurance, driven by a change in the calculation methodology of the PVIF business in the first half of 2007 when HSBC implemented regulatory changes to the rules governing the

calculation of insurance liabilities. This had a marginally positive effect on profit as there was a corresponding reduction in policyholder liabilities.

     Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders grew by 121 per cent to US$3.5 billion. This growth, which paralleled the growth in net earned insurance premiums, included the effect of higher risk retention in the non-life business, although it was offset by FSA rule changes which led to lower claims valuations on life policies. There was also a rise in flood-related claims in the UK after record rainfalls during the summer.

     Loan impairment charges rose by 10 per cent to US$2.5 billion. Overall credit quality remained broadly stable. In the UK, loan impairment charges rose, primarily in consumer finance lending outside HSBC Bank; within HSBC Bank, steps taken in 2006 to tighten underwriting standards led to an improvement in loan impairment trends. Corporate loan impairment charges remained low in absolute terms, although they were 23 per cent higher than in 2006, principally reflecting the effect of Individual Voluntary Arrangements on micro businesses and impairments on two large corporate accounts in the UK.

     Operating costs increased by 10 per cent to US$16.5 billion, in line with the growth in net operating income before loan impairment charges. In the UK, a change in actuarial assumptions regarding the principal staff defined benefit pension scheme led to increased costs. Ex-gratia payments were expensed in respect of overdraft fees applied in previous years and a provision for reimbursement of certain charges on historic will trusts and other related services was raised which totalled US$396 million. Cost increases also reflected investments in technology, higher payments and cash management transaction volumes, investments in the French structured derivatives business to support revenue growth and, in Turkey, technical infrastructure and additional headcount in support of business expansion.

     Share of profit in associates and joint ventures rose by US$167 million, largely as a result of a US$73 million adjustment to the embedded value of HSBC Assurances in France prior to the acquisition of its remaining share capital, following which it was accounted for as a subsidiary.


 

95


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Europe > Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group

 

Analysis by customer group and global business

Profit/(loss) before tax

              2008
 



















  Personal           Global                 Inter-        
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment        
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination  21   Total  
Europe US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                         
Net interest income/(expense) 6,464     3,435     3,488     1,046     (459 )   (4,278 )   9,696  
Net fee income 2,612     2,025     1,763     1,020     72         7,492  
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
47     71     1,513     198     (138 )       1,691  
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities 
    12     (655 )   14     17     4,278     3,666  
Net trading income/(expense)16 47     83     858     212     (121 )   4,278     5,357  
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives 
                2,939         2,939  
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value 
(1,634 )   (214 )   (611 )       633         (1,826 )
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value 
(1,634 )   (214 )   (611 )       3,572         1,113  
Gains less losses from financial investments 281     132     (30 )   62     (27 )       418  
Dividend income 35     74     25     5     (9 )       130  
Net earned insurance premiums . 4,927     391             (19 )       5,299  
Gains on disposal of French regional banks                 2,445         2,445  
Other operating income 230     620     398     16     832         2,096  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total operating income 12,962     6,546     5,891     2,361     6,286         34,046  
Net insurance claims17 (3,224 )   (143 )                   (3,367 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income5  9,738     6,403     5,891     2,361     6,286         30,679  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (1,971 )   (867 )   (875 )   (38 )   (3 )         (3,754 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income 7,767     5,536     5,016     2,323     6,283         26,925  
Total operating expenses (6,107 )   (2,830 )   (4,823 )   (1,325 )   (987 )       (16,072 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Operating profit 1,660     2,706     193     998     5,296         10,853  
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures (2 )   16     2                 16  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Profit before tax 1,658     2,722     195     998     5,296         10,869  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  %     %     %     %     %           %  
                                         
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 17.8     29.2     2.1     10.7     56.9           116.7  
Cost efficiency ratio 62.7     44.2     81.9     56.1     15.7           52.4  
 
Balance sheet data15                                        
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m  
                                         
Loans and advances to customers (net) 126,909     87,245     185,818     25,722     497           426,191  
Total assets 171,962     107,495     1,131,721     84,485     64,423     (217,075 )   1,343,011  
Customer accounts 145,411     91,188     199,687     66,007     183           502,476  
                                       
For footnotes, see page 143.

96


Back to Contents

                    2007                    
 



















  Personal           Global                 Inter-        
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment        
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total  
Europe US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
 
Net interest income 6,604     3,419     1,361     793     86     (4,517 )   7,746  
Net fee income/(expense) 3,060     2,194     2,316     1,032     (171 )       8,431  
Trading income excluding net interest income
60     36     2,657     161     89         3,003  
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
(7 )   30     (610 )   9     1     4,517     3,940  
Net trading income16 53     66     2,047     170     90     4,517     6,943  
Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives
                1,059         1,059  
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
126     31     (185 )       195         167  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
126     31     (185 )       1,254         1,226  
Gains less losses from financial investments
50     36     1,100     115     25         1,326  
Dividend income 1     4     155     7     4         171  
Net earned insurance premiums . 3,511     521             (22 )       4,010  
Other operating income/ (expense) 54     (35 )   853     8     301     12     1,193  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total operating income 13,459     6,236     7,647     2,125     1,567     12     31,046  
Net insurance claims17 (3,214 )   (265 )                   (3,479 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income5 10,245     5,971     7,647     2,125     1,567     12     27,567  
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(2,044 )   (515 )   26     (4 )   (5 )       (2,542 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income 8,201     5,456     7,673     2,121     1,562     12     25,025  
Total operating expenses (6,635 )   (2,941 )   (5,150 )   (1,208 )   (579 )   (12 )   (16,525 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Operating profit 1,566     2,515     2,523     913     983         8,500  
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
15     1     4     2     73         95  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Profit before tax 1,581     2,516     2,527     915     1,056         8,595  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  %     %     %     %     %           %  
                                         
Share of HSBC’s profitbefore tax 6.5     10.4     10.4     3.8     4.4           35.5  
Cost efficiency ratio 64.8     49.3     67.3     56.8     36.9           59.9  
 
Balance sheet data15                                        
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m  
                                         
Loans and advances to customers (net) 151,687     106,846     163,066     30,195     481           452,275  
Total assets 240,361     168,846     892,712     83,740     96,346     (245,372 )   1,236,633  
Customer accounts
178,757     99,704     163,713     62,055     725           504,954  
                                         
For footnotes, see page 143.

97


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Europe > Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group // Hong Kong

 

Analysis by customer group and global business (continued)

Profit/(loss) before tax

                    2006                    
 



















  Personal           Global                 Inter-        
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment        
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total  
Europe US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
 
Net interest income 5,653     2,923     1,222     675     14     (2,198 )   8,289  
Net fee income 2,533     1,707     1,673     869     326         7,108  
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
119     27     2,636     99     (39 )       2,842  
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
(6 )   15     (523 )   2     1     2,198     1,687  
Net trading income/(expense)16 113     42     2,113     101     (38 )   2,198     4,529  
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
                28         28  
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
80     27     11         (2 )       116  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
80     27     11         26         144  
Gains less losses from financial investments 37     22     413     149     3         624  
Dividend income 2     3     171     5     2         183  
Net earned insurance premiums . 979     110             209         1,298  
Other operating income 128     103     957     13     256     (29 )   1,428  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total operating income 9,525     4,937     6,560     1,812     798     (29 )   23,603  
Net insurance claims17 (331 )   (19 )           (181 )       (531 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income5 9,194     4,918     6,560     1,812     617     (29 )   23,072  
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(1,838 )   (386 )   64     2     3         (2,155 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income 7,356     4,532     6,624     1,814     620     (29 )   20,917  
Total operating expenses (5,447 )   (2,298 )   (4,224 )   (1,010 )   (921 )   29     (13,871 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Operating profit/(loss) 1,909     2,234     2,400     804     (301 )       7,046  
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
        (96 )   1     23         (72 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Profit/(loss) before tax 1,909     2,234     2,304     805     (278 )       6,974  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  %     %     %     %     %           %  
                                         
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 8.6     10.1     10.4     3.6     (1.2 )         31.5  
Cost efficiency ratio 59.2     46.7     64.4     55.7     149.3           60.1  
 
Balance sheet data15                                        
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m  
                                         
Loans and advances to customers (net) 147,507     81,430     140,277     23,283     2           392,499  
Total assets 227,609     111,510     526,468     68,380     85,183     (152,118 )   867,032  
Customer accounts 152,411     80,312     139,416     47,223     3           419,365  
                                         
For footnotes, see page 143.

98


Back to Contents

Hong Kong

Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group and global business

  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Personal Financial Services 3,428   4,212   2,880  
Commercial Banking 1,315   1,619   1,321  
Global Banking and Markets 1,436   1,578   955  
Private Banking 237   305   201  
Other (955 ) (375 ) (175 )
 
 
 
 
  5,461   7,339   5,182  
 
 
 
 

Profit before tax

  2008     2007     2006    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Net interest income 5,698     5,483     4,685    
Net fee income 2,580     3,362     2,056    
Net trading income 1,193     1,242     617    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives 3     2        
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value (1,194 )   674     260    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value (1,191 )   676     260    
Gains less losses from financial investments (309 )   94     162    
Dividend income 41     31     61    
Net earned insurance premiums 3,247     2,797     2,628    
Other operating income 817     845     834    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income 12,076     14,530     11,303    
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders (1,922 )   (3,208 )   (2,699 )   
 
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 10,154     11,322     8,604    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (765 )   (231 )   (172 )   
 
   
   
   
Net operating income 9,389     11,091     8,432    
Total operating expenses (3,943 )   (3,780 )   (3,269 )  
 
   
   
   
Operating profit 5,446     7,311     5,163    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 15     28     19    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax 5,461     7,339     5,182    
 
   
   
   
                   
  %     %     %    
                   
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 58.7     30.3     23.5    
Cost efficiency ratio 38.8     33.4     38.0    
Year-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) 29,330     27,655     27,586    

Balance sheet data15

  At 31 December  





 
  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Loans and advances to customers (net) 100,220   89,638   84,282  
Loans and advances to banks (net) 29,646   63,737   50,359  
Trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value, and financial investments 122,602   102,180   103,734  
Total assets 407,151   356,894   318,857  
Deposits by banks 11,769   6,420   4,799  
Customer accounts 250,517   234,488   196,691  

For footnote, see page 143.

All commentaries on Hong Kong are on an underlying basis unless stated otherwise.

 

99


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Hong Kong > 2008 / 2007

 

2008 compared with 2007

Economic briefing

Hong Kong’s GDP growth slowed to 2.5 per cent in 2008 from 6.4 per cent in 2007. After performing strongly during the early months of the year, the economy slowed sharply and a technical recession was confirmed with the release of the third quarter GDP statistics. External demand proved especially weak during the second half of 2008 and the growth in private consumption also slowed sharply. The unemployment rate rose from a ten-year low of

3.2 per cent in August 2008 to 4.1 per cent by the year-end. Consumer price inflation proved volatile during the year, rising to a ten-year high of 6.3 per cent in July before slowing to 2.1 per cent by December 2008, although this movement largely reflected the trends in food and energy prices. In response to interest rate cuts in the US, Hong Kong cut its base interest rate on seven occasions during 2008, finishing the year at 0.5 per cent compared with 5.75 per cent at the end of 2007. The Hang Seng Index fell by 48 per cent during 2008.



Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

  2008 compared with 2007  
 

















      2007                              
      acquisitions,       2007   2008                  
  2007   disposals       at 2008   acquisitions   Under-   2008   Re-   Under-  
  as   & dilution   Currency   exchange   and   lying   as   ported   lying  
  reported   gains 1 translation 2 rates 3 disposals 1 change   reported   change   change  
Hong Kong US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 5,483     15   5,498     200   5,698   4   4  
Net fee income 3,362     9   3,371     (791 ) 2,580   (23 ) (23 )
Other income4 2,477   (1 ) 3   2,479     (603 ) 1,876   (24 ) (24 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5 11,322   (1 ) 27   11,348     (1,194 ) 10,154   (10 ) (11 )
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(231 ) 1   (1 ) (231 )   (534 ) (765 ) (231 ) (231 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 11,091     26   11,117     (1,728 ) 9,389   (15 ) (16 )
Operating expenses (3,780 )   (9 ) (3,789 )   (154 ) (3,943 ) (4 ) (4 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 7,311     17   7,328     (1,882 ) 5,446   (26 ) (26 )
Income from associates 28       28     (13 ) 15   (46 ) (46 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 7,339     17   7,356     (1,895 ) 5,461   (26 ) (26 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         

For footnotes, see page 143.

Review of business performance

Hong Kong reported pre-tax profits of US$5.5 billion, a 26 per cent decline compared with record profits of US$7.3 billion in 2007. Lower revenues largely reflected a decline in wealth management and insurance income as economic conditions deteriorated. Revenue decline was compounded by impairment charges recognised on certain investments, which arose as a consequence of significant falls in equity market prices. Offsetting this, in part, was considerably stronger balance sheet management income from treasury positions which correctly anticipated the decline in interest rates.

     Net interest income rose by 4 per cent, driven by the strong Balance Sheet Management performance in Global Banking and Markets mainly driven by liquidity generated by retail banking in the environment of falling short-term interest rates.

     Savings and deposit balances grew strongly, particularly in Personal Financial Services, as customers revealed a preference for security and liquidity following declines in equity markets. Deposit growth was augmented by the launch of campaigns offering both preferential time deposit rates and an enhanced HSBC online platform. The significant decline in interest rates during 2008 led to a narrowing of deposit spreads.

     Customer lending volumes were 11 per cent higher, due in part to an 11 per cent rise in mortgage balances. Lending margins narrowed, however, due to interest rate cuts, particularly affecting mortgage lending and other loans linked to HIBOR. Balances outstanding on credit cards rose, driven by increased cardholder spending, and spreads on this business increased due to lower funding costs. Nearly one million new cards were issued in the year, bringing the total cards in circulation to 5.3 million. Volumes


 

100


Back to Contents

of trade finance grew strongly, driven by demand from corporates with international trade requirements, and commercial lending balances rose, particularly during the first half of the year.

     Fee income declined by 23 per cent, driven by lower equity market-related revenues. Weak market sentiment led to lower volumes of retail brokerage and a decrease in income from wealth management activity. This was partly offset by a rise in fees from cards following increases in both cards in circulation and cardholder spending. Fees from account services rose due to greater customer activity and there were higher fees generated from bundled products.

     Trading income was 4 per cent lower, driven by further write-downs of US$0.2 billion in Global Banking and Markets on a legacy monoline exposure. Excluding these write-downs, trading income grew due to a rise in foreign exchange and rates income as continuing market volatility generated increased trading opportunities and demand for active hedging products.

     The net loss of US$1.2 billion on financial instruments designated at fair value compared with income of US$676 million in 2007. The loss reflected a decline in the value of assets linked to the insurance business. To a large extent, these losses are attributable to policyholders, with an equivalent reduction in net insurance claims and movement in liabilities to policyholders. While the decline in the value of assets which relate to unit-linked products is allocated to policyholders in full, the portion of decline in the value passed on to clients who have products with discretionary participation features and guarantees may be restricted.

Losses from financial investments of US$309 million reflected impairments required on investments which have experienced significant falls in equity market prices. These equity investments are classified as available for sale, are not held for trading, and remain part of the strategic positioning of HSBC’s businesses in Asia. These losses were partly offset by an aggregate gain of US$203 million from the redemption of shares in the Visa initial public offering (‘IPO’) and the disposal of MasterCard shares.

     Net earned insurance premiums increased by 16 per cent to US$3.2 billion, largely due to growth in the life insurance business, in particular for policies with discretionary participation features.

     Net insurance claims and movement in liabilities to policyholders fell by 40 per cent, reflecting the decline in asset values noted above

partly offset by increases due to growth in premiums.

     Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions rose markedly from the previously low level to US$765 million as economic conditions deteriorated. Within these charges were exposures to financial institutions held within Global Banking and Markets, which resulted in other credit risk provisions. In Commercial Banking, the combination of an absence of significant recoveries recorded in 2007 and weakness among certain exporters in Hong Kong, who were affected by reduced demand from the US and other developed countries, raised loan impairment charges. As local businesses responded to the economic environment, unemployment rose in the second half of 2008. Credit policies were consequently adjusted across certain products as delinquency and bankruptcy increased in Hong Kong. Although property market declines reduced equity levels for residential mortgage customers, the impact on loan impairment charges was limited as this lending was well-secured and regulatory restrictions constrained origination loan-to-value ratios to below 70 per cent.

     Operating expenses rose by 4 per cent. Staff costs declined by 3 per cent despite wage increases and a rise in the number of customer-facing staff, largely due to lower performance-related costs in Global Banking and Markets. Staff numbers were higher than in 2007 notwithstanding reductions within the branch network for lower business volumes in the latter part of 2008. IT costs rose as investment in systems continued. Marketing costs were lower following active management of costs while property rental costs increased due to higher market rental rates. Overall, cost growth was curtailed in response to the more difficult economic climate.

2007 compared with 2006

Economic briefing

Hong Kong’s economy remained robust during 2007, with the annual rate of growth of 6.3 per cent. Domestic consumption was the major contributor to economic expansion, supported by the strong labour market. The unemployment rate fell to 3.4 per cent, a nine year low, as the supply of labour remained very tight. Global increases in food and oil prices affected Hong Kong, but the territory also experienced wage inflation, rising import prices and growth in property rental costs. Inflation increased as a result, exceeding 3 per cent in the final quarter of the year.

     In response to interest rate cuts in the US and capital inflows into the local market, Hong Kong’s


 

101


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Hong Kong > 2007

 

main interest rate was cut on three separate occasions during the final months of 2007, with the prime rate ending the year at 6.75 per cent, down by one per cent from its high for the year. Local asset markets benefited accordingly. The previously very strong levels of export growth slowed in the second half of 2007, as demand from the US moderated and

the reduction in mainland China’s export tax rebate in July temporarily affected Hong Kong’s re-exports. Despite relatively modest trade growth, external demand for Hong Kong’s services remained strong due to the buoyant tourism sector and increasing cross-border business activities, especially within the financial sector.



Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

  2007 compared with 2006  
 
















 
                  2007                  
      2006       2006   acquisitions,                  
  2006   acquisitions       at 2007   disposals   Under-   2007   Re-   Under-  
  as   and   Currency   exchange   & dilution   lying   as   ported   lying  
  reported   disposals 1 translation 2 rates 6 gains 1 change   reported   change   change  
Hong Kong US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 4,685     (15 ) 4,670     813   5,483   17   17  
Net fee income 2,056     (6 ) 2,050     1,312   3,362   64   64  
Other income4 1,863     (6 ) 1,857     620   2,477   33   33  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5 8,604     (27 ) 8,577     2,745   11,322   32   32  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(172 )   1   (171 )   (60 ) (231 ) (34 ) (35 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 8,432     (26 ) 8,406     2,685   11,091   32   32  
Operating expenses (3,269 )   9   (3,260 )   (520 ) (3,780 ) (16 ) (16 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 5,163     (17 ) 5,146     2,165   7,311   42   42  
Income from associates 19       19     9   28   47   47  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 5,182     (17 ) 5,165     2,174   7,339   42   42  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
For footnotes, see page 143.
 
 

Review of business performance

HSBC’s operations in Hong Kong reported a record pre-tax profit of US$7.3 billion, an increase of 42 per cent compared with US$5.2 billion in 2006. The underlying change was in line with the reported change. Net operating income increased by 32 per cent, double the rate of growth in operating expenses.

     In Personal Financial Services, record results reflected increased fee income, particularly from retail brokerage and investment products, as well as growth in net interest income from higher deposit balances and lending. In Commercial Banking, results were driven by balance sheet growth from customer acquisition, increased trade flows and the expansion of supporting businesses into mainland China. In Global Banking and Markets, income growth reflected improved performance in balance sheet management and strong results from the trading businesses and securities services in the buoyant economic environment. Higher demand for structured products and mutual funds drove the increase in Private Banking profits. Cost efficiency ratios improved in all customer groups.

     Net interest income rose by 17 per cent, driven by growth in asset and liability products in the personal, commercial and corporate businesses. Net interest income from Global Banking and Markets increased by 79 per cent as balance sheet management revenues recovered and deposits grew strongly with higher spreads. A rise in liabilities to fund trading activities reduced net interest income, with a corresponding rise in trading income. Personal Financial Services’ net interest income grew by 16 per cent as wider spreads were recorded on higher deposit balances, with the relaunch of HSBC Premier contributing to the growth in deposit balances. Card balances were also higher following a number of promotional programmes during the year. In Commercial Banking, strong economic growth helped generate demand for savings products and this, combined with strong customer acquisition, resulted in higher net interest from the investment of deposits.

     Buoyant stock market activity drove an increase in fee income. Broking and global custody income rose as larger trading volumes were registered on higher stock exchange daily turnover. This was


 

102


Back to Contents

enhanced by the launch of new investment schemes, awareness campaigns and the adoption of a new portfolio wealth management sales tool in the branch network. An increase in IPO activity in Hong Kong, mainly derived from mainland China, had a positive effect on underwriting fees. Life insurance commission income increased, boosted by new product offerings. Credit card fee income also rose, driven by increased cards in circulation and a rise in cardholder balances.

     Trading income growth was achieved throughout the Global Markets business and particularly in foreign exchange, assisted by investments made in recent years to extend the product range and customer base. Structured equity growth continued, driven by the bank’s product offering linked to the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, which rose significantly. HSBC had only very limited exposure to asset-based securities and structured credit products in Hong Kong.

     Net earned insurance premiums increased by 7 per cent to US$2.8 billion, as the life assurance business expanded with the launch of new products.

     Other operating income was largely in line with 2006, notwithstanding the non-recurrence of income on the sale of the former head office building of Hang Seng Bank and the transfer of the credit card

acquiring business into a joint venture with Global Payments Inc.

     Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders increased by 19 per cent to US$3.2 billion. The increase was more significant than premium growth because many of the liabilities were related to life policies. Policyholders participate in the investment performance of assets supporting these liabilities and the investment return on these assets is shown in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

     Loan impairment charges continued at a low level and in line with 2006 at US$231 million, despite strong balance sheet growth. This reflected good credit quality and robust economic conditions.

     Operating expenses increased by 16 per cent. Staff costs rose by 23 per cent on wage inflation and the recruitment of additional staff, mainly in Commercial Banking and Global Banking and Markets. Performance-related bonuses grew in response to revenue growth. Higher marketing and IT costs reflected business growth and the launch of new initiatives. As commercial rents rose in Hong Kong’s dynamic economy, property rental costs increased, the effect magnified by the sale and leaseback agreement on Hang Seng Bank’s head office in 2006.


 

103


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Hong Kong > Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group

 

Analysis by customer group and global business

Profit/(loss) before tax

  2008    
 
 
  Personal           Global                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total    
Hong Kong US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                           
Net interest income/(expense) 3,381     1,498     1,524     214     (669 )   (250 )   5,698    
Net fee income 1,441     548     414     163     14         2,580    
Trading income excluding net interest income 143     79     483     120     30         855    
Net interest/(expense) income on trading activities 11     1     244         (168 )   250     338    
Net trading income/(expense)16 154     80     727     120     (138 )   250     1,193    
Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives
                3         3    
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
(1,291 )   (10 )   39         68         (1,194 )  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
(1,291 )   (10 )   39         71         (1,191 )  
Gains less losses from financial investments 156     32     (109 )       (388 )       (309 )  
Dividend income 3     2     17         19         41    
Net earned insurance premiums 3,047     181     17         2         3,247    
Other operating income 132     38     101     8     906     (368 )   817    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 7,023     2,369     2,730     505     (183 )   (368 )   12,076    
Net insurance claims17  (1,773 )   (136 )   (11 )       (2 )       (1,922 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  5,250     2,233     2,719     505     (185 )   (368 )   10,154    
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(134 )   (335 )   (284 )   (13 )   1         (765 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income/(expense) 5,116     1,898     2,435     492     (184 )   (368 )   9,389    
Total operating expenses (1,691 )   (584 )   (1,000 )   (255 )   (781 )   368     (3,943 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) 3,425     1,314     1,435     237     (965 )       5,446    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 3     1     1         10         15    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax 3,428     1,315     1,436     237     (955 )       5,461    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                           
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
                                           
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 36.9     14.1     15.4     2.6     (10.3 )         58.7    
Cost efficiency ratio 32.2     26.2     36.8     50.5     (422.2 )         38.8    
                                           
Balance sheet data15                                          
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
                                           
Loans and advances to customers (net) 41,447     30,331     23,042     3,605     1,795           100,220    
Total assets 75,419     36,428     225,853     28,800     66,192     (25,541 )   407,151    
Customer accounts 145,002     54,869     30,866     19,416     364           250,517    
                                           
For footnotes, see page 143.

 

104


Back to Contents

  2007  
 



















 
  Personal           Global                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total    
Hong Kong US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                           
Net interest income/(expense) 3,342     1,540     986     70     (767 )   312     5,483    
Net fee income 1,973     526     682     179     2         3,362    
Trading income excluding net interest income
188     63     553     280     186         1,270    
Net interest income on trading activities
5         241         38     (312 )   (28 )  
Net trading income16 193     63     794     280     224     (312 )   1,242    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
                2         2    
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
820     (13 )   7         (140 )       674    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
820     (13 )   7         (138 )       676    
Gains less losses from financial investments
        38     1     55         94    
Dividend income 2     1     6         22         31    
Net earned insurance premiums 2,654     130     13                 2,797    
Other operating income 153     28     114     6     881     (337 )   845    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 9,137     2,275     2,640     536     279     (337 )   14,530    
Net insurance claims17  (3,116 )   (82 )   (10 )               (3,208 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  6,021     2,193     2,630     536     279     (337 )   11,322    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(175 )   (28 )   (28 )               (231 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 5,846     2,165     2,602     536     279     (337 )   11,091    
Total operating expenses (1,639 )   (547 )   (1,025 )   (231 )   (675 )   337     (3,780 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) 4,207     1,618     1,577     305     (396 )       7,311    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
5     1     1         21         28    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax 4,212     1,619     1,578     305     (375 )       7,339    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                           
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
                                           
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax
17.4     6.7     6.5     1.3     (1.6 )         30.3    
Cost efficiency ratio 27.2     24.9     39.0     43.1     241.9           33.4    
 
Balance sheet data15                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
                                           
Loans and advances to customers (net)
38,197     25,890     19,171     4,329     2,051           89,638    
Total assets 66,002     32,059     215,801     17,484     53,227     (27,679 )   356,894    
Customer accounts 129,159     51,562     37,364     15,649     754           234,488    
 
For footnotes, see page 143.

 

105


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Hong Kong > Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group // Rest of Asia-Pacific

 

Analysis by customer group and global business (continued)
 
Profit/(loss) before tax
 
  2006  
 



















 
  Personal           Global                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total    
Hong Kong US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
 
Net interest income/(expense) 2,882     1,344     553     76     (646 )   476     4,685    
Net fee income/(expense) 977     454     534     123     (32 )       2,056    
Trading income excluding net interest income
84     57     573     176     34         924    
Net interest income on trading activities
4         88         77     (476 )   (307 )  
Net trading income16  88     57     661     176     111     (476 )   617    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
                           
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
373     (53 )   5     1     (66 )       260    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
373     (53 )   5     1     (66 )       260    
Gains less losses from financial investments
14         (1 )   9     140         162    
Dividend income 1     1     2         57         61    
Net earned insurance premiums 2,519     95     14                 2,628    
Other operating income 202     33     81     13     781     (276 )   834    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 7,056     1,931     1,849     398     345     (276 )   11,303    
Net insurance claims17  (2,638 )   (50 )   (11 )               (2,699 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  4,418     1,881     1,838     398     345     (276 )   8,604    
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(119 )   (69 )   27         (11 )       (172 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 4,299     1,812     1,865     398     334     (276 )   8,432    
Total operating expenses (1,422 )   (491 )   (911 )   (197 )   (524 )   276     (3,269 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) 2,877     1,321     954     201     (190 )       5,163    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
3         1         15         19    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax 2,880     1,321     955     201     (175 )       5,182    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                           
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
                                           
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 13.0     6.0     4.3     0.9     (0.7 )         23.5    
Cost efficiency ratio 32.2     26.1     49.6     49.5     151.9           38.0    
 
Balance sheet data15                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
                                           
Loans and advances to customers (net) 35,445     23,520     20,270     3,081     1,966           84,282    
Total assets 57,977     30,137     182,540     22,492     49,866     (24,155 )   318,857    
Customer accounts 118,201     41,493     24,530     11,991     476           196,691    
 
For footnotes, see page 143.

 

106


Back to Contents

Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East)
 
Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses
 
    Personal           Global                      
    Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private                
    Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     Total    
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
2008                                    
Australia 19     68     102         (13 )   176    
India (155 )   118     578     2     123     666    
Indonesia (22 )   17     126             121    
Japan (88 )   (1 )   88     1     4     4    
Mainland China 284     622     688     (5 )   16     1,605    
  Associates 393     558     335             1,286    
  Other mainland China (109 )   64     353     (5 )   16     319    
Malaysia 94     96     171         8     369    
Middle East 289     558     816     4     79     1,746    
  Egypt 16     68     90         49     223    
  United Arab Emirates 133     330     388     4     6     861    
  Other Middle East 80     125     161         1     367    
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
  Middle East (excluding Saudi Arabia) 229     523     639     4     56     1,451    
  Saudi Arabia 60     35     177         23     295    
Singapore 104     83     337     110     (37 )   597    
South Korea (16 )   (13 )   304         38     313    
Taiwan (41 )   45     179         (8 )   175    
Other 32     200     397     1     66     696    
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
    500     1,793     3,786     113     276     6,468    
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
2007                                    
Australia 41     37     42         4     124    
India (70 )   88     429     (1 )   83     529    
Indonesia (7 )   29     86         (4 )   104    
Japan (34 )   (3 )   75         5     43    
Mainland China 494     397     369         1,101     2,361    
  Associates 516     351     220         1,093     2,180    
  Other mainland China (22 )   46     149         8     181    
Malaysia 81     90     146         13     330    
Middle East 245     482     495     3     82     1,307    
  Egypt 10     46     65         32     153    
  United Arab Emirates 108     262     242     3     2     617    
  Other Middle East 83     101     116             300    
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
  Middle East (excluding Saudi Arabia) 201     409     423     3     34     1,070    
  Saudi Arabia 44     73     72         48     237    
Singapore 101     112     240     90     7     550    
South Korea (44 )   (20 )   159         28     123    
Taiwan (52 )   27     144         4     123    
Other 5     111     279         20     415    
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
    760     1,350     2,464     92     1,343     6,009    
 
   
   
 
   
   
   

 

107


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Rest of Asia-Pacific > 2008

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses (continued)

  Personal           Global                      
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private                
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     Total    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
2006                                    
Australia 76     32     46             154    
India (24 )   46     277     2     92     393    
Indonesia (22 )   46     69         (22 )   71    
Japan (3 )   (2 )   49     (1 )   80     123    
Mainland China 276     241     167         24     708    
  Associates 274     210     86         5     575    
  Other mainland China 2     31     81         19     133    
Malaysia 77     87     99     (1 )   12     274    
Middle East 235     356     396     2     46     1,035    
   Egypt 9     41     41         20     111    
   United Arab Emirates 70     209     145     3     (2 )   425    
   Other Middle East 59     67     70     (1 )   (1 )   194    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   Middle East (excluding Saudi Arabia) 138     317     256     2     17     730    
   Saudi Arabia 97     39     140         29     305    
Singapore 73     90     145     68     (11 )   365    
South Korea (55 )   (20 )   115         19     59    
Taiwan (179 )   37     118         1     (23 )  
Other 23     121     168     10     46     368    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  477     1,034     1,649     80     287     3,527    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   

Loans and advances to customers (net) by country

  At 31 December    
 
   
  2008     2007     2006    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Australia 9,321     11,339     8,775    
India 6,244     7,220     4,915    
Indonesia 1,904     1,642     1,337    
Japan 5,839     4,258     3,391    
Mainland China 11,440     11,647     6,065    
Malaysia 9,404     8,856     7,747    
Middle East (excluding Saudi Arabia) 27,295     21,607     15,622    
   Egypt 2,473     1,853     965    
   United Arab Emirates 17,537     14,103     10,148    
   Other Middle East 7,285     5,651     4,509    
Singapore 13,441     11,505     9,610    
South Korea 5,336     7,124     6,260    
Taiwan 4,329     3,658     3,974    
Other 13,403     12,996     9,878    
 

 

 

 
  107,956     101,852     77,574    
 

 

 

 

 

108


Back to Contents

Customer accounts by country

  At 31 December    
 
   
  2008     2007     2006    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Australia 9,201     11,418     8,491    
India 9,767     12,021     7,936    
Indonesia 2,896     2,574     2,082    
Japan 6,204     4,657     4,186    
Mainland China 19,171     14,537     6,941    
Malaysia 11,963     11,701     9,640    
Middle East (excluding Saudi Arabia) 35,166     30,937     21,196    
   Egypt 5,363     4,056     2,703    
   United Arab Emirates 19,808     18,455     11,166    
   Other Middle East 9,995     8,426     7,327    
Singapore 32,748     28,962     23,517    
South Korea 4,383     5,760     3,890    
Taiwan 9,689     9,426     7,675    
Other 18,171     18,240     13,441    
 
   
   
   
  159,359     150,233     108,995    
 
   
   
   
                   
                   

2008 compared with 2007

Economic briefing

Growth in mainland China was steady during 2008, although lower than in previous years. Overall GDP growth totalled 9 per cent in 2008, down from 13 per cent in 2007, as weakness in key export markets led to a slowdown in industrial activity during the final months of the year. The tightening of monetary conditions in 2007 and early 2008 also contributed to the slowdown, although interest rates and reserve requirements were both reduced significantly during the final months of the year and a significant fiscal stimulus package was also announced. Consumer spending continued to advance at a strong pace with retail spending increasing by 21.6 per cent over the course of 2008. After accelerating to an eleven year high of 8.7 per cent in February 2008, consumer price inflation slowed to 1.2 per cent by the year-end, largely reflecting the movements in food and energy prices. The renminbi appreciated by more than 6 per cent against the US dollar during 2008, although the exchange rate was little changed during the second half of the year.

     Japan’s economy slowed sharply during the course of 2008, with industrial activity declining rapidly during the final quarter of the year in response to much weaker external demand. Contractions were registered in both second and third quarter GDP data, confirming a technical recession, while the unemployment rate rose from 3.8 per cent in January 2008 to 4.4 per cent by the year-end. Inflationary pressures increased during the first half before subsiding during the final months of 2008, while measures of business confidence also fell sharply.

     The economies of the Middle East performed strongly for much of 2008, although inflationary concerns were a feature for much of the year, driven by the surge in oil prices to record levels and private and public investment expenditure. High oil revenues continued to boost fiscal and current account surpluses throughout the region during 2008, although the impact of the decline in oil prices during the final months of the year, together with the OPEC-mandated production cuts, are expected to lead to slower growth in 2009.

     Elsewhere in Asia, most economies followed an uneven pattern of growth during 2008. Policymakers focused on the rise in inflation during the first half of the year, but the sharp slowdown in growth during the final months of 2008 came to dominate, with a series of monetary and fiscal policy measures being introduced across the region to stimulate activity. The sustained rise in inflation prompted the Reserve Bank of India to tighten policy by raising both interest rates and reserve requirements during the first half of 2008, before then cutting the cash reserve ratio by 350 basis points and the repo rate by 250 basis points during the final quarter of the year. A recession was confirmed in Singapore after GDP contracted for three consecutive quarters in 2008, as an economic slowdown initially focused on specific industries turned more pervasive. After rising to a 26-year high of 7.5 per cent in June 2008, the annual rate of inflation slowed to 4.3 per cent by the year-end.

     Inflation also proved the predominant concern in Vietnam during the first half of 2008 as the annual rate of consumer price inflation more than doubled to 28.3 per cent, prompting the State Bank of Vietnam to sanction substantial interest rate


 

109


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Rest of Asia-Pacific > 2008

 

Profit before tax

  2008     2007     2006    
Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Net interest income 5,493     4,143     3,047    
Net fee income 2,558     2,246     1,622    
Net trading income 2,444     1,643     1,181    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives 1     1        
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value (172 )   110     79    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value (171 )   111     79    
Gains less losses from financial investments 32     38     41    
Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates     1,081        
Dividend income 4     8     5    
Net earned insurance premiums 197     226     174    
Other operating income 1,064     798     765    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income 11,621     10,294     6,914    
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders 28     (253 )   (192 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 11,649     10,041     6,722    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (1,131 )   (616 )   (512 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income 10,518     9,425     6,210    
Total operating expenses (5,663 )   (4,764 )   (3,548 )  
 
   
   
   
Operating profit 4,855     4,661     2,662    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 1,613     1,348     865    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax 6,468     6,009     3,527    
 
   
   
   
                   
  %     %     %    
                   
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 69.5     24.8     16.0    
Cost efficiency ratio 48.6     47.4     52.8    
Year-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) 98,159     88,573     72,265    

Balance sheet data15

  At 31 December  

 
  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Loans and advances to customers (net) 107,956   101,852   77,574  
Loans and advances to banks (net) 36,141   39,861   27,517  
Trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value, and financial investments 61,223   64,381   41,585  
Total assets 262,305   243,205   175,010  
Deposits by banks 13,689   17,560   10,323  
Customer accounts 159,359   150,233   108,995  

For footnote, see page 143.

All commentaries on Rest of Asia-Pacific are on an underlying basis unless stated otherwise.

increases, before these measures were rapidly reversed during the final months of the year. Interest rate increases were also forthcoming in Indonesia between May and October 2008, although with growth levels maintaining a relatively robust level during much of the year, a tentative easing cycle was only initiated during the final weeks of 2008. Bank Negara Malaysia proved the exception by refraining

from interest rate increases during the year, even as consumer price inflation accelerated to 8.5 per cent in July 2008, before cutting the policy rate to 3.25 per cent in November. The outlook for the South Korean economy was affected by the open nature of the economy and the relatively high levels of household and corporate sector indebtedness. Full year GDP rose by 2.5 per cent in 2008, down from


 

110


Back to Contents

5.0 per cent in 2007 and the weakest performance for ten years, while fourth quarter GDP fell by 3.4 per cent on a year-on-year basis. Rising food prices proved particularly problematic for the Philippines during the first half of the year as inflation moved

well above the central bank’s targeted range, although the earlier tightening of monetary policy was partially reversed at the end of 2008. Growth slowed sharply in Taiwan during the course of the year, driven by deteriorating conditions overseas.


 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

  2008 compared with 2007  
 
















 
      2007                              
      acquisitions,       2007   2008                  
      disposals       at 2008   acquisitions                  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 2007 as   & dilution   Currency   exchange   and   Underlying   2008 as   Reported   Underlying  
   (including the reported   gains 1 translation 2 rates 3 disposals 1 change   reported   change   change  
   Middle East) US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 4,143     43   4,186   31   1,276   5,493   33   30  
Net fee income 2,246     24   2,270   3   285   2,558   14   13  
Other income4  3,652   (1,081 ) 18   2,589   70   939   3,598   (1 ) 36  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5  10,041   (1,081 ) 85   9,045   104   2,500   11,649   16   28  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(616 )   14   (602 )   (529 ) (1,131 ) (84 ) (88 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 9,425   (1,081 ) 99   8,443   104   1,971   10,518   12   23  
Operating expenses (4,764 )   (17 ) (4,781 ) (110 ) (772 ) (5,663 ) (19 ) (16 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 4,661   (1,081 ) 82   3,662   (6 ) 1,199   4,855   4   33  
Income from associates 1,348     93   1,441     172   1,613   20   12  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 6,009   (1,081 ) 175   5,103   (6 ) 1,371   6,468   8   27  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         

For footnotes, see page 143.

Review of business performance

HSBC’s operations in Rest of Asia-Pacific performed strongly, reporting a pre-tax profit of US$6.5 billion compared with US$6.0 billion in 2007, an increase of 8 per cent. HSBC continued to increase its presence in key markets, augmenting organic growth with the integration of the operations of The Chinese Bank in Taiwan and the purchase of IL&FS Investsmart Ltd in India, which was completed in September. On an underlying basis, excluding the dilution gains on Chinese associates of US$1.1 billion recorded in 2007 and the acquisitions noted above, profit before tax increased by 27 per cent, with notable growth in the Middle East, South Korea, mainland China, India, and an increased contribution from associates in the region. Branches were added in mainland China, Indonesia, Japan, Malaysia and Bangladesh.

     Net interest income increased by 30 per cent, with growth across most major countries and all customer groups. Deposit acquisition and related asset deployment across the region drove net interest income, though this volume growth was partly offset by deposit spread compression in the second half of the year due to declining interest rates, compounded by strong competition to acquire deposits.

     In the Middle East, net interest income increased by 42 per cent, with deposit growth, notably in Personal Financial Services. This supported a strong rise in corporate lending balances aligned to trade and infrastructure investments, as well as increased personal lending, in particular credit cards. Asset spreads benefited from declines in local base rates following US dollar interest rate cuts, which resulted in a lower cost of funds.

     In India, net interest income increased by 44 per cent as deposit balances in Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking rose due to customer acquisition, notably among small businesses following the launch of the HSBC Direct for Business product. These deposits were deployed in increasing lending, where spreads improved on the corporate lending and credit card portfolios and mortgage spreads widened following a re-pricing in the second half of the year.

     In mainland China, net interest income also rose due to deposit growth, as investors increasingly preferred deposits over market-led investments


 

111


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Rest of Asia-Pacific > 2008 / 2007

 

as market sentiment deteriorated. This facilitated an increase in personal lending balances following branch network expansion and successful re-pricing initiatives on corporate and commercial loans.

     There was strong growth in net interest income from Balance Sheet Management within Global Banking and Markets, due to lower funding costs and steeper yield curves, notably in Singapore, mainland China, India, Japan and the Middle East.

     Net fee income rose by 13 per cent, driven by a growth in fees from personal credit cards and trade and supply chain services. Credit card fees rose, particularly in the Middle East and India, driven by increases in interchange fees from higher cardholder spending and late payment and over-limit fees from higher delinquencies (see below). Trade and supply chain services contributed strongly to fee income growth with an increase of 34 per cent in the Middle East, in part reflecting the significant rise in commodity prices in the first half of the year, demonstrably in the construction and infrastructure industries in the UAE. There were lower fees from investment products and broking across the region, driven by a decline in equity markets and weakened investor sentiment.

     Fee income from credit facilities rose, notably in the Middle East, India, Australia and Singapore, reflecting increases in the number of customers.

     Net trading income rose by 51 per cent, predominantly due to strong Rates and foreign exchange trading across the region as volatile market conditions continued, encouraging increased corporate hedging activity.

     Growth was particularly strong in South Korea, mainland China and Australia due to strategic positioning of HSBC’s balance sheet to benefit from the interest rate cuts and foreign exchange volatility in 2008, and increased activity in these local markets. In the Middle East, market uncertainty regarding possible currency revaluations drove volatility and, together with robust client demand, led to growth in foreign exchange income. In India, foreign exchange and, to a lesser extent, Rates revenues rose, driven mainly by increased customer activity and high levels of market volatility.

     A net loss from financial instruments designated at fair value of US$171 million was recorded compared with income of US$111 million in 2007. Declines in equity markets affected unit-linked insurance products, particularly in Singapore. This was largely offset by a corresponding decrease in

liabilities to policyholders reflected in net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.

     Net earned insurance premiums decreased by 17 per cent to US$197 million, mainly in Singapore and Malaysia due to lower sales of single premium unit-linked products. This was partly offset by an increase in the sale of general insurance products.

     Loan impairment charges rose sharply, increasing by 88 per cent to US$1.1 billion, following a marked deterioration in credit quality across the region in the final quarter of the year. These charges rose most significantly in India, the Middle East and, to a lesser extent, in Australia.

     In India, the rise was attributable to increased delinquency across personal lending portfolios, in response to which HSBC took action to restrict mortgage and personal lending. However, HSBC continued to extend credit to selected cards customers, which resulted in volume growth and also contributed to higher loan impairment charges.

     In the Middle East, higher loan impairment charges were the result of volume growth and increased delinquency rates on personal lending. In Australia, higher delinquencies arose from the maturing of the cards portfolio and, to a lesser extent, volume growth, in addition to a credit risk provision related to an exposure to an Icelandic Bank. Partly offsetting this, loan impairment charges declined by 41 per cent in Taiwan due to an improvement in asset quality. Similarly, in Thailand, loan impairment charges were 69 per cent lower due to the non-recurrence of charges attributable to the down-grading of certain corporate customers.

     Operating expenses increased by 16 per cent to US$5.7 billion. Significant investment in the region continued, notably in mainland China where 29 new outlets were opened and staff numbers increased. Related premises and equipment costs rose accordingly. Expansion was also pursued in Indonesia with the addition of new branches, and in Japan with the rollout of seven HSBC Premier centres. In the Middle East, operating expenses were 22 per cent higher in line with substantially increased levels of operating volumes and related headcount growth. In India, the rise in operating expenses was driven mainly by investment in IT, premises costs and an increase in collection activities as default rates rose. Business growth contributed to higher operating expenses in Australia. Litigation costs in the region rose.


 

112


Back to Contents

     Growth in operating expenses at the Group Service and Software Development Centres was driven by increased volumes of activity as HSBC continued to implement a global resourcing strategy to minimise costs throughout the Group. All related costs are recharged to other Group entities and the income is reported within Other operating income.

     Profit from associates and joint ventures in the region increased by 12 per cent, notwithstanding a significant impairment recorded in Ping An Insurance in respect of its stake in Fortis Bank. Growth was strong across HSBC’s other principal associates, the Bank of Communications, Industrial Bank, and the Saudi British Bank.

2007 compared with 2006

Economic briefing

Mainland China’s economy continued to grow strongly, with GDP rising by 11.4 per cent in 2007, the fifth consecutive year of double-digit growth; this was despite a combination of measures aimed at curbing investment, such as increases in interest rates and reserve ratios required for banks. Economic performance remained primarily dependent on investment and exports. Bank loan growth also remained very strong. Export growth slowed from very high levels as the year progressed, reflecting the mild downturn in global trade. Consumer spending grew steadily in 2007, with retail sales rising by about 16 per cent. Inflationary pressures increased, with consumer price inflation exceeding 6 per cent towards the end of the year, mainly due to higher food prices. Mainland China’s foreign exchange reserves rose further, to more than US$1.5 trillion, while the renminbi appreciated by over 5 per cent against the US dollar in 2007.

     Japan’s economy, the largest in the region, expanded modestly in 2007. Private capital investment decelerated after five years of firm growth but a rise in exports, especially to Asia, drove overall growth. Private consumption also made a positive contribution, helped by a gradual increase in employees’ income. Core consumer price inflation remained around zero throughout the course of the year.

     In the Middle East, economies continued to grow, although growth rates slowed slightly on those recorded in 2006, largely as a result of OPEC-mandated cuts in oil production. Underlying

economic performance was robust, however, led by continued non-oil sector growth. The catalyst for expansion was a fifth consecutive year of rising oil prices, which facilitated continued growth in public and private investment. Consumption rose as employment levels increased and low interest rates supported an ongoing expansion in credit. Strong population growth, accelerated in parts of the region by high levels of immigration, also boosted demand for credit. High oil revenues resulted in a further year of fiscal and current account surpluses throughout the Middle East, boosting reserves and holdings of overseas assets. Rapid economic growth, low interest rates and currency weakness increased inflation, however, fuelling demands in some quarters for adjustments to the long-standing dollar pegs. Regional equity markets recovered from their 2005-06 downturns to perform strongly in 2007.

     Elsewhere in the region, the Indian economy expanded by 8.7 per cent in 2007, although there was evidence that recent interest rate rises and the strength of the rupee were slowing some areas of the economy, and inflationary pressures eased in 2007. The economies of Vietnam and Singapore recorded strong performances too, expanding by 8.5 per cent and 7.7 per cent, respectively in 2007. Growth was approximately 6 per cent in Indonesia and Malaysia. Domestic demand in all these countries has become an increasingly important source of GDP growth with investment, particularly in the construction sector, expanding rapidly. Inflationary pressures intensified in 2007, largely as a result of higher oil and food prices, but remained under control. The South Korean economy accelerated in 2007 as exports continued to flourish and household spending recovered from levels recorded in 2006. Concerns over liquidity growth prompted the central bank to increase interest rates by 50 basis points to 5 per cent during the year. A gradual cooling of demand and concerns over rapid exchange rate appreciation are expected to limit the scope for further interest rate rises in 2008. Buoyant exports supported economic growth in Taiwan, while domestic demand remained lacklustre due to a lack of government initiatives which is expected to continue beyond the presidential and parliamentary elections scheduled for 2008. Generally robust economic performances in the Philippines, Thailand, and Pakistan in 2007 were overshadowed to varying degrees by political risks.


 

113


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Rest of Asia-Pacific > 2007 

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

 
2007 compared with 2006
 
 
 
                    2007                  
      2006       2006   acquisitions,                  
  2006   acquisitions       at 2007   disposals       2007          
  as   and   Currency   exchange   & dilution   Under-lying   as   Reported   Underlying  
Rest of Asia-Pacific
reported   disposals 1 translation 2 rates 6 gains 1 change   reported   change   change  
   (including the Middle East)
US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 3,047     140   3,187     956   4,143   36   30  
Net fee income 1,622     58   1,680     566   2,246   38   34  
Other income4 2,053     108   2,161   1,081   410   3,652   78   19  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
Net operating income5 6,722     306   7,028   1,081   1,932   10,041   49   27  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(512 )   (13 ) (525 )   (91 ) (616 ) (20 ) (17 )
 
 
 


 
 
 
       
Net operating income 6,210     293   6,503   1,081   1,841   9,425   52   28  
Operating expenses (3,548 )   (179 ) (3,727 )   (1,037 ) (4,764 ) (34 ) (28 )
 
 
 


 
 
 
       
Operating profit 2,662     114   2,776   1,081   804   4,661   75   29  
Income from associates 865     25   890     458   1,348   56   51  
 
 
 


 
 
 
       
Profit before tax 3,527     139   3,666   1,081   1,262   6,009   70   34  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       

For footnotes, see page 143. 

Review of business performance

HSBC’s operations in Rest of Asia-Pacific reported a pre-tax profit of US$6.0 billion compared with US$3.5 billion in 2006, an increase of 70 per cent. On an underlying basis, excluding dilution gains of US$1.1 billion, profit before tax increased by 34 per cent, bolstered by sustained growth and business expansion across the region.

     In Global Banking and Markets, profit before tax increased significantly, driven by an enhanced product offering combined with buoyant local markets. Commercial Banking revenue benefited from increased customer volumes as a result of new and enhanced banking services. In Personal Financial Services, profit before tax rose as a result of strong balance sheet growth and increased contributions from associates. Private Banking delivered a solid performance, underpinned by robust stock markets and increasing wealth in the region.

     HSBC’s three associates in mainland China, Ping An Insurance, Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank, all raised new capital in 2007 in the ‘A’ share market in Shanghai in which HSBC, as a foreign investor, was unable to participate. The dilution of the Group’s interests was considerably less than its share of the new monies, resulting in gains of US$1.1 billion which should be regarded as exceptional.

     Net interest income rose by 30 per cent. Continued expansion of the branch network, particularly in the populous markets of mainland

China, Indonesia and India, together with increased marketing expenditure and greater brand awareness, accelerated customer acquisition and growth in loans and deposits.

     In the Middle East, the significant increase in net interest income was driven by balance sheet growth across all customer groups and augmented by improved spreads. The growth was underpinned by strong local economies, higher oil prices and demand for credit for infrastructure investment and trade.

     In Global Banking and Markets, the rise in net interest income was driven by the recovery in Balance Sheet Management revenues and, as trade and investment flows increased, by higher transactional balances in the payments and cash management businesses.

     In Personal Financial Services, net interest income rose by 23 per cent, driven by higher personal lending, credit cards and deposit balances. Growth was broad-based across the region. Commercial Banking net interest income grew by 29 per cent due to volume growth in both loans and deposits following an increase in customer numbers.

     Fee income increased by 34 per cent. Buoyant stock markets stimulated customer appetite for unit trusts and other investment products. Strong investment sales were recorded in India, Philippines, South Korea, Singapore and mainland China. Security services increased, driven by a sustained level of transaction volumes and investment flows. In the Middle East, increases were registered in cards,


 

114


Back to Contents

global custody, credit facilities and insurance. Increased trade services income in the region reflected higher intra-regional trade flows, which were driven by the favourable economic conditions.

     Strong trading income growth was delivered, led by foreign exchange trading, where higher volumes were driven by increased volatility which, in turn, increased customer demand for risk management products.

     Net earned insurance premiums rose by 24 per cent to US$226 million. This growth was mainly generated in Malaysia by the HSBC Amanah Takaful business which was launched in late 2006, offering shariah-compliant insurance products.

     Other operating income decreased by 2 per cent, partly because gains on disposals of certain businesses in Australia were recorded in 2006. Similarly, profits from the disposal of assets held for sale decreased due to the non-recurrence of profits on sale of properties in Japan and India.

     Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders rose by 25 per cent to US$253 million, in line with the increase in premiums, mainly in Malaysia.

     Loan impairment charges rose by 17 per cent to US$616 million as corporate loan impairment charges increased in several countries. In addition, loan impairment charges in India rose due to balance sheet growth and higher loss rates on credit cards. Partly offsetting these factors, loan impairment charges were significantly lower in Taiwan due to the non-recurrence of impairment charges in 2006 which resulted from regulatory intervention in the card market and the imposition of a government debt negotiation scheme. In Indonesia, performance improved on 2006 when loan impairment charges

were affected by the introduction of minimum repayment terms.

     Operating expenses increased by 28 per cent in line with the rise in net operating income before loan impairment charges. Business expansion continued throughout the region. Staff costs in India, mainland China and the Middle East rose on increases in volume-driven headcount and performance-related bonuses, the latter due to higher revenue generation. Business expansion initiatives were taken in mainland China, where an additional 27 new branches or sub-branches were opened. In India, the branch network and the consumer finance and credit card businesses were all expanded. Marketing, technology and infrastructure costs were incurred in support of business expansion.

     Share of profit in associates and joint ventures in the region rose by 51 per cent, mainly due to increased contributions from HSBC’s strategic investments in mainland China, Bank of Communications, Ping An Insurance and Industrial Bank. HSBC’s share of profit from Ping An Insurance rose by 101 per cent to US$518 million as a result of robust growth, notably from life insurance products, and the realisation of synergistic gains across Ping An Insurance’s other business offerings. Profit from the Bank of Communications rose by 64 per cent to US$445 million as a result of improved performance across the associate’s various product offerings. Increased income from credit and treasury products and significant growth in fee income contributed to the rise in profits. HSBC’s share of profits from the Saudi British Bank decreased by 22 per cent to US$216 million. This was largely due to the effects of a significant correction to the local stock market in the second half of 2006.


 

115


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)  
   
   
Geographical regions > Rest of Asia-Pacific > Profit before tax by customer group

 

Analysis by customer group and global business

Profit before tax

  2008              
 
   
  Personal           Global                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total    
Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                           
Net interest income 2,360     1,444     1,886     106     185     (488 )   5,493    
Net fee income 819     597     1,048     77     17         2,558    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
112     187     1,477     77     (30 )       1,823    
Net interest income/(expense)on trading activities
(5 )       143         (5 )   488     621    
Net trading income/(expense)16  107     187     1,620     77     (35 )   488     2,444    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
                1         1    
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
(172 )       (4 )       4         (172 )  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
(172 )       (4 )       5         (171 )  
                                           
Gains less losses from financial investments 29     3                     32    
Dividend income         4                 4    
Net earned insurance premiums 172     25                     197    
Other operating income 79     84     90     2     1,096     (287 )   1,064    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 3,394     2,340     4,644     262     1,268     (287 )   11,621    
Net insurance claims17  42     (14 )                   28    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  3,436     2,326     4,644     262     1,268     (287 )   11,649    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(863 )   (182 )   (85 )   (1 )           (1,131 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 2,573     2,144     4,559     261     1,268     (287 )   10,518    
Total operating expenses (2,527 )   (953 )   (1,298 )   (148 )   (1,024 )   287     (5,663 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 46     1,191     3,261     113     244         4,855    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
454     602     525         32         1,613    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 500     1,793     3,786     113     276         6,468    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                           
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
                                           
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 5.4     19.3     40.7     1.2     2.9           69.5    
Cost efficiency ratio 73.5     41.0     28.0     56.5     80.8           48.6    
                                           
Balance sheet data15                                          
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
                                           
Loans and advances to customers (net) 34,860     35,188     34,590     2,989     329           107,956    
Total assets 44,478     43,702     172,049     12,486     702     (11,112 )   262,305    
Customer accounts 56,531     36,350     50,605     14,475     1,398           159,359    
                                           
For footnotes, see page 143.

 

116


Back to Contents

  2007    
 
   
  Personal           Global                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total    
Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
Net interest income 1,965     1,131     1,295     60     153     (461 )   4,143    
Net fee income 766     429     952     85     14         2,246    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
72     129     1,000     71     (70 )       1,202    
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities (2 )       (22 )       4     461     441    
Net trading income/(expense)16  70     129     978     71     (66 )   461     1,643    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
                1         1    
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
73     4     (3 )   (1 )   37         110    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
73     4     (3 )   (1 )   38         111    
Gains less losses from financial investments 5     4     28         1         38    
Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates                 1,081         1,081    
Dividend income         2         6         8    
Net earned insurance premiums 209     16             1         226    
Other operating income 40     15     53     2     849     (161 )   798    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 3,128     1,728     3,305     217     2,077     (161 )   10,294    
Net insurance claims17  (246 )   (7 )                   (253 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  2,882     1,721     3,305     217     2,077     (161 )   10,041    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(552 )   (61 )   (3 )               (616 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 2,330     1,660     3,302     217     2,077     (161 )   9,425    
Total operating expenses (2,131 )   (739 )   (1,140 )   (125 )   (790 )   161     (4,764 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 199     921     2,162     92     1,287         4,661    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 561     429     302         56         1,348    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 760     1,350     2,464     92     1,343         6,009    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
                                           
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 3.1     5.6     10.2     0.4     5.5           24.8    
Cost efficiency ratio 73.9     42.9     34.5     57.6     38.0           47.4    
 
Balance sheet data15                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
                                           
Loans and advances to customers (net) 34,486     32,159     32,106     2,955     146           101,852    
Total assets 42,337     39,743     155,106     9,294     4,756     (8,031 )   243,205    
Customer accounts 49,703     34,891     54,120     11,116     403           150,233    
 
For footnotes, see page 143. 

 

117


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Rest of Asia-Pacific > Profit before tax by customer group // North America > 2008

 

Analysis by customer group and global business (continued)

Profit before tax

                    2006                      
 
   
  Personal           Global                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total    
Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
 
Net interest income 1,520     848     802     35     61     (219 )   3,047    
Net fee income 524     330     688     68     12         1,622    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income 61     86     717     74     (3 )       935    
Net interest income on trading activities                 27     219     246    
Net trading income16  61     86     717     74     24     219     1,181    
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
                           
Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value
59     4     4         12         79    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
59     4     4         12         79    
Gains less losses from financial investments 2     2     38     (1 )           41    
Dividend income         1         4         5    
Net earned insurance premiums 148     26                     174    
Other operating income 108     20     61         667     (91 )   765    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 2,422     1,316     2,311     176     780     (91 )   6,914    
Net insurance claims17  (180 )   (11 )           (1 )       (192 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  2,242     1,305     2,311     176     779     (91 )   6,722    
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(545 )   29     5         (1 )       (512 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 1,697     1,334     2,316     176     778     (91 )   6,210    
Total operating expenses (1,593 )   (554 )   (869 )   (96 )   (527 )   91     (3,548 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 104     780     1,447     80     251         2,662    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 373     254     202         36         865    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 477     1,034     1,649     80     287         3,527    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
                                           
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 2.2     4.7     7.5     0.4     1.2           16.0    
Cost efficiency ratio 71.1     42.5     37.6     54.5     67.7           52.8    
 
Balance sheet data15                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
                                           
Loans and advances to customers (net) 28,911     21,912     24,311     2,313     127           77,574    
Total assets 35,794     26,757     109,535     7,882         (4,958 )   175,010    
Customer accounts 38,557     24,228     36,623     8,929     658           108,995    
 
For footnotes, see page 143.

 

118


Back to Contents

North America

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses

  Personal       Global              
  Financial   Commercial   Banking &   Private          
  Services   Banking   Markets   Banking   Other   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
2008                        
United States23  (17,364 ) 226   (2,899 ) 67   3,427   (16,543 )
Canada 106   380   252   5   96   839  
Bermuda 31   51   72   11   9   174  
Other (1 ) 1       2   2  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  (17,228 ) 658   (2,575 ) 83   3,534   (15,528 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2007                        
United States (1,824 ) 377   (1,243 ) 156   1,468   (1,066 )
Canada 265   466   239   8   5   983  
Bermuda 13   77   39   10   34   173  
Other         1   1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  (1,546 ) 920   (965 ) 174   1,508   91  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2006                        
United States 3,128   442   199   107   (264 ) 3,612  
Canada 253   437   189     17   896  
Bermuda 10   78   31   7   29   155  
Other     4     1   5  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  3,391   957   423   114   (217 ) 4,668  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
For footnote, see page 143.

Loans and advances to customers (net) by country

      At 31 December     
 




 
  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
United States 208,834   233,706   236,188  
Canada 44,866   53,891   39,584  
Bermuda 2,514   2,263   2,215  
 
 
 
 
  256,214   289,860   277,987  
 
 
 
 
             
Customer accounts by country            
 
      At 31 December     
 




 
  2008   2007   2006  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
United States 101,963   100,034   84,560  
Canada 33,905   37,061   28,668  
Bermuda 7,664   8,078   7,694  
 
 
 
 
  143,532   145,173   120,922  
 
 
 
 
             

2008 compared with 2007

Economic briefing

Economic conditions proved very difficult in the US during 2008 as the economy entered a period of recession. Overall GDP growth slowed to just 1.1 per cent for the year, down from 2 per cent in 2007. In common with many other economies, much of this weakness was concentrated in the final months of 2008 as fourth quarter GDP registered the largest quarterly decline for 26 years. Economic

weakness proved broad-based across most areas of the economy, with the notable exception of net exports. Housing sales and residential construction activity both declined from already depressed levels, with house prices continuing to fall in most regions and mortgage delinquencies continuing to rise. Labour market conditions weakened throughout the course of the year as the unemployment rate rose from 4.9 per cent in January to a 15-year high of 7.2 per cent in December 2008. The annual rate of


 

119


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > North America > 2008

 

Profit/(loss) before tax
    2008     2007     2006  
North America   US$m     US$m     US$m  
                   
Net interest income   15,218     14,847     14,268  
Net fee income   5,227     5,810     4,766  
Net trading income/(expense)   (3,135 )   (542 )   1,358  
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
  3,736     1,750     (63 )
Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value
  1          
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
  3,737     1,750     (63 )
Gains less losses from financial investments
  (120 )   245     58  
Dividend income   77     105     85  
Net earned insurance premiums   390     449     492  
Other operating income   23     360     922  
   
   
   
 
Total operating income   21,417     23,024     21,886  
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders
  (238 )   (241 )   (259 )
   
   
   
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
  21,179     22,783     21,627  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
  (16,795 )   (12,156 )   (6,796 )
   
   
   
 
Net operating income   4,384     10,627     14,831  
Operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment)
  (9,359 )   (10,556 )   (10,193 )
Goodwill impairment   (10,564 )        
   
   
   
 
Operating profit/(loss)   (15,539 )   71     4,638  
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
  11     20     30  
   
   
   
 
Profit/(loss) before tax   (15,528 )   91     4,668  
   
   
   
 
                   
    %     %     %  
                   
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax   (166.8 )   0.4     21.1  
Cost efficiency ratio   94.1     46.3     47.1  
Year-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent)
  44,725     52,722     55,642  
               
               
Balance sheet data15               
    At 31 December  
   




 
    2008   2007   2006  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
               
Loans and advances to customers (net)   256,214   289,860   277,987  
Loans and advances to banks (net)   11,458   16,566   17,865  
Trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value, and financial investments20
  119,634   133,998   145,700  
Total assets   552,612   549,285   505,638  
Deposits by banks   18,181   16,618   11,484  
Customer accounts   143,532   145,173   120,922  
               
For footnotes, see page 143.
All commentaries on North America are on an underlying basis unless stated otherwise.

 

consumer price inflation reached a 17-year high of 5.6 per cent in July 2008 before moderating sharply to stand at just 0.1 per cent by the year-end. A combination of falling asset values and weak employment conditions undermined consumer confidence and household spending growth turned negative during the second half of 2008. The Standard & Poor’s S&P 500 stock market index fell by 38 per cent during the year. Faced with this deterioration in economic activity and financial

conditions, the Federal Reserve lowered short-term interest rates by 425 basis points during the course of 2008, leaving the Funds’ target rate within a narrow range of between zero and 25 basis points, while a number of liquidity initiatives were also introduced.

     Canadian GDP increased by 0.4 per cent during the first eleven months of 2008 compared with the equivalent period of 2007, with growth slowing markedly during the second half of the year, due predominantly to weaker external demand. Labour


 

120


Back to Contents

market conditions deteriorated as the unemployment rate rose from a historical low of 5.8 per cent in January 2008 to finish the year at 6.6 per cent. After rising to a level of 3.5 per cent in August 2008, the headline rate of consumer price inflation slowed to 1.2 per cent by the year-end. The core rate of

 

inflation remained below 2.0 per cent throughout the year. Responding to the deteriorating economic outlook, the Bank of Canada cut its overnight interest rate from 4.25 per cent at the end of 2007 to 1.5 per cent in December 2008.


Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit/(loss) before tax
                                       
    2008 compared with 2007  
   
















 
        2007                              
        acquisitions,       2007   2008                  
    2007   disposals       at 2008   acquisitions   Under-   2008   Re-   Under-  
    as   & dilution   Currency   exchange   and   lying   as   ported   lying  
    reported   gains 1 translation 2 rates 3 disposals 1 change   reported   change   change  
North America   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                       
Net interest income   14,847   1   7   14,855     363   15,218   2   2  
Net fee income   5,810   (105 ) 1   5,706     (479 ) 5,227   (10 ) (8 )
Other income4    2,126   (18 ) (1 ) 2,107     (1,373 ) 734   (65 ) (65 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5    22,783   (122 ) 7   22,668     (1,489 ) 21,179   (7 ) (7 )
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
  (12,156 )   12   (12,144 )   (4,651 ) (16,795 ) (38 ) (38 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income   10,627   (122 ) 19   10,524     (6,140 ) 4,384   (59 ) (58 )
Operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment)
  (10,556 ) 98   (6 ) (10,464 )   1,105   (9,359 ) 11   11  
Goodwill impairment             (10,564 ) (10,564 ) n/a   n/a  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit/(loss)   71   (24 ) 13   60     (15,599 ) (15,539 ) (21,986  ) (25,998  )
Income from associates   20       20     (9 ) 11   (45 ) (45 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit/(loss) before tax   91   (24 ) 13   80     (15,608 ) (15,528 )  (17,164  )  (19,510  )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
                                       
For footnotes, see page 143.
 
 

Review of business performance

HSBC’s operations in North America reported a pre-tax loss of US$15.5 billion in 2008, compared with a pre-tax profit of US$91 million in 2007.

     Net interest income in North America increased by 2 per cent to US$15.2 billion, driven by Balance Sheet Management activities in Global Banking and Markets which more than offset the decline in Personal Financial Services as lending reduced.

     The significant increase in net interest income in the Balance Sheet Management business resulted from correct positioning in anticipation of lower interest rates. Net interest income was also boosted by higher balances within certain loan portfolios in Global Banking and Markets.

     Net interest income fell in Personal Financial Services as asset balances declined and deposit spreads narrowed. Deposit spread compression was driven by the competitive environment for retail deposits in which HSBC refrained from passing on the full effects of interest rate cuts to customers.

Asset spreads widened, particularly in vehicle finance and credit cards and, to a lesser extent, the real estate secured portfolios as yields declined by less than funding costs in the lower interest rate environment, and the credit card portfolio benefited from APR floors. This was partly offset by a rise in non-performing loans, lower loan prepayments, increased volumes of loan modifications, and lower fees from reduced loan origination volumes. Funding costs declined as a result of lower base rates during the year.

     Lending balances declined as the mortgage services portfolio continued to run-off, originations ceased during the year within the dealer and direct-to-consumer channels in vehicle finance, and tighter underwriting criteria in consumer lending constrained customer eligibility for finance. In addition, US$8.2 billion of mortgages were sold from the US real estate secured portfolios during the year. These factors were partly offset by a change in mix towards higher-yielding credit card loans and reduced levels of prepayments that resulted in loans remaining on the balance sheet longer. At the end of


 

121


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > North America > 2008 / 2007

 

February 2009, HSBC authorised the discontinuation as soon as practicable of all new receivable originations of all products by the branch-based consumer lending business of HSBC Finance in North America (see page 70).

     Net fee income declined by 8 per cent, driven by reductions in US credit card fees following changes in fee practices implemented since the fourth quarter of 2007 and lower cash advance and interchange fees as a result of reduced volumes. Partly offsetting the decline were increased income from enhancement services due to higher customer acceptance rates of Account Secure Plus and Identity Protection Plan, a rise in syndication, credit and service fees in Commercial Banking and increased fees from asset management.

     Trading losses were dominated by write-downs in Global Banking and Markets on legacy exposures as continuing turmoil in credit markets adversely affected valuations of credit and structured credit trading positions, monoline exposures and leveraged and acquisition finance loans. Continued deterioration in the fair value of the run-off portfolio of sub-prime residential mortgage loans held for sale also contributed to the loss. US$3.6 billion in leveraged loans, high yield notes and securities held for balance sheet management were reclassified in 2008 under revised IFRS rules from trading assets to loans and receivables and available for sale, preventing any further mark-to-market trading losses on these assets. If these reclassifications had not been made, the loss before tax would have been US$0.9 billion higher.

      The losses on legacy assets were partly offset by strong performances in other trading areas as foreign exchange trading benefited from pronounced market volatility, Rates trading correctly anticipated central bank rate cuts and gains were generated on credit default swaps in Global Banking. Revenues from emerging markets trading and precious metals trading also rose as a result of ongoing market volatility and increased transaction volumes as prices of gold and platinum rose during 2008. Losses on non-qualifying hedge positions in interest rate swaps generated further trading losses. In 2007, the Decision One business, which was closed that year, recorded trading losses of US$263 million.

     Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value rose by US$2.0 billion to US$3.7 billion, primarily on HSBC’s fixed-rate long-term debt as credit spreads widened significantly in the second half of 2008 in the ongoing market turmoil. These gains, together with

those booked in previous years, will fully reverse over the life of the debt.

     Gains less losses from financial investments declined, mainly due to losses on US government agency securities in 2008 and the non-recurrence of the sale of MasterCard shares, partly offset by gains from the Visa IPO in 2008.

     Net earned insurance premiums decreased by 13 per cent to US$390 million, driven by lower credit related premiums in HSBC Finance due to declining loan volumes.

     Other operating income declined due to losses on sale of the Canadian vehicle finance businesses and other loan portfolios in 2008, in addition to the non-recurrence of gains on disposal of fixed assets and a small portfolio of private equity investments in 2007.

     Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders were broadly in line with 2007 at US$238 million.

     Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions rose sharply, by 38 per cent to US$16.8 billion, reflecting substantially higher impairment charges in HSBC Finance across all portfolios and, in HSBC USA, the deterioration of credit quality in prime residential mortgages, second lien portfolios and private label cards. The main factors driving this deterioration were the continued weakening of the US economy, which led to rising levels of unemployment and personal bankruptcy filings: higher early-stage delinquency and increased roll rates in consumer lending: the ageing of portfolios: and further declines in house prices which increased loss severity and reduced customers’ ability to refinance and access equity in their homes. Partly offsetting these factors was a reduction in overall lending as HSBC continued to actively reduce its balance sheet and lower its risk profile in the US.

     In the Mortgage Services business, loan impairment charges rose by 14 per cent to US$3.5 billion as the 2005 and 2006 vintages continued to season and experience rising delinquency. Run-off of the portfolio slowed in light of continued house price depreciation which, along with the constrained credit environment, restricted refinancing options for personal customers. In consumer lending, loan impairment charges rose by 39 per cent to US$5.7 billion. In the second half of 2008, delinquency rates began to accelerate particularly in the first lien portfolios in the parts of the country most affected by house price depreciation and rising unemployment rates. In


 

122


Back to Contents

HSBC USA, loan impairment charges rose by 76 per cent to US$2.6 billion driven by credit quality deterioration across the Home Equity line of credit, Home Equity loan, prime first lien residential mortgage and private label card portfolios.

     Loan impairment charges in US card and retail services rose, driven by portfolio seasoning and rising unemployment, particularly in the second half of 2008, higher levels of personal bankruptcy filings and lower recovery rates. As with mortgages, this was most notable in parts of the country most affected by house price falls and unemployment. Vehicle finance loan impairment charges rose as delinquencies rose and lower prices resulted in lower recoveries when repossessed vehicles were sold at auction.

     Loan impairment charges in Commercial Banking grew to US$449 million from a low base, primarily driven by higher impairment losses due to deterioration across the middle market, commercial real estate and corporate banking portfolios in the US and among firms in the manufacturing, export and commercial real estate sectors in Canada. Higher loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions in Global Banking and Markets reflected weaker credit fundamentals in the US in 2008.

     Operating expenses increased by 90 per cent, driven by US$10.6 billion of impairment charge recognised in respect of North America Personal Financial Services in 2008 to fully write off goodwill. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, expenses were US$1.1 billion or 11 per cent lower. Staff costs declined, primarily in HSBC Finance, following decisions taken in 2007 to close the acquisition channels for new business in Mortgage Services and a number of consumer lending branches, and integrate the operations of the card businesses. HSBC USA made the decision to close its wholesale and third-party correspondent mortgage business in November 2008, while HSBC Finance took the decision to cease originations in the dealer and direct-to-consumer channels in the vehicle finance business in July 2008. Staff costs in Global Banking and Markets also fell as performance-related compensation and staff numbers both declined.

     Other administrative costs decreased as origination activity declined, marketing costs in card and retail services reduced and branch costs in consumer lending fell as tightened underwriting criteria curtailed business and led to branch closures. This was partly offset by higher marketing and occupancy costs in the retail bank reflecting a continued expansion of the branch network,

increased community investment activities and higher deposit insurance, collection, payments and cash management and asset management costs in support of business growth.

2007 compared with 2006

Economic briefing

In the US, GDP growth in 2007 was 2.2 per cent, 0.7 percentage points less than that recorded in 2006 as the housing-led downturn gathered pace. Consumer spending in 2007 grew by 2.9 per cent, the weakest annual expansion since 2003. Housing activity continued to weaken in 2007, with residential investment falling by 17 per cent during the year. Both new and existing home sales also declined to new lows in 2007. The unemployment rate averaged 4.6 per cent in 2007, with the average in the second half of the year slightly higher at 4.8 per cent. The trade deficit narrowed in 2007 as export growth strengthened. Consumer price inflation averaged around 4 per cent in the final quarter of 2007. This was largely due to higher energy prices; excluding food and energy, consumer price inflation averaged 2.3 per cent in the fourth quarter. The Federal Reserve lowered short-term interest rates by 100 basis points in the second half of 2007, from 5.25 per cent to 4.25 per cent, as policymakers attempted to mitigate the worst effects of the sub-prime related credit squeeze upon economic activity. 10-year note yields reached a high of 5.3 per cent in June 2007, before falling to 4 per cent by the year-end. Declines in the final months of 2007 left the S&P 500 stock market index practically unchanged compared with the end of 2006.

     Canadian GDP increased by 2.4 per cent during the first eleven months of 2007 compared with the equivalent period of 2006. Domestic demand remained strong despite tighter credit conditions in the latter part of the year, supported by the robust labour market. The unemployment rate averaged 6 per cent for the year, reaching a historical low of 5.8 per cent in October. After hitting a high of 2.5 per cent in April, core consumer price inflation slowed to 1.5 per cent by the end of 2007. The Canadian dollar appreciated during the year, particularly in the second half. In July, the Bank of Canada raised its overnight interest rate from 4.25 per cent to 4.5 per cent before reversing this move in the final weeks of 2007.

Review of business performance

HSBC’s operations in North America experienced a significant fall in pre-tax profits of 98 per cent in 2007, on both reported and underlying bases.


 

123


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > North America > 2007

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax
 
  2007 compared with 2006
 














 
                  2007                  
      2006       2006   acquisitions,                  
  2006   acquisitions       at 2007   disposals   Under-   2007   Re-   Under-  
  as   and   Currency   exchange   & dilution   lying   as   ported   lying  
  reported   disposals 1 translation 2 rates 6 gains 1 change   reported   change   change  
North America US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 14,268     65   14,333     514   14,847   4   4  
Net fee income 4,766     26   4,792     1,018   5,810   22   21  
Other income4  2,593     10   2,603   20   (497 ) 2,126   (18 ) (19 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5  21,627     101   21,728   20   1,035   22,783   5   5  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(6,796 )   (3 ) (6,799 )   (5,357 ) (12,156 ) (79 ) (79 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 14,831     98   14,929   20   (4,322 ) 10,627   (28 ) (29 )
Operating expenses (10,193 )   (47 ) (10,240 ) (26 ) (290 ) (10,556 ) (4 ) (3 )
 
 
 
 


 
 
         
Operating profit 4,638     51   4,689   (6 ) (4,612 ) 71   (98 ) (98 )
 
Income from associates 30     1   31     (11 ) 20   (33 ) (35 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 4,668     52   4,720   (6 ) (4,623 ) 91   (98 ) (98 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
For footnotes, see page 143.

     The US economy began to slow in the fourth quarter of 2007 and, increasingly, evidence suggested that some parts of the country were already in recession. As the housing market slump affected the real economy, the deterioration in credit quality that began in the mortgage services business extended to include other consumer finance businesses in the US. In HSBC, this was reflected in a 79 per cent rise in loan impairment charges and a loss before tax of US$1.5 billion in Personal Financial Services. In response to this, management took actions to manage exposure and realign the business, including stopping new mortgage purchases in mortgage services, tightening underwriting criteria, restricting the product range in consumer lending, decreasing credit lines and reducing the volume of balance transfers in credit cards, and restructuring the consumer lending branch network by closing some 400 branches of HSBC Finance to reflect expected lower demand. A loss of US$965 million in Global Banking and Markets arose from credit-related and liquidity event write-downs as asset-backed securities markets became illiquid and credit spreads widened markedly.

     Net interest income rose by 4 per cent, as higher revenues from payments and cash management, commercial lending and cards were offset by lower mortgage balances, spread compression and higher non-performing balances.

     Overall, average lending balances were 5 per cent higher, as growth in credit and private label cards and vehicle finance offset lower mortgage

balances. The benefits of higher volumes were largely offset as asset spreads narrowed due to higher funding costs. Also, although deposit balances rose, spreads reduced as the product mix shifted to higher yielding products. Business expansion and higher customer volumes drove growth in loans and deposits in Commercial Banking. A 43 per cent increase in revenue from payments and cash management was due to higher customer balances.

     Net fee income rose as a result of higher personal card balances attracting late and over-limit fees. Fees from card services also rose, due to enhancement services on cards such as debt protection and identity protection. The Intellicheck service, which allows customers to pay their credit card balances over the telephone for a fee, proved popular with customers. Payments and cash management fees also increased on higher volumes generated. In the fourth quarter of 2007, HSBC changed fee practices on credit cards to ensure they fully reflected HSBC’s brand principles. This reduced income by US$55 million in 2007.

     HSBC incurred a trading loss following write-downs in credit and structured derivatives, including US$282 million relating to monoline exposures, and in leveraged and acquisition finance, driven by deterioration in the credit market in the second half of the year. The write-downs were compounded by trading losses on purchased loans in the mortgage services’ wholesale business, in response to which HSBC closed the Decision One business. By


 

124


Back to Contents

contrast, foreign exchange trading performance was strong, supported by activity generated by a weakening dollar and volatile markets.

     Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value rose to US$1.8 billion, driven by significant fair value movements on HSBC’s own debt as a result of the widening of credit spreads and related derivatives in the second half of the year.

     Gains less losses from financial investments of US$245 million were primarily attributable to the sale of shares in MasterCard.

     Net earned insurance premiums decreased by 9 per cent to US$449 million, as the decline in loan volumes led to a fall in credit insurance sales and HSBC stopped reinsuring credit insurance for other lenders.

     Other operating income decreased significantly, as higher losses were recorded on foreclosed properties due to the combined effect of an increase in the stock of such properties and a reduction in their value due to falling prices. In addition, there were lower gains on the sale of investments, mainly due to a significant one-off gain in the latter part of 2006.

     Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders decreased by 7 per cent to US$241 million, in line with the change in net earned insurance premiums.

     Loan impairment charges posted a steep rise, increasing by 79 per cent to US$12.2 billion, reflecting substantially higher charges in the US consumer finance loan book, primarily in mortgage lending but also in the credit cards portfolio in the final part of the year. The main factor driving this deterioration was the effect of the weaker housing market on both economic activity and the ability of borrowers to extend or refinance debt. In addition, seasoning and mix change within the credit cards portfolio and increases in bankruptcy filings after the exceptionally low levels seen in 2006, following changes in legislation, added to loan impairment charges.

     The real estate secured portfolios experienced continuing deterioration in credit quality as a lack of demand for securitised sub-prime mortgages and falls in house prices severely restricted refinancing options for many customers. Loan impairment charges rose by 41 per cent to US$3.1 billion and by 139 per cent to US$4.1 billion in the mortgage services business and consumer lending,

respectively. Delinquency rates exceeded recent historical trends, particularly for those loans originated in 2005 and 2006. Performance was weakest in housing markets which had previously experienced the steepest home price appreciation, second lien products and stated income products.

     US card services experienced a rise in loan impairment charges from a combination of factors, primarily a growth in balances, higher losses in the final part of the year as the economy slowed, a rise in bankruptcy rates to levels approaching those seen historically, and a shift in portfolio mix towards non-prime loans.

     Loan impairment charges in Commercial Banking rose by 151 per cent to US$191 million, reflecting growth in the loan book, the increasing probability of default among commercial real estate loans in the US and a change in methodology for determining loan impairment allowances on a portfolio of revolving loans to small businesses. In addition, in Canada, loan impairment charges increased due to exposure to certain sectors affected by the strength of the Canadian dollar and an impairment charge for non-bank asset-backed commercial paper was also taken.

     Operating expenses increased by 3 per cent, compared with growth in net operating income before loan impairment charges of 5 per cent. The retail bank branch network was extended both within and beyond the Group’s traditional spheres of operation to support the expansion of the Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking businesses in the US and Canada. Premises and equipment expenses rose as a consequence. The consumer finance business incurred restructuring charges from the discontinuation of the wholesale and correspondent channels in mortgage services and the closing of branch offices in consumer lending. There were corresponding benefits in origination costs. The Canadian consumer finance business was also restructured in a similar fashion to the US. The business incurred US$70 million of one-off costs arising from the indemnification agreement with Visa ahead of Visa’s planned IPO. In the cards and consumer lending businesses, communication expenses increased due to higher mailing volumes on cards and consumer lending as credit collection policies were tightened. In the third quarter, however, expenditure on card marketing declined in line with a decision to slow lending growth.

     Share of profit in associates and joint ventures declined to US$20 million.


 

125


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > North America > Profit/loss before tax by customer group

 

Analysis by customer group and global business

Profit/(loss) before tax

  2008  
 


















 
  Personal           Global                          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           Intersegment        
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total  
North America US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                         
Net interest income 12,632     1,480     1,064     224     22     (204 )   15,218  
Net fee income/(expense) 3,896     391     818     181     (59 )       5,227  
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
(250 )   5     (3,516 )   10     (128 )       (3,879 )
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
66         584         (110 )   204     744  
Net trading income/(expense)16  (184 )   5     (2,932 )   10     (238 )   204     (3,135 )
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
                3,736         3,736  
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
(2 )       (1 )       4         1  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
(2 )       (1 )       3,740         3,737  
Gains less losses from financial  investments 65     5     (209 )       19         (120 )
Dividend income 36     11     27     3             77  
Net earned insurance premiums 390                         390  
Other operating income/ (expense) (426 )   140     240     20     1,419     (1,370 )   23  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total operating income/(expense) 16,407     2,032     (993 )   438     4,903     (1,370 )   21,417  
Net insurance claims17  (238 )                       (238 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income/ (expense)5  16,169     2,032     (993 )   438     4,903     (1,370 )   21,179  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(16,132 )   (449 )   (198 )   (16 )           (16,795 )
 
   
   

 
   
   
   
 
Net operating income/ (expense) 37     1,583     (1,191 )   422     4,903     (1,370 )   4,384  
Operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment) (6,701 )   (937 )   (1,384 )   (339 )   (1,368 )   1,370     (9,359 )
Goodwill impairment (10,564 )                       (10,564 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Operating profit/(loss) (17,228 )   646     (2,575 )   83     3,535         (15,539 )
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures     12             (1 )       11  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Profit/(loss) before tax (17,228 )   658     (2,575 )   83     3,534         (15,528 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
                                         
  %     %     %     %     %           %  
                                         
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax (185.1 )   7.1     (27.7 )   0.9     38.0           (166.8 )
Cost efficiency ratio 106.8     46.1     (139.4 )   77.4     27.9           94.1  
Balance sheet data15                                         
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m  
                                         
Loans and advances to customers (net) 179,663     35,725     35,583     5,243               256,214  
Total assets 192,240     42,211     318,139     7,054     3,323     (10,355 )   552,612  
Customer accounts 65,830     39,105     23,844     14,657     96           143,532  

For footnotes, see page 143.

 

126


Back to Contents

  2007  
 


















 
  Personal           Global                 Inter-        
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment        
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total  
North America US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                         
Net interest income/(expense) 13,175     1,558     378     273     (17 )   (520 )   14,847  
Net fee income/(expense) 4,571     338     701     279     (79 )       5,810  
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
(349 )   (2 )   (871 )   11     (78 )       (1,289 )
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
134         137         (44 )   520     747  
Net trading income/(expense)16  (215 )   (2 )   (734 )   11     (122 )   520     (542 )
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
                1,750         1,750  
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
        11         (11 )        
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
        11         1,739         1,750  
Gains less losses from financial investments 176     (1 )   65     2     3         245  
Dividend income 47     1     57                 105  
Net earned insurance premiums 449                         449  
Other operating income/(expense) (5 )   88     167     34     1,480     (1,404 )   360  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total operating income 18,198     1,982     645     599     3,004     (1,404 )   23,024  
Net insurance claims17  (241 )                       (241 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income5  17,957     1,982     645     599     3,004     (1,404 )   22,783  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(11,909 )   (191 )   (46 )   (10 )           (12,156 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income 6,048     1,791     599     589     3,004     (1,404 )   10,627  
Total operating expenses (7,594 )   (893 )   (1,562 )   (415 )   (1,496 )   1,404     (10,556 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Operating profit/(loss) (1,546 )   898     (963 )   174     1,508         71  
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
    22     (2 )               20  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Profit/(loss) before tax (1,546 )   920     (965 )   174     1,508         91  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
                                         
  %     %     %     %     %           %  
                                         
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax (6.4 )   3.8     (4.0 )   0.7     6.3           0.4  
Cost efficiency ratio 42.3     45.1     242.2     69.3     49.8           46.3  
                                         
Balance sheet data15                                         
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m  
                                         
Loans and advances to customers (net) 218,676     38,930     26,186     6,068               289,860  
Total assets 237,475     46,247     252,804     20,073     1,095     (8,409 )   549,285  
Customer accounts 61,824     36,306     30,732     16,187     124           145,173  

For footnotes, see page 143.

127


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > North America > Profit/loss before tax by customer group // Latin America

 

Analysis by customer group and global business (continued)

Profit/(loss) before tax

  2006  
 


















 
  Personal           Global                 Inter-        
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment        
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total  
North America US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                         
Net interest income/(expense) 12,964     1,362     266     212     (52 )   (484 )   14,268  
Net fee income/(expense) 3,675     329     656     240     (134 )       4,766  
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
66     13     746     12     (220 )       617  
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
208         72         (23 )   484     741  
Net trading income/(expense)16  274     13     818     12     (243 )   484     1,358  
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
                (63 )       (63 )
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
        (11 )       11          
Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value
        (11 )       (52 )       (63 )
Gains less losses from financial investments 14     19     12     9     4         58  
Dividend income 23     1     61                 85  
Net earned insurance premiums 492                         492  
Other operating income 270     87     269     31     1,536     (1,271 )   922  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total operating income 17,712     1,811     2,071     504     1,059     (1,271 )   21,886  
Net insurance claims17  (259 )                       (259 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income5  17,453     1,811     2,071     504     1,059     (1,271 )   21,627  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(6,683 )   (74 )   (3 )   (35 )   (1 )       (6,796 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income 10,770     1,737     2,068     469     1,058     (1,271 )   14,831  
Total operating expenses (7,379 )   (814 )   (1,641 )   (355 )   (1,275 )   1,271     (10,193 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Operating profit/(loss) 3,391     923     427     114     (217 )       4,638  
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
    34     (4 )               30  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Profit/(loss) before tax 3,391     957     423     114     (217 )       4,668  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
                                         
  %     %     %     %     %           %  
                                         
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 15.4     4.3     1.9     0.5     (1.0 )         21.1  
Cost efficiency ratio 42.3     44.9     79.2     70.4     120.4           47.1  
                                         
Balance sheet data15                                         
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m  
                                         
Loans and advances to customers (net) 220,517     34,651     17,215     5,604               277,987  
Total assets 252,725     43,665     203,639     7,334     1,898     (3,623 )   505,638  
Customer accounts 54,099     31,066     23,711     11,938     108           120,922  

For footnotes, see page 143.

 

128


Back to Contents

Latin America

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer groups and global businesses

Personal     Global  
Financial   Commercial   Banking &   Private
Services   Banking   Markets   Banking Other Total  
US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m US$m US$m  
2008      
Argentina   111   113       224  
Brazil 250   348   298   8 6 910  
Mexico 360   157   190   7 714  
Panama 51   37   33   121  
Other 7   53   7   1 68  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
668   706   641   16 6 2,037  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2007      
Argentina 36   75   90   201  
Brazil 293   286   297   9 (6 ) 879  
Mexico 514   333   113   11 9 980  
Panama 45   18   16   7 86  
Other 5   28   1   (2 ) 32  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
893   740   517   25 3 2,178  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2006      
Argentina 35   51   68   3 157  
Brazil 121   185   218   6 (4 ) 526  
Mexico 628   197   177   7 1,009  
Panama 16   13   10   39  
Other   5   2   1 (4 ) 4  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
800   451   475   14 (5 ) 1,735  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Loans and advances to customers (net) by country

At 31 December
 
 
2008   2007   2006  
US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Argentina 2,356   2,485   1,912  
Brazil 18,255   18,491   11,469  
Mexico 12,211   18,059   14,294  
Panama 4,538   4,158   4,178  
Other 4,927   4,730   3,938  
 
 
 
 
42,287   47,923   35,791  
 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts by country    
At 31 December
 
 
2008   2007   2006  
US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Argentina 2,988   2,779   2,470  
Brazil 27,857   26,231   19,946  
Mexico 17,652   22,307   19,775  
Panama 5,185   5,062   5,031  
Other 5,761   4,913   3,639  
 
 
 
 
59,443   61,292   50,861  
 
 
 
 

 

129


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Latin America > 2008

 

Profit before tax

2008   2007   2006
Latin America US$m   US$m   US$m
                   
Net interest income 6,458     5,576     4,197    
Net fee income 2,167   2,153   1,630
Net trading income 701   548   537
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives          
Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value 364     320     237  
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 364   320   237
Gains less losses from financial investments 176   253   84
Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates   11  
Dividend income 20   9   6
Net earned insurance premiums 1,717   1,594   1,076
Other operating income 300   228   91
 
   
   
   
Total operating income 11,903   10,692   7,858
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders (1,390 )   (1,427 )   (1,023 )
 
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 10,513   9,265   6,835
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (2,492 )   (1,697 )   (938 )
 
   
   
   
Net operating income 8,021   7,568   5,897
Total operating expenses (5,990 )   (5,402 )   (4,166 )
 
   
   
   
Operating profit 2,031   2,166   1,731
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 6   12   4
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax 2,037   2,178   1,735
 
   
   
   
                   
%   %   %
                   
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 21.9   9.0   7.9
Cost efficiency ratio 57.0   58.3   61.0
Year-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) 58,559   64,404   64,900

Balance sheet data15

At 31 December
 
 
2008   2007   2006  
US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Loans and advances to customers (net) 42,287   47,923   35,791  
Loans and advances to banks (net) 14,572   12,675   12,634  
Trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value, and financial investments 18,753   24,715   20,497  
Total assets 97,944   101,088   82,169  
Deposits by banks 5,598   4,092   5,267  
Customer accounts 59,443   61,292   50,861  

For footnote, see page 143.
All commentaries on Latin America are on an underlying basis unless stated otherwise.

2008 compared with 2007

Economic briefing

Inflationary pressures developed in Mexico during the course of 2008, mostly due to rising commodity prices, as consumer price inflation accelerated from 3.7 per cent in January to 6.5 per cent by the year-end. In response, the Bank of Mexico raised its overnight interest rate by 75 basis points to 8.25 per cent by the end of the year, although a variety of

economic indicators pointed to a sharp loss of momentum during the final quarter as global growth slowed.

     The Brazilian economy performed strongly during the first half of 2008, driven by domestic demand, with the annual rate of consumer price inflation rising from 4.6 per cent in January to 6.4 per cent in July, towards the upper limit of the central banks’ tolerance range. Conditions within the labour market improved, with the rate of


 

130


Back to Contents

unemployment well below levels observed a year earlier. In line with many other economies within the region, however, conditions weakened markedly towards the end of 2008, with industrial production falling by close to 20 per cent during the fourth quarter.

     In Argentina, economic activity held at a reasonably robust level for much of the year, although measures of industrial production growth slowed noticeably during the final months of 2008.

Declines in commodity prices during the second half of 2008 and the reduced value of exports raised concerns over the level of capital outflow from the country, while domestic currency interest rates increased sharply. The official headline rate of consumer price inflation rose during the first half of 2008, reaching 9.3 per cent in June 2008 before slowing to 7.2 per cent in December, although methodological changes make comparisons over year difficult.


 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax

2008 compared with 2007
 
 
2007  
acquisitions, 2007 2008  
2007 disposals at 2008   acquisitions   Under- 2008   Under-
as & dilution Currency   exchange and   lying as Reported lying
reported gains 1 translation 2 rates 3 disposals 1 change reported change change
Latin America US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m   US$m US$m % %
                                     
Net interest income 5,576     155   5,731     727   6,458   16   13  
Net fee income 2,153 58 2,211   (44 ) 2,167 1 (2 )
Other income4 1,536 (11 ) 23 1,548 71   269 1,888 23 17
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5 9,265 (11 ) 236 9,490 71   952 10,513 13 10
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(1,697 ) (64 ) (1,761 )   (731 ) (2,492 ) (47 ) (42 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 7,568 (11 ) 172 7,729 71   221 8,021 6 3
Operating expenses (5,402 ) (190 ) (5,592 )   (398 ) (5,990 ) (11 ) (7 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 2,166 (11 ) (18 ) 2,137 71   (177 ) 2,031 (6 ) (8 )
Income from associates 12 12   (6 ) 6 (50 ) (50 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 2,178 (11 ) (18 ) 2,149 71   (183 ) 2,037 (6 ) (9 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         

For footnotes, see page 143.

Review of business performance

In Latin America, HSBC reported a pre-tax profit of US$2.0 billion compared with US$2.2 billion in 2007, a decrease of 6 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits decreased by 9 per cent as increased revenues were offset by higher loan impairment charges, largely in Mexico and Brazil, and increased operating costs across the region.

     Net interest income increased by 13 per cent. Growth in average personal lending volumes was mainly driven by vehicle finance and payroll loans in Brazil, and credit cards and personal loans in Mexico. Average credit card balances increased as a result of significant organic growth in 2007 which was not repeated in 2008. Commercial loan volume growth was driven by increased lending for working capital and trade finance loans in Brazil, and medium-sized businesses and the real estate sector in Mexico. Increased income on customer liabilities, which was driven by volume growth, particularly in

time deposits, was largely offset by a contraction in deposit spreads, primarily on US dollar denominated accounts. Active repricing strategies were deployed to mitigate spread compression in the region and to better reflect the credit risk on the loan portfolio. Lower overall spreads on lending products were partly offset by increases in cards in the region, small business loans in Mexico and overdrafts in Brazil. In Argentina, spreads on most products widened.

     Net fee income decreased by 2 per cent following a ruling by the Brazilian Central Bank reducing or eliminating certain fees such as charges on early loan repayments and returned cheques. Lower transaction volumes in Personal Financial Services in Brazil also reduced fee income. These were partly offset by product repricing, the introduction of new fees and volume growth, particularly in cards, personal loans, packaged deposit products and payments and cash management.


 

131


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
 Geographical regions > Latin America > 2008 / 2007

 

     Trading income rose by 22 per cent largely reflecting favourable positioning against foreign exchange movements and increased foreign exchange sales volumes. Trading losses were registered on certain transactions where an offsetting benefit is reported in net income from financial instruments designated at fair value. Losses from defaults on derivative contracts were registered, primarily in Mexico.

     Gains less losses from financial investments declined by 24 per cent as gains on the redemption of VISA shares, following its global IPO, and the sale of shares in both Brazil and Mexico were lower than the gains achieved on the sale of shares in a number of companies in Brazil in 2007.

     Net earned insurance premiums rose, driven by higher prices and increased sales in the general insurance business, primarily in Argentina. Sales of life assurance products remained strong.

     Increased net insurance claims incurred and movements in liabilities to policyholders in Argentina were more than offset by a decrease in liabilities to policyholders in Brazil following a decline in the equity market where the investment losses were passed on to unit-linked policyholders. This was compensated for by a similar decrease in net income from financial instruments designated at fair value.

     Other operating income was broadly in line with 2007. A refinement of the income recognition methodology used in respect of long-term insurance contracts in Brazil in 2008 was offset by a similar adjustment in Mexico in 2007.

     Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions rose by 42 per cent, mainly relating to credit cards, as organically grown portfolios in Mexico seasoned following market share growth and credit quality deteriorated in Mexico and Brazil. The personal unsecured, vehicle finance and small and medium-sized commercial loan portfolios in Brazil also experienced increased levels of loan impairment. Specific focus was placed on improving the quality of new business, based on underwriting experience and relationship management, and steps were taken to improve collection strategies.

     Operating expenses increased by 7 per cent. An increase in staff costs was primarily driven by higher salaries following union-agreed pay rises and redundancy payments following reductions in staff numbers, partly offset by cost savings from the reduced headcount. Administrative expenses rose

following an increase in the use of a credit card cashback promotional facility in Mexico which was terminated at the end of 2008. Costs also grew in support of improved operational processes in the region. HSBC benefited in 2008 from the recognition of a tax credit following a court ruling in Brazil granting the right to recover excess taxes paid on insurance transactions and changes in transactional tax legislation. As economic conditions weakened towards the second half of 2008, strategic cost saving measures were implemented throughout the region.

2007 compared with 2006

Economic briefing

In response to fluctuations in export demand from the US, economic growth in Mexico moderated during the course of 2007, with GDP rising an estimated 3.1 per cent during the year, compared with 4.8 per cent in 2006. Inflationary pressures remained significant throughout 2007, with consumer price inflation averaging 4 per cent, driven by increases in international prices of commodities, which affected domestic food prices in the core index. As a result, the Bank of Mexico raised its overnight interest rate by a total of 50 basis points, and has maintained its restrictive monetary policy despite reductions in interest rates by the US Federal Reserve.

     The Brazilian economy expanded strongly in 2007, with GDP expected to have grown by 5.4 per cent compared with 3.7 per cent in 2006. As in 2006, growth was driven by domestic demand, with private consumption rising considerably. As a consequence, the average unemployment rate fell to 9.3 per cent in 2007 from 10 per cent in 2006. After declining to 3.1 per cent at the end of 2006, the annual rate of consumer price inflation climbed to 4.5 per cent by December 2007, mainly from higher food prices. The cycle of monetary easing which began in the third quarter of 2005 paused in October 2007 with the overnight rate at 11.25 per cent, the lowest level in several decades. After nine years of steady expansion, the trade balance surplus fell slightly in 2007, and is expected to decrease further in 2008. Balance of payments fundamentals, however, remained robust and, as a result, the Brazilian economy seemed less vulnerable to external shocks than in previous years.

     The Argentine economy also performed strongly in 2007, with GDP expected to have risen by 8.7 per cent. This strength was a consequence of several factors such as a competitive exchange rate, spare capacity in the economy and a generally


 

132


Back to Contents

favourable external environment, which helped Argentina extend its fiscal and external surpluses into a fourth successive year. Less encouraging was the fact that inflation accelerated to about 13 per cent, up from 10 per cent in 2006. Although food inflation was part of the explanation, rapid demand growth was also a factor. 2007 was an election year, and as a result the rate of growth of fiscal spending doubled to 45 per cent on an annual basis. As a consequence, the primary surplus fell by around 1.2 per cent of GDP.

     Throughout the region as a whole, GDP growth roughly matched that of 2006. The slowdown in Mexico provided a contrast to better performances elsewhere in Central and Southern America. Central America grew by an estimated 6.3 per cent, up from

5.9 per cent in 2006 while, in South America, growth was an estimated 5.8 per cent, up from 5.3 per cent in 2006. The most dynamic economies in Central America were Panama (10.0 per cent growth in GDP) and the Dominican Republic (8.0 per cent), followed by Costa Rica (6.2 per cent) and Honduras (6.2 per cent). In South America, the fastest growing countries after Argentina were Peru (7.2 per cent growth in GDP), Venezuela (7.0 per cent) and Colombia (6.5 per cent). In general, inflation appears to be under control in Latin America, averaging around 5 per cent over the past three years. Only Venezuela and Argentina have experienced double-digit inflation, while the US dollar-based economies of Panama, Ecuador and El Salvador have better inflationary records.


 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying profit before tax
 
 
2007 compared with 2006
 
 














 
                  2007                
      2006       2006   acquisitions,                  
  2006   acquisitions       at 2007   disposals   Under-   2007   Re-   Under-
  as   and   Currency   exchange   & dilution   lying   as   ported   lying  
  reported   disposals  1 translation 2 rates 6 gains 1 change   reported   change   change  
Latin America US$m     US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %   %  
                                     
Net interest income 4,197     261   4,458   375   743   5,576   33   17  
Net fee income 1,630     86   1,716   86   351   2,153   32   20  
Other income4  1,008     60   1,068   102   366   1,536   52   34  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income5  6,835     407   7,242   563   1,460   9,265   36   20  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(938 )   (81 ) (1,019 ) (133 ) (545 ) (1,697 ) (81 ) (53 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Net operating income 5,897     326   6,223   430   915   7,568   28   15  
Operating expenses (4,166 )   (258 ) (4,424 ) (320 ) (658 ) (5,402 ) (30 ) (15 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Operating profit 1,731     68   1,799   110   257   2,166   25   14  
Income from associates 4       4   9   (1 ) 12   200   (25 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
Profit before tax 1,735     68   1,803   119   256   2,178   26   14  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
For footnotes, see page 143.

 

Review of business performance

HSBC’s operations in Latin America reported a pre-tax profit of US$2.2 billion compared with US$1.7 billion in 2006, representing an increase of 26 per cent. The Group’s acquisitions of HSBC Bank Panama and Banca Nazionale in 2006 strengthened the existing business platform and geographical representation. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits rose by 14 per cent as increased revenues were partly offset by higher loan impairment charges, largely from Mexico, and a rise in operating costs.

     Notable contributions to Commercial Banking’s pre-tax profits, which were 64 per cent higher than in 2006, arose in Brazil from small and mid-market

enterprises and in Mexico from larger corporates. In Personal Financial Services, profit before tax increased by 12 per cent as strong growth in revenues was partly offset by increased loan impairment charges in Mexico. Profit before tax in Global Banking and Markets increased as strong growth in net fee and net interest income was partly offset by a decrease in trading income and higher costs related to business expansion.

     Notwithstanding continuing investment and integration costs throughout the region, the cost efficiency ratio improved by 2.7 percentage points to 58.3 per cent.


 

133


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Latin America > 2007 / Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group

 

     Net interest income increased by 17 per cent. Growth was strong across the region, with net interest income rising by 22 per cent and 11 per cent in Mexico and Brazil, respectively.

     In Mexico, net interest income rose despite a fall in balance sheet management revenues due to growth in both assets and liabilities. In particular, credit card balances increased, driven by marketing and portfolio management initiatives designed to improve customer retention and card usage. Volume growth was achieved in mortgages, commercial real estate lending, trade and factoring. Customer relationship management campaigns resulted in new customer acquisitions and increased cross-selling. Net interest income in Brazil increased as the sound economic outlook and falling interest rates resulted in strong demand for credit.

     Fee income rose by 20 per cent, primarily driven by robust business growth across the region. In Mexico, the use of debit and credit cards grew, in part because of the growing ATM network and the number of cards in force, which drove commissions from ATM cash withdrawals and point of sale billing. Stricter guidelines on the imposition of late payment fees also led to higher income.

     A strategy to migrate more transactions to internet-based services resulted in higher payment and cash management transactions as the number of active customers rose.

     Current account income increased as a result of a re-pricing exercise and a rise in volumes. Fees from loans and funds under management also grew on higher volumes. Strong growth in customer accounts delivered higher transactional fees and the continuing success of the Tu Cuenta product in Mexico led to increased take-up with higher product fees charged to customers.

     Net income from trading activities decreased by 4 per cent, mainly due to reduced trading opportunities in Credit and Rates. This was partly offset by income growth from foreign exchange trading, driven by continuing market volatility.

     Net gains from financial investments rose significantly following a gain on sale of shares held

in a credit bureau, a stock exchange and a derivatives exchange in Brazil.

     The continued growth of insurance operations in the region, achieved by increasing HSBC’s product offerings and expanding its distribution channels, along with targeted sales initiatives, led to higher net insurance claims incurred and movements in liabilities to policyholders.

     A 97 per cent increase in other operating income reflected the recognition of the embedded value calculation on the PVIF life assurance business in Mexico. The improvement on 2006 was also aided by the non-recurrence of a loss on sale of a portfolio of assets during that year and sundry gains on foreclosed assets in 2007.

     Loan impairment charges rose sharply, by 53 per cent to US$1.7 billion, mainly driven by portfolio growth, normal seasoning and higher delinquency rates on credit cards in Mexico, following a targeted expansion in market share. Loan impairment charges for small and medium-sized businesses lending and delinquencies on loans to the self-employed also increased in Mexico. Partly offsetting these developments was an improvement in personal and commercial delinquency rates in Brazil.

     Continuing investment and business expansion resulted in an increase in operating expenses of 15 per cent. This compared favourably with growth in net operating income before loan impairment charges of 20 per cent. Staff costs rose, primarily on higher salaries and bonuses in the region, driven by the need to support business growth, union-agreed pay rises and one-off costs incurred in Brazil to improve operational efficiencies. These were partially offset by a curtailment and settlement gain in Mexico from staff transferring from the Group’s defined benefit healthcare scheme to a new defined contribution scheme.

     Increases in non-staff costs included higher marketing expenditure in support of growth in credit card operations, continued investment in infrastructure to support business growth and a rise in telecommunication costs and transactional taxes. Four additional months of Banca Nazionale expenses also increased costs.


 

134


Back to Contents

Analysis by customer group and global business                            
 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                     
 
  2008
 


















   
  Personal           Global                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total    
Latin America US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                           
Net interest income 4,582     1,637     579     22     (35 )   (327 )   6,458    
Net fee income 1,339     536     248     35     9         2,167    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Trading income excluding net                                          
   interest income 123     27     200     3     4         356    
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
7     4     8         (2 )   327     345    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net trading income16  130     31     208     3     2     327     701    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives                            
Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value
187         139         38         364    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net income from financial                                          
   instruments designated at                                          
   fair value 187         139         38         364    
Gains less losses from financial                                          
   investments 132     21     21     2             176    
Dividend income 16     1     3               20      
Net earned insurance premiums 1,547     82     88                 1,717    
Other operating income 244     57     39     3     8     (51 )   300    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 8,177     2,365     1,325     65     22     (51 )   11,903    
Net insurance claims17  (1,281 )   (42 )   (68 )       1         (1,390 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  6,896     2,323     1,257     65     23     (51 )   10,513    
Loan impairment charges and                                          
   other credit risk provisions (2,120 )   (340 )   (29 )       (3 )       (2,492 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 4,776     1,983     1,228     65     20     (51 )   8,021    
 
Total operating expenses (4,114 )   (1,277 )   (587 )   (49 )   (14 )   51     (5,990 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 662     706     641     16     6         2,031    
Share of profit in associates                                          
   and joint ventures 6                         6    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 668     706     641     16     6         2,037    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
                                           
Share of HSBC’s profit                                          
   before tax 7.2     7.6     6.9     0.2               21.9    
Cost efficiency ratio 59.7     55.0     46.7     75.4     60.9           57.0    
 
Balance sheet data15                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
                                           
Loans and advances to                                          
   customers (net) 18,523     15,460     8,273     31               42,287    
Total assets 30,320     19,382     48,868     391     361     (1,378 )   97,944    
Customer accounts 27,564     14,367     15,384     2,128               59,443    
 
For footnotes, see page 143.                            

 

135


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Geographical regions > Latin America > Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group

 

Analysis by customer group and global business (continued)

Profit/(loss) before tax

  2007
 



















 
  Personal         Global             Inter-        
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private         segment        
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total    
Latin America US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
 
Net interest income 3,983     1,407     410     20     3     (247 )   5,576    
Net fee income 1,372     485     250     40     6         2,153    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Trading income excluding net                                          
   interest income 67     39     164     2             272    
Net interest income on                                          
   trading activities 10     1     18             247     276    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net trading income16  77     40     182     2         247     548    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Changes in fair value of long-                                          
   term debt issued and                                          
   related derivatives                            
Net income from other financial                                          
   instruments designated at fair                                          
   value 314         6                 320    
 
   
   
   

 
   
   
   
Net income from financial                                          
   instruments designated at                                          
   fair value 314         6                 320    
Gains less losses from financial                                          
   investments 120     51     82     1     (1 )       253    
Gains arising from dilution of                                          
   interests in associates                 11         11    
Dividend income 5     2     2                 9    
Net earned insurance premiums 1,448     66     80                 1,594    
Other operating income 145     69     31     8     12     (37 )   228    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 7,464     2,120     1,043     71     31     (37 )   10,692    
Net insurance claims17  (1,330 )   (37 )   (60 )               (1,427 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  6,134     2,083     983     71     31     (37 )   9,265    
 
Loan impairment (charges)/                                          
   recoveries and other credit                                          
   risk provisions (1,492 )   (212 )   13         (6 )       (1,697 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 4,642     1,871     996     71     25     (37 )   7,568    
 
Total operating expenses (3,758 )   (1,132 )   (481 )   (46 )   (22 )   37     (5,402 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 884     739     515     25     3         2,166    
Share of profit in associates                                          
   and joint ventures 9     1     2                 12    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 893     740     517     25     3         2,178    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                           
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
                                           
Share of HSBC’s profit                                          
   before tax 3.7     3.1     2.1     0.1               9.0    
Cost efficiency ratio 61.3     54.3     48.9     64.8     71.0           58.3    
 
Balance sheet data15                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m         US$m    
                                           
Loans and advances to                                          
   customers (net) 21,680     16,243     9,935     65               47,923    
Total assets 35,181     21,049     45,045     302     261     (750 )   101,088    
Customer accounts 30,628     15,524     13,950     1,190               61,292    
 
For footnotes, see page 143.                                          

 

136


Back to Contents

  2006
 



















 
  Personal           Global                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination 21   Total    
Latin America US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
 
Net interest income/(expense) 3,057     1,037     325     13     (2 )   (233 )   4,197    
Net fee income 1,053     387     167     23             1,630    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Trading income excluding net                                          
   interest income 61     21     218     1             301    
Net interest income/(expense)                                          
   on trading activities 14     5     (16 )           233     236    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net trading income16  75     26     202     1         233     537    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Changes in fair value of long-term                                          
   debt issued and related                                          
   derivatives                            
Net income from other financial                                          
   instruments designated at fair                                          
   value 227         11         (1 )       237    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net income/(expense) from                                          
   financial instruments                                          
   designated at fair value 227         11         (1 )       237    
Gains less losses from financial                                          
   investments 11     1     72                 84    
Dividend income 5     1                     6    
Net earned insurance premiums 992     27     59         (2 )       1,076    
Other operating income 74     7     10     4     14     (18 )   91    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 5,494     1,486     846     41     9     (18 )   7,858    
Net insurance claims17  (957 )   (16 )   (51 )       1         (1,023 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income5  4,537     1,470     795     41     10     (18 )   6,835    
Loan impairment (charges)/                                          
   recoveries and other credit                                          
   risk provisions (764 )   (197 )   26         (3 )       (938 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 3,773     1,273     821     41     7     (18 )   5,897    
Total operating expenses (2,977 )   (822 )   (346 )   (27 )   (12 )   18     (4,166 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) 796     451     475     14     (5 )       1,731    
Share of profit in associates                                          
   and joint ventures 4                         4    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax 800     451     475     14     (5 )       1,735    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
                                           
Share of HSBC’s profit                                          
   before tax 3.6     2.0     2.2     0.1               7.9    
Cost efficiency ratio 65.6     55.9     43.5     65.9     120.0           61.0    
 
Balance sheet data15                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
                                           
Loans and advances to                                          
   customers (net) 16,165     11,463     8,147     16               35,791    
Total assets 28,237     16,599     37,564     90     344     (665 )   82,169    
Customer accounts 25,200     13,754     11,685     222               50,861    
 
For footnotes, see page 143.                                          

 

137


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Products and services

 

Products and services

Personal Financial Services

Personal Financial Services provides over 105 million individual and self-employed customers with financial services in 62 countries. The selection of products and services offered in each case is determined by HSBC’s participation strategy in the respective markets.

     In markets where HSBC already has scale or, in emerging markets where scale can be built over time, HSBC offers a full range of personal financial products and services. Typically, products provided include personal banking products (current and savings accounts, mortgages and personal loans, credit cards, and local and international payment services), together with consumer finance and wealth management services.

     In other markets, HSBC participates more selectively, targeting only those customer segments which have strong international connectivity or where HSBC’s global scale is crucial.

     HSBC Premier, the Group’s premium banking service, provides personalised relationship management, a single online view of all international accounts, free international funds transfer between HSBC accounts, 24-hour priority telephone access, global travel assistance and wealth management services. There are now over 2.6 million HSBC Premier customers, who can use more than 300 specially designated Premier branches and centres in 41 countries and territories.

     Wealth management (insurance and investment products and financial planning services) plays an important part in meeting the needs of customers. Insurance products distributed by HSBC through its direct channels and branch networks include loan protection, life, property and health insurance and pensions. HSBC also makes available a wide range of investment products. A choice of third-party and proprietary funds provides customers with the ability to diversify their investments across a range of best-in-class fund managers chosen after a rigorous and objective selection process. Comprehensive financial planning services covering customers’ investment, retirement, personal and asset protection needs are offered through qualified financial planning managers.

     Personal customers prefer to conduct their financial business at times convenient to them, using the sales and service channels of their choice. This demand for flexibility is met through the increased provision of direct channels such as the internet and self-service terminals, in addition to traditional and

automated branches and service centres accessed by telephone.

     HSBC is a major global credit card issuer with over 100 million credit cards in force in 49 countries. In addition to HSBC branded cards, HSBC Finance in the US offers Household Bank and Orchard Bank branded cards and affiliation programmes such as the GM card and the AFL-CIO Union Plus card. HSBC is also a provider of third-party private label credit cards (or store cards) through merchant relationships.

     HSBC Finance’s operations in the US, the UK and Canada also make credit available to customers not well catered for by traditional banking operations and facilitate point-of-sale credit in support of retail purchases. At the end of February 2009, HSBC authorised the discontinuation as soon as practicable of all new receivable originations of all products by the branch-based consumer lending business of HSBC Finance in North America (see page 70).

     High net worth individuals and their families who choose the differentiated services offered within Private Banking are not included in this customer group.

Commercial Banking

HSBC is one of the world’s leading and most international banks, with over 2.9 million Commercial Banking customers in 63 countries, including sole proprietors, partnerships, clubs and associations, incorporated businesses and publicly quoted companies. At 31 December 2008, HSBC had total commercial customer account balances of US$236 billion and total commercial customer loans and advances, net of loan impairment allowances, of US$204 billion.

     HSBC segments its Commercial Banking business into corporate, mid-market, small and micro businesses, allowing the development of tailored customer propositions while adopting a broader view of the entire Commercial Banking sector, from sole traders to top-end mid-market corporations. This allows HSBC to provide continuous support to companies as they grow in size both domestically and internationally, and ensures a clear focus on the small and micro business sectors, which are typically the key to innovation and growth in market economies.

     HSBC places particular emphasis on geographical collaboration to meet its business customers’ needs and aims to be recognised as the leading international business bank and the best bank


 

138


Back to Contents

for small business in target markets. The range of products and services includes:

     Financing: HSBC provides a range of short and longer-term financing options for Commercial Banking customers, both domestically and cross-border, including overdrafts, receivables finance, term loans and property finance. The Group offers forms of asset finance in selected sites and has established specialised divisions providing leasing and instalment finance for vehicles, plant and equipment.

     Payments and cash management: HSBC is a leading provider of domestic and cross-border payments, collections, liquidity management and account services worldwide. The Group’s extensive network of offices and direct access to numerous local clearing systems enhances its customers’ ability to manage their cash efficiently on a global basis. Deposits are attracted through both current accounts and savings products, in local and foreign currencies.

     International trade: HSBC finances and facilitates significant volumes of international trade, under both open account terms and traditional trade finance instruments. HSBC also provides international factoring, commodity and insured export finance, and forfaiting services. The Group utilises its extensive international network to build customer relationships at both ends of trade flows, and maximises efficiency through expertise in documentary checking and processing, and highly automated systems.

     Treasury and capital markets: Commercial Banking customers are volume users of the Group’s foreign exchange capabilities, including sophisticated currency and interest rate options.

     Commercial cards: HSBC offers commercial card services covering both issuing and acquiring. Commercial card issuing provides its customers with services which enhance cash management, improve cost control and streamline purchasing processes. HSBC offers card acquiring services, either directly or as part of a joint venture, enabling merchants to accept credit and debit card payments either in person/on the premises or when the cardholder is not present (eg over the internet or on the telephone).

     Insurance: HSBC offers insurance services covering a full range of commercial insurance products designed to meet the needs of businesses and their employees, including employee benefit, pension and healthcare programmes, and a variety of commercial risks such as buildings, marine, cargo, keyman and credit protection. These products are provided by HSBC either as an intermediary (broker,

agent or consultant) or as a supplier of in-house or third-party offerings. HSBC also provides insurance due diligence reviews, and actuarial and employee benefit consultancy services.

     Wealth management services: These include advice and products related to savings and investments provided to Commercial Banking customers and their employees through HSBC’s worldwide network, with clients being referred to Private Banking where appropriate.

     Investment banking: A small number of Commercial Banking customers need corporate finance and advisory support. These requirements are serviced by the Group on a client-specific basis.

     Delivery channels: HSBC deploys a full range of delivery channels, including specific online and direct banking offerings such as HSBCnet and Business Internet Banking.

Global Banking and Markets

Global Banking and Markets provides tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients worldwide. Managed as a global business, Global Banking and Markets operates a long-term relationship management approach to build a full understanding of clients’ financial requirements. Sectoral client service teams comprising relationship managers and product specialists develop financial solutions to meet individual client needs. With dedicated offices in over 66 countries and access to HSBC’s worldwide presence and capabilities, this business serves subsidiaries and offices of its clients on a global basis.

     Global Banking and Markets is managed as four principal business lines: Global Markets, Global Banking, Principal Investments and Global Asset Management. This structure allows HSBC to focus on relationships and sectors that best fit the Group’s footprint and facilitates seamless delivery of HSBC’s products and services to clients.

Global Markets

HSBC’s operations in Global Markets consist of treasury and capital markets services for supranationals, central banks, corporations, institutional and private investors, financial institutions and other market participants. Products include:

foreign exchange;
   
currency, interest rate, bond, credit, equity and other derivatives;

 

139


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Products and services / Other information > FUM / Assets in custody / Property

 

government and non-government fixed income and money market instruments;
   
precious metals and exchange traded futures;
   
equity services, including research, sales and trading for institutional, corporate and private clients and asset management services;
   
distribution of capital markets instruments, including debt, equity and structured products, utilising HSBC’s global network; and
   
securities services, where HSBC is one of the world’s leading custodians providing custody and clearing services and funds administration to both domestic and cross-border investors.

Global Banking

HSBC’s operations in Global Banking consist of financing, advisory and transaction services for corporations, institutional and private investors, financial institutions, and governments and their agencies. Products include:

financing and capital markets, which comprises capital raising, including debt and equity capital, corporate finance and advisory services, bilateral and syndicated lending, leveraged and acquisition finance, structured and project finance, lease finance, and non-retail deposit- taking;
   
international, regional and domestic payments and cash management services; and
   
other transaction services, including trade services, factoring and banknotes.
   
Global Asset Management

HSBC’s operations in asset management consist of products and services for institutional investors, intermediaries and individual investors and their advisers.

Principal Investments

This includes private equity, which comprises HSBC’s captive private equity funds, strategic relationships with third-party private equity managers and other investments.

Private Banking

HSBC’s presence in all the major wealth-creating regions has enabled it to build one of the world’s leading private banking groups, providing private banking and trustee services to high net worth individuals and their families from over 90 locations

in 43 countries and territories, with client assets of US$352 billion at 31 December 2008.

     HSBC Private Bank is the principal marketing name of the HSBC Group’s international private banking business and utilising the most suitable products from the marketplace, HSBC Private Bank works with its clients to offer both traditional and innovative ways to manage and preserve wealth while optimising returns. Products and services offered include:

     Private Banking Services: These comprise multi-currency deposit accounts and fiduciary deposits, credit and specialist lending, treasury trading services, cash management, securities custody and clearing. In addition, HSBC Private Bank works to ensure its clients have full access to other products and services available throughout HSBC, such as credit cards, internet banking, corporate banking, and investment banking.

     Private Wealth Management: These comprise both advisory and discretionary investment services. A wide range of investment vehicles is covered, including bonds, equities, derivatives, options, futures, structured products, mutual funds and alternatives (hedge funds, private equity and real estate). By accessing regional expertise located within six major advisory centres in Hong Kong, Singapore, Geneva, New York, Paris and London, Private Banking seeks to find the most suitable investments for clients’ needs and investment strategies. Corporate Finance Solutions helps provide clients with cross-border solutions for their companies working with Global Banking & Markets.

     Private Wealth Solutions: These comprise inheritance planning, trustee and other fiduciary services designed to protect existing wealth and create tailored structures to preserve wealth for future generations. Areas of expertise include trusts, foundation and company administration, charitable trusts and foundations, insurance, family office advisory and philanthropy. These are tailored to meet the individual needs of each family.

Other information

Funds under management
  2008   2007  
  US$bn   US$bn  
Funds under management        
At 1 January 844   695  
Net new money (1 ) 36  
Value change (159 ) 53  
Exchange and other 51   60  
 
 
 
At 31 December 735   844  
 
 
 

 

140


Back to Contents

  At 31 December  
 


 
  2008   2007  
  US$bn   US$bn  
Funds under management by business        
Global Asset Management 370   380  
Private Banking 219   275  
Affiliates 2   3  
Other 144   186  
 
 
 
  735   844  
 
 
 

Funds under management at 31 December 2008 were US$735 billion, a decrease of 13 per cent compared with 31 December 2007. Both Global Asset Management and Private Banking funds decreased due to the fall in equity markets.

     Global Asset Management funds under management amounted to US$370 billion, a decrease of 3 per cent compared with 31 December 2007. Excluding an internal transfer of US$67 billion, Global Asset Management funds decreased by 20 per cent to US$303 billion.

     Net outflows were predominantly driven by clients redeeming long-term funds as a consequence of the downturn in the global economic environment, although this was reduced by net new money into money market funds as clients sought to reduce risk. Additionally, the total value of funds under management was affected by a weaker investment performance resulting from turbulent markets and by foreign exchange movements.

     Notwithstanding a decrease in emerging markets funds during the year, Global Asset Management remained one of the world’s largest emerging market asset managers, with US$52 billion of funds under management.

     Private Banking’s funds under management decreased by 20 per cent to US$219 billion, driven by equity market performance. Net new money, while positive, amounted to only US$2 billion as positive flows in Europe, were offset by outflows of funds in other regions as clients reduced risk by transferring funds to cash deposits, many with HSBC in response to its perceived strength.

     Other funds under management, of which the main element is a corporate trust business in Asia, decreased to US$144 billion.

Assets held in custody and under administration

Custody is the safekeeping and servicing of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients. At 31 December 2008, assets held by HSBC as custodian amounted to US$3.6 trillion, 33 per cent lower than the US$5.4 trillion held at 31 December 2007. This was mainly driven by

 

adverse market movements affecting the value of assets held.

     HSBC’s assets under administration business, which includes the provision of various support function activities including the valuation of portfolios of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients, complements the custody business. At 31 December 2008, the value of assets held under administration by the Group amounted to US$3.3 trillion, in line with 31 December 2007.

Property

During 2008, HSBC recognised a gain of US$416 million in other operating income in respect of the purchase of the subsidiary of Metrovacesa which owned the property and long leasehold land comprising 8 Canada Square, London. See Note 23 on the Financial Statements for further details.

     At 31 December 2008, HSBC operated from some 9,870 operational properties worldwide, of which approximately 2,770 were located in Europe, 1,090 in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific, 1,640 in North America, 4,200 in Latin America and 170 in the Middle East. These properties had an area of approximately 73.6 million square feet (2007: 69.8 million square feet).

     Freehold, long leasehold and short leasehold land and buildings carried on the balance sheet represented 35 per cent of HSBC’s operational space. Of the total net book value of HSBC properties, more than 72 per cent was for owned properties or properties under long-term leases. In addition, properties with a net book value of US$971 million were held for investment purposes.

     HSBC’s operational properties are stated at cost, being historical cost or fair value at the date of transition to IFRSs (their deemed cost) less any impairment losses, and are depreciated on a basis calculated to write off the assets over their estimated useful lives. Properties owned as a consequence of an acquisition are recognised initially at fair value.

Valuation of freehold and leasehold land and buildings

HSBC’s freehold and long leasehold properties, together with all leasehold properties in Hong Kong, were valued in 2008. The value of these properties was US$3.3 billion (2007: US$2.2 billion) in excess of their carrying amount in the consolidated balance sheet.

     Further details are included in Note 23 on the Financial Statements.


141


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Operating and Financial Review (continued)
   
   
Other information / Legal proceedings / Footnotes

 

Legal proceedings

On 27 July 2007, the UK Office of Fair Trading (‘OFT’) issued High Court legal proceedings against a number of UK financial institutions, including HSBC Bank, to determine the legal status and enforceability of certain of the charges applied to their personal customers in relation to unauthorised overdrafts (the ‘charges’). Pending the resolution of the proceedings, the Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’) has granted firms (including HSBC Bank) a waiver enabling them to place relevant complaints about the charges on hold and the County Courts have stayed all individual customer claims.

     Certain preliminary issues in these proceedings have been heard in the Commercial Division of the High Court. This has confirmed that HSBC Bank’s current and historic charges are capable of being tested for fairness but are not capable of being penalties. HSBC Bank (and all the other financial institutions involved in the legal proceedings) appealed the finding that the current charges are capable of being tested for fairness. The Court of Appeal delivered its judgement on 26 February 2009, confirming the decision of the High Court that the charges of HSBC Bank (and all of the other financial institutions involved in the legal proceedings) are capable of being tested for fairness. HSBC Bank is considering applying for leave to appeal to the House of Lords.

     The proceedings remain at an early stage and may, allowing for appeals on the issues, take some time to conclude. A wide range of outcomes is possible, depending upon the outcome of any appeal to the House of Lords and, to the extent applicable, upon the Court’s assessment of the fairness of each charge across the period under review. Since July 2001, there have been a variety of charges applied by HSBC Bank across different charging periods under the then existing contractual arrangements. HSBC Bank considers the charges to be and to have been valid and enforceable, and intends strongly to defend its position.

     If, contrary to HSBC Bank’s current assessment, the Court should ultimately (after appeals) reach an adverse decision that results in a liability, a large number of different outcomes is possible, each of which would have a different financial impact. Given that there is limited authority on how an assessment of fairness should be conducted, HSBC Bank’s estimate of the potential financial impact is that it could be in the order of approximately £350 million (US$510 million), as published in the Interim Report 2008. To make an estimate of the potential financial impact at this stage with any

precision is extremely difficult, owing to (among other things) the complexity of the issues, the number of permutations of possible outcomes, and the early stage of the proceedings. In addition, the assumptions made by HSBC Bank may prove to be incorrect.

     On 11 December 2008 Bernard L Madoff (‘Madoff’) was arrested and charged in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York with one count of securities fraud. That same day, the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’) filed securities fraud charges against Madoff and his firm Bernard L Madoff Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’), a broker dealer and investment advisor registered with the SEC. The criminal complaint and SEC complaint each alleged that Madoff had informed senior Madoff Securities employees, in substance, that his investment advisory business was a fraud. On 15 December 2008, on the application of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York appointed a trustee for the liquidation of the business of Madoff Securities, and removed the liquidation proceeding to the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. On 9 February 2009, on Madoff’s consent, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entered a partial judgement in the SEC action, permanently enjoining Madoff from violating certain antifraud provisions of the US securities laws, ordering Madoff to pay disgorgement, prejudgement interest and a civil penalty in amounts to be determined at a later time, and continuing certain other relief previously imposed, including a freeze on Madoff’s assets. The relevant US authorities are continuing their investigations into the alleged fraud. There remains significant uncertainty as to the facts of the alleged fraud and the extent of any assets of, and remaining within, Madoff Securities.

     Various non-US HSBC group companies provide custodial, administration and similar services to a number of funds incorporated outside the United States of America whose assets were invested with Madoff Securities. Based on information provided by Madoff Securities, as at 30 November 2008, the aggregate net asset value of these funds (which would include principal amounts invested and unrealised gains) was US$8.4 billion.

     Proceedings concerning Madoff and Madoff Securities have already been issued in various jurisdictions against numerous defendants and HSBC expects further proceedings to be brought, including by the Madoff Securities trustee. Various


 

142


Back to Contents

HSBC group companies have been named as defendants in suits in the United States anticipated to seek class action status and cases in the Commercial List of the Irish courts. All of the cases where HSBC group companies are named as a defendant are at a very early stage. HSBC considers that it has good defences to these claims and will continue to defend them vigorously. HSBC is unable reliably to estimate the liability, if any, that might arise as a result of such claims.

     Various HSBC group companies have also received requests for information from various regulatory authorities in connection with the alleged fraud by Madoff. HSBC group companies are co-

operating with these requests for information.

     These actions apart HSBC is party to legal actions in a number of jurisdictions including the UK, Hong Kong and the US arising out of its normal business operation. HSBC considers that none of the actions is material, and none is expected to result in a significant adverse effect on the financial position of HSBC, either individually or in the aggregate. Management believes that adequate provisions have been made in respect of the litigation arising out of its normal business operations. HSBC has not disclosed any contingent liability associated with these legal actions because it is not practical to do so.


 

Operating and Financial Review footnotes (see pages 12 to 143)

1 Columns headed ‘Acquisitions, disposals and dilution gains’ and ‘Acquisitions and disposals’ comprise the net increments or decrements in profits in the current year (compared with the previous year) which are attributable to acquisitions or disposals of subsidiaries made, or dilution gains, in the relevant years. Acquisitions and disposals are determined on the basis of the review and analysis of events in each year.
2 Currency translation’ is the effect of translating the results of subsidiaries and associates for the previous year at the average rates of exchange applicable in the current year.
3 Excluding 2007 acquisitions, disposals and dilution gains.
4 ‘Other income’ in this context comprises net trading income (see 15 below), net income from financial instruments designated at fair value, gains less losses from financial investments, gains arising from dilution of interests in associates, dividend income, net earned insurance premiums and other operating income less net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
5 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
6 Excluding 2006 acquisitions, disposals and dilution gains.
7 Interest income on trading assets is reported as ‘Net trading income’ in the consolidated income statement.
8 Interest income on financial assets designated at fair value is reported as ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ in the consolidated income statement.
9 Brazilian operations comprise HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo and subsidiaries, plus HSBC Serviços e Participações Limitada.
10 This table analyses interest-bearing bank deposits only. See page 59 for an analysis of all bank deposits.
11 Interest expense on financial liabilities designated at fair value is reported as ‘Net income on financial instruments designated at fair value’ in the consolidated income statement other than interest on own debt.
12 This table analyses interest-bearing customer accounts only. See page 60 for an analysis of all customer accounts.
13 Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.
14 The main items reported under ‘Other’ are certain property activities, unallocated investment activities, centrally held investment companies, gains arising from the dilution of interests in associates, movements in the fair value of own debt designated at fair value (the remainder of the Group’s gain on own debt is included in Global Banking and Markets), and HSBC’s holding company and financing operations. The results also include net interest earned on free capital held centrally, operating costs incurred by the head office operations in providing stewardship and central management services to HSBC, and costs incurred by the Group Service Centres and Shared Service Organisations and associated recoveries. At 31 December 2008, gains arising from the dilution of interests in associates were nil (2007: US$1.1 billion and 2006: nil) and fair value gains on HSBC’s own debt designated at fair value were US$6.7 billion (2007: US$2.8 billion income; 2006: US$35 million expense).
15 Assets by geographical region and customer group include intra-HSBC items. These items are eliminated, where appropriate, under the heading ‘Intra-HSBC items’.
16 In the analyses of customer groups and global businesses, net trading income comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as held for trading, together with related external and internal interest income and interest expense, and dividends received; in the statutory presentation internal interest income and expense are eliminated.
17 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
18 In 2008, Global Markets included a US$529 million gain on the widening of credit spreads on structured liabilities (2007: US$34 million; 2006: nil).
19 ‘Other’ in Global Banking and Markets includes net interest earned on free capital held in the global business not assigned to products.
20 Trading assets and financial investments held in Europe, and by Global Banking and Markets in North America, include financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.
21 Inter-segment elimination comprises (i) the costs of shared services and Group Service Centres included within ‘Other’ which are recovered from customer groups, and (ii) the intra-segment funding costs of trading activities undertaken within Global Banking and Markets. HSBC’s balance sheet management business, reported within Global Banking and Markets, provides funding to the trading businesses. To report Global Banking and Markets’ ‘Net trading income’ on a fully funded basis, ‘Net interest income’ and ‘Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities’ are grossed up to reflect internal funding transactions prior to their elimination in the inter- segment column.
22 France primarily comprises the domestic operations of HSBC France, HSBC Assurances and the Paris branch of HSBC Bank.
23 United States includes the impairment of goodwill in respect of Personal Financial Services - North America as described in Note 22 on the Financial Statements.

 

143


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil
   
   
Background / Overview > Reclassification

 

Background and disclosure policy

(Audited)

As a result of the widespread deterioration in the markets for securitised and structured financial assets, and consequent disruption to the global financial system since mid-2007, it has become increasingly difficult to observe prices for structured credit risk, including prime tranches of such risk as the markets for these assets became illiquid. The resulting constraint on the ability of financial institutions to access wholesale markets to fund such assets added additional downward pressure on all asset prices. As a consequence, many financial institutions have recorded considerable reductions in the fair values of their asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s) and leveraged structured transactions, most significantly in sub-prime mortgages but in other asset classes too.

     In light of increasing illiquidity and the risk to capital from further write-downs, many financial institutions took steps during 2008 to reduce leveraged exposures, build liquidity and raise additional capital. However, credit conditions suffered additional deterioration in the second half of the year, as the economic outlook worsened and unemployment rose, intensifying the pressure on the global financial system. Volatility in money markets also increased during the second half of 2008, resulting in wider interest spreads, and markets for securitised and structured financial assets continued to be thoroughly constrained. This instability triggered a series of significant events including the default of a number of major financial institutions, and the taking into public ownership of banks in a number of countries.

     Deterioration in the measured fair value of assets supported by sub-prime mortgages continued in 2008 with the primary market for all but US government-sponsored issues remaining weak. Spreads widened due to credit and liquidity concerns as delinquencies on the underlying mortgages continued to increase beyond the levels priced into securitisations issued in recent years. The impact widened beyond sub-prime related assets, with the measured fair value of securities backed by Alt-A collateral, in particular, suffering significant deterioration.

     During 2008, governments and central banks worldwide took unprecedented measures designed to stabilise and increase confidence in financial markets. These measures included providing vast amounts of liquidity via emergency funding, extending guarantees of financial assets, and launching various forms of rescue plans.

     This section contains disclosures about the effect of the recent market turmoil on HSBC’s securitisation activities and other structured products. HSBC’s principal exposures to the US and the UK mortgage markets primarily take the form of credit risk from direct loans and advances to customers which were originated to be held to maturity or refinancing, details of which are provided on page 208.

     Financial instruments which were most affected by the market turmoil include exposures to direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss and ABSs, including mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s) and collateralised debt obligations (‘CDO’s), and exposures to and contingent claims on monoline insurers in respect of structured credit activities and leveraged finance transactions which were originated to be distributed.

     In accordance with HSBC’s policy to provide meaningful disclosures that help investors and other stakeholders understand the financial position, performance and changes in the financial position of the Group, the information provided in this section goes beyond the minimum levels required by accounting standards, statutory and regulatory requirements and listing rules. In the specific context of facilitating an understanding of the recent market turmoil in markets for securitised and structured assets, HSBC has considered the recommendations relating to disclosure contained within the reports issued by the Financial Stability Forum on ‘Enhancing Market and Institutional Resilience’ (April and October 2008), the Committee of European Banking Supervisors on ‘Banks’ Transparency on Activities and Products Affected by the Recent Market Turmoil’ (June and October 2008) and the International Accounting Standards Board Expert Advisory Panel on ‘Measuring and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments in markets that are no longer active’ (October 2008). In addition, HSBC has considered feedback from investors, regulators and other stakeholders on the disclosures that investors would find most useful.

     The specific topics covered in respect of HSBC’s securitisation activities and exposure to structured products are as follows:

overview of exposure;
business model;
risk management;
accounting policies;
nature and extent of HSBC’s exposures;
fair values of financial instruments; and
special purpose entities.

 

144


Back to Contents

Overview of exposure

(Audited)

At 31 December 2008, the aggregate carrying amount of HSBC’s exposure to ABSs, trading loans

held for securitisation and exposure to leveraged finance transactions was US$91 billion (2007:US$131 billion), summarised as follows:


 

  At 31 December 2008     At 31 December 2007  
 



   



 
        Including           Including  
  Carrying     sub-prime     Carrying     sub-prime  
  amount     and Alt-A     amount     and Alt-A  
  US$bn     US$bn     US$bn     US$bn  
                       
ABSs 81     12     116     31  
                       
   – fair value through profit or loss 14     1     33     7  
   – available for sale1  56     9     80     24  
   – held to maturity1  3         3      
   – loans and receivables 8     2          
                       
Loans at fair value through profit or loss 4     3     6     6  
 
   
   
   
 
Leveraged finance loans 6         9      
 
   
   
   
 
   – fair value through profit or loss2         8      
   – loans and receivables 6         1      
 
   
   
   
 
  91     15     131     37  
 
   
   
   
 
   
1 Total includes holdings of ABSs issued by Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae.
2 Includes the carrying amount of funded loans plus the net exposure to unfunded leveraged finance commitments.
   

     The majority of these exposures arise in the Global Banking and Markets business segment.

     Within the total carrying amount of ABSs on the balance sheet, ABS holdings of US$14.6 billion (2007: US$32.1 billion) are held through vehicles discussed on page 148, where significant first loss protection is provided by external investors on a fully collateralised basis.

     A reconciliation of the movement in the carrying amount of ABSs on the balance sheet of US$34.5 billion is set out below:

the write-downs of ABSs taken to the income statement – US$3.4 billion;
   
the movement in fair values on available-for-sale ABSs taken to equity – US$16.5 billion;
   
principal amortisation – US$11.4 billion; and,
   
exchange differences and other movements – US$3.2 billion.

     Due to the market dislocation in respect of these securities, the impact of purchases and sales on the total carrying amount of ABSs was not significant in 2008.

     At 31 December 2008, of the total carrying amount of ABSs and trading loans held for securitisation in respect of sub-prime and Alt-A residential mortgage exposure, US$3.5 billion (2007: US$11.7 billion) was held through special purpose entities (‘SPE’s).

Reclassification of financial assets

In October 2008, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ which permitted an entity to reclassify non-derivative financial assets out of the held-for-trading category as described in the accounting policies on Note 2 (e) on the Financial Statements. This was done to better align IFRSs with US GAAP and was restricted to situations where the transferring entity had the intention and ability to hold the transferred position for the foreseeable future or until maturity.

     During the second half of 2008, HSBC reclassified financial assets from the held-for-trading category as tabulated below. The amount reclassified was the fair value of the financial assets at the date of reclassification, subject to the transition rules noted below. In October 2008, HSBC reclassified US$12.5 billion and US$0.4 billion of held-for-trading financial assets as loans and receivables and available for sale, respectively. During November and December 2008, HSBC reclassified a further US$2.8 billion and US$2.2 billion of held-for-trading financial assets as loans and receivables and available for sale, respectively. The financial consequence of the reclassification is that the reclassified assets are no longer marked-to-market through the income statement. Amounts reclassified as loans and receivables are accounted as such from the date of reclassification and tested thereafter for


 

145


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
Overview > Reclassification / Financial effect / Global Banking and Markets ABSs

 

  On reclassification   At 31 December 2008  
 




 


 
      Estimate of              
  Amount   future   Effective   Carrying      
  reclassified 1 cash flows 2 interest rate   amount   Fair value  
  US$m   US$m   %   US$m   US$m  
Reclassification to loans and receivables                    
ABSs 8,194   11,642   8   7,991   6,139  
Trading loans – commercial mortgage loans 650   741   5   587   557  
Leveraged finance loans 6,458   8,481   7   5,670   4,239  
 
 
     
 
 
  15,302   20,864       14,248   10,935  
Reclassification to available for sale                    
Corporate debt and other securities 2,549   3,626   5   2,401   2,401  
 
 
     
 
 
  17,851   24,490       16,649   13,336  
 
 
     
 
 
   
1 Amounts reclassified that are denominated in foreign currencies have been translated using the rate of exchange at the date of reclassification; all other amounts denominated in foreign currencies have been translated into the functional currency at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.
2 The estimate of future cash flows represents the cash flows expected to be recovered at the date of reclassification.
   

impairment. Amounts reclassified as available for sale are held at fair value with changes in the fair value recognised in equity, and tested for impairment. In line with the transition rules, for reclassifications made during October 2008, the reclassified financial assets were treated as having been so reclassified as at 1 July 2008. The impact of back-dating these retrospective reclassifications was that fair value movements between 1 July 2008 and October 2008 of US$835 million were not recorded in the income statement.

     The reclassifications resulted from significant reductions in market liquidity for these assets and a change in HSBC’s intention to hold them for the foreseeable future or to maturity. These circumstances arose in the wider context of market turmoil. As a result, the Group decided to reclassify financial assets that would have met the definition of loans and receivables at initial recognition, as permitted by the IAS 39 amendments. In addition, as permitted by the IAS 39 amendments in rare

circumstances, the Group reclassified securities, that did not meet the definition of loans and receivables on initial recognition, as the conditions of market turmoil prevailing in the second half of 2008 were considered rare.

     If these reclassifications had not been made, the Group’s pre-tax profit would have been reduced by US$3.5 billion from US$9.3 billion to US$5.8 billion. The reduction would have been US$0.9 billion in the North America and US$2.6 billion in the Europe segments. There was no significant impairment identified on the loans transferred even though the fair value continued to fall as a consequence of illiquidity and market sentiment.

     The following table shows the fair value gains and losses, income and expense recognised in the income statement both before and after the date of reclassification:


             
      Effect on income statement      
 




 
  Prior to reclassification   After   Assuming no   Net effect of  
 


  reclassification 1 reclassification 2 reclassification  
  2008   2007   2008   2008   2008  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Reclassifications to loans and receivables                    
ABSs (1,020 ) (357 ) 303   (1,549 ) 1,852  
Trading loans – commercial mortgage loans (16 )   17   (13 ) 30  
Leveraged finance loans (253 ) (158 ) 192   (1,239 ) 1,431  
 




 


 
  (1,289 ) (515 ) 512   (2,801 ) 3,313  
Reclassifications to available for sale                    
Corporate debt and other securities (82 ) (2 ) 22   (202 ) 224  
 




 


 
  (1,371 ) (517 ) 534   (3,003 ) 3,537  
 




 


 
   
1 Income and expense recorded in the income statement after reclassification represents the accrual of the effective interest rate and also includes US$26 million in respect of impairment of leveraged finance loans. The group recorded no impairment charges on other financial assets reclassified during the second half of 2008.
2 Effect on the income statement which would have arisen from the date of reclassification, had the reclassification not occurred.

 

146


Back to Contents

Financial effect of market turmoil

As described in the background to market turmoil on page 144, the dislocation of financial markets which developed in the second half of 2007 continued throughout 2008. For the three half-year periods

affected to date, the write-downs incurred by the Group on ABSs, trading loans held for securitisation, leveraged finance transactions and the movement in fair values on available-for-sale ABSs taken to equity, plus impairment losses on specific exposures to banks, are summarised in the following table:


       
       
    Half-year to  
   




 
    31 December   30 June   31 December  
    2008   2008   2007  
    US$bn   US$bn   US$bn  
               
Write-downs taken to income statement
  (2.3 ) (4.0 ) (2.3 )
Fair value movement taken to available-for-sale reserve on ABSs in the period
  (10.4 ) (6.1 ) (2.2 )
Closing balance of available-for-sale reserve relating to ABSs
  (18.7 ) (8.3 ) (2.2 )
               
               

     Virtually all of these effects were recorded in Global Banking and Markets. Included in write-downs taken to the income statement is US$209 million in respect of impairment losses on the collapse of financial institutions, of which US$126 million was incurred on the collapse of Icelandic banks. The group took no material write-

downs to the income statement in respect of exposures to Lehman Brothers.

     Further analysis of the write-downs taken to the income statement by Global Banking and Markets, and the net carrying amounts of the positions that have generated these write-downs, are shown in the following table:


 

Global Banking and Markets write-downs taken to the income statement and carrying amounts

    Write-downs during half-year to   Carrying amount at  
   




 




 
    31 December   30 June   31 December   31 December   30 June   31 December  
    2008   2008   2007   2008   2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Sub-prime mortgage-related assets                          
   – loan securitisation   292   301   529   1,213   1,565   1,965  
   – credit trading   150   665   463   428   1,377   1,700  
Other ABSs   486   1,327   459   2,201   8,923   9,830  
Derivative transactions with monolines                          
   – investment grade counterparts   130   598   133   2,089   1,206   1,209  
   – non-investment grade counterparts   370   608   214   352   78    
Leveraged finance loans1   26   278   195   271   7,375   7,772  
Other credit related items   95   99   142   186   321   446  
Available-for-sale impairments and other non-trading related items
  655   55                
   
 
 
             
    2,204   3,931   2,135              
   
 
 
             
                           
1 The carrying amount includes funded loans plus the net exposure to unfunded leveraged finance commitments, held within fair value through the profit or loss.
 

Global Banking and Markets asset-backed securities classified as available for sale

HSBC’s principal holdings of ABSs are in the Global Banking and Markets’ business through special purpose entities (‘SPE’s) which have the benefit of external investor first loss protection

support, positions held directly and by Solitaire Funding Limited (‘Solitaire’) where HSBC has first loss risk.

     The table below summarises these Global Banking and Markets’ exposures to ABSs which are held on an available-for-sale basis.


 

147


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
Overview > Global Banking and Markets ABSs / Stress analysis // Business model > SPEs

 

Global Banking and Markets available-for-sale ABSs exposure
           
    At 31 December 2008        At 31 December 2007       
   




 




 
    Directly           Directly          
    held 1 SPEs   Total   held  1 SPEs   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                           
Total carrying amount of net principal exposure
  35,736   14,610   50,346   43,826   32,105   75,931  
     which includes sub-prime/Alt-A exposure   5,155   3,516   8,671   11,801   11,664   23,465  
Available-for-sale reserves relating to sub-prime/Alt-A exposure
  (5,920 ) (3,573 ) (9,493 ) (1,122 )   (1,122 )

 

    Half year to   Half year to   Half year to  
    31 December 2008   30 June 2008   31 December 2007  
   




 




 




 
    Directly           Directly           Directly          
    held 1 SPEs   Total   held 1 SPEs   Total   held 1 SPEs   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Impairment charge:                                      
    borne by HSBC   224     224   55     55        
    allocated to capital note holders
    159   159     134   134        
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total impairment charge   224   159   383   55   134   189        
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                       
1 Directly held’ includes both assets held by Solitaire where HSBC provides first loss protection and those assets held directly by the Group.
 

Structured investment vehicles and securities investment conduits (special purpose entities)

In the table above, the total carrying amount of ABSs on the balance sheet in respect of SPEs represent holdings in which significant first loss protection is provided through the capital notes issued by the structured investment conduits (‘SIC’s), excluding Solitaire. The economic first loss protection remaining at 31 December 2008 amounted to US$2.2 billion (2007: US$2.3 billion). As set out on page 174, on an IFRS accounting basis the impairment charge of US$293 million was allocated to the capital note holders at 31 December 2008 (2007: n/a).

     At each balance sheet date, an assessment is made as to whether there is any objective evidence of impairment in the value of available-for-sale ABSs. Impairment charges incurred on assets held by these SPEs are offset by a credit to the impairment line for the amount of the loss allocated to capital note holders.

     Impairments recognised at 31 December 2008 from assets held directly or within Solitaire in recognition of the first loss protection of US$1.2 billion provided by HSBC through credit enhancement were US$279 million (2007: nil), based on a notional principal value of securities which were impaired of US$570 million (2007: nil). The low level of impairment recognised in comparison with the deficit in the available-for-sale reserve is a reflection of the credit quality and seniority of the assets held.

Sub-prime and Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities

Management’s current assessment of the holdings of available-for-sale ABSs with the most sensitivity to possible future impairment is focused on sub-prime and Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s).

     Excluding holdings in the SPEs discussed above, available-for-sale holdings in these categories within Global Banking and Markets amounted to US$5.2 billion at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$11.8 billion). During the year ended 31 December 2008, the movement in fair values of these securities taken to equity was a reduction of US$4.8 billion. The deficit in the available-for-sale fair value reserve as at 31 December 2008 in relation to these securities was US$5.9 billion (2007: US$1.1 billion). The main factors in the reduction in fair value of these securities over the period were the effects of reduced market liquidity and negative market sentiment. The level of actual credit losses experienced was low in 2008, notwithstanding the deterioration in the performance of the underlying mortgages in the period as US house prices fell and defaults increased. The absence of material credit losses is judged to be attributable to the seniority of the tranches held by HSBC as well as the priority for cash flow held by these tranches.

 


 

148


Back to Contents

     During February 2009, the credit ratings on a proportion of ABSs held directly by HSBC, Solitaire and the SICs were downgraded. In particular, Moody’s Investor Services downgraded the ratings on substantially all the Group’s holdings of US Alt-A residential MBSs issued during 2006 and 2007.

     As discussed on page 170, when assessing available-for-sale ABSs for objective evidence of impairment at the balance sheet date HSBC considers all available evidence including the performance of the underlying collateral. A downgrade of a security’s credit rating is not, of itself, evidence of impairment. Consequently, Moody’s action has no direct impact on the measurement of impairment losses. The impairment losses recognised on these securities at 31 December 2008 is set out on page 148.

Stress analysis
(Unaudited)

HSBC’s regular impairment assessment uses an industry standard model with inputs which are corroborated using observable market data where available. At 31 December 2008, management performed a stress test on the available-for-sale ABS positions, based on the fair value of the positions at that date. The outcome of the stress test was particularly sensitive to expected loss and prepayment rates for Alt-A securities and the loss of credit protection from certain monoline insurers on US Home Equity Lines of Credit (‘HELoC’s). The results of the stress test showed that, by applying different inputs to those currently observed, a further potential impairment charge to the income statement of some US$2 billion to US$2.5 billion could arise over the next three years. These different inputs were calculated by increasing the net impact of expected loss and prepayment rates for Alt-A securities by between a third and a half depending on loan vintage and by removing all credit protection from monoline insurers rated below AAA by S&P on the HELoC positions. However, management believes that the loss which would be realised in cash terms would be considerably lower than the impairment charge above and potentially cost some US$0.6 billion to US$0.8 billion over the next four years.

Business model

(Audited)

Asset-backed securities and leveraged finance

HSBC is or has been involved in the following activities in these areas:

the purchase of US mortgage loans with the intention of structuring and placing securitisations into the market;
trading in ABSs, including MBSs, in secondary markets;
   
the holding of MBSs and other ABSs in balance sheet management activities, with the intention of earning net interest income over the life of the securities;
   
the holding of MBSs and other ABSs as part of investment portfolios, including the SIVs, SICs and money market funds described under ‘Special purpose entities’ below, with the intention of earning net interest income and management fees;
   
MBSs or other ABSs held in the trading portfolio hedged through credit derivative protection, typically purchased from monoline insurers, with the intention of earning the spread differential over the life of the instruments; and
   
leveraged finance: originating loans for the purposes of syndicating or selling them down in order to generate a trading profit and holding them in order to earn interest margin over their lives.

     Historically, these activities have not been a significant part of Global Banking and Markets’ business, and Global Banking and Markets is not reliant on them for any material aspect of its business operations or profitability.

     The purchase and securitisation of US mortgage loans and the secondary trading of US MBSs was conducted in HSBC’s US MBSs business. This business was discontinued in 2007.

Special purpose entities

HSBC enters into certain transactions with customers in the ordinary course of business which involve the establishment of SPEs to facilitate customer transactions. SPEs are used in HSBC’s business in order to provide structured investment opportunities for customers, facilitate the raising of funding for customers’ business activities, or diversify HSBC’s sources of funding and/or improve capital efficiency.

     The use of SPEs is not a significant part of HSBC’s activities and HSBC is not reliant on the use of SPEs for any material part of its business operations or profitability. Detailed disclosures of HSBC’s sponsored SPEs are provided on page 173.


 

149


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
 
   
Risk management / Accounting policies / Nature and extent of exposures

 

Risk  management

(Audited)

The effect of the recent market turmoil on HSBC’s risk exposures, the way in which HSBC has managed risk exposures in this context, and any changes made in HSBC’s risk management polices and procedures in response to the market conditions are set out in the following sections:

Liquidity risk – ‘The impact of market turmoil on the Group’s liquidity risk position’ (see page 239).
   
Market risk – ‘The impact of market turmoil on market risk’ (see page 242).
   
Credit Risk – ‘Credit exposure’ (see page 197).
   
Accounting policies

(Audited)

HSBC’s accounting policies regarding the classification and valuation of financial instruments are in accordance with the requirements of IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, as described in Note 2 on the Financial Statements, and the use of assumptions and estimation in respect of valuation of financial instruments as described on page 63.

Nature and extent of HSBC’s exposures

(Audited)

This section contains information on HSBC’s exposures to the following:

direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss;
   
ABSs including MBSs and CDOs;
   
monoline insurers;
   
credit derivative product companies (‘CDPC’s); and
   
leveraged finance transactions.

     MBSs are securities that represent interests in a group of mortgages. Investors in these securities have the right to cash received from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal). Where an MBS references mortgages with different risk profiles, the MBS is classified according to the highest risk class. Consequently, an MBS with both sub-prime and Alt-A exposures is classified as sub-prime.

     CDOs are securities in which ABSs and/or certain other related assets have been purchased and securitised by a third-party, or securities which pay a

return which is referenced to those assets. CDOs may feature exposure to sub-prime mortgage assets through the underlying assets. As there is often uncertainty surrounding the nature of the underlying collateral supporting CDOs, all CDOs supported by residential mortgage-related assets, irrespective of the level of sub-prime assets, are classified as sub-prime.

     HSBC’s holdings of ABSs and CDOs, and its direct lending positions, include the following categories of collateral and lending activity:

sub-prime: loans to customers who have limited credit histories, modest incomes, high debt-to-income ratios or have experienced credit problems caused by occasional delinquencies, prior charge-offs, bankruptcy or other credit-related actions. For US mortgages, US credit scores are primarily used to determine whether a loan is sub-prime. US home equity lines of credit are classified as sub-prime. For non-US mortgages, management judgement is used to identify loans of similar risk characteristics to sub-prime, for example, UK non-conforming mortgages (see below);
   
US home equity lines of credit (‘HELoC’s): a form of revolving credit facility provided to customers, which is supported by a first or second lien charge over residential property.
Global Banking and Markets’ holdings of HELoCs are classified as US sub-prime residential mortgage assets;
   
US Alt-A: loans classified as Alt-A are regarded as lower risk than sub-prime, but they share higher risk characteristics than lending under normal criteria. US credit scores, as well as the level of mortgage documentation held (such as proof of income), are considered when determining whether an Alt-A classification is appropriate. Non-agency mortgages in the US are classified as Alt-A if they do not meet the criteria for classification as sub-prime. These are mortgages not eligible to be sold to the major US Government agency, Ginnie Mae (Government National Mortgage Association), and government sponsored enterprises in the mortgage market, Fannie Mae (the Federal National Mortgage Association) and Freddie Mac (the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation);
   
US government agency mortgage-related assets: securities that are guaranteed by US Government agencies, such as Ginnie Mae;

 

150


Back to Contents

US Government sponsored enterprises mortgage-related assets: securities that are guaranteed by US Government sponsored entities, including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac;
   
UK non-conforming mortgage-related assets: UK mortgages that do not meet normal lending criteria. This includes instances where the normal level of documentation has not been provided (for example, in the case of self- certification of income), or where increased risk factors, such as poor credit history, result in lending at a rate that is higher than the normal lending rate. UK non-conforming mortgages are treated as sub-prime exposures; and
   
other mortgage-related assets: residential mortgage-related assets that do not meet any of the classifications described above. Prime

residential mortgage-related assets are included in this category.

     HSBC’s exposure to non-residential mortgage-related ABSs and direct lending includes:

commercial property mortgage-related assets: MBSs with collateral other than residential mortgage-related assets;
   
leveraged finance-related assets: securities with collateral relating to leveraged finance loans;
   
student loan-related assets: securities with collateral relating to student loans; and
   
other assets: securities with other receivable-related collateral.

 

Carrying amount of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss    
   
At 31 December 2008
   
   
   
                      Designated                 Of which    
                      at fair value
                held through    
    Trading     Available
for sale
    Held to
maturity
    through
profit or loss
    Loans and
receivables
    Total     consolidated
SPEs
   
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
Sub-prime residential                                            
   mortgage-related assets   3,372     3,741         1     453     7,567     4,230    
   Direct lending   2,789                     2,789     1,300    
   MBSs and MBS CDOs1    583     3,741         1     453     4,778     2,930    
US Alt-A residential                                            
   mortgage-related assets   618     5,829     185         1,056     7,688     3,831    
   Direct lending   246                 -     246        
   MBSs1    372     5,829     185         1,056     7,442     3,831    
US government agency                                            
   mortgage-related assets MBSs1
  640     7,418     494             8,552     441    
US government-sponsored                                            
   enterprises mortgage-related assets MBSs1 
  487     12,894     1,918     51         15,350        
Other residential mortgage-                                            
   related assets   1,633     4,272         31     2,135     8,071     2,822    
   Direct lending   677                     677        
   MBSs1    956     4,272         31     2,135     7,394     2,822    
Commercial property mortgage-                                            
   related assets MBSs and MBS CDOs1 
  589     6,802         86     1,402     8,879     4,985    
Leveraged finance-related assets                                            
   ABSs and ABS CDOs1    784     4,489             204     5,477     3,667    
Student loan-related assets                                            
   ABSs and ABS CDOs1   214     4,809         3     81     5,107     4,028    
Other assets                                            
   ABSs and ABS CDOs1    3,068     5,957         6,371     2,660     18,056     3,941    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    11,405     56,211     2,597     6,543     7,991     84,747     27,945    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
For footnotes, see page 162.                                            
The above table excludes leveraged finance transactions, which are shown separately on page 160.                

 

151


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
 
   
Nature and extent of exposures

 

Carrying amount of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss (continued)

   
At 31 December 2007
   
   
   
                      Designated           Of which    
                      at fair value           held through    
          Available     Held to     through           consolidated    
    Trading     for sale     maturity     profit or loss     Total     SPEs    
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                       
Sub-prime residential mortgage-related assets   9,431     9,311         2     18,744     11,504    
   Direct lending   5,825                 5,825     3,596    
   MBSs and MBS CDOs1    3,606     9,311         2     12,919     7,908    
US Alt-A residential mortgage-related assets   3,288     14,760     173         18,221     11,193    
   Direct lending   342                 342        
   MBSs1    2,946     14,760     173         17,879     11,193    
US government agency mortgage-related assets                                      
   MBSs1    204     5,239     552         5,995        
US government-sponsored enterprises                                      
   mortgage-related assets                                      
   MBSs1    2,583     11,414     1,881     26     15,904        
Other residential mortgage-related assets   5,243     5,701         289     11,233     4,441    
   Direct lending   416                 416        
   MBSs1    4,827     5,701         289     10,817     4,441    
Commercial property mortgage-related assets                                      
   MBSs and MBS CDO1    3,467     10,505         105     14,077     8,600    
Leveraged finance-related assets                                      
   ABSs and ABS CDOs1    263     5,820             6,083     5,126    
Student loan-related assets                                      
   ABSs and ABS CDOs1    144     7,052             7,196     6,308    
Other assets   6,252     10,683         7,736     24,671     9,495    
   Direct lending   3                 3        
   ABSs and ABS CDOs1    6,249     10,683         7,736     24,668     9,495    
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
    30,875     80,485     2,606     8,158     122,124     56,667    






   
 
For footnotes, see page 162.                                       
The above table excludes leveraged finance transactions, which are shown separately on page 160.                 
                 

     Included in the above table are ABSs which are held through SPEs that are consolidated by HSBC. Although HSBC includes these assets in full on its balance sheet, the risks arising from the assets are mitigated to the extent of third-party investment in notes issued by those SPEs. For a description of HSBC’s holdings of and arrangements with SPEs, see page 173.

     The exposure detailed above includes long positions where risk is mitigated by specific credit derivatives with monoline insurers (‘monolines’) and other financial institutions. These positions comprise:

residential MBSs with a carrying amount of US$0.9 billion (2007: US$2.1 billion);
   
residential MBS CDOs with a carrying amount of US$39 million (2007: US$349 million); and

 

ABSs other than residential MBSs and MBS CDOs with a carrying amount of US$9.8 billion (2007: US$10.8 billion).
   
       In the tables which follow, carrying amounts and gains and losses are given for securities except those where risk is mitigated through specific credit derivatives with monolines. The counterparty credit risk arising from the derivative transactions undertaken with monolines is covered in the monoline exposure analysis on page 159.

 

     US government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-related assets shown in the table above include holdings of securities issued by Freddie Mac of US$8.0 billion (2007: US$6.8 billion) and by Fannie Mae of US$6.6 billion (2007: US$8.5 billion).


 

152


Back to Contents

HSBC’s consolidated holdings of US ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss

 
2008
   
At 31 December 2008 
 
 







 







 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealised
 
 
Realised
    movements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CDS
 
 
Net
 
 
 
 
 
gains and
   
gains and
 
 
through
 
 
Impair-
 
 
Gross
 
 
gross
 
 
principal
 
 
Carrying
 
(losses)
3
 
(losses)
4
 
equity
5
 
ment
6
 
principal
7
 
protection
8
 
exposure
9
 
amount
10
 
US$m
 
 
US$m
 
 
US$m
 
 
US$m
 
 
US$m
 
 
US$m
 
 
US$m
 
 
US$m
US sub-prime residential                                              
   mortgage-related assets                                              
   Direct lending (494 )   7             3,653         3,653     2,789  
   MBSs1  (784 )   1     (1,578 )       6,845     794     6,051     3,044  
   – high grade2  (243 )   6     (290 )       2,903     507     2,396     1,634  
   – rated C to A (444 )   (4 )   (1,288 )       3,913     287     3,626     1,399  
   – not publicly rated (97 )   (1 )           29         29     11  
   MBS CDOs1  (110 )       (55 )   (50 )   1,042     234     808     61  
   – high grade2          (78 )       172     27     145     45  
   – rated C to A (110 )       23     (50 )   870     207     663     16  
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  (1,388 )   8     (1,633 )   (50 )   11,540     1,028     10,512     5,894  
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
US Alt-A residential                                              
   mortgage-related assets                                              
   Direct lending (11 )               264         264     246  
   MBSs1  (737 )   9     (6,416 )   (510 )   16,860     436     16,424     7,174  
   – high grade2  (446 )   17     (3,012 )   (82 )   9,804     317     9,487     4,869  
   – rated C to A (292 )   (7 )   (3,404 )   (428 )   7,041     119     6,922     2,293  
   – not publicly rated 1     (1 )           15         15     12  
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  (748 )   9     (6,416 )   (510 )   17,124     436     16,688     7,420  
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
US government agency                                               
   mortgage-related assets                                              
   MBSs1                                               
   – high grade2  3     9     122         8,448         8,448     8,551  
US government-sponsored                                              
   enterprises mortgage-related assets                                              
   MBSs1                                               
   – high grade2  (54 )   31     270         15,022         15,022     15,349  
Other US residential                                              
   mortgage-related assets                                              
Direct lending 23     (9 )           691         691     677  
   MBSs1  (65 )   (37 )   33         1,039     284     755     614  
   – high grade2  (63 )   (37 )   33         959     262     697     574  
   – rated C to A (2 )               80     22     58     40  
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  (42 )   (46 )   33         1,730     284     1,446     1,291  
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Commercial property                                               
   mortgage-related assets                                              
   MBS and MBS CDOs1  (57 )   (19 )   (1,709 )       5,797     553     5,244     3,182  
   – high grade2  (57 )   (18 )   (1,696 )       5,658     553     5,105     3,059  
   – rated C to A     (1 )   (13 )       108         108     94  
   – not publicly rated                 31         31     29  
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Balance carried forward (2,286 )   (8 )   (9,333 )   (560 )   59,661     2,301     57,360     41,687  

 

153


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
Nature and extent of exposures

 

HSBC’s consolidated holdings of US ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss (continued)

 
2008
 
At 31 December 2008
 
 










 









 
              Fair value                                
  Unrealised     Realised     movements                 CDS     Net      
  gains and     gains and     through     Impair-     Gross     gross     principal     Carrying  
  (losses) 3   (losses) 4   equity 5   ment 6   principal 7   protection 8   exposure 9   amount
10
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                               
Balance brought forward (2,286 )   (8 )   (9,333 )   (560 )   59,661     2,301     57,360     41,687  
Leveraged finance-related assets                                              
   ABSs and ABS CDOs1  (15 )       (1,000 )       5,212     551     4,661     3,390  
     – high grade2  (15 )       (996 )       5,193     551     4,642     3,375  
     – rated C to A         (4 )       19         19     15  
Student loan-related assets                                              
   ABSs and ABS CDOs1  (63 )   (4 )   (1,959 )       7,610     279     7,331     4,908  
     – high grade2  (47 )   (4 )   (1,649 )       6,888     279     6,609     4,523  
     – rated C to A (16 )       (310 )       722         722     385  
Other assets                                              
   ABS and ABS CDOs1  (247 )   (90 )   (807 )   (33 )   7,885     1,539     6,346     4,277  
     – high grade2  (153 )   (71 )   (589 )       5,216     1,370     3,846     2,725  
     – rated C to A (94 )   (19 )   (218 )   (13 )   1,916     169     1,747     805  
     – not publicly rated             (20 )   753         753     747  
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Total (2,611 )   (102 )   (13,099 )   (593 )   80,368     4,670     75,698     54,262  
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 

 

 
2007
 
At 31 December 2007
 
 







 






 
              Fair value                                
  Unrealised     Realised     movements                 CDS     Net        
  gains and     gains and     through     Impair-     Gross     gross     principal     Carrying  
  (losses) 3   (losses) 4   equity 5   ment 6   principal 7   protection 8   exposure 9   amount
10
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                               
US sub-prime residential mortgage-related assets11 
                                             
   Direct lending (385 )   (251 )           6,288         6,288     5,825  
   MBSs1  (564 )   (69 )   (290 )       9,576     657     8,919     7,981  
   – high grade2  (121 )   (10 )   (289 )       9,079     647     8,432     7,807  
   – rated C to A (275 )   (36 )   (1 )       462     10     452     153  
   – not publicly rated (168 )   (23 )           35         35     21  
   MBS CDOs1  (21 )       (45 )       1,157     652     505     440  
   – high grade2  (19 )       (40 )       923     454     469     411  
   – rated C to A (2 )       (5 )       234     198     36     29  
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
  (970 )   (320 )   (335 )       17,021     1,309     15,712     14,246  
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
US Alt-A residential mortgage-related assets
                                             
   Direct lending                 341         341     342  
   MBSs1  (128 )   (36 )   (802 )       19,175     205     18,970     17,708  
   – high grade2  (122 )   (6 )   (802 )       19,099     205     18,894     17,640  
   – rated C to A (6 )   (30 )           64         64     56  
   – not publicly rated                 12         12     12  
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
  (128 )   (36 )   (802 )       19,516     205     19,311     18,050  
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
US government agency mortgage-related assets
                                             
   MBSs1                                               
   – high grade2  2     3     49         5,996         5,996     5,995  
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
Balance carried forward (1,096 )   (353 )   (1,088 )       42,533     1,514     41,019     38,291  

 

154


Back to Contents

 
2007
 
    At 31 December 2007   
 
 














 
              Fair value                                
  Unrealised     Realised     movements                 CDS     Net        
  gains and     gains and     through     Impair-     Gross     gross     principal     Carrying  
  (losses) 3   (losses) 4   equity 5   ment 6   principal 7   protection 8   exposure 9   amount 10
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                               
Balance brought forward (1,096 )   (353 )   (1,088 )       42,533     1,514     41,019     38,291  
US government-sponsored enterprises mortgage-related assets
                                             
   MBSs1                                               
   – high grade2  12     (39 )   3         16,125         16,125     15,904  
Other US residential mortgage-related assets
                                             
   Direct lending (10 )   (29 )           424         424     416  
   MBSs1  (34 )       (1 )       1,587     821     766     756  
   – high grade2  (30 )       (1 )       1,565     799     766     756  
   – rated C to A (4 )               22     22          
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  (44 )   (29 )   (1 )       2,011     821     1,190     1,172  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial property mortgage-related assets
                                             
   MBS and MBS CDOs1  (30 )       (141 )       5,981     685     5,296     5,196  
   – high grade2  (30 )       (141 )       5,760     685     5,075     4,983  
   – not publicly rated                 221         221     213  
Leveraged finance-related assets ABSs and ABS CDOs1
                                             
   – high grade2  (6 )       (89 )       4,930     322     4,608     4,432  
Student loan-related assets                                              
   ABSs and ABS CDOs1  5         (338 )       7,352         7,352     7,196  
   – high grade2  7         (338 )       7,312         7,312     7,159  
   – rated C to A (2 )               40         40     37  
Other assets                                              
   ABS and ABS CDOs1  (100 )   (3 )   (134 )       8,943     2,735     6,208     6,204  
   – high grade2  (99 )   (3 )   (134 )       8,233     2,707     5,526     5,557  
   – rated C to A (1 )               595     28     567     550  
   – not publicly rated                 115         115     97  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total (1,259 )   (424 )   (1,788 )       87,875     6,077     81,798     78,395  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
For footnotes, see page 162. 

HSBC’s consolidated holdings of UK ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss

 
2008
 
 
At 31 December 2008
 
 






 






 
              Fair value                                
  Unrealised     Realised     movements                 CDS     Net        
  gains and     gains and     through     Impair-     Gross     gross     principal     Carrying  
  (losses) 3   (losses) 4   equity 5   ment 6   principal 7   protection 8   exposure 9   amount 10
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
UK non-conforming residential mortgage-related assets
                                             
   MBSs1  (3 )       (294 )       1,425         1,425     1,100  
   – high grade2  (1 )       (268 )       1,349         1,349     1,051  
   – rated C to A (2 )       (26 )       76         76     49  
Other UK residential mortgage-related assets
                                             
   MBSs1  (47 )   (8 )   (709 )       5,781         5,781     4,568  
   – high grade2  (27 )   (10 )   (694 )       5,289         5,289     4,185  
   – rated C to A (20 )   2     (15 )       488         488     382  
  – not publicly rated                 4         4     1  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance carried forward (50 )   (8 )   (1,003 )       7,206         7,206     5,668  

 

155


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
Nature and extent of exposures

 

HSBC’s consolidated holdings of UK ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss (continued)

  2008     At 31 December 2008  
 
   
 
              Fair value                                
  Unrealised     Realised     movements                 CDS     Net        
  gains and     gains and     through     Impair-     Gross     gross     principal     Carrying  
 
(losses)
3  
(losses)
4  
equity
5
 
ment 
6
 
principal
7
 
protection
8
 
exposure
9
 
amount
10
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                               
Balance brought forward (50 )   (8 )   (1,003 )       7,206         7,206     5,668  
Commercial property mortgage-related assets
MBS and MBS CDOs1 
(112 )   (6 )   (571 )       3,836         3,836     3,017  
   – high grade2  (83 )   (6 )   (560 )       3,665         3,665     2,910  
   – rated C to A (29 )       (11 )       156         156     101  
   – not publicly rated                 15         15     6  
Leveraged finance-related assets
ABSs and ABS CDOs1
                                             
   – high grade2 
        (77 )       761     384     377     293  
                                               
Student loan-related assets
ABSs and ABS CDOs1 
                                             
   – high grade2                  98         98     55  
Other assets                                              
   ABS and ABS CDOs1  (10 )   (4 )   (413 )       7,623     5,102     2,521     1,997  
    – high grade2  (8 )   (4 )   (52 )       1,751         1,751     1,607  
    – rated C to A (2 )       (361 )       770         770     390  
    – not publicly rated                 5,102     5,102          
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total (172 )   (18 )   (2,064 )       19,524     5,486     14,038     11,030  
 

 

 

 
   
   
   
   
 
                                               
  2007     At 31 December 2007  
 
   
 
              Fair value                                
  Unrealised     Realised     movements                 CDS     Net        
  gains and     gains and     through           Gross     gross     principal     Carrying  
  (losses)  3   (losses)  4   equity  5   Impairment  6   principal 7   protection 8   exposure 9   amount 10
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                               
UK non-conforming residential mortgage-related assets
MBSs1 
(5 )       (15 )       3,355         3,355     3,211  
     – high grade2  (3 )       (15 )       3,321         3,321     3,183  
     – rated C to A (2 )               28         28     24  
     – not publicly rated                 6         6     4  
Other UK residential  mortgage-related assets
MBSs1 
(53 )   (14 )   (121 )       5,943         5,943     5,640  
     – high grade2  (22 )   (14 )   (118 )       5,411         5,411     5,156  
     – rated C to A (31 )       (3 )       520         520     472  
     – not publicly rated                 12         12     12  
Commercial property  mortgage-related assets
MBS and MBS CDOs1 
(64 )   (2 )   (40 )       5,330         5,330     4,902  
     – high grade2  (54 )   (2 )   (39 )       4,437         4,437     4,095  
     – rated C to A (10 )       (1 )       173         173     113  
     – not publicly rated                 720         720     694  
Leveraged finance-related assets
ABSs and ABS CDOs1 
        (8 )       675     330     345     336  
     – high grade2          (8 )       366     21     345     336  
     – not publicly rated                 309     309          
Other assets                                              
   ABS and ABS CDOs1  (13 )       (38 )       9,385     6,802     2,583     2,511  
     – high grade2  (8 )       (38 )       2,225         2,225     2,170  
     – rated C to A (5 )               26         26     29  
     – not publicly rated                 7,134     6,802     332     312  
 

 

 

 
   
   
   
   
 
Total (135 )   (16 )   (222 )       24,688     7,132     17,556     16,600  
 

 

 

 
   
   
   
   
 

For footnotes, see page 162. 

 

156


Back to Contents

HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss, other than those supported by US and UK-originated assets

  2008     At 31 December 2008  
 
   
 
              Fair value                                
  Unrealised     Realised     movements                 CDS     Net        
  gains and     gains and     through           Gross     gross     principal     Carrying  
  (losses) 3   (losses) 4   equity 5   Impairment 6   principal 7   protection 8   exposure 9   amount 10
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
Non-US and non-UK non-sub-prime residential  mortgage-related assets
                                             
     MBSs1              (8 )   47         47     39  
     – high grade2              (8 )   46         46     38  
     – rated C to A                 1         1     1  
     MBS CDOs1  (15 )       (3 )       53         53     26  
     – high grade2  (14 )       (3 )       40         40     23  
     – rated C to A (1 )               11         11     1  
     – not publicly rated                 2         2     2  
Other non-US and non-UK  residential mortgage-related assets
                                             
     MBSs1  (66 )   (27 )   (62 )       2,411         2,411     2,051  
     – high grade2  (59 )   (28 )   (62 )       2,184         2,184     1,878  
     – rated C to A (6 )               149         149     127  
     – not publicly rated (1 )   1             78         78     46  
Commercial property  mortgage-related assets
MBS and MBS CDOs1
(123 )   (2 )   (463 )       3,051         3,051     2,311  
     – high grade2  (91 )   (14 )   (453 )       2,928         2,928     2,234  
     – rated C to A (32 )   12     (7 )       112         112     69  
     – not publicly rated         (3 )       11         11     8  
Leveraged finance-related assets
ABSs and ABS CDOs1 
                                             
     – high grade2  (4 )   1     (229 )       1,419     1     1,418     1,098  
Other assets
ABS and ABS CDOs1 
(209 )   (13 )   (241 )   (51 )   5,604     1,853     3,751     3,188  
     – high grade2  (168 )   (6 )   (92 )       4,379     1,679     2,700     2,199  
     – rated C to A (41 )   (7 )   (149 )       906     174     732     707  
     – not publicly rated             (51 )   319         319     282  
 

 

 

 

 
   
   
   
 
Total (417 )   (41 )   (998 )   (59 )   12,585     1,854     10,731     8,713  
 

 

 

 

 
   
   
   
 
                                               
  2007     At 31 December 2007  
 
   
 
              Fair value                                
  Unrealised     Realised     movements                 CDS     Net        
  gains and     gains and     through           Gross     gross     principal     Carrying  
  (losses) 3   (losses) 4   equity 5   Impairment 6   principal   7   protection 8   exposure 9   amount  10
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
Non-US and non-UK non- sub-prime residential mortgage-related assets
                                             
   MBSs1                  624         624     385  
     – high grade2                  447         447     279  
     – rated C to A                 104         104     38  
     – not publicly rated                 73         73     68  
Other non-US and non-UK residential mortgage-related assets
                                             
   MBSs1  (20 )   (10 )   (6 )       4,001     814     3,187     3,055  
   – high grade2  (16 )   (8 )   (6 )       3,703     710     2,993     2,869  
   – rated C to A (6 )               130     90     40     36  
   – not publicly rated 2     (2 )           168     14     154     150  
 

 

 

 
   
   
   
   
 
Balance carried forward (20 )   (10 )   (6 )       4,625     814     3,811     3,440  

 

157


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
Nature and extent of exposures > Monolines

 

HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss, other than those supported by US and UK-originated assets (continued)

  2007     At 31 December 2007  
 
   
 
              Fair value                                
  Unrealised     Realised     movements                 CDS     Net        
  gains and     gains and     through     Impair-     Gross     gross     principal     Carrying  
  (losses)  3   (losses)  4   equity  5   ment  6   principal 7   protection 8   exposure 9   amount  10
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                               
Balance brought forward (20 )   (10 )   (6 )       4,625     814     3,811     3,440  
Commercial property mortgage-related assets                                              
   MBS and MBS CDOs1  (9 )       (20 )       3,576     238     3,338     3,051  
   – high grade2  (6 )       (20 )       3,212     102     3,110     2,827  
   – rated C to A (3 )               185     136     49     49  
   – not publicly rated                 179         179     175  
Leveraged finance-related assets                                              
   ABSs and ABS CDOs1  (3 )       (20 )       1,356     3     1,353     1,315  
   – high grade2  (3 )       (20 )       1,281     2     1,279     1,244  
   – not publicly rated                 75     1     74     71  
Other assets                                              
   Direct lending                 3         3     3  
   ABS and ABS CDOs1  (2 )   6     (18 )   (36 )   7,929     1,702     6,227     6,113  
   – high grade2  (5 )   (2 )   (18 )   (36 )   7,310     1,443     5,867     5,550  
   – rated C to A     5             547     259     288     522  
   – not publicly rated 3     3             72         72     41  
 

 

 

 

 
   
   
   
 
  (2 )   6     (18 )   (36 )   7,932     1,702     6,230     6,116  
 

 

 

 

 
   
   
   
 
Total (34 )   (4 )   (64 )   (36 )   17,489     2,757     14,732     13,922  
 

 

 

 

 
   
   
   
 
For footnotes, see page 162.
     
     The following table shows the vintages of the collateral assets supporting HSBC’s holdings of US sub-prime and Alt-A MBSs. Market prices for these instruments generally incorporate higher discounts   for later vintages. The majority of HSBC’s holdings of US sub-prime MBSs are originated pre-2007; holdings of US Alt-A MBSs are more evenly distributed between pre- and post-2007 vintages.
     

Vintages of US sub-prime and Alt-A mortgage-backed securities 

  Gross principal7 of US sub-prime   Gross principal7 of US Alt-A  
  mortgage-backed securities   mortgage-backed securities  
  at 31 December   at 31 December  
 
 
 
  2008   2007   2008   2007  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Mortgage vintage                
Pre-2006 2,012   3,170   2,695   2,870  
2006 4,287   5,186   7,712   7,777  
2007 1,588   2,377   6,453   8,528  
 
 
 
 
 
  7,887   10,733   16,860   19,175  
 
 
 
 
 

For footnotes, see page 162.

Transactions with monoline insurers

HSBC’s exposure to derivative transactions entered into directly with monoline insurers

HSBC’s principal exposure to monolines is through a number of over-the-counter (‘OTC’) derivative transactions, mainly credit default swaps (‘CDS’s). HSBC entered into these CDSs primarily to purchase credit protection against securities held within the trading portfolio.

     During 2008, the notional value of contracts with monolines decreased as certain transactions were commuted and others matured. Nevertheless, HSBC’s overall credit exposure to monolines increased as the fair value of the underlying securities declined, causing the value of the CDS protection purchased to increase. The table below sets out the fair value, essentially the replacement cost, of the derivative transactions at 31 December 2008, and hence the amount at risk if the CDS


 

158


Back to Contents

protection purchased were to be wholly ineffective because, for example, the monoline insurer was subdivided between those monolines that were rated by S&P at ‘BBB or above’ at 31 December 2008, and those that were ‘below BBB’ (‘BBB’ is the S&P cut-off for an investment grade classification). As certain monolines were downgraded during 2008, exposure to monolines rated ‘below BBB’ at 31 December 2008 increased from the position as at 31 December 2007. The ‘Credit risk adjustment’

unable to meet its obligations. In order to illustrate that risk, the value of protection purchased is shown column indicates the valuation adjustment (the provision) taken against the net exposures, and reflects the assessed loss of value on purchased protection arising from the deterioration in creditworthiness of the monolines. These valuation adjustments, which reflect a measure of the irrecoverability of the protection purchased, have been charged to the income statement.

 


HSBC’s exposure to derivative transactions entered into directly with monoline insurers

      Net exposure       Net exposure  
  Notional   before credit   Credit risk   after credit  
  amount   risk adjustment 12 adjustment 13 risk adjustment  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                
Derivative transactions with monoline counterparties                
   Monoline – BBB or above 9,627   2,829   (740 ) 2,089  
   Monoline – below BBB 2,731   1,104   (752 ) 352  
 
 
 
 
 
  12,358   3,933   (1,492 ) 2,441  
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007                
Derivative transactions with monoline counterparties                
   Monoline – BBB or above 14,314   1,342   (133 ) 1,209  
   Monoline – below BBB 1,120   214   (214 )  
 
 
 
 
 
  15,434   1,556   (347 ) 1,209  
 
 
 
 
 
For footnotes, see page 162.            

 

     The above table can be analysed as follows. HSBC has derivative transactions referenced to underlying securities with a nominal value of US$12.4 billion, whose value at 31 December 2008 indicated a potential claim against the protection purchased from the monolines of some US$3.9 billion. On the basis of a credit assessment of the standing of the monolines, a provision of US$1.5 billion has been taken, leaving US$2.4 billion exposed, of which US$2.1 billion is recoverable from monolines rated investment grade at 31 December 2008. The provisions taken imply in aggregate that 74 cents in the dollar will be recoverable from investment grade monolines and 32 cents in the dollar from non-investment grade monolines.

HSBC’s exposure to direct lending and irrevocable commitments to lend to monoline insurers

HSBC has outstanding liquidity facilities totalling US$47 million to monoline insurers, of which US$2 million was drawn at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$158 million, none drawn).

HSBC’s exposure to debt securities which benefit from guarantees provided by monoline insurers

Within both the trading and available-for-sale portfolios, HSBC holds bonds that are ‘wrapped’ with a credit enhancement from a monoline insurer. As the bonds are traded explicitly with the benefit of this enhancement, any deterioration in the credit profile of the monoline insurer is reflected in market prices and, therefore, in the carrying amount of these securities on HSBC’s balance sheet at 31 December 2008. For wrapped bonds held in the trading portfolio, the mark-to-market movement has been reflected through the income statement. For wrapped bonds held in the available-for-sale portfolio, the mark-to-market movement is reflected in equity unless there is objective evidence of impairment, in which case the impairment loss is reflected in the income statement. No wrapped bonds were included in the reclassification of financial assets described on page 145.


 

159


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
Nature and extent of exposures > Monolines / Leveraged finance

 

HSBC’s exposure to Credit Derivative Product Companies

CDPCs are independent companies that specialise in selling credit default protection on corporate exposures. As corporate credit spreads widened during the second half of 2008, increasing the potential value of claims against the CDPCs, the creditworthiness of CDPCs became a focus. At 31 December 2008, HSBC had purchased credit protection from CDPCs with a notional value of US$6.4 billion (2007: US$5.7 billion) which had a fair value (essentially, replacement cost) of US$1.2 billion (2007: US$218 million), against which a credit risk adjustment (a provision) of US$228 million (2007: nil) was held. All of the fair value exposures at 31 December 2008 and 2007 represented exposure to CDPCs with investment grade ratings.

Leveraged finance transactions

Leveraged finance transactions include sub-investment grade acquisition or event-driven financing. During the second half of 2008, HSBC reclassified US$6.5 billion of leveraged finance loans from the held-for-trading category to loans and receivables as detailed on page 146 as its intention now is to hold these assets for the foreseeable future or until maturity. Impairment on these reclassified assets is now recognised on an incurred loss basis. The following tables show HSBC’s gross commitments and exposure to leveraged finance transactions arising from primary transactions and the movement in that leveraged finance exposure in the year. HSBC’s additional exposure to leveraged finance loans through holdings of ABSs from its trading and investment activities is shown in the tables on pages 151 and 152.

 


HSBC’s gross commitments to leveraged finance transactions by geographical segment

  Funded   Unfunded   Total  
  commitments   commitments   commitments  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008            
Europe 3,818   543   4,361  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 25   12   37  
North America 1,987   268   2,255  
 
 
 
 
  5,830   823   6,653  
 
 
 
 

 

  Funded   Unfunded   Total  
  commitments   commitments   commitments  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2007            
Europe 4,004   1,822   5,826  
Hong Kong   160   160  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 45   182   227  
North America 1,991   733   2,724  
 
 
 
 
  6,040   2,897   8,937  
 
 
 
 

HSBC’s exposure to leveraged finance transactions

  At 31 December  





 
  Funded   Unfunded   Total  
  exposures  14 exposures  15 exposures  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
2008            
Europe 3,554   480   4,034  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 25   12   37  
North America 1,825   258   2,083  



 
  5,404   750   6,154  



 
Held within:            
   – loans and receivables 5,401   482   5,883  
   – fair value through the profit or loss 3   268   271  

 

160


Back to Contents

      At 31 December     
 




 
  Funded   Unfunded   Total  
  exposures 14 exposures 15 exposures  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
2007            
Europe 3,903   1,813   5,716  
Hong Kong   160   160  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 45   182   227  
North America 1,917   722   2,639  
 
 
 
 
  5,865   2,877   8,742  
 
 
 
 
Held within:            
   – loans and receivables 424   546   970  
   – fair value through the profit or loss 5,441   2,331   7,772  
             
For footnotes, see page 162.            

 

Movement in leveraged finance exposures             
  Funded   Unfunded   Total  
  exposures 14 exposures 15 exposures  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
At 31 December 2007 5,865   2,877   8,742  
Additions 128   647   775  
Fundings 834   (834 )  
Sales, repayments and other movements (1,184 ) (1,875 ) (3,059 )
Write-downs (239 ) (65 ) (304 )
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2008 5,404   750   6,154  

 
 
 
For footnotes, see page 162.            

 

     The fall in unfunded exposures during 2008 primarily relates to the depreciation in sterling against the US dollar.

     As described in the background to market turmoil on page 144, the dislocation of financial

markets developed in the second half of 2007 and continued throughout 2008. Consequently, income statement write-downs on leveraged finance transactions are presented for the three half-year periods affected to date.

 


      Half-year to     
 




 
  31 December   30 June   31 December  
  2008   2008   2007  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Write-downs taken to income statement   278   195  
Impairment of leveraged finance loans taken to the income statement 26      
For footnotes, see page 162.            
             

     As a result of the reclassification of certain leveraged finance loans from held-for-trading to loans and receivables, write-downs of US$1.2 billion were not taken to the income statement for the half year to 31 December 2008.

     At 31 December 2008, HSBC’s principal exposures were to companies in two sectors:

US$3.6 billion to data processing (2007: US$3.8 billion) and US$1.7 billion to communications and infrastructure (2007: US$2.7 billion). During the year, 99 per cent of the total write-downs were against exposures in these two sectors.


 

161


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
Footnotes / Fair values of financial instruments / Carried at fair value

 

Footnotes to ‘Nature and extent of HSBC’s exposures’

1 Mortgage-backed securities (‘MBSs’), asset-backed securities (‘ABSs’) and collateralised debt obligations (‘CDOs’).
2 High grade assets rated AA or AAA.
3 Unrealised gains and losses on the net principal exposure (see footnote 9) recognised in the income statement as a result of changes in the fair value of the asset, adjusted for the cumulative amount of transfers to realised gains and losses as a result of the disposal of assets.
4 Realised gains and losses on the net principal exposure (see footnote 9) recognised in the income statement as a result of the disposal of assets.
5 Fair value gains and losses on the net principal exposure (see footnote 9) recognised in equity as a result of the changes in the fair value of available-for-sale assets, adjusted for transfers from the available-for-sale reserve to the income statement as a result of impairment, and adjusted for transfers to realised gains and losses following the disposal of assets.
6 Impairment losses recognised in the income statement in respect of the net principal exposure (see footnote 9) of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity assets.
7 The gross principal is the redemption amount on maturity or, in the case of an amortising instrument, the sum of the future redemption amounts through the residual life of the security.
8 A CDS is a credit default swap. CDS gross protection is the gross principal of the underlying instrument that is protected by CDSs.
9 Net principal exposure is the gross principal amount of assets that are not protected by CDSs. It includes assets that benefit from monoline protection, except where this protection is purchased with a CDS.
10 Carrying amount of the net principal exposure.
11 During 2008, the Group reclassified holdings of HELoCs to US sub-prime residential mortgage-related assets from Other US residential mortgage-related assets, and restated the amounts of certain direct lending exposures presented in the ABS tables to show the gross carrying amount of assets on the consolidated balance sheet rather than the net exposure, consistent with other direct lending exposures. 2007 amounts have been restated accordingly, resulting in an increase of US$6.3 billion in the reported balance of US sub-prime mortgage-related assets as at 31 December 2007.
12 Net exposure after legal netting and any other relevant credit mitigation prior to deduction of the credit risk adjustment.
13 Cumulative fair value adjustment recorded against OTC derivative counterparty exposures to reflect the creditworthiness of the counterparty.
14 Funded exposure represents the loan amount advanced to the customer, less any fair value write-downs, net of fees held on deposit.
15 Unfunded exposures represent the contractually committed loan facility amount not yet drawn down by the customer, less any fair value write-downs, net of fees held on deposit.

 

Fair values of financial instruments

(Audited)

The classification of financial instruments is determined in accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 2 on the Financial Statements, and the use of assumptions and estimation in respect of valuation of financial instruments as described on page 63. The following is a description of HSBC’s methods of determining fair value and its related control framework, and a quantification of its exposure to financial instruments measured at fair value.

     Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.

     Financial instruments measured at fair value on an ongoing basis include trading assets and liabilities, instruments designated at fair value, derivatives and financial investments classified as available for sale (including treasury and other eligible bills, debt securities, and equity securities).

Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value

Control framework

Fair values are subject to a control framework designed to ensure that they are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk-taker.

To this end, ultimate responsibility for the determination of fair values lies with Finance, which reports functionally to the Group Finance Director. Finance establishes the accounting policies and procedures governing valuation, and is responsible for ensuring that they comply with all relevant accounting standards.

     For all financial instruments where fair values are determined by reference to externally quoted prices or observable pricing inputs to models, independent price determination or validation is utilised. In inactive markets, direct observation of a traded price may not be possible. In these circumstances, HSBC will source alternative market information to validate the financial instrument’s fair value, with greater weight given to information that is considered to be more relevant and reliable. The factors that are considered in this regard are, inter alia:

the extent to which prices may be expected to represent genuine traded or tradeable prices;
   
the degree of similarity between financial instruments;
   
the degree of consistency between different sources;
   
the process followed by the pricing provider to derive the data;

 

162


Back to Contents

the elapsed time between the date to which the market data relates and the balance sheet date; and
   
the manner in which the data was sourced.

      Models provide a logical framework for the capture and processing of necessary valuation inputs. For fair values determined using a valuation model, the control framework may include, as applicable, independent development or validation of (i) the logic within valuation models; (ii) the inputs to those models; (iii) any adjustments required outside the valuation models; and, (iv) where possible, model outputs. Valuation models are subject to a process of due diligence and calibration before becoming operational and are calibrated against external market data on an ongoing basis.

     The results of the independent validation process are reported to, and considered by, Valuation Committees. Valuation Committees are composed of valuation experts from several independent support functions (Product Control, Market Risk Management, Derivative Model Review Group and Finance) in addition to senior management. The members of each Valuation Committee consider the appropriateness and adequacy of the fair value adjustments and the effectiveness of valuation models. If necessary, they may require changes to model calibration or calibration procedures. The Valuation Committees are overseen by the Valuation Committee Review Group, which consists of Heads of Global Banking and Markets’ Finance and Risk Functions. All subjective valuation items with a potential impact in excess of US$5 million are reported to the Valuation Committee Review Group.

Determination of fair value

Fair values are determined according to the following hierarchy:

Quoted market price: financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
   
Valuation technique using observable inputs: financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.
   
Valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs: financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

     The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market. In the event that the market for a financial instrument is not active, a valuation technique is used.

     The judgement as to whether a market is active may include, but is not restricted to, the consideration of factors such as the magnitude and frequency of trading activity, the availability of prices and the size of bid/offer spreads. In inactive markets, obtaining assurance that the transaction price provides evidence of fair value or determining the adjustments to transaction prices that are necessary to measure the fair value of the instrument requires additional work during the valuation process.

     The majority of valuation techniques employ only observable market data, and so the reliability of the fair value measurement is high. However, certain financial instruments are valued on the basis of valuation techniques that feature one or more significant market inputs that are unobservable, and for them, the derivation of fair value is more judgemental. An instrument in its entirety is classified as valued using significant unobservable inputs if, in the opinion of management, a significant proportion of the instrument’s balance sheet value and/or inception profit (‘day 1 gain or loss’) is driven by unobservable inputs. ‘Unobservable’ in this context means that there is little or no current market data available from which to determine the price at which an arm’s length transaction would be likely to occur. It generally does not mean that there is no market data available at all upon which to base a determination of fair value (consensus pricing data may, for example, be used). Furthermore, in some cases the majority of the fair value derived from a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs may be attributable to observable inputs. Consequently, the effect of uncertainty in determining unobservable inputs will generally be restricted to uncertainty about the overall fair value of the financial instrument being measured. To help in understanding the extent and the range of this uncertainty, additional information is provided in the section headed ‘Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives’ below.

     In certain circumstances, primarily where debt is hedged with interest rate derivatives or structured notes issued, HSBC records its own debt in issue at fair value, based on quoted prices in an active market for the specific instrument concerned, if available. When quoted market prices are unavailable, the own debt in issue is valued using valuation techniques, the inputs for which are either based upon quoted


 

163


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
Fair values of financial instruments > Carried at fair value

 

prices in an inactive market for the instrument, or are estimated by comparison with quoted prices in an active market for similar instruments. In both cases, the fair value includes the effect of applying the credit spread which is appropriate to HSBC’s liabilities. For all issued debt securities, discounted cash flow modelling is used to separate the change in fair value that may be attributed to HSBC’s credit spread movements from movements in other market factors such as benchmark interest rates or foreign exchange rates. Specifically, the change in fair value of issued debt securities attributable to the Group’s own credit spread is computed as follows: for each security at each reporting date, an externally verifiable price is obtained or a price is derived using credit spreads for similar securities for the same issuer. Then, using discounted cash flow, each security is valued using a risk-free discount curve. The difference in the valuations is attributable to the Group’s own credit spread. This methodology is applied consistently across all securities.

     Structured notes issued and certain other hybrid instrument liabilities are included within trading liabilities and are measured at fair value. The credit spread applied to these instruments is derived from the spreads at which HSBC issues structured notes. These market spreads are significantly smaller than credit spreads observed for plain vanilla debt or in the credit default swap markets.

     Gains and losses arising from changes in the credit spread of liabilities issued by HSBC reverse over the contractual life of the debt, provided that the debt is not repaid early.

     All net positions in non-derivative financial instruments, and all derivative portfolios, are valued at bid or offer prices as appropriate. Long positions are marked at bid prices; short positions are marked at offer prices.

     The fair value of a portfolio of financial instruments quoted in an active market is calculated as the product of the number of units and its quoted price and no block discounts are made.

     The valuation techniques used when quoted market prices are not available incorporate certain assumptions that HSBC believes would be made by a market participant to establish fair value. When HSBC considers that there are additional considerations not included within the valuation model, appropriate adjustments may be made. Examples of such adjustments are:

Credit risk adjustment: an adjustment to reflect the creditworthiness of OTC derivative counterparties.
Market data/model uncertainty: an adjustment to reflect uncertainties in fair values based on unobservable market data inputs (for example, as a result of illiquidity), or in areas where the choice of valuation model is particularly subjective.
   
Inception profit (‘day 1 gain or loss’): for financial instruments valued at inception on the basis of one or more significant unobservable inputs, the difference between transaction price and model value, as adjusted, at inception (the day 1 gain or loss) is not recognised in the consolidated income statement, but is deferred. An analysis of the movement in the deferred day 1 gain or loss is provided on page 400.

     Transaction costs are not included in the fair value calculation, nor are the future costs of administering the OTC derivative portfolio. These, along with trade origination costs such as brokerage fees and post-trade costs, are included either in fee expense or in operating expenses.

     A detailed description of the valuation techniques applied to instruments of particular interest follows:

Private equity
   
  HSBC’s private equity positions are generally classified as available for sale and are not traded in active markets. In the absence of an active market, an investment’s fair value is estimated on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk profile, prospects and other factors, as well as by reference to market valuations for similar entities quoted in an active market, or the price at which similar companies have changed ownership. The exercise of judgement is required because of uncertainties inherent in estimating fair value for private equity investments.
   
Debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills, and equities
   
  The fair value of these instruments is based on quoted market prices from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group or pricing service, when available. When they are unavailable, the fair value is determined by reference to quoted market prices for similar instruments, adjusted as appropriate for the specific circumstances of the instruments.
   
       Illiquidity and a lack of transparency in the market for debt securities backed by US sub-prime mortgages has resulted in less observable

 

164


Back to Contents

  data being available. While quoted market prices are generally used to determine the fair value of these securities, valuation models are used to substantiate the reliability of the limited market data available and to identify whether any adjustments to quoted market prices are required.
   
       In the absence of quoted market prices, fair value is determined using valuation techniques based on the calculation of the present value of expected future cash flows of the assets. The inputs to these valuation techniques are derived from observable market data and, where relevant, assumptions in respect of unobservable inputs. In respect of ABSs and mortgages, the assumptions may include prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity based on collateral type, and performance as appropriate. The output from the valuation techniques is benchmarked for consistency against observable data.
   
Derivatives
  OTC (i.e. non-exchange traded) derivatives are valued using valuation models. Valuation models calculate the present value of expected future cash flows, based upon ‘no-arbitrage’ principles. For many vanilla derivative products, such as interest rate swaps and European options, the modelling approaches used are standard across the industry. For more complex derivative products, there may be some differences in market practice. Inputs to valuation models are determined from observable market data wherever possible, including prices available from exchanges, dealers, brokers or providers of consensus pricing. Certain inputs may not be observable in the market directly, but can be determined from observable prices via model calibration
  procedures. Finally, some inputs are not observable, but can generally be estimated from historical data or other sources. Examples of inputs that are generally observable include foreign exchange spot and forward rates, benchmark interest rate curves and volatility surfaces for commonly traded option products. Examples of inputs that may be unobservable include volatility surfaces, in whole or in part, for less commonly traded option products, and correlations between market factors.
   
Loans including leveraged loans and loans held for securitisation
  Loans held at fair value are valued from broker quotes and/or market data consensus providers when available. In the absence of an observable market, the fair value is determined using valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, which incorporate assumptions regarding an appropriate credit spread for the loan derived from other market instruments issued by the same or comparable entities.
   
Structured notes
  The fair value of structured notes valued using a valuation technique is derived from the fair value of the underlying debt security as described above, and the fair value of the embedded derivative is determined as described in the paragraph above on derivatives.
   
Fair value valuation bases
   
The following table provides an analysis of the various bases described above which have been deployed for valuing financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in the consolidated financial statements:

 

Bases of valuing financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

            Valuation techniques      
   


  Quoted   Using   With significant      
  market   observable   unobservable      
  price   inputs   inputs   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                
Assets                
Trading assets 234,399   185,369   7,561   427,329  
Financial assets designated at fair value 14,590   13,483   460   28,533  
Derivatives 8,495   476,498   9,883   494,876  
Financial investments: available for sale 103,949   173,157   9,116   286,222  
                 
Liabilities                
Trading liabilities 105,584   135,559   6,509   247,652  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 23,311   51,276     74,587  
Derivatives 9,896   473,359   3,805   487,060  

 

165


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
Fair values of financial instruments > Carried at fair value

 

Bases of valuing financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value (continued)

      Valuation techniques      
     


   
  Quoted   Using   With significant      
  market   observable   unobservable      
  price   inputs   inputs   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2007                
Assets                
Trading assets 209,339   222,678   13,951   445,968  
Financial assets designated at fair value 28,565   12,694   305   41,564  
Derivatives 8,132   175,493   4,229   187,854  
Financial investments: available for sale 77,045   187,677   8,510   273,232  
                 
Liabilities                
Trading liabilities 140,629   167,967   5,984   314,580  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 37,709   52,230     89,939  
Derivatives 8,879   171,444   3,070   183,393  
                 

     The main drivers of the movement in the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value with significant unobservable inputs were an increase in the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities due to market conditions, and a reduction in the level of ABSs and loans held at fair value due

either to disposal, repayment or reclassification. At 31 December 2008, financial instruments measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs represented 2 per cent of total assets and liabilities measured at fair value (31 December 2007: 2 per cent).


 

Financial instruments measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs

  Assets   Liabilities  
 






 




 
          Designated           Designated      
          at fair value           at fair value      
  Available   Held for   through       Held for   through      
  for sale   trading   profit or loss   Derivatives   trading   profit or loss   Derivatives  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                            
Private equity investments 2,689   54   225          
Asset-backed securities 4,264   882     95       565  
Leveraged finance   266           33  
Loans held for securitisation   2,133            
Structured notes   87       5,294      
Derivatives with monolines       2,441        
Other derivatives       7,347       3,207  
Other portfolios 2,163   4,139   235     1,215      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  9,116   7,561   460   9,883   6,509     3,805  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007                            
Private equity investments 3,037              
Asset-backed securities 4,223   2,073            
Leveraged finance   3,349            
Loans held for securitisation   5,100            
Structured notes         5,396      
Derivatives with monolines       1,010        
Other derivatives       3,219       3,070  
Other portfolios 1,250   3,429   305     588      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  8,510   13,951   305   4,229   5,984     3,070  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               

     At 31 December 2008, available-for-sale assets valued using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs principally comprised various ABSs, private equity investments and other portfolios, similar to the position at 31 December 2007.

     Trading assets valued using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs

principally comprised loans held for securitisation and other portfolios. Other portfolios included holdings in various bonds, preference shares and corporate and mortgage loans. The decrease during the year largely reflected leveraged finance and ABS positions no longer held on a fair value basis following their reclassification to loans and receivables as a result of the amendment to IAS 39


 

166


Back to Contents

and a reduction in the level of loans held for securitisation.

     Derivative products valued using valuation techniques with significant unobservable inputs included certain types of correlation products, such as foreign exchange basket options, foreign exchange-interest rate hybrid transactions and long-dated option transactions. Examples of the latter are equity options, interest rate and foreign exchange options and certain credit derivatives. Credit derivatives included tranched CDS transactions. The increase in derivative assets during the year was mainly due to (i) the transfer of certain leveraged credit derivative transactions into this category because widening credit spreads increased the significance of unobservable credit spread volatilities, and (ii) a general increase in the fair value of derivative assets during 2008.

     Trading liabilities valued using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs principally comprised equity-linked structured note

transactions. These notes, which HSBC issues to investors, provide the counterparty with a return that is linked to the performance of certain equity securities.

     The increase in derivative liabilities valued using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs was due to the general increase in the fair value of derivative liabilities during 2008.

Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives

As discussed above, the fair value of financial instruments are, in certain circumstances, measured using valuation techniques that incorporate assumptions that are not evidenced by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument and are not based on observable market data. The following table shows the sensitivity of these fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions:


         
  Reflected in profit or loss   Reflected in equity  
 


 


 
  Favourable   Unfavourable   Favourable   Unfavourable  
  changes   changes   changes   changes  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                
Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1  1,266   (703 )    
Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value 30   (30 )    
Financial investments: available for sale     984   (1,005 )
             
At 31 December 2007                
Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1  602   (415 )    
Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value 30   (30 )    
Financial investments: available for sale     529   (591 )
   
1 Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities are presented as one category to reflect the manner in which these financial instruments are risk-managed.
   

     The increase in the effect of changes in significant unobservable inputs in relation to derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities

during the year primarily reflected increased sensitivity of instruments to unobservable parameters across asset and liability classes.


 

Principal assumptions used in the valuation of financial instruments with significant unobservable inputs

  Reflected in profit or loss   Reflected in equity  
 


 


 
  Favourable   Unfavourable   Favourable   Unfavourable  
  changes   changes   changes   changes  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                
Private equity investments 28   (28 ) 234   (261 )
Asset-backed securities 90   (91 ) 667   (660 )
Leveraged finance 2   (2 )    
Loans held for securitisation 41   (41 )    
Structured notes 8   (8 )    
Derivatives with monolines 341   (250 )    
Other derivatives 652   (224 )    
Other portfolios 134   (89 ) 83   (84 )

 

167


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
 
   
Fair values of financial instruments > Carried at fair value 

 

Principal assumptions used in the valuation of financial instruments with significant unobservable inputs (continued)

 
Reflected in profit or loss
 
Reflected in equity
 
 
 
 
  Favourable   Unfavourable   Favourable   Unfavourable  
  changes   changes   changes   changes  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2007                
Private equity investments     228   (228 )
Asset-backed securities 226   (178 ) 101   (163 )
Leveraged finance 49   (49 )    
Loans held for securitisation 40   (40 )    
Structured notes 17   (17 )    
Derivatives with monolines 88   (109 )    
Other derivatives 132   (6 )    
Other portfolios 80   (46 ) 200   (200 )
                 

     Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined on the basis of changes in the value of the instrument as a result of varying the levels of the unobservable parameter using statistical techniques. When parameters are not amenable to statistical analysis, quantification of uncertainty is judgemental.

     When the fair value of a financial instrument is affected by more than one unobservable assumption, the above table reflects the most favourable or most unfavourable change from varying the assumptions individually.

     In respect of private equity investments, the valuations are assessed on an asset by asset basis using a valuation methodology appropriate to the specific investment, in line with industry guidelines. In many of the methodologies, the principal assumption is the valuation multiple to be applied to the main financial indicators including, for example, multiples for comparable listed companies and discounts for marketability.

     For ABSs whose prices are unobservable, models are used to generate the expected value of the asset, incorporating benchmark information on factors such as prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severities and the historical performance of the underlying assets. The models used are calibrated by using securities for which external market information is available.

     For leveraged finance, loans held for securitisation and derivatives with monolines the principal assumption concerns the appropriate value to be attributed to the counterparty credit risk. This requires exposure at default, probability of default and recovery in the event of default to be estimated. For loan transactions, assessment of exposure at default is straight-forward. For derivative transactions, a future exposure profile is generated based on current market data. Probabilities of default and recovery levels are estimated using market evidence, which may include financial information,

historical experience, CDS spreads and consensus recovery levels.

     In the absence of such evidence, management’s best estimate is used.

     For structured notes and other derivatives, principal assumptions concern the future volatility of asset values and the future correlation between asset values. For such unobservable assumptions, estimates are based on available market data, which may include the use of a proxy method to derive a volatility or a correlation from comparable assets for which market data is more readily available, and/or an examination of historical levels.

Changes in fair value recorded in the income statement

The following table quantifies the changes in fair values recognised in profit or loss during the year in respect of exposures whose fair values are estimated using valuation techniques that incorporate significant assumptions that are not evidenced by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument, and are not based on observable market data:

the table details the total change in fair value of these instruments; it does not isolate the component of the change that is attributable to the unobservable component;
   
instruments valued with significant unobservable inputs are frequently dynamically managed with instruments valued using observable inputs; the table does not include any changes in fair value of these latter instruments; and
   
the table reflects the full change in fair value during 2008 of assets and liabilities valued using significant unobservable inputs at 31 December 2008 which were observable at 31 December 2007.

 

168


Back to Contents

  2008   2007  
  US$m   US$m  
Recorded profit/(loss) on:
       
Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities
779   491  
Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value
109   9  

     The profit during the year primarily reflects changes in the fair value of credit derivatives which were transferred from using a valuation technique with significant observable inputs to a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs. The change in valuation technique was due to widening

credit spreads which have increased the significance of unobservable credit spread volatilities. These movements are offset by reductions occurring due to write-downs of MBSs, mortgage loans acquired for the purpose of securitisation and credit derivative transactions executed against monoline insurers.

HSBC Holdings

The following table provides an analysis of the basis for valuing financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in the financial statements:



Bases of valuing HSBC Holdings’ financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

 
Valuation techniques
 
 
 
  Quoted   Using   With significant      
  market   observable   unobservable      
  price   inputs   inputs   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                
Assets                
   Derivatives   3,682     3,682  
   Financial investments: available for sale     2,629   2,629  
Liabilities                
   Financial liabilities designated at fair value 16,389       16,389  
   Derivatives   1,324     1,324  
At 31 December 2007                
Assets                
   Derivatives   2,660     2,660  
   Financial investments: available for sale 346     2,676   3,022  
Liabilities                
   Financial liabilities designated at fair value 18,683       18,683  
   Derivatives   44     44  

     Financial investments measured using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs comprise fixed-rate trust-preferred securities and senior notes purchased from HSBC undertakings. The unobservable elements of the valuation technique include the use of implied credit spreads and simplified bond pricing assumptions.

Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives

As discussed above, the fair value of financial instruments are in certain circumstances measured using valuation models that incorporate assumptions that are not supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument and are not based on observable market data. The following table shows the sensitivity of non-derivative financial instruments to reasonably possible alternative assumptions.

 
Reflected in equity
 
 
 
  Favourable   Unfavourable  
  changes   changes  
  US$m   US$m  
Financial investments        
   available for sale        
At 31 December 2008 113   (97 )
At 31 December 2007 53   (52 )

Assessing available-for-sale assets for impairment

HSBC’s policy on impairment of available-for-sale assets is described on page 350. The following is a description of HSBC’s application of that policy.

     A systematic impairment review is carried out periodically of all available-for-sale assets, and all available indicators are considered to determine whether there is any objective evidence that an impairment may have occurred, whether as the result of a single loss event or as the combined effect of several events.


 

169


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
 
   
 Fair values of financial instruments > Carried at fair value / Not carried at fair value 

 

Debt securities

When assessing available-for-sale debt securities for objective evidence of impairment at the balance sheet date, HSBC considers all available evidence, including observable data or information about events specifically relating to the securities which may result in a shortfall in recovery of future cash flows. These events may include a significant financial difficulty of the issuer, a breach of contract such as a default, bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation, or the disappearance of an active market for the debt security because of financial difficulties relating to the issuer.

     These types of specific event and other factors such as information about the issuers’ liquidity, business and financial risk exposures, levels of and trends in default for similar financial assets, national and local economic trends and conditions, and the fair value of collateral and guarantees may be considered individually, or in combination, to determine if there is objective evidence of impairment of a debt security.

     In addition, when assessing available-for-sale ABSs for objective evidence of impairment, HSBC considers the performance of underlying collateral, the extent and depth of market price declines and changes in credit ratings. The primary indicators of potential impairment are considered to be adverse fair value movements, and the disappearance of an active market for the securities.

     At 31 December 2008, the population of available-for-sale ABSs identified as being most at risk of impairment included residential MBSs backed by sub-prime and Alt-A mortgages originated in the US, and CDOs with significant exposure to this sector. The estimated future cash flows of these securities are assessed to determine whether any of their cash flows are unlikely to be recovered as a result of events occurring on or before the balance sheet date.

     In particular, for residential MBSs the estimated future cash flows are assessed by determining the future projected cash flows arising on the underlying collateral taking into consideration the delinquency status of underlying loans, the probability of delinquent loans progressing to default and the proportion of the advances subsequently recoverable. HSBC uses a modelling approach which incorporates historically observed progression rates to default, to determine if the decline in aggregate projected cash flows from the underlying collateral will lead to a shortfall in contractual cash flows. In such cases the security is considered to be impaired.

     In respect of CDOs, in order to determine whether impairment has occurred, the expected future cash flows of the CDOs are compared with the total of the underlying collateral on the non-defaulted assets and the recovery value of the defaulted assets. In the event of a shortfall, the CDO is considered to be impaired.

     When a security benefits from a contract provided by a monoline insurer that insures payments of principal and interest, the expected recovery on the contract is assessed in determining the total expected credit support available to the ABS.

Equity securities

Objective evidence of impairment for available-for-sale equity securities may include specific information about the issuer as detailed above, but may also include information about significant changes in technology, markets, economics or the law that provides evidence that the cost of the equity securities may not be recovered.

     A significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the asset below its cost is also objective evidence of impairment. In assessing whether it is significant, the decline in fair value is evaluated against the original cost of the asset at initial recognition. In assessing whether it is prolonged, the decline is evaluated against the period in which the fair value of the asset has been below its original cost at initial recognition.

     For impairment losses on available-for-sale debt and equity securities, see pages 34 and 30, respectively. Any impairment losses recognised in the income statement relating to ABSs are recorded in the ‘Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions’ line. Impairment losses incurred on assets held by consolidated securities investment conduits (excluding Solitaire) are offset by a credit to the impairment line for the amount of the loss borne by capital note holders.

Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value

Financial instruments that are not measured at fair value on the balance sheet include loans and advances to banks and customers, deposits by banks, customer accounts, debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities. Their fair values are, however, provided for information by way of note disclosure and are calculated as described below.

     The calculation of fair value incorporates HSBC’s estimate of the amount at which financial


 

170


Back to Contents

assets could be exchanged, or financial liabilities settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction. It does not reflect the economic benefits and costs that HSBC expects to flow from the instruments’ cash flows over their expected future lives. Other reporting entities may use different valuation methodologies and assumptions in determining fair values for which no observable market prices are available, so comparisons of fair values between entities may not be meaningful and users are advised to exercise caution when using this data.

     Since August 2007, the unstable market conditions in the US mortgage lending industry have resulted in a significant reduction in the secondary market demand for US consumer lending assets. Uncertainty over the extent and timing of future credit losses, together with an absence of liquidity for non-prime ABSs, continued to be reflected in a lack of bid prices at 31 December 2008. It is not possible to distinguish from the indicative market prices that are available, between the relative discount to nominal value within the fair value measurement that reflects cash flow impairment due to expected losses to maturity, and the discount that the market is demanding for holding an illiquid and out of favour asset. Under impairment accounting for loans and advances, there is no need nor requirement to adjust carrying amounts to reflect illiquidity as HSBC’s intention is to fund assets until the earlier of prepayment, charge-off or repayment on maturity. Market fair values, on the other hand, reflect both incurred loss and loss expected through the life of the asset, a discount for illiquidity and a credit spread which reflects the market’s current risk preferences. This usually differs from the credit spread applicable in the market at the time the loan was underwritten and funded.

     The estimated fair values at 31 December 2008 and 31 December 2007 of loans and advances to customers in North America reflect the combined effect of these conditions. As a result, the fair values are substantially lower than the carrying amount of customer loans held on-balance sheet and lower than would otherwise be reported under more normal market conditions. Accordingly, the fair values reported do not reflect HSBC’s estimate of the underlying long-term value of the assets.

     Fair values at the balance sheet date of the assets and liabilities set out below are estimated for the purpose of disclosure as follows:

Loans and advances to banks and customers
   
  The fair value of loans and advances is based on observable market transactions, where available. In the absence of observable market transactions, fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow models. Performing loans are grouped, as far as possible, into homogeneous pools segregated by maturity and coupon rates. In general, contractual cash flows are discounted using HSBC’s estimate of the discount rate that a market participant would use in valuing instruments with similar maturity, repricing and credit risk characteristics.
   
       The fair value of a loan portfolio reflects both loan impairments at the balance sheet date and estimates of market participants’ expectations of credit losses over the life of the loans.
   
       For impaired loans, fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows over the time period they are expected to be recovered.
   
Financial investments
   
  The fair values of listed financial investments are determined using bid market prices. The fair values of unlisted financial investments are determined using valuation techniques that take into consideration the prices and future earnings streams of equivalent quoted securities.
   
Deposits by banks and customer accounts
   
  For the purposes of estimating fair value, deposits by banks and customer accounts are grouped by residual maturity. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows, applying current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair value of a deposit repayable on demand is assumed to be the amount payable on demand at the balance sheet date.
   
Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities
   
  Fair values are determined using quoted market prices at the balance sheet date where available, or by reference to quoted market prices for similar instruments.

     The fair values in this note are stated at a specific date and may be significantly different from the amounts which will actually be paid on the maturity or settlement dates of the instruments. In many cases, it would not be possible to realise immediately the estimated fair values given the size


 

171


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
Fair values of financial instruments > Not carried at fair value / HSBC Holdings // SPEs > HSBC-sponsored SPEs

 

of the portfolios measured. Accordingly, these fair values do not represent the value of these financial instruments to HSBC as a going concern.

     For all classes of financial instruments, fair value represents the product of the value of a single instrument, multiplied by the number of instruments held. No block discount or premium adjustments are made. The fair values of intangible assets related to the businesses which originate and hold the financial instruments subject to fair value measurement, such as values placed on portfolios of core deposits, credit card and customer relationships, are not included above because they are not classified as financial instruments. Accordingly, an aggregation of fair value measurements does not approximate to the value of the organisation as a going concern.

     The following table lists financial instruments whose carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value because, for example, they are short-term in nature or reprice to current market rates frequently:

Assets

Cash and balances at central banks
Items in the course of collection from other banks
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness
Endorsements and acceptances
Short-term receivables within ‘Other assets’
Accrued income

Liabilities

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation
Items in the course of transmission to other banks
Investment contracts with discretionary participation features within ‘Liabilities under insurance contracts’
Endorsements and acceptances
Short-term payables within ‘Other liabilities’
Accruals


 

Fair values of financial instruments which are not carried at fair value on the balance sheet

    At 31 December 2008   At 31 December 2007  
   


 


 
    Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair  
    amount   value   amount   value  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Assets                  
Loans and advances to banks   153,766   153,363   237,366   237,374  
Loans and advances to customers   932,868   876,239   981,548   951,850  
Financial investments: debt securities   14,013   15,057   9,768   10,154  
Liabilities                  
Deposits by banks   130,084   130,129   132,181   132,165  
Customer accounts   1,115,327   1,115,291   1,096,140   1,095,727  
Debt securities in issue   179,693   170,599   246,579   243,802  
Subordinated liabilities   29,433   28,381   24,819   23,853  

Fair values of financial investments classified as held for sale which are not carried at fair value on the balance sheet

    At 31 December 2008   At 31 December 2007  
   


 


 
    Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair  
    amount   value   amount   value  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Assets classified as held for sale                  
Loans and advances to banks and customers   11   11   14   14  
Financial investments: debt securities   37   37   27   27  

Analysis of loans and advances to customers by geographical segment

    At 31 December 2008   At 31 December 2007  
   


 


 
    Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair  
    amount   Value   amount   value  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Loans and advances to customers                  
Europe   426,191   417,256   452,275   450,010  
Hong Kong   100,220   100,490   89,638   89,908  
Rest of Asia-Pacific   107,956   104,687   101,852   101,860  
North America1   256,214   211,346   289,860   262,123  
Latin America   42,287   42,460   47,923   47,949  
   
 
 
 
 
    932,868   876,239   981,548   951,850  
   
 
 
 
 
         
1 The reasons for the significant difference between carrying amount and fair value of loans and advances to customers in North America are discussed on page 170.

 

172


Back to Contents

HSBC Holdings

The methods used by HSBC Holdings to determine fair values of financial instruments for the purpose of measurement and disclosure are described above.

     The following table provides an analysis of the fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value on the balance sheet:


 

Fair values of HSBC Holdings’ financial instruments not carried at fair value on the balance sheet

      2008    2007   
     


  


 
      Carrying    Fair    Carrying    Fair  
      amount    value    amount    value  
      US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
Assets                          
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings    11,804    12,670    17,242    17,356  
                   
Liabilities                          
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings    4,042    4,218    2,969    2,992  
Subordinated liabilities    14,017    13,940    8,544    8,609  
                   
                   
                   
Special purpose entities

(Audited)

This section contains disclosures about HSBC-sponsored SPEs that are included in HSBC’s consolidated balance sheet, with a particular focus on SPEs containing exposures affected by recent turmoil in credit markets, and those that are not consolidated by HSBC under IFRSs. In addition to the disclosures about SPEs, information on other off-balance sheet arrangements has been included in this section.

     HSBC enters into certain transactions with customers in the ordinary course of business which involve the establishment of SPEs to facilitate or secure customer transactions.

     HSBC structures that utilise SPEs are authorised centrally when they are established to ensure appropriate purpose and governance. The activities of SPEs administered by HSBC are closely monitored by senior management. HSBC’s involvement with SPE transactions is described below.

HSBC-sponsored SPEs

HSBC sponsors the formation of entities which are designed to accomplish certain narrow and well-defined objectives, such as securitising financial assets or affecting a lease, and this requires a form of legal structure that restricts the assets and liabilities within the structure to the single purpose for which it was established. HSBC consolidates these SPEs when the substance of the relationship indicates that HSBC controls them. In assessing control, all relevant factors are considered, including qualitative and quantitative aspects. For example:

Qualitative factors – in substance:

the activities of the SPE are being conducted on behalf of HSBC according to HSBC’s specific business needs so that it obtains benefit from the SPE’s operation. This might be evidenced, for example, by HSBC providing a significant level of support to the SPE; and
   
HSBC has the decision-making powers to obtain the majority of the benefits of the activities of the SPE.

Quantitative factors – hereinafter referred to as ‘the majority of risks and rewards of ownership’. In substance:

HSBC has rights to obtain the majority of the benefits of the SPE and therefore may be exposed to risks incidental to the activities of the SPE; and
   
HSBC retains the majority of the residual or ownership risks related to the SPE or its assets in order to obtain benefits from its activities.

     In a number of cases, these SPEs are accounted for off-balance sheet under IFRSs where HSBC does not have the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership of the SPE. However in certain circumstances, after careful consideration of the facts, HSBC consolidates an SPE when, although it does not obtain the majority of risks and rewards of ownership, the qualitative features of HSBC’s involvement indicate that, in substance, the activities of the SPE are being conducted on behalf of HSBC.

     HSBC reassesses the required consolidation accounting tests whenever there is a change in the substance of the relationship between HSBC and an SPE, for example, when the nature of HSBC’s involvement or the governing rules, contractual


 

173


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
 
   
SPEs > SIVs and conduits

 

arrangements or capital structure of the SPE change. The most significant categories of SPEs are discussed in more detail below.

Structured investment vehicles and conduits

Structured investment vehicles

Structured investment vehicles (‘SIV’s) are SPEs which invest in diversified portfolios of interest-earning assets, generally funded through issues of commercial paper (‘CP’), medium-term notes (‘MTN’s) and other senior debt to take advantage of the spread differentials between the assets in the SIV and the funding cost. Prior to the implementation of Basel II, it was capital efficient to many bank investors to invest in highly-rated investment securities in this way. HSBC sponsored the establishment of two SIVs, Cullinan Finance Limited (‘Cullinan’) and Asscher Finance Limited (‘Asscher’) in 2005 and 2007, respectively, and in November 2007 HSBC consolidated Cullinan and Asscher.

     As market illiquidity intensified, there were two main challenges for the SIV sector which could force asset sales: an inability to fund in the CP markets and the sensitivity of the continuing operation of SIVs to changes in the market value of their underlying assets.

     In order to remove the risk of having to make forced asset sales, HSBC established three new securities investment conduits (defined below) to take on the assets held in Cullinan and Asscher. Mazarin Funding Limited (‘Mazarin’), an asset backed CP conduit, and Barion Funding Limited (‘Barion’), a term-funding vehicle, were set up in respect of Cullinan; and Malachite Funding Limited (‘Malachite’), a term-funding vehicle, was set up in respect of Asscher. During 2008, the investors in the capital notes issued by Cullinan and Asscher had the option of exchanging their existing capital notes for the capital notes of the respective new conduits. In addition, the new conduits agreed to purchase the assets in Cullinan and Asscher. As a result of this agreement the legal title of all Cullinan and Asscher’s assets were transferred to the new conduits. By 31 December 2008, all the original assets in Cullinan and Asscher were transferred to the new conduits.

     During 2008, 91.3 per cent of the remaining capital note holders in Asscher and all of the capital note holders in Cullinan elected to exchange their existing holdings for capital notes in the new conduits. In January 2009, the remaining 8.7 per cent of Asscher’s capital notes were redeemed. At

31 December 2007, the holders of the capital notes bore the risk of any actual losses arising in the new conduits up to US$2.3 billion, being the par value of their respective holdings. Prior to the exchanges of assets against capital note extinguishments, the par value of the capital notes was US$2.6 billion. At 31 December 2008, the economic first loss protection from capital note holders amounted to US$2.2 billion (2007: US$2.3 billion). The reduction in economic first loss protection is attributable to the recognition of a US$92 million realised loss at 31 December 2008 (2007: n/a). On an IFRS accounting basis, the capital notes were initially recognised at fair value on consolidation, which amounted to US$1.3 billion at 31 December 2007. At 31 December 2008, on an IFRS accounting basis, an impairment charge of US$293 million (2007: n/a) was recognised in addition to the realised loss of US$92 million, therefore reducing the carrying amount of these capital notes to US$0.9 billion.

Conduits

HSBC sponsors and manages two types of conduits which issue CP; multi-seller securities and securities investment conduits (‘SIC’s). HSBC has consolidated these conduits from inception because it is exposed to the majority of risks and rewards of ownership.

Securities investment conduits

Solitaire, HSBC’s principal securities investment conduit, purchases highly rated ABSs to facilitate tailored investment opportunities. HSBC’s other SICs, Mazarin, Barion and Malachite, evolved from the restructuring of HSBC’s sponsored SIVs as discussed above.

Multi-seller conduits

These vehicles were established for the purpose of providing access to flexible market-based sources of finance for HSBC’s clients, for example, to finance discrete pools of third-party originated trade and vehicle finance loan receivables. HSBC’s principal multi-seller conduits are Regency Assets Limited (‘Regency’), Bryant Park Funding Limited LLC (‘Bryant Park’), Abington Square Funding LLC (‘Abington Square’) and Performance Trust.

     The multi-seller conduits purchase or fund interests in diversified pools of third-party assets financed by issuing CP or drawing advances from HSBC. The cash flows received by the conduits from the third-party assets are used to service the funding and provide a commercial rate of return for


 

174


Back to Contents

HSBC for structuring, for various other administrative services, and for the liquidity and credit support it gives to the conduits. The asset pools acquired by the conduits are structured so that the credit enhancement the conduits receive, which equates to senior investment grade ratings, and the benefit of liquidity facilities typically provided by HSBC mean that the CP issued by the multi-seller conduits is itself highly rated.

     During 2008, the finance provided by HSBC to Abington Square Funding LLC at the end of 2007 was repaid using the proceeds received from refinancing the assets within the conduit. The conduit did not enter into any new securitisation transactions during the period.

     An analysis of the assets held by HSBC’s SIVs and conduits is set out below:


 

Ratings analysis of assets

              Total      
      Other   Total   multi-seller   Total  
  Solitaire   SICs   SICs   conduits   SIVs  
  US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn  
S&P ratings at 31 December 2008                    
 AAA 8.1   12.0   20.1   6.1   0.3  
 AA 0.7   1.4   2.1   1.8    
 A 1.0   4.7   5.7   1.6    
 BBB 0.8   1.0   1.8   1.2    
 BB 0.3   0.4   0.7   0.2    
 B 0.1   0.2   0.3   0.5    
 CCC 0.2   0.2   0.4   1.8    
 D       0.3    
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total investments 11.2   19.9   31.1   13.5   0.3  
Cash and other investments 0.9   0.3   1.2   0.4   0.1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  12.1   20.2   32.3   13.9   0.4  
 
 
 
 
 
 
S&P ratings at 31 December 2007                    
 AAA 20.8     20.8   9.7   28.3  
 AA       1.6   3.3  
 A       3.9   3.4  
 BBB       0.1   0.1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total investments 20.8     20.8   15.3   35.1  
Cash and other investments 0.8     0.8   0.5   5.6  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  21.6     21.6   15.8   40.7  
 
 
 
 
 
 

Composition of asset portfolio 

              Total      
      Other   Total   multi-seller   Total  
  Solitaire   SICs   SICs   conduits 1 SIVs  
  US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn  
Asset class at 31 December 2008                    
Structured finance                    
 Vehicle loans and equipment leases       3.9    
 Consumer receivables       0.7    
 Credit card receivables 0.2     0.2   1.4    
 Residential MBSs 4.4   5.7   10.1   0.6    
 Commercial MBSs 2.1   3.1   5.2   0.2    
 Auto floor plan       2.2    
 Trade receivables       2.7    
 Student loan securities 2.2   2.0   4.2      
 Vehicle finance loan securities   0.3   0.3      
 Leverage loan securities 1.5   2.2   3.7      
 Other ABSs 0.8   1.3   2.1   1.7    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  11.2   14.6   25.8   13.4    
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

175


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
 
   
SPEs > SIVs and conduits 

 

Composition of asset portfolio (continued)

                Total      
        Other   Total   multi-seller   Total  
    Solitaire   SICs   SICs   conduits 1 SIVs  
    US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn  
Finance                      
 Commercial bank securities and deposits     4.4   4.4   0.4    
 Investment bank debt securities     0.5   0.5      
 Investment bank securities            
 Finance company debt securities     0.4   0.4     0.3  
 Other assets   0.9   0.3   1.2   0.1   0.1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    0.9   5.6   6.5   0.5   0.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    12.1   20.2   32.3   13.9   0.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
US sub-prime mortgages   0.6   0.7   1.3      
US Alt-A   2.3   2.2   4.5      
   
 
 
 
 
 
    2.9   2.9   5.8      
   
 
 
 
 
 
Asset class at 31 December 2007                      
Structured finance                      
 Vehicle loans and equipment leases         3.6    
 Consumer receivables         0.8    
 Credit card receivables         1.5    
 Residential MBSs   9.3     9.3   2.0   14.5  
 Commercial MBSs   3.7     3.7   0.1   5.0  
 Auto floor plan         2.0    
 Trade receivables         3.1    
 Student loan securities   3.5     3.5     2.6  
 Vehicle finance loan securities   0.1     0.1     0.3  
 Leverage loan securities   2.2     2.2     2.8  
 Other ABSs   2.2     2.2   2.3   6.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    21.0     21.0   15.4   32.1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Finance                      
 Commercial bank securities and deposits   0.6     0.6     7.3  
 Investment bank debt securities           0.8  
 Investment bank securities         0.4    
 Finance company debt securities           0.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    0.6     0.6   0.4   8.6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    21.6     21.6   15.8   40.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
US sub-prime mortgages   1.9     1.9   0.1   3.5  
US Alt-A   5.3     5.3     5.9  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    7.2     7.2   0.1   9.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
                       
1 Assets within multi-seller conduits are classified as collateralised loans. Under IFRSs, the conduits cannot recognise the underlying assets.

     During 2008, the credit ratings of various securities held by the SICs, many with exposures to US sub-prime and Alt-A mortgages, were downgraded by rating agencies. At 31 December
2008, 44.7 per cent of the SICs’ exposures to US sub-prime and Alt-A mortgages remained AAA rated (2007: 100 per cent), while 81.4 per cent remained investment grade.

     It should be noted that securities purchased by SICs typically benefit from substantial transaction- specific credit enhancements such as subordinated tranches and/or excess spread, which absorb any

credit losses before they would fall on the tranche held by the SPE.

     As noted above, by 31 December 2008, all the original assets held by the SIVs were transferred to the new SICs. However, during the second half of 2008, the SIVs purchased CP issued by certain SICs set up by HSBC and, at 31 December 2008, the SIVs’ holdings amounted to US$0.3 billion. The cash flows of the CP issued by the new SICs are referenced to bonds which include those backed by US sub-prime and US Alt-A MBSs. In early 2009, the CP matured, and the cash received by the SIVs has been transferred to the respective SICs.


 

176


Back to Contents

Asset analysis by geographical origination for multi-seller conduits1         
 
  At 31 December     
 


 
  2008   2007  
  US$bn   US$bn  
         
Europe 7.5   7.4  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 0.9   1.0  
North America 5.5   6.3  
Latin America   1.1  
 
 
 
  13.9   15.8  
 
 
 
1 For details on the geographical origin of the mortgage loans held at fair value and ABSs, including those represented by MBSs and CDOs held in consolidated SIVs and securities investment conduits, see ‘Nature and extent of HSBC’s exposures’ on page 150.
 
Total assets by balance sheet classification                     
 
              Total      
      Other   Total   multi-seller   Total  
  Solitaire   SICs   SICs   conduits   SIVs  
  US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn  
At 31 December 2008                    
Financial instruments designated at fair value 0.1     0.1      
Derivative assets   0.2   0.2   0.1    
Loans and advances to banks   0.1   0.1     0.1  
Loans and advances to customers       13.4    
Financial investments 11.1   19.9   31.0     0.3  
Other assets 0.9     0.9   0.4    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  12.1   20.2   32.3   13.9   0.4  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007                    
Financial instruments designated at fair value 0.1     0.1      
Derivative assets 0.1     0.1     0.3  
Loans and advances to banks 0.2     0.2     3.1  
Loans and advances to customers       14.9    
Financial investments 20.6     20.6   0.5   37.1  
Other assets 0.6     0.6   0.4   0.2  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  21.6     21.6   15.8   40.7  
 
 
 
 
 
 
                             
Weighted average maturity of assets and life of portfolios                             
 
                      Total          
          Other     Total     multi-seller     Total    
    Solitaire     SICs     SICs     conduits     SIVs    
    US$bn     US$bn     US$bn     US$bn     US$bn    
At 31 December 2008                              
0-6 months 1.0     1.3     2.3     5.7     0.4    
6-12 months 0.2     1.4     1.6     0.5        
Over 12 months 10.9     17.5     28.4     7.7        
   1-3 years 1.8     5.6     7.4     6.2        
   3-5 years 3.6     6.6     10.2     1.5        
   5+ years 5.5     5.3     10.8            
   
   
   
   
   
   
    12.1     20.2     32.3     13.9     0.4    
   
   
   
   
   
   
Weighted average life (years) 5.8     3.9     4.6     1.6        
 
At 31 December 2007                              
0-6 months 0.3         0.3     5.6     6.9    
6-12 months 0.3         0.3     2.5     2.2    
Over 12 months 21.0         21.0     7.7     31.6    
   1-3 years 2.5         2.5     4.8     7.6    
   3-5 years 8.3         8.3     2.2     13.4    
   5+ years 10.2         10.2     0.7     10.6    
   
   
   
   
   
   
    21.6         21.6     15.8     40.7    
   
   
   
   
   
   
Weighted average life (years) 5.3         5.3     1.6     4.0    

 

177


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
SPEs > SIVs and conduits

 

     The revolving credit facilities of multi-seller conduits will predominantly have expected average

lives with maturities of less than 12 months, but typically have a range of 1 to 60 months.


                                         
Funding structure                                         
 
                          Total multi-seller          
  Solitaire   Other SICs   Total SICs   conduits   Total SIVs
 


 


 


 


 


 
      Provided       Provided       Provided       Provided       Provided  
  Total   by HSBC   Total   by HSBC   Total   by HSBC   Total   by HSBC   Total   by HSBC  
  US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn  
At 31 December 2008                                        
Capital notes     0.9     0.9            
Drawn liquidity facility 2.4   2.4       2.4   2.4          
Commercial paper 17.2   8.3   10.5   10.4   27.7   18.7   12.9   2.1      
Medium-term notes     3.4   3.4   3.4   3.4       0.1    
Term repos executed 0.8   0.8   13.3   13.3   14.1   14.1          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  20.4   11.5   28.1   27.1   48.5   38.6   12.9   2.1   0.1    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007                                        
Capital notes                 1.3    
Commercial paper 23.0   7.8       23.0   7.8   14.8   8.6   7.3   2.4  
Medium-term notes                 23.2   5.3  
Term repos executed                 8.7   8.2  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  23.0   7.8       23.0   7.8   14.8   8.6   40.5   15.9  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
Weighted average life of the funding liabilities                   
 
              Total      
      Other   Total   multi-seller   Total  
  Solitaire   SICs   SICs   conduits   SIVs  
  Years   Years   Years   Years   Years  
At 31 December 2008                    
CP funding 0.1   0.2   0.1   0.1   n/a  
MTN funding n/a   7.3   7.3   n/a   0.1  
 
At 31 December 2007                    
CP funding 0.4       0.1   0.5  
MTN funding         1.1  

 

     The majority CP and MTN funding issued by the SIVs was repaid in full during 2008 using the proceeds from the asset sales to the new SICs. The MTNs matured in early 2009.

HSBC’s maximum exposure

Conduits
   
Mazarin
   
HSBC is exposed to the par value of Mazarin’s assets through the provision of a liquidity facility equal to the lesser of the amortised cost of issued senior debt and the amortised cost of non-defaulted assets. At 31 December 2008, HSBC's exposure amounted to US$15.5 billion (2007: n/a). First loss protection is provided through the capital notes issued by Mazarin, which are substantially all held by third parties.
   
In addition, at 31 December 2008, HSBC held 1.3 per cent of Mazarin’s capital notes, which

have a par value of US$17million (2007: n/a), and a carrying amount of US$0.6 million (2007: n/a).

Barion and Malachite
   
These SICs are term funded by HSBC, consequently HSBC’s primary exposure to them is represented by the amortised cost of the debt required to support the non-cash assets of the vehicles. At 31 December 2008 this amounted to US$11.7 billion (2007: n/a).
   
First loss protection is provided through the capital notes issued by these vehicles, which are substantially all held by third parties.
   
In addition, at 31 December 2008, HSBC held 3.53 per cent (2007: n/a) of the capital notes issued by these vehicles which have a par value of US$35 million (2007: n/a), and a carrying amount of US$1.3 million (2007: n/a).

 

178


Back to Contents

Solitaire
   
CP issued by Solitaire benefits from a 100 per cent liquidity facility provided by HSBC. First loss credit protection, after any transaction-specific credit enhancement (as described on page 148) and retained reserves, is provided by HSBC in the form of letters of credit with a combined notional value of US$1.2 billion at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$1.2 billion).
   
HSBC’s maximum exposure to Solitaire is limited to the amortised cost of non-cash equivalent assets, which represents the risk that HSBC may be required to fund the vehicle in the event the debt is redeemed without reinvestment from third parties.
   
HSBC’s maximum exposure at 31 December 2008 amounted to US$20.4 billion (2007: US$25.7 billion).
 
Multi-seller conduits
   
HSBC provides transaction-specific liquidity facilities to each of its multi-seller conduits, designed to be drawn in order to ensure the repayment of the CP issued. At 31 December 2008, the committed liquidity facilities amounted to US$17.1 billion (2007: US$21.2 billion).
   
First loss protection is provided through transaction-specific credit enhancements, for example, over-collateralisation and excess spread. These credit enhancements are provided by the originator of the assets and not by HSBC. In addition, a layer of secondary loss protection is provided by HSBC in the form of programme-wide enhancement facilities, and at 31 December 2008 this amounted to US$0.6 billion (2007: US$0.7 billion). HSBC’s maximum exposure is equal to the transaction-specific liquidity facilities offered to the multi-seller conduits, as described above.
   
The liquidity facilities are set to support total commitments and therefore exceed the funded assets as at 31 December 2008.
   
In consideration of the significant first loss protection afforded by the structure, the credit enhancements and a range of indemnities provided by the various obligors, HSBC carries only a minimal risk of loss from the programme.
 
Structured investment vehicles
   
At 31 December 2008, Cullinan held Mazarin CP amounting to US$0.3 billion. HSBC retains
  no marginal exposure through Cullinan to Mazarin’s activities over the maximum exposure value stated for Mazarin.
   
Asscher retains only cash and equivalent assets held within the HSBC Group. Consequently, HSBC retains no exposure to the vehicle.

Money market funds

HSBC has established and manages a number of money market funds which provide customers with tailored investment opportunities with a set of narrow and well-defined objectives. In most cases, they are not consolidated in HSBC because the Group’s holdings in them are not of sufficient size to represent the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership.

     Investors in money market funds generally have no recourse other than to the assets in the funds, so asset holdings are designed to meet expected fund liabilities. Usually, money market funds are constrained in their operations should the value of their assets and their ratings fall below predetermined thresholds. The risks to HSBC are, therefore, contingent, arising from the reputational damage which could occur if an HSBC-sponsored money market fund was thought to be unable to meet withdrawal requests on a timely basis or in full.

     In aggregate, HSBC has established money market funds with total assets of US$102.7 billion at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$91.3 billion).

The main sub-categories of money market funds are:

US$72.0 billion (2007: US$56.8 billion) in Constant Net Asset Value (‘CNAV’) funds, which invest in shorter-dated and highly-rated money market securities with the objective of providing investors with a highly liquid and secure investment;
   
US$2.7 billion (2007: US$11.9 billion) in French domiciled dynamique (‘dynamic’) funds and Irish ‘enhanced’ funds, together Enhanced Variable Net Asset Value (‘Enhanced VNAV’) funds, which invest in longer-dated money market securities to provide investors with a higher return than traditional money market funds; and
   
US$28.0 billion (2007: US$22.6 billion) in various other money market Variable Net Asset Value (‘VNAV’) funds, including funds domiciled in Brazil, France, India, Mexico and other countries.

 

179


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
SPEs > SIVs and conduits

 

     These money market funds invest in diverse portfolios of highly-rated debt instruments, including limited holdings in instruments issued by SIVs. At 31 December 2008, the exposure of these funds to SIVs was US$0.5 billion (2007: US$3.9 billion).

Constant Net Asset Value funds

CNAV funds price their assets on an amortised cost basis, subject to the amortised book value of the portfolio remaining within 50 basis points of its market value. This feature enables CNAV funds to create and liquidate shares in the funds at a constant price. If the amortised value of an asset portfolio were to vary by more than 50 basis points from its market value, the CNAV fund would be required to price its assets at market value, and consequently would no longer be able to create or liquidate shares at a constant price. This is commonly known as ‘breaking the buck’.

     Investments made by the CNAV funds in senior notes issued by SIVs continued to deteriorate in valuation terms during 2008. The market values of the underlying assets of those SIVs were affected by market nervousness over possible default levels, exacerbated by severe illiquidity. This reduced the ability of SIVs to sell assets in order to fund maturing liabilities, or issue new senior notes in order to raise cash. As a consequence, the CNAV funds recorded unrealised losses on their SIV holdings.

     During 2008, the following actions were taken by HSBC in respect of the CNAV funds to maintain their AAA rating and mitigate any forced sale of liquid assets to meet potential redemptions:

the provision of additional letters of limited indemnity (‘LOI’) to the directors of the CNAV funds that held investments in SIVs, as well as amendments to existing letters of limited indemnity. The total assets under management (‘AUM’) of the funds in respect of which indemnities were provided amounted to US$43.8 billion at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$27.1 billion); and
 
in early October 2008, HSBC:
 
  (i) purchased all the SIV assets that were in enforcement from the CNAV funds, which amounted to US$687 million. Enforcement is the process by which winding down of independent SIVs and repaying secured
    creditors begins. The purchased SIV assets are included within HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs on page 151;
 
  (ii) made a payment of US$43 million under the letters of limited indemnity as a consequence of HSBC purchasing all the SIV assets that were in enforcement from the CNAV funds; and
 
  (iii) made capital contributions amounting to US$53 million.

     The following table provides a breakdown of the losses incurred and capital contributions made as a result of the actions taken by HSBC.

  2008  
  US$m  
     
Payment under LOI 43  
Capital contribution 53  
Fair value write down1  18  
 
 
Total 114  
 
 
1 When HSBC purchased the enforced SIV assets from a fund at their amortised cost, an immediate loss was recognised by HSBC on initial recognition.

     As stated on page 173, a reassessment of the required consolidation accounting tests is performed whenever there is a change in the substance of the relationship between HSBC and an SPE. As a result of the events described above, a reassessment of the consolidation tests was, therefore, performed.

     When considered together, the actions taken by HSBC demonstrated the Group’s support, within limited parameters, of the CNAV funds in the prevailing market conditions. This support was based on a commercial decision to support the funds at that time, but did not constitute any commitment to undertake further action and the future operations of the funds in question continue to be governed by their respective prospectuses. HSBC concluded that this substantively changed the relationship HSBC had with these CNAV funds, and therefore HSBC consolidated them from 30 September 2008. Although the actions taken by HSBC described above occurred in early October 2008, management’s intention had been agreed prior to this date.

     The effect of consolidating the CNAV funds on HSBC’s balance sheet was to include US$43.8 billion of assets and US$43.1 billion of liabilities. HSBC’s exposure to the funds is described below.


 

180


Back to Contents

Composition of CNAV asset portfolio 

  2008  
  US$bn  
     
ABSs 0.8  
Certificates of deposit 13.0  
CP 18.1  
Floating rate notes 5.2  
Government agency bonds 1.9  
Other assets 4.8  
 
 
Total 43.8  
 
 

HSBC’s maximum exposure

HSBC’s maximum exposure to consolidated and unconsolidated CNAV funds is represented by HSBC’s investment in the units of each CNAV fund, and by the maximum limit of the letters of limited indemnity provided to the CNAV funds. HSBC’s exposure at 31 December 2008 amounted to US$0.7 billion (2007: US$1.3 billion) and US$58 million (2007: US$41 million) for investment in units within the CNAV funds and letters of limited indemnity, respectively.

Enhanced Variable Net Asset Value funds

Enhanced VNAV funds price their assets on a fair value basis and, consequently, prices may change from one day to the next. These funds pursue an ‘enhanced’ investment strategy, as part of which investors accept greater credit and duration risk in the expectation of higher returns.

     As part of action taken in respect of these funds in the second half of 2007, HSBC acquired some of the underlying assets and shares in two of its French dynamic money market funds. HSBC’s aggregate holding in these funds at 31 December 2008 amounted to €0.5 billion (US$0.6 billion) (2007: €0.9 billion; US$1.4 billion). As a result of continued redemptions by unitholders during 2008, HSBC’s holding in the two funds increased to a level at which it obtained the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership, and it therefore consolidated these funds.

HSBC’s maximum exposure

HSBC’s maximum exposure to consolidated and unconsolidated Enhanced VNAV and consolidated and unconsolidated VNAV funds is represented by HSBC’s investment in the units of each fund. HSBC’s maximum exposure at 31 December 2008 amounted to US$0.6 billion (2007:

US$5.9 billion) and US$1.6 billion (2007: US$0.3 billion), for Enhanced VNAV and VNAV funds, respectively.

Total assets of HSBC’s money market funds which are on-balance sheet by balance sheet classification

  At 31 December  
 
 
  2008   2007  
  US$bn   US$bn  
         
Cash 0.3    
Trading assets 43.3   0.7  
Financial instruments designated at fair value
  5.0  
Other assets 2.3    
 
 
 
  45.9   5.7  
 
 
 

Non-money market investment funds

HSBC, through its fund management business, has established a large number of non-money market funds to enable customers to invest in a range of assets, typically equities and debt securities. At the launch of a fund HSBC, as fund manager, usually provides a limited amount of initial capital known as ‘seed capital’ to enable the fund to start purchasing assets. These holdings are normally redeemed over time. The majority of these funds are off-balance sheet for HSBC because the Group’s limited economic interest means it does not have the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership. As the non-money market funds explicitly provide investors with tailored risk, the risk to HSBC is restricted to HSBC’s own investments in the funds.

     In aggregate, HSBC has established non-money market funds with total assets of US$200.3 billion at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$288.8 billion).

     The main sub-categories of non-money market funds are:

US$83.1 billion (2007: US$132.0 billion) in specialist funds, which comprise fundamental active specialists and active quantitative specialists;
   
US$96.2 billion (2007: US$126.4 billion) in local investment management funds, which invest in domestic products, primarily for retail and private clients; and
   
US$21.0 billion (2007: US$30.4 billion) in multi-manager funds, which offer fund of funds and manager of manager products across a diversified portfolio of assets.

 

181


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
SPEs > SIVs and conduits > Maximum exposures 

 

Total assets of HSBC’s non-money market funds which are on-balance sheet by balance sheet classification

  At 31 December  
 
 
  2008   2007  
  US$bn   US$bn  
         
Cash 0.4   0.4  
Trading assets 0.2   0.5  
Financial instruments designated at fair value 2.3   3.0  
Financial investments 0.8   0.2  
 
 
 
  3.7   4.1  
 
 
 

HSBC’s maximum exposure

HSBC’s maximum exposure to consolidated and unconsolidated non-money market funds is represented by HSBC’s investment in the units of each respective fund. HSBC’s exposure at 31 December 2008 amounted to US$4.4 billion (2007: US$6.0 billion).

Securitisations

HSBC uses SPEs to securitise customer loans and advances that it has originated, mainly in order to diversify its sources of funding for asset origination and for capital efficiency purposes. In such cases, the loans and advances are transferred by HSBC to the SPEs for cash, and the SPEs issue debt securities to investors to fund the cash purchases. Credit enhancements to the underlying assets may be used to obtain investment grade ratings on the senior debt issued by the SPEs. Except in one instance, these securitisations are all consolidated by HSBC. HSBC has also established securitisation programmes in the US and Germany where loans originated by third parties are securitised. Most of these vehicles are not consolidated by HSBC as it is not exposed to the majority of risks and rewards of ownership in the SPEs. In 2008, demand for the securitised products remained low.

     In addition, HSBC uses SPEs to mitigate the capital absorbed by some of the customer loans and advances it has originated. Credit derivatives are used to transfer the credit risk associated with such customer loans and advances to an SPE, using securitisations commonly known as synthetic securitisations. These SPEs are consolidated when HSBC is exposed to the majority of risks and rewards of ownership.

Total assets of HSBC’s securitisations which are on-balance sheet, by balance sheet classification

  At 31 December  
 
 
  2008   2007  
  US$bn   US$bn  
         
Trading assets 1.3   3.6  
Loans and advances to customers 50.8   69.6  
Financial investments   0.1  
Other assets 1.1   1.3  
Derivatives 1.4   0.1  
 
 
 
  54.6   74.7  
 
 
 

     These assets include US$1.3 billion (2007: US$3.6 billion) of exposure to US sub-prime mortgages.

Total assets of HSBC’s securitisations which are off-balance sheet

  2008   2007  
  US$bn   US$bn  
         
HSBC originated assets 0.6   0.9  
Non-HSBC originated assets – term securitisation programmes
13.5   16.0  
 
 
 
  14.1   16.9  
 
 
 

     HSBC’s financial investments in off-balance sheet securitisations at 31 December 2008 amounted to US$0.2 billion (2007: US$0.4 billion). These assets include assets which are classified as available-for-sale securities and measured at fair value, and have been securitised by HSBC under arrangements by which HSBC retains a continuing involvement in them. Further details are provided in Note 20 on the Financial Statements.

HSBC’s maximum exposure

The maximum exposure is the aggregate of any holdings of notes issued by these vehicles and the reserve account positions intended to provide credit support under certain pre-defined circumstances to senior note holders. HSBC is not obligated to provide further funding. At 31 December 2008, HSBC’s maximum exposure to consolidated and unconsolidated securitisations amounted to US$27.2 billion (2007: US$31 billion).

Other

HSBC also establishes SPEs in the normal course of business for a number of purposes, for example, structured credit transactions for customers to provide finance to public and private sector infrastructure projects, and for asset and structured finance (‘ASF’) transactions.


 

182


Back to Contents

Structured credit transactions

HSBC provides structured credit transactions to third-party professional and institutional investors who wish to obtain exposure, sometimes on a leveraged basis, to a reference portfolio of debt instruments. In such structures, the investor receives returns referenced to the underlying portfolio by purchasing notes issued by the SPEs. HSBC enters into contracts with the SPEs, generally in the form of derivatives, in order to pass the required risks and rewards of the reference portfolios to the SPEs. HSBC’s risk in relation to the derivative contracts with the SPEs is managed within HSBC’s trading market risk framework (see Market Risk on page 241). In certain transactions HSBC is exposed to risk often referred to as gap risk. Gap risk typically arises in transactions where the aggregate potential claims against the SPE by HSBC pursuant to one or more derivatives could be greater than the value of the collateral held by the SPE and securing such derivatives. HSBC often mitigates such gap risk by incorporating in the SPE transaction features which allow for deleveraging, a managed liquidation of the portfolio, or other mechanisms. Following the inclusion of such risk reduction mechanisms, HSBC has, in certain circumstances, retained all or a portion of the underlying exposure in the transaction. When this retained exposure represents ABSs, it has been included in ‘Nature and extent of HSBC’s exposures’ on page 150.

     Often, transactions are facilitated through SPEs to enable the notes issued to the investors to be rated. The SPEs are not consolidated by HSBC because the investors bear substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership through the notes.

     The total fair value of liabilities (notes issued and derivatives) in structured credit transaction SPEs was US$21.2 billion at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$23.6 billion). These amounts included US$0.3 billion (2007: US$0.1 billion) in SPEs that were consolidated by HSBC.

Other uses of SPEs

HSBC participates in Public-Private Partnerships to provide financial support for infrastructure projects initiated by government authorities. The funding structure is commonly achieved through the use of SPEs. HSBC consolidates these SPEs when it is exposed to the majority of risks and rewards of the vehicles.

     HSBC’s ASF business specialises in leasing and arranging finance for aircraft and other physical assets, which it is customary to ring-fence through the use of SPEs, and in structured loans and deposits, where SPEs introduce cost efficiencies. HSBC consolidates these SPEs when the substance of the relationship indicates that HSBC controls the SPE.

     HSBC’s risks and rewards of ownership in these SPEs are in respect of its on-balance sheet assets and liabilities.

HSBC’s maximum exposures to SPEs

The following tables show the total assets of the various types of SPEs, and the amount and types of funding provided by HSBC to these SPEs. The tables also show HSBC’s maximum exposure to the SPEs and, within that exposure, the types of liquidity and credit enhancements provided by HSBC. The maximum exposures to SPEs represent HSBC’s maximum possible risk exposure that could occur as a result of the Group’s arrangements and commitments to SPEs. The maximum amounts are contingent in nature, and may arise as a result of drawdowns under liquidity facilities, where these have been provided, and any other funding commitments, or as a result of any loss protection provided by HSBC to the SPEs. The conditions under which such exposure might arise differ depending on the nature of each SPE and HSBC’s involvement with it. The aggregation of such maximum exposures across the different forms of SPEs results in a theoretical total maximum exposure number. The elements of the maximum exposure to an SPE are not necessarily additive and a detailed explanation of how maximum exposures are determined is provided under each category of SPE.


 

183


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
   
   
SPEs > SIVs and conduits > Maximum exposures

 

HSBC’s maximum exposure to consolidated SPEs affected by the recent market turmoil

                          Non-money market funds              
      Securities           Enhanced      


             
      investment   Multi-seller   CNAV   VNAV   VNAV   Specialist   Local   Securit-          
  SIVs   conduits 1 conduits   funds   funds   funds   funds   funds 2 isations 3 Other   Total  
  US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn  
At 31 December 2008                                            
Total assets 0.4   32.3   13.9   43.8   0.7   1.4   0.6   3.1   54.6   0.3   151.1  
  Direct lending4                 1.3     1.3  
  ABSs4   25.8     0.8               26.6  
  Other 0.4   6.5   13.9   43.0   0.7   1.4   0.6   3.1   53.3   0.3   123.2  
Funding provided by HSBC   38.6   2.1   0.7   0.6   1.3   0.2   3.2   0.7   0.2   47.6  
  CP   18.7   2.1                 20.8  
  MTNs   3.4               0.4   0.2   4.0  
  Junior notes                 0.3     0.3  
  Term repos executed   14.1                   14.1  
  Investments in funds       0.7   0.6   1.3   0.2   3.2       6.0  
  Drawn liquidity facility   2.4                   2.4  
  Capital notes5                      
Total maximum exposure to consolidated SPEs
  47.6   17.1   0.8   0.6   1.3   0.2   3.2   27.0   0.2   98.0  
Liquidity and credit enhancements
                                           
  Deal-specific liquidity facilities
    17.1                 17.1  
  Indemnities       0.1               0.1  
  Programme-wide liquidity facilities
  34.8                   34.8  
  Programme-wide limited credit   enhancements
  1.2   0.6                 1.8  
  Other liquidity and credit enhancements
                0.1     0.1  

 

184


Back to Contents

                  Non-money market funds              
      Securities          


             
      investment   Multi-seller   Enhanced   Specialist   Local   Securit-          
  SIVs   conduits 1 conduits   VNAV funds   funds   funds 2,6 isations 3 Other   Total  
  US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn  
At 31 December 2007                                    
Total assets 40.7   21.6   15.8   5.7   1.0   3.1   74.7   0.1   162.7  
  Direct lending4             3.6     3.6  
  ABSs4 32.1   21.0               53.1  
  Other 8.6   0.6   15.8   5.7   1.0   3.1   71.1   0.1   106.0  
Funding provided by HSBC 15.9   7.8   8.6   4.6   0.4   2.8   1.0     41.1  
  CP 2.4   7.8   8.6             18.8  
  MTNs 5.3             0.3     5.6  
  Junior notes             0.7     0.7  
  Term repos executed 8.2                 8.2  
  Investments in funds       4.6   0.4   2.8       7.8  
Total maximum exposure to consolidated SPEs
40.0   25.7   21.2   4.6   0.4   2.8   30.6   0.1   125.4  
                                     
Liquidity and credit enhancements                                    
  Deal-specific liquidity facilities     21.2             21.2  
  Programme-wide liquidity facilities 0.8   25.7               26.5  
  Programme-wide limited credit enhancements   0.2   0.7             0.9  
  Other liquidity and credit enhancements             0.2     0.2  
   
1 The securities investment conduits include Mazarin, Barion, Malachite and Solitaire.
2 Local investment management funds.
3 Also includes consolidated SPEs that hold mortgage loans held at fair value.
4 These assets only include those measured at fair value. For details on the geographical origin of the mortgage loans held at fair value and ABSs, including those represented by MBSs and CDOs held in consolidated SIVs and securities investment conduits, see ‘Nature and extent of HSBC’s exposures’ on page 150. The geographical origin of the loans and receivables held by the multi-seller conduits is disclosed on page 177.
5 The carrying amount of HSBC’s holding of capital notes in the securities investment conduits amounted to US$1.9 million (2007: n/a) with a par value of US$52 million (2007: n/a).
6 Total assets for 2007 have been restated as a result of reclassifying assets amounting to US$17 billion from VNAV to local funds.

 

185


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil (continued)
 
   
SPEs  > SIVs and conduits >Maximum exposures / 3rd party SPEs // Other off-balance sheet arrangements

 

HSBC’s maximum exposure to unconsolidated SPEs

 
Securitisations1 
 
       Money market funds1 
 
Non-money market funds1 
               
 
 

   
               
  HSBC     Non-HSBC           Enhanced                       Multi-                
  originated     originated     CNAV     VNAV     VNAV 4    Specialist     Local     manager                
  assets     assets 2    funds     funds     funds     funds     funds 3,4   funds     Other     Total    
  US$bn     US$bn     US$bn     US$bn     US$bn     US$bn     US$bn     US$bn     US$bn     US$bn    
At 31 December 2008                                                            
Total assets 0.6     13.5     28.2     2.0     26.6     82.5     93.1     21.0     20.9     288.4    
Funding provided by HSBC     0.2             0.3         1.0         8.3     9.8    
   MTNs     0.2                             8.3     8.5    
   Investments in funds                 0.3         1.0             1.3    
Total maximum exposure to unconsolidated SPEs     0.2             0.3         1.0         4.1     5.6    
At 31 December 2007                                                            
Total assets 0.9     16.0     56.8     6.2     22.6     131.0     123.3     30.4     23.5     410.7    
Funding provided by HSBC     0.4     1.3     1.3     0.3     0.1     2.6     0.1     7.2     13.3    
   MTNs     0.3                             7.2     7.5    
   Mezzanine notes     0.1                                 0.1    
   Investments in funds         1.3     1.3     0.3     0.1     2.6     0.1         5.7    
Total maximum exposure to unconsolidated SPEs     0.4     1.3     1.3     0.3     0.1     2.6     0.1     4.5     10.6    

1 HSBC’s financial investments in off-balance sheet money market funds and non-money market funds have been classified as available-for-sale securities, and measured at fair value. HSBC’s financial investments in off-balance sheet securitisations have been classified as trading assets and available-for-sale securities, and measured at fair value.
2 In the US, HSBC has established securitisation programmes where term-funded SPEs are used to securitise third-party originated mortgages, mainly sub-prime and Alt-A residential mortgages. The majority of these SPEs are not consolidated by HSBC as it is not exposed to the majority of the risk and rewards of ownership in the SPEs. No liquidity facility has been provided by HSBC.
3 Local investment management funds.
4 Total assets for 2007 have been restated as a result of reclassifying assets amounting to US$17 billion from VNAV funds to local funds.

 

186


Back to Contents

Third-party sponsored SPEs

Through standby liquidity facility commitments, HSBC has exposure to third-party sponsored SIVs, conduits and securitisations under normal banking arrangements on standard market terms. These exposures are quantified below.

HSBC’s commitments under liquidity facilities to third-party SIVs, conduits and securitisations

  Commit-      
  ments   Drawn  
  US$bn   US$bn  
At 31 December 2008        
Third-party SIVs    
Third-party conduits 1.1   0.1  
Third-party securitisations 0.6   0.1  
 
 
 
  1.7   0.2  
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007        
Third-party SIVs 0.3    
Third-party conduits 4.4   0.4  
Third-party securitisations 0.5    
 
 
 
  5.2   0.4  
 
 
 

Other exposures to third-party SIVs, conduits and securitisations where a liquidity facility has been provided

 
At 31 December
 
 
 
  2008   2007  
  US$bn   US$bn  
         
Derivative assets   0.2  
 
 
 
 Other off-balance sheet arrangements and commitments

Financial guarantees, letters of credit and similar undertakings

Note 40 on the Financial Statements describes various types of guarantees and discloses the maximum potential future payments under such arrangements. Credit risk associated with all forms of guarantees is assessed in the same manner as for on-balance sheet credit advances and, where necessary, provisions for assessed impairment are included in ‘Other provisions’.

Commitments to lend

Undrawn credit lines are disclosed in Note 40 on the Financial Statements. The majority by value of undrawn credit lines arise from ‘open to buy’ lines on personal credit cards, advised overdraft limits and other pre-approved loan products, and mortgage offers awaiting customer acceptance. HSBC generally has the right to change or terminate any conditions of a personal customer’s overdraft, credit card or other credit line upon notification to the customer. In respect of corporate commitments to lend, in most cases HSBC’s position will be protected through restrictions on access to funding in the event of material adverse change.

Leveraged finance transactions

Loan commitments in respect of leveraged finance transactions are accounted for as derivatives where it is HSBC’s intention to sell the loan after origination. Further information is provided on page 160.


 

187


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk 
 
   
Regulation and supervision

 

  Page   
     
Regulation and supervision1  189  
Risk management1  191  
Credit risk 192  
   Credit risk management2  192  
   Credit exposure3  197  
   Areas of special interest1  209  
   Renegotiated loans2  216  
   Credit quality of financial instruments3  217  
   Impaired loans and advances3  220  
   Impairment allowances and charges3  223  
   HSBC Holdings2  232  
   Risk elements in the loan portfolio1  233  
Liquidity and funding 235  
   Policies and procedures2  235  
   Primary sources of funding2  235  
   HSBC Holdings2  240  
Market risk 241  
   Value at risk3  241  
   Impact of market turmoil3  242  
   Trading portfolios2  244  
   Non-trading portfolios2  245  
   Defined benefit pension schemes2  246  
   Sensitivity of net interest income1  246  
   Structural foreign exchange exposures1  248  
   HSBC Holdings3  249  
Residual value risk1  252  
Operational risk1  252  
   Legal risk1  252  
   Global security and fraud1  253  
Pension risk1  253  
Reputational risk1  254  
Sustainability risk1  254  
     
Risk management of insurance operations2  255  
   Life insurance business2  255  
   Non-life insurance business2  256  
   Insurance risk2  256  
   Financial risks2  262  
272  
Capital management and allocation 274  
   Capital management2  274  
   Capital measurement and allocation3  275  
280  

1 Unaudited. 
2 Audited. 
3 Audited where indicated.

Regulation and supervision

(Unaudited)

With listings of its ordinary shares in London, Hong Kong, New York, Paris and Bermuda, HSBC Holdings complies with the relevant requirements for listing and trading on each of these exchanges. In the UK, these are the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’); in Hong Kong, The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (‘HKSE’); in the US, where the shares are traded in the form of ADSs, HSBC Holdings’ shares are registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’). As a consequence of its US listing, HSBC Holdings is also subject to the reporting and other requirements of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the New York Stock Exchange’s (‘NYSE’) Listed Company Manual, in each case as applied to foreign private issuers. In France and Bermuda, HSBC Holdings is subject to the listing rules of Euronext, Paris and the Bermuda Stock Exchange respectively, applicable to companies with secondary listings.

     A statement of HSBC’s compliance with the code provisions of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued by the Financial Reporting Council and with the Code on Corporate Governance Practices in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited is set out in the ‘Report of the Directors: Governance’ on page 281.

     HSBC’s operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised by approximately 540 different central banks and regulatory authorities in those jurisdictions in which HSBC has offices, branches or subsidiaries. These authorities impose a variety of requirements and controls designed to improve financial stability and the transparency of financial markets and their contribution to economic growth. These regulations and controls cover, inter alia, capital adequacy, depositor protection, market liquidity, governance standards, customer protection (for example, fair lending practices, product design, and marketing and documentation standards), and social responsibility obligations (for example, anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing measures). In addition, a number of countries in which HSBC operates impose rules that affect, or place limitations on, foreign or foreign-owned or controlled banks and financial institutions. The rules include restrictions on the opening of local offices, branches or subsidiaries and the types of banking and non-banking activities that may be conducted by those local offices, branches or subsidiaries;


 

188


Back to Contents

restrictions on the acquisition of local banks or regulations requiring a specified percentage of local ownership; and restrictions on investment and other financial flows entering or leaving the country. The supervisory and regulatory regimes of the countries where HSBC operates will determine to some degree HSBC’s ability to expand into new markets, the services and products that HSBC will be able to offer in those markets and how HSBC structures specific operations. As a result of the recent government interventions in response to recent global economic conditions – it is widely anticipated that there will be a substantial increase in government regulation and supervision of the financial services industry, including the imposition of higher capital requirements, heightened disclosure standards and restrictions on certain types of transaction structures.

     In June 2006, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision introduced a new capital adequacy framework to replace the 1988 Basel Capital Accord in the form of a new Accord (commonly known as ‘Basel II’). Details of the way in which Basel II has been implemented by the FSA, the timing of the change and the impact on HSBC are set out on page 275.

     The FSA supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis. In addition, each operating bank, finance company or insurance operation within HSBC is regulated by local supervisors. The primary regulatory authorities are those in the UK, Hong Kong and the US, the Group’s principal areas of operation.

UK regulation and supervision

UK banking and financial services institutions are subject to multiple regulations. The primary UK statute is the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (‘FSMA’). Additionally, data privacy is regulated by the Data Protection Act 1998. Other UK financial services legislation is derived from EU directives relating to banking, securities, insurance, investments and sales of personal financial services.

     In addition to its role as HSBC’s lead regulator, the FSA is responsible for authorising and supervising all HSBC’s businesses in the UK which require authorisation under FSMA. These include deposit-taking, retail banking, life and general insurance, pensions, investments, mortgages, custody and share dealing businesses, and treasury and capital markets activity. HSBC Bank plc is HSBC’s principal authorised institution in the UK.

     FSA rules establish the minimum criteria for authorisation for banks and financial services

businesses in the UK. They also set out reporting (and, as applicable, consent) requirements with regard to large individual exposures and large exposures to related borrowers. In its capacity as supervisor of HSBC on a consolidated basis, the FSA receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets requirements for, HSBC as a whole. Further details on capital measurement are included in ‘Capital management and allocation’ on pages 274 to 280. The FSA’s approach to capital requirements for UK insurers is to require minimum capital to be calculated on two bases. First, firms must calculate their liabilities on a prudent basis and add a statutory solvency margin (‘pillar 1’). Secondly, firms must calculate their liabilities on a realistic basis then add to this their own calculation of risk-based capital. The sum of realistic reserves and risk-based capital (‘pillar 2’) is agreed with the FSA. Insurers are required to maintain capital equal to the higher of pillars 1 and 2. The FSA has the right to object, on prudential grounds, to persons who hold, or intend to hold, 10 per cent or more of the voting power of a financial institution.

     The regulatory framework of the UK financial services system has traditionally been based on co-operation between the FSA and authorised institutions. The FSA monitors authorised institutions through ongoing supervision and the review of routine and ad hoc reports relating to financial and prudential matters. The FSA may periodically obtain independent reports, usually from the auditors of the authorised institution, as to the adequacy of internal control procedures and systems as well as procedures and systems governing records and accounting. The FSA meets regularly with HSBC’s senior executives to discuss HSBC’s adherence to the FSA’s prudential guidelines. They also regularly discuss fundamental matters relating to HSBC’s business in the UK and internationally, including areas such as strategic and operating plans, risk control, loan portfolio composition and organisational changes, including succession planning. In light of current conditions, HSBC has experienced an increased level of ongoing interaction with the FSA.

Hong Kong regulation and supervision

Banking in Hong Kong is subject to the provisions of the Banking Ordinance and to the powers, functions and duties ascribed by the Banking Ordinance to the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (the ‘HKMA’). The principal function of the HKMA is to promote the general stability and effective working of the banking system in Hong Kong. The HKMA is responsible for supervising compliance


 

189


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Regulation and supervision / Risk management > Introduction / Governance and ownership

 

with the provisions of the Banking Ordinance. The Banking Ordinance gives power to the Chief Executive of Hong Kong to give directions to the HKMA and the Financial Secretary with respect to the exercise of their respective functions under the Banking Ordinance.

     The HKMA has responsibility for authorising banks, and has discretion to attach conditions to its authorisation. The HKMA requires that banks or their holding companies file regular prudential returns, and holds regular discussions with the management of the banks to review their operations. The HKMA may also conduct ‘on-site’ examinations of banks and, in the case of banks incorporated in Hong Kong, of any local and overseas branches and subsidiaries. The HKMA requires all authorised institutions to have adequate systems of internal control and requires the institutions’ external auditors, upon request, to report on those systems and other matters such as the accuracy of information provided to the HKMA. In addition, the HKMA may from time to time conduct tripartite discussions with banks and their external auditors.

     The HKMA has the power to divest controlling interests in a bank from persons if they are no longer deemed to be fit and proper, if they may otherwise threaten the interests of depositors or potential depositors, or if they have contravened any conditions specified by the HKMA. The HKMA may revoke authorisation in the event of an institution’s non-compliance with the provisions of the Banking Ordinance. These provisions require, among other things, the furnishing of accurate reports.

     The HKMA implemented Basel II with effect from 1 January 2007 for all Authorised Institutions incorporated in Hong Kong.

     The marketing of, dealing in and provision of advice and asset management services in relation to securities in Hong Kong are subject to the provisions of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong (‘Securities and Futures Ordinance’). Entities engaging in activities regulated by the Securities and Futures Ordinance are required to be licensed. The HKMA is the primary regulator for banks involved in the securities business, while the Securities and Futures Commission is the regulator for non-banking entities.

US regulation and supervision

HSBC is subject to extensive federal and state supervision and regulation in the US. Banking laws and regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the ‘Federal Reserve Board’), the Office of the Comptroller of the

Currency (the ‘OCC’) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the ‘FDIC’) govern many aspects of HSBC’s US business.

     HSBC and its US operations are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board because HSBC is a ‘bank holding company’ under the US Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (‘BHCA’), as a result of its control of HSBC Bank USA, N.A., Mclean, Virginia (‘HBUS’); HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), N.A., Wilmington, Delaware (‘HTCD’); and Wells Fargo Trade Bank, N.A., San Francisco, California (‘WFTB’). HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (‘HNAH’), formed to hold HSBC’s US and Canadian operations is also a ‘bank holding company’. Both HSBC and HNAH are registered as financial holding companies (‘FHC’s) under the BHCA, and, accordingly, may affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature. The ability of HSBC and HNAH to engage in expanded financial activities as FHCs depends upon HSBC and HNAH continuing to meet certain criteria set forth in the BHCA, including requirements that their US depository institution subsidiaries be ‘well capitalised’ and ‘well managed’, and that such institutions have achieved at least a satisfactory record in meeting community credit needs during their most recent examinations pursuant to the Community Reinvestment Act.

     In general, under the BHCA, an FHC would be required, upon notice by the Federal Reserve Board, to enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to correct any failure to comply with the requirements to maintain FHC status. Until such deficiencies are corrected, the Federal Reserve Board may impose limitations on the US activities of an FHC and depository institutions under its control. If such deficiencies are not corrected, the Federal Reserve Board may require an FHC to divest its control of any subsidiary depository institution or to desist from certain financial activities in the US.

     The three US banks, HBUS, HTCD, and WFTB are subject to regulation and examination primarily by the OCC, secondarily by the FDIC, and by the Federal Reserve Board. Banking laws and regulations restrict many aspects of their operations and administration, including the establishment and maintenance of branch offices, capital and reserve requirements, deposits and borrowings, investment and lending activities, payment of dividends and numerous other matters.

     In December 2007, US regulators published a


 

190


Back to Contents

final rule regarding Risk-Based Capital Standards: Advanced Capital Adequacy Framework – Basel II. This final rule represents the US adoption of the Basel II International Capital Accord (‘Basel II’). The final rule became effective on 1 April 2008, and requires large bank holding companies, including HNAH, to adopt its provisions no later than 1 April 2011. HNAH has established comprehensive Basel II implementation project teams comprised of risk management specialists representing all risk disciplines. In addition, US banking authorities have adopted ‘leverage’ capital requirements that generally require US banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum amount of capital in relation to their balance sheet assets (measured on a non-risk-weighted basis).

     HBUS and HTCD are subject to risk-based assessments from the FDIC, which insures deposits generally to a maximum of US$100,000 per domestic depositor. In October 2008, the FDIC raised the maximum amount of insured deposits to US$250,000 per domestic depositor until 31 December 2009, after which the limit will return to US$100,000. The FDIC bases assessments on supervisory ratings, financial ratios and long-term debt issuer ratings, with those banks in the highest rated categories paying lower assessments.

     In October 2008, the FDIC announced its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Programme (‘TLGP’), under which the FDIC will guarantee (i) newly-issued senior unsecured debt issued by eligible, participating institutions, and (ii) certain non-interest bearing transaction accounts. HNAH and its subsidiary banks and bank holding companies elected to participate in both components of the TLGP, as applicable.

     HSBC’s US consumer finance operations are subject to extensive state-by-state regulation in the US, and to laws relating to consumer protection (both in general, and in respect of sub-prime lending operations, which have been subject to enhanced regulatory scrutiny); discrimination in extending credit; use of credit reports; privacy matters; disclosure of credit terms; and correction of billing errors. They also are subject to regulations and legislation that limit operations in certain jurisdictions.

Risk management

(Unaudited)

Introduction

All HSBC’s activities involve, to varying degrees, the analysis, evaluation, acceptance and management of risks or combinations of risks. The most important

categories of risk that the Group is exposed to are credit risk (including cross-border country risk), market risk, operational risks in various forms, liquidity risk, insurance risk, pension risk, residual value risk, reputational risk and sustainability (environmental and social) risks. Market risk includes foreign exchange, interest rate and equity price risks.

     The management of these various risk categories is discussed below. Insurance risk is managed by the Group’s insurance businesses together with their own credit, liquidity and market risk functions, distinct from those covering the rest of HSBC due to the different nature of their activities. They remain under risk oversight at Group level.

     The risk profiles of HSBC Group and of individual operating entities change constantly under the influence of a wide range of factors. The risk management framework established by the Group fosters the continuous monitoring of the risk environment and an integrated evaluation of risks and their interdependencies.

Risk governance and ownership

A well-established risk governance and ownership structure ensures oversight of, and accountability for, the effective management of risk at Group, regional, customer group and operating entity levels.

     The Board approves the Group’s risk appetite framework, plans and performance targets for the Group and its principal operating subsidiaries, the appointment of senior officers, the delegation of authorities for credit and other risks and the establishment of effective control procedures. Under authority delegated by the Board, the Group Management Board (‘GMB’) through its separately convened Risk Management Meeting (‘RMM’) formulates high-level Group risk management policy, exercises delegated risk authorities and oversees the implementation of risk appetite and controls. It monitors all categories of risk, receives reports on actual performance and emerging issues, determines action to be taken and reviews the efficacy of HSBC’s risk management framework.

     Primary responsibility for managing risk at operating entity level lies with the respective boards and Chief Executive Officers, as custodians of their balance sheets. In their oversight and stewardship of risk management at Group level, GMB and RMM are supported by a dedicated Global Risk function headed by the Group Chief Risk Officer (‘GCRO’), who is a member of both bodies and reports to the Group Finance Director within the integrated Finance and

 


 

191


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Regulation and supervision / Risk management > Introduction / Governance and ownership

 

Risk function, which the Group Finance Director represents on the Board.

       Global Risk has functional responsibility for the principal financial risk types, namely retail and wholesale credit, market, operational, security and fraud risks. For these it establishes Group policy, exercises Group-wide oversight and provides reporting and analysis of portfolio composition on a global and a regional basis to senior management. Accountability and consistent control across the Global Risk function is provided through the Global Risk Management Board, chaired by the GCRO, the membership of which includes the Chief Risk Officers of HSBC’s regions and the heads of risk disciplines within GMO. Global Risk also co-ordinates the continued development of the Group’s risk appetite, economic capital and stress testing frameworks. In addition, the GCRO is a member of the Group Portfolio Oversight Committee, chaired by the Group Treasurer, which governs the Group’s portfolio management activities for the wholesale business sector.

Risk appetite

HSBC’s risk appetite framework describes the quantum and types of risk that HSBC is prepared to take in executing its strategy. It is central to an integrated approach to risk, capital and business management and supports the Group in achieving its return on equity objectives, as well as being a key element in meeting the Group’s obligations under pillar 2 of Basel II.

     The formulation of risk appetite considers HSBC’s risk capacity, its financial position, the strength of its core earnings and the resilience of its reputation and brand. It is expressed both qualitatively, describing which risks are taken and why, and quantitatively. HSBC senior management attaches quantitative metrics to individual risk types to ensure that:

  underlying business activity may be guided and controlled, so that it continues to be aligned to the risk appetite framework;
     
  key assumptions underpinning risk appetite can be monitored and, as necessary, adjusted through subsequent business planning cycles; and
     
  business decisions anticipated to be necessary to mitigate risk are flagged and acted upon promptly.

     The risk appetite framework, governed by the Board and overseen in its implementation on an ongoing basis by GMB and RMM, is also

maintained at regional and customer group levels. It operates through two key mechanisms:

  the framework itself defines the governance bodies, processes, metrics and other features of how HSBC addresses risk appetite as part of its ongoing business;
     
  periodic risk appetite statements define, at various levels in the business, the desired level of risk commensurate with return and growth targets and in line with the corporate strategy and stakeholder objectives.

     The risk appetite framework covers both the beneficial and adverse aspects of risk. Within it, economic capital is the common currency through which risk is measured and used as the basis for risk evaluation, capital allocation and performance measurement across regions and customer groups. Risk appetite is executed through the operational limits that control the levels of risk run by the Group, regions and customer groups and is measured using risk-adjusted performance metrics.

Risk control culture

HSBC’s risk management policies are encapsulated in the Group Standards Manual and cascaded in a hierarchy of policy manuals throughout the Group and communicate standards, instructions and guidance to employees. They support the formulation of risk appetite and establish procedures for monitoring and controlling risks, with timely and reliable reporting to management. HSBC regularly reviews and updates its risk management policies, systems and methodologies to reflect changes in law, regulation, markets, products and emerging best practice.

     It is the responsibility of all Group officers to identify, assess and manage risk within the scope of their assigned responsibilities. Personal accountability, reinforced by the Group’s governance structure and instilled by training and experience, helps to foster throughout the Group a disciplined and constructive culture of risk management and control.

Credit risk

Credit risk management
(Audited)

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet an obligation under a contract. It arises principally from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from certain off-balance sheet products such as guarantees and credit derivatives, and from the Group’s holdings of assets in the form of debt securities. HSBC has standards, policies and procedures


 

192


Back to Contents

dedicated to monitoring and managing risk from such activities.

     The credit risk governance structures and control frameworks implemented by the Group are designed for all stages of economic and financial cycles, including the current economic environment. No material changes were initiated to HSBC’s risk management objectives, policies or procedures as a direct result of market turmoil. Certain measures already undertaken, however, are helping the Group to manage the effects of that turmoil. Such measures, for example the reinforcement of central credit risk oversight and independent review activities, continue to be implemented within a common operating model for the responsibilities and interaction of GMO Risk, regionally integrated risk functions and country-based management. In addition, certain operational processes have been invoked and applied in order to manage risks more intensively.

     Credit Risk is part of the Global Risk function, and the heads of its Retail and Wholesale risk disciplines within GMO, as well as regional Chief Risk Officers, certain country Chief Credit Officers and the Head of Risk Strategy, report to the GCRO. The regional governance bodies for key risk matters reflect those in place at the centre. Functional units at the entity and regional levels report to GMO Risk. GMO helps build the Group’s credit risk management capacity through staff selection, training, development, performance assessment and remuneration – the GCRO is jointly responsible with business heads for setting the performance goals of senior Global Risk officers.

     Across the Group, Credit Risk fulfils the role of an independent credit control unit, while engaging in dialogue with business teams to set priorities, refine risk appetite, and monitor and report higher-risk exposures. Credit risk and risk capital management policies and methodologies, including analytical model development/review and management information, are enhanced in the light of experience gained, for instance through the roll-out of the Group’s advanced internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) approach to Basel II. See also ‘Capital Management’ on page 274.

     The Credit Risk function within GMO provides high-level oversight and management of credit risk for HSBC worldwide. Its responsibilities include:

  Formulating Group credit policy. Compliance, subject to approved dispensations, is mandatory for all HSBC’s operating companies, which must develop and record in local instruction manuals their detailed credit policies and procedures, consistent with Group policy.
  Guiding HSBC’s operating companies on the Group’s appetite for credit risk exposure to specified market sectors, activities and banking products. GMO Risk controls exposures to certain higher-risk sectors and closely monitors exposure to others, including real estate, the automotive sector, certain non-bank financial institutions, structured products and leveraged finance transactions. When necessary, restrictions are imposed on new business or exposures, which may be capped at Group and/or entity level.
     
  Undertaking independent review and objective assessment of risk. GMO Risk assesses all commercial non-bank credit facilities and exposures – including those embedded in derivatives – that are originated or renewed by HSBC’s operating companies over designated limits, prior to the facilities being committed to customers or transactions being undertaken. Operating companies may not confirm credit approval without this concurrence.
     
  Monitoring the performance and management of retail portfolios across the Group. GMO Risk tracks emerging trends and conducts in-depth portfolio reviews, overseeing the effective management of any adverse characteristics.
     
  Controlling centrally exposures to sovereign entities, banks and other financial institutions. HSBC’s credit and settlement risk limits to counterparties in these sectors are approved and managed by GMO Risk to optimise the use of credit availability and avoid excessive risk concentration.
     
  Controlling exposure for all debt securities held; where a security is not held solely for the purpose of trading, a formal issuer risk limit is established.
     
  Establishing and maintaining HSBC’s policy on large credit exposures, ensuring that concentrations of exposure by counterparty, sector or geography do not become excessive in relation to the Group’s capital base and remain within internal and regulatory limits. The approach is designed to be more conservative than internationally accepted regulatory standards. GMO Risk also monitors HSBC’s intra-Group exposures to ensure they are maintained within regulatory limits. Plans are being developed to adopt the FSA’s new ‘Integrated Groups’ regime in accordance with the published transition timetable.

 

193


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Management > Credit quality / Impairment assessment

 

Controlling cross-border exposures, through the imposition of country limits with sub-limits by maturity and type of business. Country limits are determined by taking into account economic and political factors, and applying local business knowledge. Transactions with countries deemed to be higher risk are considered on a case by case basis.
 
Maintaining and developing HSBC’s risk rating framework and systems, to classify exposures meaningfully and enable focused management of the risks involved. The GCRO chairs the Credit Risk Analytics Oversight Committee, which reports to the RMM and oversees risk rating model governance for both wholesale and retail business. Rating methodologies, based upon a wide range of analytics and market data- based tools, are core inputs to the assessment of customer risk. For larger facilities, while full use is made of automated risk-rating processes, the ultimate responsibility for setting risk ratings rests with the final approving executive.
 
Assisting the Risk Strategy unit in the development of stress-testing scenarios, economic capital measurement and the refinement of key risk indicators and their reporting, the tools for this being increasingly embedded within the Group’s business planning processes.
 
Reporting on aspects of the HSBC credit risk portfolio to the RMM, the Group Audit Committee and the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings by way of a variety of regular and ad hoc reports covering:
 
  risk concentrations;
 
  retail portfolio performance at Group entity, regional and overall Group levels;
 
  specific higher-risk portfolio segments;
 
  a Risk Map of the status of key risk topics, with associated preventive and mitigating actions;
 
  individual large impaired accounts, and impairment allowances/charges for all customer segments;
 
  country limits, cross-border exposures and related impairment allowances;
 
  portfolio and analytical model performance data; and
 
  stress-testing results and recommendations.
Managing and directing credit risk management systems initiatives. HSBC has constructed a centralised database covering substantially all the Group’s direct lending exposures, to deliver an increasingly granular level of management reporting. A uniform credit application process for banks is operational throughout the Group and a similar corporate credit application system covers almost all Group corporate business by value.
   
Providing advice and guidance to HSBC’s operating companies, to promote best practice throughout the Group on credit-related matters such as sustainability risk, new products and training.
   
Acting on behalf of HSBC Holdings as the primary interface, for credit-related issues, with external parties including the Bank of England, the FSA, rating agencies, corporate analysts, trade associations and counterparts in the world’s major banks and non-bank financial institutions.

     Each HSBC operating company is required to implement credit policies, procedures and lending guidelines that meet local requirements while conforming to Group standards. Credit approval authorities are delegated by the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings to the most senior Chief Executive Officers, who receive commensurate delegations from their own boards. In each major subsidiary, a Chief Risk Officer or Chief Credit Officer reports to the local Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer on credit-related issues, while maintaining a direct functional reporting line to the GCRO.

     Each operating company is responsible for the quality and performance of its credit portfolios and for monitoring and controlling all credit risks in them, including those subject to central approval by Group Risk. This includes managing its own risk concentrations by market sector, geography and product. Local systems are in place throughout the Group to enable operating companies to control and monitor exposures by customer and retail product segments.

     Special attention is paid to problem exposures, which are subject to more frequent and intensive review and reporting, in order to accelerate remedial action. Where appropriate, HSBC’s local operating companies maintain or establish specialist units to provide customers with support in order to help them avoid default wherever possible.

     Periodic risk-based audits of operating companies’ credit processes and portfolios are


 

194


Back to Contents

undertaken by HSBC’s Internal Audit function. Audits include consideration of the adequacy and clarity of credit policy/procedure manuals; an in-depth analysis of a representative sample of accounts; an overview of homogeneous portfolios of similar assets to assess the quality of the loan book and other exposures; consideration of any oversight or review work performed by credit risk management functions and the adequacy of impairment calculations; a review of analytical model governance and implementation; a review of management objectives and a check that Group and local standards and policies are adhered to in the approval and management of credit facilities.

     Individually significant accounts are reviewed on a sample basis to ensure that risk ratings are appropriate, that credit and collection procedures have been properly followed and that, when an account or portfolio evidences deterioration, impairment allowances are raised in accordance with the Group’s established procedures. Internal Audit discusses with management any risk ratings it considers to be inappropriate; after discussion, its final recommendations for revised ratings must then be adopted.

Credit quality
(Audited)

HSBC’s credit risk rating systems and processes differentiate exposures in order to highlight those with greater risk factors and higher potential severity of loss. In the case of individually significant accounts, risk ratings are reviewed regularly and any amendments are implemented promptly. Within the Group’s retail businesses, risk is assessed and managed using a wide range of risk and pricing models to generate portfolio data.

     HSBC’s historical, seven-grade risk rating system based on a judgemental assessment of the likelihood and impact of delinquency was superseded in 2008 for financial reporting purposes, as for those of all significant risk management decisions employing credit risk ratings, by a more risk-sensitive and granular methodology. This facilitates the IRB approach under Basel II adopted by the Group to support calculation of its minimum credit regulatory capital requirement.

     The integration of this methodology into HSBC’s risk processes and structures is well advanced and supports reporting on the new basis to senior management in line with the Group’s IRB obligations. For further details, please see ‘Credit quality of financial instruments’ on page 217.

Impairment assessment
(Audited)

When impairment losses occur, HSBC reduces the carrying amount of loans and advances through the use of an allowance account. When impairment of available-for-sale financial assets and held-to-maturity financial investments occurs, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced directly. For further details on the accounting policy for impairment of available-for-sale debt and equity securities, see ‘Accounting policies’ on page 350.

     Impairment allowances may be assessed and created either for individually significant accounts or, on a collective basis, for groups of individually significant accounts for which no evidence of impairment has been individually identified or for high-volume groups of homogeneous loans that are not considered individually significant.

     It is HSBC’s policy that each operating company creates allowances for impaired loans promptly and consistently.

     Management regularly evaluates the adequacy of the established allowances for impaired loans by conducting a detailed review of the loan portfolio, comparing performance and delinquency statistics with historical trends and assessing the impact of current economic conditions.

Individually assessed impairment allowances

These are determined by evaluating exposure to loss, case by case, on all individually significant accounts and all other accounts that do not qualify for the collective assessment approach outlined below. Loans are treated as impaired as soon as there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred. The criteria used by HSBC to determine that there is such objective evidence include:

known cash flow difficulties experienced by the borrower;
   
past due contractual payments of either principal or interest;
   
breach of loan covenants or conditions;
   
the probability that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial realisation; and
   
a significant downgrading in credit rating by an external credit rating agency.

     In determining the level of allowances on such accounts, the following factors are typically considered:

HSBC’s aggregate exposure to the customer;

 

195


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Management > Impairment assessment // Credit exposure > Maximum exposure

 

the viability of the customer’s business model and their capacity to trade successfully out of financial difficulties, generating sufficient cash flow to service debt obligations;
   
the ability of the borrower to obtain, and make payments in, the currency of the loan if not denominated in local currency;
   
the amount and timing of expected receipts and recoveries;
   
the extent of other creditors’ commitments ranking ahead of, or pari passu with, HSBC and the likelihood of other creditors continuing to support the company;
   
the complexity of determining the aggregate amount and ranking of all creditor claims and the extent to which legal and insurance uncertainties are evident;
   
the value of security and likelihood of successfully realising it;
   
the existence of other credit mitigants and the ability of the providers of such credit mitigants to deliver as contractually committed; and
   
when available, the secondary market price of the debt.

     The level of impairment allowances on individually significant accounts that are above defined materiality thresholds is reviewed at least semi-annually, and more regularly when circumstances require. This normally encompasses re-assessment of the enforceability of any collateral held and of actual and anticipated receipts. For significant commercial and corporate debts, specialised loan ‘work-out’ teams with experience in insolvency and specific market sectors are used to manage the lending and assess likely losses.

     Individually assessed impairment allowances are only released when there is reasonable and objective evidence of a reduction in the established loss estimate.

Collectively assessed impairment allowances

Impairment is assessed on a collective basis in two circumstances:

to cover losses that have been incurred but have not yet been identified on loans subject to individual assessment; and
   
for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant.

Incurred but not yet identified impairment

Individually assessed loans for which no evidence of impairment has been specifically identified on an individual basis are grouped together according to their credit risk characteristics. A collective impairment allowance is calculated to reflect impairment losses incurred at the balance sheet date which will only be individually identified in the future.

     The collective impairment allowance is determined having taken into account:

historical loss experience in portfolios of similar credit risk characteristics (for example, by industry sector, risk rating or product segment);
   
the estimated period between impairment occurring and the loss being identified and evidenced by the establishment of an appropriate allowance against the individual loan; and
   
management’s experienced judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual level of inherent losses is likely to be greater or less than that suggested by historical experience.

     The period between a loss occurring and its identification is estimated by local management for each relevant portfolio. In general, the periods used vary between four and twelve months although, in exceptional cases, longer periods are warranted.

     The basis on which impairment allowances for incurred but not yet identified losses is established in each reporting entity is documented and reviewed by senior Finance and Credit Risk management to ensure conformity with Group policy.

Homogeneous groups of loans

Two methodologies are used to calculate impairment allowances where large numbers of relatively low-value assets are managed using a portfolio approach, typically:

low-value, homogeneous small business accounts in certain countries or territories;
   
residential mortgages that have not been individually assessed;
   
credit cards and other unsecured consumer lending products; and
   
motor vehicle financing.

     When appropriate empirical information is available, the Group uses roll rate methodology. This employs a statistical analysis of historical trends of


 

196


Back to Contents

default and the amount of consequential loss, based on the delinquency of accounts within a portfolio of homogeneous accounts. Other historical data and current economic conditions are also evaluated when calculating the appropriate level of impairment allowance required to cover inherent loss. In certain highly developed markets, models also take into account behavioural and account management trends revealed in, for example, bankruptcy and rescheduling statistics.

     When the portfolio size is small, or when information is insufficient or not reliable enough to adopt a roll rate methodology, a formulaic approach is used that allocates progressively higher percentage loss rates the longer a customer’s loan is overdue. Loss rates reflect the discounted expected future cash flows for a portfolio.

     Generally, historical experience is the most objective and relevant information from which to begin to assess inherent loss within each portfolio. In circumstances where historical loss experience provides less relevant information about the inherent loss in a given portfolio at the balance sheet date – for example, where there have been changes in economic conditions or regulations – management considers the more recent trends in the portfolio risk factors which may not be adequately reflected in its statistical models and, subject to guidance from Group Finance and GMO Risk, adjusts impairment allowances accordingly.

     Roll rates, loss rates and the expected timing of future recoveries are regularly benchmarked against actual outcomes to ensure they remain appropriate.

Write-off of loans and advances

Loans are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of further recovery. Where loans are secured, this is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realisation of security. In the case of residential mortgages and second lien loans in HSBC Finance, loan carrying amounts in excess of net realisable value are written off at or before the time foreclosure is completed or when settlement is reached with the borrower. If there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, and foreclosure is pursued, unconstrained by delays required by law or regulation, the loan is normally written off no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 240 days contractually past due.

     Unsecured personal facilities, including credit cards, are generally written off at between 150 and 210 days past due, the standard period being the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days

contractually delinquent. This period may be extended, generally to 300 days past due but in no event exceeding 360 days past due, in the case of HSBC Finance’s unsecured personal facilities other than credit cards.

     Cases of write-off periods exceeding 360 days past due are few but arise, for example, in a few countries where local regulation or legislation constrain earlier write-off, or where the realisation of collateral for secured real estate lending extends beyond this time.

     In the event of bankruptcy or analogous proceedings, write-off may occur earlier than at the periods stated above. Collections procedures may continue after write-off.

Cross-border exposures

Management assesses the vulnerability of countries to foreign currency payment restrictions when considering impairment allowances on cross-border exposures. This assessment includes an analysis of the economic and political factors existing at the time. Economic factors include the level of external indebtedness, the debt service burden and access to external sources of funds to meet the debtor country’s financing requirements. Political factors taken into account include the stability of the country and its government, threats to security, and the quality and independence of the legal system.

     Impairment allowances are assessed in respect of all qualifying exposures within these countries unless these exposures and the inherent risks are:

performing, trade-related and of less than one year’s maturity;
   
mitigated by acceptable security cover which is, other than in exceptional cases, held outside the country concerned;
   
in the form of securities held for trading purposes for which a liquid and active market exists, and which are measured at fair value daily;
   
performing facilities with a principal (excluding security) of US$1 million or below; or
   
performing facilities with maturity dates shorter than three months.

Credit exposure

Maximum exposure to credit risk
(Audited)

HSBC’s exposure to credit risk is spread over several asset classes, including derivatives, trading


 

197


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Credit exposure > Maximum exposure / Collateral

 

assets, loans and advances to customers, loans and advances to banks, and financial investments. The balance of exposure at 31 December 2008 represented a change in risk profile compared with a year ago as HSBC repositioned its balance sheet in the face of unprecedented turmoil in financial markets. The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

     Derivative asset balances rose significantly as the financial turmoil of 2008 led to heightened levels of volatility in the underlying markets to which the derivatives are referenced. The rise in asset balances was primarily driven by interest rate derivatives as the global fall in interest reference rates created significant gaps between the fixed and floating components of interest rate swaps, which in turn led to substantial mark-to-market increases in the value of interest rate swap positions. The widening credit spreads and significant volatility in credit and foreign exchange markets created the environment in which credit derivative positions and foreign exchange derivative assets increased.

     HSBC reduced exposure to banks as it tightened lending limits in response to declining credit quality. Much of this lending was instead placed into government issued or guaranteed debt, which contributed to an increase in financial investments.

     Loans and advances to customers in the commercial sector grew while personal lending declined, primarily due to the continued run-off of parts of the portfolio in North America. Amounts due from non-bank financial institutions increased due to the expansion of reverse repo lending with the London Clearing House in the UK and a reclassification of cash collateral in the US.

     Within trading assets, debt securities and treasury and other bills increased, primarily due to the consolidation on 30 September 2008 of five Constant Net Asset Value funds containing assets upon consolidation of around US$40 billion held for trading. For further details see pages 180 to 181.

     As a consequence of the significant increase in derivative balances, there was a decline in the proportion of total assets represented by most other asset classes. On a reported basis, the proportion of total assets represented by derivative assets increased by 12 percentage points while that deployed in loans and advances to customers declined by 5 percentage points and the proportion of trading assets declined by 2 percentage points. Loans and advances to banks as a proportion of total assets declined by 4 percentage points.

     The most significant factor affecting HSBC’s exposure to credit risk during 2008 was the continuing deterioration in credit conditions in the US mortgage market. HSBC also experienced deterioration in credit quality in the commercial real estate sector. Loss experience remained concentrated in the personal lending portfolios, primarily in the US with 85 per cent of loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions arising in Personal Financial Services in 2008 compared with 94 per cent in 2007. In 2008, 9 per cent of loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions arose in Commercial Banking, compared with 6 per cent in 2007. In the UK, despite significant declines in house prices and activity in the housing market as a whole, the credit quality of HSBC’s mortgage business remained materially stable in 2008.

     The following table presents the maximum exposure to credit risk from balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments, before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements (unless such credit enhancements meet offsetting requirements). For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount; for financial guarantees granted, it is the maximum amount that HSBC would have to pay if the guarantees were called upon. For loan commitments and other credit-related commitments that are irrevocable over the life of the respective facilities, it is the full amount of the committed facilities.


 

198


Back to Contents

Maximum exposure to credit risk
(Audited)

    At 31 December 2008     At 31 December 2007  
   






   






 
                Net                 Net  
    Maximum           exposure to     Maximum           exposure to  
    exposure     Offset     credit risk     exposure     Offset     credit risk  
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                     
Items in the course of collection from other banks
  6,003         6,003     9,777         9,777  
Trading assets   405,451     (13,227 )   392,224     394,492     (12,220 )   382,272  
   – treasury and other eligible bills
  32,458         32,458     16,439         16,439  
   – debt securities   199,619         199,619     178,834     (1,417 )   177,417  
   – loans and advances to banks
  73,055         73,055     100,440     (994 )   99,446  
   – loans and advances to customers
  100,319     (13,227 )   87,092     98,779     (9,809 )   88,970  
Financial assets designated at fair value
  17,540         17,540     21,517         21,517  
   – treasury and other eligible bills   235         235     181         181  
   – debt securities   16,349         16,349     21,150         21,150  
   – loans and advances to banks
  230         230     178         178  
   – loans and advances to customers
  726         726     8         8  
Derivatives   494,876     (383,308 )   111,568     187,854     (121,709 )   66,145  
Loans and advances held at amortised cost
  1,086,634     (83,398 )   1,003,236     1,218,914     (66,983 )   1,151,931  
   – loans and advances to banks   153,766     (126 )   153,640     237,366     (278 )   237,088  
   – loans and advances to customers
  932,868     (83,272 )   849,596     981,548     (66,705 )   914,843  
Financial investments   292,984         292,984     270,406         270,406  
   – treasury and other similar bills
  41,027         41,027     30,104         30,104  
   – debt securities   251,957         251,957     240,302         240,302  
Other assets   40,859     (5 )   40,854     43,245     (226 )   43,019  
   – endorsements and acceptances   10,482     (5 )   10,477     12,248     (226 )   12,022  
   – accrued income and other   30,377         30,377     30,997         30,997  
Financial guarantees   52,318         52,318     56,440         56,440  
Loan commitments and other credit-related commitments1
  604,022         604,022     764,457         764,457  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
    3,000,687     (479,938 )   2,520,749     2,967,102     (201,138 )   2,765,964  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
                                     
1 The amount of the loan commitments reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved loan offers made by mailshots to personal customers. In addition to those amounts, there is a further maximum possible exposure to credit risk of US$35,849 million (2007: US$317,834 million), reflecting the full take-up of such irrevocable loan commitments.
 

Collateral and other credit enhancements
(Audited)

Collateral held against financial instruments presented in the ‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table above is described in more detail below.

Items in the course of collection from other banks

Settlement risk arises in any situation where a payment in cash, securities or equities is made in the expectation of a corresponding receipt of cash, securities or equities. Daily settlement limits are established for counterparties to cover the aggregate of HSBC’s transactions with each one on any single day. Settlement risk on many transactions, particularly those involving securities and equities, is substantially mitigated by settling through assured

payment systems or on a delivery-versus-payment basis.

Treasury, other eligible bills and debt securities

Collateral held as security for financial assets other than loans and advances is determined by the nature of the instrument. Debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured, except for ABSs and similar instruments, which are secured by pools of financial assets.

Derivatives

The ISDA Master Agreement is HSBC’s preferred agreement for documenting derivatives activity. It provides the contractual framework within which dealing activity across a full range of over-the-


 

199


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Credit exposure > Concentration > 2008

 

counter products is conducted, and contractually binds both parties to apply close-out netting across all outstanding transactions covered by an agreement if either party defaults or other pre-agreed termination events occur. It is common, and HSBC’s preferred practice, for the parties to execute a Credit Support Annex (‘CSA’) in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement. Under a CSA, collateral is passed between the parties to mitigate the market-contingent counterparty risk inherent in the outstanding positions.

Loans and advances

It is HSBC’s policy, when lending, to do so on the basis of the customer’s capacity to repay, rather than rely primarily on the value of security offered. Depending on the customer’s standing and the type of product, facilities may be provided unsecured. Whenever available, collateral can be an important mitigant of credit risk.

     The guidelines applied by operating companies in respect of the acceptability of specific classes of collateral or credit risk mitigation, and the determination of valuation parameters are subject to regular review to ensure that they are supported by empirical evidence and continue to fulfil their intended purpose. The principal collateral types employed by HSBC are as follows:

in the personal sector, mortgages over residential properties;
   
in the commercial and industrial sector, charges over business assets such as premises, stock and debtors;
   
in the commercial real estate sector, charges over the properties being financed; and
   
in the financial sector, charges over financial instruments such as cash, debt securities and equities in support of trading facilities.

     In addition, credit derivatives, including credit default swaps and structured credit notes, and securitisation structures are used to manage credit risk in the Group’s loan portfolio.

     HSBC does not disclose the fair value of collateral held as security or other credit enhancements on loans and advances past due but not impaired, or on individually assessed impaired loans and advances, as it is not practicable to do so.

Concentration of exposure
(Audited)

Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of counterparties or exposures have comparable

economic characteristics, or such counterparties are engaged in similar activities or operate in the same geographical areas or industry sectors, so that their collective ability to meet contractual obligations is uniformly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions.

Securities held for trading
(Unaudited)

Total securities held for trading within trading assets were US$254 billion at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$247 billion). The largest concentration of these assets was government and government agency securities, which amounted to US$143 billion, or 56 per cent of overall trading securities (2007: US$115 billion, 46 per cent). This included US$32 billion (2007: US$16 billion) of treasury and other eligible bills. Corporate debt and other securities were US$82 billion or 32 per cent of overall trading securities, 8 percentage points higher than 2007’s level of 24 per cent at US$60 billion. Included within total securities held for trading were US$50 billion (2007: US$70 billion) of debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions.

     A more detailed analysis of securities held for trading is set out in Note 16 on the Financial Statements and an analysis of credit quality is provided on page 218.

Debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills
(Unaudited)

At US$293 billion, total financial investments excluding equity securities were 8 per cent higher at 31 December 2008 than at the end of 2007. Debt securities, at US$252 billion, represented the largest concentration of financial investments at 86 per cent of the total, compared with US$240 billion (89 per cent) at 31 December 2007. HSBC’s holdings of corporate debt, ABSs and other securities were spread across a wide range of issuers and geographical regions, with 48 per cent invested in securities issued by banks and other financial institutions. In total, holdings in ABSs decreased by US$24 billion due to a combination of movements in fair values, principal amortisations and write-downs.

     Investments in securities of governments and government agencies of US$114 billion were 38 per cent of overall financial investments, 5 percentage points higher than in 2007. US$41 billion of these investments comprised treasury and other eligible bills.

     A more detailed analysis of financial investments is set out in Note 19 on the Financial


 

200


Back to Contents

Statements and an analysis by credit quality is provided on page 218.

     The insurance businesses held diversified portfolios of debt and equity securities designated at fair value (2008: US$20 billion; 2007: US$34 billion) and debt securities classified as financial investments (2008: US$28 billion; 2007: US$23 billion). A more detailed analysis of securities held by the insurance businesses is set out on page 262.

Derivatives
(Unaudited)

Derivative assets at 31 December 2008 were US$495 billion, a rise of 163 per cent from 31 December 2007, primarily foreign exchange, interest rate and credit derivatives. The main drivers of growth were mark-to-market movements across the entire portfolio arising from volatility and movements in interest rates and credit spreads.

Loans and advances
(Unaudited)

Loans and advances were well diversified across industry sectors and jurisdictions.

     At constant exchange rates, gross loans and advances to customers (excluding the financial sector settlement accounts and reclassified ABSs) at 31 December 2008 rose by US$54 billion or 7 per cent from 31 December 2007.

     Personal lending represented 46 per cent of total loans and advances to customers including the financial sector settlement accounts and reclassified ABSs. Residential mortgages of US$243 billion represented 25 per cent of total advances to customers, the Group’s largest concentration in a single exposure type.

     Corporate, commercial and financial lending, including settlement accounts, amounted to 53 per cent of total loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2008. The largest industry concentrations were in non-bank financial institutions and commercial real estate lending at 10 per cent and 7 per cent, respectively, of total gross lending to customers.

     Exposure to non-bank financial institutions principally comprised secured lending on trading accounts, primarily through repo facilities. During 2008, HSBC reduced unsecured exposure to hedge

fund trading accounts. HSBC had no material exposure to hedge funds affected by the administration of Lehman Brothers International (Europe).

     HSBC managed its exposure to insurance institutions closely within existing limits and experienced no material loss during 2008.

     Commercial, industrial and international trade lending rose strongly during 2008, increasing its proportion of total lending by 2 percentage points to 22 per cent of total gross loans and advances to customers on a reported basis. Within this category, the largest concentration of lending was to the service sector, which amounted to 6 per cent of total gross lending to customers.

     Loans and advances to banks were widely distributed across major institutions.

     Lending to banks was managed downwards through 2008. HSBC reduced limits to this sector in response to a deterioration in credit quality which was most visible in the collapse of a number of US and Icelandic banks to which the Group had advanced funds. The expansion of sovereign guarantees for some bank issuance increased appetite for these counterparties.

2008 compared with 2007
(Unaudited)

The commentary below analyses, on a constant currency basis, the changes in lending noted in the table below, compared with the position at 31 December 2007. On this basis, loans and advances to personal, corporate and commercial customers increased by 7 per cent, and total gross loans and advances rose by 1 per cent.

     Total lending to personal customers was concentrated in North America (US$196 billion), the UK (US$108 billion) and Hong Kong (US$46 billion). Collectively, these regions accounted for 79 per cent of total personal lending, a decline of 1 percentage point from the level reported at 31 December 2007. Total lending to personal customers declined by 3 per cent to US$440 billion at 31 December 2008.


 

201


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Credit exposure > Concentration > 2008

 

Gross loans and advances by industry sector
(Unaudited)

  At     Constant     Movement on a     At  
  31 December     currency     constant     31 December  
  2007     effect     currency basis     2008  
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
Gross loans and advances to customers                      
Personal 500,834     (47,831 )   (12,776 )   440,227  
  Residential mortgages1 269,068     (30,164 )   4,433     243,337  
  Other personal2 231,766     (17,667 )   (17,209 )   196,890  
                       
Corporate and commercial 400,771     (59,671 )   66,374     407,474  
  Commercial, industrial and international trade 202,038     (31,953 )   39,755     209,840  
  Commercial real estate 72,345     (9,224 )   7,848     70,969  
  Other property-related 33,907     (4,188 )   1,020     30,739  
  Government 5,708     (650 )   1,486     6,544  
  Other commercial3 86,773     (13,656 )   16,265     89,382  
                       
Financial 99,148     (11,391 )   13,328     101,085  
  Non-bank financial institutions 96,781     (11,146 )   13,901     99,536  
  Settlement accounts 2,367     (245 )   (573 )   1,549  
Asset-backed securities reclassified         7,991     7,991  
 
   
   
   
 
Gross loans and advances to customers 1,000,753     (118,893 )   74,917     956,777  
Gross loans and advances to banks 237,373     (20,125 )   (63,419 )   153,829  
 
   
   
   
 
  1,238,126     (139,018 )   11,498     1,110,606  
 
   
   
   
 
   
1 Including Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans of US$3,882 million at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$3,942 million).
2 Other personal loans and advances include second lien mortgages and other property-related lending.
3 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
   

     Residential mortgages rose slightly to US$243 billion at 31 December 2008, comprising 25 per cent of total loans and advances to customers (including the financial sector and settlement accounts). A significant increase in mortgage lending in the UK, combined with more modest increases in Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America, more than offset a 15 per cent decrease in the value of mortgage lending in North America.

     In Europe, residential mortgage lending rose by 22 per cent to US$87 billion. Mortgage lending rose by 26 per cent in the UK, driven by the successful launch of the RateMatcher campaign in April 2008, and a similarly successful campaign in First Direct. This was partly offset by a decline in France due to the sale of the regional banks in July 2008.

     In Hong Kong, residential mortgage lending rose by 11 per cent due to successful repricing initiatives which allowed HSBC to become the market leader for new mortgage lending during the year. In response to the weakening local economy and declining house prices in the second half of 2008, HSBC tightened lending criteria and increased pricing on new loans.

     In Rest of Asia-Pacific, mortgage lending rose by 11 per cent, driven by continued business

expansion in the Middle East. Balances in mainland China grew strongly as the branch network expanded.

     In North America, mortgage lending declined by 15 per cent. In the US, total mortgage lending amounted to US$81 billion at 31 December 2008, a decline of 18 per cent since 31 December 2007. In the mortgage services business, balances declined by 21 per cent as there were no new originations and the portfolio continued to run-off. In consumer lending, balances declined by 7 per cent as a result of management actions taken to reduce risk in the portfolio, including further tightening underwriting criteria and increasing collateral requirements for new originations. In HSBC USA, balances declined by 32 per cent, primarily due to the sale of US$7.0 billion of mortgage portfolios during 2008 and the fact that the majority of loan originations continued to be sold in the secondary markets. In line with HSBC’s reduced risk appetite, the wholesale and third-party correspondent prime mortgage business of HSBC USA was closed in November 2008.

     In Latin America, residential mortgage lending increased, driven by continued growth in fixed rate mortgage lending in Mexico.

     Other personal lending declined by 8 per cent to US$197 billion at 31 December 2008, representing


 

202


Back to Contents

21 per cent of total loans and advances to customers (including the financial sector and settlement accounts).

     In Europe, other personal lending declined by 11 per cent from the end of 2007 to US$54 billion. The decrease was primarily attributable to the UK as a stronger focus on secured lending restricted originations in the unsecured portfolio. The sale of certain non-core credit card portfolios in the first half of 2008 also contributed to the decrease in the UK. In France, balances declined due to the sale of the regional banks in the second half of 2008. In Turkey, continued expansion of the branch network during 2008 resulted in higher balances, particularly in credit cards and overdrafts.

     In Hong Kong, other personal lending declined by 2 per cent to US$13 billion. HSBC remained the market leader for credit cards in Hong Kong based on cards in circulation, cardholder spending and balances.

     In Rest of Asia-Pacific, other personal lending rose by 12 per cent, primarily due to strong growth in the Middle East. Elsewhere in the region, balances rose in Malaysia and Indonesia.

     In North America, other personal lending balances declined by 12 per cent to US$97 billion. In the US, consumer finance business and credit card lending fell due to the combined effect of tighter underwriting criteria and lower marketing expenditure. A reduction in non-credit card personal lending reflected the decision to cease new business in guaranteed direct mail loans and personal homeowner loans in the second half of 2007, and tighter underwriting criteria applied to originations in the remainder of the portfolio. In the mortgage services business, second lien balances declined due to the continued run-off of the portfolio following the cessation of originations in 2007. Lower vehicle finance lending at HSBC Finance reflected the discontinuation of certain product offerings and the cessation of new vehicle loan originations from the dealer and direct-to-consumer channels in July 2008. HSBC USA also discontinued originations of indirect vehicle finance loans, but second lien loans increased following a promotional campaign channelled through the branch network in the first half of 2008. In Canada, lower balances were attributable to the disposal of the vehicle finance businesses during the year.

     In Latin America, other personal lending rose by 9 per cent to US$15 billion. Lending growth was primarily concentrated in Brazil and reflected strong demand for payroll loans and vehicle lending. In Mexico, balances were broadly in line with

31 December 2007 and the mix was adjusted towards customers of higher credit quality. Further growth was restricted as risk appetite was adjusted by closing certain products to new originations and tightening underwriting criteria on cards, leading to a sharp reduction in the number of cards issued in 2008.

     Loans and advances to corporate and commercial customers rose by 19 per cent to US$407 billion, with strong growth across all regions. Lending was primarily concentrated in Europe, where it accounted for 54 per cent of advances to this sector, of which more than 40 per cent were in the UK.

     In Europe, corporate and commercial advances rose by 24 per cent. In the UK, lending rose by 35 per cent, driven by growth in lending to large corporates. Balances declined in France due to the sale of the regional banks in July 2008.

     In Hong Kong, corporate and commercial lending rose by 19 per cent, driven by higher lending in commercial, industrial and international trade, commercial real estate and other property-related sectors.

     In Rest of Asia-Pacific, strong corporate and commercial lending growth was experienced in the Middle East and Singapore, which rose by 26 per cent and 50 per cent respectively and, to a lesser extent, in Malaysia, India and Taiwan, the latter due to the acquisition of the assets and liabilities of The Chinese Bank in March 2008. In the Middle East, the corporate and commercial loan book continued to grow, owing to an expansion of lending in UAE, particularly for trade and investment projects, in addition to general business growth. In Singapore, higher lending was driven by strong demand from the international trade sector. Lending in Japan declined due to the closure of inactive and unprofitable accounts, and lending in mainland China fell as a result of tightened government regulations and tighter lending criteria in response to the weakening local economy. This partly offset the strong growth elsewhere in the region.

     In North America, corporate and commercial lending increased by 7 per cent, driven by growth in HSBC USA and, to a lesser extent, in Canada. In HSBC USA, higher lending to corporate and commercial clients reflected the targeted expansion of middle market activities and the drawdown of existing credit facilities, partly offset by a decline in commercial real estate activity as the bank managed down its lending exposures in light of lower risk appetite and a deterioration in market conditions. In Canada, corporate and commercial lending rose by


 

203


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Credit exposure > Concentration

 

9 per cent, particularly in Western Canada, as demand remained strong for commercial loans.

     In Latin America, corporate and commercial lending rose by 20 per cent, driven by higher lending in Brazil as a result of strong growth in the trade loans portfolio and working capital products.

     Loans and advances to the financial sector rose by 15 per cent with strong growth in the UK and North America, largely in collateralised lending. Lending balance were 46 per cent higher in the UK due to the increased use of secured funding facilities through the London Clearing House in the form of repos. In North America, higher lending was driven by HSBC USA due to the reclassification from ‘Other assets’ of cash collateral held with other institutions.

     Loans and advances to banks fell by 29 per cent to US$154 billion due to a significant decline in placement activity in Hong Kong and Europe. This was driven by a reduction in money market and inter-bank placements in favour of treasury bills and bank securities. In the UK, a higher proportion of assets were invested in government and government-guaranteed debt. Elsewhere, growth in Latin America was primarily in Brazil, due to higher reverse repo balances.

     The following tables analyse loans by industry sector and by the location of the principal operations of the lending subsidiary or, in the case of the operations of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, HSBC Bank plc, HSBC Bank Middle East Limited and HSBC Bank USA N.A., by the location of the lending branch.


 

Gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector
(Audited: 2008 to 2005; Unaudited: 2004) 

      2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
      US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                 
Personal 440,227     500,834     476,146     420,476     387,852  
  Residential mortgages1 243,337     269,068     265,337     238,546     227,847  
  Other personal 196,890     231,766     210,809     181,930     160,005  
Corporate and commercial 407,474     400,771     343,107     278,709     231,772  
  Commercial, industrial and international trade 209,840     202,038     162,109     130,802     101,876  
  Commercial real estate 70,969     72,345     60,366     51,815     43,469  
  Other property-related 30,739     33,907     27,165     22,196     20,749  
  Government 6,544     5,708     8,990     8,218     10,527  
  Other commercial2 89,382     86,773     84,477     65,678     55,151  
Financial 101,085     99,148     62,458     52,174     66,148  
  Non-bank financial institutions 99,536     96,781     59,204     50,032     52,329  
  Settlement accounts 1,549     2,367     3,254     2,142     13,819  
Asset-backed securities reclassified 7,991                  
 
   
   
   
   
 
Total gross loans and advances to customers3 956,777     1,000,753     881,711     751,359     685,772  
 
   
   
   
   
 
Impaired loans4,6 25,352     19,582     15,071     12,338     13,031  
  as a percentage of gross loans and advances to customers4 2.6%     2.0%     1.7%     1.6%     1.9%  
Total impairment allowances5 23,909     19,205     13,578     11,357     12,542  
  as a percentage of total gross loans and advances 2.5%     1.9%     1.5%     1.5%     1.8%  
                             
1 Residential mortgages include Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans of US$3,882 million (2007: US$3,942 million; 2006: US$4,078 million; 2005: US$4,680 million; 2004: US$5,383 million).
2 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
3 Included within this total is credit card lending of US$75,266 million (2007: US$82,854 million; 2006: US$74,518 million; 2005: US$66,020 million; 2004: US$56,222 million).
4 The figures for 2004 are net of suspended interest.
5 2004: Specific provisions on impaired loans.
6 Impaired loans for 2004-2007 have been restated as a result of the reclassification of an element of a credit card portfolio as impaired. There has been no effect on impairment allowances.

 

204


Back to Contents

Loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region
(Audited)

                                          Gross loans  
                                    Gross     by industry  
                  Rest of                 loans and     sector as a  
            Hong     Asia-     North     Latin     advances to     % of total  
      Europe     Kong     Pacific     America     America     customers     gross loans  
      US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     %  
At 31 December 2008                                        
Personal 141,532     46,087     37,411     195,534     19,663     440,227     46.0  
  Residential mortgages1 87,267     33,014     20,185     98,383     4,488     243,337     25.4  
  Other personal 54,265     13,073     17,226     97,151     15,175     196,890     20.6  
                                         
Corporate and commercial 219,640     52,186     66,126     47,291     22,231     407,474     42.5  
 
Commercial, industrial and international trade
121,047     20,186     40,147     15,178     13,282     209,840     21.9  
  Commercial real estate 32,704     14,233     8,144     13,504     2,384     70,969     7.4  
  Other property-related 7,666     10,296     5,128     7,234     415     30,739     3.2  
  Government 1,864     951     1,760     352     1,617     6,544     0.7  
  Other commercial2  56,359     6,520     10,947     11,023     4,533     89,382     9.3  
                                         
Financial 62,620     2,680     5,646     27,746     2,393     101,085     10.6  
  Non-bank financial institutions 61,823     2,402     5,387     27,560     2,364     99,536     10.4  
  Settlement accounts 797     278     259     186     29     1,549     0.2  
Asset-backed securities reclassified
6,258             1,733         7,991     0.9  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Total gross loans and advances to customers3
430,050     100,953     109,183     272,304     44,287     956,777     100.0  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Percentage of loans and advances by geographical region
44.9 %   10.6 %   11.4 %   28.5 %   4.6 %   100.0 %      
                                         
Impaired loans 6,774     852     1,114     14,285     2,327     25,352        
  as a percentage of gross loans and advances to customers 1.6 %   0.8 %   1.0 %   5.2 %   5.3 %   2.6 %      
                                             
Total impairment allowances 3,859     733     1,227     16,090     2,000     23,909        
  as a percentage of total gross loans and advances 0.9 %   0.7 %   1.1 %   5.9 %   4.5 %   2.5 %      
                                             
At 31 December 2007                                        
Personal 168,549     43,033     36,910     230,562     21,780     500,834     50.1  
  Residential mortgages1 95,665     29,689     20,397     118,993     4,324     269,068     26.9  
  Other personal 72,884     13,344     16,513     111,569     17,456     231,766     23.2  
                                         
Corporate and commercial 225,282     43,716     60,442     48,898     22,433     400,771     40.0  
 
Commercial, industrial and international trade
120,359     17,740     36,461     13,937     13,541     202,038     20.1  
  Commercial real estate 36,672     12,301     7,592     14,561     1,219     72,345     7.2  
  Other property-related 11,275     8,168     4,664     8,000     1,800     33,907     3.4  
  Government 2,299     332     1,667     248     1,162     5,708     0.6  
  Other commercial2 54,677     5,175     10,058     12,152     4,711     86,773     8.7  
                                             
Financial 62,375     3,265     5,426     22,380     5,702     99,148     9.9  
  Non-bank financial institutions 61,216     2,483     5,191     22,252     5,639     96,781     9.7  
  Settlement accounts 1,159     782     235     128     63     2,367     0.2  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total gross loans and advances to customers3
456,206     90,014     102,778     301,840     49,915     1,000,753     100 .0  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Percentage of loans and advances by geographical region
45.6%     9.0%     10.2%     30.2%     5.0%     100.0%        
                                             
Impaired loans4  6,254     433     1,088     9,662     2,145     19,582        
  as a percentage of gross loans and advances to customers 1.4%     0.5%     1.1%     3.2%     4.3%     2.0%        
                                         
Total impairment allowances 3,931     376     926     11,980     1,992     19,205        
  as a percentage of total gross loans and advances 0.9%     0.4%     0.9%     4.0%     4.0%     1.9%        
   
1 Residential mortgages in Hong Kong include Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans of US$3,882 million (2007: US$3,942 million).

 

205


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Credit exposure > Concentration / Cross-border

 

2 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
3 Included within this total is credit card lending of US$75,266 million (2007: US$82,854 million).
4 The 2007 impaired loans for North America have been restated as a result of the reclassification of an element of a credit card portfolio as impaired. There has been no effect on impairment allowances.

Additional disclosure on gross loans and advances to customers by principal country within Rest of Asia-Pacific and Latin America
(Audited)

                      Commercial,        
                      international        
    Residential     Other     Property-     trade and        
    mortgages     personal     related     other     Total  
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
At 31 December 2008                              
Rest of Asia-Pacific                              
Australia   3,598     783     1,621     3,350     9,352  
India   1,112     1,482     493     3,332     6,419  
Indonesia   27     527     26     1,410     1,990  
Japan   57     160     808     4,818     5,843  
Mainland China   1,303     12     2,784     7,423     11,522  
Malaysia   2,699     1,624     941     4,263     9,527  
Middle East (excluding Saudi Arabia)   1,941     5,583     3,018     17,167     27,709  
   Egypt       275     125     2,106     2,506  
   United Arab Emirates   1,693     3,748     2,118     10,214     17,773  
   Other Middle East   248     1,560     775     4,847     7,430  
Singapore   4,209     3,301     2,448     3,521     13,479  
South Korea   2,153     682     34     2,497     5,366  
Taiwan   2,217     705     14     1,497     4,433  
Other   869     2,367     1,085     9,222     13,543  
   
   
   
   
   
 
    20,185     17,226     13,272     58,500     109,183  
   
   
   
   
   
 
Latin America                              
Argentina   41     707     60     1,648     2,456  
Brazil   376     8,585     694     9,578     19,233  
Mexico   2,150     3,665     1,024     6,094     12,933  
Panama   1,105     1,076     569     1,877     4,627  
Other   816     1,142     452     2,628     5,038  
   
   
   
   
   
 
    4,488     15,175     2,799     21,825     44,287  
   
   
   
   
   
 
At 31 December 2007                              
Rest of Asia-Pacific                              
Australia   4,376     922     2,065     3,998     11,361  
India   1,545     1,721     339     3,723     7,328  
Indonesia   24     497     12     1,171     1,704  
Japan   29     126     566     3,541     4,262  
Mainland China   500     6     1,746     9,443     11,695  
Malaysia   2,632     1,508     787     4,024     8,951  
Middle East (excluding Saudi Arabia)   1,036     4,441     2,870     13,536     21,883  
   Egypt       196     126     1,575     1,897  
   United Arab Emirates   895     2,936     2,159     8,222     14,212  
   Other Middle East   141     1,309     585     3,739     5,774  
Singapore   3,946     3,403     1,712     2,471     11,532  
South Korea   2,596     880     61     3,608     7,145  
Taiwan   2,061     648         1,072     3,781  
Other   1,652     2,361     2,098     7,025     13,136  
   
   
   
   
   
 
    20,397     16,513     12,256     53,612     102,778  
   
   
   
   
   
 
Latin America                              
Argentina   47     611     75     1,841     2,574  
Brazil   329     10,110     426     8,601     19,466  
Mexico   2,208     4,696     1,434     10,476     18,814  
Panama   1,098     963     593     1,585     4,239  
Other   642     1,076     491     2,613     4,822  
   
   
   
   
   
 
    4,324     17,456     3,019     25,116     49,915  
   
   
   
   
   
 

 

206


Back to Contents

Loans and advances to banks by geographical region
(Audited: 2008 to 2005; Unaudited: 2004)

                        Gross      
            Rest of           loans and      
        Hong   Asia-   North   Latin   advances   Impairment  
    Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   to banks   allowances 1
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                               
At 31 December 2008   62,012   29,646   36,141   11,458   14,572   153,829   (63 )
At 31 December 2007   104,534   63,737   39,861   16,566   12,675   237,373   (7 )
At 31 December 2006   76,837   50,359   27,517   17,865   12,634   185,212   (7 )
At 31 December 2005   44,369   42,751   19,559   10,331   8,964   125,974   (9 )
At 31 December 2004   56,063   45,710   14,890   20,911   5,892   143,466   (17 )
                               
1 2004: provisions for bad and doubtful debts.  
     

Country distribution of outstandings and cross-border exposures
(Unaudited)

HSBC controls the risk associated with cross-border lending, essentially that foreign currency will not be made available to local residents to make payments, through a centralised structure of internal country limits which are determined by taking into account relevant economic and political factors. Exposures to individual countries and cross-border exposure in aggregate are kept under continual review.

     The following table summarises the aggregate of in-country foreign currency and cross-border outstandings by type of borrower to countries which

individually represent in excess of 1 per cent of HSBC’s total assets. The classification is based on the country of residence of the borrower but also recognises the transfer of country risk in respect of third-party guarantees, eligible collateral held and residence of the head office when the borrower is a branch. In accordance with the Bank of England Country Exposure Report (Form CE) guidelines, outstandings comprise loans and advances (excluding settlement accounts), amounts receivable under finance leases, acceptances, commercial bills, CDs and debt and equity securities (net of short positions), and exclude accrued interest and intra-HSBC exposures.


 

In-country foreign currency and cross-border amounts outstanding
(Unaudited)
                   
        Government          
        and official          
    Banks   institutions   Other   Total  
    US$bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn  
At 31 December 2008                  
UK   38.4   7.1   33.8   79.3  
US   13.6   26.4   34.1   74.1  
Germany   19.9   12.1   7.9   39.9  
France   18.9   8.0   6.7   33.6  
The Netherlands   14.1   1.9   10.3   26.3  
                   
At 31 December 2007                  
UK   32.3   2.2   47.5   82.0  
US   14.0   11.4   29.5   54.9  
France   38.8   1.7   1.9   42.4  
Germany   30.3   5.9   5.6   41.8  
The Netherlands   21.4   0.2   4.2   25.8  
                   
At 31 December 2006                  
UK   24.8     33.5   58.3  
Germany   23.7   18.9   2.0   44.6  
US   9.5   12.7   16.2   38.4  
France   22.1   2.4   6.1   30.6  
The Netherlands   14.4   2.1   3.9   20.4  
Italy   4.7   12.5   1.4   18.6  

 

207


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Exposure

 

At 31 December 2008, HSBC had in-country foreign currency and cross-border amounts outstanding to counterparties in Japan of between 0.75 per cent and 1.0 per cent of total assets; in aggregate, US$24.4 billion.

     At 31 December 2007, HSBC had in-country foreign currency and cross-border amounts outstanding to counterparties in Hong Kong, Belgium and Ireland of between 0.75 per cent and 1.0 per cent of total assets. The aggregate in-country foreign currency and cross-border amounts outstanding were Hong Kong, US$19.7 billion, Belgium, US$19.3 billion and Ireland, US$19.3 billion.

     At 31 December 2006, HSBC had in-country foreign currency and cross-border amounts outstanding to counterparties in Australia and Hong Kong of between 0.75 per cent and 1 per cent of total assets. The aggregate in-country foreign currency and cross-border amounts outstanding were Australia, US$17.1 billion, Hong Kong, US$13.9 billion.

Areas of special interest

Personal lending
(Unaudited)

HSBC provides a broad range of secured and unsecured personal lending products to meet customer needs. Given the diverse nature of the markets in which HSBC operates, the range is not standardised across all countries but is tailored to meet the demands of individual markets while using appropriate distribution channels and, wherever possible, common global IT platforms.

     Personal lending includes advances to customers for asset purchase, such as residential property and motor vehicles, where the loans are typically secured on the assets being acquired. HSBC also offers loans secured on existing assets, such as first and second liens on residential property; unsecured lending products such as overdrafts, credit cards and payroll loans; and debt consolidation loans which may be secured or unsecured. At the end of February 2009, HSBC authorised the discontinuation as soon as

practicable of all new receivable originations of all products by the branch-based consumer lending business of HSBC Finance in North America (see page 70).

     Various underwriting controls are applied before a loan is issued, and delinquency is managed through collection and customer management procedures. The expected occurrence and degree of delinquency varies according to the type of loan and the customer segment. Delinquency levels tend to increase in the normal course of portfolio ageing. As a result, loan impairment charges usually relate to lending originated in earlier accounting periods.

     As discussed in ‘Challenges and uncertainties’ on page 12, rising unemployment has been the major factor in the deterioration in credit quality of personal lending portfolios in 2008. Further weakening in consumers’ confidence and capacity to service financial commitments may result in deteriorating payment patterns and increased delinquencies and default rates and, as a consequence, higher loan impairment allowances and write-offs. HSBC monitors the effect of these factors on its personal lending portfolios and keeps under review a range of measures designed to limit the Group’s exposure and mitigate the effect on customers.

     Loan impairment allowances are sensitive to changes in the level of unemployment, particularly at the current time in North America, which affects customers’ future ability to repay their loans. For example, had there been an additional 1 per cent increase in unemployment in North America, loan impairment allowances could have been higher by between US$0.7 billion and US$1.5 billion as at 31 December 2008. The relationship between changes in unemployment and loan impairment charges cannot be predicted with any degree of certainty. For example, sharp increases in unemployment may not have a linear impact on the level of increase in loan impairment charges.

     Please refer to page 205 for further analysis of gross loans and advances by region and pages 34 and 229 for discussion of loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.


 

208


Back to Contents

Total personal lending
(Unaudited)

                          Hong Kong,      
                          Rest of        
                    Rest of     Asia-Pacific        
        Rest of           North     and Latin        
  UK     Europe     US 1   America     America     Total
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
At 31 December 2008                                  
Total personal lending 107,620      33,912      170,508      25,026      103,161      440,227  
Residential mortgages 78,346     8,921     80,946     17,437     57,687     243,337  
Other personal lending 29,274      24,991      89,562      7,589      45,474      196,890  
   – motor vehicle finance      99      10,864      137      6,201      17,301  
   – credit cards 11,215      1,695      46,972      1,469      13,426      74,777  
   – second lien mortgages 1,160      2      14,614      803      503      17,082  
   – other 16,899      23,195      17,112      5,180      25,344      87,730  
At 31 December 2007                                  
Total personal lending 128,400     40,149     199,336     31,226     101,723     500,834  
Residential mortgages 85,356      10,309      98,928      20,065      54,410      269,068  
Other personal lending 43,044     29,840     100,408     11,161     47,313     231,766  
   – motor vehicle finance 71      156      13,266      1,865      7,563      22,921  
   – credit cards 15,018      2,009      49,634      1,728      13,574      81,963  
   – second lien mortgages 1,930           17,590      1,256      748      21,524  
   – other 26,025      27,675      19,918      6,312      25,428      105,358  
   
1 Includes residential mortgages of HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance.

     The commentary that follows is on a constant currency basis.

     At 31 December 2008, total personal lending was US$440 billion, a decline of 3 per cent from the balance at 31 December 2007. In 2008, personal lending accounted for 85 per cent of the Group’s loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions. Within personal lending, total loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$21.2 billion were concentrated in North America (US$16.1 billion) and, to a lesser extent, in Latin America (US$2.1 billion) and Europe (US$2.0 billion). These loan impairment charges represented, respectively, 39 per cent, 5 per cent and 5 per cent of each region’s total Personal Financial Services’ net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.

     Total US personal lending at 31 December 2008 was 15 per cent less than at the end of 2007, at US$171 billion, as HSBC’s strategy to run off its existing portfolio and improve credit quality on new originations took effect. Residential mortgage balances fell by 18 per cent to US$81 billion, driven by decisions taken in 2007 to end new correspondent channel originations in Mortgage Services and limit new originations in the consumer lending business through tighter underwriting standards. Portfolio run-off, charge-off of impaired loans and the sale of

US$8.2 billion of loans during 2008 from the US real estate secured portfolios contributed to these lower balances.

     Other personal lending in the US fell by 11 per cent to US$90 billion as a result of actions taken by HSBC since 2007 to reduce risk in the portfolio, including the elimination of guaranteed direct mail loans to new customers, the discontinuance of personal homeowner loans and a general tightening of underwriting criteria. Card balances declined by 5 per cent to US$47 billion as HSBC reduced credit lines, closed dormant accounts and curtailed marketing expenditure, which together lowered originations in line with HSBC’s reduced appetite for risk in this segment at this time.

     Motor vehicle finance loans in the US fell by 18 per cent to US$11 billion, again reflecting reduced risk appetite and lower origination. In July, the decision was taken to discontinue all new motor vehicle loan originations from the dealer and direct-to-consumer channels within the North America vehicle finance business of HSBC Finance as management determined that the business was sub-scale and did not have sufficient market strength to provide an acceptable level of risk-adjusted returns.

     In the UK, gross loans and advances to personal customers rose by 14 per cent to US$108 billion, due to strong growth in residential mortgage lending following successful campaigns during 2008 at HSBC Bank and First Direct. Other personal lending


 

209


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
 Credit risk > Areas of special interest > Mortgage lending

 

declined by 11 per cent to US$29 billion, driven by lower originations, reduced marketing activities and lower customer appetite for unsecured borrowing. Credit quality in the unsecured portfolios of M&S Money, HSBC Bank and Partnership Cards in the UK showed a slight deterioration in 2008, particularly in the second half of the year, due to the weakening UK economy.

     In Latin America, in response to rising impairment charges and the weaker economic conditions, HSBC moderated loan growth from that achieved in the previous year, with gross loans and advances to personal customers rising by 11 per cent to US$20 billion compared with 31 per cent in 2007. Loan impairment charges were 20 per cent higher in Brazil but 57 per cent higher in Mexico following strong growth in recent years in lending portfolio seasoning and credit deterioration. As a consequence of this experience, in Mexico, HSBC’s other personal lending balances at 31 December 2008 were US$3.7 billion, 1 per cent lower than at 31 December 2007 as management realigned the business towards customers of higher credit quality.

Mortgage lending products
(Unaudited)

The Group offers a wide range of mortgage products designed to meet customer needs, including capital repayment mortgages subject to fixed or variable interest rates and products designed to meet demand for housing loans with more flexible payment structures. HSBC underwrites both first lien residential mortgages and loans secured by second lien mortgages.

     Interest-only mortgages are those for which customers make regular payments of interest during the life of the loan and repay the principal from the sale of their home or alternative sources of funds. Introductory interest-only mortgages are typically where the interest-only element is for a fixed term at the start of the loan, after which principal repayments commence.

     Affordability mortgages include all products where the customer’s monthly payments are set at a low initial rate, either variable or fixed, before resetting to a higher rate once the introductory period is over. These include adjustable-rate mortgages (‘ARM’s), loans on which the interest rate is periodically changed based on a reference price. HSBC Finance no longer originates or acquires interest-only loans or ARMs.

 

     Affordability mortgages are primarily offered in the US and the UK. Under the HFC and Beneficial brands, HSBC Finance and HFC Bank Ltd (‘HFC UK’) offer a range of products predominantly designed for the needs of customers with nonstandard or less favourable credit profiles. Offset mortgages are products linked to a current or savings account, where the interest earned is used to repay mortgage debt.

US mortgage lending

US mortgage lending, comprising residential mortgage and second lien lending, made up 22 per cent of the Group’s gross loans and advances to personal customers at 31 December 2008.

     Balances declined by 18 per cent from 31 December 2007, as the Mortgage Services portfolio continued to run-off and tighter underwriting standards were applied to originations for the consumer lending portfolio. As the bulk of the mortgage lending products sold in the US consumer lending branch network are for refinancing and debt consolidation, rather than for house purchase, the limited availability of home equity severely restricts the number of eligible customers. As a consequence, HSBC began the process of repositioning its consumer lending business in 2008, reducing exposure to lower tiers of sub-prime credit and expanding its range of lending for real estate loans to include both government-sponsored entity and conforming loan products. At the end of February 2009, HSBC authorised the discontinuation as soon as practicable of all new receivable originations of all products by the branch-based consumer lending business of HSBC Finance in North America (see page 70).

     Mortgage lending in HSBC USA also declined, following a series of management actions to reduce risk in the portfolio. These included closing the prime wholesale and third-party correspondent mortgage business in November 2008, selling US$7.0 billion in loans during 2008, and continuing to sell newly originated residential mortgages to the US government-sponsored mortgage agencies.

     Affordability mortgage balances in HSBC Finance declined from US$19 billion at 31 December 2007 to US$14 billion at 31 December 2008. These mortgages continued to experience the heightened levels of delinquency that began to emerge in late 2006. They are no longer originated through the consumer lending branch network. In aggregate, HSBC Finance’s mortgage balances declined to US$74 billion at 31 December 2008 (31 December 2007: US$87 billion) as set out in the table on page 211. Within this, the portfolio of real estate secured business originated through the branch network was US$46 billion at 31 December


 

210


Back to Contents

2008, of which approximately 95 per cent were fixed rate loans and 87 per cent were first lien. At 31 December 2008, the mortgage services business had approximately 250,000 accounts and

US$28 billion in balances outstanding. Approximately 59 per cent were fixed rate loans and 84 per cent were first lien.

     Further discussion of credit trends in the US mortgage lending portfolio and management actions taken to mitigate risk is provided in ‘US personal lending – credit quality’ on page 212.


HSBC Finance US mortgage lending1
(Unaudited)

  At 31 December 2008     At 31 December 2007  
 
 
 
              Other                       Other        
  Mortgage     Consumer     mortgage           Mortgage     Consumer     mortgage        
  services     lending     lending     Total     services     lending     lending 2     Total  
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                               
Fixed-rate 16,288      43,873      91      60,252      20,146      47,254      106      67,506  
Other 11,339     2,324     35     13,698     16,070     2,970     39     19,079  
   Adjustable-rate 9,530      2,324      33      11,887      12,361      2,970      37      15,368  
   Interest-only 1,809           2      1,811      3,709           2      3,711  
  27,627     46,197     126     73,950     36,216     50,224     145     86,585  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First lien 23,188     40,334     93     63,615     29,475     43,366     108     72,949  
Second lien 4,439     5,863     33     10,335     6,741     6,858     37     13,636  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  27,627     46,197     126     73,950     36,216     50,224     145     86,585  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stated income3 5,667             5,667     8,292             8,292  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
1 HSBC Finance mortgage lending is shown on a management basis and includes loans transferred to HSBC USA Inc. which are managed by HSBC Finance.
2 Restated to show HSBC Finance management basis, consistent with the current year, and US balances only.
3 Stated income lending forms a subset of total mortgage services lending across all categories.

UK mortgage lending

Mortgage lending in the UK rose significantly in 2008 and overall credit quality was maintained despite a significant deterioration in the housing market. The withdrawal of many competitors from the market and the consequent repricing of mortgage products allowed HSBC Bank to expand its share of the new lending market while staying within its targeted customer segments. In December 2008, HSBC announced that it will make available up to US$22 billion of new UK residential mortgages in 2009.

     Total mortgage lending in the UK rose from US$64 billion at 31 December 2007 to US$80 billion at 31 December 2008. This was driven by the success of the RateMatcher mortgage campaign in the first half of 2008 in generating new business, and an increase at First Direct due to growth in offset mortgage lending following a similarly successful campaign.

     The maintenance of good credit quality in difficult market conditions is attributable to the business model pursued by HSBC in the UK. HSBC Bank originates virtually all new business through its own salesforce and does not rely on business introduced through third parties. Also, HSBC does

not allow customer self-certification of income. The majority of lending is to existing customers holding a current or savings account relationship with the bank. At 31 December 2008, less than 2 per cent of the bank’s book consisted of lending to purchase property for rent to third parties, for which the bank applies higher collateral requirements.

     In the UK, affordability mortgages have experienced relatively low levels of delinquency, reflecting the different credit profiles of the customers, compared with those in the US, and the tighter underwriting criteria.

     Interest-only mortgage balances rose from US$22 billion at 31 December 2007 to US$32 billion at 31 December 2008, driven by an increase in balances at First Direct. The majority of these mortgages were offset mortgages linked to a current account and are classified as interest-only.

     Second lien balances, which were all held by HFC UK, declined by US$770 million to US$1.2 billion at 31 December 2008 due to run-off and severely tighter underwriting criteria. In the first half of 2008, HFC UK ceased originating loans through brokers.

     The credit quality of the UK mortgage portfolio remained broadly stable as a consequence of the business model and underwriting criteria described


 

211


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Areas of special interest > Mortgage lending / US personal lending

 

above. Additionally, HSBC Bank is now benefiting from having intentionally reduced its market share in 2006 and 2007 as property prices continued to rise. The portion of mortgages with a loan to value ratio greater than 90 per cent declined as virtually no new loans were originated at this level. The average loan to value ratio for new business in 2008 was 58.7 per cent, the lowest for 5 years.

     At HSBC Bank, 30 days or more delinquency rates were unchanged from 31 December 2007 to 31 December 2008 at 1.8 per cent.

     The following table shows the levels of mortgage lending products in the various portfolios in the US and the UK, together with the rest of the HSBC Group.


 

Mortgage lending products
(Unaudited)

                  Hong Kong,    
                  Rest of      
              Rest of   Asia-Pacific      
      Rest of       North   and Latin      
  UK   Europe   US   America   America   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                        
Residential mortgages 78,346    8,921    80,946    17,437    57,687    243,337   
Second lien mortgages 1,160   2   14,614   803   503   17,082  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total mortgage lending 79,506   8,923   95,560   18,240   58,190   260,419  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Second lien as a percentage of total mortgage lending 1.5%   0.0%   15.3%   4.4%   0.9%   6.6%  
 
 
 


 
 
 
Interest-only (including endowment) mortgages 33,782   553     1,427   993   36,755  
Affordability mortgages, including ARMs 4,740   824   28,571   311   4,166   38,612  
Other 153         82   235  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total interest-only and affordability mortgages 38,675   1,377   28,571   1,738   5,241   75,602  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   – as a percentage of total mortgage lending 48.6%   15.4%   29.9%   9.5%   9.0%   29.0%  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Negative equity mortgages1 367     7,655   86   1,635   9,743  
Other loan to value ratios greater than 90 per cent2 6,178   107   35,296   1,737   2,122   45,440  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  6,545   107   42,951   1,823   3,757   55,183  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   – as a percentage of total mortgage lending 8.2%   1.2%   44.9%   10.0%   6.5%   21.2%  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007                        
Residential mortgages 85,356   10,309   98,928   20,065   54,410   269,068  
Second lien mortgages 1,930     17,590   1,256   748   21,524  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total mortgage lending 87,286   10,309   116,518   21,321   55,158   290,592  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Second lien as a percentage of total mortgage lending 2.2%      15.1%   5.9%   1.4 %   7.4%  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-only (including endowment) mortgages 32,314   602     174   1,335   34,425  
Affordability mortgages, including ARMs 8,695   685   40,201   219   4,993   54,793  
Other3 241   27     274   621   1,163  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total interest-only and affordability mortgages 41,250   1,314   40,201   667   6,949   90,381  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   – as a percentage of total mortgage lending 47.3%   12.7%   34.5 %   3.1%   12.6%   31.1%  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Negative equity mortgages1 646     11,079   107   525   12,357  
Other loan to value ratios greater than 90 per cent2 10,969   211   42,246   679   1,333   55,438  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  11,615   211   53,325   786   1,858   67,795  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   – as a percentage of total mortgage lending 13.3%   2.0 %   45.8%   3.7%   3.4%   23.3%  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
1 Negative equity arises when the value of the loan exceeds the value of available equity, generally based on values at origination date.
2 Loan to value ratios are generally based on values at origination date.
3 Balances at 31 December 2007 have been restated to exclude mortgages in the UK that are fixed for a period of time before reverting to a standard variable rate.

US personal lending – credit quality
(Unaudited)

The deterioration in credit quality which began in the sub-prime mortgage portfolio in 2006 accelerated in

2008 and spread across the remainder of the US personal lending portfolio as the economy weakened, levels of unemployment and personal bankruptcy filings rose, and house price depreciation became more pronounced (the S&P/Case-Shiller 10-City Composite Index of house prices showed a


 

212


Back to Contents

decline of 19 per cent in 2008). These factors restricted the ability of many customers to refinance and access equity retained in their homes.

     Two months or more delinquencies in mortgages originated through the HSBC Finance

branch network rose most rapidly in those states most severely affected by continued house price depreciation and rising unemployment, particularly in California, Florida, New York, Virginia, Maryland, New Jersey, Illinois, Pennsylvania, Massachusetts and Ohio.



HSBC Finance: geographical concentration of US lending1, 2
(Unaudited)

  Mortgage lending as a   Other personal lending as a    
  percentage of:  
percentage of:
     
 
 
     
      total       total other   Percentage  
  total   mortgage   total   personal   of total  
  lending   lending   lending   lending   lending  
  %   %   %   %   %  
                     
California 6    11    6    12    12  
Florida 4   7   3   7   7  
New York 3   6   3   6   6  
Texas 2   3   4   8   6  
Ohio 3   5   2   5   5  
Pennsylvania 3   5   2   5   5  
                     
1 By states which individually account for 5 per cent or more of HSBC Finance’s US customer loan portfolio.
2 HSBC Finance lending is shown on a management basis and includes loans transferred to HSBC USA Inc, which are managed by HSBC Finance.
   

     In the US real estate secured portfolios, two months and over contractual delinquency ratios at the end of 2008 were higher across the portfolio than during 2007 and the first half of 2008, for the reasons described above. There was also a significant effect on delinquency ratios from declining balances. As the portfolios aged, outstanding balances fell as new lending in certain portfolios ceased, risk mitigation efforts and changes to product offerings which began in 2007 and continued in 2008 resulted in lower originations and US$8.2 billion in mortgage portfolios were sold during the year.

     Both dollar and percentage two months and over contractual delinquency in the real estate secured portfolios of HSBC Finance and HSBC USA increased following a voluntary one month suspension of final court proceedings in foreclosure cases relating to owner-occupied properties, implemented in December 2008, which was in addition to actions taken by a number of states to slow foreclosure proceedings. Within these portfolios, dollar delinquencies rose sharply in 2008 as credit quality in the consumer lending portfolio, most notably for first lien products, and in mortgage services, continued to deteriorate, particularly in the second half of the year. In mortgage services, the rise in the fourth quarter of 2008 was despite lower balances following portfolio run-off and the sale of portfolios during the year, and was partly caused by the above-mentioned action on foreclosure.

Residential mortgages

The unprecedented turmoil in the mortgage lending market continued in 2008. Investors remained unwilling to purchase securitised credit, and this resulted in a sharp contraction in the supply of liquidity to the mortgage market. Progressively fewer refinancing options were available for customers as house prices fell and housing equity declined, a number of market participants exited the sub-prime mortgage industry, and the remaining providers tightened their underwriting criteria.

     Equity withdrawal had been the principal source of credit available to sub-prime borrowers dealing with unforeseen financial needs. With this source of funds heavily restricted, consumers faced increasing difficulty in maintaining their contractual payment schedules as they confronted the challenges of rising unemployment and increases in the costs of living, particularly in the first half of the year. Compounding the situation, mortgage interest rates remained high for much of 2008 as credit spreads on interbank lending widened due to the turmoil in the global financial system.

     The increase in delinquency rates was accompanied by a rise in loss severities as falling house prices led to a reduction in the amounts recoverable from foreclosure and repossession. These factors were partly offset by a decline in lending balances as HSBC continued to manage down exposure in the US.


 

213


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Areas of special interest > US personal lending / Loan delinquency in US

 

     Second lien loans have a risk profile characterised by higher loan-to-value ratios because, in many cases, the second lien loan was taken out to complete the refinancing or purchase of the property. For HSBC Finance second lien mortgages, the proportion of customers two months or more behind on contractual payments rose from 11.2 per cent at 31 December 2007 to 15.9 per cent at 31 December 2008. Loss on default of second lien loans typically approaches 100 per cent of the amount owed as any equity in the property is applied initially to the first lien loan, particularly during periods of house price depreciation when its value is eroded to the point where there is no surplus available to support the repayment of second liens.

     Stated-income mortgages, which represented a small part of the HSBC Finance loan book, also continued to decline. These mortgages are of higher than average risk as they are underwritten on the basis of borrowers’ representations of annual income and are not verified by receipt of supporting documentation. These loan balances declined from US$8.3 billion at 31 December 2007 to US$5.7 billion at 31 December 2008. Two months or more delinquency rates on stated-income loans rose from 19.0 per cent at 31 December 2007 to 27.7 per cent at 31 December 2008. The percentage rise was primarily attributable to lower balances and portfolio ageing as the portfolio continued to run off.

     In the mortgage services business, credit quality continued to deteriorate as 2005 and 2006 vintages continued to season and move into later stages of delinquency as economic conditions worsened. Amounts of two months or more delinquency in mortgage services rose by 9 per cent during the year to US$4.7 billion at 31 December 2008. These represented an increased proportion of a reducing portfolio, rising from 11.9 per cent to 17.0 per cent. An increase in foreclosures in process during the fourth quarter, arising from a voluntary one month suspension of final court proceedings in foreclosure cases relating to owner occupied properties, implemented in December 2008 and the actions taken by a number of states to slow foreclosure proceedings, affected total lending in mortgage services at 31 December 2008.

     HSBC undertook several actions during 2008 to reposition HSBC Finance, including closure of more than 200 consumer lending branches, reducing the network to approximately 800 branches, and tightening credit criteria for originations. These actions followed the decisions taken in 2007 to cease purchasing mortgages from third-party correspondents and to close the wholesale business, Decision One, in September 2007, thereby ending new originations for the mortgage services business.

     The branch-based consumer lending business continued to experience rising delinquency levels, particularly on first lien loans in the states most exposed to falling house prices and rising unemployment; 63 per cent of the increase in amounts of two months or more contractual delinquency was concentrated in the ten states noted above. Delinquencies rose across all vintages, with the most pronounced increase for first lien loans extended in 2006 and 2007. This trend was experienced across the rest of the industry in the US. Two months or more delinquencies rose from 4.2 per cent of loans and advances at 31 December 2007 to 12.1 per cent at 31 December 2008 and delinquent balances increased to US$5.6 billion. In this environment, HSBC took additional measures to tighten underwriting standards, including reducing the loan to value ratio for residential mortgages, ceasing to underwrite certain products and raising the credit requirements for certain risk factors. As a result, originations declined to 38 per cent of the levels recorded in 2007.

     At HSBC USA, delinquencies rose as credit quality deterioration was experienced across the real estate secured portfolio, driven by house price depreciation and the US economic weakness. Delinquency rates of prime first lien mortgages were also affected by the sale of US$7.0 billion of mortgage portfolios during the year. Originations declined as HSBC’s risk appetite in the US reduced. Two months or more delinquencies in prime first lien mortgages rose from 1.1 per cent at 31 December 2007 to 3.4 per cent at 31 December 2008, and in second lien mortgages from 1.8 per cent to 3.5 per cent over the same period, on a management basis. The rise in delinquency was appreciably worse in third-party originations and, in response, HSBC USA closed its wholesale and third-party correspondent mortgage business in November 2008, curtailed certain stated-income mortgage products, tightened underwriting criteria and sold US$7.0 billion of mortgage portfolios during 2008. As a result, stated-income mortgage balances declined from US$2.4 billion at 31 December 2007 to US$2.2 billion at 31 December 2008.

HSBC has been proactive in approaching customers to provide financial assistance in restructuring their debts to avoid foreclosure and, as a result, HSBC has restructured and modified loans that it believes could be serviced on revised terms. For further details, see ‘US loan modifications’ on page 216.

     The aggregate balances of loans which reached their first interest rate reset continued to decline in 2008. As interest rates fall, the effect of the reset on affordability becomes less pronounced.


 

214


Back to Contents

Credit cards

US credit card portfolio two or more months delinquencies rose from 5.7 per cent at 31 December 2007 to 6.6 per cent at 31 December 2008. In the private label cards portfolio, two or more months delinquencies rose from 3.4 per cent at 31 December 2007 to 4.3 per cent at 31 December 2008. Higher delinquency rates in both portfolios were driven by continued deterioration in the US economy, significantly higher unemployment rates, portfolio seasoning and higher levels of personal bankruptcy filings.

Motor vehicle finance

Two months or more delinquencies in vehicle finance rose from 3.7 per cent at 31 December 2007 to 5.0 per cent at 31 December 2008, in part due to portfolio ageing following the decision in July 2008 to cease new originations in HSBC Finance

from the dealer and direct-to-consumer channels, having earlier terminated a number of dealer relationships, particularly in the Northeast of the US.

Other personal lending

Higher delinquency rates were experienced in the HSBC Finance unsecured lending portfolio, excluding credit cards. The increase was driven by a deterioration in credit quality due to the weakness in the US economy, combined with portfolio seasoning as the lending book aged. Balances declined due to tightened credit criteria which resulted in lower originations. Management actions were taken in 2007 and continued in 2008 to reduce risk in the portfolio including the tightening of underwriting criteria.

     The following tables provide a detailed analysis of loan delinquency in the US.


 

Two months and over contractual delinquency1
(Unaudited)

  Quarter ended  
 
 
  31     30     30     31     31     30     30     31  
  December     September     June     March     December     September     June     March  
  2008     2008     2008     2008     2007     2007     2007     2007  
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                               
In Personal Financial Services in the US                                              
Residential mortgages 9,236       7,061       5,984 2      5,757 2      5,167 2      4,077       3,183       2,871  
Second lien mortgage lending 1,790     1,616     1,585     1,638     1,602     1,249     945     872  
Vehicle finance 541     512     445     370     488     451     384     302  
Credit card 2,029     1,871     1,700     1,782     1,830     1,581     1,314     1,274  
Private label 701     624     590     591     598     536     434     429  
Personal non-credit card 2,998     2,745     2,606     2,650     2,634     2,238     2,000     1,881  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total 17,295     14,429     12,910     12,788     12,319     10,132     8,260     7,629  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  % 3      % 3      % 3      % 3      % 3      % 3      % 3      % 3
Residential mortgages 11.42     8.23     6.65 2   5.96 2   5.23 2   4.04     3.10     2.70  
Second lien mortgage lending 12.26     10.59     9.83     9.76     9.10     6.86     5.07     4.44  
Vehicle finance 4.98     4.27     3.48     2.83     3.68     3.40     2.91     2.30  
Credit card 6.64     6.07     5.57     5.81     5.68     5.09     4.32     4.43  
Private label 4.26     3.97     3.65     3.66     3.43     3.28     2.72     2.65  
Personal non-credit card 17.70     15.31     14.00     13.71     13.16     10.88     9.69     9.33  
Total 10.16     8.13     7.01     6.64     6.18     5.05     4.10     3.74  

 

215


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
 Credit risk > Areas of special interest > Renegotiated loans // Credit quality

 

Two months and over contractual delinquency1 (continued)
(Unaudited)

  Quarter ended  
 
 
  31     30     30     31     31     30     30     31  
  December     September     June     March     December     September     June     March  
  2008     2008     2008     2008     2007     2007     2007     2007  
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                               
In mortgage services and  consumer lending
                                             
Mortgage services:                                              
   – first lien 3,912      3,420      3,363      3,456      3,248      2,554      2,099      1,863  
   – second lien 787     807     897     1,028     1,050     841     663     613  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total mortgage services 4,699     4,227     4,260     4,484     4,298     3,395     2,762     2,476  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer lending:                                              
   – first lien 4,724     3,176     2,194     1,954     1,622     1,259     907     832  
   – second lien 853     690     583     530     478     346     236     220  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total consumer lending 5,577     3,866     2,777     2,484     2,100     1,605     1,143     1,052  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  % 3      % 3      % 3      % 3      % 3      % 3      % 3      % 3
Mortgage services:                                              
   – first lien 16.87     14.16     12.91     12.41     11.02     8.13     6.33     4.98  
   – second lien 17.72     16.62     16.63     16.99     15.57     11.28     7.91     6.59  
Total mortgage services 17.01     14.57     13.55     13.22     11.87     8.73     6.65     5.30  
Consumer lending:                                              
   – first lien 11.71     7.72     5.15     4.52     3.74     2.92     2.15     2.03  
   – second lien 14.54     11.27     9.04     7.96     6.97     5.03     3.60     3.34  
Total consumer lending 12.07     8.18     5.66     4.98     4.18     3.21     2.34     2.21  
   
1 Delinquency data for the period from 31 March 2007 to 30 June 2008 has been restated to include certain delinquent mortgage loans that were previously excluded due to system coding within the mortgage services loan servicing platform which had the effect of excluding certain delinquent mortgage loans from the calculation of delinquency ratios. This change affected mortgage services’ first and second lien delinquency percentages above. The effect on previously reported amounts was not material.
2 Delinquency data for the periods ending 31 December 2007 to 30 June 2008 has been restated to exclude certain delinquency balances of HSBC USA which related to residential mortgages classified as held for sale.
3 Expressed as a percentage of the relevant balance.
   

Renegotiated loans
(Audited)

Restructuring activity is designed to manage customer relationships, maximise collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid foreclosure or repossession. Such activities include extended payment arrangements, approved external debt management plans, deferring foreclosure, modification, loan rewrites and/or deferral of payments pending a change in circumstances. Following restructuring, an overdue consumer account is normally reset from delinquent to current status. Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of local management, indicate that repayment will probably continue. These policies are required to be kept under continual review and their application varies according to the nature of the market, the product, and the availability of empirical data. Criteria vary between products, but typically include receipt of one or more or, in the case of HSBC Finance, two or more, qualifying payments within a certain period, a minimum lapse of time from origination before restructuring may occur, and restrictions on the number and/or frequency of

successive restructurings. When empirical evidence indicates an increased propensity to default on restructured accounts, the use of roll rate methodology ensures this factor is taken into account when calculating impairment allowances.

     Renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired totalled US$35 billion at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$28 billion). Restructuring is most commonly applied to consumer finance portfolios. The largest concentration was in the US and amounted to US$31 billion (2007: US$24 billion) or 89 per cent (2007: 86 per cent) of the Group’s total renegotiated loans. The increase was due to a significant deterioration in credit quality in the US, where most restructurings related to loans secured on real estate.

US loan modifications
(Unaudited)

In 2008, HSBC Finance continued to refine and expand its customer account management policies and practices. Through its ARM Reset Modification Programme, established in October 2006, HSBC Finance proactively contacts customers who have


 

216


Back to Contents

ARM loans nearing their first reset that HSBC Finance expects will be the most affected by a rate adjustment. By a variety of means, HSBC Finance assesses the customer’s ability to make the adjusted payment and, as appropriate and in accordance with defined policies, HSBC Finance modifies the loans, allowing time for the customer to seek alternative financing or improve their individual situation. These loan modifications primarily provide for temporary interest rate relief for up to 12 months by either maintaining the current interest rate for that period or resetting the interest rate to one lower than that originally required at the reset date. At the end of the relief period, the interest rate on the loan will reset in accordance with the original loan terms, unless the borrower qualifies for, and is granted, a further modification. These loans are not included in the renegotiated loans figures quoted above, because they were not contractually delinquent at the time of the modification.

     HSBC Finance also significantly expanded its Foreclosure Avoidance and Account Modification Programmes designed to provide relief to qualifying home owners by either loan restructuring or modification. Following a strategic review, in the first quarter of 2008 these programmes were expanded in the consumer lending business, to help those customers who did not qualify for assistance under previous programmes, and to help customers who required greater assistance than that available

under previous programmes. Innovations included lowering the interest rate for qualifying customers on fixed rate loans as well as ARMs, and implementing longer term modifications, providing assistance generally for two to five years. Under these expanded programmes, HSBC Finance modified over 92,000 loans in 2008 with an aggregate balance of US$13.5 billion. The ARM Reset Modification Programme covered some 13,000 loans, with an aggregate value of US$2.1 billion.

     HSBC Finance also supports a variety of national and local efforts in home ownership preservation and foreclosure avoidance.

Credit quality of financial instruments
(Audited)

The four credit quality classifications set out and defined below describe the credit quality of HSBC’s lending, debt securities portfolios and derivatives. These classifications each encompass a range of more granular, internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale and retail lending business, as well as the external ratings attributed by external agencies to debt securities.

     There is no direct correlation between the internal and external ratings at granular level, except to the extent each falls within a single quality classification.


 Credit quality of HSBC’s lending, debt securities and other bills          
  Wholesale       Debt
  lending and   Retail   securities
  derivatives   lending  1   /other
Quality classification          
Strong CRR1 to CRR2    EL1 to EL2    A- and above
Medium CRR3 to CRR5   EL3 to EL5   B+ to BBB+,
          and unrated
Sub-standard CRR6 to CRR8   EL6 to EL8   B and below
Impaired CRR9 to CRR10   EL9 to EL10   Impaired

1 HSBC observes the disclosure convention that, in addition to those classified as EL9 to EL10, retail accounts classified EL1 to EL8 that are delinquent by 90 days or more are considered impaired, unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired (see page 219, ‘Past due but not impaired financial instruments’.
 

Quality classification definitions

‘Strong’: exposures demonstrate a strong capacity to meet financial commitments, with negligible or low probability of default and/or low levels of expected loss. Retail accounts operate within product parameters and only exceptionally show any period of delinquency. 
   
‘Medium’: exposures require closer monitoring, with low to moderate default risk. Retail accounts typically show only short periods of delinquency, with any losses expected to be
  minimal following the adoption of recovery processes.
   
‘Sub-standard’: exposures require varying degrees of special attention and default risk is of greater concern. Retail portfolio segments show longer delinquency periods of generally up to 90 days past due and/or expected losses are higher due to a reduced ability to mitigate these through security realisation or other recovery processes.

 

217


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Credit quality > Risk ratings / Past due but not impaired

 

‘Impaired’: exposures have been assessed, individually or collectively, as impaired.

Risk rating scales

Compared with previous years, the basis of reporting has been changed to replace the former uniform seven-grade portfolio quality scale, in order both to extend the range of financial instruments covered in the presentation of portfolio quality and to reflect the more risk-sensitive rating systems introduced under the Group’s Basel II programme.

     The Customer Risk Rating (‘CRR’) 10-grade scale above summarises a more granular underlying 22-grade scale of obligor probability of default (‘PD’). All distinct customers Group-wide are rated using one of these two PD scales, depending on the degree of sophistication of the Basel II approach adopted for the exposure.

     The Expected Loss (‘EL’) 10-grade scale for retail business summarises a more granular underlying EL scale for these customer segments; this combines obligor and facility/product risk factors in a composite measure.

     For debt securities and certain other financial instruments, external ratings have been aligned to the four quality classifications. The ratings of Standard and Poor’s are cited, with those of other agencies being treated equivalently. Debt securities with short-term issue ratings are reported against the long-term rating of the issuer of those securities. If major rating agencies have different ratings for the same debt securities, a prudent rating selection is made in line with regulatory requirements.

     Additional credit quality information in respect of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs and assets held in consolidated SIVs and conduits is provided on pages 153 to 158 and 175 to 176, respectively.

     For the purpose of the following disclosure, retail loans which are past due up to 89 days and are not otherwise classified as EL9 or EL10, are separately classified as past due but not impaired.

     The following tables set out the Group’s distribution of financial instruments by measures of credit quality:


                                 
  Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality                                
(Audited)                                        
  Neither past due nor impaired                              
 
    Past due           Impair-          
              Sub-     but not           ment          
  Strong     Medium     standard     impaired 4   Impaired 4   allowances 3   Total    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
At 31 December 2008                                          
Items in the course of collection from other banks 4,541      1,396           66                    6,003    
Trading assets 303,307     98,977     3,167                       405,451    
   – treasury and other eligible bills1 32,314     92     52                       32,458    
   – debt securities1 175,681     22,841     1,097                       199,619    
   – loans and advances to banks 60,400     12,514     141                       73,055    
   – loans and advances to customers 34,912     63,530     1,877                       100,319    
Financial assets designated at fair value 5,288     11,434     818                       17,540    
   – treasury and other eligible bills1 204     31                           235    
   – debt securities1 4,129     11,402     818                       16,349    
   – loans and advances to banks 230                               230    
   – loans and advances to customers 725     1                           726    
Derivatives 383,393     106,348     5,135                       494,876    
Loans and advances held at amortised cost 565,542     427,788     43,432     48,422     25,422     (23,972 )   1,086,634    
   – loans and advances to banks 118,684     33,766     1,268     41     70     (63 )   153,766    
   – loans and advances to customers2 446,858     394,022     42,164     48,381     25,352     (23,909 )   932,868    
Financial investments 257,435     32,889     1,382     32     1,246           292,984    
   – treasury and other similar bills 37,932     2,927     168                   41,027    
   – debt securities 219,503     29,962     1,214     32     1,246           251,957    
Other assets 11,959     26,517     1,747     219     417           40,859    
   – endorsements and acceptances 1,851     7,793     805     30     3           10,482    
   – accrued income and other 10,108     18,724     942     189     414           30,377    

 

218


Back to Contents

  Neither past due nor impaired                            
 
    Past due           Impair-          
              Sub-     but not           ment          
  Strong     Medium     standard     impaired 4   Impaired 4   allowances 3   Total    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
At 31 December 2007                                        
Items in the course of collection from other banks
7,599     2,178                     9,777    
Trading assets 277,437     115,091     1,964                     394,492    
   – treasury and other eligible bills1
15,766     670     3                     16,439    
   – debt securities1 150,893     27,636     305                     178,834    
   – loans and advances to banks
82,678     17,757     5                     100,440    
   – loans and advances to customers
28,100     69,028     1,651                     98,779    
Financial assets designated at fair value
5,266     16,126     125                     21,517    
   – treasury and other eligible bills1 36     145                         181    
   – debt securities1 5,052     15,973     125                     21,150    
   – loans and advances to banks
178                             178    
   – loans and advances to customers
    8                         8    
Derivatives 150,141     36,745     968                     187,854    
Loans and advances held at amortised cost
662,415     476,554     30,242     49,321     19,594     (19,212 )   1,218,914    
   – loans and advances to banks 189,446     45,358     2,535     22     12     (7 )   237,366    
   – loans and advances to customers
472,969     431,196     27,707     49,299     19,582     (19,205 )   981,548    
Financial investments 236,901     33,117     388                 270,406    
   – treasury and other similar bills 26,776     3,188     140                 30,104    
   – debt securities 210,125     29,929     248                 240,302    
Other assets 10,775     31,097     1,144     92     137         43,245    
   – endorsements and acceptances
2,612     9,122     477     27     10         12,248    
   – accrued income and other
8,163     21,975     667     65     127         30,997    
                                         
1 Impairment is not measured for assets held in trading portfolios or designated at fair value as assets in such portfolios are managed according to movements in fair value, and the fair value movement is taken directly to the income statement. Consequently, all such balances are reported under ‘neither past due nor impaired’.
2 Includes asset-backed securities that have been externally rated as strong (US$7,991 million), medium (nil) and sub-standard (nil).
3 Impairment allowances are not reported for financial instruments whereby the carrying amount is reduced directly for impairment and not through the use of an allowance account.
4 The amounts for loans and advances for 2007 have been restated, as a result of a reclassification from ’Past due but not impaired’ to ‘Impaired’ of an element of a credit card portfolio. There has been no effect on impairment allowances.
   

Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments
(Audited)

Examples of exposures past due but not impaired include overdue loans fully secured by cash collateral; mortgages that are individually assessed for impairment, and that are in arrears more than 90

days, but where the value of collateral is sufficient to repay both the principal debt and all potential interest for at least one year; and short-term trade facilities past due more than 90 days for technical reasons such as delays in documentation, but where there is no concern over the creditworthiness of the counterparty.


 

Past due but not impaired loans and advances to customers and banks by geographical region

                      Gross  
                      loans and  
          Rest of           advances  
      Hong   Asia-   North   Latin   past due not  
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   impaired 1
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                         
At 31 December 2008 3,800   1,805   4,320   35,247   3,250   48,422  
At 31 December 2007 3,143   2,031   4,951   36,604   2,592   49,321  
   
1 Restated for 2007 as a result of a reclassification of an element of a credit card portfolio as impaired. There has been no effect on impairment allowances.

 

219


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Credit quality > Past due but not impaired // Impaired loans and advances > 2008

 

Past due but not impaired loans and advances to customers and banks by industry sector

  At 31 December    
 



   
  2008     2007    
  US$m     US$m    
             
Banks 41     22    
Customers 48,381     49,299    
   Personal1 39,592     42,091    
   Corporate and commercial 8,603     6,938    
   Financial 186     270    
 
   
   
  48,422     49,321    
 
   
   
   
1 Restated for 2007 as a result of a reclassification of an element of a credit card portfolio as impaired. There has been no effect on impairment allowances.
                       
Ageing analysis of days past due but not impaired gross financial instruments
(Audited)
  Up to 29     30-59     60-89     90-180     Over 180          
  days     days     days     days     days     Total    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
At 31 December 2008                                    
Items in the course of collection from other banks
66                     66    
Loans and advances held at amortised cost
31,034     10,814     5,493     621     460     48,422    
   – loans and advances to banks 41                     41    
   – loans and advances to customers
30,993     10,814     5,493     621     460     48,381    
Financial investments
                                   
   – debt securities 32                     32    
Other assets 45     22     118     7     27     219    
   – endorsements and acceptances
21     6     1     2         30    
   – other 24     16     117     5     27     189    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  31,177     10,836     5,611     628     487     48,739    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
At 31 December 2007                                    
Loans and advances held at amortised cost
33,931     10,546     3,992     489     363     49,321    
   – loans and advances to banks
22                     22    
   – loans and advances to customers1
33,909     10,546     3,992     489     363     49,299    
Other assets 57     16     8     6     5     92    
   – endorsements and acceptances
21     3         2     1     27    
   – other 36     13     8     4     4     65    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  33,988     10,562     4,000     495     368     49,413    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
1 Restated for 2007 as a result of a reclassification of an element of a credit card portfolio as impaired. There has been no effect on impairment allowances.
                       
Impaired loans and advances
                       
Impaired loans and advances to customers and banks by industry sector
(Audited)
  Impaired loans and advances at     Impaired loans and advances at    
  31 December 2008     31 December 20071    
 



   



   
  Individually     Collectively           Individually     Collectively          
  assessed     assessed     Total     assessed     assessed     Total    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                     
Banks 70         70     12         12    
Customers 6,922     18,430     25,352     6,477     13,105     19,582    
   Personal 538     18,071     18,609     1,548     12,850     14,398    
   Corporate and commercial 6,086     357     6,443     4,799     254     5,053    
   Financial 298     2     300     130     1     131    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  6,992     18,430     25,422     6,489     13,105     19,594    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
1 Impaired loans for 2007 have been restated as a result of the reclassification of an element of a credit card portfolio as impaired. There has been no effect on impairment allowances.

 

220


Back to Contents

2008 compared with 2007
(Unaudited)

Total impaired loans to customers were US$25.4 billion at 31 December 2008, an increase of 29 per cent since the end of 2007 (42 per cent at constant currency). Impaired loans were 3 per cent of gross customer loans and advances, a rise from 2 per cent at 31 December 2007.

     The commentary that follows compares balances at 31 December 2008 with those at 31 December 2007, at constant exchange rates.

     In Europe, impaired loans at US$6.8 billion were 32 per cent higher than at the end of 2007. The increase was driven by the UK where credit quality in the UK commercial portfolio deteriorated sharply in the final quarter of the year. A small number of exposures in the commercial real estate sector were particularly affected by a sharp deterioration in market conditions in the fourth quarter. UK mortgage impairments remained broadly stable despite the substantial increase in balances in the second half of the year and delinquency levels increased modestly from a low base. Unsecured personal lending in the UK also saw a slight increase in the levels of impaired loans, particularly in the second half of the year, as the economy weakened. A single financial sector loan in Europe also affected results. Impairment levels in France remained low in the personal sector. However, Commercial Banking experienced a rising number of small impairments during the second half of the year and a small number of larger impairments in the last quarter. In Turkey, impaired loans rose by 81 per cent due to increased delinquency in the personal lending portfolio and, particularly, in credit cards.

     In Hong Kong, impaired loans increased from a previously low level to US$852 million. The deterioration was concentrated in the commercial lending portfolio and was attributable to a number of factors including exporters in Hong Kong being affected by reduced demand from the US and other developed countries. The sharp fall in the value of currencies and commodities left some customers’ balance sheets weakened, coupled with rising fraud encountered with certain counterparties.

     In the Rest of Asia-Pacific impaired loans increased by 8 per cent to US$1.1 billion, primarily due to the deterioration in the commercial lending portfolio. In the last quarter of 2008 the number of export orders suffered a sharp fall and, together with a deterioration in credit quality around the region, caused a rise in impaired loans. Noticeable increases were recognised in Taiwan, Indonesia and India. In Taiwan the commercial loan portfolio started to deteriorate in the second half of the year as the fall in exports started to affect local businesses. In Indonesia and India, the increase in impaired loans was a result of the downgrade of a few individual customers as economic conditions worsened. Impaired personal loans rose as increased unemployment and bankruptcy rates affected the ability of customers to repay. India continued to show significant impaired loans as the economic conditions deteriorated and credit quality weakened. Active measures are being taken to reduce exposure in India and manage the personal lending portfolio.

     In North America, impaired loans rose significantly, increasing by 49 per cent to US$14.3 billion at 31 December 2008. The US consumer finance business experienced a broad based deterioration in credit quality due to higher unemployment as the economy slowed. A full discussion of these developments and their effect on credit quality is provided in the ‘Areas of special interest’ commentary on page 208. In Canada, impaired loans rose from a low base as credit conditions weakened, with the loss concentrated in a single exposure in the commercial real estate portfolio. In the US, commercial and corporate credit quality declined due to downgrades as the economic environment deteriorated.

     In Latin America, impaired loans increased by 37 per cent to US$2.3 billion. Impaired loans in Mexico rose by 32 per cent, largely in credit cards driven by portfolio growth in personal lending, seasoning and higher delinquency rates. In Brazil, impaired loans rose by 34 per cent due to growth in personal lending due to deterioration in payroll and vehicle finance loan portfolios, and weakness in a number of real estate portfolios and corporates exposed to the sharp rise in the value of the US dollar in the second half of the year.

 


 

221


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
 
   
Credit risk > Impaired loans and advances > Collateral // Impairment allowances

 

Collateral and other credit enhancements obtained
(Audited)

HSBC obtained assets by taking possession of collateral held as security, or calling upon other credit enhancements, as follows:

(Audited)
 
Carrying amount obtained in:
 
 
 
  2008   2007  
  US$m   US$m  
Nature of assets        
Residential property 2,562   2,509  
Commercial and industrial property 21   18  
Other 382   373  
 
 
 
  2,965   2,900  
 
 
 

     Repossessed properties are made available for sale in an orderly fashion, with the proceeds used to reduce or repay the outstanding indebtedness. If excess funds arise after the debt has been repaid, they are made available either to repay other secured lenders with lower priority or are returned to the customer. HSBC does not generally occupy

repossessed properties for its business use. The majority of repossessed properties arose in HSBC Finance in the US, which, compared with 2007 experienced higher levels of foreclosure and higher losses on sale due to declining house prices. The average time taken to sell a repossessed property during 2008 was 177 days and the average loss upon sale of foreclosed properties was 13 per cent. The December 2008 balance of repossessed property was lower than otherwise would have been the case due to several factors that occurred during the month: HSBC Finance implemented a voluntary one month suspension of final court proceedings in foreclosure cases relating to owner occupied properties in December 2008, some states suspended foreclosure activity, and there was a backlog in moving foreclosure proceedings through the courts. HSBC expects, subject to further state actions, that repossessed property levels will increase in the first quarter of 2009 as foreclosure proceedings normalise. A quarterly breakdown of foreclosure data is provided below:


 

HSBC Finance foreclosed properties in the US
(Unaudited)

     
Quarter ended
 
     
 
      31 December   30 September   30 June   31 March  
  2008   2008   2008   2008   2008  
                     
Number of foreclosed properties at end of period
9,589   9,589   11,182   10,870   10,203  
Number of properties added to foreclosed inventory in the year/quarter
20,051   3,398   5,562   5,773   5,318  
Average loss on sale of foreclosed properties1
13%   13%   10%   11%   16%  
Average total loss on foreclosed properties2
42%   47%   42%   40%   39%  
Average time to sell foreclosed properties (days)
177   180   174   171   181  

1 The average loss on sale of foreclosed properties is calculated as cash proceeds after deducting selling costs and commissions, minus the book value of the property when it was moved to ‘Real estate owned’, divided by the book value of the property when it was moved to ‘Real estate owned’.
2 The average total loss on foreclosed properties sold during each quarter includes both the loss on sale and the cumulative write-downs recognised on the loans up to and upon classification as ‘Real estate owned’. This average total loss on foreclosed properties is expressed as a percentage of the book value of the property prior to its transfer to ‘Real estate owners’.

 

222


Back to Contents

Impairment allowances and charges on loans and advances to customers and banks
(Audited)

The tables below analyse by geographical region the impairment allowances recognised for impaired

loans and advances that are either individually assessed or collectively assessed, and collective impairment allowances on loans and advances classified as not impaired.

 



Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers by geographical region
(Audited)

 

        Hong     Rest of     North     Latin          
  Europe     Kong     Asia-Pacific     America     America     Total    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
At 31 December 2008                                    
Gross loans and advances                                    
Individually assessed impaired loans1 3,817     813     865     832     595     6,922    
Collectively assessed2 426,233     100,140     108,318     271,472     43,692     949,855    
   Impaired loans1 2,957     39     249     13,453     1,732     18,430    
   Non-impaired loans3 423,276     100,101     108,069     258,019     41,960     931,425    
 
 
 

 
 
   
Gross loans and advances 430,050     100,953     109,183     272,304     44,287     956,777    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Impairment allowances                                    
   Individually assessed 2,005     411     448     192     228     3,284    
   Collectively assessed 1,854     322     779     15,898     1,772     20,625    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Total impairment allowances 3,859     733     1,227     16,090     2,000     23,909    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  %     %     %     %     %     %    
Individually assessed allowances as a percentage                                    
   of individually assessed loans and advances 52.5     50.6     51.8     23.1     38.3     47.4    
Collectively assessed allowances as a percentage                                    
   of collectively assessed loans and advances 0.4     0.3     0.7     5.9     4.1     2.2    
Total allowances as a percentage of total loans                                    
   and advances 0.9     0.7     1.1     5.9     4.5     2.5    
                                     
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
At 31 December 2007                                    
Gross loans and advances                                    
Individually assessed impaired loans1 4,558     378     678     421     442     6,477    
Collectively assessed2 451,648     89,636     102,100     301,419     49,473     994,276    
   Impaired loans1,4 1,696     55     410     9,241     1,703     13,105    
   Non-impaired loans3,4 449,952     89,581     101,690     292,178     47,770     981,171    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Gross loans and advances 456,206     90,014     102,778     301,840     49,915     1,000,753    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Impairment allowances                                    
   Individually assessed 1,846     132     349     119     253     2,699    
   Collectively assessed 2,085     244     577     11,861     1,739     16,506    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Total impairment allowances 3,931     376     926     11,980     1,992     19,205    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  %     %     %     %     %     %    
Individually assessed allowances as a percentage                                    
   of individually assessed loans and advances 40.5     34.9     51.5     28.3     57.2     41.7    
Collectively assessed allowances as a percentage                                    
   of collectively assessed loans and advances 0.5     0.3     0.6     3.9     3.5     1.7    
Total allowances as a percentage of total loans                                    
   and advances 0.9     0.4     0.9     4.0     4.0     1.9    

1 Impaired loans and advances are those classified as CRR 9, CRR 10, EL 9 or EL 10 and all retail loans 90 days or more past due.
2 Collectively assessed loans and advances comprise homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant, and loans subject to individual assessment where no impairment has been identified on an individual basis, but on which a collective impairment allowance has been calculated to reflect losses which have been incurred but not yet identified.
3 Collectively assessed loans and advances not impaired are those classified as CRR1 to CRR8 and EL1 to EL8 but excluding retail loans 90 days past due.
4 The 2007 collectively assessed impaired loans and advances for North America have been increased from US$7,963 million to US$9,241 million as a result of the reclassification of an element of a credit card portfolio as impaired. There has been no effect on impairment allowances.

 

223


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Impairment allowances > Movements

 

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers and banks by industry sector
(Audited)

  At 31 December 2008     At 31 December 2007  
 






 






 
  Individually     Collectively           Individually     Collectively        
  assessed     assessed     Total     assessed     assessed     Total  
  allowances     allowances     allowances     allowances     allowances     allowances  
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                   
Banks1 63         63     7         7  
Customers 3,284     20,625     23,909     2,699     16,506     19,205  
   Personal 312     18,657     18,969     379     14,983     15,362  
   Corporate and commercial 2,845     1,795     4,640     2,275     1,472     3,747  
   Financial 127     173     300     45     51     96  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  3,347     20,625     23,972     2,706     16,506     19,212  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
1 The impairment allowances on loans and advances to banks relates to the geographical region, Europe.

Impairment allowances as a percentage of loans and advances1
(Unaudited)

  At 31 December  
 



 
  2008     2007  
  %     %  
Banks          
   Individually assessed impairment allowances2 0.06     0.0  
           
Customers3 2.63     2.01  
   Individually assessed impairment allowances3 0.36     0.28  
   Collectively assessed impairment allowances3 2.27     1.73  
   
1 Net of reverse repo transactions, settlement accounts and stock borrowings.
2 As a percentage of loans and advances to banks.
3 As a percentage of loans and advances to customers.
 

Movement in impairment allowances

The tables below describe details of the movements in HSBC’s loan impairment allowances (i) for loans

and advances, (ii) by industry segment for each of the past 5 years and (iii) by industry segment and geographical region for 2008 and 2007.



Movement in impairment allowances on loans and advances
(Audited)

      Customers      
    Banks  


     
  individually   Individually   Collectively      
  assessed   assessed   assessed   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                 
At 1 January 2008 7   2,699   16,506   19,212  
Amounts written off   (824 ) (17,131 ) (17,955 )
Recoveries of loans and advances written off in previous years
  113   721   834  
Charge to income statement 54   2,010   22,067   24,131  
Exchange and other movements 2   (714 ) (1,538 ) (2,250 )
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2008 63   3,284   20,625   23,972  
 
 
 
 
 
At 1 January 2007 7   2,565   11,013   13,585  
Amounts written off   (897 ) (11,947 ) (12,844 )
Recoveries of loans and advances written off in previous years
  129   876   1,005  
Charge to income statement   796   16,381   17,177  
Exchange and other movements   106   183   289  
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007 7   2,699   16,506   19,212  
 
 
 
 
 

 

224


Back to Contents

Movement in impairment allowances by industry sector                            
(Audited: 2008 to 2005; Unaudited: 2004)                            
                             
  2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                             
Impairment allowances at 1 January 19,212     13,585     11,366     12,559     13,715  
                             
IFRS transition adjustment at 1 January 2004                 (58 )
Amounts written off (17,955 )   (12,844 )   (9,473 )   (9,043 )   (8,844 )
   Personal (16,625 )   (11,670 )   (8,281 )   (8,046 )   (7,597 )
       – residential mortgages (2,110 )   (930 )   (628 )   (508 )   (561 )
       – other personal (14,515 )   (10,740 )   (7,653 )   (7,538 )   (7,036 )
   Corporate and commercial (1,294 )   (1,163 )   (1,153 )   (984 )   (1,227 )
       – commercial, industrial and international trade (789 )   (897 )   (782 )   (673 )   (623 )
       – commercial real estate and other property-related (115 )   (98 )   (111 )   (117 )   (106 )
       – other commercial (390 )   (168 )   (260 )   (194 )   (498 )
   Financial4 (36 )   (11 )   (39 )   (13 )   (20 )
                             
Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years 834     1,005     779     494     913  
   Personal 686     837     605     320     690  
       – residential mortgages 19     19     19     18     31  
       – other personal 667     818     586     302     659  
   Corporate and commercial 142     157     163     174     220  
       – commercial, industrial and international trade 76     74     88     76     118  
       – commercial real estate and other property-related 6     29     21     9     17  
       – other commercial 60     54     54     89     85  
   Financial4 6     11     11         3  
                             
Charge to income statement1,2 24,131     17,177     10,547     7,860     6,195  
   Personal 20,950     15,968     9,929     7,249     6,698  
       – residential mortgages 5,000     1,840     1,096     605     482  
       – other personal 15,950     14,128     8,833     6,644     6,216  
   Corporate and commercial 2,879     1,176     664     618     (11 )
       – commercial, industrial and international trade 1,573     897     503     588     179  
       – commercial real estate and other property-related 755     152     75     56     (22 )
       – other commercial 551     127     86     (26 )   (168 )
   Financial4 302     36     (9 )   (13 )   5  
   Governments     (3 )   (37 )   6     1  
   General provisions                 (498 )
                             
Exchange and other movements (2,250 )   289     366     (504 )   638  
 
   
   
   
   
 
Impairment allowances at 31 December2 23,972     19,212     13,585     11,366     12,559  
 
   
   
   
   
 
Impairment allowances against banks2:                            
   – individually assessed2 63     7     7     9     17  
Impairment allowances against customers2:                            
   – individually assessed2 3,284     2,699     2,565     2,683     10,017  
   – collectively assessed2,3 20,625     16,506     11,013     8,674     2,525  
 
   
   
   
   
 
Impairment allowances at 31 December2 23,972     19,212     13,585     11,366     12,559  
 
   
   
   
   
 
  %     %     %     %     %  
                             
                             
  Impairment allowances against customers as a percentage of loans and advances to customers2:
                           
   – individually assessed2 0.34     0.27     0.29     0.36     1.46  
   – collectively assessed2 2.16     1.65     1.25     1.16     0.37  
 
   
   
   
   
 
At 31 December 2.50     1.92     1.54     1.52     1.83  
 
   
   
   
   
 
                             
For footnotes, see page 227.                            

 

225


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Impairment allowances > Movements

 

Movement in impairment allowances by industry sector and by geographical region
(Audited)

  2008  
 















 
              Rest of                    
        Hong     Asia-     North     Latin        
  Europe     Kong     Pacific     America     America     Total  
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                   
Impairment allowances at 1 January 3,938     376     926     11,980     1,992     19,212  
                                   
Amounts written off (2,483 )   (219 )   (838 )   (12,215 )   (2,200 )   (17,955 )
 Personal (1,947 )   (179 )   (799 )   (11,989 )   (1,711 )   (16,625 )
     – residential mortgages (3 )   (1 )   (6 )   (2,030 )   (70 )   (2,110 )
     – other personal (1,944 )   (178 )   (793 )   (9,959 )   (1,641 )   (14,515 )
 Corporate and commercial (515 )   (38 )   (39 )   (214 )   (488 )   (1,294 )
     – commercial, industrial and international trade (367 )   (33 )   (22 )   (153 )   (214 )   (789 )
     – commercial real estate and other property-related (77 )   (2 )   (4 )   (12 )   (20 )   (115 )
     – other commercial (71 )   (3 )   (13 )   (49 )   (254 )   (390 )
 Financial4 (21 )   (2 )       (12 )   (1 )   (36 )
                                   
Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years 294     39     137     100     264     834  
 Personal 275     36     124     54     197     686  
     – residential mortgages     7     1         11     19  
     – other personal 275     29     123     54     186     667  
 Corporate and commercial 19     3     8     45     67     142  
     – commercial, industrial and international trade 19     1     6     27     23     76  
     – commercial real estate and other property-related         1     5         6  
     – other commercial     2     1     13     44     60  
 Financial4         5     1         6  
                                   
Charge to income statement1 3,411     556     1,089     16,589     2,486     24,131  
 Personal 1,961     160     860     16,006     1,963     20,950  
     – residential mortgages 18         29     4,943     10     5,000  
     – other personal 1,943     160     831     11,063     1,953     15,950  
 Corporate and commercial 1,304     363     220     472     520     2,879  
     – commercial, industrial and international trade 537     316     171     213     336     1,573  
     – commercial real estate and other property-related 540     28     21     132     34     755  
     – other commercial 227     19     28     127     150     551  
 Financial4 146     33     9     111     3     302  
                                   
Exchange and other movements (1,238 )   (19 )   (87 )   (364 )   (542 )   (2,250 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Impairment allowances at 31 December 3,922     733     1,227     16,090     2,000     23,972  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Impairment allowances against banks:                                  
   – individually assessed 63                     63  
Impairment allowances against customers:                                  
   – individually assessed 2,005     411     448     192     228     3,284  
   – collectively assessed3 1,854     322     779     15,898     1,772     20,625  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Impairment allowances at 31 December 3,922     733     1,227     16,090     2,000     23,972  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  %     %     %     %     %     %  
                                   
Impairment allowances against customers as a percentage of loans and advances to customers:
                                 
   – individually assessed 0.47     0.41     0.41     0.07     0.51     0.34  
   – collectively assessed 0.43     0.32     0.71     5.84     4.00     2.16  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
At 31 December 0.90     0.73     1.12     5.91     4.51     2.50  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 

 

226


Back to Contents

    2007  
   















 
                Rest of                    
          Hong     Asia-     North     Latin        
    Europe     Kong     Pacific     America     America     Total  
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                     
Impairment allowances at 1 January   3,683     365     901     7,247     1,389     13,585  
Amounts written off   (2,940 )   (251 )   (724 )   (7,444 )   (1,485 )   (12,844 )
 Personal   (2,402 )   (180 )   (615 )   (7,273 )   (1,200 )   (11,670 )
     – residential mortgages   (7 )   (8 )   (16 )   (878 )   (21 )   (930 )
     – other personal   (2,395 )   (172 )   (599 )   (6,395 )   (1,179 )   (10,740 )
 Corporate and commercial   (533 )   (71 )   (109 )   (166 )   (284 )   (1,163 )
     – commercial, industrial and international trade   (371 )   (57 )   (94 )   (122 )   (253 )   (897 )
     – commercial real estate and other property-related   (72 )   (4 )   (5 )   (14 )   (3 )   (98 )
     – other commercial   (90 )   (10 )   (10 )   (30 )   (28 )   (168 )
 Financial4   (5 )           (5 )   (1 )   (11 )
Recoveries of amounts written off in previous years   542     43     124     62     234     1,005  
 Personal   468     36     100     29     204     837  
     – residential mortgages       6     3     1     9     19  
     – other personal   468     30     97     28     195     818  
 Corporate and commercial   66     7     23     31     30     157  
     – commercial, industrial and international trade   14     5     10     21     24     74  
     – commercial real estate and other property-related   19     1     7     1     1     29  
     – other commercial   33     1     6     9     5     54  
 Financial4   8         1     2         11  
Charge to income statement1   2,543     212     614     12,111     1,697     17,177  
 Personal   2,035     157     550     11,854     1,372     15,968  
     – residential mortgages   7     (14 )   16     1,784     47     1,840  
     – other personal   2,028     171     534     10,070     1,325     14,128  
 Corporate and commercial   499     53     63     236     325     1,176  
     – commercial, industrial and international trade   353     57     82     125     280     897  
     – commercial real estate and other property-related   119     (4 )   (21 )   52     6     152  
     – other commercial   27         2     59     39     127  
 Financial4   12     2     1     21         36  
 Governments   (3 )                   (3 )
Exchange and other movements   110     7     11     4     157     289  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Impairment allowances at 31 December
  3,938     376     926     11,980     1,992     19,212  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Impairment allowances against banks:
                                   
   – individually assessed   7                     7  
Impairment allowances against customers:
                                   
   – individually assessed   1,846     132     349     119     253     2,699  
   – collectively assessed3   2,085     244     577     11,861     1,739     16,506  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Impairment allowances at 31 December
  3,938     376     926     11,980     1,992     19,212  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
    %     %     %     %     %     %  
Impairment allowances against customers as a percentage of loans and advances to customers:
                                   
   – individually assessed   0.40     0.15     0.34     0.04     0.51     0.27  
   – collectively assessed   0.46     0.27     0.56     3.93     3.48     1.65  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
At 31 December   0.86     0.42     0.90     3.97     3.99     1.92  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
                                     
1 See table below ‘Net loan impairment charge to the income statement by geographical region’.
2 In 2004, ‘Charge to income statement’ was ‘Net charge to profit and loss account’; ‘Impairment allowances’ were ‘Provisions’; ‘Individually assessed impairment allowances’ were ‘Specific provisions’; and ‘Collectively assessed impairment allowances’ were ‘General provisions’.
3 Collectively assessed impairment allowances (2004: ‘General provisions’) are allocated to geographical segments based on the location of the office booking the allowances or provisions. Consequently, the collectively assessed impairment allowances booked in Hong Kong may cover assets booked in branches located outside Hong Kong, principally in Rest of Asia-Pacific, as well as those booked in Hong Kong.
4 Includes movement in impairment allowances against banks.

 

227


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Impairment allowances > Charge / 2008

 

Individually and collectively assessed charge to impairment allowances by industry segment
(Unaudited)

    2008     2007  
   






   






 
    Individually     Collectively           Individually     Collectively        
    assessed     assessed     Total     assessed     assessed     Total  
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                     
Banks   54         54              
Personal   110     20,840     20,950     54     15,914     15,968  
   Residential mortgages   26     4,974     5,000     13     1,827     1,840  
   Other personal   84     15,866     15,950     41     14,087     14,128  
Corporate and commercial   1,782     1,097     2,879     722     451     1,173  
   Commercial, industrial and international trade
  912     661     1,573     584     313     897  
   Commercial real estate and other property-related
  613     142     755     84     67     151  
   Other commercial   257     294     551     54     71     125  
Financial   118     130     248     20     16     36  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total charge to income statement
  2,064     22,067     24,131     796     16,381     17,177  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
                                     
                                     

Charge for impairment losses

The following tables analysing the net loan impairment charge to the income statement are

followed by a discussion of the material movements in loan impairment charges by region.


 
 
Net loan impairment charge to the income statement
(Unaudited)
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
Individually assessed impairment allowances1                              
    New allowances   2,742     1,533     1,297     1,715     8,872  
    Release of allowances no longer required   (565 )   (608 )   (711 )   (998 )   (1,266 )
    Recoveries of amounts previously written off   (113 )   (129 )   (128 )   (199 )   (913 )
   
   
   
   
   
 
    2,064     796     458     518     6,693  
   
   
   
   
   
 
Collectively assessed impairment allowances1                              
    New allowances net of allowance releases   22,788     17,257     10,740     8,425      
    Release of allowances no longer required               (788 )    
    Recoveries of amounts previously written off   (721 )   (876 )   (651 )   (295 )    
    General provisions                   (498 )
   
   
   
   
   
 
    22,067     16,381     10,089     7,342     (498 )
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total charge for impairment losses1   24,131     17,177     10,547     7,860     6,195  
   
   
   
   
   
 
    Banks   54         (3 )   (7 )   (10 )
    Customers   24,077     17,177     10,550     7,867     6,205  
   
   
   
   
   
 
                               
    %     %     %     %     %  
Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances1
  2.17     1.39     0.99     0.90     0.91  
                               
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
At 31 December                              
Impaired loans1,2   25,422     19,594     15,086     12,360     13,057  
Impairment allowances1   23,972     19,212     13,585     11,366     12,542  
                               
                               
1 In 2004, ‘Individually assessed impairment allowances’ were ‘Specific provisions’; ‘Collectively assessed impairment allowances’ were ‘General provisions’; ‘Total charge for impairment losses’ was ‘Bad and doubtful debt charge’; ‘Impaired loans’ were ‘Non- performing loans’ and ‘Impairment allowances’ were ‘Provisions’.
2 Impaired loans for 2007 have been restated as a result of the reclassification of an element of a credit card portfolio as impaired. There has been no effect on impairment allowances.

 

228


Back to Contents

Net loan impairment charge to the income statement by geographical region
(Unaudited)
              Rest of                    
        Hong     Asia-     North     Latin        
  Europe     Kong     Pacific     America     America     Total  
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
2008                                  
Individually assessed impairment allowances
                                 
   New allowances
1,567     365     253     397     160     2,742  
   Release of allowances no longer required
(340 )   (25 )   (89 )   (80 )   (31 )   (565 )
   Recoveries of amounts previously written off
(38 )   (10 )   (20 )   (40 )   (5 )   (113 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  1,189     330     144     277     124     2,064  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Collectively assessed impairment allowances
                                 
   New allowances net of allowance releases
2,478     255     1,062     16,372     2,621     22,788  
   Recoveries of amounts previously written off
(256 )   (29 )   (117 )   (60 )   (259 )   (721 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  2,222     226     945     16,312     2,362     22,067  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total charge for impairment losses
3,411     556     1,089     16,589     2,486     24,131  
   Banks
54                     54  
   Customers
3,357     556     1,089     16,589     2,486     24,077  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
                                   
  %     %     %     %     %     %  
Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances
0.68     0.43     0.75     5.85     4.22     2.17  
                                   
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
At 31 December 2008                                  
Impaired loans 6,844     852     1,114     14,285     2,327     25,422  
Impairment allowances 3,922     733     1,227     16,090     2,000     23,972  
                                   
2007                                  
Individually assessed impairment allowances
                                 
   New allowances
781     103     211     228     210     1,533  
   Release of allowances no longer required
(388 )   (32 )   (96 )   (54 )   (38 )   (608 )
   Recoveries of amounts previously written off
(38 )   (14 )   (32 )   (26 )   (19 )   (129 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  355     57     83     148     153     796  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Collectively assessed impairment allowances
                                 
   New allowances net of allowance releases
2,692     184     623     11,999     1,759     17,257  
   Recoveries of amounts previously written off
(504 )   (29 )   (92 )   (36 )   (215 )   (876 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  2,188     155     531     11,963     1,544     16,381  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total charge for impairment losses
2,543     212     614     12,111     1,697     17,177  
   Customers
2,543     212     614     12,111     1,697     17,177  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
                                   
  %     %     %     %     %     %  
Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances
0.45     0.14     0.43     3.80     2.71     1.39  
                                   
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
At 31 December 2007                                  
Impaired loans1 6,266     433     1,088     9,662     2,145     19,594  
Impairment allowances 3,938     376     926     11,980     1,992     19,212  
                                   
1 The 2007 impaired loans for North America have been restated as a result of the reclassification of an element of a credit card portfolio as impaired. There has been no effect on impairment allowances.
 

2008 compared with 2007
(Unaudited)

Loan impairment charges increased by 40 per cent to US$24.1 billion from US$17.2 billion in 2007. The commentary that follows is on a constant currency basis.

     New allowances for loan impairment charges rose by 37 per cent compared with 2007. Releases

and recoveries of allowances declined by 10 per cent to US$1.4 billion.

      In Europe, new loan impairment charges were US$4.0 billion, a rise of 24 per cent compared with 2007. This primarily reflected higher impairment charges in Global Banking and Markets following a significant charge against a single European commercial real estate corporate customer.


 

229


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Impairment allowances > Charge > 2008 / 2007

 

Impairment charges against banks rose in the UK due to exposures to the Icelandic banks in 2008. New loan impairment charges rose in Turkey as delinquency rates rose across credit cards, personal loans and corporate lending in light of the deteriorating economic environment. Elsewhere, impairment charges on the commercial portfolio rose in the UK, particularly in the final quarter of 2008 as the weakening property market led to higher impairment charges against construction companies and businesses dependent upon the real estate sector. In France, the impact of declining commercial credit quality more than offset lower balances. Impairment allowances against firms in the financial sector rose due to exposure to a single asset management firm in the UK. Credit quality in the UK personal lending portfolio remained broadly stable, reflecting the strength of HSBC’s loan book in a period of significant economic uncertainty. Mortgage lending in the UK remained well secured as risk mitigation actions taken since 2006 reduced risk exposure to some of the problems now being uncovered in the UK residential property market. Credit quality in the unsecured portfolios of M&S Money, HSBC Bank and Partnership Cards deteriorated slightly in 2008, particularly in the second half of the year, due to the weakening UK economy.

     Releases and recoveries in Europe declined by 27 per cent, driven by the deterioration in economic conditions.

     In Hong Kong, new loan impairment charges more than doubled from a low base, driven by deterioration in credit quality in the commercial portfolio in the second half of the year as the economy and trade flows weakened. Residential mortgage lending continued to be well-secured, as regulatory restrictions constrained origination loan-to-value ratios to below 70 per cent.

     In Rest of Asia-Pacific, new loan impairment charges rose by 59 per cent to US$1.3 billion, primarily in India and the Middle East. Higher impairment charges in India were driven by a combination of rising delinquency rates in consumer lending, as credit conditions deteriorated, and increased lending. Increased charges in the Middle East were due to rising delinquencies as growth rates declined and the property market retreated as economic conditions deteriorated on the back of lower oil and gas prices.

     New loan impairment charges in North America rose by 37 per cent to US$16.8 billion, driven by the continued deterioration in credit quality in the HSBC Finance loan portfolio and, to a lesser extent, in HSBC USA.

     US credit quality showed significant deterioration across the portfolio, driven by the continued weakness of the US economy. The reasons behind the deterioration in US credit quality, the effects on the US personal lending portfolio and actions taken as a result are discussed in more detail on page 210. Partly offsetting the effect of the deterioration was a reduction in overall lending as HSBC continued to reduce its exposure in the US.

     In US card and retail services, impairment charges rose, driven by portfolio seasoning, higher levels of personal bankruptcy filings and continued weakness in the US economy. Delinquency increased in the geographical regions most affected by house price falls and rising unemployment.

     In Commercial Banking, impairment charges rose from a low base driven by deterioration in the commercial real estate loan book in the US, and higher impairment charges against firms in the manufacturing, export and commercial real estate sectors in Canada. Higher impairment charges in Global Banking and Markets reflected weaker credit fundamentals in the US in 2008. Impairment allowances against firms in the financial sector rose due to rising delinquencies, despite government intervention.

     Releases and recoveries in North America rose by 55 per cent to US$180 million.

     In Latin America, new loan impairment charges rose by 37 per cent to US$2.8 billion. The most significant increase was in Mexico, reflecting higher impairment charges in the credit card portfolio due to a combination of higher average balances from organic expansion and growing delinquency rates driven by a deterioration in credit quality as the 2006 and 2007 vintages continued to season and move into later stages of delinquency. Management action to improve the quality of new business included tightened underwriting, enhanced collection strategies and better managed customer acquisition channels. The commercial portfolio in Mexico also experienced higher impairment charges due to credit quality deterioration among small and medium sized enterprises as the economy weakened. In Brazil, higher impairment charges were driven by a combination of balance growth and credit quality deterioration in the vehicle finance and payroll loan portfolios.

2007 compared with 2006
(Unaudited)

Loan impairment charges rose by 63 per cent to US$17.2 billion from US$10.5 billion in 2006. The


 

230


Back to Contents

commentary that follows is on a constant currency basis:

New allowances for loan impairment charges rose by 52 per cent, compared with 2006. Releases and recoveries of allowances increased by 1 per cent to US$1.6 billion.

In Europe, new loan impairment charges were US$3.5 billion, a rise of 8 per cent compared with 2006. This partly reflected growth in commercial lending, where charges remained low compared with historical amounts but rose from the exceptionally low levels experienced in 2005 and 2006. Increased charges also reflected growth in credit card lending in Turkey. In the UK, refinements to the methodology used to calculate roll rate percentages resulted in a higher charge in the consumer finance operations in the first half of the year. Excluding this, loan impairment charges were marginally lower than in 2006.

     Releases and recoveries in Europe were broadly in line with 2006.

     In Hong Kong, new loan impairment charges of US$287 million were recorded, an increase of 19 per cent, due to the growth in credit card balances and new corporate loan charges.

     Releases and recoveries in Hong Kong decreased to US$75 million, primarily in the corporate sector. This reflected the low level of allowances added in recent years.

     In Rest of Asia-Pacific, new loan impairment charges rose by 10 per cent to US$834 million, with higher loan impairment charges arising in the commercial loan books in Thailand and Malaysia. This was offset by a decline in loan impairment charges for personal lending, particularly in Taiwan and Indonesia, where charges returned to more regular levels after an upsurge in 2006 due to regulatory changes which affected collection activity and minimum payments.

     With corporate and commercial loan impairment charges low in recent years, releases and recoveries decreased by 6 per cent to US$220 million.

     New loan impairment charges in North America rose by 76 per cent to US$12.2 billion, driven by the continued deterioration in credit quality in the US consumer finance loan portfolio.

     US credit quality deteriorated as mortgage delinquencies rose, house prices declined, refinancing credit became less available in the market and the macroeconomic outlook worsened.

     Other factors affecting the rise in US loan impairment charges included normal seasoning of the portfolio, a higher proportion of unsecured personal lending and a return to historical norms from the unusually low levels of bankruptcy filings experienced in 2006, following changes enacted to US bankruptcy law in 2005.

     Delinquency rates rose across all parts of the HSBC Finance personal lending portfolio, with mortgage services and consumer lending experiencing significant rises in delinquency which flowed through subsequent stages through to foreclosure. As the housing downturn began to have more effect on the broader economy, delinquency rates in credit cards and vehicle finance rose in the final quarter of 2007. A change in product mix in the cards portfolio towards higher yielding products also contributed to higher impairment charges as this segment of the portfolio seasoned.

     Releases and recoveries in North America decreased to US$116 million. In the US consumer finance business, collection staff increased in all lending portfolios as part of the response to the deteriorating credit environment.

     In Latin America, new loan impairment charges rose by 63 per cent to US$2.0 billion. The most significant increase was registered in Mexico, reflecting strong growth in balances, normal portfolio seasoning and a rise in delinquency rates in credit cards. Charges for commercial lending in Mexico fell as increased delinquency rates in the small and medium-sized business portfolios were offset by impairment allowance releases. Products with high credit losses were discontinued or restructured. Loan impairment charges in Brazil rose marginally, due to growth in store loans and credit cards.

     Releases and recoveries in Latin America increased to US$272 million. In Brazil, credit models were changed during 2007 to align with credit behaviour in underlying portfolios.


 

231


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Credit risk > Impairment allowances > Charge // HSBC Holdings / Risk element

 

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers
(Unaudited)

  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004
  %   %   %   %   %  
                     
New allowances net of allowance releases1  2.54    2.09    1.49    1.25    1.41   
Recoveries1  (0.09 ) (0.12 ) (0.10 ) (0.09 ) (0.35 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total charge for impairment losses1  2.45   1.97   1.39   1.16   1.06  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount written off net of recoveries 1.75   1.36   1.15   1.26   1.26  
   
1 In 2004, ‘New allowances’ were ‘New provisions’; ‘Recoveries’ were ‘Releases and recoveries’; and ‘Total charge for impairment losses’ was ‘Total provisions charged’.

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers by geographical region
(Unaudited)

          Rest of            
      Hong   Asia-   North   Latin    
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   Total  
  %   %   %   %   %   %  
2008                        
New allowances net of allowance releases 0.86    0.63    1.06    5.73    5.32    2.54   
Recoveries (0.07 ) (0.04 ) (0.12 ) (0.03 ) (0.51 ) (0.09 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total charge for impairment losses 0.79    0.59    0.94    5.70    4.81    2.45   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount written off net of recoveries 0.52    0.19    0.61    4.16    3.73    1.75   
                         
2007                        
New allowances net of allowance releases 0.86   0.29   0.83   4.20   4.55   2.09  
Recoveries (0.15 ) (0.05 ) (0.14 ) (0.02 ) (0.55 ) (0.12 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total charge for impairment losses 0.71    0.24    0.69    4.18    4.00    1.97   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount written off net of recoveries 0.67    0.23    0.67    2.55    2.95    1.36   

HSBC Holdings
(Audited)

Credit risk arises in HSBC Holdings primarily from transactions with Group subsidiaries and from guarantees issued in support of obligations assumed by certain Group operations in the normal conduct of their business.

     These risks are reviewed and managed within regulatory and internal limits for exposures by the HSBC Global Risk function, which provides high-

level, centralised oversight and management of HSBC’s credit risks world-wide.

     No collateral or other credit enhancements were held by HSBC Holdings in respect of its transactions with subsidiary undertakings.

     HSBC Holdings’ maximum exposure to credit risk at 31 December 2008 is shown below. HSBC Holdings’ financial assets principally represent claims on Group subsidiaries in Europe and North America.


 

HSBC Holdings – maximum exposure to credit risk        
 
Maximum exposure
 
 


 
  2008   2007  
  US$m   US$m  
         
Derivatives 3,682    2,660  
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings 11,804   17,242  
Financial investments 2,629   3,022  
Financial guarantees 47,341   38,457  
Loan commitments and other credit-related commitments 3,241   3,638  
 
 
 
  68,697   65,019  
 
 
 

 

232


Back to Contents

     All of the derivative transactions are with HSBC undertakings which are banking counterparties (2007: 100 per cent).

     The credit quality of loans and advances to HSBC undertakings is assessed as satisfactory risk, with 100 per cent of the exposure being neither past due nor impaired (2007: 100 per cent).

     The long-term debt ratings of HSBC Group issuers of financial investments are within the Standard & Poor’s ratings range of AA– to AA+ (2007: AA– to AA+).

Risk elements in the loan portfolio
(Unaudited)

The disclosure of credit risk elements under the following headings reflects US accounting practice and classifications for publicly traded bank holding companies:

loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis;
   
accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal; and
   
troubled debt restructurings not included in the above.

Interest forgone on impaired loans
(Audited)

Interest income that would have been recognised under the original terms of impaired and restructured loans amounted to approximately US$1.9 billion in 2008 (2007: US$1.1 billion). Interest income from such loans of approximately US$702 million (2007: US$374 million) was recorded in 2008.

Troubled debt restructurings

The SEC requires separate disclosure of any loans whose terms have been modified because of problems with the borrower to grant concessions other than are warranted by market conditions. These are classified as ‘troubled debt restructurings’ (TDRs). The definition of TDRs differs from the ‘Renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired’ quantified on page 216 insofar as for TDRs the delinquency status of the loan following restructuring may continue to be past due not impaired or, where appropriate, impaired. In addition, the classification of a loan as a TDR may be discontinued after the first year if the debt performs in accordance with the new terms.

     Troubled debt restructurings increased by 47 per cent in 2008, reflecting measures taken to mitigate risk in the US consumer finance business in response to the deterioration in mortgage loans.

Unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more

Unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more increased. Figures for 2004 to 2007 have been restated due to the reclassification of an element of the North America credit card portfolio as impaired. There has been no effect on impairment allowances.

Impaired loans

In accordance with IFRSs, HSBC recognises interest income on assets after they have been written down as a result of an impairment loss. In the following tables, HSBC represents information on its impaired loans and advances in accordance with the disclosure convention described on page 217.

Potential problem loans

Credit risk elements also cover potential problem loans. These are loans where information on possible credit problems among borrowers causes management to seriously doubt their ability to comply with the loan repayment terms. There are no potential problem loans other than those identified in the table of risk elements set out below, and as discussed in ‘Areas of special interest’ on page 210. ‘Areas of special interest’ includes further disclosure about certain homogeneous groups of loans which are collectively assessed for impairment, and represent the Group’s most significant exposures to potential problem loans, including ARMs and stated-income products. Collectively assessed loans and advances, as set out on page 223, although not classified as impaired until more than 90 days, are assessed collectively for losses that have been incurred but have not yet been individually identified. This policy is further described on page 196.

Risk elements

The following table provides an analysis of risk elements in the loan portfolios at 31 December for the past five years.


 

233


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
 
   
Credit risk > Risk elements / Liquidity and funding > Policies / Primary sources of funding 

 

Analysis of risk elements
(Unaudited)

 
At 31 December
 

 
  2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Impaired loans                    
Europe 6,844   6,266   5,858   5,081   6,053  
Hong Kong 852   433   454   506   696  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,114   1,088   1,188   945   1,172  
North America1 14,285   9,662   6,108   4,602   4,204  
Latin America 2,327   2,145   1,478   1,226   932  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  25,422   19,594   15,086   12,360   13,057  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Troubled debt restructurings                    
Europe 366   648   360   239   213  
Hong Kong 165   146   189   198   436  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 119   34   73   121   56  
North America 5,618   3,322   1,712   1,417   1,600  
Latin America 1,067   848   915   878   830  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  7,335   4,998   3,249   2,853   3,135  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest
                   
Europe 635   202   237   592   68  
Hong Kong 43   49   79   74   67  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 274   156   78   40   56  
North America1 108   24   78   32   567  
Latin America 21   421   165   4    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,081   852   637   742   758  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading loans classified as in default2                    
North America 561   675   127   11    
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk elements on loans                    
Europe 7,845   7,116   6,455   5,912   6,334  
Hong Kong 1,060   628   722   778   1,199  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,507   1,278   1,339   1,106   1,284  
North America 20,572   13,683   8,025   6,062   6,371  
Latin America 3,415   3,414   2,558   2,108   1,762  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  34,399   26,119   19,099   15,966   16,950  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets held for resale                    
Europe 81   59   30   205   27  
Hong Kong 26   29   42   49   75  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 13   7   17   31   21  
North America 1,758   1,172   999   582   664  
Latin America 113   101   91   103   44  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,991   1,368   1,179   970   831  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk elements                    
Europe 7,926   7,175   6,485   6,117   6,361  
Hong Kong 1,086   657   764   827   1,274  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,520   1,285   1,356   1,137   1,305  
North America 22,330   14,855   9,024   6,644   7,035  
Latin America 3,528   3,515   2,649   2,211   1,806  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  36,390   27,487   20,278   16,936   17,781  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  %   %   %   %   %  
                     
Loan impairment allowances as a percentage of risk elements on loans3 70.8   75.5   71.6   71.2   74.1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
1 Restated for 2004 to 2007 as a result of a reclassification from ‘Unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest’ to ‘Impaired’, in respect of an element of a credit card portfolio.
2 Classified as grades 6 and 7 in 2004 to 2007.
3 Ratio excludes trading loans classified as in default.

 

234


Back to Contents

Liquidity and funding

(Audited)

Liquidity risk is the risk that HSBC does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due, or will have to do so at an excessive cost. This risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows. Funding risk (a form of liquidity risk) arises when the liquidity needed to fund illiquid asset positions cannot be obtained at the expected terms and when required.

     The objective of HSBC’s liquidity and funding management framework is to ensure that all foreseeable funding commitments can be met when due, and that access to the wholesale markets is co-ordinated and cost-effective. To this end, HSBC maintains a diversified funding base comprising core retail and corporate customer deposits and institutional balances. This is augmented with wholesale funding and portfolios of highly liquid assets diversified by currency and maturity which are held to enable HSBC to respond quickly and smoothly to unforeseen liquidity requirements.

     HSBC requires its operating entities to maintain strong liquidity positions and to manage the liquidity profiles of their assets, liabilities and commitments with the objective of ensuring that their cash flows are balanced appropriately and that all their anticipated obligations can be met when due.

     HSBC adapts its liquidity and funding risk management framework in response to changes in the mix of business that it undertakes, and to changes in the nature of the markets in which it operates. HSBC has continuously monitored the impact of recent market events on the Group’s liquidity positions and has changed behavioural assumptions where justified. The impact of these recent market events is discussed more fully below. The liquidity and funding risk management framework will continue to evolve as the Group assimilates knowledge from the recent market events.

Policies and procedures
(Audited)

The management of liquidity and funding is primarily undertaken locally in HSBC’s operating entities in compliance with practices and limits set by the Risk Management Meeting (‘RMM’). These limits vary according to the depth and liquidity of the market in which the entities operate. It is HSBC’s general policy that each banking entity should be self-sufficient when funding its own operations. Exceptions are permitted for certain short-term treasury requirements and start-up operations or branches which do not have access to local deposit

markets. These entities are funded from HSBC’s largest banking operations and within clearly defined internal and regulatory guidelines and limits. These limits place formal restrictions on the transfer of resources between HSBC entities and reflect the broad range of currencies, markets and time zones within which HSBC operates.

     HSBC’s liquidity and funding management process includes:

projecting cash flows by major currency under various stress scenarios and considering the level of liquid assets necessary in relation thereto;
   
monitoring balance sheet liquidity and advances to deposits ratios against internal and regulatory requirements;
   
maintaining a diverse range of funding sources with back-up facilities;
   
managing the concentration and profile of debt maturities;
   
managing contingent liquidity commitment exposures within pre-determined caps;
   
maintaining debt financing plans;
   
monitoring depositor concentration in order to avoid undue reliance on large individual depositors and ensure a satisfactory overall funding mix; and
   
maintaining liquidity and funding contingency plans. These plans identify early indicators of stress conditions and describe actions to be taken in the event of difficulties arising from systemic or other crises, while minimising adverse long-term implications for the business.

Primary sources of funding
(Audited)

Current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice form a significant part of HSBC’s funding, and the Group places considerable importance on maintaining their stability. For deposits, stability depends upon preserving depositor confidence in HSBC’s capital strength and liquidity, and on competitive and transparent pricing.

     HSBC also accesses professional markets in order to provide funding for non-banking subsidiaries that do not accept deposits, to maintain a presence in local money markets and to optimise the funding of asset maturities not naturally matched by core deposit funding. In aggregate, HSBC’s banking entities are liquidity providers to the interbank market, placing significantly more funds with other banks than they themselves borrow.


 

235


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Liquidity and funding > Primary sources of funding

 

     The main operating subsidiary that does not accept deposits is HSBC Finance, which has historically funded itself principally by taking term funding in the professional markets and by securitising assets. At 31 December 2008,

US$111 billion (2007: US$142 billion) of HSBC Finance’s liabilities were drawn from professional markets, utilising a range of products, maturities and currencies.


 

Cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities
(Audited)

          Due   Due      
      Due   between   between   Due  
  On   within 3   3 and 12   1 and 5   after 5  
  demand   months   months   years   years  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                             
Deposits by banks 45,884   82,514   8,734   4,875   2,356  
Customer accounts 698,187   332,207   69,721   34,537   5,798  
Trading liabilities 247,652          
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 5,365   2,713   6,969   34,855   64,853  
Derivatives 482,039   373   1,479   2,634   1,003  
Debt securities in issue 481   56,590   53,174   68,169   22,920  
Subordinated liabilities 92   686   1,646   9,718   41,701  
Other financial liabilities 19,474   26,180   5,473   1,472   1,022  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,499,174   501,263   147,196   156,260   139,653  
Loan commitments 239,753   105,952   153,774   72,111   32,432  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,738,927   607,215   300,970   228,371   172,085  
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007                    
Deposits by banks 42,793   78,429   11,445   4,208   5,199  
Customer accounts 629,227   391,659   56,294   29,445   6,614  
Trading liabilities 314,580          
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 11,730   2,083   8,286   43,147   68,726  
Derivatives 181,009   113   873   1,663   613  
Debt securities in issue 635   90,718   59,626   109,054   38,782  
Subordinated liabilities 3   277   1,951   10,181   34,841  
Other financial liabilities 20,516   29,812   5,177   977   1,273  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,200,493   593,091   143,652   198,675   156,048  
Loan commitments 312,146   155,142   155,565   113,072   28,532  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,512,639   748,233   299,217   311,747   184,580  
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     

     The balances in the above table will not agree directly with the balances in the consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates, on an undiscounted basis, all cash flows relating to principal and all future coupon payments (except for trading liabilities and trading derivatives). Also, loan commitments are generally not recognised on the balance sheet. Trading liabilities and trading derivatives have been included in the ‘On demand’ time bucket, and not by contractual maturity, because trading liabilities are typically held for short periods of time. The undiscounted cash flows payable under hedging derivative liabilities are classified according to their contractual maturity.

     Cash flows payable in respect of customer accounts are primarily contractually repayable on demand or at short notice. However, in practice, short-term deposit balances remain stable as inflows and outflows broadly match and a significant portion of loan commitments expire without being drawn upon.

Advances to deposits ratio
(Audited)

HSBC emphasises the importance of core current accounts and savings accounts as a source of funds to finance lending to customers, and discourages reliance on short-term professional funding. This is achieved by placing limits on Group banking entities which restrict their ability to increase loans and advances to customers without corresponding growth in current accounts and savings accounts. This measure is referred to as the ‘advances to deposits’ ratio.

     Advances to deposits ratio limits are set by the RMM and monitored by Group Finance. The ratio describes loans and advances to customers as a percentage of the total of core customer current and savings accounts and term funding with a remaining term to maturity in excess of one year. Loans and advances to customers which are part of reverse repurchase arrangements, and where HSBC receives


 

236


Back to Contents

securities which are deemed to be liquid, are excluded from the advances to deposits ratio, as are current accounts and savings accounts from customers deemed to be ‘non-core’. The definition of a non-core deposit includes a consideration of the size of the customer’s total deposit balances. Due to the distinction between core and non-core depositors, the Group’s measure of advances to deposits will be more restrictive than that which could be inferred from the published financial statements.

     The three banking entities listed in the table below represented 70 per cent of HSBC’s total core deposits at 31 December 2008 (2007: 71 per cent). The table demonstrates that loans and advances to customers in HSBC’s principal banking entities are broadly financed by reliable and stable sources of funding. HSBC would meet any unexpected net cash outflows by selling securities and accessing additional funding sources such as interbank or collateralised lending markets. The Group also uses measures other than the advances to deposits ratio to manage liquidity risk, including the ratio of net liquid assets to customer liabilities and projected cash flow scenario analyses.

Ratio of net liquid assets to customer liabilities
(Audited)

Net liquid assets are liquid assets less all funds maturing in the next 30 days from wholesale market sources and from customers who are deemed to be professional. For this purpose, HSBC defines liquid assets as cash balances, short-term interbank deposits and highly-rated debt securities available for immediate sale and for which a deep and liquid market exists. Contingent liquidity risk associated with committed loan facilities is not reflected in the ratios. The Group’s framework for monitoring this risk is outlined under ‘Contingent liquidity risk’ below.

     Limits for the ratio of net liquid assets to customer liabilities are set for each bank operating entity, except for HSBC Finance. As HSBC Finance does not accept customer deposits, it is not appropriate to manage its liquidity using standard liquidity ratios. The liquidity and funding risk management framework of HSBC Finance is discussed below.

     Ratios of net liquid assets to customer liabilities are provided in the following table, along with the US dollar equivalents of net liquid assets.


 

HSBC’s principal banking entities – the management of liquidity risk
(Audited) 

                Ratio of net liquid assets              
    Advances to deposits ratios     to customer liabilities     Net liquid assets   
 
 
 



 
    2008     2007     2008     2007     2008     2007  
    %     %     %     %     US$bn     US$bn  
HSBC Bank (UK operations)                                  
  Year-end 106.0      97.5      7.1      12.1      21.3      44.2  
  Maximum 106.7     101.7     14.1     21.5     52.5     80.6  
  Minimum 97.5      92.6      6.9      12.1      21.3      39.9  
  Average 101.5     97.1     10.0     15.6     35.8     52.4  
                                     
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation                                  
  Year-end 77.4      76.7      25.0      21.8      64.6      53.9  
  Maximum 82.9     82.2     25.0     24.1     64.6     56.9  
  Minimum 76.7      72.4      19.9      16.1      51.1      35.3  
  Average 80.6     76.4     21.9     20.8     56.5     48.2  
                                     
HSBC Bank USA                                  
  Year-end 103.7      114.9      31.5      15.8      27.4      17.1  
  Maximum 117.3     116.8     31.5     25.7     27.4     26.1  
  Minimum 103.7      107.0      15.8      15.8      17.1      17.1  
  Average 111.8     112.7     22.6     21.3     21.5     22.0  
                                     
Total of HSBC’s other principal banking entities1
                                 
  Year-end 85.2      88.4      26.5      21.0      83.5      66.1  
  Maximum 92.3     89.3     26.5     26.1     83.5     72.7  
  Minimum 82.7      86.2      19.4      21.0      66.1      58.8  
  Average 88.1     87.7     22.5     24.0     73.9     65.3  
   
1 This comprises the Group’s other main banking subsidiaries and, as such, includes businesses spread across a range of locations, in many of which HSBC may require a higher ratio of net liquid assets to customer liabilities to reflect local market conditions.

 

237


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Liquidity and funding > Primary sources of funding / Contingent liquidity risk / Impact of market turmoil

 

Projected cash flow scenario analysis
(Audited)

The Group uses a number of standard projected cash flow scenarios designed to model both Group-specific and market-wide liquidity crises, in which the rate and timing of deposit withdrawals and drawdowns on committed lending facilities are varied, and the ability to access interbank funding and term debt markets and to generate funds from asset portfolios is restricted. The scenarios are modelled by all Group banking entities and by HSBC Finance. The appropriateness of the assumptions under each scenario is regularly reviewed. In addition to the Group’s standard projected cash flow scenarios, individual entities are required to design their own scenarios tailored to reflect specific local market conditions, products and funding bases.

     Limits for cumulative net cash flows under stress scenarios are set for each banking entity and for HSBC Finance. Both ratio and cash flow limits reflect the local market place, the diversity of funding sources available and the concentration risk from large depositors. Compliance with entity level limits is monitored centrally by Group Finance and reported regularly to the RMM.

HSBC Finance

As HSBC Finance does not accept customer deposits, it takes funding from the professional markets. HSBC Finance uses a range of measures to monitor funding risk, including projected cash flow scenario analysis and caps placed on the amount of unsecured term funding that can mature in any rolling three-month and rolling 12-month periods.

HSBC Finance also maintains access to committed sources of secured funding and has in place committed backstop lines for short-term refinancing CP programmes. At 31 December 2008, the maximum amounts of unsecured term funding maturing in any rolling three-month and rolling 12-month periods were US$6.0 billion and US$17.4 billion, respectively (2007: US$6.2 billion and US$17.7 billion). At 31 December 2008, HSBC Finance also had in place unused committed sources of secured funding for which eligible assets were held, of US$2.4 billion (2007: US$6.2 billion) and committed backstop lines from non-Group entities in support of CP programmes totalling US$7.3 billion (2007: US$9.3 billion).

Contingent liquidity risk
(Audited)

In the normal course of business, Group entities provide customers with committed facilities, including committed backstop lines to conduit vehicles sponsored by the Group and standby facilities to corporate customers. These facilities increase the funding requirements of the Group when customers choose to raise drawdown levels over and above their normal utilisation rates. The liquidity risk consequences of increased levels of drawdown are analysed in the form of projected cash flows under different stress scenarios. The RMM also sets limits for non-cancellable contingent funding commitments by Group entity after due consideration of each entity’s ability to fund them. The limits are split according to the borrower, the liquidity of the underlying assets and the size of the committed line.


 

The Group’s contractual exposures at 31 December monitored under the contingent liquidity risk limit structure
(Audited)

                              The Hongkong and  
                              Shanghai Banking  
      HSBC Bank   HSBC Bank USA   HSBC Bank Canada   Corporation  
 
 
 
 
 
      2008   2007   2008   2007   2008   2007   2008   2007  
      US$bn    US$bn    US$bn    US$bn    US$bn    US$bn    US$bn    US$bn  
Conduits                                
Client-originated assets1                                
  total lines 5.6   11.0   11.2   9.5   0.3   0.7      
  largest individual lines 1.0   1.6   0.4   0.9   0.2   0.4      
HSBC-managed assets2 34.8   25.7              
Other conduits3     1.1   2.6     1.8      
Single-issuer liquidity facilities                                
  five largest4 6.0   10.0   5.0   5.9   1.5   1.1   1.0   1.3  
  largest market sector5 7.3   11.7   3.5   4.2   2.4   1.5   1.7   2.3  
   
1 These exposures relate to consolidated multi-seller conduits (see page 184). These vehicles provide funding to Group customers by issuing debt secured by a diversified pool of customer-originated assets.
2 These exposures relate to consolidated securities investment conduits, primarily Solitaire and Mazarin (see page 184). These vehicles issue debt secured by ABSs which are managed by HSBC. Of the total contingent liquidity risk under this category, US$25.3 billion was already funded on-balance sheet at 31 December 2008 leaving a net contingent exposure of US$9.5 billion.
3 These exposures relate to third-party sponsored conduits (see page 187).
4 These figures represent the five largest committed liquidity facilities provided to customers other than those facilities to conduits.
5 These figures represent the total of all committed liquidity facilities provided to the largest market sector, other than those facilities to conduits.

 

238


Back to Contents

     In times of market stress, the Group may choose to provide non-contractual liquidity support to certain HSBC-sponsored vehicles or HSBC-promoted products. This support would only be provided after careful consideration of the potential funding requirement and the impact on the entity’s overall liquidity.

The impact of market turmoil on the Group’s liquidity risk position
(Audited)

A significant aspect of the market turmoil continues to be its adverse effects on the liquidity and funding risk profile of the banking system.

     At a systemic level, these may be characterised as follows:

interbank funding costs increased as banks became reluctant to lend to each other beyond the very short-term;
   
many asset classes previously considered to be liquid became illiquid;
   
the ability of many market participants to issue either unsecured or secured debt has been restricted, although this has been partly mitigated following the introduction by some governments and central banks of term debt guarantee schemes; and
   
special purpose entities with investments linked to US sub-prime mortgages, or to ABSs where the underlying credit exposures were not fully transparent, found it increasingly difficult to raise wholesale funding.

     In general terms, the strains arising from the credit crisis were concentrated in the wholesale market. The retail market, the market from which HSBC derives its core current and savings accounts, (the importance of which as a source of funding for the Group is discussed under ‘Advances to deposits ratio’ above) was relatively unaffected. The Group’s limited dependence on wholesale markets for funding has been a significant competitive advantage to HSBC through the recent period of dislocation in the financial markets.

     HSBC’s customer deposit base has grown between 30 June 2007, the reporting date closest to the onset of the market turmoil, and 31 December 2008 by US$134 billion. This growth in US dollar equivalent terms has been diluted by the significant strengthening of US dollar against other major currencies between these two reporting dates, and therefore under represents the growth in customer deposits on an underlying currency basis. As a net provider of funds to the interbank market, the Group

has not been significantly affected by the scarcity of interbank funding.

     A number of central banks and governments have taken action to alleviate the effects of the market turmoil, these actions have included making available government guaranteed term funding facilities. In the US, bank issuance under such programmes became normal market practice during 2008. To date, only HSBC’s US based operations have participated in government guaranteed term debt issuance schemes. At 31 December 2008, US$2.65 billion had been issued by HSBC USA, Inc. under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Programme.

     The deterioration of the US sub-prime credit market has reduced the availability of term financing to entities with exposures to the US sub-prime market. However, HSBC Finance, by virtue of its position within the Group, continued to enjoy committed financing facilities, albeit at a lower level, and access to commercial paper markets at interest rates below interbank rates. Through planned balance sheet reductions, the issuance of cost effective retail debt, capital infusions from the HSBC Group, and the utilisation of alternative sources of funding, including funding from other members of the HSBC Group, HSBC Finance was able to eliminate the need to issue institutional term debt in 2008. Funding plans are in place to enable HSBC Finance to deal with continued stress in the credit markets. As part of these plans, asset portfolios totalling US$15.3 billion were transferred from HSBC Finance to HSBC Bank USA in January 2009, resulting in US$8.0 billion of net funding benefit to HSBC Finance.

     HSBC Finance is eligible to participate in the US Federal Reserve’s Commercial Paper Funding Facility (CPFF), a new scheme aimed at providing support to US issuers in the commercial paper market. At 31 December 2008, HSBC Finance had issued US$520 million under the CPFF and is eligible to issue a maximum of US$12.0 billion prior to 30 October 2009, the current expiry date for the scheme.

     The effect of the market turmoil on liquidity and funding elsewhere in HSBC was largely restricted to the Group’s activities that historically depended upon the asset-backed commercial paper markets for funding, specifically SIVs and conduits, and certain money market funds. This is discussed in detail on page 174.

 


 

239


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
 
   
Liquidity and funding > HSBC Holdings // Market risk > Sensitivity / VAR

 

HSBC Holdings
(Audited)

HSBC Holdings’ primary sources of cash are interest and capital receipts from its subsidiaries, which it deploys in short-term bank deposits. HSBC Holdings’ primary uses of cash are investments in subsidiaries, interest payments to debt holders and dividend payments to shareholders. On an ongoing basis, HSBC Holdings replenishes its liquid resources through the receipt of interest on, and repayment of, intra-group loans, from dividends paid by subsidiaries and from interest earned on its own liquid funds.

     HSBC Holdings is also subject to contingent liquidity risk by virtue of loan commitments and guarantees given. Such commitments are only provided after due consideration of HSBC Holdings’ ability to finance these commitments and the likelihood of the need arising.

 

     HSBC Holdings actively manages the cash flows from its subsidiaries to optimise the amount of cash held at the holding company level, and expects to continue doing so in the future. The ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance monies to HSBC Holdings depends on, among other things, their respective regulatory capital requirements, statutory reserves, and financial and operating performance. The wide range of HSBC’s activities means that HSBC Holdings is not dependent on a single source of profits to fund its dividend payments to shareholders. HSBC Holdings believes that, with its accumulated liquid assets, planned dividends and interest from subsidiaries it will be able to meet anticipated cash obligations. Also, during 2008 HSBC Holdings continued to have full access to capital markets at market rates and issued US$8.8 billion of capital instruments (2007: US$4.4 billion).

 


Cash flows payable by HSBC Holdings under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities
(Audited)

          Due   Due      
      Due   between   between   Due  
  On   within 3   3 and 12   1 and 5   after 5  
  demand   months   months   years   years  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                    
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings   133   539   3,590    
Financial liabilities designated at fair value   587   1,762   5,977   25,571  
Derivatives 1,324          
Subordinated liabilities   235   706   3,764   32,214  
Other financial liabilities   1,805        
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,324   2,760   3,007   13,331   57,785  
Loan commitments 3,241          
 
 
 
 
 
 
  4,565   2,760   3,007   13,331   57,785  
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007                    
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings   109   1,801   1,192    
Financial liabilities designated at fair value   258   776   8,152   28,639  
Derivatives 44          
Subordinated liabilities   160   482   2,568   23,069  
Other financial liabilities   1,398        
 
 
 
 
 
 
  44   1,925   3,059   11,912   51,708  
Loan commitments 3,638          
 
 
 
 
 
 
  3,682   1,925   3,059   11,912   51,708  
 
 
 
 
 
 

     The balances in the above table will not agree directly with the balances in the balance sheet of HSBC Holdings as the table incorporates, on an undiscounted basis, all cash flows relating to principal and all future coupon payments (except for trading derivatives).

     Also, loan commitments are generally not recognised on the balance sheet. Trading derivatives

are included in the ‘On demand’ time bucket, and not by contractual maturity, because trading derivatives are typically held for short periods of time. The undiscounted cash flows on hedging derivative liabilities are classified according to their contractual maturity.

 


 

240


Back to Contents

Market risk

(Audited)

The objective of HSBC’s market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures in order to optimise return on risk while maintaining a market profile consistent with the Group’s status as one of the world’s largest banking and financial services organisations.

     Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices will reduce HSBC’s income or the value of its portfolios.

     HSBC separates exposures to market risk into trading and non-trading portfolios. Trading portfolios include those positions arising from market-making, proprietary position-taking and other marked-to-market positions so designated.

     Non-trading portfolios include positions that arise from the interest rate management of HSBC’s retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments designated as available for sale and held to maturity, and exposures arising from HSBC’s insurance operations.

     Market risk arising in HSBC’s insurance businesses is discussed in ‘Risk management of insurance operations’ on pages 255 to 274.

     The management of market risk is principally undertaken in Global Markets using risk limits approved by the GMB. Limits are set for portfolios, products and risk types, with market liquidity being a principal factor in determining the level of limits set. Traded Credit and Market Risk, an independent unit within Group Management Office, develops the Group’s market risk management policies and measurement techniques. Each major operating entity has an independent market risk management and control function which is responsible for measuring market risk exposures in accordance with the policies defined by Traded Credit and Market Risk, and monitoring and reporting these exposures against the prescribed limits on a daily basis.

     Each operating entity is required to assess the market risks which arise on each product in its business and to transfer these risks to either its local Global Markets unit for management, or to separate books managed under the supervision of the local Asset and Liability Management Committee (‘ALCO’). The aim is to ensure that all market risks are consolidated within operations which have the necessary skills, tools, management and governance to manage such risks professionally. In certain cases where the market risks cannot be adequately

captured by the transfer process, simulation modelling is used to identify the impact of varying scenarios on valuations and net interest income.

     HSBC uses a range of tools to monitor and limit market risk exposures. These include sensitivity analysis, value at risk (‘VAR’) and stress testing.

Sensitivity analysis

Sensitivity measures are used to monitor the market risk positions within each risk type, for example, present value of a basis point movement in interest rates, for interest rate risk. Sensitivity limits are set for portfolios, products and risk types, with the depth of the market being one of the principal factors in determining the level of limits set.

Value at risk
(Audited)

VAR is a technique that estimates the potential losses that could occur on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence.

     The VAR models used by HSBC are based predominantly on historical simulation. These models derive plausible future scenarios from past series of recorded market rates and prices, taking account of inter-relationships between different markets and rates such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates. The models also incorporate the effect of option features on the underlying exposures.

     The historical simulation models used by HSBC incorporate the following features:

potential market movements are calculated with reference to data from the past two years;
   
historical market rates and prices are calculated with reference to foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, equity prices and the associated volatilities; and
   
VAR is calculated to a 99 per cent confidence level and for a one-day holding period.

HSBC routinely validates the accuracy of its VAR models by back-testing the actual daily profit and loss results, adjusted to remove non-modelled items such as fees and commissions, against the corresponding VAR numbers. Statistically, HSBC would expect to see losses in excess of VAR only 1 per cent of the time over a one-year period. The actual number of excesses over this period can therefore be used to gauge how well the models are performing.


 

241


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Market risk > Impact of market turmoil > VAR  

 

     Although a valuable guide to risk, VAR should always be viewed in the context of its limitations. For example:

the use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future events may not encompass all potential events, particularly those which are extreme in nature;
   
the use of a one-day holding period assumes that all positions can be liquidated or the risk offset in one day. This may not fully reflect the market risk arising at times of severe illiquidity, when a one-day holding period may be insufficient to liquidate or hedge all positions fully;
   
the use of a 99 per cent confidence level, by definition, does not take into account losses that might occur beyond this level of confidence;
   
VAR is calculated on the basis of exposures outstanding at the close of business and therefore does not necessarily reflect intra-day exposures; and
   
VAR is unlikely to reflect loss potential on exposures that only arise under significant market moves.

Stress testing

In recognition of the limitations of VAR, HSBC augments it with stress testing to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, although plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables.

     Stress testing is performed at a portfolio level, as well as on the consolidated positions of the Group, and covers the following scenarios:

sensitivity scenarios, which consider the impact of market moves to any single risk factor or a set of factors. For example the impact resulting from a break of a currency peg that is unlikely to be captured within the VAR models;
   
technical scenarios, which consider the largest move in each risk factor, without consideration of any underlying market correlation;
   
hypothetical scenarios, which consider potential macro economic events; and
   
historical scenarios, which incorporate historical observations of market moves during previous periods of stress which would not be captured within VAR.

     Stress testing is governed by the ‘Stress Testing Review Group’ forum that coordinates the Group stress testing scenarios in conjunction with the

regional risk managers. Consideration is given to the actual market risk exposures, along with market events in determining the stress scenarios.

     Stress testing results are reported to senior management and provide them with an assessment of the financial impact such events would have on the profit of HSBC. The daily losses experienced during 2008 were within the stress loss scenarios reported to senior management.

     The following table provides an overview of the reporting of risks within this section:

  Portfolio  
 
 
  Trading    Non-trading  
Risk type         
Foreign exchange VAR    VAR 1
Interest rate VAR    VAR 2
Commodity VAR    N/A  
Equity VAR    Sensitivity  
Credit spread Sensitivity    Sensitivity 3
   
1 The structural foreign exchange risk is monitored using sensitivity analysis. See page 429.
2 The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included in the Group VAR. The management of this risk is described on page 249.
3 Credit spread VAR is reported for the credit derivatives transacted by Global Banking. See page 244.

The impact of market turmoil on market risk
(Audited)

The years preceding the current market turmoil were characterised by historically low levels of volatility, with ample market liquidity. This period was associated with falling levels of VAR as the level of observed market volatility is a key determinant in the VAR calculation. As a consequence HSBC reduced the overall VAR limit to reflect the lower level of volatility, and associated VAR.

     The tightening of both credit and liquidity within the wholesale markets observed during the latter half of 2007 led to an increase in market volatility, most noticeably in the credit spreads of financial institutions and ABSs/MBSs.

     Credit spread volatility continued to increase during the first half of 2008, and as the effect of the market turmoil on the wider economy became more apparent, there was a larger increase in the volatility in other risk types, such as interest rates. Coupled with positions taken in anticipation of rate reductions, the increase in volatility led to an increase in the total VAR in early 2008.

     Volatility across all asset classes continued to increase in the second half of 2008, as central banks coordinated a series of rate cuts, in an attempt to stimulate demand within the global economy. Although the increase in volatility led to a further


 

242


Back to Contents

increase in total VAR during the second half of 2008, the overall impact was limited as a result of managing down the market risk exposures during this period (see ‘Value at risk of the trading and non-trading portfolios’ below).

     Although the overall VAR limit for the Group was increased towards the end of 2008, as a result of the increased market volatility, the limit remained within the level set in early 2007.

Value at risk of the trading and non-trading portfolios

The VAR, both trading and non-trading, for the Group was as follows:

Value at risk
(Audited)
       
  2008    2007  
  US$m    US$m  
         
At 31 December 191.2    70.1  
Average 158.9    65.3  
Minimum 59.8    43.8  
Maximum 287.1    98.1  

     As a result of improvements in the Group VAR data collection process during 2008, all entities within the Group are now aggregated on a historical simulation basis, reflecting the full diversification effects across the Group’s VAR. The 2007 VAR has been adjusted, reducing the total VAR by US$25.2 million as at 31 December 2007. The maximum, minimum and average VARs have also been adjusted on a comparable basis in order to fairly present the trend.

     The daily VAR, both trading and non-trading, for the Group was as follows:

Daily VAR (trading and non-trading) (US$m)
(Unaudited)

     The major contributor to the trading and non-trading VAR for the Group was Global Markets.

     The histogram to the right illustrates the frequency of daily revenue arising from Global Markets’ trading, balance sheet management and other trading activities.

     The average daily revenue earned in 2008 was US$21.7 million, compared with US$18.7 million in 2007. The standard deviation of these daily revenues was US$53.4 million compared with US$25.3 million in 2007. The standard deviation measures the variation of daily revenues about the mean value of those revenues.

     An analysis of the frequency distribution of daily revenue shows that there were 66 days with negative revenue during 2008 compared with 35 days in 2007. The most frequent result was a daily revenue of between US$40 million and US$50 million with 28 occurrences, compared with between US$20 million and US$30 million with 71 occurrences in 2007.

Daily distribution of Global Markets’ trading, balance sheet management and other trading revenues1
(Unaudited)
 
2008
 
2007
   
1 The effect of any month-end adjustments, not attributable to a specific daily market move, is spread evenly over the days in the month in question.

     For a description of HSBC’s fair value and price verification controls, see page 163.


 

243


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Market risk > Trading portfolios / Non-trading portfolios  

 

Trading portfolios
(Audited)

HSBC’s control of market risk is based on a policy of restricting individual operations to trading within a list of permissible instruments authorised for each site by Traded Credit and Market Risk, of enforcing rigorous new product approval procedures, and of restricting trading in the more complex derivative

products only to offices with appropriate levels of product expertise and robust control systems.

     Market making and proprietary position taking is undertaken within Global Markets. The VAR for such trading activity at 31 December 2008 was US$72.5 million (2007: US$30.2 million). This is analysed below by risk type:


                 
VAR by risk type for the trading activities (excluding Credit Spread VAR)
(Audited)
 
  Foreign              
  exchange and    Interest            
  commodity    rate    Equity    Total 1
  US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
                 
At 31 December 2008 29.8    63.4    13.9    72.5  
At 31 December 20072 10.7    25.4    10.2    30.2  
Average                   
   2008 19.0    50.7    15.2    53.1  
   20072 9.5    22.9    7.9    23.7  
Minimum                   
   2008 8.7    21.4    8.2    22.6  
   20072 4.0    14.9    3.4    14.3  
Maximum                   
   2008 54.9    147.4    39.0    104.4  
   20072 23.0    36.1    15.1    38.8  
   
1 The total VAR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects.
2 The VAR for 2007 has been adjusted on the same basis as Group VAR on page 243.
 

Credit spread risk

The risk associated with movements in credit spreads is primarily managed through sensitivity limits, stress testing, and VAR for those portfolios where VAR is calculated.

     The Group is introducing credit spread as a separate risk type within the VAR models. At 31 December 2008, credit spread VAR was calculated for the London trading and New York credit derivatives portfolios. At that date, the total VAR for the trading activities, including credit spread VAR for the above portfolios, was US$106.4 million (2007: US$43.8 million) compared with a total VAR of US$72.5 million reported within the ‘VAR by risk type for the trading activities’ (see above), which excludes the credit spread VAR for these two portfolios.

     The sensitivity of trading income to the effect of movements in credit spreads on the total trading activities of the Group was US$590.9 million at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$95.4 million). This sensitivity captures the credit spread exposure arising from positions taken throughout the Group, in addition to the London trading and New York credit derivative portfolios captured within credit spread VAR (see above). The sensitivity was calculated using simplified assumptions based on one-day movements in average market credit spreads

over a two-year period at a confidence level of 99 per cent, and assumes a simultaneous movement in credit spreads across issuers. It should be noted that diversification effects within the portfolio and with other risk types is likely to lead to a reduced impact on trading income.

     The significant increase in the sensitivity at 31 December 2008, compared with 31 December 2007, was due to the effect of much higher volatility in credit spreads observed during 2008. The actual positions within the trading portfolios exposed to credit spread risk were lower on 31 December 2008 than on 31 December 2007.

     In addition to the above measure certain portfolios are also managed using default risk measures where appropriate.

     The measurement of the credit spread impact on trading income as at 31 December 2008 excludes those positions that were reclassified as non-trading during the second half of 2008 following the amendment to IFRS. These positions are included within the 31 December 2007 comparative, as the reclassification took effect from 1 July 2008.

     Credit spread risk also arises on credit derivative transactions entered into by Global Banking in order to manage the risk concentrations within the corporate loan portfolio and so enhance capital


 

244


Back to Contents

efficiency. The mark-to-market of these transactions is taken through the income statement.

     At 31 December 2008, the credit spread VAR on the credit derivatives transactions entered into by Global Banking was US$23.0 million (2007: US$19.7 million). The VAR shows the effect on trading income from a one-day movement in credit spreads over a two-year period, calculated to a 99 per cent confidence level.

Gap risk

Certain transactions are structured such that the risk to HSBC is negligible under a wide range of market conditions or events, but in which there exists a remote probability that a significant gap event could lead to loss. A gap event could be seen as a change in market price from one level to another with no trading opportunity in between, and where the price change breaches the threshold beyond which the risk profile changes from having no open risk to having full exposure to the underlying structure. Such movements may occur, for example, when there are adverse news announcements and the market for a specific investment becomes illiquid, making hedging impossible.

     Given the characteristics of these transactions, they will make little or no contribution to VAR or to traditional market risk sensitivity measures. HSBC captures the risks for such transactions within its stress testing scenarios. Gap risk arising is monitored on an ongoing basis, and HSBC incurred no gap losses arising from movements in the underlying market price on such transactions in 2008.

ABSs/MBSs positions

The ABSs/MBSs exposures within the trading portfolios are managed within sensitivity and VAR limits, as described on page 241, and are included within the stress testing scenarios as described on page 242.

Non-trading portfolios
(Audited)

The principal objective of market risk management of non-trading portfolios is to optimise net interest income.

     Interest rate risk in non-trading portfolios arises principally from mismatches between the future yield on assets and their funding cost, as a result of interest rate changes. Analysis of this risk is complicated by having to make assumptions on embedded optionality within certain product areas such as the incidence of mortgage prepayments, and from behavioural assumptions regarding the

economic duration of liabilities which are contractually repayable on demand such as current accounts. The prospective change in future net interest income from non-trading portfolios will be reflected in the current realisable value of these positions, should they be sold or closed prior to maturity. In order to manage this risk optimally, market risk in non-trading portfolios is transferred to Global Markets or to separate books managed under the supervision of the local ALCO.

     The transfer of market risk to books managed by Global Markets or supervised by ALCO is usually achieved by a series of internal deals between the business units and these books. When the behavioural characteristics of a product differ from its contractual characteristics, the behavioural characteristics are assessed to determine the true underlying interest rate risk. Local ALCOs are required to regularly monitor all such behavioural assumptions and interest rate risk positions to ensure they comply with interest rate risk limits established by GMB.

     In certain cases, the non-linear characteristics of products cannot be adequately captured by the risk transfer process. For example, both the flow from customer deposit accounts to alternative investment products and the precise prepayment speeds of mortgages will vary at different interest rate levels, and where expectations about future moves in interest rates change. In such circumstances, simulation modelling is used to identify the impact of varying scenarios on valuations and net interest income.

     Once market risk has been consolidated in Global Markets or ALCO-managed books, the net exposure is typically managed through the use of interest rate swaps within agreed limits. The VAR for these portfolios is included within the Group VAR (see ‘Value at risk of the trading and non-trading portfolios’ above).

Credit spread risk

At 31 December 2008, the sensitivity of equity to the effect of movements in credit spreads on the Group’s available-for-sale debt securities was US$1,092 million (2007: US$206 million). The sensitivity was calculated on the same basis as applied to the trading portfolio. Including the gross exposure for the SICs consolidated within HSBC’s balance sheet at 31 December 2008, the sensitivity increased to US$1,145 million. This sensitivity is struck, however, before taking account of any losses which would be absorbed by the capital note holders. At 31 December 2008, the capital note holders


 

245


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Market risk > Non-trading portfolios / DBS / Sensitivity of NII

 

would have absorbed the first US$2.2 billion (2007: US$2.3 billion) of any losses incurred by the SICs prior to HSBC incurring any equity losses.

     The notable increase in this sensitivity at 31 December 2008, compared with 31 December 2007, was again due to the effect of higher volatility in credit spreads observed during 2008. The overall credit spread positions within the available-for-sale portfolios were lower on 31 December 2008 compared with 31 December 2007.

Equity securities classified as available for sale
(Audited)

Market risk arises on equity securities held as available for sale. The fair value of these securities at 31 December 2008 was US$6.8 billion (2007: US$12.6 billion) and included private equity holdings of US$2.5 billion (2007: US$3.2 billion). Investments in private equity are primarily made through managed funds that are subject to limits on the amount of investment. Potential new commitments are subject to risk appraisal to ensure that industry and geographical concentrations remain within acceptable levels for the portfolio as a whole. Regular reviews are performed to substantiate the valuation of the investments within the portfolio. Funds typically invested for short-term cash management represented US$0.9 billion (2007: US$3.1 billion). Investments held to facilitate ongoing business, such as holdings in government-sponsored enterprises and local stock exchanges, represented US$1.0 billion (2007: US$1.7 billion). Other strategic investments represented US$2.4 billion (2007: US$4.6 billion). The fair value of the constituents of equity securities classified as available for sale can fluctuate considerably. A 10 per cent reduction in the value of the available-for-sale equities at 31 December 2008 would have reduced equity by US$0.7 billion (2007: US$1.3 billion). For details of the impairment incurred on available-for-sale equity securities see ‘Accounting policies’ on page 350.

     US$1.0 billion of the reduction in the AFS Equities relates to funds that were consolidated within the Groups balance sheet as at 31 December 2008.

Defined benefit pension schemes
(Audited)

Market risk also arises within HSBC’s defined benefit pension schemes to the extent that the obligations of the schemes are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows. Pension scheme obligations fluctuate with changes in long-term interest rates, inflation, salary increases and the

longevity of scheme members. Pension scheme assets will include equities and debt securities, the cash flows of which change as equity prices and interest rates vary. There are risks that market movements in equity prices and interest rates could result in asset valuations which, taken together with regular ongoing contributions, are insufficient over time to cover the level of projected obligations and these, in turn, could increase with a rise in inflation and members living longer. Management, together with the trustees who act on behalf of the pension scheme beneficiaries, assess these risks using reports prepared by independent external actuaries and take action and, where appropriate, adjust investment strategies and contribution levels accordingly. For example, in order to mitigate the risk of adverse movements in investments, interest rates and inflation, the Trustee of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme has continued to implement a programme of initiatives proposed by HSBC, including reducing the equity content of the investment strategy, increasing the diversification of the scheme’s assets, and entering into long-term interest rate and inflation swaps.

     The present value of HSBC’s defined benefit pension plans’ obligations was US$24.0 billion at 31 December 2008, compared with US$32.4 billion at 31 December 2007. Assets of the defined benefit schemes at 31 December 2008 comprised equity investments, 20 per cent (2007: 26 per cent); debt securities, 68 per cent (2007: 62 per cent); and other (including property), 12 per cent (2007: 12 per cent) (see Note 8 on the Financial Statements).

     Increased corporate bond yields in the UK in 2008 have resulted in an increase of 110 basis points in the real discount rate (net of the increase in expected inflation) used to value the accrued benefits payable under the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, the Group’s largest plan. The resulting decrease in the liabilities of the scheme has been largely offset by a reduction in the fair values of the plan assets of the scheme. As a consequence, the deficit on the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme has decreased to US$392 million from US$808 million.

Sensitivity of net interest income
(Unaudited)

A principal part of HSBC’s management of market risk in non-trading portfolios is to monitor the sensitivity of projected net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios (simulation modelling). HSBC aims, through its management of market risk in non-trading portfolios, to mitigate the


 

246


Back to Contents

effect of prospective interest rate movements which could reduce future net interest income, while balancing the cost of such hedging activities on the current net revenue stream.

     For simulation modelling, businesses use a combination of scenarios relevant to local businesses and local markets and standard scenarios which are required throughout HSBC. The standard scenarios are consolidated to illustrate the combined pro forma effect on HSBC’s consolidated portfolio valuations and net interest income.

     The table below sets out the effect on future net interest income of an incremental 25 basis points parallel fall or rise in all yield curves worldwide at the beginning of each quarter during the 12 months

from 1 January 2009. Assuming no management actions, a series of such rises would decrease planned net interest income for 2009 by US$463 million (2008: US$503 million), while a series of such falls would decrease planned net interest income by US$284 million (2008: increase US$525 million). These figures incorporate the effect of any option features in the underlying exposures.

     Instead of assuming that all interest rates move together, HSBC groups its interest rate exposures into currency blocs whose rates are considered likely to move together. The sensitivity of projected net interest income, on this basis, is as follows:


 

Sensitivity of projected net interest income                          
(Unaudited)                             
      Rest of   Hong Kong   Rest of              
  US dollar   Americas   dollar   Asia   Sterling   Euro    
  bloc   bloc   bloc   bloc   bloc   bloc   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m
Change in 2009 projected net  interest income arising from  a shift in yield curves of:
                           
   +25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter (243 ) 42    (45 ) 100    28    (345 ) (463 )
    –25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter 41   (42 ) (285 ) (114 ) (235 ) 351   (284 )
Change in 2008 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves of:
                           
   +25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter (275 ) 96   9   77   (140 ) (270 ) (503 )
   –25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter 272   (95 ) 11   (65 ) 142   260   525  

     The interest rate sensitivities set out in the table above are illustrative only and are based on simplified scenarios.

     The figures represent the effect of the pro forma movements in net interest income based on the projected yield curve scenarios and the Group’s current interest rate risk profile. This effect, however, does not incorporate actions that would be taken by Global Markets or in the business units to mitigate the impact of this interest rate risk. In reality, Global Markets seeks proactively to change the interest rate risk profile to minimise losses and optimise net revenues. The projections above also assume that interest rates of all maturities move by the same amount and, therefore, do not reflect the potential impact on net interest income of some rates changing while others remain unchanged. The projections take account of the effect on net interest income of anticipated differences in changes

between interbank interest rates and interest rates linked to other bases (such as Central Bank rates or product rates over which the entity has discretion in terms of the timing and extent of rate changes). The projections make other simplifying assumptions too, including that all positions run to maturity.

     HSBC’s exposure to the effect of movements in interest rates on its net interest income arises in two main areas: core deposit franchises and Global Markets.

Core deposit franchises: these are exposed to changes in the cost of deposits raised and spreads on wholesale funds. In a low interest rate environment, the net interest income benefit of core deposits increases as interest rates rise and decreases as interest rates fall. This risk is asymmetrical in a very low interest rate environment, however, as there is limited room

 

247


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
 
   
Market risk > Sensitivity of NII / Structural FX exposures / HSBC Holdings

 

  to lower deposit pricing in the event of interest rate reductions.
   
Residual interest rate risk is managed within Global Markets, under the Group’s policy of transferring interest rate risk to Global Markets to be managed within defined limits and with flexibility as to the instruments used.

     The main drivers of the year on year movements in the sensitivity of the Group’s net interest income to the changes in interest rates tabulated above were:

decreases in interest rates, particularly in US dollar, Hong Kong dollar and Sterling which have restricted the Group’s ability to pass on to depositors further rate reductions thereby increasing exposures to further rate falls; and
   
Global Markets increased net trading asset positions, particularly in euro. The funding of net trading assets is generally sourced from floating rate retail deposits and recorded in ‘Net

     interest income’ whereas the income from such assets is recorded in ‘Net trading income’.

     Projecting the movement in net interest income from prospective changes in interest rates is a complex interaction of structural and managed exposures.

     HSBC monitors the sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements on a monthly basis by assessing the expected reduction in valuation of available-for-sale portfolios and cash flow hedges due to parallel movements of plus or minus 100 basis points in all yield curves. The table below describes the sensitivity of HSBC’s reported reserves to these movements at the end of 2008 and 2007 and the maximum and minimum month-end figures during these years:


 

Sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements
(Unaudited)

      Maximum   Minimum  
      impact   impact  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008            
+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves (2,740 ) (2,740 ) (1,737 )
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity (2.9% ) (2.9% ) (1.9% )
– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves 2,477   2,609   1,944  
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity 2.6%   2.8%   2.1%  
At 31 December 2007            
+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves (1,737 ) (1,738 ) (1,519 )
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity (1.4% ) (1.4% ) (1.2% )
– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves 1,977   2,048   1,430  
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity 1.5%   1.6%   1.1%  

     The sensitivities are illustrative only and are based on simplified scenarios. The table shows the potential sensitivity of reserves to valuation changes in available-for-sale portfolios and from cash flow hedges following the pro forma movements in interest rates. These particular exposures form only a part of the Group’s overall interest rate exposures. The accounting treatment under IFRSs of the Group’s remaining interest rate exposures, while economically largely offsetting the exposures shown in the above table, does not require revaluation movements to go to reserves.

Structural foreign exchange exposures
(Unaudited)

Structural foreign exchange exposures represent net investments in subsidiaries, branches or associates, the functional currencies of which are currencies other than the US dollar.

     Exchange differences on structural exposures

are recorded in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense. The main operating (or functional) currencies in which HSBC’s business is transacted are the US dollar, the Hong Kong dollar, pound sterling, the euro, the Mexican peso, the Brazilian real and the Chinese renminbi. As the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the dominant currency bloc in which HSBC’s operations transact business, HSBC Holdings prepares its consolidated financial statements in US dollars. HSBC’s consolidated balance sheet is, therefore, affected by exchange differences between the US dollar and all the non-US dollar functional currencies of underlying subsidiaries.

     HSBC hedges structural foreign exchange exposures only in limited circumstances. HSBC’s structural foreign exchange exposures are managed


 

248


Back to Contents

with the primary objective of ensuring, where practical, that HSBC’s consolidated capital ratios and the capital ratios of individual banking subsidiaries are largely protected from the effect of changes in exchange rates. This is usually achieved by ensuring that, for each subsidiary bank, the ratio of structural exposures in a given currency to risk-weighted assets denominated in that currency is broadly equal to the capital ratio of the subsidiary in question.

     The Group’s capital ratios were affected by the strengthening US dollar in the latter part of 2008. The effect on the Group’s consolidated tier 1 and total ratios is estimated to have been a reduction of approximately 40 basis points and approximately 50 basis points respectively. These movements were within approved tolerance levels.

     HSBC may also transact hedges where a currency in which it has structural exposures is considered to be significantly overvalued and it is possible in practice to transact a hedge. Selective hedges were in place during 2007 and 2008. Hedging is undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts which are accounted for under IFRSs as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, or by financing with borrowings in the same currencies as the functional currencies involved. There was no ineffectiveness arising from these hedges in the year ended 31 December 2008.

HSBC Holdings
(Audited)

As a financial services holding company, HSBC Holdings has limited market risk activity. Its activities predominantly involve maintaining sufficient capital resources to support the Group’s diverse activities; allocating these capital resources across the Group’s businesses; earning dividend and interest income on its investments in the Group’s businesses; providing dividend payments to HSBC Holding’s equity shareholders and interest payments to providers of debt capital; and maintaining a supply of short-term cash resources. It does not take proprietary trading positions.

     The main market risks to which HSBC Holdings is exposed are interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. Exposure to these risks arises from short-term cash balances, funding positions held, loans to subsidiaries, investments in long-term financial assets and financial liabilities including debt capital issued. The objective of HSBC Holding’s market risk management strategy is to reduce exposure to these risks and minimise volatility in reported income, cash flows and distributable reserves. Market risk for HSBC

Holdings is monitored by its Structural Positions Review Group.

     A number of cross currency interest rate swaps entered into as part of HSBC Holdings’ management of interest rate risk arising on certain long-term debt capital issues do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Changes in the market values of these swaps are taken directly to the income statement. HSBC Holdings expects that these swaps will be held to final maturity with the accumulated changes in market value consequently trending to zero.

     Certain loans to subsidiaries of a capital nature that are not denominated in the functional currency of either the provider or the recipient are accounted for as financial assets. Changes in the carrying amount of these assets due to exchange differences are taken directly to the income statement. These loans, and the associated foreign exchange exposures, are eliminated on a Group consolidated basis.

     The principal tools used in the management of market risk are the projected sensitivity of HSBC Holdings’ net interest income to future changes in yield curves and interest rate gap re-pricing tables for interest rate risk, and VAR for foreign exchange rate risk.

Net interest income sensitivity

HSBC Holdings monitors net interest income sensitivity over a 5-year time horizon reflecting the longer-term perspective on interest rate risk management appropriate to a financial services holding company. The table below sets out the effect on HSBC Holdings’ future net interest income over a 5-year time horizon of an incremental 25 basis point parallel fall or rise in all yield curves worldwide at the beginning of each quarter during the 12 months from 1 January 2009.

     Assuming no management action, a series of such rises would decrease HSBC Holdings’ planned net interest income for 2009 by US$60 million (2008: decrease of US$23 million) and decrease cumulative net interest income by US$554 million over a 5-year period from 1 January 2009 (2008: decrease of US$104 million), while a series of such falls would increase planned net interest income by US$60 million (2008: increase of US$23 million) and increase cumulative net interest income by US$554 million over a 5-year period from 1 January 2009 (2008: increase of US$104 million). These figures incorporate the impact of any option features in the underlying exposures.


 

249


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
 
   
Market risk > HSBC Holdings > Interest repricing gap / VAR  

 

     Instead of assuming that all interest rates move together, HSBC groups its interest rate exposures into currency blocs whose interest rates are

considered likely to move together. The sensitivity of projected net interest income, on this basis, is described as follows:


 

Sensitivity of HSBC Holdings’ net interest income to interest rate movements
(Unaudited)
 

    US dollar   Sterling   Euro      
    bloc   bloc   bloc   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Change in 2009 projected net interest income arising
                 
       from a shift in yield curves of:
                 
  
+ 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter in 2009
                 
                                                                           0-1 year   (81 ) 10   11   (60 )
                                                                           2-3 years   (351 ) 20   77   (254 )
                                                                           4-5 years   (358 ) 54   64   (240 )
 
– 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter in 2009
                 
                                                                           0-1 year   81   (10 ) (11 ) 60  
                                                                           2-3 years   351   (20 ) (77 ) 254  
                                                                           4-5 years   358   (54 ) (64 ) 240  
Change in 2008 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves of:
                 
 + 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter in 2008
                 
                                                                           0-1 year   (51 ) 16   12   (23 )
                                                                           2-3 years   (180 ) 69   83   (28 )
                                                                           4-5 years   (200 ) 69   78   (53 )
 – 25 basis points at the beginning of each quarter in 2008
                 
                                                                           0-1 year   51   (16 ) (12 ) 23  
                                                                           2-3 years   180   (69 ) (83 ) 28  
                                                                           4-5 years   200   (69 ) (78 ) 53  

     HSBC Holdings’ principal exposure to changes in its net interest income from movements in interest rates arises on short-term cash balances, floating rate loans advanced to subsidiaries and fixed rate debt capital securities in issue which have been swapped to floating rate.

     The interest rate sensitivities tabulated above are illustrative only and are based on simplified scenarios. The figures represent the effect of pro forma movements in net interest income based on the projected yield curve scenarios, HSBC Holdings’ current interest rate risk profile and assumed changes to that profile during the next five years. Changes to assumptions concerning the risk profile over the next five years can have a significant impact on the net interest income sensitivity for that period. The figures do not take into account the effect of actions that could be taken to mitigate this interest rate risk, however.

     The projected increase in HSBC Holdings’ sensitivity to moves in interest rates is mainly due to new interest-bearing capital issues, the funds from which have been largely invested in non-interest bearing equity investments in subsidiaries.

Interest repricing gap table

The interest rate repricing gap table below analyses the full term structure of interest rate mismatches within HSBC Holdings’ balance sheet. The year on year increase in the negative net interest rate gap in the up to 1 year time bucket is due to an increase in non-interest bearing equity investments in subsidiaries which has been funded by new issues of interest bearing liabilities and by the capitalisation of interest bearing loans to subsidiaries.


 

250


Back to Contents

Repricing gap analysis of HSBC Holdings
(Audited)
                                  Non-  
          Up to                 More than     interest  
    Total     1 year     1-5 years     5-10 years     10 years     bearing  
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
At 31 December 2008                                    
Cash at bank and in hand:                                    
   – balances with HSBC undertakings    443       443                           
Derivatives   3,682                     3,682  
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings
  11,804     8,995     511         1,222     1,076  
Financial investments   2,629             300     1,885     444  
Investments in subsidiaries   81,993     1,459     1,094         875     78,565  
Other assets   131                     131  
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total assets   100,682     10,897     1,605     300     3,982     83,898  
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings
  (4,042 )   (3,389 )               (653 )
Financial liabilities designated at fair values
  (16,389 )   (4,210 )   (4,410 )   (5,290 )   (3,448 )   969  
Derivatives   (1,324 )                   (1,324 )
Other liabilities   (1,816 )                   (1,816 )
Subordinated liabilities   (14,017 )   (1,500 )   (2,187 )   (2,962 )   (7,152 )   (216 )
Total equity   (62,587 )               (3,650 )   (58,937 )
Other non-interest bearing liabilities
  (507 )                   (507 )
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total liabilities and equity   (100,682 )   (9,099 )   (6,597 )   (8,252 )   (14,250 )   (62,484 )
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity
      (12,353 )   4,410     5,046     3,760     (863 )
Net interest rate risk gap       (10,555 )   (582 )   (2,906 )   (6,508 )   20,551  
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
Cumulative interest rate gap       (10,555 )   (11,137 )   (14,043 )   (20,551 )    
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
At 31 December 2007                                    
Total assets   92,948     19,136             2,774     71,038  
Total liabilities   (92,948 )   (6,597 )   (6,546 )   (8,755 )   (8,864 )   (62,186 )
Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity
      (13,619 )   4,313     7,752     3,804     (2,250 )
Net interest rate risk gap       (1,080 )   (2,233 )   (1,003 )   (2,286 )   6,602  
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
Cumulative interest rate gap       (1,080 )   (3,313 )   (4,316 )   (6,602 )    
    
   
   
   
   
   
 
                                     
                                     

     As part of the continuous enhancement and development of HSBC’s management tools, the net interest income sensitivity projection over a 5-year horizon and the interest rate repricing table shown above have replaced the VAR analysis disclosed in the 2007 Annual Report and Accounts as the principal measures used to monitor interest rate risk for HSBC Holdings. These enhanced reports are considered to be more suitable risk management measures for the longer term profile of a bank holding company balance sheet.

Value at risk

Total foreign exchange VAR arising within HSBC Holdings in 2008 and 2007 was as follows:

HSBC Holdings – value at risk
(Audited)
    Foreign exchange  
   


 
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
At 31 December    55.2    29.1  
Average   40.3   29.4  
Minimum   29.2   27.6  
Maximum   56.1   30.9  

     The foreign exchange risk largely arises from loans to subsidiaries of a capital nature that are not denominated in the functional currency of either the provider or the recipient and which are accounted for as financial assets. Changes in the carrying amount of these loans due to foreign exchange rate differences are taken directly to the income statement. These loans, and the associated foreign exchange exposures, are eliminated on a Group consolidated basis.


 

251


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Residual value risk > Operational risk > Legal risk / Security and fraud risk // Pension risk

 

Residual value risk

(Unaudited)

A significant part of a lessor’s return from operating leases is dependent upon its management of residual value risk. This arises from operating lease transactions to the extent that the values recovered from disposing of leased assets or re-letting them at the end of the lease terms (the ‘residual values’) differ from those projected at the inception of the leases. The business regularly monitors residual value exposure by reviewing the recoverability of the residual value projected at lease inception. This entails considering the potential of re-letting of operating lease assets and their projected disposal proceeds at the end of their lease terms. Provision is made to the extent that the carrying values of leased assets are impaired through residual values not being fully recoverable.

     The net book value of equipment leased to customers on operating leases by the Group includes projected residual values at the end of current lease terms, to be recovered through re-letting or disposal in the following periods:

Residual values
(Unaudited)

    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
Within 1 year    108    155  
Between 1-2 years   59   243  
Between 2-5 years   530   713  
More than 5 years   1,549   1,892  
   
 
 
Total exposure   2,246   3,003  
   
 
 
           
           
Operational risk

(Unaudited)

Operational risk is the risk of loss arising through fraud, unauthorised activities, error, omission, inefficiency, systems failure or from external events. It is inherent to every business organisation and covers a wide spectrum of issues. The terms ‘error’, ‘omission’ and ‘inefficiency’ include process failures, systems/machine failures and human error.

     The objective of HSBC’s operational risk management is to manage and control operational risk in a cost effective manner within targeted levels of operational risk consistent with the Group’s risk appetite, as defined by the Group Management Board.

     A formal governance structure provides oversight over the management of operational risk. A Global Operational Risk and Control Committee, which reports to the Risk Management Meeting, meets quarterly to discuss key risk issues and review

the effective implementation of the Group’s operational risk management framework.

     In each of HSBC’s subsidiaries, business managers are responsible for maintaining an acceptable level of internal control, commensurate with the scale and nature of operations. They are responsible for identifying and assessing risks, designing controls and monitoring the effectiveness of these controls. The operational risk management framework helps managers to fulfil these responsibilities by defining a standard risk assessment methodology and providing a tool for the systematic reporting of operational loss data.

     A centralised database is used to record the results of the operational risk management process. Operational risk self-assessments are input and maintained by the business unit. To ensure that operational risk losses are consistently reported and monitored at Group level, all Group companies are required to report individual losses when the net loss is expected to exceed US$10,000.

     Further details of the HSBC approach to Operational Risk Management can be found in the Capital and Risk Management Interim Pillar 3 Disclosures 2008.

Legal risk
(Unaudited)

Each operating company is required to implement procedures to manage legal risk that conform to HSBC standards. Legal risk falls within the definition of operational risk and includes contractual risk, dispute risk, legislative risk and non-contractual rights risk.

Contractual risk is the risk that the rights and/or obligations of an HSBC company within a contractual relationship are defective.
   
Dispute risk is the risk that an HSBC company is subject to when it is involved in or managing a potential or actual dispute.
   
Legislative risk is the risk that an HSBC company fails to adhere to the laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates.
   
Non-contractual rights risk is the risk that an HSBC company’s assets are not properly owned or are infringed by others, or an HSBC company infringes another party’s rights.

     HSBC has a global legal function to assist management in controlling legal risk. The function provides legal advice and support in managing claims against HSBC companies, as well as in respect of non-routine debt recoveries or other


 

252


Back to Contents

litigation against third parties.

     The GMO legal department oversees the global legal function and is headed by a Group General Manager who reports to the Group Chairman. There are legal departments in 54 of the countries in which HSBC operates. There are also regional legal functions in each of Europe, North America, Latin America, the Middle East, and Asia-Pacific.

     Operating companies must notify the appropriate legal department immediately any litigation is either threatened or commenced against HSBC or an employee. The appropriate regional legal department must be immediately advised (and must in turn immediately advise the GMO legal department) of any action by a regulatory authority, where the proceedings are criminal, or where the claim might materially affect the Group’s reputation. Further, any claims which exceed US$1.5 million or equivalent must also be advised to the appropriate regional legal department and the regional legal department must immediately advise the GMO legal department if any such claim exceeds US$5 million. All such matters are then reported to the Risk Management Meeting of the Group Management Board in a monthly paper.

     An exception report must be made to the local compliance function and escalated to the Head of Group Compliance in respect of any breach which has given rise to a fine and/or costs levied by a court of law or regulatory body where the amount is US$1,500 or more, and material or significant issues are reported to the Risk Management Meeting of GMB and/or the Group Audit Committee.

     In addition, operating companies are required to submit quarterly returns detailing outstanding claims where the claim (or group of similar claims) exceeds US$10 million, where the action is by a regulatory authority, where the proceedings are criminal, where the claim might materially affect the Group’s reputation, or, where the GMO legal department has requested returns be completed for a particular claim. These returns are used for reporting to the Group Audit Committee and the Board of HSBC Holdings, and disclosure in the Interim Report and Annual Report and Accounts, if appropriate.

Global security and fraud risk
(Unaudited)

Security and fraud risk issues are managed at Group level by Global Security and Fraud Risk. This unit, which has responsibility for physical, fraud, information and contingency risk, and security and business intelligence, is fully integrated within the central GMO Risk function. This facilitates

synergies between it and other risk functions, such as with Global Retail Risk Management in the selection, design and implementation of systems and processes to protect the Group against fraud by deterring fraudulent activity, detecting it where it does occur and mitigating its effects.

Pension risk

(Unaudited)

HSBC operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, as described in Note 8 on the Financial Statements. Some of these pension plans are defined benefit plans, of which the largest is the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme.

     In order to fund these benefits, sponsoring group companies (and in some instances, employees) make regular contributions in accordance with advice from actuaries and in consultation with the scheme’s Trustees (where relevant). The defined benefit plans invest these contributions in a range of investments designed to meet their long-term liabilities.

     The level of these contributions has a direct impact on the cash flow of the Group and would normally be set to ensure that there are sufficient funds to meet the cost of the accruing benefits for the future service of active members. However, higher contributions will be required when plan assets are considered insufficient to cover the existing pension liabilities as a deficit exists. Contribution rates are typically revised annually or triennially, depending on the plan. The agreed contributions to the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme are revised triennially.

     A deficit in a defined benefit plan may arise from a number of factors, including:

investments delivering a return below that required to provide the projected plan benefits. This could arise, for example, when there is a fall in the market value of equities, or when increases in long-term interest rates cause a fall in the value of fixed income securities held;
   
the prevailing economic environment leading to corporate failures, thus triggering write-downs in asset (both equity and debt) values;
   
a change in either interest rates or inflation which causes an increase in the value of the scheme liabilities; and
   
scheme members living longer than expected (known as longevity risk).

     The plan’s investment strategy is determined in the light of the market risk inherent in the investments and the consequential impact on potential future contributions.


 

253


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Pension risk / Reputational risk / Sustainability risk / Insurance operations > Life business

 

     Ultimate responsibility for investment strategy rests with either the Trustees or, in certain circumstances, a Management Committee. The degree of independence of the Trustees from HSBC differs in different jurisdictions. For example, the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, which accounts for approximately 63 per cent of the obligations of the Group’s defined benefit pension plans, is overseen by a corporate Trustee. This scheme’s Trustee regularly monitors the market risks inherent in the scheme.

Reputational risk

(Unaudited)

The safeguarding of HSBC’s reputation is of paramount importance to its continued prosperity and is the responsibility of every member of staff. HSBC regularly reviews its policies and procedures for safeguarding against reputational and operational risks. This is an evolutionary process which takes account of relevant developments and industry guidance such as The Association of British Insurers’ guidance on best practice when responding to environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’) risks.

     HSBC has always aspired to the highest standards of conduct and, as a matter of routine, takes account of reputational risks to its business. Reputational risks can arise from a wide variety of causes, including ESG issues and operational risk events. As a banking group, HSBC’s good reputation depends upon the way in which it conducts its business, but it can also be affected by the way in which clients, to whom it provides financial services, conduct themselves. The training of Directors on appointment includes reputational matters.

     A Group Reputational Risk Committee (‘GRRC’) has been established at which relevant Group functions with responsibility for activities and functions which attract reputational risk are represented. The primary role of the GRRC is to consider areas and activities presenting significant reputational risk and, where appropriate, to make recommendations to the Risk Management Meeting and GMB for policy or procedural changes to mitigate such risk.

     Standards on all major aspects of business are set for HSBC and for individual subsidiaries, businesses and functions. Reputational risks, including ESG matters, are considered and assessed by the Board, GMB, the Risk Management Meeting, subsidiary company boards, board committees and senior management during the formulation of policy and the establishment of HSBC standards. These

policies, which form an integral part of the internal control system (see page 299), are communicated through manuals and statements of policy and are promulgated through internal communications and training. The policies cover ESG issues and set out operational procedures in all areas of reputational risk, including money laundering deterrence, counter-terrorist financing environmental impact, anti-corruption measures and employee relations. The policy manuals address risk issues in detail and co-operation between GMO departments and businesses is required to ensure a strong adherence to HSBC’s risk management system and its sustainability practices.

Sustainability risk

(Unaudited)

Sustainability risks arise from the provision of financial services to companies or projects which run counter to the needs of sustainable development; in effect this risk arises when the environmental and social effects outweigh economic benefits. Within Group Management Office, a separate function, Group Corporate Sustainability, is mandated to manage these risks globally working through local offices as appropriate. Its risk management responsibilities include:

formulating sustainability risk policies. This includes oversight of HSBC’s sustainability risk standards, management of the Equator Principles for project finance lending, and sector-based sustainability policies covering those sectors with high environmental, ethical or social impacts (forestry, freshwater infrastructure, chemicals, energy, mining and metals, and defence-related lending); undertaking an independent review of transactions where sustainability risks are assessed to be high, and supporting HSBC’s operating companies to assess similar risks of a lower magnitude;
   
building and implementing systems-based processes to ensure consistent application of policies, reduce the costs of sustainability risk reviews and capture management information to measure and report on the effect of HSBC’s lending and investment activities on sustainable development; and
   
providing training and capacity building within HSBC’s operating companies to ensure sustainability risks are identified and mitigated on a consistent basis and to either HSBC’s own standards, or international standards or local regulations, whichever is the higher.

 

254


Back to Contents

Risk management of insurance operations

(Audited)

HSBC operates a bancassurance model which provides insurance products for customers with whom the Group has a banking relationship. Insurance products are sold to all customer groups, mainly utilising retail branches, the internet and phone centres. Personal Financial Services customers attract the majority of sales and comprise the majority of policyholders. HSBC offers its customers a wide range of insurance and investment products, many of which complement other bank and consumer finance products.

     Many of these insurance products are manufactured by HSBC subsidiaries. The Group underwrites the insurance risk and retains the risks and rewards associated with writing insurance contracts, retaining both the underwriting profit and the commission paid by the manufacturer to the bank distribution channel within the Group. HSBC’s exposure to risks associated with manufacturing insurance contracts in its subsidiaries and its management of these risks are discussed below.

     Where the Group considers it operationally more effective, third parties are engaged to manufacture insurance products for sale through HSBC’s banking network. The Group works with a limited number of market-leading partners to provide the products. These arrangements earn HSBC a commission.

     HSBC’s bancassurance business operates in all five of the Group’s geographical regions with over 30 legal entities, the majority of which are subsidiaries of banking legal entities, manufacturing insurance products. Management of these insurance manufacturers set their own control procedures in addition to complying with guidelines issued by the Group Insurance Head Office. This is headed by HSBC’s Managing Director of Insurance, supported by a Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Risk Officer, the latter appointed in 2008. The role of Group Insurance Head Office includes setting the control framework for monitoring and measuring insurance risk in line with Group practices, and drawing up insurance-specific policies and guidelines for inclusion in the Group Instruction Manuals. The control framework for monitoring risk includes the Group Insurance Risk Committee, which oversees the status of the significant risk categories in the insurance

operations. Four sub-committees report to the Committee, focusing on market and liquidity risk, credit risk, operational and insurance risk. The processes and controls employed to monitor each risk are described under their respective headings below.

     The main contracts manufactured by HSBC are as follows:

Life insurance business
(Audited)

Life insurance contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) allow policyholders to participate in the profits generated from such business, which may take the form of annual bonuses and a final bonus, in addition to providing cover on death. Certain minimum return levels are also guaranteed. The largest portfolio is in Hong Kong.

     Credit life insurance business is written to underpin banking and finance products. The policy pays a claim if the holder of the loan is unable to make repayments due to early death or unemployment.

     Annuities are contracts providing regular payments of income from capital investment for either a fixed period or during the annuitant’s lifetime. Payments to the annuitant either begin on inception of the policy (immediate annuities) or at a designated future date (deferred annuities).

     Term assurance and critical illness policies provide cover in the event of death (term assurance) and serious illness.

     Linked life insurance contracts pay benefits to policyholders which are typically determined by reference to the value of the investments supporting the policies.

     Investment contracts with DPF allow policyholders to participate in the profits generated by such business. The largest portfolio is written in France. Policyholders are guaranteed to receive a return on their investment plus any discretionary bonuses. In addition, certain minimum return levels are guaranteed.

     Unit-linked investment contracts are those where the principal benefit payable is the value of assigned assets.

     Other investment contracts include pension contracts written in Hong Kong.


 

255


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Insurance operations > Non-life business / Insurance risk

 

Non-life insurance business
(Audited)

Non-life insurance contracts include motor, fire and other damage to property, accident and health, repayment protection and commercial insurances.

     Motor insurance business covers vehicle damage and liability for personal injury. For fire and other damage to property, the main focus in most markets is providing individuals with home and contents insurance, with cover for selected commercial customers largely written in Asia and Latin America.

     A very limited portfolio of liability business is written, other than that included in the motor book.

     Credit non-life insurance is concentrated in North America and Europe, and is originated in conjunction with the provision of loans. Payment protection insurance (‘PPI’) products were suspended in the UK pending a final report from the Competition Commission on their provision by the financial services industry. The report was issued in early 2009. The business is in the process of assessing the impact of the reported findings on credit protection products in the UK.

     Given the nature of the contracts written by the Group, the risks to which HSBC’s insurance operations are exposed fall into two principal categories: insurance risk and financial risk. The following section describes the nature and extent of these risks and HSBC’s approach to managing them. The majority of the risk in the insurance business derives from manufacturing activities.

Insurance risk
(Audited)

Insurance risk is a risk, other than financial risk, transferred from the holder of a contract to the issuer, in this case HSBC. The principal insurance risk faced by HSBC is that, over time, the combined cost of claims, administration and acquisition of the contract may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income. The cost of a claim can be influenced by many factors, including mortality and morbidity experience, lapse and surrender rates and, if the policy has a savings element, the performance of the assets held to support the liabilities. Performance of the underlying assets is affected by changes in both interest rates and equity prices (see page 263).

     HSBC’s insurance risk appetite is proposed by local businesses and authorised centrally. The Group manages its exposure to insurance risk by applying formal underwriting, reinsurance and claims-

handling procedures designed to ensure compliance with regulations. This is supplemented with stress testing.

     Insurance contracts sold by HSBC relate, in the main, to core underlying banking activities, such as savings and investment products, and credit life products. The Group’s manufacturing focuses on personal lines, i.e. contracts written for individuals, which tend to be of higher volume and lower individual value than commercial lines. They thus contribute to diversifying insurance risk.

     Life and non-life business insurance risks are controlled by high-level policies and procedures set centrally, supplemented as appropriate with measures which take account of specific local market conditions and regulatory requirements. For example, manufacturing entities are required to obtain authorisation from Group Insurance Head Office to write certain classes of business, with restrictions applying to commercial and liability non-life insurance, in particular.

     Local ALCOs and Risk Management Committees are required to monitor certain risk exposures, mainly for life business where the focus is on reviewing the risks associated with the duration and cash flow matching of insurance assets and liabilities.

     Reinsurance is also used as a means of mitigating exposure, in particular to aggregations of catastrophe risk. Specific examples are as follows:

Accident and health insurance. Potential exposure to concentrations of claims arising from isolated events, such as earthquakes or a pandemic, are mitigated by the purchase of catastrophe reinsurance.
   
Motor insurance. Reinsurance protection is arranged to avoid excessive exposure to larger losses, particularly from personal injury claims.
   
Fire and other damage to property. Portfolios at risk from catastrophic losses are protected by reinsurance in accordance with information obtained from professional risk-modelling organisations.

     Although reinsurance provides a means of managing insurance risk, such contracts expose the Group to counterparty risk, the risk of default by the reinsurer (see page 267).

     The following tables provide an analysis of HSBC’s insurance risk exposures by geographical region and by type of business. By definition, HSBC is not exposed to insurance risk on investment


 

256


Back to Contents

contracts, so they are not included in the insurance risk management analysis.

     Life business tends to be longer-term in nature than non-life business and frequently involves an element of savings and investment in the contract. Accordingly, separate tables are provided for life and non-life businesses, reflecting their distinctive risk characteristics. The life insurance risk table provides an analysis of insurance liabilities as the best

Analysis of life insurance risk – liabilities to policyholders
(Audited)

available overall measure of insurance exposure, because provisions for life contracts are typically set by reference to expected future cash outflows relating to the underlying policies. The table for non life business uses written premiums as the best available measure of risk exposure because policies are typically priced by reference to the risk being underwritten.


          Rest of              
      Hong   Asia-   North   Latin      
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                        
Life (non-linked)                        
   Insurance contracts with DPF1 1,015    11,213    216          12,444  
   Credit life 252       65     317  
   Annuities 379     28   805   1,363   2,575  
   Term assurance and other long-term contracts 1,316   107   99   136   376   2,034  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total life (non-linked) 2,962   11,320   343   1,006   1,739   17,370  
Life (linked) 1,548   2,276   310     1,933   6,067  
Investment contracts with DPF1,2 17,732     34       17,766  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance liabilities to policyholders 22,242   13,596   687   1,006   3,672   41,203  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007                        
Life (non-linked)                        
Insurance contracts with DPF1 940   8,489   231       9,660  
   Credit life 235       82     317  
   Annuities 413     28   1,154   1,532   3,127  
   Term assurance and other long-term contracts 675   74   85   125   307   1,266  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total life (non-linked) 2,263   8,563   344   1,361   1,839   14,370  
Life (linked) 1,720   2,019   467     2,193   6,399  
Investment contracts with DPF1,2 18,954     29       18,983  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance liabilities to policyholders 22,937   10,582   840   1,361   4,032   39,752  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
1 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) can give policyholders the contractual right to receive, as a supplement to their guaranteed benefits, additional benefits that may be a significant portion of the total contractual benefits, but whose amount and timing is determined by HSBC. These additional benefits are contractually based on the performance of a specified pool of contracts or assets, or the profit of the company issuing the contracts.
2 Although investment contracts with DPF are financial investments, HSBC continues to account for them as insurance contracts as permitted by IFRS 4.

 

(Audited)

     The above table of liabilities to life insurance policyholders highlights that the most significant products are investment contracts with DPF issued in France, insurance contracts with DPF issued in Hong Kong and unit-linked contracts issued in Hong Kong, Latin America and Europe.

     The liabilities for long-term contracts are set by reference to a range of assumptions which include lapse and surrender rates, mortality and expense levels. These assumptions typically reflect each

entity’s own experience. Economic assumptions, such as investment returns and interest rates, are usually based on market observable data. Changes in underlying assumptions affect the liabilities. The sensitivity of profit after tax and shareholders’ equity to changes in both economic and non-economic assumptions are considered below.

     Insurance risk arising from life insurance depends on the type of business, and varies considerably. The principal risks are mortality, morbidity, lapse, surrender and expense levels.


 

257


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued) 
   
   
 Insurance operations > Insurance risk

 

     The main contracts which generate exposure to mortality and morbidity risks are term assurance contracts and annuities. These risks are monitored on a regular basis, and are primarily mitigated by medical underwriting and by retaining the ability in certain cases to amend premiums in the light of experience. The risk associated with lapses and surrenders is generally mitigated by the application

of surrender charges, though other management actions, such as managing the level of bonus payments to policyholders, may be taken. Expense risk is generally managed through pricing. The level of expenses in the contract will be one of the factors considered when setting premiums rates.


 

Analysis of non-life insurance risk – net written insurance premiums1                  
(Audited)                         
          Rest of              
      Hong   Asia-   North   Latin    
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
2008                        
Accident and health 14    155    5    3    27    204   
Motor 350   15   14     273   652  
Fire and other damage 150   26   3   4   22   205  
Liability   14   4     34   52  
Credit (non-life) 99       144     243  
Marine, aviation and transport   11   4     24   39  
Other non-life insurance contracts 49   28     15   29   121  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total net written insurance premiums 662   249   30   166   409   1,516  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders
(553 ) (121 ) (13 ) (98 ) (176 ) (961 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2007                        
Accident and health 27   132   5     25   189  
Motor 369   15   10     224   618  
Fire and other damage 178   23   7   2   19   229  
Liability   12   3   8   34   57  
Credit (non-life) 76       157     233  
Marine, aviation and transport   12   4     18   34  
Other non-life insurance contracts 30   24     30   24   108  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total net written insurance premiums 680   218   29   197   344   1,468  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders
(598 ) (90 ) (10 ) (79 ) (151 ) (928 )
 
 
 
 
 
 

2006                        
Accident and health 26   97   5     10   138  
Motor 185   15   13     157   370  
Fire and other damage 221   22   5   2   9   259  
Liability 1   13   2   8   24   48  
Credit (non-life) 264       173     437  
Marine, aviation and transport 1   11   3     12   27  
Other non-life insurance contracts 13   24     37   20   94  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total net written insurance premiums 711   182   28   220   232   1,373  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders (451 ) (76 ) (11 ) (79 ) (111 ) (728 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
1 Net written insurance premiums represent gross written premiums less gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers.
   

(Audited)

     The above table of non-life net written insurance premiums provides an overall summary of the non-life insurance activity of the Group. Motor business is written predominantly in Europe and Latin America and represented the largest class of non-life business in 2008. Fire and other damage to property business is written in all major markets, most significantly in Europe. Credit non-life insurance, which is originated in conjunction with

the provision of loans, is concentrated in the US and Europe.

     The main risks associated with non-life business are underwriting risk and claims experience risk. Underwriting risk is the risk that HSBC does not charge premiums appropriate to the cover provided and claims experience risk is the risk that portfolio experience is worse than expected. HSBC manages these risks through pricing (for example, imposing


 

258


Back to Contents

restrictions and deductibles in the policy terms and conditions), product design, risk selection, claims handling, investment strategy and reinsurance policy. The majority of non-life insurance contracts are renewable annually and the underwriters have the right to refuse renewal or to change the terms and conditions of the contract at that time.

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract
(Audited)

A principal tool used by HSBC to manage its exposure to insurance risk, in particular for life insurance contracts, is asset and liability matching. Models are used to assess the effect of a range of future scenarios on the values of financial assets and associated liabilities, and ALCOs employ the outcomes in determining how the assets and liabilities should be matched. The scenarios include stresses applied to factors which affect insurance risk such as mortality and lapse rates. Of particular importance is the need to match the expected pattern of cash inflows with the benefits payable on the underlying contracts, which can extend for many years. The table below shows the composition of assets and liabilities and demonstrates that there

were sufficient assets to cover the liabilities to policyholders at the end of 2008. It may not always be possible to achieve a complete matching of asset and liability durations, partly because there is uncertainty over policyholder behaviour, which introduces uncertainty over the receipt of all future premiums and the timing of claims, and partly because the duration of liabilities may exceed the duration of the longest available dated fixed interest investments. In an environment where interest rates and yield curves are falling, insurance operations are exposed to re-investment risk as higher yielding assets held in the portfolio mature and are replaced with lower yielding assets. Given the objective to hold rather than trade investments, the current portfolio of assets includes debt securities issued at a time when coupon rates were higher than those observed in the current market. As a result, the current yield of the debt securities exceeds that which may be obtained on current issues. Management action has been taken in relation to certain participating contracts to reduce short-term bonus rates paid to policyholders to manage the immediate strain on the business. Should interest rates and yield curves stay low for prolonged periods, further management actions may be needed.


 

   Insurance contracts   Investment contracts            
 




 
         
   Contracts             Term        Contracts                      
   with   Unit-   Annu-   assur-        with   Unit-        Other       
   DPF   linked   ities   ance 1 Non-life   DPF 2 linked   Other   assets 3 Total  
   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                                        
Financial assets:                                         
   – trading assets
            35             4    39  
   – financial assets designated at fair value
959   4,738   457   496   52   4,597   5,525   1,481   1,970   20,275  
   – derivatives 27    3       26       60    170    91    24    401  
   – financial investments 9,383     1,282   399   860   12,482     1,482   2,576   28,464  
   – other financial assets 1,967    400    639    1,288    1,106    173    443    685    2,110    8,811  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total financial assets 12,336    5,141    2,378    2,209    2,053    17,312    6,138    3,739    6,684    57,990  
Reinsurance assets 6   956   311   320   430             60   2,083  
PVIF4                         2,033    2,033  
Other assets and investment properties 121   3   32   71   257   459   55   54   935   1,987  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets 12,463    6,100    2,721    2,600    2,740    17,771    6,193    3,793    9,712    64,093  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities under investment  contracts designated at fair value
                  6,012    3,271       9,283  
Liabilities under investment contracts carried at amortised cost
              284     284  
Liabilities under insurance contracts 12,444    6,067    2,575    2,351    2,480    17,766             43,683  
Deferred tax 8   7   22   30   1   1     3   515   587  
Other liabilities                         2,679    2,679  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities 12,452    6,074    2,597    2,381    2,481    17,767    6,012    3,558    3,194    56,516  
Total equity                 7,577   7,577  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total equity and liabilities5 12,452    6,074    2,597    2,381    2,481    17,767    6,012    3,558    10,771    64,093  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

259


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Insurance operations > Insurance risk

 

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract (continued)
(Audited)

  Insurance contracts   Investment contracts  
 
 
   Contracts                      Contracts                      
   with   Unit-   Annu-   Term        with   Unit-        Other       
   DPF   linked   ities   assurance 1 Non-life   DPF 2 linked   Other   assets 3 Total  
   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2007                                                  
Financial assets:                                                  
   – trading assets       37       22             35    94  
   – financial assets                                                  
      designated at fair value 3,424    5,799    610    559    130    6,210    12,379    1,610    2,992    33,713  
   – derivatives 2   52       1   78   250   3   30   416  
   – financial investments 4,518       1,265    328    1,071    12,305       1,526    2,939    23,952  
   – other financial assets 1,896   520   1,047   716   1,175   3   762   714   1,483   8,316  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total financial assets 9,840    6,371    2,959    1,603    2,399    18,596    13,391    3,853    7,479    66,491  
Reinsurance assets 4   57   337   264   653         54   1,369  
PVIF4                         1,965    1,965  
Other assets and  investment properties
65   2   30   104   193   399   46   52   1,196   2,087  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets 9,909    6,430    3,326    1,971    3,245    18,995    13,437    3,905    10,694    71,912  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities under investment    contracts designated at fair value
                  12,725    3,328       16,053  
Liabilities under investment contracts carried at amortised cost
              312     312  
Liabilities under insurance contracts
9,660    6,399    3,127    1,583    2,854    18,983             42,606  
Deferred tax   7   3   22   3     6     582   623  
Other liabilities                         3,888    3,888  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities 9,660    6,406    3,130    1,605    2,857    18,983    12,731    3,640    4,470    63,482  
Total equity                 8,430   8,430  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total equity and liabilities6 9,660    6,406    3,130    1,605    2,857    18,983    12,731    3,640    12,900    71,912  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
1 Term assurance includes credit life insurance.
2 Although investment contracts with DPF are financial investments, HSBC continues to account for them as insurance contracts as permitted by IFRS 4.
3 Other assets comprise shareholder assets.
4 Present value of in-force long-term insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF.
5 Does not include assets, liabilities and shareholders’ funds of associated insurance company, Ping An Insurance, or joint venture insurance companies, Hana Life and Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited.
6 Does not include assets, liabilities and shareholders’ funds of associated insurance company, Ping An Insurance.

 

260


Back to Contents

     The table below shows the composition of assets and liabilities by region and demonstrates that there

were sufficient assets to cover the liabilities to policyholders for each region at the end of 2008.


 

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by geographical region 
(Audited) 

            Rest of                 
       Hong   Asia-   North   Latin       
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                        
Financial assets:                        
   – trading assets             39    39  
   – financial assets designated at fair value 12,605   4,153   581     2,936   20,275  
   – derivatives 258    117          26    401  
   – financial investments 14,240   10,689   91   2,040   1,404   28,464  
   – other financial assets 4,143    2,906    289    585    888    8,811  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total financial assets 31,246    17,865    961    2,625    5,293    57,990  
Reinsurance assets 920   1,004   20   13   126   2,083  
PVIF1 845    905    81       202    2,033  
Other assets and investment properties
933   400   9   354   291   1,987  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets 33,944    20,174    1,071    2,992    5,912    64,093  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value
5,310   3,895   78       9,283  
Liabilities under investment contracts carried at amortised cost
        284   284  
Liabilities under insurance contracts
23,752   13,873   745   1,237   4,076   43,683  
Deferred tax 304   161   19     103   587  
Other liabilities 2,184   190   42   11   252   2,679  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities 31,550   18,119   884   1,248   4,715   56,516  
Total equity 2,394   2,055   187   1,744   1,197   7,577  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total equity and liabilities2 33,944   20,174   1,071   2,992   5,912   64,093  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007                        
Financial assets:                        
   – trading assets         94   94  
   – financial assets designated at fair value 22,824   6,733   796     3,360   33,713  
   – derivatives 410   5     1     416  
   – financial investments 13,805   6,251   78   2,425   1,393   23,952  
   – other financial assets 3,345   3,259   197   653   862   8,316  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total financial assets 40,384   16,248   1,071   3,079   5,709   66,491  
Reinsurance assets 1,095   48   28   83   115   1,369  
PVIF1 892   810   65     198   1,965  
Other assets and investment properties
787   926   7   52   315   2,087  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets 43,158   18,032   1,171   3,214   6,337   71,912  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value
11,720   4,285   48       16,053  
Liabilities under investment contracts carried at amortised cost
        312   312  
Liabilities under insurance contracts
24,788   10,843   903   1,652   4,420   42,606  
Deferred tax 371   143   12     97   623  
Other liabilities 3,392   193   28   18   257   3,888  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities 40,271   15,464   991   1,670   5,086   63,482  
Total equity 2,887   2,568   180   1,544   1,251   8,430  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total equity and liabilities3 43,158   18,032   1,171   3,214   6,337   71,912  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
1 Present value of in-force long-term insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF.
2 Does not include assets, liabilities and shareholders’ funds of associated insurance company, Ping An Insurance, or joint venture insurance companies, Hana Life and Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited.
3 Does not include assets, liabilities and shareholders’ funds of associated insurance company, Ping An Insurance.

 

261


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   

Insurance operations > Financial risks > Market risk

 

Financial risks
(Audited)

HSBC’s insurance businesses are exposed to a range of financial risks, including market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Market risk includes interest rate risk, equity risk and foreign exchange risk. The nature and management of these risks is described below.

     Manufacturing subsidiaries are exposed to financial risks, for example, when the proceeds from financial assets are not sufficient to fund the obligations arising from non-linked insurance and investment contracts. Certain insurance-related activities undertaken by HSBC subsidiaries such as insurance broking, insurance management (including captive management) and the administration and intermediation of insurance, pensions and annuities are exposed to financial risks, but not to a significant extent.

     Risk management procedures which reflect local market conditions and regulatory requirements may be implemented by HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries in addition to policies provided for Group-wide application through the Group Instruction Manuals. In many jurisdictions, local regulatory requirements prescribe the type, quality and concentration of assets that these subsidiaries must maintain to meet insurance liabilities. Within each subsidiary, ALCOs are responsible for ensuring that exposures to financial risks remain within local requirements and risk mandates (as agreed with Group Insurance Head Office), and ensure compliance with the control framework established centrally through the Group Instruction Manuals.

     The following table analyses the assets held in HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries at 31 December 2008 by type of contract, and provides a view of the exposure to financial risk:


 

Financial assets held by insurance manufacturing subsidiaries
(Audited) 

  At 31 December 2008  
 
 
   Life linked   Life non-linked   Non-life   Other       
   contracts 1 contracts 2 insurance 3 assets 4 Total  5
   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Trading assets                    
   Debt securities       35    4    39  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets designated at fair value                             
   Treasury bills 31   197     8   236  
   Debt securities 4,091    3,109    52    1,625    8,877  
   Equity securities 6,141   4,684     337   11,162  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   10,263    7,990    52    1,970    20,275  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial investments                             
Held-to-maturity:                    
   Debt securities    10,411    170    510    11,091  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale:                             
   Treasury bills   4   130   128   262  
   Other eligible bills       272    126    398  
   Debt securities   14,602   254   1,596   16,452  
   Equity securities    11    34    216    261  
 
 
 
 
 
 
      14,617    690    2,066    17,373  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives 173    204       24    401  
Other financial assets6 843   4,752   1,106   2,110   8,811  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   11,279    37,974    2,053    6,684    57,990  
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

262


Back to Contents

  At 31 December 2007  
 








 
  Life linked   Life non-linked   Non-life   Other      
  contracts 1 contracts 2 insurance 3 assets 4 Total 7
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Trading assets                    
   Debt securities    37    22    35    94  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets designated at fair value                    
   Treasury bills 51       96    34    181  
   Debt securities 7,741   3,591   28   2,272   13,632  
   Equity securities 10,386    8,822    6    686    19,900  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   18,178    12,413    130    2,992    33,713  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial investments                    
Held-to-maturity:                    
   Treasury bills              
   Debt securities   6,253   144   408   6,805  
 
 
 
 
 
 
      6,253    144    408    6,805  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale:                    
   Treasury bills    2    126    130    258  
   Other eligible bills     176   172   348  
   Debt securities    13,677    563    2,065    16,305  
   Equity securities   10   62   164   236  
 
 
 
 
 
 
      13,689    927    2,531    17,147  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives 302   83   1   30   416  
Other financial assets6 1,282    4,376    1,175    1,483    8,316  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   19,762    36,851    2,399    7,479    66,491  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
1 Comprise life linked insurance contracts and linked long-term investment contracts.
2 Comprise life non-linked insurance contracts and non-linked long-term investment contracts.
3 Comprises non-life insurance contracts.
4 Comprise shareholder assets.
5 Does not include financial assets of associated insurance company, Ping An Insurance.
6 Comprise mainly loans and advances to banks, cash and intercompany balances with other non-insurance legal entities.
7 Does not include financial assets of insurance manufacturing associate, Ping An Insurance.
   

     The table demonstrates that for linked contracts, HSBC typically designates assets at fair value. For non-linked contracts, the classification of the assets is driven by the nature of the underlying contract.

     The table also shows that approximately 62.9 per cent of financial assets was invested in debt securities at 31 December 2008 (2007: 55.4 per cent) with 19.7 per cent (2007: 30.3 per cent) invested in equity securities.

     In life linked insurance, premium income less charges levied is invested in a portfolio of assets. HSBC manages the financial risks of this product on behalf of the policyholders by holding appropriate assets in segregated funds or portfolios to which the liabilities are linked. Typically, HSBC retains some exposure to market risk as the market value of the linked assets influences the fees charged by HSBC and thereby affects the recoverability of expenses incurred by the Group in managing the product. The assets held to support life linked liabilities represented 19.4 per cent of the total financial assets of HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries at the end of 2008 (2007: 29.7 per cent).

Market risk
(Audited)

Insurance and investment products manufactured by HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries typically comprise features or combinations of features which may not be easily or exactly replicated by investments. Market risk arises when mismatches occur between product liabilities and the investment assets which back them; for example, mismatches between asset and liability yields and maturities give rise to interest rate risk.

Description of market risk
(Audited)

The main features of products manufactured by HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries which generate market risk, and the market risk to which these features expose the subsidiaries, are discussed below.

     Long-term insurance or investment products may incorporate either one investment return guarantee or a combination thereof, divided into the following categories:


 

263


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Insurance operations > Financial risks > Market risk 

 

annuities in payment;
   
deferred annuities: these consist of two phases – the savings and investing phase and the retirement income phase;
   
annual return: the annual return is guaranteed to be no lower than a specified rate. This may be the return credited to the policyholder every year, or the average annual return credited to the policyholder over the life of the policy, which may occur on the maturity date or the surrender date of the contract;
   
capital: policyholders are guaranteed to receive no less than the premiums paid plus declared bonuses less expenses; and
   
market performance: policyholders receive an investment return which is guaranteed to be
  within a prescribed range of average investment returns earned by predetermined market participants on the specified product.

     Subsidiaries manufacturing products with guarantees are usually exposed to falls in market interest rates as they result in lower yields on the assets supporting guaranteed investment returns payable to policyholders. In the current market environment, in which interest rates are falling, managing this risk is of increasing importance.

     The table below shows, in respect of each category of guarantee, the total liabilities to policyholders established for guaranteed products, the range of investment returns (net of operating costs) implied by the guarantees, and the range of current yields of the investment portfolios supporting the guarantees.


   
Liabilities to policyholders1
(Audited)   
                         
 
  2008   2007  
 




 




 
      Investment           Investment      
      returns           returns      
  Amount of   implied by   Current   Amount of   implied by   Current  
  reserve   guarantee 2 yields   reserve   guarantee 3 yields  
  US$m   %   %   US$m   %   %  
                         
Annuities in payment 744    0.0 – 11.5    6.5 – 28.0    716    0.0– 8.5   5.1 – 18.1   
Deferred annuities 120   0.0 – 6.0   3.9 – 7.4   116   0.0– 6.0   3.8– 8.6  
Deferred annuities 576   6.0 – 9.0   5.4 – 5.4   609   6.0– 9.0   5.7  
Annual return 13,717   0.0 – 4.5   2.2 – 4.9   12,875   0.0– 4.5   3.2– 8.7  
Annual return 302   4.5 – 6.0   3.4 – 7.3   352   4.5– 6.0   3.2– 8.5  
Capital 13,346   0.0   2.0 – 4.3   11,311   0.0   3.8– 4.8  
Market performance4 n/a   n/a   n/a   3,605   n/a   n/a  
   
1 The table excludes contracts where the market risk is 100 per cent reinsured.
2 Excluding guarantees from associated insurance company, Ping An Insurance, or joint venture insurance companies, Hana Life and Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited.
3 Excluding guarantees from associate insurance company, Ping An Insurance.
4 There is no specific investment return implied by market performance guarantees because the guarantees are expressed as lying within prescribed ranges of average market returns.
 

     A certain number of these products have been discontinued, including the US$576 million deferred annuity portfolio in HSBC Finance where, as highlighted in the above table, the current portfolio yield is less than the guarantee. On acquisition of this block of business by HSBC Finance, a provision was established to mitigate the shortfall in yields. There has been no further deterioration in the shortfall since acquisition. There are a limited number of additional contracts where the current portfolio yield is less than the guarantee implied by the contract.

     The proceeds from insurance and investment products with DPF are primarily invested in bonds with a proportion allocated to equity securities in order to provide customers with the potential for enhanced returns. Subsidiaries with portfolios of

such products are exposed to the risk of falls in the market price of equity securities when they cannot be fully reflected in the discretionary bonuses. An increase in market volatility could also result in an increase in the value of the guarantee to the policyholder.

     Long-term insurance and investment products typically permit the policyholder to surrender the policy or let it lapse at any time. When the surrender value is not linked to the value realised from the sale of the associated supporting assets, the subsidiary is exposed to market risk. In particular, when customers seek to surrender their policies when asset values are falling, assets may have to be sold at a loss to fund redemptions.

     A subsidiary holding a portfolio of long-term insurance and investment products, especially with


 

264


Back to Contents

DPF, may attempt to reduce exposure to its local market by investing in assets in countries other than that in which it is based. These assets may be denominated in currencies other than the subsidiary’s local currency. It is often not cost effective for the subsidiary to hedge the foreign exchange exposure associated with these assets, and this exposes it to the risk that its local currency will strengthen against the currency of the related assets.

     For unit-linked contracts, market risk is substantially borne by the policyholder, but HSBC typically remains exposed to market risk as the market value of the linked assets influences the fees HSBC earns for managing them.

How the risks are managed
(Audited)

HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries manage market risk by using some or all of the following techniques, depending on the nature of the contracts they write:

for products with DPF, adjusting bonus rates to manage the liabilities to policyholders. Bonus rates are managed by regularly evaluating their sustainability. The effect is that a portion of the market risk is borne by the policyholder;
   
as far as possible, matching assets to liabilities. For example, for products with annual return or capital guarantees, HSBC invests in bonds which produce returns at least equal to the investment returns implied by the guarantees;
   
using derivatives in a limited number of instances;
   
when designing new products with investment guarantees, evaluating the cost of the guarantee and considering this cost when determining the level of premiums or the price structure;
   
periodically reviewing products identified as higher risk, which contain guarantees and embedded optionality features linked to savings and investment products. The scope of the review would include pricing, risk management and profitability (a control introduced during 2008). Guaranteed products which expose the Group to risk beyond the levels deemed acceptable in any of these categories are either altered or are no longer offered to customers;
   
including features designed to mitigate market risk in new products, such as charging surrender penalties to recoup losses incurred when policyholders surrender their policies; and
exiting, to the extent possible, investment portfolios whose risk is considered unacceptable – for example, by implementing asset reallocation strategies in order to manage risk exposures.

     During 2008, the credit, market and liquidity risk functions in Group Insurance Head Office were strengthened by the creation of two new positions, Chief Credit Officer and Chief Market and Liquidity Risk Officer, both reporting to the Chief Risk Officer. Also, due diligence procedures were enhanced during the current lower yield environment to more critically assess embedded risk in respect of new products, for example, those including options and guarantees within the contract. When such product features are identified, the product proposal is reviewed by Group Insurance Head Office to ensure that the key risks are identified and that the related risk management procedures are adequate. The frequency with which management reviews certain exposures is increased in markets demonstrating increasing volatility to ensure that any matters arising are dealt with in a timely fashion.

     Each insurance manufacturing subsidiary is required to have a market risk mandate which specifies the investment instruments in which it is permitted to invest and the maximum quantum of market risk which it is permitted to retain. It is the responsibility of the subsidiary’s ALCO and the Market and Liquidity Risk Committee (subcommittee to the Group Insurance Risk Committee) to ensure that each mandate is consistent with local regulations. All mandates are reviewed and agreed annually by Group Insurance Head Office, and aggregate limits are approved by the Risk Management Meeting of GMB. During 2008, market risk mandates were enhanced in some of the major insurance subsidiaries by introducing stop loss limits and management action limits designed to control risk in certain portfolios.

How the exposures to risks are measured
(Audited)

HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries monitor exposures against mandated limits regularly and report these quarterly to Group Insurance Head Office. Exposures are aggregated and reported to senior risk management forums in the Group, including the Group Insurance Market and Liquidity Risk Committee, Group Insurance Risk Committee and the Group Stress Test Review Group.

     The standard measures used to quantify the market risks are as follows:


 

265


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
 
   
Insurance operations > Financial risks > Market risk / Credit risk

 

for interest rate risk, the sensitivities of the net present values of asset and expected liability cash flows, in total and by currency, to a one basis point parallel upward shift in the discount curves used to calculate the net present values;
   
for equity price risk, the total market value of equity holdings and the market value of equity holdings by region and country; and
   
for foreign exchange risk, the total net short foreign exchange position and the net foreign exchange positions by currency.

     Although these measures are relatively straightforward to calculate and aggregate, there are limitations with them. The most significant limitation is that a parallel shift in yield curves of one basis point does not capture the non-linear relationships between the values of certain assets and liabilities and interest rates. Non-linearity arises, for example, from investment return guarantees and certain product features such as the ability of policyholders to surrender their policies. If the yields on investments held to support contracts with guarantees are less than the investment returns implied by the guarantees, shortfalls will be to the account of HSBC.

     HSBC recognises these limitations and augments its standard measures with stress tests which examine the effect of a range of market rate scenarios on the aggregate annual profits and total equity of the insurance manufacturing subsidiaries.

HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries report the results of their stress tests every quarter to Group Insurance Head Office, where the reports are consolidated and reviewed by the Group Insurance Market and Liquidity Risk Meeting and the Group Stress Test Review Group.

     HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries identify the assets and liabilities in their financial statements whose values are sensitive to each category of market risk and revalue them at various market rates. The outcome of the exercise is expressed in terms of the effect on profit for the year and total equity under the stress-tested assumptions, after taking into consideration tax and accounting treatments where material and relevant.

     The following table illustrates the effect on the aggregated profit for the year and total equity under various interest rate, equity price, foreign exchange rate and credit spread scenarios. Where appropriate, the impact of the stress on the PVIF is included in the results of the stress tests. The relationship between the values of certain assets and liabilities and the risk factors may be non-linear and, therefore, the results disclosed cannot be extrapolated to measure sensitivities to different levels of stress. The sensitivities are stated before allowance for the effect of management actions which may mitigate changes in market rates, and for any factors such as policyholder behaviour that may change in response to changes in market risk.


 

Sensitivity of HSBC’s insurance subsidiaries to risk factors
(Audited)

  2008   2007  
 
 
 
  Effect on   Effect on   Effect on   Effect on  
  profit for   total   profit for   total  
  the year   equity   the year   equity  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                 
+ 100 basis points parallel shift in yield curves 94   (13 ) 67   (29 )
– 100 basis points parallel shift in yield curves (82 ) 24   (71 ) 49  
10 per cent increase in equity prices 10   10   147   151  
10 per cent decrease in equity prices (12 ) (12 ) (145 ) (149 )
10 per cent increase in US dollar exchange rate compared to all currencies
28   29   12   12  
10 per cent decrease in US dollar exchange rate compared to all currencies
(28 ) (29 ) (12 ) (12 )
Sensitivity to credit spread increases
(73 ) (134 ) (15 ) (30 )

 

266


Back to Contents

     The sensitivity of the net profit after tax of HSBC’s insurance subsidiaries to the effects of increases in credit spreads is a fall of US$73 million (2007: US$15 million fall). The sensitivity is consistent with the other sensitivities noted above, and is calculated using simplified assumptions based on a one-day movement in credit spreads over a two-year period. A confidence level of 99 per cent, consistent with the Group’s VAR, has been applied. The effect of movements in credit spreads became more significant in 2008 due to increased volatility in credit spreads.

Credit risk
(Audited)

Credit risk can give rise to losses through default and can lead to volatility in income statement and balance sheet figures through movements in credit spreads, principally on the US$33.2 billion (2007: US$29.8 billion) non-linked bond portfolio. The exposure of the income statement to the effect of changes in credit spreads is small (see the table on page 266). 49 per cent of the financial assets held by insurance subsidiaries are classified as either held to maturity or available for sale, and consequently any changes in the fair value of these financial investments, absent impairment, would have no impact on the profit after tax.

     HSBC sells certain unit-linked life insurance contracts which are reinsured with a third-party. These insurance contracts include market return guarantees which are underwritten by the third-party. HSBC is exposed to credit risk to the extent that the third-party (the counterparty) is unable to meet the terms of the guarantees. As highlighted in ‘Market Risk’ above, the cost to the Group of market return guarantees increases when interest rates fall, equity markets fall or market volatility increases. In addition, when determined by reference to a discounted cash flow model in which the discount rate is based on current interest rates, guarantee costs increase in a falling interest rate environment. As a consequence of the rise in these costs, the Group’s counterparty exposure to the guarantees under the reinsurance agreement at 31 December 2008 was greater than at 31 December 2007. During 2008, sales of these contracts ceased, reflecting the adjusted risk appetite of the business.

     The exposure to credit risk products and the management of the risks associated with credit protection products are included in the description of life and non-life insurance risk on pages 257 to 258. HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries are responsible for the credit risk, quality and performance of their investment portfolios. Investment credit mandates and limits are set by the subsidiaries and approved by their local insurance ALCOs and Credit Risk functions before being submitted to Group Credit Risk for concurrence. The form and content of the mandates must accord with centrally set investment credit risk guidance regarding credit quality, industry sector concentration and liquidity restrictions, but allow for the inclusion of local regulatory and country-specific conditions. The assessment of the creditworthiness of issuers and counterparties is based primarily upon internationally recognised credit ratings and other publicly available information.

     Investment credit exposures are monitored against limits by the local insurance manufacturing subsidiaries, and are aggregated and reported to Group Credit Risk, the Group Insurance Credit Risk Meeting and the Group Insurance Risk Committee. Stress testing is performed by Group Insurance Head Office on the investment credit exposures using credit spread sensitivities and default probabilities. The stresses are reported to the Group Insurance Risk Committee.

     As noted above, under certain circumstances, the Group is able to dilute the effect of investment losses by sharing them with policyholders. However, when, for example, a contract includes a guarantee, losses which would result in a breach of the guaranteed benefits due to the policyholder are borne by the Group.

     In response to adverse credit market conditions, various initiatives were introduced during 2008 to better manage and report credit risk, including an Early Warning Report which is produced on a weekly basis to identify investments which may be at risk of future impairment. This report is circulated to senior management in Group Insurance Head Office and the Regional Chief Risk Officers, and risk reduction strategies are implemented when considered appropriate. Similarly, a watch list of investments with current credit concerns is circulated weekly.


 

267


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
 
   
Insurance operations > Financial risks > Credit risk

 

Credit quality
(Audited)

The following table presents an analysis of treasury bills, other eligible bills and debt securities within HSBC’s insurance business by measures of credit quality. The definitions of the four credit quality classifications are included on page 217. Only assets

supporting non-linked liabilities are included in the table as financial risk on assets supporting linked liabilities is predominantly borne by the policyholder. 93.7 per cent (2007: 88.7 per cent) of the assets included in the table are invested in investments rated as ‘Strong’.


 

Treasury bills, other eligible bills and debt securities in HSBC’s insurance subsidiaries
(Audited)

  Neither past due nor impaired                

              Sub-                
  Strong     Medium     standard     Impaired 1   Total    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
At 31 December 2008                              
Supporting liabilities under non-linked insurance and investment contracts                              
Trading assets – debt securities 27     8               35    
Financial assets designated at fair value 2,704     654               3,358    
   – treasury and other eligible bills 197                   197    
   – debt securities 2,507     654               3,161    
Financial investments 24,881     913     45     4     25,843    
   – treasury and other similar bills 404     2             406    
   – debt securities 24,477     911     45     4     25,437    





   
  27,612     1,575     45     4     29,236    





   
Supporting shareholders’ funds2                               
Trading assets – debt securities 4                   4    
Financial assets designated at fair value 1,502     131               1,633    
   – treasury and other eligible bills 8                   8    
   – debt securities 1,494     131               1,625    
Financial investments 2,033     228     99         2,360    
   – treasury and other similar bills 245     7     2         254    
   – debt securities 1,788     221     97         2,106    





   
  3,539     359     99         3,997    





   
Total3                               
Trading assets – debt securities 31     8               39    
Financial assets designated at fair value 4,206     785               4,991    
   – treasury and other eligible bills 205                   205    
   – debt securities 4,001     785               4,786    
Financial investments 26,914     1,141     144     4     28,203    
   – treasury and other similar bills 649     9     2         660    
   – debt securities 26,265     1,132     142     4     27,543    





   
  31,151     1,934     144     4     33,233    





   

 

268


Back to Contents

 
Neither past due nor impaired
         

              Sub-          
  Strong     Medium     standard     Total    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
At 31 December 2007                        
Supporting liabilities under non-linked insurance and investment contracts
                       
Trading assets – debt securities     59         59    
Financial assets designated at fair value 2,748     967         3,715    
   – treasury and other eligible bills     96         96    
   – debt securities 2,748     871         3,619    
Financial investments 19,352     1,575     14     20,941    
   – treasury and other similar bills 290     14         304    
   – debt securities 19,062     1,561     14     20,637    




   
  22,100     2,601     14     24,715    




   
Supporting shareholders’ funds2                        
Trading assets – debt securities     35         35    
Financial assets designated at fair value 1,833     473         2,306    
   – treasury and other eligible bills     34         34    
   – debt securities 1,833     439         2,272    
Financial investments 2,537     233     5     2,775    
   – treasury and other similar bills 290     7     5     302    
   – debt securities 2,247     226         2,473    




   
  4,370     741     5     5,116    




   
Total4                        
Trading assets – debt securities     94         94    
Financial assets designated at fair value 4,581     1,440         6,021    
   – treasury and other eligible bills     130         130    
   – debt securities 4,581     1,310         5,891    
                         
Financial investments 21,889     1,808     19     23,716    
   – treasury and other similar bills 580     21     5     606    
   – debt securities 21,309     1,787     14     23,110    




   
  26,470     3,342     19     29,831    




   

1 Impairment is not measured for debt securities held in trading portfolios or designated at fair value, as assets in such portfolios are managed according to movements in fair value, and the fair value movement is taken directly through the income statement. Consequently, all such balances are reported under ‘neither past due nor impaired’.
2 Shareholders’ funds comprise solvency and unencumbered assets.
3 Does not include treasury bills, other eligible bills and debt securities held by associated insurance company, Ping An Insurance, or joint venture insurance companies, Hana Life and Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited.
4 Does not include treasury bills, other eligible bills and debt securities held by insurance manufacturing associate, Ping An Insurance.

 

269


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
 
   
Insurance operations > Credit risk / Liquidity risk  

 

Issuers of treasury bills, other eligible bills and debt securities in HSBC’s insurance subsidiaries
(Audited)

  Treasury   Other eligible   Debt      
  bills   bills   securities   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                
Governments 467   24   6,109   6,600  
Local authorities     525   525  
Asset-backed securities     14   14  
Corporates and other   374   25,720   26,094  




 
  467   398   32,368   33,233  




 
At 31 December 2007                
Governments 388     7,140   7,528  
Local authorities     175   175  
Asset-backed securities     201   201  
Corporates and other   348   21,579   21,927  




 
  388   348   29,095   29,831  




 
         

(Audited)

     Credit risk also arises when part of the insurance risk incurred by HSBC is assumed by reinsurers. The credit risk exposure to reinsurers is monitored by Group Insurance Head Office and is reported quarterly to the Group Insurance Risk Committee and the Group Insurance Credit Risk Meeting.

 

     The split of liabilities ceded to reinsurers and outstanding reinsurance recoveries, analysed by Standard & Poor’s reinsurance credit rating data or their equivalent, is shown below. The Group’s exposure to third parties under the reinsurance agreement described in the Credit Risk section above is included in this table.


Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts 
(Audited)
 

     
 
     
 
Neither past due nor impaired 
 
Past due
     

but not 
  Strong   Medium   impaired    Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                
Linked insurance contracts 9   947     956  
Non-linked insurance contracts 1,001   62   4   1,067  




 
Total1 1,010   1,009   4   2,023  




 
Reinsurance debtors 30   20   10   60  
                 
At 31 December 2007                
Linked insurance contracts 35   22     57  
Non-linked insurance contracts 998   257   3   1,258  




 
Total2 1,033   279   3   1,315  




 
Reinsurance debtors 37   9   8   54  

1 Does not include reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts and reinsurance debtors of associated insurance company, Ping An Insurance, or joint venture insurance companies, Hana Life and Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited.
2 Does not include reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts and reinsurance debtors of insurance manufacturing associate, Ping An Insurance.

 

270


Back to Contents

Liquidity risk
(Audited)

It is an inherent characteristic of almost all insurance contracts that there is uncertainty over the amount of claims liabilities that may arise, and the timing of their settlement and this leads to liquidity risk.

     To fund the cash outflows arising from claims liabilities, HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries primarily utilise liquidity from the following sources:

cash inflows arising from premiums from new business, policy renewals and recurring premium products;
   
cash inflows arising from interest and dividends on investments and principal repayments of maturing debt investments;
   
cash resources; and
   
cash inflows from the sale of investments.

     HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries manage liquidity risk by utilising some or all of the following techniques:

matching cash inflows with expected cash outflows using specific cash flow projections or more general asset and liability matching techniques such as duration matching;
   
maintaining sufficient cash resources;
   
investing in good credit-quality investments with deep and liquid markets to the degree to which they exist;
   
monitoring investment concentrations and restricting them where appropriate, for example, by debt issues or issuers; and
establishing committed contingency borrowing facilities.

     Every quarter, HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries are required to complete and submit liquidity risk reports to Group Insurance Head Office for collation and review by the Group Insurance Market and Liquidity Risk Meeting. Liquidity risk is assessed in these reports by measuring changes in expected cumulative net cash flows under a series of stress scenarios designed to determine the effect of reducing expected available liquidity and accelerating cash outflows. This is achieved by, for example, assuming new business or renewals are lower, and surrenders or lapses are greater, than expected.

     The following tables show the expected undiscounted cash flows for insurance contract liabilities and the remaining contractual maturity of investment contract liabilities at 31 December 2008. As indicated in the analyses of life and non-life insurance risks on pages 257 to 258, a significant proportion of the Group’s non-life insurance business is viewed as short term, with the settlement of liabilities expected to occur within one year of the period of risk. There is a greater spread of expected maturities for the life business where, in a large proportion of cases, the liquidity risk is borne in conjunction with policyholders (wholly in the case of unit-linked business).

     The profile of the expected maturity of the insurance contracts as at 31 December 2008 remained comparable with 2007.


 

Expected maturity of insurance contract liabilities
(Audited)

 
Expected cash flows (undiscounted)
 

 
  Within 1 year   1-5 years   5-15 years   Over 15 years   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                    
Non-life insurance 1,178   1,186   115   1   2,480  
Life insurance (non-linked) 2,527   7,789   16,695   14,432   41,443  
Life insurance (linked) 1,295   1,251   3,269   5,390   11,205  





 
Total1 5,000   10,226   20,079   19,823   55,128  





 
At 31 December 2007                    
Non-life insurance 1,337   1,352   164   1   2,854  
Life insurance (non-linked) 1,887   5,310   15,986   13,269   36,452  
Life insurance (linked) 507   1,894   3,644   5,014   11,059  





 
Total2 3,731   8,556   19,794   18,284   50,365  





 

1 Does not include insurance contracts issued by associated insurance company, Ping An Insurance, or joint venture insurance companies, Hana Life and Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited.
2 Does not include insurance contracts issued by insurance manufacturing associate, Ping An Insurance.

 

271


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Insurance operations > Financial risks > Liquidity risk // PVIF

 

Remaining contractual maturity of investment contract liabilities
(Audited)

    Liabilities under investment contracts by  
    insurance underwriting subsidiaries  
   




 
    Linked   Other   Investment      
    investment   investment   contracts      
    contracts   contracts   with DPF   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 31 December 2008                  
Remaining contractual maturity:                  
   – due within 1 year   178   314     492  
   – due between 1 and 5 years   610   21   34   665  
   – due between 5 and 10 years   482   31     513  
   – due after 10 years   1,649   42     1,691  
   – undated1   3,093   3,147   17,732   23,972  
   
 
 
 
 
Total2   6,012   3,555   17,766   27,333  
   
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2007                  
Remaining contractual maturity:                  
   – due within 1 year   286   331   1   618  
   – due between 1 and 5 years   1,234   48   28   1,310  
   – due between 5 and 10 years   950       950  
   – due after 10 years   3,386   44     3,430  
   – undated1   6,869   3,217   18,954   29,040  
   
 
 
 
 
Total3   12,725   3,640   18,983   35,348  
   
 
 
 
 
                   
1 In most cases, policyholders have the option to terminate their contracts at any time and receive the surrender values of their policies. These may be significantly lower than the amounts shown above.
2 Does not include investment contracts issued by associated insurance company, Ping An Insurance, or joint venture insurance companies, Hana Life and Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited.
3 Does not include investment contracts issued by insurance manufacturing associate, Ping An Insurance.
   

Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
(Audited)

The HSBC life insurance business is accounted for using the embedded value approach which, inter alia, provides a comprehensive framework for the evaluation of insurance and related risks. The present value of the in-force long-term (‘PVIF’) asset at 31 December 2008 was US$2.0 billion (2007: US$2.0 billion). The present value of the shareholders’ interest in the profits expected to emerge from the book of in-force policies at 31 December can be stress-tested to assess the ability of the life business book to withstand adverse developments. A key feature of the life insurance business is the importance of managing the assets, liabilities and risks in a coordinated fashion rather than individually. This reflects the greater interdependence of these three elements for life insurance than is generally the case for non-life insurance.

     The following table shows the effect on the PVIF of reasonably possible changes in the main economic assumptions, namely the risk-free and risk discount rates, across all insurance manufacturing subsidiaries.

Sensitivity of PVIF to changes in economic assumptions
(Audited)

    PVIF at 31 December  
   


 
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
+ 100 basis point shift in risk-free rate
  179   195  
– 100 basis point shift in risk-free rate
  (100 ) (232 )
+ 100 basis point shift in risk discount rate
  (109 ) (95 )
– 100 basis point shift in risk discount rate
  122   106  

     Due to certain characteristics of the contracts, the relationships may be non-linear and the results of the stress-testing disclosed above should not be extrapolated to higher levels of stress. In calculating the various scenarios, all assumptions are held stable except when testing the effect of the shift in the risk-free rate, when consequential changes to investment returns, risk discount rates and bonus rates are also incorporated. The sensitivities shown are before actions that could be taken by management to mitigate effects and before consequential changes in policyholder behaviour.

     The following table shows the movements recorded during the year in respect of total equity and PVIF of insurance operations:


 

272


Back to Contents

Movements in total equity and PVIF of insurance operations
(Audited)

    2008   2007  
   


 


 
        Of which       Of which  
    Total   includes:   Total   includes:  
    equity   PVIF   equity   PVIF  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                   
At 1 January   8,430   1,965   5,949   1,549  
Value of new business written during the year1   452   452   380   380  
Acquisitions of subsidiaries/portfolios       652   390  
Movements arising from in-force business:                  
   – expected return   (186 ) (186 ) (175 ) (175 )
   – experience variances2   (36 ) (36 ) 53   53  
   – change in operating assumptions   (7 ) (7 ) (86 ) (86 )
Investment return variances   (94 ) (94 )    
Changes in investment assumptions   12   12   4   4  
Return on net assets   (310 )   1,235    
Disposals of subsidiaries/portfolios       (250 )  
Exchange differences and other   (93 ) (73 ) (91 ) (150 )
Capital transactions   (591 )   759    
   
 
 
 
 
At 31 December   7,577   2,033   8,430   1,965  
   
 
 
 
 
                   
1 Value of net new business during the year is the present value of the projected stream of profits from the business.
2 Experience variances include the effect of the difference between demographic, expense and persistency assumptions used in the previous PVIF calculation and actual experience observed during the year.
   
   

Non-economic assumptions
(Audited)

The policyholder liabilities and PVIF are determined by reference to non-economic assumptions which include, for non-life manufacturers, claims costs and expense rates and, for life manufacturers, mortality and/or morbidity, lapse rates and expense rates. The table below shows the sensitivity of profit for the year to, and total equity at, 31 December 2008 to reasonably possible changes in these non-economic assumptions at that date across all insurance manufacturing subsidiaries, with comparatives for 2007.

     The cost of claims is a risk associated with non-life insurance business. An increase in claims costs would have a negative effect on profit. The main exposures to this scenario are in the UK, Hong Kong and Latin America.

     Mortality and morbidity risk is typically associated with life insurance contracts. The effect of an increase in mortality or morbidity on profit depends on the type of business being written. For a portfolio of term assurance contracts, an increase in mortality usually has a negative effect on profit as the number of claims increases. For a portfolio of annuity contracts, an increase in mortality rates typically has a positive effect on profit as the period

over which the benefit is being paid to the policyholder is shortened. However, when an annuity contract includes life cover, the positive effect on profit of the increase in mortality may be offset by the benefits payable under the life insurance. The largest exposures to mortality and morbidity risk exist in France, Hong Kong and the UK.

     Sensitivity to lapse rates is dependent on the type of contracts being written. For insurance contracts, the cost of claims is funded by premiums received and income earned on the investment portfolio supporting the liabilities. For a portfolio of term assurance, an increase in lapse rates typically has a negative effect on profit due to the loss of future premium income on the lapsed policies. For a portfolio of annuity contracts, an increase in lapse rates has a positive effect on profit as the obligation to pay future benefits on the lapsed contracts is extinguished. France, Hong Kong and the UK are the sites which are most sensitive to a change in lapse rates.

     Expense rate risk is the exposure to a change in expense rates. To the extent that increased expenses cannot be passed on to policyholders, an increase in expense rates will have a negative impact on profits.


 

273


Back to Contents

Sensitivity analysis
(Audited) 

   Effect on profit for the year    Effect on total equity      
   to 31 December         at 31 December      
  




 




 
   Life    Non-life    Total    Life    Non-life    Total  
   US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
2008                                    
20% increase in claims costs    (122 )  (122 )     (122 )  (122 ) 
20% decrease in claims costs    121    121       121    121  
10% increase in mortality and/or morbidity rates (28 )     (28 )  (28 )     (28 ) 
10% decrease in mortality and/or morbidity rates 30       30    30       30  
50% increase in lapse rates (96 )     (96 )  (96 )     (96 ) 
50% decrease in lapse rates 194       194    194       194  
10% increase in expense rates (42 )  (9 )  (51 )  (42 )  (9 )  (51 ) 
10% decrease in expense rates 41    9    50    41    9    50  
             
2007                                   
20% increase in claims costs    (138 ) (138 )    (138 ) (138 )
20% decrease in claims costs    138    138       138    138  
10% increase in mortality and/or morbidity rates (21 )    (21 ) (21 )    (21 )
10% decrease in mortality and/or morbidity rates 9       9    9       9  
50% increase in lapse rates (16 )    (16 ) (16 )    (16 )
50% decrease in lapse rates 61       61    61       61  
10% increase in expense rates (23 ) (6 ) (29 ) (23 ) (6 ) (29 )
10% decrease in expense rates 23    6    29    23    6    29  

 

Capital management and allocation

Capital management
(Audited)

HSBC’s capital management approach is driven by its strategy and organisational requirements, taking into account the regulatory, economic and commercial environment in which it operates. The Group’s strategy underpins HSBC’s Capital Management Framework which has been approved by the Group Management Board. It is HSBC’s policy to maintain a strong capital base to support the development of its business and to meet regulatory capital requirements at all times. Through its structured internal governance processes, HSBC also maintains discipline over its investment decisions and where it allocates its capital, seeking to ensure that returns on investment are appropriate after taking account of capital costs. In addition, the level of capital held by HSBC Holdings and certain subsidiaries, particularly HSBC Finance, is determined by rating targets.

     HSBC’s strategy is to allocate capital to businesses based on their economic profit generation and, within this process, regulatory and economic capital requirements and the cost of capital are key factors. The responsibility for global capital allocation principles and decisions rests with the Group Management Board. Stress testing is used as

an important mechanism in understanding the sensitivities of the core assumptions in the capital plans to the adverse impact of extreme, but plausible, events. Stress testing allows senior management to formulate management action in advance of conditions starting to reflect the stress scenarios identified. The actual market stresses which occurred throughout the financial system in 2008 have been used to inform capital planning and further develop the stress scenarios employed by the Group. The Group has identified the following as being the material risks faced and managed through the Capital Management Framework; credit, market, operational, interest rate risk in the banking book, pension fund, residual and insurance risks. All of these risks pose a significantly greater challenge in severe downturn economic conditions and the management response to these risks has, correspondingly, been intensified.

     During 2008, with the Group now operating under Basel II, it targeted a tier 1 ratio within the range 7.5 to 9.0 per cent for the purposes of its long-term capital planning. In 2007, under the Basel I approach, HSBC managed its capital against a tier 1 ratio of 8.25 per cent. For 2009 onwards, in light of revised market expectations on capital strength and higher volatility of capital requirements resulting from procyclicality embedded within the Basel II rules, the upper end of the target tier 1 range is being


 

274


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Capital management and allocation > BaselII

 

extended to 10 per cent.

     HSBC’s capital management process continues to stress the advantages and flexibility afforded by a strong capital position and, through its policies, seeks to maintain a conservative stance with regard to equity leverage.

     The Capital Management Framework covers the different capital measures within which HSBC manages its capital in a consistent and aligned manner. These include market capitalisation, invested capital, economic capital and regulatory capital. HSBC defines invested capital as the equity capital invested in HSBC by its shareholders. Economic capital is the capital requirement calculated internally by HSBC deemed necessary to support the risks to which it is exposed, and is set at a confidence level consistent with a target credit rating of AA. Regulatory capital is the capital which HSBC is required to hold as determined by the rules established by the FSA for the consolidated Group and by HSBC’s local regulators for individual Group companies.

     An annual Group capital plan is prepared and approved by the Board with the objective of maintaining both the optimal amount of capital and the mix between the different components of capital. The Group’s policy is to hold capital in a range of different forms and from diverse sources and all capital raising is agreed with major subsidiaries as part of their individual and the Group’s capital management processes. HSBC Holdings and its major subsidiaries raise non-equity tier 1 capital and subordinated debt in accordance with the Group’s guidelines on market and investor concentration, cost, market conditions, timing, effect on composition and maturity profile.

     Each subsidiary manages its own capital required to support planned business growth and meet local regulatory requirements within the context of the approved annual Group capital plan. As part of HSBC’s Capital Management Framework, capital generated in excess of planned requirements is returned to HSBC Holdings, normally by way of dividends.

     HSBC Holdings is primarily the provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries. These investments are substantially funded by HSBC Holdings’ own capital issuance and profit retentions. HSBC Holdings seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the composition of its capital and that of its investment in subsidiaries.

Capital measurement and allocation
(Audited)

In June 2006, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published ‘International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards’, known as Basel II. Basel II is structured around three ‘pillars’: minimum capital requirements, supervisory review process and market discipline. The Capital Requirements Directive (‘CRD’) implements Basel II in the EU and the FSA then gives effect to the CRD by including the requirements of the CRD in its own rulebooks.

     The FSA supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis and therefore receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets capital requirements for, HSBC as a whole. Individual banking subsidiaries are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, who set and monitor their capital adequacy requirements. Although HSBC calculates capital at a Group level using the Basel II framework, local regulators are at different stages of implementation and local rules may still be on a Basel I basis, notably in the US. In most jurisdictions, non-banking financial subsidiaries are also subject to the supervision and capital requirements of local regulatory authorities.

  HSBC’s capital is divided into two tiers:
Tier 1 capital comprises core equity tier 1 capital, non-innovative preference shares and innovative tier 1 securities. Core equity tier 1 capital comprises shareholders’ funds and minority interests in tier 1 capital, after adjusting for items reflected in shareholders’ funds which are treated differently for the purposes of capital adequacy. The book values of goodwill and intangible assets are deducted in arriving at core equity tier 1 capital.
   
Tier 2 capital comprises qualifying subordinated loan capital, allowable collective impairment allowances, minority and other interests in tier 2 capital and unrealised gains arising on the fair valuation of equity instruments held as available-for-sale. Tier 2 capital also includes reserves arising from the revaluation of properties.

     Various limits are applied to elements of the capital base. The amount of innovative tier 1 securities cannot exceed 15 per cent of overall tier 1 capital, qualifying tier 2 capital cannot exceed tier 1 capital, and qualifying term subordinated loan capital cannot exceed 50 per cent of tier 1 capital.


 

275


Back to Contents

There are also limitations on the amount of collective impairment allowances which may be included as part of tier 2 capital. For regulatory purposes, banking associates are proportionally consolidated, rather than being recognised using the equity method used for financial reporting.

     The carrying amounts of investments in the capital of banks that exceed certain limits and the excess of expected losses over impairment allowances are deducted 50 per cent from each of tier 1 and tier 2 capital in the published disclosures. This also applies to deductions of investments in insurance subsidiaries and associates, but the FSA has granted a transitional provision, until 31 December 2012, under which those insurance investments that were acquired before 20 July 2006 may be deducted from the total of tier 1 and tier 2 capital instead. HSBC has elected to apply this transitional provision.

     The basis of calculating capital changed with effect from 1 January 2008 and the effect on both tier 1 capital and total capital is shown in the table below, ‘Capital Structure’. The Group’s capital base is reduced compared with Basel I by the extent to which expected losses exceed the total of individual and collective impairment allowances on IRB portfolios. These collective impairment allowances are no longer eligible for inclusion in tier 2 capital.

     For disclosure purposes, this excess of expected losses over total impairment allowances in IRB portfolios is deducted 50 per cent from core equity tier 1 and 50 per cent from tier 2 capital. In addition, a tax credit adjustment is made to tier 1 capital to reflect the tax consequences insofar as they affect the availability of tier 1 capital to cover risks or losses.

     Expected losses derived under Basel II rules represent losses that would be expected in the scenario of a severe downturn over a 12-month period. This definition differs from loan impairment allowances, which only address losses incurred within lending portfolios at the balance sheet date and are not permitted to recognise the additional level of conservatism that the regulatory measure requires by the adoption of through-the-cycle, downturn and stressed conditions that may not exist at the balance sheet date.

     The effect of deducting the difference between expected losses and total impairment allowances is to equate the total effect on capital with the regulatory definition of expected losses. As expected losses are based on long-term estimates and incorporate through-the-cycle considerations, they are expected to be less volatile than actual loss experience. The impact of this deduction, however,

may vary from time to time as the accounting measure of impairment moves closer to or further away from the regulatory measure of expected losses.

     The FSA’s rules permit the inclusion of profits in tier 1 capital to the extent that they have been verified in accordance with the FSA’s General Prudential Sourcebook by the external auditor. Verification procedures covering profits for the year to 31 December 2008 were completed by the external auditor on 2 March 2009 and therefore these profits have been included in the Group’s tier 1 capital. Technically, from 1 January 2008, the FSA’s regulatory reporting forms defer the recognition of these profits in tier 1 capital until the conclusion of the external auditor’s procedures.

     Basel II provides three approaches of increasing sophistication to the calculation of pillar 1 credit risk capital requirements. The most basic, the standardised approach, requires banks to use external credit ratings to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties, and groups other counterparties into broad categories and applies standardised risk weightings to these categories. The next level, the internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) foundation approach, allows banks to calculate their credit risk capital requirements on the basis of their internal assessment of the probability that a counterparty will default (‘PD’), but with quantification of exposure at default (‘EAD’) and loss given default (‘LGD’) estimates being subject to standard supervisory parameters. Finally, the IRB advanced approach allows banks to use their own internal assessment of not only PD but also the quantification of EAD and LGD. The regulatory measure of expected losses is calculated by multiplying PD by EAD and LGD. The capital resources requirement under the IRB approaches is intended to cover unexpected losses and is derived from a formula specified in the regulatory rules, which incorporates these factors and other variables such as maturity and correlation.

     For credit risk, with FSA approval, HSBC has adopted the IRB advanced approach for the majority of its business with effect from 1 January 2008, with the remainder on either IRB foundation or standardised approaches. For consolidated group reporting, the FSA’s rules permit the use of other regulators’ standardised approaches where they are considered equivalent. The use of other regulators’ IRB approaches is subject to the agreement of the FSA. A rollout plan, over the next few years, is in place to extend coverage of the advanced approaches, for both local and consolidated Group


 

276


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Capital management and allocation 

 

reporting, leaving a small residue of exposures on the standardised approach.

     Market risk is derived from fluctuations on trading book assets arising from changes in values, income, interest and foreign exchange rates and is measured using VAR models with FSA permission or the standard rules prescribed by the FSA. Counterparty credit risk in the trading book and the non-trading book is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction may default before completing the satisfactory settlement of the transaction. Three counterparty credit risk calculation approaches are defined by Basel II to determine exposure values, being the standardised, mark to market and the internal model method. These exposure values are then used to determine capital requirements using one of the credit risk approaches, standardised, IRB foundation and IRB advanced. Across the Group, HSBC uses both VAR and standard rules approaches for market risk and the mark to market and internal model method approaches for counterparty credit risk. It is the longer-term aim of HSBC to migrate more positions from standard rules to VAR for market risk and from mark to market to internal model method for counterparty credit risk.

     Basel II also introduces capital requirements for operational risk and, again, contains three levels of sophistication. The capital required under the basic indicator approach is a simple percentage of gross revenues, whereas under the standardised approach it is one of three different percentages of gross revenues allocated to each of eight defined business lines. Both these approaches use an average of the last three financial years’ revenues. Finally, the advanced measurement approach uses banks’ own statistical analysis and modelling of operational risk data to determine capital requirements. HSBC has adopted the standardised approach to the determination of Group operational risk capital requirements.

     The second pillar of Basel II (Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process – ‘SREP’) involves both firms and regulators taking a view on whether a firm should hold additional capital against risks not covered in pillar 1. Part of the pillar 2 process is the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (‘ICAAP’) which is the firm’s self assessment of the levels of capital that it needs to hold. The pillar 2 process culminates in the FSA providing firms with Individual Capital Guidance (‘ICG’). The ICG replaces the trigger ratio and is set as a capital resources requirement higher than that required under pillar 1.

     Pillar 3 of Basel II is related to market discipline and aims to make firms more transparent by requiring them to publish specific, prescribed details of their risks, capital and risk management under the Basel II framework. On 10 November 2008, HSBC published summary qualitative pillar 3 disclosures (‘Interim Pillar 3 Disclosures 2008’) for 30 June 2008 on the investor relations section of its website, www.hsbc.com. HSBC expects to publish the first full set of pillar 3 disclosures for 31 December 2008, including quantitative tables, during the first half of 2009.

     During 2007, HSBC was supervised under Basel I. Under Basel I, banking operations are categorised as either trading book or banking book and risk-weighted assets are determined accordingly. Banking book risk-weighted assets are measured by means of a hierarchy of risk weightings classified according to the nature of each asset and counterparty, taking into account any eligible collateral or guarantees. Banking book off-balance sheet items giving rise to credit, foreign exchange or interest rate risk are assigned weights appropriate to the category of the counterparty, taking into account any eligible collateral or guarantees. Trading book risk-weighted assets are determined by taking into account market-related risks such as foreign exchange, interest rate and equity position risks, and counterparty risk.


 

277


Back to Contents

Capital structure at 31 December                   
   2008    2007    2007   
   Basel II    Basel II    Basel I   
   Actual    Pro forma 1   Actual   
   US$m    US$m    US$m   
   (Audited)    (Unaudited)    (Audited)   
Composition of regulatory capital                   
Tier 1 capital                  
   Shareholders’ equity2 93,591    128,160    128,160   
   Minority interests 6,638    7,256    7,256   
   Less:                  
       Preference share premium (1,405 )  (1,405 ) (1,405 )
       Preference share minority interests (2,110 )  (2,181 ) (2,181 )
       Goodwill capitalised and intangible assets (26,861 )  (38,855 ) (38,855 )
       Unrealised losses on available-for-sale debt securities3 21,439    2,445    2,445   
       Other regulatory adjustments4, 5 (8,222 )  (3,325 ) (4,551 )
       50% of excess of expected losses over impairment allowances (2,660 )  (4,508 )   
  
 
 
 
   Core equity tier 1 capital 80,410    87,587    90,869   
   Preference share premium 1,405    1,405    1,405   
   Preference share minority interests 2,110    2,181    2,181   
   Innovative tier 1 securities 11,411    10,512    10,512   
  
 
 
 
   Tier 1 capital 95,336    101,685    104,967   
  
 
 
 
Tier 2 capital                  
Reserves arising from revaluation of property and unrealised
gains on available-for-sale equities
1,726    4,393    4,393   
   Collective impairment allowances6 3,168    2,176    14,047   
   Perpetual subordinated debt 2,996    3,114    3,114   
   Term subordinated debt 41,204    37,658    37,658   
   Minority and other interests in tier 2 capital 300    300    300   
  
 
 
 
   Total qualifying tier 2 capital before deductions 49,394    47,641    59,512   
  
 
 
 
   Unconsolidated investments7 (9,613 )  (11,092 ) (11,092 )
   50% of excess of expected losses over impairment allowances (2,660 )  (4,508 )   
   Other deductions (997 )  (747 ) (747 )
  
 
 
 
   Total deductions other than from tier 1 capital (13,270 )  (16,347 ) (11,839 )
  
 
 
 
   Total regulatory capital 131,460    132,979    152,640   
  
 
 
 
             
Risk-weighted assets                   
(Unaudited)                   
Credit and counterparty risk 956,596    1,011,343      
Market risk 70,264    45,840      
Operational risk 121,114    107,466      
Banking book       1,020,747   
Trading book       103,035   
  
 
 
 
  Total 1,147,974    1,164,649    1,123,782   
             
Capital ratios  %    %    %   
  (Unaudited)                   
  Core equity tier 1 ratio 7.0    7.5    8.1   
  Tier 1 ratio 8.3    8.7    9.3   
  Total capital ratio 11.4    11.4    13.6   
   
1 As Basel II rules were implemented across the Group, adjustments to the previously published 31 December 2007 pro forma risk- weighted assets were identified, amounting to US$35,198 million. The pro forma position at 31 December 2007 has been adjusted accordingly.
2 Includes externally verified profits for the year to 31 December 2008.
3 Under FSA rules, unrealised gains/losses on debt securities net of deferred tax must be excluded from capital resources.
4 Includes removal of the fair value gains and losses, net of deferred tax, arising from the credit spreads on debt issued by HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries and designated at fair value.
5 Includes a tax credit adjustment in respect of the excess of expected losses over impairment allowances.
6 Under Basel II, only collective impairment allowances on loan portfolios on the standardised approach are included in tier 2 capital.
7 Mainly comprise investments in insurance entities.

 

278


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Risk (continued)
   
   
Capital management and allocation > Capital structure / Movement in tier 1 / RWAs 

 

Source and application of tier 1 capital     
(Audited)    
  2008   2007  
  Basel II   Basel I  
  US$m   US$m  
     
Movement in tier 1 capital
(Audited)
       
At 1 January 104,967    87,842   
Changes to tier 1 capital arising from transition to pro forma Basel II basis2 (3,282 )    
 
     
Opening pro-forma tier 1 capital under Basel II rules2 101,685      
Consolidated profits attributable to shareholders of the parent company 5,728   19,133  
Dividends to shareholders (11,301 ) (10,241 )
   Add back: shares issued in lieu of dividends 3,593   4,351  
Decrease/(increase) in goodwill and intangible assets deducted 11,994   (2,366 )
Removal of own credit spread (4,610 ) (2,205 )
Ordinary shares issued 470   477  
Innovative tier 1 securities issued 2,133    
Other (including exchange differences) 2 (14,356 ) 7,976  
 
 
 
At 31 December 95,336   104,967  
 
 
 
Movement in risk-weighted assets
(Unaudited)
       
At 1 January 1,123,782   938,678  
Changes arising to risk-weighted assets from transition to pro forma Basel II basis1 40,867      
 
     
Opening Basel II pro forma risk-weighted assets 1,164,649      
Movements (16,675 ) 185,104  
 
 
 
At 31 December 1,147,974   1,123,782  
 
 
 
   
1 As Basel II rules were implemented across the Group, adjustments to the previously published 31 December 2007 pro forma risk- weighted assets were identified, amounting to US$35,198 million. The pro forma position at 31 December 2007 has been adjusted accordingly.
2 Pro forma capital items as at 1 January 2008 are unaudited.
 

Movement in tier 1 capital
(Audited)

HSBC complied with the FSA’s capital adequacy requirements throughout 2008 and 2007. Opening tier 1 capital at 1 January 2008 was reduced by US$3.3 billion arising from the transition to Basel II. Profits attributable to shareholders of the parent company of US$5.7 billion included goodwill write-offs of US$10.6 billion and profits from own credit spread, net of deferred tax, of US$4.7 billion, neither of which impact regulatory capital. The resulting contribution to tier 1 capital was therefore US$11.6 billion. Dividends to shareholders of US$11.3 billion were partly offset by shares issued, including those issued in lieu of dividends, of US$4.1 billion and innovative tier 1 securities issued of US$2.1 billion. The strengthening US dollar caused foreign currency translation differences, mainly on the investment in non-US dollar subsidiaries, which reduced tier 1 capital by US$11.8 billion.

Movement in risk-weighted assets
(Unaudited)

Total RWAs increased by US$24 billion. The transition to Basel II at 1 January 2008 increased RWAs by US$41 billion, meaning that RWAs on a Basel II basis fell by US$17 billion during the year. Foreign exchange translation effects are estimated to have reduced RWAs by US$80 billion, again a result of the strengthening US dollar, particularly against sterling, resulting in an estimated underlying increase of US$63 billion. Of this underlying increase, US$26 billion was due to credit and counterparty risk RWAs, reflecting decreases in North America being more than offset by increases in both Europe and Asia. Market risk RWAs increased by US$24 billion primarily due to the impact of market volatility. Operational risk RWAs increased by US$13 billion because the three year averaging of gross revenues used in the calculation now includes revenues for 2008 in place of 2005.


 

279


Back to Contents

Risk-weighted assets by principal subsidiary
(Unaudited)

In order to give an indication of how HSBC’s capital is deployed, the table below analyses the disposition

of risk-weighted assets by principal subsidiary. The risk-weighted assets are calculated using FSA rules and exclude intra-HSBC items.



Risk-weighted assets by principal subsidiary
(Unaudited)

  2008     2007  
  Basel II     Basel I  
  US$m     US$m  
           
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 247,626      256,761  
   Hang Seng Bank 44,211      55,043  
   The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation and other subsidiaries 203,415      201,718  
           
HSBC Bank 379,695     423,941  
   HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) 20,422      32,942  
   HSBC France 65,557      76,188  
   HSBC Bank and other subsidiaries 293,716      314,811  
           
HSBC North America 373,955     336,998  
   HSBC Finance 187,660      135,757  
   HSBC Bank Canada 35,336      50,659  
   HSBC Bank USA and other subsidiaries 150,959      150,582  
           
HSBC Mexico 21,037     18,513  
HSBC Bank Middle East 35,217     25,226  
HSBC Bank Malaysia 11,182     8,601  
HSBC Brazil 30,851     27,365  
HSBC Bank Panama 9,498     7,824  
Bank of Bermuda 4,759     4,133  
Other 34,154     14,420  
 
 
 
  1,147,974     1,123,782  
 
 
 

 

280


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance
   
   
Biographies > Directors

 

  Page 
   
Corporate Governance Report 281
Directors 281
Secretary 286
Adviser to the Board 286
Group Managing Directors 286
Group General Managers 287
Board of Directors 290
   The Board  290
   Corporate governance codes  294
   Board committees  296
   Internal control  299
   Directors’ interests  301
Employees 303
   Employee involvement  303
   Employment of disabled persons  303
   Remuneration policy  303
   Employee share plans  304
   Subsidiary company share plans  308
   Employee compensation and benefits  311
Corporate sustainability 312
   Corporate sustainability committee  312
   Sustainability at HSBC  312
   Sustainability risk  312
   Social and community investment  312
   Health and safety  313
   Supplier payment policy  313
Dividends, shareholders and meetings 313
   Dividends for 2008  313
   Dividends for 2009  313
   Communication with shareholders  313
   Notifiable interests in share capital  314
   Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares  314
   Annual General Meeting  314
 
Corporate Governance Report

The information set out on pages 281 to 329 and information incorporated by reference constitutes the Corporate Governance Report of HSBC Holdings.
  Directors
 
  S K Green, Group Chairman
   
  Age 60. An executive Director since 1998; Group Chief Executive from 2003 to 2006. Joined HSBC in 1982. Chairman of HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA. A Director of HSBC France, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Executive Director, Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets from 1998 to 2003. Chairman of The British Bankers’ Association.
   
       Mr Green is a career banker having joined The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited in 1982 with responsibility for corporate planning activities. In 1992 he became Group Treasurer of HSBC Holdings plc, with responsibility for the HSBC Group’s treasury and capital markets businesses globally. He has worked in Hong Kong, New York, the Middle East and London and has immense international experience and knowledge of the HSBC Group.
   
  M F Geoghegan, CBE, Group Chief Executive
   
  Age 55. An executive Director since 2004. Joined HSBC in 1973. Chairman of the Group Management Board. Chairman of HSBC Bank USA, N.A., HSBC Bank Canada, HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) Limited and HSBC USA Inc. Deputy Chairman of HSBC Bank plc. A Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, and HSBC North America Holdings Inc. Chief Executive of HSBC Bank plc from 2004 to 2006. Responsible for all of HSBC’s business throughout South America from 2000 to 2003. President of HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. – Banco Múltiplo from 1997 to 2003.
   
       Mr Geoghegan is a career banker with over 35 years’ international experience with HSBC. He has worked in the Americas, Asia, the Middle East and Europe. He established the Group’s operations in Brazil in 1997 following the creation of Banco HSBC Bamerindus S.A and in 2003 he was honoured with a CBE in recognition of his contribution to British business interests in Brazil.
   
S A Catz
   
  Age 47. President and Chief Financial Officer of Oracle Corporation. A non-executive Director since 1 May 2008. Managing Director of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette from 1997 to 1999. Joined Oracle in 1999 and appointed to the Board of Directors in 2001.
   
       Ms Catz brings to the Board a background in international business leadership, having helped

 

281


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Biographies > Directors

 

    transform Oracle into the second biggest producer of management software and the world’s leading supplier of software for information management.
     
  M K T Cheung, GBS, OBE
     
    Age 61. A non-executive Director since 1 February 2009. A non-executive Director of Hang Seng Bank Limited, HKR International Limited, Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited and Sun Hung Kai Properties Limited. A non-official member of the Executive Council of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Chairman of the Airport Authority Hong Kong, Chairman of the Council of the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology and a Council Member of the Open University of Hong Kong. A Director of The Association of Former Council Members of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and The Hong Kong International Film Festival Society Limited. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of KPMG Hong Kong from 1996 to 2003. Awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star by the Hong Kong Government in 2008.
     
        Dr Cheung brings to the Board a wealth of experience in international business and financial accounting, particularly in Greater China and the wider Asian economy. He retired from KPMG Hong Kong in 2003 after more than 30 years distinguished service with the firm. He is a Chartered Accountant and a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.
     
    V H C Cheng, GBS, OBE
     
    Age 60. Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. An executive Director since 1 February 2008. Joined HSBC in 1978. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1995 and a Group Managing Director in 2005. Chairman of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited and HSBC Global Asset Management (Hong Kong) Limited and a non-executive Director of HSBC Bank Australia Limited and HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Limited. A Director of Great Eagle Holdings Limited and a Member of the Exchange Fund Advisory Committee of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority. Vice Chairman of the China Banking Association. Appointed a member of the National Committee of the 11th Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference (‘CPPCC’), and a senior adviser to the 11th Beijing Municipal Committee of the CPPCC. A Director of Swire Pacific Limited from 2005 to January 2008. Awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star by the Hong Kong Government in 2005.
       Mr Cheng is a career banker with extensive international business experience particularly in Asia. Mr Cheng was Chairman of the Process Review Panel for the Securities and Futures Commission and is Chairman of the Standing Committee on Directorate Salaries and Conditions of Service of the Hong Kong Government. He is also Vice President of the Hong Kong Institute of Bankers. From 1989 to 1991, he was seconded to the Hong Kong Government’s Central Policy Unit and served as an adviser to the Governor of Hong Kong.
   
J D Coombe
   
  Age 63. Non-executive Chairman of Hogg Robinson Group plc. A non-executive Director since 2005. A member of the Group Audit Committee and of the Remuneration Committee. A non-executive Director of Home Retail Group plc. A trustee of the Royal Academy Trust. Former appointments include: executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of GlaxoSmithKline plc; member of the Supervisory Board of Siemens AG; Chairman of The Hundred Group of Finance Directors and a member of the Accounting Standards Board.
   
       Mr Coombe brings to the Board a wealth of experience in international business, financial accounting and the pharmaceutical industry. As Chief Financial Officer of GlaxoSmithKline he had responsibility for the Group’s financial operations globally. He is a Chartered Accountant and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.
   
J L Durán
   
  Age 44. A non-executive Director of France Telecom. A non-executive Director since 1 January 2008. Chief Executive of Carrefour SA until 31 December 2008. Former appointments at Carrefour SA include: Chairman of its Management Board of Directors; Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director, Organisation and Systems.
   
       Mr Durán brings to the Board a background in international finance, retail and consulting in developed and emerging markets. He joined Carrefour SA in 1991 and held a number of positions within Carrefour’s businesses in Spain, southern Europe and the Americas.
   
R A Fairhead
   
  Age 47. Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Financial Times Group Limited. A non- executive Director since 2004. Chairman of the Group Audit Committee and a member of the Nomination Committee. A Director of Pearson plc

 

282


Back to Contents

  and Chairman of Interactive Data Corporation. A non-executive Director of The Economist Newspaper Limited. Former appointments include: Executive Vice President, Strategy and Group Control of Imperial Chemical Industries plc; and Finance Director of Pearson plc.
   
       Mrs Fairhead brings to the Board a wealth of experience in international industry, publishing, finance and general management. As the former Finance Director of Pearson plc she oversaw the day to day running of the finance function and was directly responsible for global financial reporting and control, tax and treasury. She has a Masters in Business Administration from the Harvard Business School.
   
  D J Flint, CBE, Group Finance Director
   
  Age 53. Joined HSBC as an executive Director in 1995. Chairman of HSBC Finance Corporation and a Director of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. A non-executive Director of BP p.l.c. and a member of the Consultative Committee of the Large Business Advisory Board of HM Revenue & Customs and the Business Government Forum on Tax and Globalisation. Co-Chairman of the Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group III. Chaired the Financial Reporting Council’s review of the Turnbull Guidance on Internal Control. Served on the Accounting Standards Board and the Standards Advisory Council of the International Accounting Standards Board from 2001 to 2004. A former partner in KPMG.
   
       Mr Flint has extensive financial experience particularly in banking, multinational financial reporting, treasury and securities trading operations. In 2006 he was honoured with a CBE in recognition of his services to the finance industry. He is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland and the Association of Corporate Treasurers and he is a Fellow of The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.
   
  A A Flockhart, CBE
   
       Age 57. Chief Executive Officer of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Global Head of Commercial Banking. An executive Director since 1 May 2008. Joined HSBC in 1974. Appointed a Group Managing Director in 2006. Appointed Vice Chairman and a Director of HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Limited on 24 November 2008. A Director of Hang Seng Bank Limited, HSBC Bank Australia Limited, HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited and Chairman of HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad. President and Group Managing Director

 

  Latin America and the Caribbean from 2006 to July 2007. Chief Executive Officer, Mexico from 2002 to 2006. Senior Executive Vice-President, Commercial Banking, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. from 1999 to 2002. Managing Director of The Saudi British Bank from 1997 to 1999.
   
       Mr Flockhart is a career banker, being an emerging markets specialist with over 30 years’ experience with HSBC across Latin America, the Middle East and Asia. In 2007 he was honoured with a CBE in recognition of his services to British business and charitable services and institutions in Mexico.
   
* W K L Fung, SBS, OBE
   
  Age 60. Group Managing Director of Li & Fung Limited. A non-executive Director since 1998. Chairman of the Corporate Sustainability Committee. Non-executive Deputy Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. A non-executive Director of Integrated Distribution Services Group Limited, Convenience Retail Asia Limited and an independent non-executive Director of Shui On Land Limited and VTech Holdings Limited. Former appointments include: non-executive Director of Bank of Communications; Chairman of the Hong Kong General Chamber of Commerce; the Hong Kong Exporters’ Association; and the Hong Kong Committee for the Pacific Economic Cooperation Council. Awarded the Silver Bauhinia Star by the Hong Kong Government in 2008.
   
       Mr Fung brings to the Board 30 years’ experience in running a major international conglomerate specialising in supply chain management through the borderless manufacturing of global consumer products. During his leadership the family business of Li & Fung has become one of the largest trading companies in Hong Kong with over 80 offices worldwide.
   
  S T Gulliver
   
  Age 49. Chief Executive of Global Banking and Markets and HSBC Global Asset Management. An executive Director since 1 May 2008. Joined HSBC in 1980. Appointed a Group Managing Director in 2004. Chairman of HSBC France. A Director of HSBC Bank plc, HSBC North America Holdings Inc., HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Deputy Chairman and member of the Supervisory Board of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG. Co-Head of Global Banking and Markets from 2003 to 2006. Head of Global Markets

283


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Biographies > Directors

 

  from 2002 to 2003. Head of Treasury and Capital Markets in Asia-Pacific from 1996 to 2002.
   
       Mr Gulliver is a career banker with over 28 years’ international experience with HSBC. He has held a number of key roles in the Group’s operations worldwide, including in London, Hong Kong, Tokyo, Kuala Lumpur and the United Arab Emirates. Global Banking and Markets is the wholesale banking division of the Group with operations in more than 60 countries and territories.
   
J W J Hughes-Hallett, SBS
   
  Age 59. Chairman of John Swire & Sons Limited. A non-executive Director since 2005. A member of the Group Audit Committee and of the Nomination Committee. A non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1999 to 2004. A non-executive Director and former Chairman of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited and Swire Pacific Limited. A director of China Festival 2008. A trustee of the Dulwich Picture Gallery and the Esmée Fairbairn Foundation. A member of The Hong Kong Association, the Governing Body of the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London and of the Governing Board of the Courtauld Institute of Art. Awarded the Silver Bauhinia Star by the Hong Kong Government in 2008.
   
  Mr Hughes-Hallett brings to the Board a background in financial accounting and the management of a broad range of businesses in a number of international industries, including aviation, property, manufacturing and trading, in the United Kingdom, Far East and Australia. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.
   
W S H Laidlaw
   
  Age 53. Chief Executive Officer of Centrica plc. A non-executive Director since 1 January 2008. A member of the Remuneration Committee. Former appointments include: Executive Vice President of Chevron Corporation; independent non-executive Director of Hanson PLC; Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Oil plc; and President and Chief Operating Officer of Amerada Hess Corporation.
   
       Mr Laidlaw brings to the Board significant international experience, particularly in the energy sector, having had responsibility for businesses in four continents. 
J R Lomax
   
  Age 63. Former Deputy Governor, Monetary Stability, at the Bank of England and member of the Monetary Policy Committee. A non-executive Director since 1 December 2008. A member of the Group Audit Committee since 1 March 2009. A non-executive director of The Scottish American Investment Company PLC. Former appointments include: Director of the Bank of England from 2003 to 30 June 2008; Serving as Permanent Secretary at the UK Government Departments for Transport and Work and Pensions and at the Welsh Office; and Vice President and Chief of Staff to the President of the World Bank from 1995 to 1996.
   
       Ms Lomax brings to the Board business experience in both the public and private sectors and a deep knowledge of the operation of the UK government and the financial system.
   
Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, KCMG
   
  Age 68. Chairman of Anglo American plc. A non- executive Director since 2001. Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the Corporate Sustainability Committee. A non-executive Director of Accenture Limited and Saudi Aramco. Chairman of the Global Business Coalition on HIV/AIDS and the Global Compact Foundation. Former appointments include: Director and Chairman of The ‘Shell’ Transport and Trading Company, plc; Chairman of the Committee of Managing Directors of the Royal Dutch/Shell Group of Companies; and a Governor of Nuffield Hospitals.
   
       Sir Mark brings to the Board many years’ experience of leading global organisations and of having worked during his career in nine countries. He works with many non-governmental organisations to improve companies’ commitment to socially responsible activities. He is a member of the steering committee responsible for driving the global governance initiative of the World Economic Forum, an independent foundation committed to developing a world-class corporate governance system.
   
G Morgan
   
  Age 63. Non-executive chairman of SNC-Lavalin Group Inc. A non-executive Director since 2006. A member of the Remuneration Committee. A member of the Board of Trustees of The Fraser Institute and the Manning Centre for Building Democracy. A non-executive Director of HSBC Bank Canada from 1996 to 2006. Former appointments include: Founding President, Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of EnCana Corporation; Director of Alcan Inc. and Lafarge North America, Inc.

 

284


Back to Contents

       Mr Morgan brings to the Board a background in technical, operational, financial and management positions and has led large international companies in the energy and engineering sectors. He has been recognised as Canada’s most respected Chief Executive Officer in a national poll of Chief Executives. He is currently a business columnist for Canada’s largest national newspaper.
   
N R N Murthy, CBE
   
  Age 62. Chairman and Chief Mentor and former Chief Executive Officer of Infosys Technologies Limited. A non-executive Director since 1 May 2008. A member of the Corporate Sustainability Committee. An independent non-executive Director of Unilever plc and New Delhi Television Limited and a Director of the United Nations Foundation. A former independent non-executive Director of DBS Group Holdings Limited and DBS Bank Limited.
   
       Mr Murthy brings to the Board experience in information technology, corporate governance and education, particularly in India. He founded Infosys Technologies Limited in India in 1981 and was its Chief Executive Officer for 21 years. Under his leadership, Infosys established a global footprint and was listed on NASDAQ in 1999. During his career he has worked in France and India.
   
S M Robertson, senior independent non-executive Director
   
  Age 67. Non-executive Chairman of Rolls-Royce Group plc and the founder member of Simon Robertson Associates LLP. A non-executive Director since 2006 and senior independent non- executive Director since May 2007. A member of the Nomination Committee. A non-executive Director of Berry Bros. & Rudd Limited, The Economist Newspaper Limited and Royal Opera House, Covent Garden Limited. A trustee of the Eden Project Trust and of the Royal Opera House Endowment Fund. Former appointments include: Managing Director of Goldman Sachs International; and Chairman of Dresdner Kleinwort Benson.
   
 

     Mr Robertson brings to the Board a background in international corporate advisory with a wealth of experience in mergers and acquisitions, merchant banking, investment banking and financial markets. During his career he has worked in France, Germany, the UK and the USA.

J L Thornton
   
  Age 55. A non-executive Director since 1 December 2008. Non-executive Chairman and Director of HSBC North America Holdings Inc since 1 December 2008. Professor and Director of the Global Leadership Program at the Tsinghua University School of Economics and Management. Chairman of the Brookings Institution Board of Trustees. Director of Ford Motor Company, Intel Corporation, Inc., News Corporation, Inc., National Committee on United States-China Relations and China Unicom (Hong Kong) Limited. Trustee of Asia Society, China Institute and The China Foreign Affairs University. Member of the Council on Foreign Relations, the China Securities Regulatory Commission International Advisory Committee and China Reform Forum International Advisory Committee. Former appointments include: Director of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited from 2005 until 20 November 2008; and President Co-Chief Operating Officer of the Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. from 1999 until 2003.
   
       Mr Thornton brings to the Board experience that bridges developed and developing economies and the public and private sectors. He has a deep knowledge of financial services and education systems, particularly in Asia. During his 23 year career with Goldman Sachs, he played a key role in the firm's global development and was Chairman of Goldman Sachs Asia.
   
Sir Brian Williamson, CBE
   
  Age 64. Chairman of Electra Private Equity plc. A non-executive Director since 2002. Chairman of the Nomination Committee. A Director of NYSE Euronext and Climate Exchange plc. A senior adviser to Fleming Family and Partners. Former appointments include: Chairman of London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange; Gerrard Group plc; Resolution Life Group Limited; and non-executive Director of Resolution plc, the Financial Services Authority and the Court of The Bank of Ireland.
   
       Sir Brian brings to the Board extensive experience in futures, options and commodities trading internationally. He established the London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange in the 1980s and led the Exchange’s development of its electronic trading platform in the mid-1990s. He is a member of the Guild for International Bankers.
   
* Non-executive Director 
†  Independent non-executive Director

 


285


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Biographies > Senior management

 

Secretary

R G Barber

Age 58. Group Company Secretary. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006. Joined HSBC in 1980. Company Secretary of HSBC Holdings plc since 1990. Chairman of the Disclosure Committee. A member of the Listing Authority Advisory Committee of the Financial Services Authority and of the Primary Markets Group of the London Stock Exchange. Corporation Secretary of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1986 to 1992 and Company Secretary of HSBC Bank plc from 1994 to 1996.

Adviser to the Board 

D J Shaw

Age 62. An Adviser to the Board since 1998. Solicitor. A former partner in Norton Rose. A Director of The Bank of Bermuda Limited and HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA. A non-executive Director of Kowloon Development Company Limited and Shui On Land Limited.

Group Managing Directors 

A Almeida

Age 52. Group Head of Human Resources. A Group Managing Director since 25 February 2008. Joined HSBC in 1992. Appointed a Group General Manager in June 2007. Global Head of Human Resources for Global Banking and Markets, Private Banking, Global Transaction Banking and HSBC Amanah from 1996 to June 2007.

E Alonso

Age 53. Group Managing Director and Head of HSBC Latin America and the Caribbean. A Group Managing Director since 1 May 2008. Joined HSBC in 1997. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006. Chairman Grupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V. and HSBC México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero HSBC. Deputy Chief Executive of HSBC Investment Bank Brasil S.A. – Banco de Investimento. Director of HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A. and HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. – Banco Múltiplo. Managing Director of HSBC (Brasil) Administradora de Consorcio Ltda. and HSBC Serviços e Participaçoes Ltda. President of the Board of Directors of HSBC Bank (Panamá) S.A.

C C R Bannister

Age 50. Group Managing Director, Insurance. A Group Managing Director since 2006. Joined HSBC in 1994. Chairman of HSBC Insurance Holdings Limited and Director of HSBC Insurance Brokers Limited since 16 January 2009. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Group Private Banking from 1998 to 2006. Deputy Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. from 1996 to 1997.

K M Harvey

Age 48. Group Chief Technology and Services Officer. A Group Managing Director since 1 October 2008. Joined HSBC Finance in 1989. Group Chief Information Officer from 2004 to 30 September 2008. President of HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc. from 2003 to 2004. Group Executive for HSBC North America from 1993 to 2002. Managing Director of Data Processing, HFC Bank Limited from 1992 to 1993. Director of Banking Systems, HSBC North America from 1990 to 1992.

A C Hungate

Age 42. Global Head of Personal Financial Services and Marketing. Joined HSBC as a Group Managing Director in September 2007. Chairman of HSBC Bank A.S. since 6 January 2009. Formerly Managing Director, Asia Pacific at Reuters. Worldwide Chief Marketing Officer of Reuters between 2002 and 2005.

D D J John

Age 58. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive, HSBC Bank plc. A Group Managing Director since 2006. Joined HSBC Bank plc in 1971. Deputy Chief Executive of HSBC Bank plc from 2005 to 2006 and Chief Operating Officer from 2003 to 2005. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad from 1999 to 2002.

B P McDonagh

Age 50. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. A Group Managing Director since 21 February 2008. Joined HSBC in 1979. A Director of HSBC Bank Canada, HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) Limited and HSBC North America Holdings Inc. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Finance Corporation and Chief Operating Officer of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. from February 2007 to 21 February 2008. Chief Operating Officer, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. from 2004 to 2006.


 

286


Back to Contents

Y A Nasr

Age 54. Group Managing Director, Strategic Investments. Chairman and Chief Executive of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited. A Group Managing Director since 2004. Joined HSBC in 1976. Deputy Chairman of HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E. and a Director of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA. Deputy Chairman of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited from May 2007 to 1 December 2008. President, HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. – Banco Múltiplo from 2003 to 2006. President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Bank USA, N.A. from 1999 to 2003. President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Bank Canada from 1997 to 1999.

B Robertson

Age 54. Group Chief Risk Officer. A Group Managing Director since 25 February 2008. Joined HSBC in 1975. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2003. Group General Manager, Group Credit and Risk from 2005 to September 2007. Head of Global Banking and Markets for North America from 2003 to 2005.

P A Thurston

Age 55. Managing Director, UK Banking. A Group Managing Director since 1 May 2008. Joined HSBC in 1975. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2003. A Director of HSBC Bank plc since 1 June 2008. Former Chairman of Grupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V. and former Chief Executive Officer of HSBC México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero HSBC.

Group General Managers 

P Y Antika

Age 48. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Turkey. Joined HSBC in 1990. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2005.

S Assaf

Age 48. Head of Global Markets. Joined HSBC in 1994. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.

R S Beck

Age 42. Group General Manager, Communications Director. Joined HSBC in 1989. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.

R E T Bennett

Age 57. Group General Manager, Legal and Compliance. Joined HSBC in 1979. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1998.

N S K Booker

Age 50. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Finance Corporation and Deputy Chief Executive Officer, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. Joined HSBC in 1981. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2004.

P W Boyles

Age 53. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC France. Joined HSBC in 1975. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006.

D C Budd

Age 55. Chairman of HFC Bank Limited and a Director of HSBC Bank plc. Joined HSBC in 1972. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2005.

Z J Cama

Age 61. Group General Manager International. Joined HSBC in 1968. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001.

R P Contractor

Age 51. Group General Manager, Service Delivery. Joined HSBC in 1987. Appointed a Group General Manager on 27 October 2008.

S N Cooper

Age 41. President and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Korea. Joined HSBC in 1989. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.


 

287


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Biographies > Senior management

 

J E Coverdale

Age 52. Managing Director, The Saudi British Bank. Joined HSBC in 1977. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.

T M Detelich

Age 52. President, Consumer and Mortgage Lending, HSBC Finance Corporation. Joined HSBC Finance Corporation in 1976. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006.

I M Dorner

Age 54. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad. Joined HSBC in 1986. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2007.

A S El Anwar

Age 62. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E. Joined HSBC in 1991. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.

C Engel

Age 51. Regional Director Personal Financial Services, HSBC Asia Pacific. Joined HSBC in 2003. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.

D L Fried

Age 47. Regional Head of Insurance, HSBC Asia Pacific. Joined HSBC in 1984. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.

A Y M Fung

Age 48. Head of Global Markets and Treasurer, HSBC Asia Pacific. Joined HSBC in 1996. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.

J D Garner

Age 39. Group General Manager, Personal Financial Services and Direct Businesses, HSBC Bank plc. Joined HSBC in 2004. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006.

J L Gordon

Age 56. President and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Canada. Joined HSBC in 1987. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2005.

M Hussain

Age 48. Chief Executive Officer, Global HSBC Amanah and Global Banking and Markets, Middle East and North Africa. Joined HSBC in 1993. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.

A M Keir

Age 50. Group General Manager, Commercial Banking, HSBC Europe and Global Co-Head Commercial Banking. Joined HSBC in 1981. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006.

N L Kidwai

Age 51. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC India. Joined HSBC in 2002. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006.

M J W King

Age 52. Group General Manager, Internal Audit. Joined HSBC in 1986. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2002.

P J Lawrence

Age 47. Head of Global Banking and Markets, HSBC USA. President and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. and HSBC USA Inc. Director of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. Joined HSBC in 1982. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2005.

M Leung

Age 56. Global Co-Head Commercial Banking. Joined HSBC in 1978. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2005.

A Long

Age 53. Head of Global Transaction Banking. Joined HSBC in 1977. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.

A M Losada

Age 54. President and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Argentina. Joined HSBC in 1973. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008

A M Mahoney

Age 46. Group General Manager and Head of International, HSBC Bank plc. Joined HSBC in 1983. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006.


 

288


Back to Contents

C M Meares

Age 51. Chief Executive Officer, Global Private Banking. Joined HSBC in 1980. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006.

W G Menezes

Age 63. Group General Manager and Head of Group Cards. Joined HSBC Finance Corporation in 1996. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006.

M S McCombe

Age 42. Global Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Global Asset Management. Joined HSBC in 1987. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.

K Newman

Age 51. Director of One HSBC. Joined HSBC in 1989. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2006.

R C F Or

Age 59. Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive, Hang Seng Bank Limited. A Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Joined HSBC in 1972. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000.

K Patel

Age 60. Group General Manager, Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Africa. Joined HSBC in 1984.

Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000. Chairman, Emerging Europe and Africa from 2003 to 2006. Chairman, Global Investment Bank from 2000 to 2003.

L J Peña-Kegel

Age 49. Chief Executive, HSBC Mexico S.A. Joined HSBC on 15 May 2008. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.

R C Picot

Age 51. Group Chief Accounting Officer. Joined HSBC in 1993. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2003.

C D Spooner

Age 58. Head of Group Financial Planning & Tax. Joined HSBC in 1994. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2007.

P T S Wong

Age 57. Executive Director, Hong Kong and Mainland China, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Joined HSBC in 2005. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2005.

R J L Yorke

Age 41. President and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC China. Joined HSBC in 1989. Appointed a Group General Manager on 29 May 2008.


 

289


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 

Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)

   
   
Board of Directors > The Board > Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive

 

Board of Directors

The Board

The objective of the management structures within HSBC, headed by the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings and led by the Group Chairman, is to deliver sustainable value to shareholders. Implementation of the strategy set by the Board is delegated to the Group Management Board under the leadership of the Group Chief Executive.

     HSBC Holdings has a unitary Board of Directors. The authority of each Director is exercised in Board Meetings where the Board acts collectively as a unit. At 2 March 2009, the Board comprises the Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, four other executive Directors and 15 non-executive Directors. The names and brief biographical particulars of the Directors are listed on pages 281 to 285. The Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive and four other executive Directors are employees who carry out executive functions in HSBC in addition to their duties as Directors. Non-executive Directors are not HSBC employees and do not participate in the daily business management of HSBC. Non-executive Directors bring an external perspective, constructively challenge and help develop proposals on strategy, scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance. The non-executive Directors have a wealth of experience across a number of industries and business sectors, including the leadership of large, complex multinational enterprises. The roles of non-executive Directors as members of Board committees are described on pages 290 to 291. It is estimated that non-executive Directors devote 24 days per annum to HSBC business after an induction phase, with Committee members devoting significant additional time.

     The Board is responsible for managing the business of HSBC Holdings and, in doing so, may exercise all of the powers of HSBC Holdings, subject to any relevant laws and regulations and to the Memorandum and Articles of Association. In particular, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property or assets (present and future) of HSBC Holdings and may also exercise any of the powers conferred on it by the Companies Act 1985 and Companies Act 2006 (as appropriate) and/or by shareholders. The Board is able to delegate and confer on certain Directors holding executive office any of its powers, authorities and discretions (including the power to sub-delegate) for such time and on such terms as it

thinks fit. In addition, the Board may establish any local or divisional boards or agencies for managing the business of HSBC Holdings in any specified locality and delegate and confer on any local or divisional board, manager or agent so appointed any of its powers, authorities and discretions (including the power to sub-delegate) for such time and on such terms as it thinks fit. The Board may also, by power of attorney or otherwise, appoint any person or persons to be the agent of HSBC Holdings and may delegate to any such person or persons any of its powers, authorities and discretions (including the power to sub-delegate) for such time and on such terms as it thinks fit.

     The Board sets the strategy for the Group and approves the operating plans presented by management for the achievement of the strategic objectives. The operating plans ensure the efficient disposition of HSBC’s resources for the achievement of these objectives. The Board delegates the management and day-to-day running of HSBC to the Group Management Board but retains to itself approval of certain matters including operating plans and performance targets, procedures for monitoring and control of operations, the authority or the delegation of authority to approve credit, market risk limits, acquisitions, disposals, investments, capital expenditure or realisation or creation of a new venture, specified senior appointments, and any substantial change in balance sheet management policy.

     The Directors who served during the year were, Lord Butler, S A Catz, V H C Cheng, J D Coombe, Baroness Dunn, J L Durán, R A Fairhead, D J Flint, A A Flockhart, W K L Fung, M F Geoghegan, S K Green, S T Gulliver, J W J Hughes-Hallett, W S H Laidlaw, J R Lomax, Sir Brian Moffat, Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, G Morgan, N R N Murthy, S W Newton, S M Robertson, J L Thornton and Sir Brian Williamson.

     The Board of Directors meets regularly and Directors receive information between meetings about the activities of committees and developments in HSBC’s business.

     Eight Board meetings were held during 2008. The table that follows gives details of each Director’s attendance at meetings of the Board, Group Audit Committee, Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee held whilst he or she was a Director or member during 2008.

     During 2008, the non-executive Directors and the Group Chairman met twice without the other executive Directors. In addition, the non-executive


 

290


Back to Contents

Directors met once without the Group Chairman to appraise the Group Chairman’s performance.

     In addition to the meetings of the principal Committees referred to in the following pages,

12 other meetings of Committees of the Board (not shown in the table below) were held during the year to discharge business delegated by the Board.

All those who were Directors at the time attended the 2008 Annual General Meeting.


 

Attendance record                
      Group Audit   Nomination   Remuneration  
  Board    Committee   Committee   Committee  
  meetings (8)   meetings (8)   meetings (5)   meetings (7)  
 
 
 
 
 
  Attended   Attended   Attended   Attended  
                 
Lord Butler1 4        
S A Catz2 4   2 3    
V H C Cheng4 7        
J D Coombe 8   8     7  
Baroness Dunn5 4     2    
J L Durán 7        
R A Fairhead 6   8   2 6  
D J Flint 8   8 3    
A A Flockhart2 4   1 3    
W K L Fung 8        
M F Geoghegan 8   4 3   1 3
S K Green 8   1 3 5   1 3
S T Gulliver2 4   2 3     
J W J Hughes-Hallett 7   6   4    
W S H Laidlaw 7   2 3   3 7
J R Lomax8        
Sir Brian Moffat5 5   1 3 2    
Sir Mark Moody-Stuart 8   2 3    7  
G Morgan 8   1 3    7  
N R N Murthy2 4   1 3    
S W Newton9 7   6      
S M Robertson 7   1 3 4    
J L Thornton8        
Sir Brian Williamson 8   1 3 5    
   
1 Retired 30 May 2008 – eligible to attend 5 Board meetings.
2 Appointed 1 May 2008 – eligible to attend 4 Board meetings.
3 Attended by invitation, for all or part of meeting.
4 Appointed 1 February 2008 – eligible to attend 7 Board meetings.
5 Retired 30 May 2008 eligible to attend 5 Board meetings and 2 Committee meetings.
6 Appointed a member on 30 May 2008 – eligible to attend 3 Committee meetings.
7 Appointed a member on 30 May 2008 – eligible to attend 3 Committee meetings.
8 Appointed 1 December 2008 – not eligible to attend any Board meetings.
9 Retired 10 October 2008 – eligible to attend 7 Board meetings and 6 Committee meetings.
   

Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive

The roles of Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive are separated and held by experienced full-time Directors.

     There is a clear division of responsibilities at the head of the Company between the running of the Board and the executive responsibility for running HSBC’s business. The Group Chairman’s responsibilities include the long-term strategic development of HSBC, the development of relationships with governments and other significant external parties and performance management of the Group Chief Executive. The Group Chairman also monitors the performance of the Group Finance Director and, subject to the Group Chief Executive’s

recommendation, approves risk, capital allocation and capital investment decisions within authorities delegated by the Board. The Group Chief Executive has responsibility for developing business plans and delivering performance against these.

     S K Green became Group Chairman at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting in 2006 and M F Geoghegan succeeded S K Green as Group Chief Executive. The appointments were made after consulting with representatives of major institutional investors and explaining the succession planning and independent external search process undertaken. S K Green and M F Geoghegan stood for re-election at the 2006 Annual General Meeting and were both


 

291


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Board of Directors > Balance and independence / Development / Performance / Appointment / Shareholder relations

 

re-elected ahead of taking up their new roles from the conclusion of that Meeting.

Board balance and independence of Directors

The Board includes a strong presence of both executive and non-executive Directors such that no individual or small group can dominate the Board’s decision making. Following the 2009 Annual General Meeting, the Board will comprise 21 Directors, 14 of whom are independent non-executive Directors. The size of the Board is appropriate given the complexity and geographical spread of HSBC’s business and the significant time demands placed on the non-executive Directors, particularly those who serve as members of Board committees.

     The Board has appointed S M Robertson as the senior independent non-executive Director. The principal role of the senior independent non-executive Director is to support the Group Chairman in his role, to lead the non-executive Directors in the oversight of the Group Chairman and to ensure there is a clear division of responsibility between the Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive. The senior independent non-executive Director is also available to shareholders to express concerns which the normal channels have failed to resolve or would be inappropriate.

     The Board considers all of the non-executive Directors to be independent in character and judgement. W K L Fung has served on the Board for more than nine years, however, and in that respect only, does not meet the usual criteria for independence set out in the UK Combined Code on corporate governance. The Board has therefore determined S A Catz, M K T Cheung (appointed a Director with effect from 1 February 2009), J D Coombe, J L Durán, R A Fairhead, J W J Hughes-Hallett, W S H Laidlaw, J R Lomax, Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, G Morgan, N R N Murthy, S M Robertson, J L Thornton and Sir Brian Williamson to be independent. In reaching its determination of each non-executive Director’s independence the Board has concluded that there are no relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect a Director’s judgement and any relationships or circumstances which could appear to do so were considered not to be material.

     When determining independence the Board considers that calculation of the length of service of a non-executive Director begins on the date of his or her first election by shareholders as a Director of HSBC Holdings. Given the complexity and geographical spread of HSBC’s business, the

experience of previous service on a subsidiary company Board can be a considerable benefit to HSBC and does not detract from a Director’s independence.

     In accordance with the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, each non-executive Director determined by the Board to be independent has provided an annual confirmation of his or her independence to HSBC Holdings.

Information, induction and ongoing development

The Board regularly reviews reports on progress against financial objectives, on business developments and on investor and external relations and receives reports from the Chairmen of Board Committees and from the Group Chief Executive. The Board receives regular reports and presentations on strategy and developments in the customer groups and principal geographical areas. Regular reports are also provided to the Board, the Group Audit Committee and the Group Management Board on credit exposures and the loan portfolio, asset, liability and risk management, liquidity, litigation and compliance and reputational issues. The agenda and supporting papers are distributed in advance of all Board and Committee meetings to allow time for appropriate review and to facilitate full discussion at the meetings. All Directors have full and timely access to all relevant information and may take independent professional advice if necessary.

     The Directors have free and open contact with management at all levels. Group Managing Directors and Group General Managers meet informally with Directors after Board meetings. Board offsite visits are made each year to enable Directors to see at first hand the operations of subsidiary companies in local environments and to meet management, employees and customers. In 2008 the Board visited Dubai.

     Full, formal and tailored induction programmes, with particular emphasis on internal controls, are arranged for newly appointed Directors. The programmes consist of a series of meetings with other Directors and senior executives to enable new Directors to receive information and familiarise themselves with HSBC’s strategy, operations and internal controls. Prior to their appointment, each Director receives comprehensive guidance on the duties and liabilities of a Director of HSBC Holdings. Opportunities to update and develop skills and knowledge, through externally run seminars and


 

292


Back to Contents

through briefings by senior executives, are provided to all Directors.

Performance evaluation

In November 2008, ICSA Board Evaluation Limited was commissioned to assist S K Green, Group Chairman, in conducting an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Board. This followed ICSA’s evaluation of the Board in 2007. His evaluation investigated the performance of the Board as a whole and, in that context, the main Board committees and individual Directors. The evaluation examined whether eight key areas met the Board’s needs and expectations: Board role and responsibilities; oversight; Board meetings; information received; support for the Board; Board composition; working together; and outcome and achievements. The report on the evaluation has been reviewed by the Board and has been used by the non-executive Directors, led by the senior independent non-executive Director, in their evaluation of the performance of the Group Chairman. The review concluded that the Board and its committees were functioning effectively. It is the intention of the Board of HSBC Holdings to continue to review its performance and that of its Directors annually.

Appointment, retirement and re-election of Directors

The Board may at any time appoint any person who is willing to act as a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board, but the total number of Directors shall not exceed twenty-five. Any Director so appointed by the Board shall retire at the Annual General Meeting following his or her appointment and shall be eligible for re-election but is not taken into account in determining the number of Directors who are to retire by rotation at such meeting. The Board may appoint any Director to hold any employment or executive office and may revoke or terminate any such appointment. Shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, appoint a person as a Director or remove any Director before the expiration of his period of office. At each Annual General Meeting, one third of the Directors who are subject to retirement by rotation are required to retire and may offer themselves for re-election by shareholders. In addition to those required to retire by rotation, any Director who was not elected or re-elected at either of the preceding two Annual General Meetings and any non-executive Director who has served in office for a continuous period of nine years or more at the date of the Annual General Meeting is required to retire and may offer him or herself for reelection by shareholders.

     J L Durán and W S H Laidlaw were appointed non-executive Directors on 1 January 2008.

V H C Cheng was appointed an executive Director on 1 February 2008. On 1 May 2008 A A Flockhart and S T Gulliver were appointed executive Directors and S A Catz and N R N Murthy were appointed non-executive Directors. Lord Butler, Baroness Dunn and Sir Brian Moffat retired as Directors at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting held on 30 May 2008. S W Newton retired as a Director on 10 October 2008. J R Lomax and J L Thornton were appointed non-executive Directors on 1 December 2008. M K T Cheung was appointed a non-executive Director on 1 February 2009.

     All of the Directors will retire at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting and offer themselves for re-election. None of the non-executive Directors seeking re-election has a service contract. All of the executive Directors seeking re-election are employed on rolling contracts which require 12 months’ notice to be given by either party.

     Following the performance evaluation of the Board, the Group Chairman has confirmed that all of the non-executive Directors continue to perform effectively and to demonstrate commitment to their roles.

     Brief biographical particulars of all Directors are given on pages 281 to 285.

Relations with shareholders

The Board ensures all Directors, including non-executive Directors, develop an understanding of the views of major shareholders through attendance at analyst presentations and other meetings with institutional investors and their representative bodies. Directors also met with representatives of institutional shareholders in 2008 to discuss corporate governance matters.

     All executive Directors and other senior executives hold regular meetings with institutional investors and report to the Board on those meetings.

     Institutional shareholders were consulted on the framework of Directors’ remuneration and the proposed changes to the HSBC Share Plan which were approved at the 2008 Annual General Meeting.

     During 2008, S M Robertson, senior independent non-executive Director, Sir Mark Moody-Stuart and other non-executive Directors met and corresponded with institutional investors and their representatives to discuss strategy, remuneration policy and governance. S M Robertson, the senior independent non-executive Director is also available to shareholders


 

293


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Board of Directors > Conflicts of interest / Corporate governance / NYSE practices

 

should they have concerns which contact through the normal channels of Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Finance Director or other executives has failed to resolve or for which such contact would be inappropriate. Invitations to meet S M Robertson prior to his appointment as senior independent non-executive Director were extended to the Group’s largest shareholders. The senior independent non-executive Director may be contacted through the Group Company Secretary at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ.

Conflicts of interest, indemnification of Directors, relevant audit information and contracts of significance

One of the amendments to HSBC Holdings’ Articles of Association approved by shareholders at the 2008 Annual General Meeting gave the Board authority, with effect from 1 October 2008, to approve Directors’ conflicts and potential conflicts of interest. The Board has adopted a policy and procedures for the approval of Director’s conflicts or potential conflicts of interest. The Board’s powers to authorise conflicts are operating effectively and the procedures are being followed. A review of situational conflicts which have been authorised, including the terms of authorisation, will be undertaken annually.

     The Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings provide that Directors are entitled to be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against claims from third parties in respect of certain liabilities arising in connection with the performance of their functions, in accordance with the provisions of the UK Companies Act 2006. Such indemnity provisions have been in place during the financial year but have not been utilised by the Directors.

     Each person who is a Director at the date of approval of this report confirms that so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and the Director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given pursuant to section 234ZA of the UK Companies Act 1985 and should be interpreted in accordance therewith and subject to the provisions thereof.

     None of the Directors had, during the year or at the end of the year, a material interest, directly or indirectly, in any contract of significance with HSBC Holdings or any of its subsidiary undertakings.

Corporate governance codes

HSBC is committed to high standards of corporate governance. HSBC Holdings has complied throughout the year with the applicable code provisions of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued by the Financial Reporting Council and the Code on Corporate Governance Practices in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

     The Board of HSBC Holdings has adopted a code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities by Directors that complies with The Model Code in the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority and with The Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (‘Hong Kong Model Code’) set out in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, save that The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited has granted certain waivers from strict compliance with the Hong Kong Model Code, primarily to take into account accepted practices in the UK, particularly in respect of employee share plans. Following a specific enquiry, each Director has confirmed he or she has complied with the code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities throughout the year.

Differences in HSBC Holdings/New York Stock Exchange corporate governance practices

Under the NYSE’s corporate governance rules for listed companies and the applicable rules of the SEC, as a NYSE-listed foreign private issuer, HSBC Holdings must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies subject to NYSE listing standards. HSBC Holdings believes the following to be the significant differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies.

     US companies listed on the NYSE are required to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The Listing Rules of the UK Financial Services Authority require each listed company incorporated in the UK to include in its Annual Report and Accounts a narrative statement of how it has applied the principles of the Combined Code and a statement as to whether or not it has complied with the code provisions of the Combined Code throughout the accounting period covered by the Annual Report and Accounts. A company that has not complied with the Code provisions, or complied


 

294


Back to Contents

with only some of the Code provisions or (in the case of provisions whose requirements are of a continuing nature) complied for only part of an accounting period covered by the report, must specify the Code provisions with which it has not complied, and (where relevant) for what part of the reporting period such non-compliance continued, and give reasons for any non-compliance. As stated above, HSBC Holdings complied throughout 2008 with the applicable code provisions of the Combined Code. The Combined Code does not require HSBC Holdings to disclose the full range of corporate governance guidelines with which it complies.

     Under NYSE standards, companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee, composed entirely of independent directors. In addition to identifying individuals qualified to become Board members, this committee must develop and recommend to the Board a set of corporate governance principles. HSBC’s Nomination Committee complies with the Combined Code, which requires a majority of members to be independent. All four members of the Committee are independent non-executive Directors. The Committee’s terms of reference do not require the Committee to develop and recommend corporate governance principles for HSBC Holdings. As stated above, HSBC Holdings is subject to the corporate governance principles of the Combined Code.

     Pursuant to NYSE listing standards, non-management directors must meet on a regular basis without management present and independent directors must meet separately at least once per year. During 2008, HSBC Holdings’ non-executive Directors met twice as a group with the Group Chairman, but without other executive Directors present, and met once as a group without the Group Chairman or other executive Directors present. HSBC Holdings’ practice, in this regard, complies with the Combined Code.

     In accordance with the requirements of the Combined Code, HSBC Holdings discloses in its annual report how the Board, its committees and the Directors are evaluated (on page 293) and it provides extensive information regarding Directors’ compensation in the Directors’ Remuneration Report (on pages 315 to 328). The terms of reference of HSBC Holdings’ Audit, Nomination and Remuneration Committees are available at www.hsbc.com/boardcommittees.

     NYSE listing standards require US companies to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. In addition to the Group Business

Principles and Values, which apply to the employees of all HSBC companies, pursuant to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act the Board of HSBC Holdings has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to the Group Chairman and the Group Chief Executive, as the principal executive officers, and to the Group Finance Director and Group Chief Accounting Officer. HSBC Holdings’ Code of Ethics is available on www.hsbc.com/codeofethics or from the Group Company Secretary at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ. If the Board amends or waives the provisions of the Code of Ethics, details of the amendment or waiver will appear at the same website address. During 2008, HSBC Holdings made no amendments to its Code of Ethics and granted no waivers from its provisions. The Group Business Principles and Values are available on www.hsbc.com/businessprinciplesandvalues.

     Under NYSE listing rules applicable to US companies, independent directors must comprise a majority of the Board of directors. Currently, two thirds of HSBC Holdings’ Directors are independent.

     Under the Combined Code the HSBC Holdings Board determines whether a Director is independent in character and judgement and whether there are relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, the Director’s judgement. Under the NYSE rules a director cannot qualify as independent unless the board affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with the listed company; in addition the NYSE rules prescribe a list of circumstances in which a director cannot be independent. The Combined Code requires a company’s board to assess director independence by affirmatively concluding that the director is independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with the exercise of independent judgement.

     Lastly, a chief executive officer of a US company listed on the NYSE must annually certify that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of NYSE corporate governance standards. In accordance with NYSE listing rules applicable to foreign private issuers, HSBC Holdings’ Group Chief Executive is not required to provide the NYSE with this annual compliance certification. However, in accordance with rules applicable to both US companies and foreign private issuers, the Group Chief Executive is required promptly to notify the NYSE in writing after any executive officer becomes aware of any material non-compliance with the NYSE corporate governance standards applicable to HSBC Holdings.


 

295


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued) 
   
   
Board of Directors > Board committees

 

     HSBC Holdings is required to submit annual and interim written affirmations of compliance with applicable NYSE corporate governance standards, similar to the affirmations required of NYSE-listed US companies.

Board committees

The Board has appointed a number of committees consisting of certain Directors, Group Managing Directors and, in the case of the Corporate Sustainability Committee, certain co-opted non-director members. The following are the principal committees:

Group Management Board

The Group Management Board meets frequently and operates as a general management committee under the direct authority of the Board. The objective of the Group Management Board is to maintain a reporting and control structure whereby all of the line operations of HSBC are accountable to individual members of the Group Management Board who report to the Group Chief Executive who in turn reports to the Group Chairman. The Board has set objectives and measures for the Group Management Board. These will align senior executives’ objectives and measures with the strategy and operating plans throughout HSBC. The members of the Group Management Board are M F Geoghegan (Chairman), V H C Cheng, D J Flint, A A Flockhart and S T Gulliver who are executive Directors, and A Almeida, E Alonso, C C R Bannister, K M Harvey, A C Hungate, D D J John, B P McDonagh, Y A Nasr, B Robertson and P A Thurston, all of whom are Group Managing Directors.

     The Group Management Board exercises the powers, authorities and discretions of the Board in so far as they concern the management and day-to-day running of HSBC Holdings in accordance with such policies and directions as the Board may from time to time determine. Matters reserved for approval by the Board are described on page 290.

     The Group Chief Executive reports to each meeting of the Board on the activities of the Group Management Board.

Group Audit Committee

The Group Audit Committee meets regularly with HSBC’s senior financial, credit and risk, internal audit, legal and compliance management and the external auditor to consider HSBC Holdings’ financial reporting, the nature and scope of audit reviews and the effectiveness of the systems of

internal control, compliance and risk management. The members of the Group Audit Committee throughout 2008 were, R A Fairhead (Chairman), J D Coombe and J W J Hughes-Hallett. J R Lomax was appointed a member of the Committee on 1 March 2009. S W Newton retired as a Director of HSBC Holdings and ceased to be a member of the Committee on 10 October 2008. All members of the Committee are independent non-executive Directors.

     The Board has determined that R A Fairhead, J D Coombe and J W J Hughes-Hallett are independent according to SEC criteria, may be regarded as audit committee financial experts for the purposes of section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and have recent and relevant financial experience.

     Appointments to the Committee are made for periods of up to three years, extendable by no more than two additional three-year periods, so long as members continue to be independent.

     Formal and tailored induction programmes are held for newly-appointed Committee members and appropriate training is provided on an ongoing and timely basis.

     There were eight meetings of the Group Audit Committee during 2008. The table on page 291 gives details of Directors’ attendance at these meetings. Following each meeting the Committee reports to the Board on its activities.

     At each meeting, the Committee has the opportunity to meet with the external auditor, without management present, to facilitate the discussion of any matter relating to its remit and any issue arising from the audit. Similar arrangements have been adopted for the Committee to meet with the internal auditor. The Committee also has the opportunity to meet with the Group Chief Executive at each of its meetings.

     The terms of reference of the Committee, which are reviewed annually, are available at www.hsbc.com/boardcommittees. To ensure consistency of scope and approach by subsidiary company audit committees, the Group Audit Committee has established core terms of reference to guide subsidiary company Boards when adopting terms of reference for their audit committees. Subsidiary company audit committees are required to provide bi-annual certificates to the Committee or to an intermediate subsidiary company audit committee, relating to the financial statements and internal control procedures of the relevant subsidiary company.

     The Group Audit Committee is accountable to the Board and assists it in meeting its responsibilities


 

296


Back to Contents

for maintaining an effective system of internal control and compliance and for meeting its external financial reporting obligations. The Committee undertakes an annual review of the effectiveness of HSBC’s system of internal control, which is described on page 299, and reviews the Company’s financial statements before they are considered by the Board.

     Regular reports are received on the risks involved in HSBC’s business and how they are controlled and monitored by management which enable the Committee to review the effectiveness of HSBC’s risk management framework. Each year the Committee agrees a schedule of presentations to be made to it by management during the ensuing year on the operation of the risk control framework within the Group. The presentations specifically address risk indicators and performance measures such as indicators of credit, liquidity and interest rate risk. During 2008 the Committee received frequent presentations on global market risk and liquidity and reports on the US mortgage services business, credit performance in the US and the impact of the tightening of liquidity in the money markets. Comprehensive reports are received at each regular meeting from the Group Chief Risk Officer, the Head of Group Compliance, the Group General Manager, Legal and Compliance and the Group General Manager Internal Audit. Periodic presentations are made by other function heads and line management.

     The reports from the Group General Manager Internal Audit include information on frauds and special investigations and weakness in internal controls identified through internal audit reports or reviews of regulatory reports and external auditors’ reports. The Committee monitors and reviews the effectiveness of the internal audit function and receives summaries of periodic peer reviews of HSBC’s principal internal audit functions. HSBC has adopted the Principles of the International Institute of Internal Auditors, which include a periodic external quality assurance review of the internal audit function. The first such review, undertaken by Independent Audit Limited, was presented to the Committee in 2008.

     The Committee receives regular updates on changes in law, regulations and accounting standards and practices and the preparations being made to respond to those requirements. During 2008, the Committee received regular updates on the review of internal financial reporting controls required by section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the implementation of the Basel II capital adequacy requirements.

     The Committee has approved procedures for the receipt, retention and handling of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters. The Committee receives regular reports regarding the nature, investigation and resolution of material complaints and concerns from the Head of Group Compliance.

     The Committee is directly responsible on behalf of the Board for the selection, oversight and remuneration of the external auditor. The Committee reviews and monitors the external auditor’s independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into consideration relevant professional and regulatory requirements.

     The Committee reviews the strategy and approves the terms for the engagement of the external auditor for the audit of the Annual Report and Accounts. Regular reports on the progress of the audit facilitate the Committee’s assessment of the effectiveness of the audit.

     The Committee receives reports from the external auditor on its own policies and procedures regarding independence and quality control and oversees the appropriate rotation of audit partners within the external auditor. The external auditor provides the Committee with an annual confirmation of its independence in accordance with industry standards.

     On the recommendation of the Committee the Board has approved a policy for the employment by HSBC of former employees of the external auditor or its affiliates. The Committee monitors this policy through the receipt of an annual report of those former employees of the external auditor employed by HSBC and the number of former employees of the external auditor currently employed in senior positions in HSBC. The reports enable the Committee to consider whether there has been any impairment, or appearance of impairment, of the auditor’s judgement or independence in respect of the audit.

     The Group Audit Committee has established policies for the pre-approval of specific services that may be provided by the principal auditor, KPMG Audit Plc and its affiliates (‘KPMG’). These policies are kept under review and amended as necessary to meet the dual objectives of ensuring that HSBC benefits in a cost effective manner from the cumulative knowledge and experience of its auditor, while also ensuring that the auditor maintains the necessary degree of independence and objectivity. These pre-approval policies apply to all services where HSBC Holdings or any of its subsidiaries pays for the service, or is a beneficiary or addressee of the


 

297


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Board of Directors > Board committees / Internal control

 

service and has selected or influenced the choice of KPMG. All services entered into with KPMG during 2008 were pre-approved by the Committee or were entered into under pre-approval policies established by the Committee. A quarterly update on non-audit services provided by KPMG is presented to the Committee by management.
   
     The pre-approved services relate to regulatory reviews, agreed-upon procedures reports, other types of attestation reports, the provision of advice and other non-audit services allowed under SEC independence rules. They fall into the categories of audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services.
   
     An analysis of the remuneration paid in respect of audit and non-audit services provided by KPMG for each of the last three years is disclosed in Note 9 on the Financial Statements.
   
     The Committee has recommended to the Board that KPMG Audit Plc be reappointed auditor at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
   
Remuneration Committee
   
The role of the Remuneration Committee and its membership are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 315.
   
Nomination Committee
   
The Nomination Committee is responsible for leading the process for Board appointments and for identifying and nominating, for approval by the Board, candidates for appointment to the Board. Before recommending an appointment to the Board, the Committee evaluates the balance of skills, knowledge and experience on the Board and, in the light of this, identifies the role and capabilities required for a particular appointment. Candidates are considered on merit against these criteria. Care is taken to ensure that appointees have enough time to devote to HSBC. Prospective Directors are asked to identify any significant other commitments and confirm they have sufficient time to discharge what is expected of them. In accordance with the Articles of Association all Directors are subject to election by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting following their appointment by the Board and to re-election at least every three years. The members of the Nomination Committee throughout 2008 were Sir Brian Williamson (Chairman), S M Robertson and J W J Hughes-Hallett. R A Fairhead was appointed a member of the Committee on 30 May 2008. Baroness Dunn and Sir Brian Moffat retired as Directors of HSBC Holdings and ceased to be members of the Committee on 30 May 2008. All
current members of the Committee are independent non-executive Directors.
   
       There were five meetings of the Nomination Committee during 2008. The table on page 291 gives details of Directors’ attendance at these meetings.
   
       Following each meeting the Committee reports to the Board on its activities.
   
       The terms of reference of the Committee are available at www.hsbc.com/boardcommittees.
   
       The appointments of S A Catz, M K T Cheung, J R Lomax, N R N Murthy and J L Thornton as non-executive Directors and V H C Cheng, A A Flockhart and S T Gulliver as executive Directors were made on the advice and recommendation of the Nomination Committee. An external consultancy was used in connection with the appointments of S A Catz, M K T Cheung, J R Lomax, N R N Murthy and J L Thornton.
   
       The terms and conditions of appointment of non-executive Directors are available for inspection at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ and will be made available for 15 minutes before the Annual General Meeting and during the Meeting itself.
   
       The Committee makes recommendations to the Board concerning: plans for succession for both executive and non-executive Directors; the appointment of any Director to executive or other office; suitable candidates for the role of senior independent non-executive Director; the re-election by shareholders of Directors retiring by rotation; the renewal of the terms of office of non-executive Directors; membership of Board Committees, in consultation with the Group Chairman and the chairman of such committees as appropriate; any matters relating to the continuation in office of any Director at any time; and appointments and reappointments to the boards of directors of major subsidiary companies as appropriate.
   
       The Committee regularly reviews the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge and experience required) of the Board and makes recommendations to the Board as appropriate. It keeps under review the leadership needs of HSBC, with a view to ensuring the continued ability of HSBC to compete effectively in the marketplace. The Board has satisfied itself that the Nomination Committee has in place appropriate plans for orderly succession to the Board and senior management positions as well as procedures to ensure an appropriate balance of skills and experience within HSBC and on the Board.

 

298


Back to Contents

Corporate Sustainability Committee
   
The role of the Corporate Sustainability Committee and its membership are set out on page 312.
   
Internal control
   
The Directors are responsible for internal control in HSBC and for reviewing its effectiveness. Procedures have been designed for safeguarding assets against unauthorised use or disposition; for maintaining proper accounting records; and for the reliability of financial information used within the business or for publication. Such procedures are designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement, errors, losses or fraud. The procedures also enable HSBC Holdings to discharge its obligations under the Handbook of Rules and Guidance issued by the Financial Services Authority, HSBC’s lead regulator.
   
     The key procedures that the Directors have established are designed to provide effective internal control within HSBC and accord with the Internal Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council. Such procedures for the ongoing identification, evaluation and management of the significant risks faced by HSBC have been in place throughout the year and up to 2 March 2009, the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts 2008. In the case of companies acquired during the year, the internal controls in place are being reviewed against HSBC’s benchmarks and integrated into HSBC’s processes.
   

     HSBC’s key internal control procedures include the following:

   
Authority to operate the various subsidiaries and responsibilities for financial performance against plans and for capital expenditure are delegated to their respective chief executive officers within limits set by the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings. Delegation of authority from the Board to individuals requires those individuals to maintain a clear and appropriate apportionment of significant responsibilities and to oversee the establishment and maintenance of systems of control appropriate to the business. The appointment of executives to the most senior positions within HSBC requires the approval of the Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings.
   
Functional, operating, financial reporting and certain management reporting standards are
  established by Group Management Office management committees, for application across the whole of HSBC. These are supplemented by operating standards set by functional and local management as required for the type of business and geographical location of each subsidiary.
   
Systems and procedures are in place in HSBC to identify, control and report on the major risks including credit, changes in the market prices of financial instruments, liquidity, operational error, breaches of law or regulations, unauthorised activities, information risk, security and fraud. Exposure to these risks is monitored by risk management committees, asset and liability committees and executive committees in subsidiaries and, for HSBC as a whole, by the Group Management Board. A risk management meeting of the Group Management Board, chaired by the Group Finance Director, is held monthly to address asset, liability and risk management issues, its minutes are submitted to the Group Audit Committee and to the Board of Directors. The Group Operational Risk and Control Committee reviews the implementation of HSBC’s management framework for operational risk and internal control.
   
A Disclosure Committee has been established to review material disclosures made by HSBC Holdings for any errors, misstatements or omissions. The membership of the Disclosure Committee, which is chaired by the Group Company Secretary, includes the heads of the Finance, Legal, Risk, Compliance, Corporate Communications, Investor Relations and Internal Audit functions and representatives from the principal regions, customer groups and global businesses.
   
Processes are in place to identify new risks from changes in market conditions and practices or customer behaviours which could expose HSBC to heightened risk of loss or reputational damage. During 2008, attention was directed towards managing the impact on the Group of market volatilities and illiquidity; continued deterioration in the US personal financial services markets; Group exposure to various parts of the financial sector e.g. asset backed securities including mortgage-backed securities and collateralised debt obligations, monoline insurers, leveraged finance and money market funds; and the impact of government interventions to address the under-capitalisation and funding difficulties of certain financial institutions.

 

299


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   

Board of Directors > Internal control / Directors’ interests

 

Periodic strategic plans are prepared for key customer groups, global product groups, support functions and certain geographies within the framework of the Group Strategic Roadmap. Rolling operating plans, informed by detailed analysis of risk appetite, are prepared and adopted by all major HSBC operating companies and set out the key business initiatives and the likely financial effects of those initiatives.
   
Governance and oversight arrangements are in place to ensure that risk analytical models are fit for purpose, used accordingly and complemented by a variety of model-specific and enterprise-wide stress tests that evaluate the impact of severe yet plausible events and other unusual circumstances not fully captured by quantitative models.
   
Centralised functional control is exercised over all computer system developments and operations. Common systems are employed for similar business processes wherever practicable. Credit and market risks are measured and reported on in subsidiaries and aggregated for review of risk concentrations on a Group-wide basis.
   
Functional management in Group Management Office is responsible for setting policies, procedures and standards in the following areas of risk: credit; market; liquidity; operational; IT; fraud; business continuity; security; information; insurance; accounting; tax; legal and regulatory compliance; fiduciary; human resources; reputational; sustainability and purchasing. Authorities to enter into credit and market risk exposures are delegated with limits to line management of Group companies. The concurrence of Group Management Office is required, however, to credit proposals with specified high risk characteristics.
   
Policies to guide subsidiary companies and management at all levels in the conduct of business to safeguard the Group’s reputation are established by the Board of HSBC Holdings and the Group Management Board, subsidiary company boards, board committees or senior management. Reputational risks can arise from environmental, social or governance issues, or as a consequence of operational risk events. As a banking group, HSBC’s good reputation depends upon the way in which it conducts its business but it can also be affected by the way in which clients, to which it provides financial services, conduct their business.
The establishment and maintenance of appropriate systems of internal control is primarily the responsibility of business management. The internal audit function, which is centrally controlled, monitors the effectiveness of internal control structures across the whole of HSBC focussing on the areas of greatest risk to HSBC as determined using a risk-based approach. The head of this function reports to the Group Chairman and the Group Audit Committee.
     
Management is responsible for ensuring that recommendations made by the internal audit function are implemented within an appropriate and agreed timetable. Confirmation to this effect must be provided to internal audit. Management must also confirm annually to internal audit that offices under their control have taken or are in the process of taking the appropriate actions to deal with all significant recommendations made by external auditors in management letters or by regulators following regulatory inspections.
   
     The Group Audit Committee has kept under review the effectiveness of this system of internal control and has reported regularly to the Board of Directors. The key processes used by the Committee in carrying out its reviews include: regular business and operational risk assessments; regular reports from the heads of key risk functions including Internal Audit and Compliance; the production annually of reviews of the internal control framework applied at Group Management Office and major operating subsidiary level measured against HSBC benchmarks, which cover all internal controls, both financial and non-financial; semi-annual confirmations from chief executives of principal subsidiary companies as to whether there have been any material losses, contingencies or uncertainties caused by weaknesses in internal controls; internal audit reports; external audit reports; prudential reviews; and regulatory reports. The Group Audit Committee has reviewed a ‘Risk Map’ of the status of key risk areas which impact the Group and has considered the mitigating actions put in place. In addition, where unexpected losses have arisen or where incidents have occurred which indicate gaps in the control framework or in adherence to Group policies, the Group Audit Committee has reviewed special reports, prepared at the instigation of management, which analyse the cause of the issue, the lessons learned and the actions proposed by management to address the issue.
   
     The Directors, through the Group Audit Committee, have conducted an annual review of the effectiveness of HSBC’s system of internal control

 

300


Back to Contents

covering all material controls, including financial, operational and compliance controls and risk management systems. The Group Audit Committee has received confirmation that management has taken or is taking the necessary action to remedy any failings or weaknesses identified through the operation of HSBC’s framework of controls.

Directors’ interests

Pursuant to the requirements of the UK Listing Rules and according to the register of Directors’ interests maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the Directors of HSBC Holdings at 31 December 2008 had the following interests, all beneficial unless otherwise stated, in the shares and loan capital of HSBC and its associated corporations:


                         
Directors’ interests
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50
                       
                 At 31 December 2008         
     
 
   At                                      
   1 January                      Jointly              
   2008 or date          Child          with              
   appointed if    Beneficial    under 18    Controlled    another          Total  
   later    owner    or spouse    corporation    person    Trustee    interests 1 
                             
V H C Cheng 241,469 2   177,630    123,160             300,790  
J D Coombe 46,327    13,250                13,250  
D J Flint 112,781    88,456             31,000 3   119,456  
A A Flockhart 164,930 2   172,583                172,583  
W K L Fung 328,000    208,000       120,000          328,000  
M F Geoghegan 385,189    477,434                477,434  
S K Green 536,652    622,066          45,355       667,421  
S T Gulliver 2,235,431 2 2,194,407    85,454             2,279,861  
J W J Hughes-Hallett 554,435                376,427 4   376,427  
W S H Laidlaw 24,500    20,693             1,000 4   21,693  
Sir Mark Moody-Stuart 10,840    5,000    840          5,000 4   10,840  
G Morgan 50,000    52,873                52,873  
S M Robertson 98,317    5,620             93,000 4   98,620  
Sir Brian Williamson 23,164    24,496                24,496  
   
1 Details of executive Directors’ other interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 arising from the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans, and the HSBC Share Plan are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 314 to 328. At 31 December 2008, the aggregate interests under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong of V H C Cheng, D J Flint, A A Flockhart, M F Geoghegan, S K Green and S T Gulliver in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50, including interests arising through employee share plans were: V H C Cheng – 791,228; D J Flint – 955,242; A A Flockhart – 558,559; M F Geoghegan - 2,211,264; S K Green – 2,456,279 and S T Gulliver – 3,536,102. Each Director’s total interests represents less than 0.033 per cent of the shares in issue.
2 V H C Cheng was appointed a Director on 1 February 2008 and A A Flockhart and S T Gulliver were appointed Directors on 1 May 2008.
3 Non-beneficial interest in 10,334 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50.
4 Non-beneficial.
 

     M F Geoghegan has an interest as beneficial owner in 280,000 ordinary shares of HK$5.00 each in Hang Seng Bank (representing less than 0.02 per cent of the shares in issue), which he held throughout the year.

     S K Green has an interest as beneficial owner in €75,000 of HSBC Holdings plc 5½ per cent Subordinated Notes 2009, which he held throughout the year.

     As Directors of HSBC France, S K Green and S T Gulliver each have an interest as beneficial owner in one share of €5 in that company (representing less than 0.01 per cent of the shares in issue). S K Green has held this interest throughout

the year. S T Gulliver has held this interest since 1 January 2009. The Directors have waived their rights to receive dividends on these shares and have undertaken to transfer these shares to HSBC on ceasing to be Directors of HSBC France.

     As Directors of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse), S K Green and S T Gulliver each have an interest as beneficial owner in one share of CHF1,000 in that company (representing less than 0.01 per cent of the shares in issue), which they held throughout the year. The Directors have waived their rights to receive dividends on these shares and have undertaken to transfer these shares to HSBC on ceasing to be Directors of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse).


 

301


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Board of Directors > Directors’ interests // Employees > Involvement / Disabled / Remuneration policy  

 

     No Directors held any short position as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong in the shares and loan capital of HSBC and its associated corporations. Save as stated above, none of the Directors had an interest in any shares or debentures of HSBC or any associated corporation at the beginning or at the end of the year, and none of

the Directors or members of their immediate families were awarded or exercised any right to subscribe for any shares or debentures in any HSBC corporation during the year. Since the end of the year, the interests of each of the following Directors have increased by the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares shown against their name:


   
Increase in Directors’ interests since 31 December 2008
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50
 
   Beneficial   Child under    Controlled          Beneficiary  
   owner    18 or spouse    corporation    Trustee    of a trust  1
                     
V H C Cheng 3,274 2   2,270 2         9,041  
J D Coombe 245 2             
D J Flint 1,696 3         571 2   15,367  
A A Flockhart 3,180 2            7,092  
M F Geoghegan 4,410 2            31,966  
S K Green 11,147 4            32,981  
S T Gulliver    8 2         23,161  
G Morgan 974 2             
S M Robertson 103 2             
Sir Brian Williamson 453 2             
   
1 Scrip dividend on awards held under the HSBC Share Plan.
2 Scrip dividend.
3 Comprises scrip dividend on shares held as beneficial owner (1,502 shares), the automatic reinvestment of dividend income by an Individual Savings Account or Personal Equity Plan manager (114 shares), the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Ownership Plan through regular monthly contributions (49 shares) and the automatic reinvestment of dividend income on shares held in the plan (31 shares).
4 Comprises scrip dividend on shares held as beneficial owner (11,067 shares), the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Ownership Plan through regular monthly contributions (49 shares) and the automatic reinvestment of dividend income on shares held in the plan (31 shares).
 

     Since the end of the year, the non-beneficial interests of J W J Hughes-Hallett as Trustee of two Trusts have decreased by 102,948 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.

     There have been no other changes in the share and loan capital interests of the Directors from 31 December to the date of this Report. Any subsequent changes up to the last practicable date before the publication of the Notice of Annual General Meeting will be set out in the notes to that Notice.

     At 31 December 2008, Directors and Senior Management held, in aggregate, beneficial interests

in 16,469,373 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares (0.14 per cent of the issued ordinary shares).

     At 31 December 2008, executive Directors and Senior Management held, in aggregate, options to subscribe for 937,862 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme, HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans, HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan and HSBC Finance: 1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan. These options are exercisable between 2009 and 2015 at prices ranging from £5.3496 to £7.8710 and US$10.66 to US$21.37 per share.


 

302


Back to Contents

Employees 

At 31 December 2008, HSBC employed 325,000 full and part-time employees worldwide, compared with 330,000 at 31 December 2007 and 312,000 at 31 December 2006. The main centres of employment are the UK with approximately 58,000 employees; the US 38,000, India 37,000, Hong Kong 30,000, Brazil 25,000, Mexico 20,000, mainland China 15,000 and France 11,000. HSBC negotiates with recognised unions. The five highest concentrations of union membership are in Argentina, Brazil, mainland China, Malta and Mexico. It is HSBC’s policy to maintain well-developed communications and consultation programmes with unions and there have been no material disruptions to its operations from labour disputes during the past five years.

     The first Group People Strategy was in place for 2008. This prioritised leadership and people capability in general, robust performance management complementing a market competitive reward strategy, and improving employee engagement. Particular emphasis was given in 2008 to increasing international mobility to broaden the internationalism and diversity of employee experience, and training was focused on risk awareness, change management, customer orientation and performance. There was significant improvement in employee engagement (see non-financial KPIs in page 19) and a key component of performance management was aligned objectives which were cascaded down from the Group Management Board level for the first time.

     HSBC continues to be committed to creating a diverse and inclusive work environment reflective of its customer base, international workforce, and communities in which it operates. It has a Group-wide strategy, with Group oversight, that aims to improve gender, ethnicity and age diversity to ensure the long-term sustainability of the organisation, taking into account strategic global demographic changes. There is a particular focus on increasing gender and ethnic diversity at senior management levels. Diversity initiatives are implemented at a country level taking local and national laws into account. Employee network groups and mentoring programmes are promoted and established, where possible, to facilitate open discussion of workplace issues for employees belonging to minority groups, and to foster an environment that celebrates diversity.

Employee involvement

HSBC continues to value open communication with its employees. Employees are encouraged to discuss

operational and strategic issues, and ways of improving performance with their line manager. Open communication throughout the organisation is encouraged and opportunities to share individual perspectives are created through networking events, management blogs, international assignments and learning and development programmes. Information is regularly given to employees about employment matters and the financial and economic factors affecting HSBC’s performance. This is communicated via management channels, internal seminars, training programmes, in-house magazines and an intranet site accessible to the majority of HSBC’s employees worldwide. The Group’s Global People Survey in turn annually assesses employee engagement with HSBC.

Employment of disabled persons

HSBC believes in providing equal opportunities to all employees. The employment of disabled persons is included in this commitment and the recruitment, training, career development and promotion of disabled persons is based on the aptitudes and abilities of the individual. Should employees become disabled during employment, every effort is made to continue their employment and, if necessary, appropriate training is provided.

Remuneration policy

As the quality and commitment of its human capital is deemed fundamental to HSBC’s success, the Board’s stated strategy is to attract, retain and motivate the very best people; this strategy is referenced to the overall business strategy and the commercial environment.

     In a business that is based on trust and relationships, HSBC’s broad policy is to recruit those who are committed to making a long-term career with the organisation since trust and relationships are built over time.

     Remuneration is an important component in people’s decisions on which company to join and to stay with, but it is not the overriding one. It is HSBC’s experience that people are attracted to an organisation with strong and sound values, one which is meritocratic and competitive, and which offers challenging career development; it is also this type of people that HSBC seeks to attract.

     In line with the overall principles applied to executive Directors by the Remuneration Committee as described on page 315 in the Directors’ Remuneration Report:

employees’ salaries are reviewed annually in the

 

303


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
 Employees > Share plans

 

  context of business performance, market practice and internal relativities. Allowances and benefits are largely determined by local market practice;
   
employees participate in various variable pay arrangements. Discretionary variable pay is dependent on the achievement of objectives which derive from those determined at the Group level. Since 2008, these objectives typically cover four categories – Financial, Customer, Process and People. Targets which measure these objectives generally include profitability, expense control, customer recommendation, employee engagement, adherence to HSBC’s ethical standards, lending guidelines, internal controls and procedures, with an emphasis on risk management to maintain a strong and secure operating platform.
Actual levels of pay will depend on the performance of the Group, that of constituent businesses, and of the individual, taking into account competitive market practice.
   
to ensure that the interests of HSBC and its employees are aligned with those of its shareholders, and that HSBC’s approach to risk management supports the interests of all stakeholders, a proportion of variable pay awards above certain thresholds is required to be deferred into HSBC Restricted Shares. In addition, employees are encouraged to participate in HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans and local share ownership arrangements.

Employee share plans

To help align the interests of employees with those of shareholders, share options are granted under all-employee share plans and discretionary awards of Performance Shares and Restricted Shares are made under the HSBC Share Plan. There have been no awards of discretionary share options since 30 September 2005.

     Set out on pages 304 to 311 are particulars of outstanding employee share options, including those held by employees working under employment contracts that are regarded as ‘continuous contracts’ for the purposes of the Hong Kong Employment Ordinance. The options were granted at nil consideration. No options have been granted to substantial shareholders, suppliers of goods or services, or in excess of the individual limit for each share plan. No options were cancelled by HSBC during the year.

Employee share plans are subject to the

following limits on the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares that may be subscribed for. In any 10-year period not more than 10 per cent of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in issue from time to time (approximately 1,214 million HSBC Holdings ordinary shares at 2 March 2009) may in aggregate become issuable pursuant to the grant of options or be issued other than pursuant to options under all-employee share plans. In any 10-year period not more than 5 per cent of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in issue from time to time (approximately 607 million HSBC Holdings ordinary shares on 2 March 2009) may in aggregate be put under option under the HSBC Share Plan or be issuable pursuant to the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan, the HSBC Executive Share Option Scheme, the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 or the HSBC Share Plan. The number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares that may be issued on exercise of all options granted on or after 27 May 2005 under the HSBC Share Plan and any other plans must not exceed 1,119,000,000 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Under the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans, the HSBC Share Plan, HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme there were options outstanding over 231,257,004 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares at 31 December 2008. Particulars of options over HSBC Holdings shares held by Directors of HSBC Holdings are set out on page 326 of the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

     The effect on earnings per share of granting share options and share awards is shown in diluted earnings per share on the face of the consolidated income statement, with further details disclosed in the Earnings per share Note 13 on the Financial Statements. The effect on basic earnings per share of dilutive share options and share awards would be to dilute it by 1.2 per cent.

All-employee share option plans

The HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International are all-employee share plans under which eligible HSBC employees (those employed within the Group on the first working day of the year of grant) may be granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Employees may make contributions of up to £250 (or equivalent) each month over a period of one, three or five years which may be used on the first, third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract, at the employee’s election, to exercise the options. Alternatively, the employee


 

304


Back to Contents

may elect to have the savings, plus (where applicable) any interest or bonus, repaid in cash. Options granted over a one-year period will be exercisable within three months following the first anniversary of the commencement of the savings contract. Options granted over three or five-year periods will be exercisable within six months following the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract. In the case of redundancy, retirement on grounds of injury or ill health, retirement at or after normal retirement age, the transfer of the employing business to another party, or a change of control of the employing company, options may be exercised before completion of the relevant savings contract.

     Under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International the option exercise price is determined by reference to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date, then applying a discount of 20 per cent (except for the one-year options awarded under the US sub-plan where a 15 per cent discount is applied). The exercise period of the options awarded under all-employee share plans may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances,

for example on retirement, and may be extended in certain circumstances, for example on the death of a participant, the executors may exercise the option up to six months beyond the normal exercise period. The closing price per HSBC Holdings ordinary share on 29 April 2008, the day before options were awarded in 2008 under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International, was £8.71. The all-employee share option plans will terminate on 27 May 2015 unless the Directors resolve to terminate the plans at an earlier date.

     To encourage greater participation in the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International, two amendments were approved at the 2005 Annual General Meeting. The first was the introduction of the facility to save and have option prices expressed in US dollars, Hong Kong dollars and euros as well as in pounds sterling. Where applicable, the US dollars, Hong Kong dollars and euro exercise prices are converted from the sterling exercise price at the applicable exchange rate on the working day preceding the relevant invitation date. The second amendment was to provide the choice of options over one year in addition to three and five year terms.


 

HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                     Options at    Options    Options    Options    Options at
Date of Exercise    Exercisable    Exercisable    1 January    awarded    exercised    lapsed    31 December  
award price (£)    from    until    2008    during year    during year 1 during year    2008  
                                 
2 May 2002 6.3224    1 Aug 2007    31 Jan 2008    86,920       63,438    23,482     
23 Apr 2003 5.3496    1 Aug 2008    31 Jan 2009    10,402,796       9,900,129    131,349    371,318  
21 Apr 2004 6.4720    1 Aug 2007    31 Jan 2008    132,967       90,953    42,014     
21 Apr 2004 6.4720    1 Aug 2009    31 Jan 2010    4,941,092       65,740    227,458    4,647,894  
24 May 2005 6.6792    1 Aug 2008    31 Jan 2009    3,522,870       3,190,140    132,372    200,358  
24 May 2005 6.6792    1 Aug 2010    31 Jan 2011    4,938,431       49,280    338,748    4,550,403  
26 Apr 2006 7.6736    1 Aug 2009    31 Jan 2010    3,817,398       30,546    627,424    3,159,428  
26 Apr 2006 7.6736    1 Aug 2011    31 Jan 2012    3,062,172       14,045    411,234    2,636,893  
25 Apr 2007 7.0872    1 Aug 2010    31 Jan 2011    5,767,372       20,411    1,041,305    4,705,656  
25 Apr 2007 7.0872    1 Aug 2012    31 Jan 2013    4,075,471       6,641    513,887    3,554,943  
30 Apr 2008 6.8160    1 Aug 2011    31 Jan 2012       7,169,605    843    435,469    6,733,293  
30 Apr 2008 6.8160    1 Aug 2013    31 Jan 2014       6,142,429    277    194,292    5,947,860  
                                 
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £8.38.

 

305


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Employees > Share plans

 

HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International                     
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50                                      
                Options at   Options   Options   Options   Options at
Date of   Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   awarded   exercised   lapsed   31 December  
award   price   from   until   2008   during year     during year
1
during year   2008  
      (£)                                           
                                   
2 May 2002    6.3224    1 Aug 2007    31 Jan 2008    39,172       11,080    28,092     
23 Apr 2003    5.3496    1 Aug 2008    31 Jan 2009    10,488       2,622    7,866     
8 May 2003    5.3496    1 Aug 2008    31 Jan 2009    5,068,502       4,450,550    237,932    380,020  
21 Apr 2004    6.4720    1 Aug 2007    31 Jan 2008    31,145          31,145     
21 Apr 2004    6.4720    1 Aug 2009    31 Jan 2010    12,365          4,909    7,456  
10 May 2004    6.4720    1 Aug 2007    31 Jan 2008    250,528       115,753    134,775     
10 May 2004    6.4720    1 Aug 2009    31 Jan 2010    2,554,187       55,289    217,035    2,281,863  
24 May 2005    6.6792    1 Aug 2008    31 Jan 2009    9,435,222       8,155,187    658,711    621,324  
24 May 2005    6.6792    1 Aug 2010    31 Jan 2011    3,403,578       45,044    554,261    2,804,273  
26 Apr 2006    7.6736    1 Aug 2007    31 Oct 2007    31,658          31,658     
26 Apr 2006    7.6736    1 Aug 2009    31 Jan 2010    1,804,327       4,016    274,736    1,525,575  
26 Apr 2006    7.6736    1 Aug 2011    31 Jan 2012    406,743       423    82,646    323,674  
25 Apr 2007    7.0872    1 Aug 2008    31 Oct 2008    1,543,966       1,214,997    328,705    264  
25 Apr 2007    7.0872    1 Aug 2010    31 Jan 2011    3,436,093       2,620    616,589    2,816,884  
25 Apr 2007    7.0872    1 Aug 2012    31 Jan 2013    975,763       885    201,033    773,845  
30 Apr 2008    6.8160    1 Aug 2009    31 Oct 2009       1,988,482    267    148,344    1,839,871  
30 Apr 2008    6.8160    1 Aug 2011    31 Jan 2012       3,467,432       175,661    3,291,771  
30 Apr 2008    6.8160    1 Aug 2013    31 Jan 2014       1,253,627       58,051    1,195,576  
                                   
      (US$)                                            
26 Apr 2006    13.3290    1 Aug 2007    31 Oct 2007    5,273          5,273     
26 Apr 2006    13.3290    1 Aug 2009    31 Jan 2010    1,475,871       24,208    303,234    1,148,429  
26 Apr 2006    13.3290    1 Aug 2011    31 Jan 2012    385,965       4,700    75,912    305,353  
25 Apr 2007    14.7478  2  1 Aug 2008    31 Oct 2008    671,449       513,054    158,395     
25 Apr 2007    13.8803    1 Aug 2008    31 Oct 2008    337,780       251,207    86,573     
25 Apr 2007    13.8803    1 Aug 2010    31 Jan 2011    2,687,923       10,926    632,354    2,044,643  
25 Apr 2007    13.8803    1 Aug 2012    31 Jan 2013    760,659       1,496    168,994    590,169  
30 Apr 2008    14.48762    1 Aug 2009    31 Oct 2009       615,822       66,288    549,534  
30 Apr 2008    13.6354    1 Aug 2009    31 Oct 2009       425,697       26,231    399,466  
30 Apr 2008    13.6354    1 Aug 2011    31 Jan 2012       1,979,660    294    142,021    1,837,345  
30 Apr 2008    13.6354    1 Aug 2013    31 Jan 2014       537,563       30,357    507,206  
                                   
      (€)                                            
26 Apr 2006    11.0062    1 Aug 2007    31 Oct 2007    847          847     
26 Apr 2006    11.0062    1 Aug 2009    31 Jan 2010    176,800          52,429    124,371  
26 Apr 2006    11.0062    1 Aug 2011    31 Jan 2012    35,495          13,664    21,831  
25 Apr 2007    10.4217    1 Aug 2008    31 Oct 2008    122,632       46,698    75,934     
25 Apr 2007    10.4217    1 Aug 2010    31 Jan 2011    361,842          107,360    254,482  
25 Apr 2007    10.4217    1 Aug 2012    31 Jan 2013    125,856          51,047    74,809  
30 Apr 2008    8.6720    1 Aug 2009    31 Oct 2009       163,223       13,900    149,323  
30 Apr 2008    8.6720    1 Aug 2011    31 Jan 2012       501,343       18,873    482,470  
30 Apr 2008    8.6720    1 Aug 2013    31 Jan 2014       209,331       12,498    196,833  
                                   
      (HK$)                                            
26 Apr 2006    103.4401    1 Aug 2007    31 Oct 2007    1,961          1,961     
26 Apr 2006    103.4401    1 Aug 2009    31 Jan 2010    3,891,154       10,582    1,569,459    2,311,113  
26 Apr 2006    103.4401    1 Aug 2011    31 Jan 2012    1,024,842       7,221    443,256    574,365  
25 Apr 2007    108.4483    1 Aug 2008    31 Oct 2008    2,108,126       1,747,467    360,659     
25 Apr 2007    108.4483    1 Aug 2010    31 Jan 2011    4,481,255       12,548    2,100,755    2,367,952  
25 Apr 2007    108.4483    1 Aug 2012    31 Jan 2013    1,332,074       4,137    651,814    676,123  
30 Apr 2008    106.2478    1 Aug 2009    31 Oct 2009       2,941,862       1,243,237    1,698,625  
30 Apr 2008    106.2478    1 Aug 2011    31 Jan 2012       4,174,635    412    1,417,928    2,756,295  
30 Apr 2008    106.2478    1 Aug 2013    31 Jan 2014       1,380,594       420,900    959,694  
                                   
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £8.32.
2 Exercisable at a 15 per cent discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date.

 

306


Back to Contents

Discretionary Share Plans

Note 10 on the Financial Statements gives detail on share-based payments, including awards of Performance Shares and Restricted Shares made in 2008.

     The HSBC Share Plan was approved at the 2005 Annual General Meeting. Awards of Performance Shares are made under this Plan to executive Directors and other senior executives. The performance conditions for awards of Performance Shares are described under ‘Long-term incentive plan’ on page 318.

     Awards of Performance Shares are directed to those senior executives who can influence corporate performance such as members of the Group Management Board.

     Awards of Restricted Shares are typically made to other employees based on individual performance, business performance and competitive market practice.

     Restricted Share awards define the number of shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally between one and three years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment. To date, all awards of Performance Shares and Restricted Shares have been satisfied by the transfer of existing shares.

     Since September 2005, no awards of share options under the HSBC Share Plan have been granted. There may be particular circumstances in the future where option grants could be appropriate. No options were awarded under the HSBC Share Plan in 2008.

     Prior to 2005, discretionary awards of share options, with vesting subject to the attainment of a predetermined TSR performance condition, were made to employees at all levels of HSBC.

     The vesting of these options was subject to the attainment of pre-determined relative TSR performance criteria, except in HSBC France (which was acquired in 2000) where performance criteria were phased in. Under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan, the maximum grant of options which could be granted to an employee in any one year (together with the Performance Share awards

under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000) was 150 per cent (or in exceptional circumstances 225 per cent) of the employee’s annual salary at the date of grant plus any bonus paid in the previous year.

     Under the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme the maximum value of options which could be granted to an employee in any one year was four times the employee’s relevant earnings.

     Subject to the attainment of the relative TSR performance condition where applicable, options are generally exercisable between the third and the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. Employees of a subsidiary that is sold or transferred out of HSBC may exercise options awarded under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan or the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme within six or twelve months respectively of the sale or transfer, regardless of whether the performance condition is met.

     The maximum value of options that may be granted to an employee in any one year under the HSBC Plan (when taken together with any Performance Share award made under the HSBC Share Plan) is 700 per cent of the employee’s annual salary at the date of grant.

     The exercise price of options granted under the HSBC Share Plan, and previously under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan, is the higher of the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days prior to the grant of the option or the market value of the ordinary shares on the date of grant of the option. The exercise price of options granted under the HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme was the market value of the ordinary shares on the business day prior to the grant of the option. The HSBC Share Plan will terminate on 27 May 2015 unless the Directors resolve to terminate the Plan at an earlier date.

     The exercise period of the options awarded under discretionary share incentive plans may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, for example on the sale of a business, or may be extended in certain circumstances, for example on the death of a participant the executors may exercise the option beyond the normal exercise period.


 

307


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Employees > Share plans / Subsidiary share plans 

 

HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme1 
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                           Options    Options        
                     Options at    exercised    lapsed    Options at  
Date of Exercise    Exercisable    Exercisable    1 January    during    during    31 December  
award price (£)    from    until    2008    year 2  year    2008  
                             
16 Mar 1998 6.2767    16 Mar 2001    16 Mar 2008    427,641    414,141    13,500     
29 Mar 1999 6.3754    3 Apr 2002    29 Mar 2009    9,794,913    2,872,548    64,352    6,858,013  
10 Aug 1999 7.4210    10 Aug 2002    10 Aug 2009    91,058    19,958       71,100  
31 Aug 1999 7.8710    31 Aug 2002    31 Aug 2009    4,000          4,000  
3 Apr 2000 7.4600    3 Apr 2003    3 Apr 2010    7,920,930    743,938    146,099    7,030,893  
   
1 The HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme expired on 26 May 2000. No options have been granted under the Scheme since that date.
2 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £8.47.

HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan1
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                           Options    Options        
                     Options at    exercised    lapsed    Options at  
Date of Exercise    Exercisable    Exercisable    1 January    during    during    31 December  
award price (£)    from    until    2008    year 2  year    2008  
                             
4 Oct 2000 9.6420    4 Oct 2003    4 Oct 2010    306,641       7,625    299,016  
23 Apr 2001 8.7120    23 Apr 2004    23 Apr 2011    27,166,097    245,744    772,167    26,148,186  
30 Aug 2001 8.2280    30 Aug 2004    30 Aug 2011    153,518    5,750       147,768  
7 May 2002 8.4050    7 May 2005    7 May 2012    29,562,689    512,200    680,556    28,369,933  
30 Aug 2002 7.4550    30 Aug 2005    30 Aug 2012    354,600    3,450    210,500    140,650  
2 May 2003 6.9100    2 May 2006    2 May 2013    28,957,295    2,548,099    548,952    25,860,244  
29 Aug 2003 8.1300    29 Aug 2006    29 Aug 2013    394,784    13,010    14,130    367,644  
3 Nov 2003 9.1350    3 Nov 2006    3 Nov 2013    4,069,800       458,000    3,611,800  
30 Apr 2004 8.2830    30 Apr 2007    30 Apr 2014    53,842,886    375,872    2,779,812    50,687,202  
27 Aug 2004 8.6500    27 Aug 2007    27 Aug 2014    312,000       12,800    299,200  
20 Apr 2005 8.3620    30 Apr 2008    20 Apr 2015    7,095,295    30,000    404,525    6,660,770  
   
1 The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan expired on 26 May 2005. No options have been granted under the Plan since that date.
2 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £8.59.

HSBC Share Plan
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                           Options    Options        
                     Options at    exercised    lapsed    Options at  
Date of Exercise    Exercisable    Exercisable    1 January    during    during    31 December  
award price (£)    from    until    2008    year    year    2008  
                             
21 Jun 2005 8.794    21 Jun 2008    21 Jun 2009    449,455       224,728    224,727  
30 Sep 2005 9.170    30 Sep 2008    30 Sep 2015    74,985          74,985  
                             

Subsidiary company share plans

HSBC France and subsidiary company

When it was acquired in 2000, HSBC France and one of its subsidiary companies, HSBC Private Bank France, operated employee share option plans under

which options could be granted over their respective shares. No further options will be granted under either of these companies’ plans. The following are details of outstanding options to acquire shares in HSBC France and HSBC Private Bank France.


 

308


Back to Contents

HSBC France
Shares of €5

                     Options at    Options    Options    Options at  
Date of Exercise    Exercisable    Exercisable    1 January    exercised    lapsed    31 December  
award price (€)    from    until    2008    during year 1 during year    2008 1
                             
29 Apr 1998 73.48    7 Jun 2000    29 Apr 2008    100,379    100,379        
7 Apr 1999 81.71    7 Jun 2000    7 Apr 2009    304,402    120,775       183,627  
12 Apr 2000 142.50    1 Jan 2002    12 Apr 2010    604,250          604,250  
   
1 Following exercise of the options, the HSBC France shares will be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as for the acquisition of HSBC France (13 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC France share). At 31 December 2008, The HSBC Holdings Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (No. 1) held 8,790,276 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC France shares arising from the exercise of these options.

HSBC Private Bank France
Shares of €2

                     Options at    Options    Options    Options at  
Date of Exercise    Exercisable    Exercisable    1 January    exercised    lapsed    31 December  
award price (€)    from    until    2008    during year 1 during year    2008 1
                             
21 Dec 1999 10.84    21 Dec 2000    21 Dec 2009    33,250    7,000       26,250  
10 Mar 2000 12.44    27 Jun 2004    31 Dec 2010    20,626          20,626  
15 May 2001 20.80    15 May 2002    15 May 2011    141,525          141,525  
1 Oct 2002 22.22    2 Oct 2005    1 Oct 2012    145,575          145,575  
   
1 Following exercise of the options, the HSBC Private Bank France shares will be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the ratio of 1.83 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Private Bank France share. At 31 December 2008, The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 held 943,142 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC Private Bank France shares arising from the exercise of these options.
   

HSBC Finance and its subsidiaries

Following the acquisition of HSBC Finance in 2003, all outstanding options and equity-based awards over HSBC Finance common shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as the share exchange offer for the acquisition of HSBC Finance (2.675 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Finance common share) and the exercise prices per share were adjusted accordingly. No further options will be granted under any of these plans.

     All outstanding options and other equity-based awards over HSBC Finance common shares granted before 14 November 2002, being the date the

transaction was announced, vested on completion of the acquisition. Options and equity-based awards granted on or after 14 November 2002 are exercisable on their original terms, save that they have been adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio.

     The following are details of options and equity-based awards to acquire shares in HSBC Holdings.

     At 31 December 2008, the HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 held 1,687,279 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and 196,455 American Depositary Shares, each of which represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, which may be used to satisfy the exercise of employee share options.


 

HSBC Finance: 1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                     Options at    Options    Options    Options at  
Date of Exercise    Exercisable    Exercisable    1 January    exercised    lapsed    31 December  
award price (US$)    from    until    2008    during year 1 during year    2008  
                             
1 Jul 1998 19.21    1 Jul 1999    1 Jul 2008    80,250       80,250     
9 Nov 1998 13.71    9 Nov 1999    9 Nov 2008    841,566    245,375    596,191     
17 May 1999 16.99    17 May 2000    17 May 2009    334,375          334,375  
31 Aug 1999 13.96    31 Aug 2000    31 Aug 2009    300,938          300,938  
8 Nov 1999 16.96    8 Nov 2000    8 Nov 2009    4,250,577          4,250,577  
30 Jun 2000 15.70    30 Jun 2001    30 Jun 2010    26,846          26,846  
8 Feb 2000 13.26    8 Feb 2001    8 Feb 2010    66,875          66,875  
13 Nov 2000 18.40    13 Nov 2001    13 Nov 2010    5,728,514          5,728,514  
12 Nov 2001 21.37    12 Nov 2002    12 Nov 2011    7,571,322          7,571,322  
20 Nov 2002 10.66    20 Nov 2003    20 Nov 2012    2,454,298    12,038    40,125    2,402,135  
   
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £8.34.

 

309


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Employees > Subsidiary share plans / Compensation

 

HSBC Finance: 1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan1
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

            Rights at   Rights   Rights   Rights at  
Date of   Vesting   Vesting   1 January   vested   lapsed   31 December  
award   from   until   2008   during year 2 during year   2008  
                           
2 Dec 2002   2 Dec 2005   2 Dec 2007   1,784   1,784      
2 Jan 2003   2 Jan 2006   2 Jan 2008   447   447      
15 Jan 2003   15 Jan 2006   15 Jan 2008   10,480   10,480      
3 Feb 2003   3 Feb 2006   3 Feb 2008   2,906   2,906      
14 Feb 2003   14 Feb 2006   14 Feb 2008   49,134   49,134      
3 Mar 2003   3 Mar 2006   3 Mar 2008   447   447      
                           
1 Awards of Restricted Stock Rights which represent a right to receive shares for nil consideration if the employee remains in the employment of HSBC Finance at the date of vesting.
2 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which rights vested was £8.56.

Renaissance Holdings, Inc: Amended and Restated 1997 Incentive Plan
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                Options at   Options   Options   Options at  
Date of   Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   exercised   lapsed   31 December  
award   price (US$)   from   until   2008   during year 1 during year   2008  
                               
1 Jan 1998   1.25   1 Jan 1999   1 Jan 2008   1,424     1,424    
1 Oct 1998   1.74   1 Oct 1999   1 Oct 2008   803     803    
1 Jan 1999   2.24   1 Jan 2000   1 Jan 2009   5,024   5,024      
                               
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £6.25.
   

Bank of Bermuda

Following the acquisition of Bank of Bermuda in 2004, all outstanding options over Bank of Bermuda shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares based on the consideration of US$40 for each Bank of Bermuda share and the average closing price of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, for the five business days preceding the closing date of the acquisition. No

further options will be granted under any of these plans.

     All outstanding options over Bank of Bermuda shares vested on completion of the acquisition. The following are details of options to acquire shares in HSBC Holdings. At 31 December 2008, the HSBC (Bank of Bermuda) Employee Benefit Trust 2004 held 1,877,056 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be used to satisfy the exercise of these options.


 

Bank of Bermuda: Executive Share Option Plan 1997
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                        Options at    Options    Options    Options at  
Date of    Exercise    Exercisable    Exercisable    1 January    exercised    lapsed    31 December  
award    price (US$)    from    until    2008    during year    during year    2008  
                               
1 Jul 1998    9.61    1 Jul 1999    1 Jul 2008    67,813       67,813     
23 Feb 1999    7.40    23 Feb 2000    23 Feb 2009    4,904          4,904  
3 Aug 1999    7.10    3 Aug 2000    3 Aug 2009    7,634          7,634  
4 Feb 2000    7.21    4 Feb 2001    4 Feb 2010    31,678          31,678  
1 Jun 2000    7.04    1 Jun 2001    1 Jun 2010    61,649          61,649  
31 Jul 2000    10.11    31 Jul 2001    31 Jul 2010    27,744          27,744  
11 Jan 2001    14.27    11 Jan 2002    11 Jan 2011    53,943          53,943  

 

310


Back to Contents

Bank of Bermuda: Share Option Plan 2000
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                        Options at    Options    Options    Options at  
Date of    Exercise    Exercisable    Exercisable    1 January    exercised    lapsed    31 December  
award    price (US$)    from    until    2008    during year 1 during year    2008  
                               
11 Jan 2001    14.27    11 Jan 2002    11 Jan 2011    134,857          134,857  
6 Feb 2001    16.41    6 Feb 2002    6 Feb 2011    573,191    1,466    15,372    556,353  
29 Mar 2001    15.39    29 Mar 2002    29 Mar 2011    270          270  
16 Apr 2001    15.57    16 Apr 2002    16 Apr 2011    539          539  
6 Jun 2001    18.35    6 Jun 2002    6 Jun 2011    8,091          8,091  
16 Jul 2001    16.87    16 Jul 2002    16 Jul 2011    14,930          14,930  
28 Aug 2001    15.39    28 Aug 2002    28 Aug 2011    13,486          13,486  
26 Sep 2001    12.79    26 Sep 2002    26 Sep 2011    353,891    3,695       350,196  
30 Jan 2002    15.60    30 Jan 2003    30 Jan 2012    1,226          1,226  
5 Feb 2002    16.09    5 Feb 2003    5 Feb 2012    756,739    3,548    12,730    740,461  
10 Jul 2002    15.84    10 Jul 2003    10 Jul 2012    12,260          12,260  
4 Feb 2003    10.69    4 Feb 2004    4 Feb 2013    133,042    4,138       128,904  
21 Apr 2003    11.85    21 Apr 2004    21 Apr 2013    6,833          6,833  
                               
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £8.15.
 
Bank of Bermuda: Directors’ Share Option Plan
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50
                        Options at    Options    Options    Options at  
Date of    Exercise    Exercisable    Exercisable    1 January    exercised    lapsed    31 December  
award    price (US$)    from    until    2008    during year    during year    2008  
                               
22 Sep 1999    8.02    22 Sep 2000    22 Sep 2009    3,082          3,082  
20 Sep 2000    11.31    20 Sep 2001    20 Sep 2010    4,046          4,046  
28 Mar 2001    15.76    28 Mar 2002    28 Mar 2011    12,811          12,811  
3 Apr 2002    16.01    3 Apr 2003    3 Apr 2012    24,520          24,520  
30 Apr 2003    12.23    30 Apr 2004    30 Apr 2013    4,904          4,904  
                               

Employee compensation and benefits

Note 8 on the Financial Statements gives details about employee compensation and benefits including pension plans.

     Set out below is information in respect of the five individuals whose emoluments were the highest in HSBC for the year ended 31 December 2008.

Emoluments of 5 highest paid employees

      £000  
       
Basic salaries, allowances and benefits in kind    1,059  
Pension contributions    74  
Bonuses paid or receivable    16,386  
Inducements to join paid or receivable    16,050  
     
 
Total    33,569  
     
 
Total (US$000)    61,567  
     
 

     Their emoluments were within the following bands:

    Number of  
    Employees  
       
£2,600,001 – £2,700,000   1  
£2,800,001 – £2,900,000   1  
£3,200,001 – £3,300,000   1  
£11,000,001 – £11,100,000   1  
£13,700,001 – £13,800,000   1  

     The aggregate remuneration of Directors and Senior Management for the year ended 31 December 2008 was US$49,835,745.

     The aggregate amount set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for Directors and Senior Management for the year ended 31 December 2008 was US$1,916,120.

     Executive Directors and members of Senior Management are generally subject to notice periods of up to 12 months and a normal retirement age of 65.


 

311


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Corporate sustainability / Dividends, shareholders and meetings

 

Corporate sustainability

Sustainability at HSBC is about the Group’s long-term approach to managing economic, social and environmental issues that are within its influence. First and foremost, this is about achieving sustainable profit growth so that HSBC can continue to reward shareholders and employees, build long-lasting relationships with customers and suppliers, and invest in the business and in the communities where the Group operates, for future growth.

     This is central to the Group’s strategy and acknowledges that HSBC’s continuing financial success depends, in part, on its ability to identify and address non-financial considerations which are material to the business, and to mitigate the risks and maximise the opportunities arising from them.

Corporate Sustainability Committee

Sustainability at HSBC is embedded into the business and is overseen by the Corporate Sustainability Committee of the HSBC Holdings Board.

     The Corporate Sustainability Committee is responsible for advising the HSBC board, committees of the board and executive management on corporate sustainability policies, including environmental, social and ethical issues. At an operational level, these issues are managed on a day-to-day basis primarily by Group Human Resources, Group Risk and Group Corporate Sustainability.

     The terms of reference of the Committee are available at www.hsbc.com/boardcommittees. The members of the Committee throughout 2008 were W K L Fung (appointed Chairman on 30 May 2008) and Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, each of whom is a non-executive Director, G V I Davis and Lord May, who are non-director members of the Committee. Lord Butler retired as a Director of HSBC Holdings and ceased to be a member of the Committee on 30 May 2008. N R N Murthy was appointed a member of the Committee on 21 November 2008.

     There were four meetings of the Corporate Sustainability Committee during 2008. Following each meeting, the Committee reports to the Board on its activities.

Sustainability at HSBC

HSBC understands the business imperative of investing in its employees, the communities it serves and the environment it relies on. The Group’s priorities are the long-term development and engagement of its employees, increasing its understanding of risk arising from environmental,

social or reputational issues and investing in education and entrepreneurship to allow communities to build capacity and individuals to thrive.

     HSBC focuses its environmental initiatives primarily on addressing and responding to issues associated with climate change including energy, water management and biodiversity. Social initiatives are centred on helping to support education and on enabling access to financial services to the world’s poor.

     Climate change has the potential to have a material impact on HSBC’s customers and therefore on HSBC’s long-term success. In 2008, HSBC built on its understanding and expertise on responding to climate change and Lord Stern continued to advise the Group Chairman on economic development and climate change. HSBC was one of the first financial institutions to adopt the Climate Principles, a voluntary framework for action on climate change that covers all areas of financial services.

     HSBC also participates in the Prince of Wales’ Accounting for Sustainability project which seeks to develop systems to help public and private sector organisations account more accurately for the wider social and environmental costs of their activities.

Sustainability risk

HSBC’s approach to managing sustainability risk is detailed on page 254.

Social and community investment

HSBC focuses its community investment activity on education and the environment because HSBC believes these are fundamental to building and developing communities and are prerequisites for economic growth. In 2008, HSBC made charitable donations totalling US$102 million (2007: US$101 million). Around half of the annual donation is channelled to education programmes and 25 per cent to environmental projects. The remainder is spent on country specific projects, disaster relief and matching staff contributions. No political donations were made during the year.

     HSBC’s global education programme focuses on three major themes – financial literacy, disadvantaged children and environmental education. The global environmental programme is the HSBC Climate Partnership, a five year US$100 million commitment to working with The Climate Group, Earthwatch, Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute and WWF on tackling climate change.


 

312


Back to Contents

     HSBC reports on its sustainability strategy and progress annually in the HSBC Sustainability Report which is verified by an external auditor and prepared using the Global Reporting Initiative. PricewaterhouseCoopers has been appointed for the 2008 reporting period and will verify the Group sustainability strategy and governance structure, the content of the report, carbon neutrality status and adherence to the Equator Principles. The HSBC Sustainability Report 2008 will be issued on 22 May 2009 and will be available at www.hsbc.com/sustainability

Health and safety

The maintenance of appropriate health and safety standards throughout HSBC remains a key responsibility of all managers and HSBC is committed to proactively managing all health and safety risks associated with its business. HSBC’s objectives are to identify, remove, reduce or control material risks of fires and of accidents or injuries to employees and visitors.

     Group standards, instructions and related policies and procedures are set by Group Corporate Real Estate and implemented by Health, Safety and Fire Co-ordinators (‘HSFCs’) based in each country in which HSBC operates. The HSFC may call upon regional and Group resource by way of support at any time.

     Despite the considerable international pressure on terrorist networks over the past few years, the global threat from terrorism persists. HSBC remains committed to maintaining its preparedness and to ensuring the highest standards of health and safety wherever in the world it operates.

     Group Security provides regular risk assessments in areas of increased risk to assist management in judging the level of terrorist threat. In addition, Regional Security functions conduct regular security reviews to ensure measures to protect HSBC staff, buildings, assets and information are appropriate for the level of threat.

Supplier payment policy

The Company does not currently subscribe to any code or standard on payment practice. It is the Company’s policy, however, to settle terms of payment with those suppliers when agreeing the terms of each transaction, to ensure that those suppliers are made aware of the terms of payment, and to abide by the terms of payment.

     It is HSBC Holdings’ practice to organise payment to its suppliers through a central accounts

payable function operated by its subsidiary, HSBC Bank. Included in the balance with HSBC Bank is the amount due to trade creditors which, at 31 December 2008, represented 22 days’ average daily purchases of goods and services received from such creditors, calculated in accordance with the Companies Act 1985, as amended by Statutory Instrument 2007/3495.

Dividends, shareholders and meetings

Dividends for 2008

First, second and third interim dividends for 2008, each of US$0.18 per ordinary share, were paid on 9 July 2008, 8 October 2008 and 14 January 2009 respectively. Note 12 on the Financial Statements gives more information on the dividends declared in 2008. On 2 March 2009, the Directors declared a fourth interim dividend for 2008 of US$0.10 per ordinary share in lieu of a final dividend, which will be payable on 6 May 2009 in cash in US dollars, or in sterling or Hong Kong dollars at exchange rates to be determined on 27 April 2009, with a scrip dividend alternative. As the fourth interim dividend for 2008 was declared after the balance sheet date it has not been included as a creditor at 31 December 2008. The reserves available for distribution at 31 December 2008 are US$18,838 million.

     A quarterly dividend of US$15.50 per 6.20 per cent non-cumulative US dollar preference share, Series A (‘Series A dollar preference share’), equivalent to a dividend of US$0.3875 per Series A American Depositary Share, each of which represents one-fortieth of a Series A dollar preference share, was paid on 17 March, 16 June, 15 September and 15 December 2008.

Dividends for 2009

The proposed timetable for interim dividends in respect of 2009 on the ordinary shares of US$0.50 is set out in the Shareholder Information section on page 448.

     A quarterly dividend of US$15.50 per Series A dollar preference share (equivalent to a dividend of US$0.3875 per Series A American Depositary Share, each of which represents one-fortieth of a Series A dollar preference share) was declared on 11 February 2009 for payment on 16 March 2009.

Communication with shareholders

Communication with shareholders is given high priority. Extensive information about HSBC’s activities is provided in the Annual Report and


 

313


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of the Directors: Governance (continued)
   
   
Dividends, shareholders and meetings // Directors’ Remuneration Report > Remuneration Committee / Overall principles

 

Accounts, Annual Review and the Interim Report which are sent to shareholders and are available on www.hsbc.com. There is regular dialogue with institutional investors and enquiries from individuals on matters relating to their shareholdings and the business of HSBC are welcomed and are dealt with in an informative and timely manner. All shareholders are encouraged to attend the Annual General Meeting or the informal meeting of shareholders held in Hong Kong to discuss the progress of HSBC.

Notifiable interests in share capital

As at 2 March 2009, the following disclosures of major holdings of voting rights have been made (and have not been amended or withdrawn) to the Company pursuant to the requirements of the Financial Services Authority Disclosure and Transparency Rule 5:

Barclays PLC gave notice on 17 April 2007 that it had an indirect interest on 16 April 2007 in 518,233,657 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 4.47 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.
   
Legal & General Group Plc gave notice on 18 April 2008 that it had a direct interest on 16 April 2008 in 593,425,216 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 5.00 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue at that date and gave notice on 21 April 2008 that on 18 April 2008 its holding of HSBC ordinary shares fell below 5.00 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.

     As at 31 December 2008, according to the register maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc had given notice that on 2 December 2008 it had a long position of 606,742,842 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 5.01 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue, a short position of 532,705,395 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 4.40 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue and a lending pool of 11,562,000 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 0.10 per cent in ordinary shares in issue. Since 31 December 2008, The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc has given notice that on 9 January 2009 it had a long position of 552,481,458 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 4.56 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue, a short position of 507,430,390 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 4.19 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue and a lending pool of 15,919,328, representing 0.13 per cent in ordinary

shares in issue.

     In compliance with the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited at least 25 per cent of the total issued share capital of HSBC Holdings has been held by the public at all times during 2008 and up to the date of this Report.

Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares

Except for dealings as intermediaries by HSBC Bank, HSBC Financial Products (France) and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, which are members of a European Economic Area exchange, neither HSBC Holdings nor any subsidiary has bought, sold or redeemed any securities of HSBC Holdings during the year ended 31 December 2008.

Annual General Meeting

The Annual General Meeting of HSBC Holdings will be held at the Barbican Hall, Barbican Centre, London EC2 on 22 May 2009 at 11.00am.

     An informal meeting of shareholders will be held at Level 28, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong on Tuesday 19 May 2009 at 4.30pm.

     Resolutions to receive the Annual Report and Accounts, approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report, re-elect Directors and reappoint KPMG Audit Plc as Auditor will be submitted to the Annual General Meeting. KPMG Audit Plc has expressed its willingness to continue in office and the Group Audit Committee and the Board have recommended that KPMG Audit Plc be reappointed. Resolutions will also be submitted to the Annual General Meeting to renew the authorities for the allotment of shares, the disapplication of pre-emption rights and the purchase of ordinary shares. In addition, resolutions will be proposed to seek approval for changes to the Articles of Association and to continue to be able to call general meetings (other than Annual General Meetings) on 14 days’ notice.

     A live webcast of the Annual General Meeting will be available on www.hsbc.com. From shortly after the conclusion of the Meeting until 30 June 2009 a recording of the proceedings will be available on www.hsbc.com.

On behalf of the Board  
S K Green, Group Chairman 2 March 2009

 

314


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report
 
   

 

  Page 
Remuneration policy  
Remuneration Committee 315
Overall principles 315
Application to executive Directors 316
HSBC performance and market context 316
Executive Director remuneration 317
   Salary  317
   Annual bonus  317
   Long-term incentive plan  318
   Funding  321
   Total shareholder return  322
   Pensions  322
   Share ownership guidelines  322
   Service contracts  322
   Other directorships  323
Non-executive Directors 323
   Fees  323
Remuneration review  
Directors’ emoluments 324
Pensions 324
Share plans 326
   
Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee meets regularly to consider human resource issues, particularly terms and conditions of employment, remuneration and retirement benefits. Within the authority delegated by the Board, the Committee is responsible for approving the remuneration policy of HSBC including the terms of bonus plans, share plans and other long-term incentive plans and for agreeing the individual remuneration packages of executive Directors and other senior Group employees taking into account the pay and conditions across the Group. No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration.

     Following each meeting the Committee reports to the Board on its activities. The terms of reference of the Committee are available at www.hsbc.com/boardcommittees.

     The members of the Remuneration Committee throughout 2008 were Sir Mark Moody-Stuart (Chairman), J D Coombe and G Morgan. At the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting on 30 May 2008 W S H Laidlaw became a member of the Committee.

     There were seven meetings of the Remuneration Committee during 2008. The table on page 291 gives details of Directors’ attendance at these meetings.

     The Committee appointed Deloitte LLP and Mercer Limited to provide independent advice on

executive remuneration issues during the year. Towers Perrin has been appointed by the Committee to provide remuneration data. As global firms, these firms also provided other consulting services to various parts of HSBC. Other consultants are used from time to time to advise on specific issues. During the year the Group Chief Executive provided regular briefings to the Committee. The Committee received advice from the Group Managing Director, Human Resources, A Almeida and the Head of Group Performance and Reward, J Beadle.

Overall principles

A global reward strategy for the Group was approved by the Remuneration Committee in 2007. This strategy provided a framework for the Remuneration Committee in carrying out its responsibilities during the year and includes the following key elements:

An assessment of reward with reference to clear and relevant objectives set within a balanced scorecard framework. This framework facilitates a rounded approach to objective setting. Under this framework, objectives are set under four categories – Financial, Process (including risk mitigation), Customer and People. Whilst the achievement of financial objectives is very important, the other objectives relating to efficiency and risk mitigation, customer development and the productivity of the Group’s human capital are also key to financial performance and the development and sustainability of the Group over the short and medium term;
   
A focus on total compensation (salary, bonus and the value of long term incentives) with variable pay (namely bonus and the value of long term incentives) differentiated by performance;
   
The use of considered discretion to assess the extent to which performance has been achieved rather than applying a formulaic approach which, by its nature, may encourage inappropriate risk taking and cannot cover all scenarios;
   
A significant proportion of variable pay being deferred into HSBC Holdings Restricted Shares to tie recipients to the future performance of the Group and to retain key talent; and
   
A total remuneration package (salary, bonus, long-term incentive awards and other benefits) which is competitive in relation to comparable organisations in each of the markets in which HSBC operates.

 

315


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)
 
   
Application / HSBC performance and market context / Executive Directors’ remuneration > Salary / Annual bonus

 

     The Committee also takes into account environmental, social and governance aspects when determining executive Directors’ remuneration and oversees senior management incentive structures to ensure that such structures take account of possible inadvertent consequences from these aspects.

Application to executive Directors

A number of specific changes to remuneration policy for executive Directors and other senior executives were made in 2007 and communicated to shareholders in the 2008 Directors’ Remuneration Report. These changes, which are described in this report, were made to ensure closer alignment with HSBC’s business strategy. They take into account competitive market practice and follow through the Group’s global reward strategy for this senior executive population.

     In order to ensure that executive Directors’ remuneration packages are competitive, having regard to the market in which the Company competes for executive talent, the Remuneration Committee determined to consider market data from a defined remuneration comparator group. This initial group comprised nine global financial services companies, namely Banco Santander, Bank of America, Barclays, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Deutsche Bank, Royal Bank of Scotland, Standard Chartered and UBS. These companies were selected on the basis of their broadly similar business coverage, size and international scope, and are subject to annual review for continuing relevance.

     Executive Director salaries are targeted at the median of the remuneration comparator group, with an opportunity for top quartile total compensation through variable pay for higher levels of performance. The actual positioning of total compensation will depend on the performance of the Group and individual performance assessed against a combination of financial and non-financial objectives within an annual balanced scorecard.

     The performance-related aspects of the remuneration package consist of a bonus of up to 400 per cent of salary and Performance Share awards with a face value of up to 700 per cent of salary. Taking into account the expected value of awards, the performance-related elements of pay make up around 80 per cent of the total remuneration package. Annual bonus payments and Performance Share awards are not pensionable.

     A significant proportion of total compensation will be delivered in HSBC Holdings shares. Share ownership guidelines were increased for executive

Directors and other senior executives to achieve further alignment with shareholder interests.

     The above approach applies to all executive Directors with the exception of the Group Chairman, S K Green, whose variable compensation since 2007 has, at his request, been delivered exclusively through awards of Performance Shares and is thus no longer eligible to receive annual bonus payments; and S T Gulliver, whose variable compensation arrangements take into account wholesale banking market practice.

     The approach will be carefully and regularly reviewed during 2009 to take account of the volatile and challenging market conditions (see following section on HSBC Performance and Market Context) and, where appropriate, shareholders will be consulted on any proposed changes in policy. Any changes will also be described in future Directors’ Remuneration Reports.

     The application of this policy to each component of executive Directors’ remuneration for 2008 is outlined in more detail below.

HSBC performance and market context

The last year was one of unprecedented volatility and turbulence in the global financial services sector which has continued into 2009. In determining remuneration levels for 2008 and considering approaches to remuneration for 2009, the Committee was mindful of this global market context. In this volatile market environment it is difficult to appropriately apply measures such as total shareholder return and earnings per share, and it is particularly important to take account of risk from a short and medium term perspective.

     Within this market context, HSBC’s overall financial and non-financial performance was relatively strong in comparison to its peers.

     The key achievements of the Group during 2008, with reference to its objectives set under the relevant balanced scorecard categories, are summarised below.

     The financial objectives included a cost efficiency target ratio which, excluding the writing off of goodwill in the US, was met and improved on compared to 2007. Profit growth, as measured by earnings per share (‘EPS’), and return on capital, as measured by return on average total shareholder equity (‘ROE’), did not meet the targets set and were lower than the prior year, although the Group’s performance in these aspects relative to its peers remained strong.


 

316


Back to Contents

     Process objectives focused on efficiency and qualitative measures which, in themselves, impact financial performance and mitigate risk. Although the Group did not meet its target to reduce operational losses as a percentage of revenue, the overall management of risk mitigation was judged to be strong, taking into account sound relationships with global regulatory bodies and the global investment community.

     The Group improved its customer development score compared to the prior year, as measured by customer recommendation and brand health in its Personal Financial Services businesses and met its overall 2008 target relating to brand health. Both were assisted by a significant increase in intra-group referrals.

     Regarding the Group’s human capital, HSBC exceeded its 2008 employee engagement target as measured in a global staff survey. All regions and businesses improved their engagement scores compared to 2007 and the Group’s 2008 score also exceeded the sector and global norms despite the challenging market environment. Some 316,000 (93 per cent) of staff worldwide participated in the 2008 survey, a 5 per cent increase on the prior year. This high and improving level of participation evidences alignment of employees to the Group.

Management of risk

Since 2008 the Group’s Risk function has been involved in the approval of relevant incentive plans. Within the Group’s wholesale businesses, where appropriate, specific conditionality will be applied to the release of HSBC Restricted Shares issued by way of deferred bonuses. From 2009, the concept of imputing the cost of capital in the determination of bonus funding will be expanded progressively across the Group, starting with the Group’s wholesale businesses. Further information relating to the Group’s approach to risk management is set out on pages 191 to 192.

Executive Director remuneration

Salary

The Committee reviews salary levels for executive Directors each year.

     Given the relative positioning of current salaries against the remuneration comparator group, no increases in salaries were made in 2008 other than to reflect promotions to the Board.

     For 2009, there will be no increase to salaries for executive Directors. A similar approach has been

adopted for other executives across the Group other than in exceptional circumstances.

     The table below shows salaries in 2008 and with effect from 1 March 2009.

 
Salary
 

 
  2009   2008  
  £000   £000  
         
D J Flint 700   700  
M F Geoghegan 1,070   1,070  
S K Green 1,250   1,250  
S T Gulliver1 800   800  
         
  HK $ 000   HK $000  
         
V H C Cheng1 9,300   9,300  
A A Flockhart1 8,000   8,000  
         
1 V H C Cheng joined the Board on 1 February 2008 and A A Flockhart and S T Gulliver on 1 May 2008. The salaries shown above represent the full year equivalent salary for these individuals.

Annual bonus

In determining annual bonus awards, the Committee took into account the extent to which the Group’s annual objectives had been met under the balanced scorecard approach, the Group’s absolute and relative performance compared to its peers, and competitive market practice where discernable. The consequence of this is a material fall in bonus awards across the Group in 2008.

     Within the policy parameters described above in the section Application to executive Directors, the Committee has determined that no cash bonuses will be paid to executive Directors for 2008. Instead, any bonuses will be in the form of HSBC Holdings Restricted Shares with vesting deferred for three years.

     As noted above the Group Chairman, S K Green, is, at his request, no longer eligible to receive an annual bonus payment. In line with this, no bonus award is being made to him in respect of 2008. In view of general conditions in the financial markets, the Group Chief Executive, M F Geoghegan, the Group Finance Director, D J Flint, and the Chief Executive of Global Banking and Markets and HSBC Global Asset Management, S T Gulliver, have requested that they not be considered for a bonus in respect of 2008. The Remuneration Committee has therefore decided, in spite of the performance of HSBC and the wholesale businesses in relation to its comparators, not to award these individuals a deferred bonus.

     Other executive Directors have been awarded bonuses in deferred form in line with performance under the balanced scorecard framework and the


 

317


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)
   
   
 Executive Directors’ remuneration > Annual bonus / Long-term incentive plan

 

overall performance of the Group, as set out above, as well as their own part of the business.

     For executive Directors with responsibility for Asia, performance against financial objectives was mixed. Whilst the target for return on equity was met, overall 2008 profitability did not meet its target. Performance against Process, Customer and People objectives was stronger and this included high customer recommendation and employee engagement scores.

     For Global Banking and Markets, although the financial targets for 2008 were not met, the business remained profitable and relative performance against its peers was strong. Performance against Process, Customer and People objectives was strong and included high employee engagement scores and improved positions within global markets league tables.

     The bonus awards, which are shown in the table below, have been fully deferred into HSBC Holdings Restricted Shares, issued under the HSBC Share Plan, with a vesting date three years from the date of the award. Bonus awards made in 2008, in respect of performance in 2007 are shown for reference.

  
Cash bonus
 
 


 
   2009    2008  
   £000    £000  
         
D J Flint1    800  
M F Geoghegan1    2,140  
S K Green2    1,750  
S T Gulliver1    5,592  
         
   HK$000    HK$000  
V H C Cheng    23,864  
         
   US$000    US$000  
A A Flockhart    2,598  

 

 
Restricted Share Awards
 
  


 
   2009    2008  
   £000    £000  
         
D J Flint1     
M F Geoghegan1     
S K Green2     
S T Gulliver1    3,600  
         
   HK$000    HK$000  
V H C Cheng 18,533    9,832  
A A Flockhart3 18,705     
         
   US$000    US$000  
A A Flockhart3    1,184  
   
1 M F Geoghegan, D J Flint and S T Gulliver requested that they not be considered for a bonus in respect of 2008.
2 At the Chairman’s request, he is no longer eligible to receive an annual bonus payment.
3 The change in currency for A A Flockhart reflects a change of expatriate terms. The 2008 figure is on a gross equivalent basis.

Long-term incentive plan

Under the HSBC Share Plan, executive Directors, as with other participants in the Plan, are eligible to receive awards of Performance Shares with a face value at grant of up to a maximum of seven times salary. The performance conditions associated with these awards are detailed in the next section, ‘Arrangements from 2008’.

     No awards of Performance Shares have been made to date in 2009. Awards may be granted later in 2009, taking into account performance and the market context at the time.

     The face and expected values of individual awards made in 2008, in respect of the prior 2007 performance year, are shown for reference.

 
2008
 
 


 
   Face value    Expected value 1
   £000    £000  
         
D J Flint 3,182    1,305  
M F Geoghegan 7,477    3,066  
S K Green 8,750    3,587  
S T Gulliver 473    194  
         
   HK$000    HK$000  
V H C Cheng 17,231    7,065  
         
   US$000    US$000  
A A Flockhart 2,172    890  
   
1 41 per cent of the face value for the 2008 award.

Arrangements from 2008

The performance measures for the long-term incentive awards of Performance Shares under the HSBC Share Plan were amended last year following approval by shareholders at the 2008 Annual General Meeting.

     From 2008, the vesting of awards is based on three independent performance measures and an overriding ‘sustained improvement’ judgement by the Committee. The three Group measures are relative total shareholder return (40 per cent of the award); economic profit (40 per cent of the award); and growth in earnings per share (‘EPS’) (20 per cent of the award).

     These measures provide a basis on which to measure HSBC’s absolute and relative performance over the long-term taking into account an external measure of value creation, a measure of the extent to which the return on capital invested in HSBC is in excess of a benchmark return and a direct measure of the profits generated for shareholders.


 

318


Back to Contents

     Awards will not vest unless the Remuneration Committee is satisfied that HSBC Holdings’ financial performance has shown a sustained improvement in the period since the award date. In determining whether HSBC Holdings has achieved such sustained improvement the Remuneration Committee will take account of all relevant factors, in particular, comparisons against the TSR comparator group in areas such as revenue growth and mix, cost efficiency, credit performance, cash return on cash invested, dividend performance and TSR.

     The performance conditions are measured over a three year performance period and awards forfeited to the extent that they have not been met.

     The performance measures and the targets described below apply for awards made in 2008. The Remuneration Committee will review annually whether the performance targets remain appropriate and challenging, or should be recalibrated, for awards made thereafter, taking into account factors such as economic expectations, the industry’s outlook and shareholders’ interests. The Committee will consult in accordance with institutional shareholder guidelines on any further changes proposed to the nature of the performance measures and their percentage split referred to above.

TSR award

TSR is measured against a comparator group comprising the largest global banks in the world as well as other banks against which HSBC competes for business on a regional and/or local level. These companies are:

Banco Bradesco    HBOS
Banco Itau    ICBC
Banco Santander    JP Morgan Chase
Bank of America    Lloyds Banking Group
Bank of China    National Australia Bank
Barclays    Royal Bank of Canada
BBVA    Royal Bank of Scotland
BNP Paribas    Société Générale
Citigroup    Standard Chartered
Credit Suisse Group    UBS
DBS Group    UniCredito Italiano
Deutsche Bank    Wells Fargo
Fortis    Wachovia

     During 2008, HBOS and Wachovia merged with other banks in the comparator group. The Committee determined that the comparator group will remain large enough to be statistically valid and as such it was not necessary to introduce any replacement banks.

     To reflect the fact that the range of market capitalisations within the comparator group is very

wide, a free float market capitalisation (‘FFMC’) weighted method is used to calculate TSR performance. Under this approach, HSBC’s outperformance of the comparator group will be calculated by dividing the total FFMC of all of the companies that HSBC has outperformed in terms of TSR by the total FFMC of all of the companies in the comparator group.

     The extent to which the TSR award will vest will be determined as follows:

If HSBC’s TSR outperforms
   Proportion of TSR Award
companies comprising
   vesting1
75 per cent of the total FFMC   
100%
50 per cent of the total FFMC   
20%
< 50 per cent of the total FFMC   
nil
   
1 Vesting will occur in a straight line between 20 per cent and 100 per cent where HSBC’s performance falls between these incremental steps.

     In line with the commitment made to shareholders in 2008, the Remuneration Committee reviewed the methodology and concluded that it continues to be appropriate. The Committee then wrote to HSBC Holdings’ sixty largest shareholders advising them of this conclusion and offering them the opportunity to comment.

Economic profit award

Economic Profit (‘EP’) is calculated as the average annual difference between return on invested capital and the Group’s benchmark cost of capital and is expressed as a percentage. EP is a key measure of shareholder value creation as it rewards management progressively to the extent that the return on the capital invested in HSBC by its shareholders is in excess of a threshold return, which itself exceeds the Group’s benchmark cost of capital.

     For the awards made in 2008 the benchmark cost of capital is 10 per cent. Return on invested capital is based on the profit attributable to shareholders as defined in the Annual Report and Accounts.

     The extent to which the EP award will vest will be determined as follows:

Average annual EP over   Proportion of EP Award
three years   vesting1
8 per cent or above   
100%
< 3 per cent    nil
   
1 Vesting will occur in a straight line between 0 per cent and 100 per cent where HSBC’s performance falls between these incremental steps.

 

319


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)
   
   
Executive Directors’ remuneration > Long-term incentive plan / Funding

 

Earnings per share award

Growth in Earnings per Share (EPS) is measured on a point to point basis, by comparing EPS in the third financial year of the performance period with EPS in the financial year preceding that in which the award is made. This approach is aimed at simplifying the use of EPS as a performance measure and takes into account feedback received during consultation with institutional shareholders.

EPS growth in Year 3 over   Proportion of EPS  
the base EPS   award vesting1  
28 per cent or above   100%  
16 per cent   20%   
< 16 per cent    nil  
   
1 Vesting will occur in a straight line between 20% and 100% where HSBC’s performance falls between these incremental steps.

     If events occur which cause the Remuneration Committee to consider that a performance condition has become unfair or impractical in either direction, the right is reserved to the Remuneration Committee, if it considers it appropriate to do so, to amend, relax or waive the condition.

     Awards will vest in full, immediately in cases of death. In the event of redundancy, retirement on grounds of injury or ill health and where a participant ceases to be employed by HSBC due to a company ceasing to be part of HSBC, awards will normally vest at the end of the vesting period on a time-apportioned basis to the extent that the performance conditions have been satisfied. In the event of a change of control, awards will normally vest immediately and on a time-apportioned basis to the extent that the performance conditions have been satisfied. Awards will normally be forfeited if the participant is dismissed for cause or resigns from HSBC. In all circumstances the Committee retains discretion to ensure fair and reasonable treatment.

Arrangements from 2005 to 2007

Vesting of the awards of Performance Shares made under the HSBC Share Plan from 2005 to 2007 is based on two independent measures, relative TSR and growth in EPS. The performance conditions are measured over a three-year performance period and awards forfeited to the extent that they have not been met. The vesting of 50 per cent of the awards is based on TSR and the remaining 50 per cent on growth in EPS.

TSR award

The comparator group of 28 banks for the TSR award comprises the largest banks in the world,

on the basis of their market capitalisation, their geographic spread and the nature of their activities:

ABN AMRO1    Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group2
Banco Santander    Mizuho Financial Group
Bank of America    Morgan Stanley
Bank of New York    National Australia Bank
Barclays    Royal Bank of Canada
BBVA    Royal Bank of Scotland
BNP Paribas    Société Générale
Citigroup    Standard Chartered
Crédit Agricole    UBS
Credit Suisse Group    UniCredito Italiano
Deutsche Bank    US Bancorp
HBOS1    Wachovia1
JP Morgan Chase    Wells Fargo
Lloyds Banking Group    Westpac Banking Corporation
   
1 ABN AMRO, HBOS and Wachovia have delisted since the start of the performance period for the 2006 and 2007 awards. These comparators have been replaced from the point of delisting by Fortis, Commonwealth Bank of Australia and Toronto Dominion Bank respectively.
2 Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc was previously known as Mitsubishi Tokyo Financial Group prior to the acquisition of UFJ Holdings on 1 October 2005.

     The extent to which the TSR award will vest will be determined on a sliding scale based on HSBC’s relative TSR ranking, measured over the three years, against the comparator group as shown below:

If HSBC’s performance    Proportion of TSR Award
matches    vesting1

  
Banks ranking 1st to 7th   
100%
Bank ranking 8th   
90%
Bank ranking 9th   
80%
Bank ranking 10th   
70%
Bank ranking 11th   
60%
Bank ranking 12th   
50%
Bank ranking 13th   
40%
Bank ranking 14th   
30%
Banks ranking below 14th   
nil
   
1 Vesting will occur in a straight line where HSBC’s performance falls between these incremental steps.

Earnings per share award

The method for calculating EPS growth is described below. This is in line with the approach described in the 2005, 2006 and 2007 Directors’ Remuneration Reports, as well as in the circular containing the Notice of Annual General Meeting for 2005.

     The percentage of the conditional award vesting will depend upon the absolute growth in EPS achieved over the three years (‘the performance period’). 30 per cent of the conditional shares will vest if the incremental EPS over the performance period is 24 per cent or more of EPS in the base year. The percentage of shares vesting will rise on a straight line proportionate basis to 100 per cent if HSBC’s incremental EPS over the performance period is 52 per cent or more of EPS in the base year.


 

320


Back to Contents

In the interests of clarity, this has been set out in graphical form in the chart below.


     For the EPS element of the award, the base measure shall be EPS for the financial year preceding that in which the award is made (‘the base year’). Absolute growth in EPS will then be compared with the base year over three consecutive financial years commencing with the year in which the award is made. Incremental EPS will be calculated by expressing as a percentage of the EPS of the base year the difference each year of the three-year performance period between the EPS of that year and the EPS of the base year. These percentages will then be aggregated to arrive at the total incremental EPS for the performance period. As illustrated in the table below, an incremental EPS of 51 per cent over three years would equate to a compound annual growth rate of 8 per cent.

Illustration of incremental EPS of 51 per cent over three years.

Percentage difference between:
  Total

  incremental
Year 1 EPS
  Year 2 EPS   Year 3 EPS   EPS for the
and Base Year
  and Base Year   and Base year   performance
EPS
+ EPS + EPS = period
             
8%
  17%   26%   51%

     If EPS in any of the Years 1, 2 or 3 is below the base year, then the percentage difference between that particular year and the base year is negative.

     For this purpose, EPS means the profit attributable to the Shareholders (expressed in US dollars), excluding goodwill amortisation, divided by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue and held outside the Group during the year in question. In the event that the published EPS for the base year is restated during the performance period to adjust for changes in accounting standards, that restated EPS will be used for the purposes of the EPS performance condition.

     In addition, awards will not vest unless the Remuneration Committee is satisfied that HSBC Holdings’ financial performance has shown a sustained improvement in the period since the award

date. In determining whether HSBC Holdings has achieved a sustained improvement in performance the Remuneration Committee will take account of all relevant factors but in particular comparisons against the comparator group in areas such as revenue growth and mix, cost efficiency, credit performance, cash return on cash invested, dividend performance and TSR.

     If events occur which cause the Remuneration Committee to consider that a performance condition has become unfair or impractical in either direction, the right is reserved to the Remuneration Committee, if it considers it appropriate to do so, to amend, relax or waive the condition.

     Awards will vest in full immediately in cases of death. In the event of redundancy, retirement on grounds of injury or ill health, early retirement by agreement, normal retirement and where a participant ceases to be employed by HSBC due to a company ceasing to be part of HSBC, awards will normally vest at the end of the vesting period on a time-apportioned basis to the extent that the performance conditions have been satisfied. In the event of a change of control, awards will normally vest immediately and on a time-apportioned basis to the extent that the performance conditions have been satisfied. Awards will normally be forfeited if the participant is dismissed for cause or resigns from HSBC. In all circumstances the Committee retains discretion to ensure fair and reasonable treatment.

Arrangements from 2002 to 2004

Between 2002 and 2004, awards of Performance Shares were made under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000. Vesting was based on HSBC’s relative TSR performance over a three-year period from the date of the award, with full vesting of awards and transfer of shares to participants being no earlier than the fifth anniversary of the date of award.

     Only one set of awards (the 2003 award) was outstanding at the start of 2008. At the second and final re-test of this award the performance targets were not met and therefore the award lapsed.

Funding

The dilution limits set out in the HSBC share plans comply with the Association of British Insurers’ guidelines. The Company’s policy to date is to fund long-term incentive awards of Performance Shares and Restricted Shares under the HSBC Share Plan through employee benefit trusts which undertake market purchases of HSBC Holdings’ shares.


 

321


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)
 
   
Executive Directors’ remuneration > TSR / Pensions / Guidelines / Service contracts / Other directorships // Non-executive Directors > Fees

 

Total shareholder return

Pursuant to the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002, the graph below shows HSBC’s TSR performance against the FTSE 100 Index, for the five-year period ended 31 December 2008. The FTSE 100 Index has been chosen as this is a recognised broad equity market index of which HSBC Holdings is a member.

HSBC TSR and FTSE 100 Index

Source: IDC

Pensions

The normal retirement age for executive Directors is 65 with the exception of V H C Cheng, where no retirement age is specified in keeping with local legislation. The pension entitlements of the executive Directors for 2008 are set out on page 324.

Share ownership guidelines

To ensure appropriate alignment with shareholders HSBC operates a formal share ownership policy, expressed as a number of shares, for executive Directors and the Group Managing Directors. The Committee considers that material share ownership by executives creates a community of interest between the leadership and shareholders.

     To demonstrate further alignment with shareholders the share ownership guidelines were significantly increased from 2008.

     Under the guidelines, the shareholding is expected to be achieved within five years of the executive’s appointment or three years from the date of approval of amendments to the HSBC Share Plan on 30 May 2008, whichever is the later.

     The executive Directors and Group Managing Directors are now required to build and retain the following shareholdings.

Number of shares1
 

      held at 31  
      December  
  to be held   2008  
 
V H C Cheng 200,000   386,948  
D J Flint 200,000   109,122  
A A Flockhart 200,000   238,639  
M F Geoghegan 600,000   477,434  
S K Green 600,000   667,421  
S T Gulliver 200,000   3,230,453  
Group Managing Directors 125,000   –  2
         
1 For the purposes of the guidelines, unvested awards of Restricted Shares held in employee benefit trusts are included. Unvested Performance Share awards are excluded.
2 A majority of the Group Managing Directors exceed the expected holdings; where the holdings are below, the executives are within five years of their appointment and working towards the expected level.

     The Remuneration Committee will monitor compliance annually. The Committee will have full discretion in determining any penalties in cases of non-compliance, which could include a reduction of future awards of long-term incentives and/or an increase in the proportion of the annual bonus that is deferred into shares.

Service contracts

HSBC’s policy is to employ executive Directors on one-year rolling contracts although longer initial terms may be approved by the Remuneration Committee if considered appropriate. The Remuneration Committee will, consistent with the best interests of the Group, seek to minimise termination payments.

     S K Green, M F Geoghegan, V H C Cheng, D J Flint, A A Flockhart and S T Gulliver have rolling service contracts with a notice period of 12 months for either party.

     In the event of early termination of employment other than for cause, of S K Green, M F Geoghegan, V H C Cheng, D J Flint, A A Flockhart or S T Gulliver, HSBC is entitled to make a payment in lieu of notice equal to base salary, pension entitlements and other benefits.

     D J Flint, AA Flockhart and S T Gulliver will be eligible to be considered for a bonus on termination of employment by HSBC other than for cause.
S T Gulliver will also be eligible to be considered for a bonus upon termination of employment by either party within 12 months following a change of control.

     On termination of employment by HSBC, other than for cause (or termination by either party within 12 months following a change of control), S K Green and M F Geoghegan will be eligible for a bonus calculated as not less than the average of the


 

322


Back to Contents

previous two years of bonus payments received, pro-rated for any part year worked to termination.

Dates of service contracts – executive Directors

  Contract date  
 
V H C Cheng 29 August 2008  
D J Flint 14 October 2008  
A A Flockhart 2 December 2008  
M F Geoghegan 29 February 2008  
S K Green 28 February 2008  
S T Gulliver 5 September 2008  

Other directorships

Executive Directors, if so authorised by either the Nomination Committee or the Board, may accept appointments as non-executive directors of suitable companies which are not part of HSBC. Approval will not be given for executive Directors to accept a non-executive directorship of more than one FTSE 100 company nor the chairmanship of such a company. When considering a non-executive appointment, the Nomination Committee or Board will take into account the expected time commitment of such appointment. The time commitment for executive Directors’ external appointments will be reviewed as part of the annual Board review. Any remuneration receivable in respect of an external appointment is normally paid to HSBC, unless otherwise approved by the Remuneration Committee. D J Flint has elected to donate his fees as a non-executive Director of BP p.l.c. to charity.

Non-executive Directors

Non-executive Directors are appointed for fixed terms not exceeding three years, subject to their re-election by shareholders at Annual General Meetings. Non-executive directors have no service contract and are not eligible to participate in HSBC’s share plans. Current non-executive Directors’ terms of appointment will expire as follows:

in 2010, R A Fairhead, W K L Fung, Sir Mark Moody-Stuart and G Morgan;
   
in 2011, S A Catz, J D Coombe, J L Dúran, J W J Hughes-Hallett, W S H Laidlaw and N R N Murthy; and
   
in 2012, S M Robertson and Sir Brian Williamson.

J R Lomax and J L Thornton were appointed non-executive Directors with effect from
1 December 2008 and M K T Cheung was appointed a non-executive Director with effect from 1 February 2009. Subject to their re-election by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in 2009, their terms of appointment will expire in 2012.

Fees

Non-executive Directors’ fees are regularly reviewed and compared with other large international companies. The current fee, which was approved by shareholders in 2006, is £65,000 per annum.

     A fee of £30,000 per annum is payable to the senior independent non-executive Director. In addition, non-executive Directors receive the following fees for service on Board Committees:

Fees – non-executive Directors     
     
Chairman, Audit Committee £50,000 p.a.  
Member, Audit Committee £20,000 p.a.  
 
During 2008, 8 meetings of the Group Audit Committee were held. 
     
Chairman, Remuneration Committee £40,000 p.a.  
Member, Remuneration Committee £20,000 p.a.  
 
During 2008, 7 meetings of the Remuneration Committee were held. 
     
Chairman, Nomination Committee £30,000 p.a.  
Member, Nomination Committee £20,000 p.a.  
 
During 2008, 5 meetings of the Nomination Committee were held. 
     
Chairman, Corporate Sustainability Committee £30,000 p.a.  
Member, Corporate Sustainability Committee £20,000 p.a.  
 
During 2008, 4 meetings of the Corporate Sustainability 
Committee were held. 

 

323


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)
 
   
Directors emoluments / Pensions

 

Directors’ emoluments

The emoluments of the Directors of HSBC Holdings for 2008 were as follows:

              Benefits       Total   Total
  Fees   Salary   Allowance 1 in kind 2 Bonuses 3 2008   2007
  £000   £000   £000   £000   £000   £000   £000
Executive Directors                            
V H C Cheng4   534   67   545     1,146    
D J Flint   700   385   22     1,107   1,878  
A A Flockhart5   229     355     584    
M F Geoghegan   1,070   535   62     1,667   3,536  
S K Green   1,250     15     1,265   3,012  
S T Gulliver5   533     14     547    
Non-executive Directors                            
Lord Butler6 40           40   103  
S A Catz5 43           43    
J D Coombe 105           105   105  
Baroness Dunn6 35           35   85  
J L Durán7 65           65    
R A Fairhead 127           127   103  
W K L Fung8 122           122   122  
J W J Hughes-Hallett 105           105   97  
W S H Laidlaw7 77           77    
J R Lomax9 5           5    
Sir Brian Moffat6 35           35   110  
Sir Mark Moody-Stuart 125           125   125  
G Morgan 85           85   77  
N R N Murthy5 45           45    
S W Newton10 66           66   77  
S M Robertson 115           115   94  
J L Thornton9,11 89           89    
Sir Brian Williamson 95           95   91  






Total12 1,379   4,316   987   1,013     7,695   9,738  






Total (US$000)12 2,529   7,916   1,810   1,858     14,113   19,493  






           
1 Executive allowance paid to fund personal pension arrangements.
2 Benefits in kind for executive Directors include provision of company car, medical insurance, other insurance cover, accountancy advice and travel assistance. V H C Cheng and A A Flockhart receive housing and other benefits in kind that are normal within the location in which they are employed.
3 These discretionary bonuses are in respect of 2008. See page 318 for comparison with 2007.
4 Appointed a Director on 1 February 2008.
5 Appointed a Director on 1 May 2008.
6 Retired as a Director on 30 May 2008.
7 Appointed a Director on 1 January 2008.
8 Includes fees as a non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation.
9 Appointed a Director on 1 December 2008.
10 Retired as a Director on 10 October 2008.
11 Includes fees as non-executive Chairman of HSBC North America Holdings Inc.
12 Total emoluments for 2007 include the emoluments of Directors who retired in that year.
   
Pensions  

V H C Cheng ceased membership of, and accrual of benefits under, the HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme – Defined Benefit Section on 31 July 2008. The rules of the Scheme provide for a lump sum payment of benefit (rather than an annual pension) and Mr Cheng received a cash retirement benefit payment of HKD46,614,583 on 3 September 2008 in respect of reaching the age of 60, the normal retirement age under the Scheme. Mr Cheng’s accrued benefit and its transfer value

under the Scheme at 31 December 2007 was HKD32,906,250 and the increase of the accrued benefit and transfer value during 2008 (less personal contributions) was HKD13,708,333. As Mr Cheng has ceased membership of the Scheme, no accrued benefit or transfer value remained in the Scheme at 31 December 2008. The employer contribution to Mr Cheng’s retirement benefits Scheme for the period 1 January 2008 to 31 July 2008 was HKD626,250.

     With effect from 1 August 2008 Mr Cheng has been a member of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region Mandatory Provident Fund


 

324


Back to Contents

(‘MPF’) and receives an executive allowance of 25 per cent of annual basic salary, less the mandatory contributions to the MPF by both the employer and employee, to fund personal pension arrangements. The mandatory employer contribution to the MPF in respect of Mr Cheng for the period 1 August 2008 to 31 December 2008 was HKD5,000.

     D J Flint receives an executive allowance of 55 per cent of annual basic salary to fund personal pension arrangements.

     A A Flockhart left the International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme on 30 November 2008. With effect from 2 December 2008 employer contributions equivalent to 40 per cent of annual basic salary are now made to a personal pension plan in respect of Mr Flockhart. During 2008, employer contributions of HKD258,000 were paid into this plan.

     Mr Geoghegan receives an executive allowance of 50 per cent of annual basic salary to fund personal pension arrangements. In 2008, an employer

contribution was made to the HSBC Asia Holdings Pension Plan of £225,000 from a bonus sacrifice in respect of 2007 (in 2007, an employer contribution of £215,000 was made arising entirely from a bonus sacrifice in respect of 2006). There were no other employer contributions made to this plan.

     S K Green ceased membership of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme on 5 April 2006. Since 6 April 2006, Mr Green has been entitled to receive benefits from an Employer Funded Retirement Benefits Scheme which together with entitlements from the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme will provide benefits to Mr Green that would be broadly comparable to an accrual rate of one-thirtieth of pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service.

     S T Gulliver left the International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme on 31 March 2006. Employer contributions equivalent to 30 per cent of annual basic salary are now made to a personal pension plan in respect of Mr Gulliver. During 2008, employer contributions of £225,000 were paid into this plan.


 

                          Transfer value  
                          (less personal  
          Increase in           Increase of   contributions) at  
          accrued   Transfer   Transfer   transfer value   31 December 2008  
  Accrued   Increase in   pension   value   value   of accrued   relating to increase  
  annual   accrued   during 2008,   of accrued   of accrued   pension (less   in accrued pensions  
  pension at   pension   excluding   pension at   pension at   personal   during 2008,  
  31 December   during   any increase   31 December   31 December   contributions)   excluding any  
  2008   2008   for inflation   2007  1  2008  1  in 2008  1   increase for inflation 1 
  £000   £000   £000   £000   £000   £000   £000  
                             
A A Flockhart2  254   25   15   4,467   4,644   161   238  
S K Green 669   42   10   12,780   17,716 3  4,936 3  272  
S T Gulliver4  138   11   5   2,716   2,749   33   95  
   
1 The transfer value represents a liability of HSBC’s pension funds and not a sum paid or due to the individual; it cannot therefore meaningfully be added to annual remuneration.
2 A A Flockhart left the International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme (‘ISRBS’) on 30 November 2008. The ISRBS retains a liability for a contingent spouse’s pension equal to £126,000 per annum as at 31 December 2008. Mr Flockhart made personal contributions to the ISRBS amounting to £16,000 during the year.
3 During 2008, the Trustee of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme decided to change the basis used to calculate transfer values from the Scheme for all Scheme members, in order to allow for lower expectations of future investment returns and improved longevity. The impact of this is reflected in the increase in the transfer value of accrued pension. If the Trustee had not changed the transfer value basis, the change in transfer value during 2008 would have been £2.48 million (£1.698 million during 2007).
4 S T Gulliver left the ISRBS on 31 March 2006. The ISRBS retains a liability for a contingent spouse’s pension equal to £61,000 per annum as at 31 December 2008.
   

     The unfunded pension payments tabulated below, in respect of which provision has been made, were made during 2008 to five former Directors of HSBC Holdings.

     The payments in respect of R Delbridge and Sir Brian Pearse were made by HSBC Bank plc as former Directors of that bank. The payment in respect of C F W de Croisset was made by HSBC France as a former Director of that bank.

  2008   2007  
  £   £  
         
B H Asher 97,752   93,812  
C F W de Croisset 221,100   194,077  
R Delbridge 140,601   134,934  
Sir Brian Pearse 58,632   56,269  
Sir William Purves 103,481   99,310  


 
  621,566   578,402  


 

 

325


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)
 
   
Share plans

 

  Share plans

At 31 December 2008, the undernamed Directors held Performance Share awards, Restricted Share

awards and options to acquire the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares set against their respective names.


 

HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                   Options held                   
                      at 1 January                Options  
                      2008 or date    Options    Options    held at  
  Date of    Exercise    Exercisable    Exercisable    appointed if    awarded    exercised    31 December  
  award    price (£)    from  1   until    later    during year    during year    2008  
                                 
V H C Cheng2  23 Apr 2003   5.3496   1 Aug 2008   31 Jan 2009   3,070  3   3,070 3   
D J Flint 25 Apr 2007   7.0872   1 Aug 2012   31 Jan 2013   2,310       2,310  
A A Flockhart4  25 Apr 2007   7.0872   1 Aug 2010   31 Jan 2011   1,332       1,332  
S K Green 23 Apr 2003   5.3496   1 Aug 2008   31 Jan 2009   3,070     3,070  5  

The HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans are all-employee share plans under which eligible HSBC employees may be granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Employees may make contributions of up to £250 (or equivalent) each month over a period of one, three or five years which may be used on the first, third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract, at the employee’s election, to exercise the options. The plans help align the interests of employees with the creation of shareholder value and, as such, exercise of the options is not subject to any performance conditions. The options were awarded for nil consideration and are exercisable at a 20 per cent discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date. No options lapsed during the year. There are no performance criteria conditional upon which the outstanding options are exercisable and there have been no variations to the terms and conditions since the awards were made. The market value of the ordinary shares at 31 December 2008 was £6.62. The highest and lowest market values during the year were £9.2775 and £6.1225. Market value is the mid-market price derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the relevant date. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the options are categorised as unlisted physically settled equity derivatives.

1 May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
2 Appointed a Director on 1 February 2008.
3 At the date of exercise, 8 August 2008, the market value per share was £8.5850.
4 Appointed a Director on 1 May 2008.
5 At the date of exercise, 22 December 2008, the market value per share was £6.1225.

Awards of Performance Shares
HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

          Awards held      
      Year in   at 1 January   Awards  
      which   2008 or date   held at  
  Date of   awards   appointed if   31 December  
  award   may vest   later   2008  1 
                 
V H C Cheng2 
5 Mar 2003
  2008   55,028    
D J Flint 5 Mar 2003   2008   136,192    
M F Geoghegan 5 Mar 2003   2008   63,558    
S K Green 5 Mar 2003   2008   136,192    

Vesting of these awards was subject to the achievement of corporate performance conditions. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests held through the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 were categorised as the interests of a beneficiary of a trust.

  1 The corporate performance conditions were not met and, under the rules of the Plan, the awards (including additional shares arising from scrip dividends) held by: V H C Cheng, 55,028 shares; D J Flint, 137,568 shares; M F Geoghegan, 64,200 shares; and S K Green, 137,568 shares, were forfeited on 4 April 2008. The awards held by A A Flockhart, 27,514 shares; and S T Gulliver, 55,028 shares, who were appointed as Directors on 1 May 2008, were also forfeited on 4 April 2008. As a consequence, the fourth interim dividend for 2007 did not accrue on these forfeited share awards.
  2 Appointed a Director on 1 February 2008.

 

326


Back to Contents

Awards of Performance Shares
HSBC Share Plan

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50
                   Awards made during    Awards vested during        
               Awards    year or since date    year or since date        
              held at       appointed if later1      appointed if later2        
         Year in    1 January   


  


   Awards  
         which    2008 or date                            held at 31  
   Date of    awards   appointed          Monetary          Monetary    December  
   award    may vest    if later    Number    value    Number    value    2008 3
                           £000          £000        
                                 
V H C Cheng4 27 May 2005    2008    91,824          47,002    405    5
   6 Mar 2006    2009    88,534                92,689  
   5 Mar 2007    2010    172,636                180,739  
   3 Jun 2008    2011       129,325    1,103          130,852  
                                  
D J Flint 27 May 2005    2008    194,796          100,721    868    5
   6 Mar 2006    2009    175,296                185,378  
   5 Mar 2007    2010    256,029                270,755  
   3 Jun 2008    2011       372,940    3,182          377,343  
                                  
A A Flockhart6 27 May 2005    2008    779          779    7    5
   6 Mar 2006    2009    66,401                69,518  
   5 Mar 2007    2010    114,998                120,395  
   3 Jun 2008    2011       127,174    1,085          128,675  
                                  
M F Geoghegan 27 May 2005    2008    259,728          134,295    1,157    5
   6 Mar 2006    2009    219,121                231,724  
   5 Mar 2007    2010    581,884                615,351  
   3 Jun 2008    2011       876,408    7,477          886,755  
                                  
S K Green 27 May 2005    2008    324,659          167,868    1,446    5
   6 Mar 2006    2009    273,900                289,653  
   5 Mar 2007    2010    436,413                461,513  
   3 Jun 2008    2011       1,025,584    8,750          1,037,692  
                                  
S T Gulliver6 27 May 2005    2008    1,559          1,559    14    5
   6 Mar 2006    2009    110,667                115,861  
   5 Mar 2007    2010    127,730                133,725  
   3 Jun 2008    2011       55,409    473          56,063  

Vesting of these Performance Share awards is subject to the achievement of the corporate performance conditions set out on pages 318 to 319. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests held through the HSBC Share Plan are categorised as the interests of a beneficiary of a trust.

1 At the date of the award, 3 June 2008, the market value per share was £8.56. The shares acquired by the Trustee of the Plan were purchased at an average price of £8.53173.
2 The Earnings Per Share element of the performance conditions was met and that element of the Performance Share Awards vested on 1 April 2008, when the market value per share was £8.61, as follows: V H C Cheng, 45,911 shares; D J Flint, 98,382 shares, M F Geoghegan, 131,176 shares; and S K Green, 163,970 shares. The awards held by A A Flockhart (32,794) shares, and S T Gulliver (65,587) shares, who were appointed as Directors on 1 May 2008, also vested on 1 April 2008. Awards representing the fourth interim dividend for 2007 vested on 7 May 2008, when the market value per share was £8.875, as follows: V H C Cheng, 1,091 shares; D J Flint, 2,339 shares; A A Flockhart, 779 shares; M F Geoghegan, 3,119 shares; S K Green, 3,898 shares; and S T Gulliver, 1,559 shares. The market value per share on the date of the award, 27 May 2005, was £8.68.
3 Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.
4 Appointed a Director on 1 February 2008.
5 The Total Shareholder Return element of the performance conditions was not met and, under the terms of the Plan, that element of the Performance Share awards held by: V H C Cheng, 45,913 shares; D J Flint, 98,383 shares; M F Geoghegan, 131,177 shares; and S K Green, 163,971 shares was forfeited on 2 April 2008. The awards held by A A Flockhart, 32,795 shares; and S T Gulliver, 65,589 shares, who were appointed as Directors on 1 May 2008, were also forfeited on 2 April 2008. As a consequence, the fourth interim dividend for 2007 did not accrue on the forfeited shares.
6 Appointed a Director on 1 May 2008.

 

327


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report (continued)
   
   
Share plans // Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

 

Awards of Restricted Shares
HSBC Share Plan 

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50
                     Awards made during    Awards vested during        
                   year or since date    year or since date       
         Year in    Awards    appointed if later    appointed if later    Awards  
         which    held   


  


   held at 31
   Date of    awards    on date          Monetary          Monetary    December  
   award    may vest    appointed    Number    value    Number    value    2008 2
                           £000          £000        
                                 
V H C Cheng3 3 Mar 2008    2011       82,295 1 646          86,158  
                                 
A A Flockhart4 31 Oct 2007    2010    51,167                53,568  
   3 Mar 2008    2011    11,929                12,488  
                                 
S T Gulliver4 6 Mar 2006    2009 5   143,677                150,421  
   5 Mar 2007    2009-2010 5 305,591                319,934  
   3 Mar 2008    2009-2011 5  458,708                480,237  

Vesting of Restricted Share awards is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. The vesting date may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. death or retirement. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests held through the HSBC Share Plan are categorised as the interests of a beneficiary of a trust.

1 At the date of the award, 3 March 2008, the market value per share was £7.90. The shares acquired by the Trustee of the Plan were purchased at an average price of £7.848143.
2 Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.
3 Appointed a Director on 1 February 2008.
4 Appointed a Director on 1 May 2008.
5 33 per cent of the award vests on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of the award, with the balance vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the award.

 

On behalf of the Board 2 March 2009
   
Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, Chairman of Remuneration Committee  

 

328


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and Accounts 2008 and the Financial Statements
   
   

 

The following statement, which should be read in conjunction with the Auditor’s statement of their responsibilities set out in their report on pages 330 and 331, is made with a view to distinguishing for shareholders the respective responsibilities of the Directors and of the Auditor in relation to the financial statements.

     The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the consolidated financial statements of HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) and holding company financial statements for HSBC Holdings (the ‘parent company’) in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

     Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. The Directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements on the same basis. The Directors are also required to present additional information for US Shareholders. Accordingly these financial statements are framed to meet both UK and US requirements to give a consistent view to all shareholders.

     The Group and parent company financial statements are required by law and IFRSs as adopted by the EU to present fairly the financial position of the Group and the parent company and the performance for that period; the Companies Act 1985 provides in relation to such financial statements that references in the relevant part of that Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation. In addition, in order to meet certain US requirements, we are required to present our financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’). Currently, there are no differences in application to HSBC between IFRS endorsed by the EU and IFRS issued by the IASB.

In preparing each of the Group and parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
   
make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and
   
state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU.

     The Directors are required to prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is not appropriate. Since the Directors are satisfied that the Group and parent company have the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future, the financial statements continue to be prepared on the going concern basis.

     The Directors have responsibility for ensuring that sufficient accounting records are kept that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 1985.

     The Directors have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors also have responsibility for preparing a Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and the Corporate Governance statement on pages 281 to 314 that comply with that law and those regulations.

     The Directors have responsibility for the maintenance and integrity of the Annual Report and Accounts as they appear on the company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

     The Directors, the names of whom are set out in the Report of Directors: Governance section on page 281 of this Annual Report, confirm to the best of their knowledge:

the consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB and in accordance with rule 4.1.12(3)(a) of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, have been prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards and give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and
   
the Management Report represented by the Directors’ Report has been prepared in accordance with rule 4.1.12(3)(b) of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, and includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that the Group faces.

 

On behalf of the Board, S K Green Group Chairman 2 March 2009

 

329


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Board of Directors and shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc 
   
   
   

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of HSBC Holdings plc and its subsidiary undertakings (together HSBC) on pages 333 to 447 which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of 31 December 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated cash flow statements and consolidated statements of recognised income and expense, for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2008, including the disclosures marked ‘audited’ within the critical accounting policies on pages 61 to 66, ‘Report of the Directors: Impact of Market Turmoil’ section on pages 144 to 187 and the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ section on pages 188 to 280. We have also audited HSBC’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2008, based on the framework for Directors’ internal control evaluation contained within the Combined Code (The Revised Turnbull Guidance), and the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). HSBC’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Assessment of Internal Controls. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the effectiveness of HSBC's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on assessed risk. Our audits also included performing other such procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HSBC as of 31 December 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 31 December 2008, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the European Union (‘EU’) and IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’). Also, in our opinion, HSBC maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2008, based on the framework for Directors’ internal control evaluation contained within the Combined Code (The Revised Turnbull Guidance) and the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

330


Back to Contents

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, HSBC has changed its method of accounting for certain financial assets in the year ended 31 December 2008 following the adoption of ‘Reclassification of Financial Assets (Amendments to IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures).

KPMG Audit Plc
London, England
2 March 2009

 

331


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Financial Statements
   
   
Contents / Consolidated income statement

 

  Page 
Financial Statements  
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
 
Notes on the Financial Statements  
 1 340
 2 344
 3 360
 4 Gains arising from dilution of interests
  in associates
360
 5 361
 6 362
 7 363
 8 363
 9 375
10 376
11 381
12 Dividends 384
13 384
14 385
     By geographical region  385
     By customer group  385
15 392
16 396
    Page 
     
17 397
18 Derivatives 398
19 403
20 405
21 406
22 409
23 413
24 416
25 418
26 419
27 419
28 420
29 421
30 421
31 Provisions 424
32 424
33 428
34 429
35 430
36 431
37 431
38 Equity 436
39 439
40 440
41 442
42 Litigation 443
43 444
44 447
45 447

 

332


Back to Contents

Consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2008            
        2008      2007      2006   
   Notes    US$m      US$m      US$m   
                     
Interest income       91,301       92,359       75,879   
Interest expense      (48,738 )   (54,564  )   (41,393 )
Net interest income       42,563       37,795       34,486   
Fee income      24,764      26,337      21,080   
Fee expense       (4,740 )    (4,335 )    (3,898 )
Net fee income      20,024      22,002      17,182   
Trading income excluding net interest income       847       4,458       5,619   
Net interest income on trading activities      5,713      5,376      2,603   
Net trading income       6,560       9,834       8,222   
 Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives      6,679      2,812      (35 )
 Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value       (2,827 )    1,271       692   
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 3    3,852      4,083      657   
Gains less losses from financial investments       197       1,956       969   
Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates 4         1,092        
Dividend income       272       324       340   
Net earned insurance premiums 5    10,850      9,076      5,668   
Gains on disposal of French regional banks       2,445               
Other operating income      1,808      1,439      2,546   
     
   
   
 
Total operating income       88,571       87,601       70,070   
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders 6    (6,889 )   (8,608 )   (4,704 )
     
   
   
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions       81,682       78,993       65,366   
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 7    (24,937 )   (17,242 )   (10,573 )
     
   

 

Net operating income 7     56,745       61,751       54,793   
     
   
   
 
Employee compensation and benefits 8     (20,792 )    (21,334 )    (18,500 )
General and administrative expenses      (15,260 )   (15,294 )   (12,823 )
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment 23     (1,750 )    (1,714 )    (1,514 )
Goodwill impairment 22    (10,564 )          
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 22     (733 )    (700 )    (716 )
     
   
   
 
Total operating expenses       (49,099 )    (39,042 )    (33,553 )
     
   
   
 
Operating profit       7,646       22,709       21,240   
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 21    1,661      1,503      846   
     
   
   
 
Profit before tax       9,307       24,212       22,086   
Tax expense 11    (2,809 )   (3,757 )   (5,215 )
     
   
   
 
Profit for the year       6,498       20,455       16,871   
     
   
   
 
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company       5,728       19,133       15,789   
Profit attributable to minority interests      770      1,322      1,082   
                     
        US$      US$      US$   
                     
Basic earnings per ordinary share 13     0.47       1.65       1.40   
Diluted earnings per ordinary share 13    0.47      1.63      1.39   
Dividends per ordinary share 12     0.93       0.87       0.76   
 
The accompanying notes on pages 340 to 447, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ on pages 188 to 280, ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 61 to 66 and ‘Impact of Market Turmoil’ on pages 144 to 187 form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

333


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Consolidated balance sheet / Statement of recognised income and expense

 

Consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2008                
        2008    2007  
   Notes    US$m    US$m  
ASSETS                
Cash and balances at central banks       52,396    21,765  
Items in the course of collection from other banks      6,003    9,777  
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness      15,358    13,893  
Trading assets 16    427,329    445,968  
Financial assets designated at fair value 17    28,533    41,564  
Derivatives 18    494,876    187,854  
Loans and advances to banks      153,766    237,366  
Loans and advances to customers      932,868    981,548  
Financial investments 19    300,235    283,000  
Interests in associates and joint ventures 21    11,537    10,384  
Goodwill and intangible assets 22    27,357    39,689  
Property, plant and equipment 23    14,025    15,694  
Other assets 25    37,822    39,493  
Current tax assets      2,552    896  
Deferred tax assets 11    7,011    5,284  
Prepayments and accrued income      15,797    20,091  
     
 
 
Total assets      2,527,465    2,354,266  
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
Liabilities                
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation      15,358    13,893  
Deposits by banks      130,084    132,181  
Customer accounts      1,115,327    1,096,140  
Items in the course of transmission to other banks      7,232    8,672  
Trading liabilities 26    247,652    314,580  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 27    74,587    89,939  
Derivatives 18    487,060    183,393  
Debt securities in issue 28    179,693    246,579  
Retirement benefit liabilities 8    3,888    2,893  
Other liabilities 29    72,384    35,013  
Current tax liabilities      1,822    2,559  
Liabilities under insurance contracts 30    43,683    42,606  
Accruals and deferred income      15,448    21,766  
Provisions 31    1,730    1,958  
Deferred tax liabilities 11    1,855    1,859  
Subordinated liabilities 32    29,433    24,819  
     
 
 
Total liabilities     2,427,236    2,218,850  
     
 
 
Equity                
Called up share capital 37    6,053    5,915  
Share premium account 38    8,463    8,134  
Other equity instruments 38    2,133     
Other reserves 38    (3,747 ) 33,014  
Retained earnings 38    80,689    81,097  
     
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity      93,591    128,160  
Minority interests 36    6,638    7,256  
     
 
 
Total equity      100,229    135,416  
     
 
 
Total equity and liabilities      2,527,465    2,354,266  
     
 
 
 
The accompanying notes on pages 340 to 447, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ on pages 188 to 280, ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 61 to 66 and ‘Impact of Market Turmoil’ on pages 144 to 187 form an integral part of these financial statements.
   
 

 
S K Green, Group Chairman
 

 

334


Back to Contents

Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense for the year ended 31 December 2008

    2008   2007   2006  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
Available-for-sale investments:            
   – fair value gains/(losses) taken to equity (23,722 ) 756   1,582  
   –
fair value gains transferred to the income statement on disposal
(1,316 ) (1,826 ) (665 )
amounts transferred to the income statement in respect of impairment losses
1,779   86   21  
Cash flow hedges:            
   – fair value gains/(losses) taken to equity (1,720 ) 625   1,554  
   – fair value (gains)/losses transferred to income statement 1,754   (1,886 ) (2,198 )
Share of changes in equity of associates and joint ventures
(559 ) 372   20  
Exchange differences (12,205 ) 5,946   4,675  
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans
(1,609 ) 2,167   (78 )
 
 
 
 
    (37,598 ) 6,240   4,911  
Tax on items taken directly to equity
1,879   (226 ) (44 )
 
 
 
 
Total income and expense taken to equity during the year
(35,719 ) 6,014   4,867  
Profit for the year
6,498   20,455   16,871  
 
 
 
 
Total recognised income and expense for the year
(29,221 ) 26,469   21,738  
 
 
 
 
Total recognised income and expense for the year attributable to:
           
   –
shareholders of the parent company
(29,225 ) 24,801   20,527  
   – minority interests 4   1,668   1,211  
   
 
 
 
    (29,221 ) 26,469   21,738  
   
 
 
 
   
The accompanying notes on pages 340 to 447, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ on pages 188 to 280, ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 61 to 66 and ‘Impact of Market Turmoil’ on pages 144 to 187 form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

335


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Consolidated cash flow statement / HSBC Holdings balance sheet

 

Consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2008
    2008   2007   2006  
  Notes US$m   US$m   US$m  
Cash flows from operating activities        
Profit before tax   9,307   24,212   22,086  
Adjustments for:        
   – non-cash items included in profit before tax 39 41,305   21,701   14,956  
   – change in operating assets 39 18,123   (176,538 ) (175,317 )
   – change in operating liabilities 39 (63,413 ) 250,095   237,378  
   – elimination of exchange differences1   36,132   (18,602 ) (12,114 )
   – net gain from investing activities   (4,195 ) (2,209 ) (2,014 )
   – share of profits in associates and joint ventures   (1,661 ) (1,503 ) (846 )
   – dividends received from associates   655   363   97  
   – contribution paid to defined benefit plans   (719 ) (1,393 ) (547 )
   – tax paid   (5,114 ) (5,088 ) (4,946 )

 
 
 
Net cash generated from operating activities
  30,420   91,038   78,733  

 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities        
Purchase of financial investments   (277,023 ) (260,980 ) (286,316 )
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments
  223,138   238,647   273,774  
Purchase of property, plant and equipment   (2,985 ) (2,720 ) (2,400 )
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment
  2,467   3,178   2,504  
Proceeds from the sale of loan portfolios   9,941   1,665   2,048  
Net purchase of intangible assets   (1,169 ) (950 ) (852 )
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from acquisition of an increase in stake of subsidiaries
  1,313   (623 ) (1,185 )
Net cash inflow from disposal of subsidiaries   2,979   187   62  
Net cash outflow from acquisition of an increase in stake of associates
  (355 ) (351 ) (585 )
Net cash inflow from the consolidation of funds   16,500   1,600    
Proceeds from disposal of associates   101   69   874  

 
 
 
Net cash (used in) investing activities   (25,093 ) (20,278 ) (12,076 )

 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities        
Issue of ordinary share capital   467   474   1,010  
Issue of preference shares       374  
Issue of other equity instruments   2,133      
Net purchases and sales of own shares for market-making and investment purposes
  (194 ) 126   46  
Purchases of own shares to meet share awards and share option awards
  (808 ) (636 ) (575 )
On exercise of share options   27   104   173  
Subordinated loan capital issued   7,094   5,705   5,948  
Subordinated loan capital repaid   (350 ) (689 ) (903 )
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company
  (7,211 ) (6,003 ) (5,927 )
Dividends paid to minority interests   (714 ) (718 ) (710 )
Dividends paid to holders of other equity instruments
  (92 )    

 
 
 
Net cash generated from/(used in) in financing activities
  352   (1,637 ) (564 )

 
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents   5,679   69,123   66,093  
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January   297,009   215,486   141,307  
Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents
  (23,816 ) 12,400   8,086  

 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 39 278,872   297,009   215,486  

 
 
 
   
1 Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.
 
The accompanying notes on pages 340 to 447, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ on pages 188 to 280, ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 61 to 66 and ‘Impact of Market Turmoil’ on pages 144 to 187 form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

336


Back to Contents

HSBC Holdings balance sheet at 31 December 2008
    2008   2007  
  Notes US$m   US$m  
ASSETS          
Cash at bank and in hand:          
   – balances with HSBC undertakings   443   360  
Derivatives 18 3,682   2,660  
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings   11,804   17,242  
Financial investments   2,629   3,022  
Investments in subsidiaries 24 81,993   69,411  
Property, plant and equipment   6   1  
Other assets   25   21  
Deferred tax assets 11 42   7  
Prepayments and accrued income   58   224  


 
Total assets   100,682   92,948  


 
           
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
Liabilities          
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings   4,042   2,969  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 27 16,389   18,683  
Derivatives 18 1,324   44  
Other liabilities 29 1,816   1,405  
Current tax liabilities   219   322  
Accruals and deferred income   288   150  
Subordinated liabilities 32 14,017   8,544  


 
Total liabilities   38,095   32,117  


 
           
Equity          
Called up share capital 37 6,053   5,915  
Share premium account 38 8,463   8,134  
Other equity instruments 37 2,133    
Merger reserve and other reserves   25,341   28,942  
Other reserves   3,503   3,631  
Retained earnings   17,094   14,209  


 
Total equity   62,587   60,831  


 
Total equity and liabilities   100,682   92,948  


 

The accompanying notes on pages 340 to 447, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ on pages 188 to 280, ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 61 to 66 and ‘Impact of Market Turmoil’ on pages 144 to 187 form an integral part of these financial statements.

   
 

 
S K Green, Group Chairman  

 

337


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
HSBC Holdings > Changes in equity / Cash flow statement

 

HSBC Holdings statement of changes in total equity for the year ended 31 December 2008
  2008   2007  
  US$m   US$m  
Called up share capital    
   At 1 January 5,915   5,786  
   Shares issued under employee share plans 20   17  
   Shares issued in lieu of dividends 118   112  

 
 
   At 31 December 6,053   5,915  

 
 
Share premium account    
   At 1 January 8,134   7,789  
   Shares issued under employee share plans 450   460  
   Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon (121 ) (115 )

 
 
   At 31 December 8,463   8,134  

 
 
Other equity instruments    
   At 1 January    
   Capital securities issued1 2,133    

 
 
   At 31 December 2,133    

 
 
Merger reserve and other reserves    
   At 1 January 28,942   28,942  
   Realisation of merger reserve2 (3,601 )  

 
 
   At 31 December 25,341   28,942  

 
 
Other reserves    
Available-for-sale fair value reserve    
   At 1 January 482   246  
   Fair value changes taken to equity3 (356 ) 246  
   Tax on items taken directly to equity3 64   (10 )

 
 
   At 31 December 190   482  

 
 
Share-based payment reserve    
   At 1 January 1,968   2,111  
   Exercise and lapse of share options and vesting of share awards (75 ) (751 )
   Cost of share-based payment arrangements 14   29  
   Equity investments granted to employees of subsidiaries under employee share plans 87   818  
   Other movements 1   (239 )

 
 
   At 31 December 1,995   1,968  

 
 
Other paid-in capital    
   At 1 January 1,181   936  
   Exercise and lapse of share options 137   245  

 
 
   At 31 December 1,318   1,181  

 
 
Total other reserves at 31 December 3,503   3,631  

 
 
Retained earnings    
   At 1 January 14,209   10,588  
   Profit for the year attributable to shareholders 7,644   9,499  
   Dividends to shareholders of the parent company (11,301 ) (10,241 )
   Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon 3,596   4,354  
   Transfer from merger reserve 3,601    
   Own shares adjustments (647 ) 16  
   Tax on share based payments3 (2 ) (7 )
   Exchange differences and other movements3 (6 )  

 
 
   At 31 December4 17,094   14,209  

 
 
   
1 See footnote 5 of Note 38.
2 See footnote 4 of Note 38.
3 The total expense taken directly to equity during the year was US$300 million (2007: net income US$229 million).
4 Retained earnings include 36,995,330 (US$562 million) of own shares held to fund employee share plans (2007: 30,706,713, US$554 million).

The accompanying notes on pages 340 to 447, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ on pages 188 to 280, ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 61 to 66 and ‘Impact of Market Turmoil’ on pages 144 to 187 form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

338


Back to Contents

HSBC Holdings cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2008
      2008   2007  
    Notes US$m   US$m  
Cash flows from operating activities          
Profit before tax   7,931   9,598  
           
Adjustments for:          
   – non-cash items included in profit before tax 39 3,619   10  
change in operating assets 39 3,263   (4,059 )
change in operating liabilities 39 (2,035 )   179  
elimination of exchange differences1     (26 )
net gain from investing activities     (12 )
tax (paid)/received   (370 ) 268 )
   
 
 
Net cash generated from operating activities   12,408   5,958  
   
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities          
Purchase of financial investments   (300 )  
Proceeds from sale of financial investments   349    
Purchase of property, plant and equipment   (5 )  
Net cash outflow from acquisition of or increase in stake of subsidiaries   (14,320 ) (5,133 )
   
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities   (14,276 ) (5,133 )
   
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities          
Issue of ordinary share capital   467   474  
Issue of other equity instruments   2,133    
Purchases of own shares to meet share awards and share option awards   (54 ) (96 )
On exercise of share options   3   72  
Subordinated loan capital issued   6,705   4,359  
Dividends paid   (7,211 ) (6,003 )
Dividends paid to holders of other equity instruments   (92 )  
   
 
 
Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities   1,951   (1,194 )
   
 
 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   83   (369 )
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January   360   729  
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 39 443   360  
   
 
 
       
1 Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.
 
 
The accompanying notes on pages 340 to 447, the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ on pages 188 to 280, ‘Critical accounting policies’ on pages 61 to 66 and ‘Impact of Market Turmoil’ on pages 144 to 187 form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

339


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements
   
   
Note 1

 

1 Basis of preparation

  (a) Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
       
    The consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the EU. EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ from IFRSs as issued by the IASB if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2008, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2008 affecting these consolidated and separate financial statements, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC. Accordingly, HSBC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2008 are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.
       
    IFRSs comprise accounting standards issued by the IASB and its predecessor body as well as interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) and its predecessor body.
       
    During 2008, HSBC adopted the following amendments to standards and interpretations:
       
    IFRIC 14 ‘IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction’ had no significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of HSBC or the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings; and
       
    an amendment to IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ (‘IAS 39’) and to IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ (‘IFRS 7’) – ‘Reclassification of Financial Assets’ (‘Reclassification Amendment’). On adoption of the Reclassification Amendment, HSBC reclassified US$18.7 billion of trading assets in accordance with the Reclassification Amendment. If this reclassification had not been made, the Group’s pre-tax profits would have been lower by US$3.5 billion. The adoption of the Reclassification Amendment had no effect on the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings. Pages 144 to 187 of the ‘Report of the Directors: Impact of market turmoil’ provides detailed disclosures as required by the Reclassification Amendment.
       
  (b) Differences between IFRSs and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards
       
    There are no significant differences between IFRSs and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards in terms of their application to HSBC and consequently there would be no significant differences had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards. The Notes on the Financial Statements, taken together with the Report of the Directors, include the aggregate of all disclosures necessary to satisfy IFRSs and Hong Kong reporting requirements.
     
  (c) Presentation of information
     
    Disclosures under IFRS 4 and IFRS 7 relating to the nature and extent of risks have been included in the audited sections of the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ on pages 188 to 280.
     
    Capital disclosures under IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ (‘IAS 1’) have been included in the audited sections of ‘Capital management and allocation’ on pages 274 to 280.
     
    Disclosures relating to the effect of the recent market turmoil on HSBC’s securitisation activities and structured products and disclosures under IFRS 7 relating to the fair value of financial instruments have been included in the audited section of ‘Report of the Directors: Impact of market turmoil’ on pages 144 to 187.
     
    In publishing the parent company financial statements here together with the Group financial statements, HSBC Holdings has taken advantage of the exemption in section 230 of the Companies Act 1985 not to present its individual income statement and related notes that form a part of these financial statements.
     
    HSBC has taken advantage of the exemption under Regulation 7 of the Partnerships and Unlimited Companies (Accounts) Regulations 1993 from certain partnerships that are consolidated by HSBC presenting their own individual financial statements under IFRSs.
     
    The functional currency of HSBC Holdings plc is the US dollar, which is also the presentational currency of the consolidated financial statements of HSBC.

 

340


Back to Contents

  (d) Comparative information
     
    As required by US public company reporting requirements, these consolidated financial statements include two years of comparative information for the consolidated income statement, consolidated cash flow statement, consolidated statement of recognised income and expense and related notes on the financial statements.
     
  (e) Use of estimates and assumptions
     
    The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and assumptions about future conditions. The use of available information and the application of judgement are inherent in the formation of estimates; actual results in the future may differ from those reported. Management believes that HSBC’s critical accounting policies where judgement is necessarily applied are those which relate to impairment of loans and advances, goodwill impairment, the valuation of financial instruments, the impairment of available-for-sale financial assets and deferred tax assets (see ‘Critical Accounting Policies’ on pages 61 to 66, which form an integral part of these financial statements).
     
    Further information about key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty, are set out in these notes on the financial statements.
     
  (f) Consolidation
     
    The consolidated financial statements of HSBC comprise the financial statements of HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries made up to 31 December, with the exception of the banking and insurance subsidiaries of HSBC Bank Argentina, whose financial statements are made up to 30 June annually to comply with local regulations. Accordingly, HSBC uses their audited interim financial statements, drawn up to 31 December annually. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date that HSBC gains control. The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by HSBC. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration given at the date of exchange, together with costs directly attributable to that acquisition. The acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of HSBC’s share of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of HSBC’s share of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the business acquired, the difference is recognised immediately in the income statement.
     
    Entities that are controlled by HSBC are consolidated until the date that control ceases.
     
    In the context of Special Purpose Entities (‘SPE’s), the following circumstances may indicate a relationship in which, in substance, HSBC controls and consequently consolidates an SPE:
     
    the activities of the SPE are being conducted on behalf of HSBC according to its specific business needs so that HSBC obtains benefits from the SPE’s operation;
       
    HSBC has the decision-making powers to obtain the majority of the benefits of the activities of the SPE or, by setting up an ‘autopilot’ mechanism, HSBC has delegated these decision-making powers;
       
    HSBC has rights to obtain the majority of the benefits of the SPE and therefore may be exposed to risks incident to the activities of the SPE; or
       
    HSBC retains the majority of the residual or ownership risks related to the SPE or its assets in order to obtain benefits from its activities.
       
      HSBC performs a re-assessment of consolidation whenever there is a change in the substance of the relationship between HSBC and an SPE.
       
      All intra-HSBC transactions are eliminated on consolidation.
     
    The consolidated financial statements of HSBC also include the attributable share of the results and reserves of joint ventures and associates. These are based on financial statements made up to 31 December, with the exception of the Bank of Communications, Ping An Insurance and Industrial Bank which are included on the basis of financial statements made up for the twelve months to 30 September. These are equity accounted three months in arrears in order to meet the requirements of the Group’s reporting timetable. HSBC has taken into account changes in the period from 1 October to 31 December that would have materially affected its results.

 

341


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
 
   
Note 1

 

  (g) Future accounting developments
 
    Standards and Interpretations issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU
 
    IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ (‘IFRS 8’), which replaces IAS 14 ‘Segment Reporting’ (‘IAS 14’), was issued on 30 November 2006 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. This standard specifies how an entity should disclose information about its segments which enables users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of its business activities and the economic environments in which it operates. HSBC will adopt IFRS 8 with effect from 1 January 2009, and will accordingly present financial information for segments whose operating activities are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in order to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance. HSBC currently presents two sets of segment data in accordance with IAS 14, one geographical and one based on customer groups. Under IFRS 8, HSBC expects that its operating segments will be presented by geographic region. In addition, HSBC will continue to provide information on financial performance by customer group and global businesses alongside the geographical operating segment information in the ‘Operating and financial review’.
       
    A revised IAS 1, which is applicable for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009, was issued on 6 September 2007. The revised standard aims to improve users’ ability to analyse and compare information given in financial statements. The adoption of the revised standard will have no effect on the results reported in HSBC’s consolidated financial statements or the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings. It will, however, result in certain presentational changes in the primary financial statements of HSBC and HSBC Holdings.
       
    The IASB issued an amendment to IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ – ‘Vesting Conditions and Cancellations’ on 17 January 2008. The amendment, which is applicable for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009, clarifies that vesting conditions comprise only service conditions and performance conditions. It also specifies the accounting treatment for a failure to meet a non-vesting condition. HSBC does not expect adoption of the amendment to have a significant effect on HSBC’s consolidated financial statements or the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.
       
    The IASB issued a revised IAS 23 ‘Borrowing Costs’ on 29 March 2007, which is applicable for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. The revised standard eliminates the option of recognising borrowing costs immediately as an expense, to the extent that they are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset. HSBC does not expect adoption of the revised standard to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements or the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.
       
    IFRIC 13 ‘Customer Loyalty Programmes’ (‘IFRIC 13’) was issued on 28 June 2007 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2008. IFRIC 13 addresses how companies that grant their customers loyalty award credits (often called ‘points’) when buying goods or services should account for their obligation to provide free or discounted goods and services, if and when the customers redeem the points. IFRIC 13 requires companies to allocate some of the proceeds of the initial sale to the award credits and recognise these proceeds as revenue when they have fulfilled their obligations to provide goods or services. HSBC does not expect the adoption of this interpretation to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements. This interpretation will have no effect on the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.
       
    Standards and Interpretations issued by the IASB but not endorsed by the EU
       
    At 31 December 2008, the following amendments to standards and interpretations, effective for these consolidated financial statements, were issued by the IASB but not endorsed by the EU:
       
    an amendment to IAS 39 and to IFRS 7 – ‘Reclassification of Financial Assets – Effective Date and Transition’ was issued on 27 November 2008. The amendment, which clarifies the effective date of the Reclassification Amendment, will have no effect on the consolidated financial statements of HSBC or the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings; and
       
    IFRIC 12 ‘Service Concession Arrangements’ was issued on 30 November 2006 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2008. The adoption of this interpretation is not expected to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of HSBC or the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.

 

342


Back to Contents

    A revised IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ and an amended IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’, were issued on 10 January 2008. The revisions to the standards apply prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual financial reporting period beginning on or after 1 July 2009. The main changes under the standards are that:
       
    acquisition-related costs are recognised as expenses in the income statement in the period they are incurred;
       
    equity interests held prior to control being obtained are remeasured to fair value at the time control is obtained, and any gain or loss is recognised in the income statement;
       
    changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a change of control are treated as transactions between equity holders and reported in equity; and
       
    an option is available, on a transaction-by-transaction basis, to measure any non-controlling (previously referred to as minority) interests in the entity acquired either at fair value, or at the non-controlling interests’ proportionate share of the net identifiable assets of the entity acquired.
       
    The effect that the changes will have on the consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings will depend on the incidence and timing of business combinations occurring on or after 1 January 2010.
       
    The IASB issued amendments to IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ and IAS 1 – ‘Puttable Financial Instruments and Obligations Arising on Liquidation’, on 14 February 2008. The amendments are applicable for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. HSBC does not expect the adoption of this amendment to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements or the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.
       
    The IASB issued ‘Improvements to IFRSs’ on 22 May 2008, which comprises a collection of necessary, but not urgent, amendments to IFRSs. The amendments are primarily effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009, with earlier application permitted. HSBC does not expect adoption of the amendments to have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements or the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.
       
    The IASB issued amendments to IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’ and IAS 27 – ‘Determining the cost of an Investment in the Separate Financial Statements’, on 22 May 2008. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. These amendments are not expected to have a significant effect on the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings and will have no effect on the consolidated financial statements.
       
    The IASB issued an amendment to IAS 39 – ‘Eligible Hedged Items’ on 31 July 2008, which is applicable for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009. The amendment clarifies how the existing principles underlying hedge accounting should be applied. This amendment will have no effect on the consolidated financial statements or the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.
       
    IFRIC 15 ‘Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate’ (‘IFRIC 15’) was issued on 3 July 2008 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. IFRIC 15 provides guidance on the recognition of revenue among real estate developers for sales of units. HSBC does not expect adoption of IFRIC 15 to have a significant effect on HSBC’s consolidated financial statements. This interpretation will have no effect on the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.
       
    IFRIC 16 ‘Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation’ (‘IFRIC 16’) was issued on 3 July 2008 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 October 2008. IFRIC 16 provides guidance on accounting for the hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation in an entity’s consolidated financial statements. The main change introduced by IFRIC 16 is to eliminate the possibility of an entity applying hedge accounting for a hedge of foreign exchange differences between the functional currency of a foreign operation and the presentation currency of the parent’s consolidated financial statements. The adoption of IFRIC 16 will have no effect on HSBC’s consolidated financial statements.
       
    IFRIC 17 ‘Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners’ (‘IFRIC 17’) was issued on 27 November 2008 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009. IFRIC 17 provides guidance on how distributions of assets other than cash as dividends to shareholders should be accounted for. HSBC does not expect adoption

 

343


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
 
   
Notes 1 and 2

 

    of IFRIC 17 to have a significant effect on HSBC’s consolidated financial statements or the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.
       
    IFRIC 18 ‘Transfers of Assets from Customers’ (‘IFRIC 18’) was issued on 29 January 2009 and is required to be applied prospectively to transfers of assets from customers received on or after 1 July 2009. IFRIC 18 clarifies the requirements of IFRSs for agreements in which an entity receives from a customer an item of property, plant, and equipment that the entity must then use either to connect the customer to a network or to provide the customer with ongoing access to a supply of goods or services (such as a supply of electricity, gas or water). HSBC does not expect adoption of IFRIC 18 to have an effect on HSBC’s consolidated financial statements or the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.
       
2 Summary of significant accounting policies

  (a) Interest income and expense
       
    Interest income and expense for all financial instruments except for those classified as held for trading or designated at fair value (other than debt securities issued by HSBC and derivatives managed in conjunction with such debt securities issued) are recognised in ‘Interest income’ and ‘Interest expense’ in the income statement using the effective interest method. The effective interest method is a way of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or a financial liability (or groups of financial assets or financial liabilities) and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period.
       
    The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts or payments through the expected life of the financial instrument or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, HSBC estimates cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument but not future credit losses. The calculation includes all amounts paid or received by HSBC that are an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument, including transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts.
       
    Interest on impaired financial assets is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss.
       
  (b) Non-interest income
       
    Fee income is earned from a diverse range of services provided by HSBC to its customers. Fee income is accounted for as follows:
       
    income earned on the execution of a significant act is recognised as revenue when the act is completed (for example, fees arising from negotiating, or participating in the negotiation of, a transaction for a third-party, such as the arrangement for the acquisition of shares or other securities);
       
    income earned from the provision of services is recognised as revenue as the services are provided (for example, asset management, portfolio and other management advisory and service fees); and
       
    income which forms an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument is recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate (for example, certain loan commitment fees) and recorded in ‘Interest income’ (Note 2a).
       
    Net trading income comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading, together with related interest income, expense and dividends.
       
    Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value includes all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss. Interest income and expense and dividend income arising on these financial instruments are also included in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’, except for interest arising from debt securities issued, and derivatives managed in conjunction with those debt securities, which is recognised in ‘Interest expense’.
       
    Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend date for equity securities.

 

344


Back to Contents

  (c) Segment reporting
     
    HSBC’s segments are organised into five geographical regions, Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, North America and Latin America, and four customer groups: Personal Financial Services; Commercial Banking; Global Banking and Markets; and Private Banking. The main items reported in the ‘Other’ segment are certain property activities, unallocated investment activities, centrally held investment companies and HSBC’s holding company and financing operations. The ‘Other’ segment also includes gains and losses on the disposal of certain significant subsidiaries or business units. Segment income and expenses include transfers between geographical regions and transfers between customer groups. These transfers are conducted on arm’s length terms and conditions.
     
    In HSBC’s segmental analysis of the income statement by customer groups and global businesses, net trading income comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as held for trading, together with third-party and intra-segment interest income and interest expense, and dividends received; in the consolidated income statement, intra-segment interest income and expense are eliminated.
     
  (d) Determination of fair value
     
    All financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value. In the normal course of business, the fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is the transaction price (that is, the fair value of the consideration given or received). In certain circumstances, however, the fair value will be based on other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, without modification or repackaging, or on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets, such as interest rate yield curves, option volatilities and currency rates. When such evidence exists, HSBC recognises a trading gain or loss on inception of the financial instrument. When unobservable market data have a significant impact on the valuation of financial instruments, the entire initial difference in fair value indicated by the valuation model from the transaction price is not recognised immediately in the income statement but is recognised over the life of the transaction on an appropriate basis, or when the inputs become observable, or the transaction matures or is closed out, or when HSBC enters into an offsetting transaction.
     
    Subsequent to initial recognition, the fair values of financial instruments measured at fair value that are quoted in active markets are based on bid prices for assets held and offer prices for liabilities issued. When independent prices are not available, fair values are determined by using valuation techniques which refer to observable market data. These include comparison with similar instruments where market observable prices exist, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants. Fair values of financial instruments may be determined in whole or in part using valuation techniques based on assumptions that are not supported by prices from current market transactions or observable market data, where current prices or observable market data are not available.
     
    Factors such as bid-offer spread, credit profile and model uncertainty are taken into account, as appropriate, when fair values are calculated using valuation techniques. Valuation techniques incorporate assumptions that other market participants would use in their valuations, including assumptions about interest rate yield curves, exchange rates, volatilities, and prepayment and default rates. Where a portfolio of financial instruments has quoted prices in an active market, the fair value of the instruments are calculated as the product of the number of units and quoted price and no block discounts are made.
     
    If the fair value of a financial asset measured at fair value becomes negative, it is recorded as a financial liability until its fair value becomes positive, at which time it is recorded as a financial asset.
     
    The fair values of financial liabilities are measured using quoted market prices where available, or using valuation techniques. These fair values include market participants’ assessments of the appropriate credit spread to apply to HSBC’s liabilities. The amount of change during the period, and cumulatively, in the fair value of designated financial liabilities and loans and advances that is attributable to changes in their credit spread is determined as the amount of change in the fair value that is not attributable to changes in market conditions that give rise to market risk.

 

345


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
 
   
Note 2

 

  (e) Reclassification of financial assets
       
    Non-derivative financial assets (other than those designated at fair value through profit or loss upon initial recognition) may be reclassified out of the fair value through profit or loss category in particular circumstances:
       
    financial assets that would have met the definition of loans and receivables at initial recognition (if the financial asset had not been required to be classified as held for trading) may be reclassified out of the fair value through profit or loss category if there is the intention and ability to hold the financial asset for the foreseeable future or until maturity; and
       
    financial assets (except financial assets that would have met the definition of loans and receivables) may be reclassified out of the fair value through profit or loss category and into another category in rare circumstances.
       
    When a financial asset is reclassified as described in the above circumstances, the financial asset is reclassified at its fair value on the date of reclassification. Any gain or loss already recognised in the income statement is not reversed. The fair value of the financial asset on the date of reclassification becomes its new cost or amortised cost, as applicable.
       
  (f) Loans and advances to banks and customers
       
    Loans and advances to banks and customers include loans and advances originated by HSBC which are not classified either as held for trading or designated at fair value. Loans and advances are recognised when cash is advanced to borrowers. They are derecognised when either borrowers repay their obligations, or the loans are sold or written off, or substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred. They are initially recorded at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less impairment losses. Where loans and advances are hedged by derivatives designated and qualifying as fair value hedges, the carrying value of the loans and advances so hedged includes a fair value adjustment for the hedged risk only.
       
    For certain leveraged finance and syndicated lending activities, HSBC may commit to underwrite loans on fixed contractual terms for specified periods of time, where the drawdown of the loan is contingent upon certain future events outside the control of HSBC. Where the loan arising from the lending commitment is expected to be held for trading, the commitment to lend is recorded as a trading derivative and measured at fair value through profit or loss. On drawdown, the loan is classified as held for trading and measured at fair value through profit or loss. Where it is not HSBC’s intention to trade the loan, a provision on the loan commitment is only recorded where it is probable that HSBC will incur a loss. This may occur, for example, where a loss of principal is probable or the interest rate charged on the loan is lower than the cost of funding. On inception of the loan, the hold portion is recorded at its fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. However, where the initial fair value is lower than the cash amount advanced (for example, due to the rate of interest charged on the loan being below the market rate of interest), the write-down is charged to the income statement. The write-down will be recovered over the life of the loan, through the recognition of interest income using the effective interest method, unless the loan becomes impaired. The write-down is recorded as a reduction to other operating income.
       
    Financial assets which have been reclassified out of the fair value through profit or loss category into the loans and receivables category are initially recorded at the fair value at the date of reclassification. The reclassified assets are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate determined at the date of reclassification.
       
  (g) Impairment of loans and advances
       
    Losses for impaired loans are recognised promptly when there is objective evidence that impairment of a loan or portfolio of loans has occurred. Impairment allowances are calculated on individual loans and on groups of loans assessed collectively. Impairment losses are recorded as charges to the income statement. The carrying amount of impaired loans on the balance sheet is reduced through the use of impairment allowance accounts. Losses expected from future events are not recognised.

 

346


Back to Contents

    Individually assessed loans and advances
       
    For all loans that are considered individually significant, HSBC assesses on a case-by-case basis at each balance sheet date whether there is any objective evidence that a loan is impaired. For those loans where objective evidence of impairment exists, impairment losses are determined considering the following factors:
       
    HSBC’s aggregate exposure to the customer;
       
    the viability of the customer’s business model and their capacity to trade successfully out of financial difficulties and generate sufficient cash flow to service debt obligations;
       
    the amount and timing of expected receipts and recoveries;
       
    the likely dividend available on liquidation or bankruptcy;
       
    the extent of other creditors’ commitments ranking ahead of, or pari passu with, HSBC and the likelihood of other creditors continuing to support the company;
       
    the complexity of determining the aggregate amount and ranking of all creditor claims and the extent to which legal and insurance uncertainties are evident;
       
    the realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants) and likelihood of successful repossession;
       
    the likely deduction of any costs involved in recovery of amounts outstanding;
       
    the ability of the borrower to obtain, and make payments in, the currency of the loan if not denominated in local currency; and
       
    when available, the secondary market price of the debt.
       
    Impairment losses are calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows of a loan at its original effective interest rate, and comparing the resultant present value with the loan’s current carrying amount.
       
    Collectively assessed loans and advances
       
    Impairment is assessed on a collective basis in two circumstances:
       
    to cover losses which have been incurred but have not yet been identified on loans subject to individual assessment; and
       
    for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant.
       
    Incurred but not yet identified impairment
       
    Individually assessed loans for which no evidence of loss has been specifically identified on an individual basis are grouped together according to their credit risk characteristics for the purpose of calculating an estimated collective loss. This reflects impairment losses that HSBC has incurred as a result of events occurring before the balance sheet date, which HSBC is not able to identify on an individual loan basis, and that can be reliably estimated. These losses will only be individually identified in the future. As soon as information becomes available which identifies losses on individual loans within the group, those loans are removed from the group and assessed on an individual basis for impairment.
       
    The collective impairment allowance is determined after taking into account:
       
    historical loss experience in portfolios of similar credit risk characteristics (for example, by industry sector, loan grade or product);
       
    the estimated period between impairment occurring and the loss being identified and evidenced by the establishment of an appropriate allowance against the individual loan; and
       
    management’s experienced judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual level of inherent losses at the balance sheet date is likely to be greater or less than that suggested by historical experience.
       
    The period between a loss occurring and its identification is estimated by local management for each identified portfolio.

 

347


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 2

 

    Homogeneous groups of loans and advances
    Statistical methods are used to determine impairment losses on a collective basis for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant, because individual loan assessment is impracticable. Losses in these groups of loans are recorded on an individual basis when individual loans are written off, at which point they are removed from the group. Two alternative methods are used to calculate allowances on a collective basis:
       
    When appropriate empirical information is available, HSBC utilises roll rate methodology. This methodology employs statistical analyses of historical data and experience of delinquency and default to estimate the amount of loans that will eventually be written off as a result of the events occurring before the balance sheet date which HSBC is not able to identify on an individual loan basis, and that can be reliably estimated. Under this methodology, loans are grouped into ranges according to the number of days past due, and statistical analysis is used to estimate the likelihood that loans in each range will progress through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately prove irrecoverable. The estimated loss is the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate of the portfolio, and the carrying amount of the portfolio. Current economic conditions are also evaluated when calculating the appropriate level of allowance required to cover inherent loss. In certain highly developed markets, sophisticated models also take into account behavioural and account management trends as revealed in, for example, bankruptcy and rescheduling statistics.
       
    In other cases, when the portfolio size is small or when information is insufficient or not reliable enough to adopt a roll rate methodology, HSBC adopts a formulaic approach which allocates progressively higher percentage loss rates the longer a customer’s loan is overdue. Loss rates are based on historical experience.
       
    In normal circumstances, historical experience provides the most objective and relevant information from which to assess inherent loss within each portfolio. In certain circumstances, historical loss experience provides less relevant information about the inherent loss in a given portfolio at the balance sheet date, for example, where there have been changes in economic, regulatory or behavioural conditions, such that the most recent trends in the portfolio risk factors are not fully reflected in the statistical models.
       
    These additional portfolio risk factors may include recent loan portfolio growth and product mix, unemployment rates, bankruptcy trends, geographic concentrations, loan product features (such as the ability of borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans where reset interest rates give rise to increases in interest charges), economic conditions such as national and local trends in housing markets and interest rates, portfolio seasoning, account management policies and practices, current levels of write-offs, changes in laws and regulations and other items which can affect customer payment patterns on outstanding loans, such as natural disasters. These risk factors, where relevant, are taken into account when calculating the appropriate level of impairment allowances by adjusting the impairment allowances derived solely from historical loss experience.
       
    Roll rates, loss rates and the expected timing of future recoveries are regularly benchmarked against actual outcomes to ensure they remain appropriate.
       
    Write-off of loans and advances
       
    A loan (and the related impairment allowance account) is normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery of the principal amount and, for a collateralised loan, when the proceeds from realising the security have been received.
       
    Reversals of impairment
       
    If the amount of an impairment loss decreases in a subsequent period, and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the excess is written back by reducing the loan impairment allowance account accordingly. The write-back is recognised in the income statement.
       
    Reclassified loans and advances
       
    Where financial assets have been reclassified out of the fair value through profit or loss category to the loans and receivables category, the effective interest rate determined at the date of reclassification is used to calculate any impairment losses.

 

348


Back to Contents

    Following reclassification, where there is a subsequent increase in the estimates of future cash receipts as a result of increased recoverability of those cash receipts, the effect of that increase is recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate from the date of change in the estimate rather than as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset at the date of change in the estimate.
       
    Assets acquired in exchange for loans
       
    Non-financial assets acquired in exchange for loans as part of an orderly realisation are recorded as assets held for sale and reported in ‘Other assets’. The asset acquired is recorded at the lower of its fair value (less costs to sell) and the carrying amount of the loan (net of impairment allowance) at the date of exchange. No depreciation is charged in respect of assets held for sale. Any subsequent write-down of the acquired asset to fair value less costs to sell is recognised in the income statement, in ‘Other operating income’. Any subsequent increase in the fair value less costs to sell, to the extent this does not exceed the cumulative write-down, is also recognised in ‘Other operating income’, together with any realised gains or losses on disposal.
       
    Renegotiated loans
       
    Loans subject to collective impairment assessment whose terms have been renegotiated are no longer considered past due, but are treated as new loans for measurement purposes once the minimum number of payments required under the new arrangements have been received. Loans subject to individual impairment assessment, whose terms have been renegotiated, are subject to ongoing review to determine whether they remain impaired or should be considered past due. The carrying amount of loans that have been classified as renegotiated retain this classification until maturity or derecognition.
       
  (h) Trading assets and trading liabilities
       
    Treasury bills, debt securities, equity shares, loans, deposits, debt securities in issue, and short positions in securities are classified as held for trading if they have been acquired principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term, or they form part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit-taking. These financial assets or financial liabilities are recognised on trade date, when HSBC enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to purchase or sell the financial instruments, and are normally derecognised when either sold (assets) or extinguished (liabilities). Measurement is initially at fair value, with transaction costs taken to the income statement. Subsequently, their fair values are remeasured, and all gains and losses from changes therein are recognised in the income statement in ‘Net trading income’ as they arise.
       
  (i) Financial instruments designated at fair value
       
    Financial instruments, other than those held for trading, are classified in this category if they meet one or more of the criteria set out below, and are so designated by management. HSBC may designate financial instruments at fair value when the designation:
       
    eliminates or significantly reduces measurement or recognition inconsistencies that would otherwise arise from measuring financial assets or financial liabilities, or recognising gains and losses on them, on different bases. Under this criterion, the main classes of financial instruments designated by HSBC are:
       
     Long-term debt issues. The interest payable on certain fixed rate long-term debt securities issued has been matched with the interest on ‘receive fixed/pay variable’ interest rate swaps as part of a documented interest rate risk management strategy. An accounting mismatch would arise if the debt securities issued were accounted for at amortised cost, because the related derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognised in the income statement. By designating the long-term debt at fair value, the movement in the fair value of the long-term debt will also be recognised in the income statement.
       
     Financial assets and financial liabilities under investment contracts. Liabilities to customers under linked contracts are determined based on the fair value of the assets held in the linked funds, with changes recognised in the income statement. If no designation was made for the assets relating to the customer liabilities they would be classified as available-for-sale and the changes in fair value would be recorded directly in equity. These financial instruments are managed on a fair value basis and management information is also prepared on this basis. Designation at fair value of the financial assets and liabilities

 

349


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 2

 

      under investment contracts allows the changes in fair values to be recorded in the income statement and presented in the same line.
       
    applies to groups of financial assets, financial liabilities or combinations thereof that are managed, and their performance evaluated, on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and where information about the groups of financial instruments is reported to management on that basis. Under this criterion, certain financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance contracts are the main class of financial instrument so designated. HSBC has documented risk management and investment strategies designed to manage such assets at fair value, taking into consideration the relationship of assets to liabilities in a way that mitigates market risks. Reports are provided to management on the fair value of the assets. Fair value measurement is also consistent with the regulatory reporting requirements under the appropriate regulations for these insurance operations.
       
    relates to financial instruments containing one or more embedded derivatives that significantly modify the cash flows resulting from those financial instruments, including certain debt issues and debt securities held.
       
    The fair value designation, once made, is irrevocable. Designated financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when HSBC enters into the contractual provisions of the arrangements with counterparties, which is generally on trade date, and are normally derecognised when sold (assets) or extinguished (liabilities). Measurement  is  initially at fair value, with transaction costs taken directly to the income statement. Subsequently, the fair values are remeasured, and gains and losses from changes therein are recognised in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.
       
  (j) Financial investments
       
    Treasury bills, debt securities and equity shares intended to be held on a continuing basis, other than those designated at fair value are classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. Financial investments are recognised on trade date when HSBC enters into contractual arrangements with counterparties to purchase securities, and are normally derecognised when either the securities are sold or the borrowers repay their obligations.
       
    (i) Available-for-sale financial assets are initially measured at fair value plus direct and incremental transaction costs. They are subsequently remeasured at fair value, and changes therein are recognised in equity in the ‘Available-for-sale fair value reserve’ until the financial assets are either sold or become impaired. When available-for-sale financial assets are sold, cumulative gains or losses previously recognised in equity are recognised in the income statement as ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’.
       
      Interest income is recognised on available-for-sale debt securities using the effective interest rate, calculated over the asset’s expected life. Premiums and/or discounts arising on the purchase of dated investment securities are included in the calculation of their effective interest rates. Dividends are recognised in the income statement when the right to receive payment has been established.
       
      At each balance sheet date an assessment is made of whether there is any objective evidence of impairment in the value of a financial asset. Impairment losses are recognised if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset that can be reliably estimated.
       
      If the available-for-sale financial asset is impaired, the difference between the financial asset’s acquisition cost (net of any principal repayments and amortisation) and the current fair value, less any previous impairment loss recognised in the income statement, is removed from equity and recognised in the income statement.
       
      Impairment losses for available-for-sale debt securities are recognised within ‘Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions’ in the income statement and impairment losses for available-for-sale equity securities are recognised within ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’ in the income statement.
       
      Once an impairment loss has been recognised on an available-for-sale financial asset, the subsequent accounting treatment for changes in the fair value of that asset differs depending on the nature of the available-for-sale financial asset concerned:

 

350


Back to Contents

        For an available-for-sale debt security, a subsequent decline in the fair value of the instrument is recognised in the income statement when there is further objective evidence of impairment as a result of further decreases in the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset. Where there is no further objective evidence of impairment, the decline in the fair value of the financial asset is recognised directly in equity. If the fair value of a debt security increases in a subsequent period, and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised in the income statement, the impairment loss is reversed through the income statement to the extent of the increase in fair value;
 
        For an available-for-sale equity security, all subsequent increases in the fair value of the instrument are treated as a revaluation and are recognised directly in equity. Impairment losses recognised on the equity security are not reversed through the income statement. Subsequent decreases in the fair value of the available-for-sale equity security are recognised in the income statement, to the extent that further cumulative impairment losses have been incurred in relation to the acquisition cost of the equity security.
           
      (ii) Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that HSBC positively intends, and is able, to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturity investments are initially recorded at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment losses.
           
    (k) Sale and repurchase agreements (including stock lending and borrowing)
           
      When securities are sold subject to a commitment to repurchase them at a predetermined price (‘repo’s), they remain on the balance sheet and a liability is recorded in respect of the consideration received. Securities purchased under commitments to sell (‘reverse repo’s) are not recognised on the balance sheet and the consideration paid is recorded in ‘Loans and advances to banks’ or ‘Loans and advances to customers’ as appropriate. The difference between the sale and repurchase price is treated as interest and recognised over the life of the agreement.
           
      Securities lending and borrowing transactions are generally secured, with collateral taking the form of securities or cash advanced or received. The transfer of securities to counterparties under these agreements is not normally reflected on the balance sheet. Cash collateral advanced or received is recorded as an asset or a liability respectively.
           
      Securities borrowed are not recognised on the balance sheet. If they are sold on to third parties, an obligation to return the securities is recorded as a trading liability and measured at fair value, and any gains or losses are included in ‘Net trading income’.
           
    (l) Derivatives and hedge accounting
           
      Derivatives are recognised initially, and are subsequently remeasured, at fair value. Fair values of exchange- traded derivatives are obtained from quoted market prices. Fair values of over-the-counter derivatives are obtained using valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models and option pricing models.
           
      Derivatives may be embedded in other financial instruments, for example, a convertible bond with an embedded conversion option. Embedded derivatives are treated as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not clearly and closely related to those of the host contract; the terms of the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a stand-alone derivative if they were contained in a separate contract; and the combined contract is not held for trading or designated at fair value. These embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes therein recognised in the income statement.
           
      Derivatives are classified as assets when their fair value is positive, or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. Derivative assets and liabilities arising from different transactions are only offset if the transactions are with the same counterparty, a legal right of offset exists, and the parties intend to settle the cash flows on a net basis.
           
      The method of recognising fair value gains and losses depends on whether derivatives are held for trading or are designated as hedging instruments, and if the latter, the nature of the risks being hedged. All gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives held for trading are recognised in the income statement. When derivatives are designated as hedges, HSBC classifies them as either: (i) hedges of the change in fair value of

 

351


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
 
   
Note 2

 

    recognised assets or liabilities or firm commitments (‘fair value hedges’); (ii) hedges of the variability in highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a forecast transaction (‘cash flow hedges’); or (iii) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (‘net investment hedges’). Hedge accounting is applied to derivatives designated as hedging instruments in a fair value, cash flow or net investment hedge provided certain criteria are met.
     
    Hedge accounting
     
    At the inception of a hedging relationship, HSBC documents the relationship between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, its risk management objective and its strategy for undertaking the hedge. HSBC also requires a documented assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether or not the hedging instruments, primarily derivatives, that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting the changes attributable to the hedged risks in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. Interest on designated qualifying hedges is included in ‘Net interest income’.
     
    Fair value hedge
     
    Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedging instruments are recorded in the income statement, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or group thereof that are attributable to the hedged risk.
     
    If a hedging relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item is amortised to the income statement based on a recalculated effective interest rate over the residual period to maturity, unless the hedged item has been derecognised, in which case, it is released to the income statement immediately.
     
    Cash flow hedge
     
    The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity within the ‘Cash flow hedging reserve’. Any gain or loss in fair value relating to an ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.
     
    Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the income statement in the periods in which the hedged item will affect profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.
     
    When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity until the forecast transaction is eventually recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.
     
    Net investment hedge
     
    Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for in a similar way to cash flow hedges. A gain or loss on the effective portion of the hedging instrument is recognised in equity; a gain or loss on the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement on the disposal of the foreign operation.
     
    Hedge effectiveness testing
     
    To qualify for hedge accounting, HSBC requires that at the inception of the hedge and throughout its life, each hedge must be expected to be highly effective (prospective effectiveness), and demonstrate actual effectiveness (retrospective effectiveness) on an ongoing basis.
     
    The documentation of each hedging relationship sets out how the effectiveness of the hedge is assessed. The method an HSBC entity adopts for assessing hedge effectiveness will depend on its risk management strategy.
     
    For prospective effectiveness, the hedging instrument must be expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk during the period for which the hedge is

 

352


Back to Contents

    designated. For actual effectiveness to be achieved, the changes in fair value or cash flows must offset each other in the range of 80 per cent to 125 per cent.
 
    Hedge ineffectiveness is recognised in the income statement in ‘Net trading income’.
 
    Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
 
    All gains and losses from changes in the fair values of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement. These gains and losses are reported in ‘Net trading income’, except where derivatives are managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value (other than derivatives managed in conjunction with debt securities issued by the Group), in which case gains and losses are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. The interest on derivatives managed in conjunction with debt securities issued by the Group which are designated at fair value is recognised in ‘Interest expense’. All other gains and losses on these derivatives are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.
 
  (m)   Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
 
    Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual right to receive cash flows from the assets has expired; or when HSBC has transferred its contractual right to receive the cash flows of the financial assets, and either:
 
    substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred; or
 
    HSBC has neither retained nor transferred substantially all the risks and rewards, but has not retained control.
 
    Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished, that is when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires.
 
  (n) Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
 
    Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
 
  (o)   Subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures
 
    HSBC classifies investments in entities which it controls as subsidiaries. Where HSBC is a party to a contractual arrangement whereby, together with one or more parties, it undertakes an economic activity that is subject to joint control, HSBC classifies its interest in the venture as a joint venture. HSBC classifies investments in entities over which it has significant influence, and that are neither subsidiaries nor joint ventures, as associates. For the purpose of determining this classification, control is considered to be the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.
 
    HSBC Holdings’ investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any impairment losses. Reversals of impairment losses are recognised in the income statement if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of the investment.
 
    Investments in associates and interests in joint ventures are recognised using the equity method. Under this method, such investments are initially stated at cost, including attributable goodwill, and are adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in HSBC’s share of net assets.
 
    Profits on transactions between HSBC and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of HSBC’s interest in the respective associates or joint ventures. Losses are also eliminated to the extent of HSBC’s interest in the associates or joint ventures unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.
 
  (p) Goodwill and intangible assets
 
    (i) Goodwill arises on business combinations, including the acquisition of subsidiaries, and on the acquisition of interests in joint ventures and associates, when the cost of acquisition exceeds the fair value of HSBC’s share of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. If HSBC’s interest in the fair

 

353


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 2

 

      value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of an acquired business is greater than the cost of acquisition, the excess is recognised immediately in the income statement.
       
      Intangible assets are recognised separately from goodwill when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights, and their fair value can be measured reliably.
       
      Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing, which is undertaken at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Impairment testing is performed at least annually, and whenever there is an indication that the cash-generating unit may be impaired, by comparing the recoverable amount from a cash-generating unit with the carrying amount of its net assets, including attributable goodwill. The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell, and its value in use. Value in use is the present value of the expected future cash flows from a cash-generating unit. If the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is charged to the income statement. Goodwill is stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
       
      Goodwill on acquisitions of interests in joint ventures and associates is included in ‘Interests in associates and joint ventures’.
       
      At the date of disposal of a business, attributable goodwill is included in HSBC’s share of net assets in the calculation of the gain or loss on disposal.
       
    (ii) Intangible assets include the present value of in-force long-term insurance business, computer software, trade names, mortgage servicing rights, customer lists, core deposit relationships, credit card customer relationships and merchant or other loan relationships. Intangible assets are subject to impairment review if there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
 
      Intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life, or are not yet ready for use, are tested for impairment annually. This impairment test may be performed at any time during the year, provided it is performed at the same time every year. An intangible asset recognised during the current period is tested before the end of the current year.
 
      Intangible assets that have a finite useful life, except for the present value of in-force long-term insurance business, are stated at cost less amortisation and accumulated impairment losses and are amortised over their estimated useful lives. Estimated useful life is the lower of legal duration and expected useful life. The amortisation of mortgage servicing rights is included within ‘Net fee income’.
 
      For the accounting policy governing the present value of in-force long-term insurance business (see Note 2y).
 
    (iii) Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised, generally on a straight-line basis, over their useful lives as follows:
 
      Trade names 10 years
      Mortgage servicing rights generally between 5 and 12 years
      Internally generated software between 3 and 5 years
      Purchased software between 3 and 5 years
      Customer/merchant relationships between 3 and 10 years
      Other generally 10 years
     
  (q) Property, plant and equipment
 
    Land and buildings are stated at historical cost, or fair value at the date of transition to IFRSs (‘deemed cost’), less any impairment losses and depreciation calculated to write-off the assets over their estimated useful lives as follows:
       
    freehold land is not depreciated;
       
    freehold buildings are depreciated at the greater of two per cent per annum on a straight-line basis or over their remaining useful lives; and
       
    leasehold buildings are depreciated over the unexpired terms of the leases, or over their remaining useful lives.

 

354


Back to Contents

    Equipment, fixtures and fittings (including equipment on operating leases where HSBC is the lessor) are stated at cost less any impairment losses and depreciation calculated on a straight-line basis to write-off the assets over their useful lives, which run to a maximum of 35 years but are generally between 5 years and 20 years.
 
    Property, plant and equipment is subject to an impairment review if there are events or changes in circumstances which indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
 
    HSBC holds certain properties as investments to earn rentals or for capital appreciation, or both. Investment properties are included in the balance sheet at fair value with changes therein recognised in the income statement in the period of change. Fair values are determined by independent professional valuers who apply recognised valuation techniques.
 
  (r) Finance and operating leases
 
    Agreements which transfer to counterparties substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of assets, but not necessarily legal title, are classified as finance leases. When HSBC is a lessor under finance leases the amounts due under the leases, after deduction of unearned charges, are included in ‘Loans and advances to banks’ or ‘Loans and advances to customers’ as appropriate. The finance income receivable is recognised in ‘Net interest income’ over the periods of the leases so as to give a constant rate of return on the net investment in the leases.
 
    When HSBC is a lessee under finance leases, the leased assets are capitalised and included in ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and the corresponding liability to the lessor is included in ‘Other liabilities’. A finance lease and its corresponding liability are recognised initially at the fair value of the asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. Finance charges payable are recognised in ‘Net interest income’ over the period of the lease based on the interest rate implicit in the lease so as to give a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.
 
    All other leases are classified as operating leases. When acting as lessor, HSBC includes the assets subject to operating leases in ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and accounts for them accordingly. Impairment losses are recognised to the extent that residual values are not fully recoverable and the carrying value of the assets is thereby impaired. When HSBC is the lessee, leased assets are not recognised on the balance sheet. Rentals payable and receivable under operating leases are accounted for on a straight-line basis over the periods of the leases and are included in ‘General and administrative expenses’ and ‘Other operating income’, respectively.
 
  (s) Income tax
 
    Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.
 
    Current tax is the tax expected to be payable on the taxable profit for the year, calculated using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when HSBC intends to settle on a net basis and the legal right to offset exists. 
 
    Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and the amounts attributed to such assets and liabilities for tax purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised.
 
    Deferred tax is calculated using the tax rates expected to apply in the periods in which the assets will be realised or the liabilities settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted, or substantively enacted, by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they arise in the same tax reporting group and relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority, and when HSBC has a legal right to offset.
 
    Deferred tax relating to actuarial gains and losses on post-employment benefits is recognised directly in equity. Deferred tax relating to fair value remeasurement of available-for-sale investments and cash flow hedging instruments which are charged or credited directly to equity, is also credited or charged directly to equity and is subsequently recognised in the income statement when the deferred fair value gain or loss is recognised in the income statement.

 

355


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 2

 

  (t) Pension and other post-employment benefits
 
    HSBC operates a number of pension and other post-employment benefit plans throughout the world. These plans include both defined benefit and defined contribution plans and various other post-employment benefits such as post-employment healthcare.
 
    Payments to defined contribution plans and state-managed retirement benefit plans, where HSBC’s obligations under the plans are equivalent to a defined contribution plan, are charged as an expense as they fall due.
 
    The defined benefit pension costs and the present value of defined benefit obligations are calculated at the reporting date by the schemes’ actuaries using the Projected Unit Credit Method. The net charge to the income statement mainly comprises the current service cost, plus the unwinding of the discount rate on plan liabilities, less the expected return on plan assets, and is presented in operating expenses. Past service costs are charged immediately to the income statement to the extent that the benefits have vested, and are otherwise recognised on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits vest. Actuarial gains and losses comprise experience adjustments (the effects of differences between the previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred), as well as the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in ‘Equity’ and presented in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense in the period in which they arise.
 
    The defined benefit liability recognised in the balance sheet represents the present value of defined benefit obligations adjusted for unrecognised past service costs and reduced by the fair value of plan assets. Any net defined benefit surplus is limited to unrecognised past service costs plus the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan.
 
    The costs of obligations arising from other defined post-employment benefit plans, such as defined benefit health-care plans, are accounted for on the same basis as defined benefit pension plans.
 
  (u) Share-based payments
 
    The cost of share-based payment arrangements with employees is measured by reference to the fair value of equity instruments on the date they are granted, and recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with a corresponding credit to the ‘Share-based payment reserve’. The fair value of equity instruments that are made available immediately, with no vesting period attached to the award, are expensed immediately.
 
    Fair value is determined by using appropriate valuation models, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the equity instruments were granted. Market performance conditions are taken into account when estimating the fair value of equity instruments at the date of grant, so that an award is treated as vesting irrespective of whether the market performance condition is satisfied, provided all other conditions are satisfied.
     
    Vesting conditions, other than market performance conditions, are not taken into account in the initial estimate of the fair value at the grant date. They are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments included in the measurement of the transaction, so that the amount recognised for services received as consideration for the equity instruments granted shall be based on the number of equity instruments that eventually vest. On a cumulative basis, no expense is recognised for equity instruments that do not vest because of a failure to satisfy non-market performance or service conditions.
 
    Where an award has been modified, as a minimum, the expense of the original award continues to be recognised as if it had not been modified. Where the effect of a modification is to increase the fair value of an award or increase the number of equity instruments, the incremental fair value of the award or incremental fair value of the extra equity instruments is recognised in addition to the expense of the original grant, measured at the date of modification, over the modified vesting period.
 
    A cancellation that occurs during the vesting period is treated as an acceleration of vesting, and recognised immediately for the amount that would otherwise have been recognised for services over the vesting period.
 
    Where HSBC Holdings enters into share-based payment arrangements involving employees of subsidiaries, the cost is recognised in ‘Investment in subsidiaries’ and credited to the ‘Share-based payment reserve’ over the vesting period. Where the cost is recharged to the subsidiary, it is recognised as an inter-company debtor, not as an investment in subsidiary. Where a subsidiary has funded the share-based payment arrangement, ‘Investment in subsidiaries’ is reduced by the fair value of equity instruments.

 

356


Back to Contents

  (v) Foreign currencies
 
    Items included in the financial statements of each of HSBC’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements of HSBC are presented in US dollars, which is the Group’s presentation currency.
 
    Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded in the functional currency at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Any resulting exchange differences are included in the income statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the rate of exchange at the date of the initial transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the rate of exchange at the date the fair value was determined. Any exchange component of a gain or loss on a non-monetary item is recognised directly in equity if the gain or loss on the non-monetary item is recognised directly in equity. Any exchange component of a gain or loss on a non- monetary item is recognised directly in the income statement if the gain or loss on the non-monetary item is recognised in the income statement. 
     
    In the consolidated financial statements, the assets, including related goodwill where applicable, and liabilities of branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates whose functional currency is not US dollars, are translated into the Group’s presentation currency at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. The results of branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates whose functional currency is not US dollars are translated into US dollars at the average rates of exchange for the reporting period. Exchange differences arising from the retranslation of opening foreign currency net investments, and exchange differences arising from retranslation of the result for the reporting period from the average rate to the exchange rate prevailing at the period end, are recognised in equity in the ‘Foreign exchange reserve’. Exchange differences on a monetary item that is part of a net investment in a foreign operation are recognised in the income statement of the separate financial statements. In consolidated financial statements these exchange differences are recognised in the ‘Foreign exchange reserve’ in shareholders’ equity. On disposal of a foreign operation, exchange differences relating thereto and previously recognised in reserves are recognised in the income statement.
 
  (w) Provisions
 
    Provisions are recognised when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle a current legal or constructive obligation, which has arisen as a result of past events, and for which a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.
 
    Contingent liabilities, which include certain guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security, are possible obligations that arise from past events whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence, or non-occurrence, of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of HSBC; or are present obligations that have arisen from past events but are not recognised because it is not probable that settlement will require the outflow of economic benefits, or because the amount of the obligations cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised in the financial statements but are disclosed unless the probability of settlement is remote.
 
  (x) Financial guarantee contracts
 
    Liabilities under financial guarantee contracts which are not classified as insurance contracts are recorded initially at their fair value, which is generally the fee received or receivable. Subsequently, financial guarantee liabilities are measured at the higher of the initial fair value, less cumulative amortisation, and the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligations.
 
    HSBC Holdings has issued financial guarantees to other Group entities. Where it has previously asserted explicitly that it regards such contracts as insurance contracts and has used accounting applicable to insurance contracts, HSBC may elect to account for guarantees as an insurance contract. This election is made on a contract by contract basis, but the election for each contract is irrevocable. Where these guarantees have been classified as insurance contracts, they are measured and recognised as insurance liabilities.

 

357


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 2

 

  (y) Insurance contracts
 
    Through its insurance subsidiaries, HSBC issues contracts to customers that contain insurance risk, financial risk or a combination thereof. A contract under which HSBC accepts significant insurance risk from another party by agreeing to compensate that party on the occurrence of a specified uncertain future event, is classified as an insurance contract. An insurance contract may also transfer financial risk, but is accounted for as an insurance contract if the insurance risk is significant.
 
    While investment contracts with discretionary participation features are financial instruments, they continue to be treated as insurance contracts as permitted by IFRS 4.
 
    Insurance contracts are accounted for as follows:
 
    Premiums
 
    Gross insurance premiums for non-life insurance business are reported as income over the term of the insurance contracts based on the proportion of risks borne during the accounting period. The unearned premium (the proportion of the business underwritten in the accounting year relating to the period of risk after the balance sheet date) is calculated on a daily or monthly pro rata basis.
 
    Premiums for life insurance contracts are accounted for when receivable, except in unit-linked insurance contracts where premiums are accounted for when liabilities are established.
 
    Reinsurance premiums are accounted for in the same accounting period as the premiums for the direct insurance contracts to which they relate.
 
    Claims and reinsurance recoveries
 
    Gross insurance claims for non-life insurance contracts include paid claims and movements in outstanding claims liabilities.
 
    Gross insurance claims for life insurance contracts reflect the total cost of claims arising during the year, including claim handling costs and any policyholder bonuses allocated in anticipation of a bonus declaration. Claims arising during the year include maturities, surrenders and death claims.
 
    Maturity claims are recognised when due for payment. Surrenders are recognised when paid or at an earlier date on which, following notification, the policy ceases to be included within the calculation of the related insurance liabilities. Death claims are recognised when notified.
 
    Reinsurance recoveries are accounted for in the same period as the related claim.
 
    Liabilities under insurance contracts
 
    Outstanding claims liabilities for non-life insurance contracts are based on the estimated ultimate cost of all claims incurred but not settled at the balance sheet date, whether reported or not, together with related claim- handling costs and a reduction for the expected value of salvage and other recoveries. Liabilities for claims incurred but not reported are made on an estimated basis, using appropriate statistical techniques.
 
    Liabilities under non-linked life insurance contracts are calculated by each life insurance operation based on local actuarial principles.
 
    Liabilities under unit-linked life insurance contracts are at least equivalent to the surrender or transfer value which is calculated by reference to the value of the relevant underlying funds or indices.
 
    A liability adequacy test is carried out on insurance liabilities to ensure that the carrying amount of the liabilities is sufficient in the light of current estimates of future cash flows. When performing the liability adequacy test, all contractual cash flows are discounted and compared with the carrying value of the liability. When a shortfall is identified it is charged immediately to the income statement.
 
    Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
 
    The value placed on insurance contracts that are classified as long-term insurance business and are in force at the balance sheet date is recognised as an asset.

 

358


Back to Contents

    The present value of in-force (‘PVIF’) long-term insurance business is determined by discounting future cash flows expected to emerge from business currently in force using appropriate assumptions in assessing factors such as future mortality, lapse rates and levels of expenses and a risk discount rate that reflects the risk premium attributable to the respective long-term insurance business. Movements in the PVIF long-term insurance business are included in ‘Other operating income’ on a gross of tax basis.
 
    Future profit participation
 
    Where contracts provide discretionary profit participation benefits to policyholders, insurance liabilities include the net unrealised gains recognised in connection with the assets backing the contracts to the extent that policyholders will benefit from such gains. This benefit may arise from the contractual terms, regulation, or past distribution policy. The corresponding movement in liability is recognised in equity or in the income statement in the same proportion to the net unrealised gains on the assets. In the case of net unrealised losses, a deferred participating asset is recognised only to the extent that its recoverability is highly probable.
 
    Investment contracts
 
    Customer liabilities under linked and certain non-linked investment contracts and the corresponding financial assets are designated at fair value. Movements in fair value are recognised in ‘Net income from financial investments designated at fair value’. Premiums receivable and amounts withdrawn are accounted for as increases or decreases in the liability recorded in respect of investment contracts.
 
    Liabilities under linked investment contracts are at least equivalent to the surrender or transfer value which is calculated by reference to the value of the relevant underlying funds or indices.
 
    Investment management fees receivable are recognised in the income statement over the period of the provision of the investment management services, in ‘Net fee income’.
 
    The incremental costs directly related to the acquisition of new investment contracts or renewing existing investment contracts are deferred and amortised over the period during which the investment management services are provided.
 
  (z) Debt securities issued and deposits by customers and banks
 
    Financial liabilities are recognised when HSBC enters into the contractual provisions of the arrangements with counterparties, which is generally on trade date, and initially measured at fair value, which is normally the consideration received net of directly attributable transaction costs incurred. Subsequent measurement of financial liabilities, other than those measured at fair value through profit or loss and financial guarantees, is at amortised cost, using the effective interest method to amortise the difference between proceeds net of directly attributable transaction costs and the redemption amount over the expected life of the debt.
 
  (aa) Share capital
 
    Shares are classified as equity when there is no contractual obligation to transfer cash or other financial assets. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of equity instruments are shown in equity as a deduction from the proceeds, net of tax.
 
    HSBC Holdings plc shares held by HSBC are recognised in ‘Total shareholders’ equity’ as a deduction from retained earnings until they are cancelled. When such shares are subsequently sold, reissued or otherwise disposed of, any consideration received is included in ‘Total shareholders’ equity’, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and related income tax effects.
     
  (ab) Cash and cash equivalents
     
    For the purpose of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. Such investments are normally those with less than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition, and include cash and balances at central banks, treasury bills and other eligible bills, loans and advances to banks, items in the course of collection from or in transmission to other banks, and certificates of deposit.

 

359


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 3, 4 and 5

 

3 Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

  Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value includes:
  all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value, including liabilities under investment contracts;
 
  all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value; and
 
  interest income, interest expense and dividend income in respect of:
 
    financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value; and
 
   derivatives managed in conjunction with the above,
 
   except for interest arising from HSBC’s issued debt securities and derivatives managed in conjunction with those debt securities, which is recognised in ‘Interest expense’.
 
      2008     2007     2006    
      US$m     US$m     US$m    
  Net income/(expense) arising on:            
  – financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts (5,064 )   2,056     1,552    
  – other financial assets designated at fair value 1,738     581     217    
  – derivatives managed in conjunction with financial assets designated at fair value 77     (18 )   57    

 
 
   
      (3,249 )   2,619     1,826    

 
 
   
  – liabilities to customers under investment contracts 1,751     (940 )   (1,008 )  
  – HSBC’s long-term debt issued and related derivatives 6,679     2,812     (35 )  
    – changes in own credit spread on long-term debt 6,570     3,055     (388 )  
    – derivatives managed in conjunction with HSBC’s issued debt securities 4,413     2,476     242    
    – other changes in fair value (4,304 )   (2,719 )   111    
  – other financial liabilities designated at fair value (1,368 )   (395 )   (125 )  
  – derivatives managed in conjunction with other financial liabilities designated at fair value 39     (13 )   (1 )  

 
 
   
      7,101     1,464     (1,169 )  

 
 
   
  Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 3,852     4,083     657    

 
 
   
4 Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates


    Gains arising   HSBC’s   HSBC’s  
    from dilution   interests after   interests before  
    of HSBC’s   issue of   issue of  
    interests   new shares   new shares  
    US$m   %   %  
  2007            
  Industrial Bank1  187   12.78   15.98  
  Ping An Insurance 485   16.78   19.90  
  Bank of Communications2  404   18.60   19.90  
  Financiera Independencia S.A. de C.V. 11   18.68   19.90  
  Vietnam Technological and Commercial Joint Stock Bank 5   14.44   15.00  

  Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates 1,092          

     
  1 Investment held through Hang Seng Bank, a 62.14 per cent owned subsidiary of HSBC. The dilution gains therefore include a minority interest of US$71 million.
  2 Subsequent to the dilution of its interests in Bank of Communications, HSBC increased its holding from 18.60 per cent to 19.01 per cent at 31 December 2007 (Note 21).
     
  In 2007, certain HSBC associates issued new shares. HSBC did not subscribe and, as a result, its interests in the associates’ equity decreased. The assets of each associate substantially increased as a result of the new share issue and, as a consequence, HSBC’s share of the associates’ underlying net assets increased notwithstanding the reduction in the Group’s proportionate ownership interests. This increase is a gain arising from the dilution of the Group’s interests in the associates, and is presented in the income statement.

 

360


Back to Contents

5 Net earned insurance premiums            











      Life   Life   Investment    
    Non-life   insurance   insurance   contracts with    
    insurance   (non-linked)   (linked)   DPF 1 Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  2008            
  Gross written premiums 1,776   6,257   1,825   2,802   12,660  
  Movement in unearned premiums 58   (171 )     (113 )

 
 
 

 
  Gross earned premiums 1,834   6,086   1,825   2,802   12,547  

 
 
 

 
  Gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers (260 ) (878 ) (564 )   (1,702 )
  Reinsurers’ share of movement in unearned premiums (3 ) 27   (19 )   5  

 
 
 

 
  Reinsurers’ share of gross earned premiums (263 ) (851 ) (583 )   (1,697 )

 
 
 

 
  Net earned insurance premiums 1,571   5,235   1,242   2,802   10,850  

 
 
 

 
  2007            
  Gross written premiums 1,853   4,892   2,350   1,890   10,985  
  Movement in unearned premiums 2   14       16  

 
 
 

 
  Gross earned premiums 1,855   4,906   2,350   1,890   11,001  

 
 
 

 
  Gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers (385 ) (357 ) (1,166 )   (1,908 )
  Reinsurers’ share of movement in unearned premiums (22 )   5     (17 )

 
 
 

 
  Reinsurers’ share of gross earned premiums (407 ) (357 ) (1,161 )   (1,925 )

 
 
 

 
  Net earned insurance premiums 1,448   4,549   1,189   1,890   9,076  

 
 
 

 
  2006            
  Gross written premiums 1,824   3,640   848   8   6,320  
  Movement in unearned premiums 122   14   (1 )   135  

 
 
 

 
  Gross earned premiums 1,946   3,654   847   8   6,455  

 
 
 

 
  Gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers (451 ) (274 ) (14 )   (739 )
  Reinsurers’ share of movement in unearned premiums (48 )       (48 )

 
 
 

 
  Reinsurers’ share of gross earned premiums (499 ) (274 ) (14 )   (787 )

 
 
 

 
  Net earned insurance premiums 1,447   3,380   833   8   5,668  

 
 
 

 
                       
  1 Discretionary participation features.

 

361


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 6, 7 and 8

 

6 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders


        Life     Life     Investment        
    Non-life     insurance     insurance     contracts with        
    insurance     (non-linked)     (linked)     DPF1     Total    
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
  2008                    
  Claims, benefits and surrenders paid 1,044     1,491     481     1,911     4,927    
  Movement in liabilities     3,989     458     (168 )   4,279    
  Gross claims incurred and movement in liabilities 1,044     5,480     939     1,743     9,206    
  Reinsurers’ share of claims, benefits and surrenders paid (158 )   (172 )   (44 )       (374 )  
  Reinsurers’ share of movement in liabilities 75     (620 )   (1,398 )       (1,943 )  
  Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in liabilities (83 )   (792 )   (1,442 )       (2,317 )  

 
 
 
 
   
  Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders 961     4,688     (503 )   1,743     6,889    

 
 
 
 
   
  2007                    
  Claims, benefits and surrenders paid 1,017     940     790     1,080     3,827    
  Movement in liabilities 82     2,437     2,096     1,108     5,723    
  Gross claims incurred and movement in liabilities 1,099     3,377     2,886     2,188     9,550    
  Reinsurers’ share of claims, benefits and surrenders paid (207 )   (169 )   (45 )       (421 )  
  Reinsurers’ share of movement in liabilities 36     518     (1,075 )       (521 )  
  Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in liabilities (171 )   349     (1,120 )       (942 )  

 
 
 
 
   
  Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders 928     3,726     1,766     2,188     8,608    

 
 
 
 
   
  2006                    
  Claims, benefits and surrenders paid 889     814     495         2,198    
  Movement in liabilities 10     2,207     651     6     2,874    
  Gross claims incurred and movement in liabilities 899     3,021     1,146     6     5,072    
  Reinsurers’ share of claims, benefits and surrenders paid (228 )   (154 )   (9 )       (391 )  
  Reinsurers’ share of movement in liabilities 57     (54 )   20         23    
  Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in liabilities (171 )   (208 )   11         (368 )  

 
 
 
 
   
  Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders 728     2,813     1,157     6     4,704    

 
 
 
 
   
 
  1 Discretionary participation features.

 

362


Back to Contents

7 Net operating income            







 
  Net operating income is stated after the following items of income, expense, gains and losses:            
      2008   2007   2006  
      US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Income            
  Interest recognised on impaired financial assets 1,040   404   284  
 
Fees earned on financial assets or liabilities not held for trading nor designated at fair value, other than fees included in effective interest rate calculations on these types of assets and liabilities
14,511   15,140   11,182  
  Fees earned on trust and other fiduciary activities where HSBC holds or invests assets on behalf of its customers 3,314   3,695   2,909  
  Income from listed investments 11,425   10,944   7,304  
  Income from unlisted investments 11,359   10,429   9,192  
  Losses from the alleged fraud at Bernard L Madoff Investment Securities LLC (charged against trading income) (984 )    
               
  Expense            
  Interest on financial instruments, excluding interest on financial liabilities held for trading or designated at fair value (45,525 ) (50,876 ) (38,158 )
 
Fees payable on financial assets or liabilities not held for trading nor designated at fair value, other than fees included in effective interest rate calculations on these types of assets and liabilities
(1,866 ) (1,923 ) (1,826 )
  Fees payable relating to trust and other fiduciary activities where HSBC holds or invests assets on behalf of its customers (159 ) (163 ) (103 )
               
  Gains/(losses)            
  Gain on disposal or settlement of loans and advances 94   64   24  
  Impairment of available-for-sale equity securities (1,042 ) (42 )  
  Gains on disposal of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-financial investments 465   213   781  
  Gain on repurchase of 8 Canada Square 416      
               
  Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (24,937 ) (17,242 ) (10,573 )
    Net impairment charge on loans and advances (24,131 ) (17,177 ) (10,547 )
    Impairment of available-for-sale debt securities (737 ) (44 ) (21 )
    Impairment in respect of other credit risk provisions (69 ) (21 ) (5 )
                 
                 
 8 Employee compensation and benefits            








      2008   2007   2006  
      US$m   US$m   US$m  
               
  Wages and salaries 18,169   18,535   16,186  
  Social security costs 1,625   1,587   1,194  
  Post-employment benefits 998   1,212   1,120  
     
 
 
 
      20,792   21,334   18,500  
     
 
 
 
               
  The average number of persons employed by HSBC during the year was as follows:            
      2008   2007   2006  
               
  Europe 87,864   86,918   84,170  
  Hong Kong 30,030   27,702   27,328  
  Rest of Asia-Pacific 96,155   83,103   68,182  
  North America 53,090   58,117   57,654  
  Latin America 64,319   66,442   58,863  
     
 
 
 
  Total 331,458   322,282   296,197  
     
 
 
 

 

363


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 8

 

  Post-employment benefit plans                
                     
  Income statement charge                
                     
       2008      2007      2006  
       US$m      US$m      US$m  
                   
  Defined benefit pension plans 477      694      602  
    – HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme 255      490      342  
    – Other plans 222      204      260  
  Defined contribution plans 508      485      456  
      
    
    
 
       985      1,179      1,058  
  Defined benefit healthcare plans 13      33      62  
      
    
    
 
       998      1,212      1,120  
      
    
    
 
                     
  Net liabilities recognised on balance sheet in respect of defined benefit plans                
            2008     2007  
            US$m     US$m  
                   
  Defined benefit pension plans       3,154     1,968  
    – HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme       392     808  
    – Other plans       2,762     1,160  
  Defined benefit healthcare plan       734     925  
           
   
 
            3,888     2,893  
           
   
 

  HSBC pension plans
     
  HSBC operates some 205 pension plans throughout the world, covering 86 per cent of HSBC’s employees, with a total pension cost of US$985 million (2007: US$1,179 million; 2006: US$1,058 million), of which US$678 million (2007: US$626 million; 2006: US$668 million) relates to plans outside the UK.
     
  Progressively, HSBC has been moving to defined contribution plans for all new employees. The pension cost for defined contribution plans, which cover 50 per cent of HSBC’s employees, was US$508 million (2007: US$485 million; 2006: US$456 million).
     
  Both HSBC’s and, where relevant and appropriate, the trustees’ long-term investment objectives for defined benefit plans are:
     
  to limit the risk of the assets failing to meet the liabilities of the plans over the long-term; and
     
  to maximise returns consistent with an acceptable level of risk so as to control the long-term costs of the defined benefit plans.
     
  Both HSBC and, where relevant and appropriate, the trustees, consider that the investment policy should be consistent with meeting their mutual overall long-term investment objectives. In pursuit of these long-term objectives, a benchmark is established for the allocation of the defined benefit plan assets between asset classes. In addition, each permitted asset class has its own benchmarks, such as stock market or property valuation indices and desired levels of out-performance where relevant. This is intended to be reviewed at least triennially within 18 months of the date at which the actuarial valuation is made, or more frequently if circumstances or local legislation so require. The process generally involves an extensive asset and liability review.
     
  Most of the Group’s defined benefit plans, which cover 36 per cent of HSBC’s employees, are funded plans with assets which, in the case of most of the larger plans, are held in trust or similar funds separate from HSBC. The plans are reviewed at least annually or in accordance with local practice and regulations by qualified actuaries. The actuarial assumptions used to calculate the defined benefit obligations and related current service costs vary according to the economic conditions of the countries in which they are situated.
     
  The largest plan exists in the UK, where the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme covers employees of HSBC Bank plc and certain other employees of HSBC. This plan comprises a funded defined benefit plan (‘the principal plan’) which is closed to new entrants, and a defined contribution plan which was established on 1 July 1996 for new employees.
   
  The principal plan holds a diversified portfolio of investments to meet future cash flow liabilities arising from accrued benefits as they fall due to be paid. The Trustee of the principal plan is required to produce a written

 

364


Back to Contents

  Statement of Investment Principles (‘SIP’). The SIP sets out the principles governing how decisions about investments are made.
   
  In 2006, HSBC and the Trustee of the principal plan agreed to change the investment strategy in order to reduce the investment risk. This involved switching from a largely equity-based strategy to a strategy largely based on holding bonds together with a more diverse range of investments. The principal plan committed to undertake a programme including entering into swap arrangements whereby the principal plan is committed to making LIBOR-related interest payments in exchange for cash flows paid into the plan, based on a projection of the future benefit payments from the principal plan. The asset allocation for this strategy is:

       %  
         
  Equities 15.0  
  Bonds 50.0  
  Alternative assets1  10.0  
  Property 10.0  
  Cash 15.0  
      
 
       100.0  
      
 
         
  1 Alternative assets include emerging market bonds, loans, and infrastructure assets.
         
  At 31 December 2008, this strategy was substantially in place and details of the swap arrangements are included in Note 43.
         
  The latest actuarial investigation of the principal plan was made at 31 December 2005. At that date, the market value of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme’s assets was US$18,072 million (including assets relating to the defined benefit plan, the defined contribution plan, and additional voluntary contributions). The market value of the plan assets represented 89 per cent of the amount expected to be required, on the basis of the assumptions adopted, to provide the benefits accrued to members after allowing for expected future increases in earnings, and the resulting deficit amounted to US$2,065 million. The method adopted for this investigation was the projected unit method.
         
  The expected cash flows from the plan were projected by reference to the Retail Price Index (‘RPI’) swap break-even curve at 31 December 2005. Salary increases were assumed to be 1 per cent per annum above RPI and inflationary pension increases, subject to a minimum of zero per cent and a maximum of 5 per cent, were assumed to be in line with RPI. The projected cash flows were discounted at the LIBOR swap curve at 31 December 2005 plus a margin for the expected return on the investment strategy of 110 basis points per annum. The mortality experience of the plan’s pensioners over the three year period since the previous valuation was analysed and the mortality assumption set on the basis of this with allowances for medium cohort improvements on the PA92 series of tables from the valuation date.
         
  In anticipation of the results of the 2005 investigation, on 22 December 2005 HSBC Bank plc made an additional contribution of US$1,746 million to the principal plan in order to reduce the deficit of the plan. Following receipt of the valuation results, HSBC agreed with the Trustee to meet a schedule of additional future funding payments, as set out below:

 

       US$m 1 £m  
           
  2007 587    300  
  2012 678    465  
  2013 678    465  
  2014 678    465  
             
  1 The payment schedule has been agreed with the Trustee in pounds sterling and the equivalent US dollar amounts are shown at the exchange rate effective as at 31 December 2008. The amount for 2007 was paid in March 2007, and is shown above at the exchange rate at that time.
             
  HSBC considers that the contributions set out above are sufficient to meet the deficit as at 31 December 2005 over the agreed period.
             
  HSBC Bank plc also decided to make ongoing contributions to the principal plan in respect of the accrual of benefits of defined benefit section members at the rate of 36 per cent of pensionable salaries from 1 January 2007, until the completion of the next actuarial valuation, due as at 31 December 2008. During 2006 HSBC paid contributions at the rate of 20 per cent of pensionable salaries. A further 2 per cent of pensionable salaries is being paid over the period 1 January 2007 to 31 December 2014 to make good the difference in contributions during 2006.

 

365


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 8

 

  The Trustee and the bank will monitor progress towards closing the deficit and reassess the deficit in the light of the triennial valuation that is currently being performed as at 31 December 2008. This valuation process is currently underway and is due to be completed no later than 31 March 2010. Future funding commitments will be determined on conclusion of the actuarial valuation.
   
  As part of the 31 December 2005 valuation, calculations were also carried out as to the amount of assets that might be needed to meet the liabilities if the plan was discontinued and the members’ benefits bought out with an insurance company (although in practice this may not be possible for a plan of this size) or the Trustee continued to run the plan without the support of HSBC. The amount required under this approach was estimated at 31 December 2005 to be US$26,700 million. In estimating the solvency position for this purpose, a more prudent assumption about future mortality was made than for the assessment of the ongoing position and it was assumed that the Trustee would alter the investment strategy to be an appropriately matched portfolio of cash and interest and inflation swaps. An explicit allowance for expenses was also included.
   
  The benefits payable from the defined benefit plan are expected to be as shown in the chart below:
   
  Benefit payments (US$m)
   
 
   
  In Hong Kong, the HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme covers employees of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation and certain other employees of HSBC Group. The scheme comprises a funded defined benefit scheme (which provides a lump sum on retirement but is now closed to new members) and a defined contribution scheme. The latter was established on 1 January 1999 for new employees. The latest valuation of the defined benefit scheme was made at 31 December 2007. At that valuation date, the market value of the defined benefit scheme’s assets was US$1,183 million. On an ongoing basis, the actuarial value of the scheme’s assets represented 119 per cent of the actuarial present value of the benefits accrued to members, after allowing for expected future increases in salaries, and the resulting surplus amounted to US$192 million. On a wind-up basis, the scheme’s assets represents 125 per cent of the members’ vested benefits, based on current salaries, and the resulting surplus amounted to US$237 million. The attained age method has been adopted for the valuation and the major assumptions used in this valuation were a discount rate of 6 per cent per annum and long-term salary increases of 5 per cent per annum.
   
  The HSBC North America (U.S.) Retirement Income Plan covers employees of HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance, and certain other employees of HSBC USA. It comprises a final average pay plan (now closed to new participants) and a cash balance plan. All new employees participate in the cash balance plan. The most recent actuarial valuation of the plan was made at 1 January 2008. At that date, the actuarial value of the plan's assets was equal to market value of US$2,616 million. The assets represented 105 per cent of the benefits accrued to members as valued under the provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 that was effective for the plan year beginning 1 January 2008.The resulting surplus amounted to US$122 million. The method employed for this valuation was the projected unit method and the discount rate was determined using a full yield curve method, which resulted in an effective interest rate of 6.4 per cent per annum.
   
  The HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, The HSBC Group Hong Kong Local Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme, and the HSBC North America (U.S.) Retirement Income Plan cover 35 per cent of HSBC’s employees.

 

366


Back to Contents

  HSBC healthcare benefits plans
   
  HSBC also provides post-employment healthcare benefits under plans in the UK, the US, Canada, Mexico, France and Brazil, the majority of which are unfunded. Post-employment healthcare benefits plans are accounted for in the same manner as defined benefit pension plans. The plans are reviewed at least annually or in accordance with local practice and regulations by qualified actuaries. The actuarial assumptions used to calculate the defined benefit obligation and related current service cost vary according to the economic conditions of the countries in which they are situated. Total healthcare cost was US$13 million (2007: US$33 million; 2006: US$62 million).
   
  Post-employment defined benefit plans’ principal actuarial financial assumptions
   
  The principal actuarial financial assumptions used to calculate the Group’s obligations under its defined benefit pension and post-employment healthcare plans at 31 December 2008, were as follows. These assumptions will also form the basis for measuring periodic costs under the plans in 2009:
   
                            
Healthcare cost trend
 
                            
 
                 Rate of    Rate                Year of  
     Discount    Inflation    increase for    of pay    Initial    Ultimate    ultimate  
     rate    rate    pensions 1  increase    rate    rate    rate  
     %    %    %    %    %    %        
                               
  UK2  6.50    2.90    3.00    3.40    6.90    6.90    n/a  
  Hong Kong 1.19    n/a    n/a    5.00    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  US 6.05    2.50    n/a    3.50    8.90    5.00    2018  
  Jersey 6.50    2.90    2.90    4.65    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  Mexico 8.10    3.50    2.00    4.50    6.75    6.75    n/a  
  Brazil 10.75    4.50    4.50    5.50    10.00    5.50    2018  
  France 5.75    2.00    2.00    3.00    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  Canada 7.19    2.50    n/a    3.85    8.20    4.90    2012  
  Switzerland 2.60    1.50    n/a    2.39    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  Germany 5.75    2.00    2.00    3.00    n/a    n/a    n/a  
     
  1 Rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred pension.
  2 Rate of increase for pensions in the UK is currently for pensions in payment only. Pensions not yet in payment are assumed to increase at 2.80 per cent per annum.
   
  The principal actuarial financial assumptions used to calculate the Group’s obligations under its defined benefit pension and post-employment healthcare plans at 31 December 2007, were as follows. These assumptions also formed the basis for measuring periodic costs under the plans in 2008:
   
                             Healthcare cost trend  
                          
 
                 Rate of    Rate                Year of  
     Discount    Inflation    increase for    of pay    Initial    Ultimate    ultimate  
     rate    rate    pensions 1  increase    rate    rate    rate  
     %    %    %    %    %    %        
                               
  UK 5.80    3.30    3.30    4.30    7.30    7.30    n/a  
  Hong Kong 3.45    n/a    n/a    5.02    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  US 6.55    2.50    n/a    3.75    9.60    5.00    2014  
  Jersey 5.80    3.30    3.30    5.05    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  Mexico 7.88    3.50    2.00    4.50    6.00    6.00    n/a  
  Brazil 10.75    4.50    4.50    4.50    10.50    5.50    2017  
  France 5.50    2.00    2.00    3.00    6.00    6.00    n/a  
  Canada 5.43    2.50    n/a    3.86    9.00    4.90    2012  
  Switzerland 3.30    1.50    n/a    2.38    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  Germany 5.50    2.00    2.00    3.00    n/a    n/a    n/a  
                               
  1 Rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred pension.

 

367


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 8

 

  The principal actuarial financial assumptions used to calculate the Group’s obligations under its defined benefit pension and post-employment healthcare plans at 31 December 2006, were as follows. These assumptions also formed the basis for measuring periodic costs under the plans in 2007:
   
                             Healthcare cost trend   
                            
 
                 Rate of    Rate                Year of  
     Discount    Inflation    increase for    of pay    Initial    Ultimate    ultimate  
     rate    rate    pensions 1  increase    rate    rate    rate  
     %    %    %    %    %    %        
                               
  UK 5.10    3.00    3.00    4.00    7.00    7.00    n/a  
  Hong Kong 3.75    n/a    n/a    3.00    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  US 5.90    2.50    n/a    3.75    10.50    5.00    2014  
  Jersey 5.10    3.00    3.00    4.75    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  Mexico 8.00    3.50    2.00    4.00    6.75    6.75    n/a  
  Brazil 10.75    4.50    4.50    4.50    11.00    5.50    2016  
  France 4.50    2.00    2.00    3.00    6.00    6.00    n/a  
  Canada 5.19    2.50    n/a    3.47    9.90    4.90    2012  
  Switzerland 2.25    1.50    n/a    2.25    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  Germany 4.50    2.00    2.00    3.00    n/a    n/a    n/a  
     
  1 Rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred pension.
   
  HSBC determines the discount rates to be applied to its obligations in consultation with the plans’ local actuaries, on the basis of current average yields of high quality (AA rated or equivalent) debt instruments, with maturities consistent with those of the defined benefit obligations. In countries where there is no deep market in corporate bonds, government bond yields have been used. The yield curve has been extrapolated where the term of the liabilities is longer than the duration of available bonds and the discount rate used then takes into account the term of the liabilities and the shape of the yield curve.
   
  When determining the discount rate with reference to a bond index, an appropriate index for the specific region has been used. The expected return on plan assets represents the best estimate of long-term future asset returns, which takes into account historical market returns plus additional factors such as the current rate of inflation and interest rates.
   
  Mortality assumptions are increasingly significant in measuring the Group’s obligations under its defined benefit pension and post-employment healthcare plans, particularly given the maturity of the plans. The mortality tables and average life expectancy at 65 used at 31 December 2008 were as follows:
   
           Life expectancy at    Life expectancy at  
           age 65 for a male    age 65 for a female  
     Mortality table    member currently:    member currently:  
        
  


 
           Aged 65    Aged 45    Aged 65    Aged 45  
                       
  UK PA921     20.8    22.8    24.1    26.2  
  Hong Kong n/a    n/a    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  US   RP 2000 fully generational    19.1    20.6    21.1    22.0  
  Jersey 90% of PNA002     23.0    25.0    25.4    27.3  
  Mexico   EMSSA-97, AA generational scale from RP 2000 series    18.3    19.8    21.0    21.9  
  Brazil   RP 2000 fully generational    19.1    20.6    21.1    22.0  
  France TG 05    23.1    25.9    26.6    29.4  
  Canada pension plans Between UP94 C2015    18.5    18.5    21.1    21.1  
     and UP94 C2027    and 19.4    and 19.4    and 21.6    and 21.6  
  Canada healthcare plan UP94 C2025    19.3    19.3    21.5    21.5  
  Switzerland BVG 20053     17.9    17.9    21.0    21.0  
  Germany Heubeck 2005 G    18.0    20.7    22.1    24.7  
     
  1 PA92 with standard improvements to 2005 and medium cohort with 1 per cent minimum improvement thereafter.
  2 PNA00 year of birth and medium cohort with 1 per cent improvement thereafter.
  3 3.5 per cent load, additional 5.0 per cent load for future mortality improvements.

 

368


Back to Contents

  The mortality tables and average life expectancy at 65 used at 31 December 2007 were as follows:
   
       
Life expectancy at
 
Life expectancy at
 
       
age 65 for a male
 
age 65 for a female
 
    Mortality table  
member currently:
 
member currently:
 
       
 
        Aged 65   Aged 45   Aged 65   Aged 45
                       
  UK PA921    20.4    21.7    23.4    24.6  
  Hong Kong n/a    n/a    n/a    n/a    n/a  
  US RP 2000 fully                          
     generational    19.1    20.6    21.1    22.0  
  Jersey PA922     21.9    23.0    24.8    25.8  
  Mexico EMSSA-97    16.5    16.5    19.9    19.9  
  Brazil RP 2000 fully                          
     generational    19.1    20.6    21.1    22.0  
  France TG 05    22.9    25.7    26.4    29.3  
  Canada pension plans Between UP94 C2015    19.0    19.0    21.6    21.6  
     and UP94 C2027    and 20.0    and 20.0    and 22.1    and 22.1  
  Canada healthcare plan UP94 C2025    19.8    19.8    22.0    22.0  
  Switzerland BVG 2005 (3% load)    17.9    17.9    21.0    21.0  
  Germany Heubeck 2005 G    18.1    20.8    22.2    24.9  
     
  1 PA92 with standard improvements to 2005 and medium cohort improvements thereafter.
  2 PA92 year of birth with medium cohort improvements.
     
  Actuarial assumption sensitivities
   
  The discount rate is sensitive to changes in market conditions arising during the reporting period. The mortality rates used are sensitive to experience from the plan member profile. The following table shows the effect of changes in these and the other key assumptions on the principal plan:
   
     HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme   
    
  
     2008    2007   
     US$m    US$m   
  Discount rate            
  Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps increase (559 ) (989 )
  Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps decrease 595    1,063   
  Change in 2009 pension cost from a 25bps increase (9 ) (20 )
  Change in 2009 pension cost from a 25bps decrease 10    20   
  
  Rate of inflation            
  Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps increase 525    1,063   
  Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps decrease (493 ) (989 )
  Change in 2009 pension cost from a 25bps increase 45    82   
  Change in 2009 pension cost from a 25bps decrease (41 ) (76 )
  
  Rate of increase for pensions in payment and deferred pensions            
  Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps increase 349    823   
  Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps decrease (328 ) (758 )
  Change in 2009 pension cost from a 25bps increase 29    60   
  Change in 2009 pension cost from a 25bps decrease (23 ) (56 )
  
  Rate of pay increase            
  Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps increase 172    240   
  Change in pension obligation at year end from a 25bps decrease (168 ) (231 )
  Change in 2009 pension cost from a 25bps increase 16    22   
  Change in 2009 pension cost from a 25bps decrease (15 ) (20 )
  
  Investment return            
  Change in 2009 pension cost from a 25bps increase 36    56   
  Change in 2009 pension cost from a 25bps decrease (36 ) (56 )
  
  Mortality            
  Change in pension obligation from each additional year of longevity assumed 365    683   

 

369


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 8

 

  The following table shows the effect of changes in the discount rate and in mortality rates on plans other than the principal plan:
   
    
Other plans    
  
    


 
     2008    2007   
     US$m    US$m   
           
  Change in defined benefit obligation at year end from a 25bps increase in discount rate (255 ) (312 )
  Change in 2009 defined benefit charge from a 25bps increase in discount rate (4 ) (8 )
  Increase in defined benefit obligation from each additional year of longevity assumed 91    137   
   
  Defined benefit pension plans 
   
  The calculation of the net liability under the Group’s defined benefit pension plans is set out below together with the expected rates of return and plan assets used to measure the net defined benefit pension costs in each subsequent year.
   
    
HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme
  
    




 
    
2008
  
2007
  
    


   


 
     Expected            Expected         
     rates of            rates of         
     return    Value      return    Value   
     %    US$m      %    US$m   
                     
  Fair value of plan assets       14,865            22,704   
     Equities 8.1    2,242      8.3    4,580   
     Bonds 5.7    10,999      6.1    15,341   
     Property 6.9    1,184      7.3    1,878   
     Other 4.2    440      5.1    905   
  Defined benefit obligation       (15,257 )         (23,512 )
     Present value of funded obligations       (15,257 )         (23,512 )
     Present value of unfunded obligations                    
          
       
 
 
Net liability
      (392 )         (808 )
          
       
 

 

    
Other plans
  
    







 
    
2008
     
2007
    



  


 
     Expected             Expected         
     rates of             rates of         
     return  1   Value       return  1  Value   
     %    US$m       %    US$m   
                     
  Fair value of plan assets       6,024             7,768   
     Equities 8.3    1,856       8.3    3,439   
     Bonds 5.0    3,261       5.4    3,452   
     Property 6.3    87       7.3    111   
     Other 3.8    820       5.7    766   
  Defined benefit obligation       (8,787 )          (8,873 )
     Present value of funded obligations       (8,271 )          (8,453 )
     Present value of unfunded obligations       (516 )          (420 )
  Effect of limit on plan surpluses       (9 )          (55 )
  Unrecognised past service cost       10               
         
         
 
  Net liability       (2,762 )          (1,160 )
         
         
 
  1 The expected rates of return are weighted on the basis of the fair value of the plan assets.
     
  Plan assets include US$52 million (2007: US$86 million) of equities issued by HSBC and US$2,206 million (2007: US$572 million) of other assets issued by HSBC. The fair value of plan assets includes derivatives entered into with the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme with a positive fair value of US$1,779 million at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$248 million positive fair value) and US$388 million positive fair value (2007: US$63 million positive fair value) in respect of the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme. Further details of these swap arrangements are included in Note 43.

 

370


Back to Contents

  Changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations
   
   
HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme
 
Other plans    
   
  


  
    2008   2007   2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m
                   
  At 1 January
23,512
  
24,332
  
8,873
  
7,916
  
  Current service cost 387    454    357    347   
  Interest cost 1,227    1,247    466    398   
  Contributions by employees 2       40    37   
  Actuarial (gains)/losses (3,032 ) (2,395 ) 358    475   
  Benefits paid (873 ) (632 ) (596 ) (529 )
  Past service cost – vested immediately       9    6   
  Past service cost – unvested benefits       10      
  Disposals       (44 )   
  Reduction in liabilities resulting from curtailments       (20 ) (63 )
  Liabilities extinguished on settlements       (81 ) (16 )
  Exchange differences (5,966 ) 506    (585 ) 302   
    
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 15,257    23,512    8,787    8,873   
    
 
 
 
 
                   
  Changes in the fair value of plan assets        
             
   
HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme
     
Other plans
  
   



 




 
    2008       2007       2008       2007   
    US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m   
                         
 
At 1 January
22,704       20,587       7,768       7,116   
 
Expected return on plan assets
1,359       1,211       549       486   
 
Contributions by HSBC
462       1,058       238       211   
 
   – normal
462       471       223       199   
 
   – special
      587       15       12   
 
Contributions by employees
2             40       37   
 
Experience gains/(losses)
(2,861 )    29       (1,452 )    157   
 
Benefits paid
(873 )    (632 )    (576 )    (467 )
 
Assets distributed on settlements
            (40 )    (17 )
 
Exchange differences
(5,928 )    451       (503 )    245   
   
    
    
    
 
 
At 31 December
14,865       22,704       6,024       7,768   
   
    
    
    
 
                         
  The actual return on plan assets for the year ended 31 December 2008 was a negative return of US$2,405 million (2007: positive US$1,883 million). HSBC expects to make US$588 million of contributions to defined benefit pension plans during 2009. Benefits expected to be paid from the plans to retirees over each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter, are:
   
     2009    2010    2011    2012    2013    2014-2018
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
                           
  HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme 729    766    804    845    887    5,149  
  Other significant plans 435    423    455    489    522    3,093  
                           
  Total expense recognised in the income statement in ‘Employee compensation and benefits’
   
    
HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme
     
Other plans
  
  



    






 
     2008       2007       2006       2008       2007       2006   
     US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m   
                                     
  Current service cost 387       454       456       357       347       304   
  Interest cost 1,227       1,247       1,055       466       398       366   
  Expected return on plan assets (1,359 )    (1,211 )    (1,169 )    (549 )    (486 )    (421 )
  Past service cost                   9       7       11   
  Gains on curtailments                   (20 )    (63 )      
  (Gains)/losses on settlements                   (41 )    1         
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Total expense 255       490       342       222       204       260   
  
    
    
    
    
    
 

 

371


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 8

 

  Summary                              
   
  HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme
 
 






  
    2008   2007   2006   2005   2004
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                       
  Defined benefit obligation (15,257 ) (23,512 ) (24,332 ) (20,587 ) (19,998 )
  Fair value of plan assets 14,865    22,704    20,587    17,396    15,105   
  
 
 
 
 
 
  Net deficit (392 ) (808 ) (3,745 ) (3,191 ) (4,883 )
  
 
 
 
 
 
  Experience gains/(losses) on plan liabilities (49 ) (64 ) 540    70    401   
  Experience gains/(losses) on plan assets (2,861 ) 29       1,623    506   
  Gains/(losses) from changes in actuarial assumptions 3,081    2,459    (570 ) (2,038 ) (1,357 )
  
 
 
 
 
 
  Total net actuarial gains/(losses) 171    2,424    (30 ) (345 ) (450 )
  
 
 
 
 
 
         
      
        Other plans        
  
    








 
       2008    2007    2006    2005    2004   
       US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m   
                         
    Defined benefit obligation (8,787 ) (8,873 ) (7,916 ) (7,102 ) (6,501 )
    Fair value of plan assets 6,024    7,768    7,116    6,356    5,823   
    
 
 
 
 
 
    Net deficit (2,763 ) (1,105 ) (800 ) (746 ) (678 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
    Experience losses on plan liabilities (52 ) (354 ) (167 ) (113 ) (42 )
    Experience gains on plan assets (1,452 ) 157    203    78    3   
    Losses from changes in actuarial assumptions (306 ) (121 ) (44 ) (393 ) (243 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
    Total net actuarial gains/(losses) (1,810 ) (318 ) (8 ) (428 ) (282 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
  Actuarial gains and losses represent experience adjustments on plan assets and liabilities as well as adjustments arising from changes in actuarial assumptions. Total cumulative actuarial losses recognised in equity at 31 December 2008 were US$1,076 million (2007: gains of US$563 million).
   
  The total effect of the limit on plan surpluses recognised within actuarial losses in equity during 2008 was a US$41 million gain excluding exchange differences of US$5 million (2007: US$42 million loss excluding exchange differences of US$4 million).
                     
  Defined benefit healthcare plans                          
  
     2008      2007     
    


    


  
     Expected         Expected      
     rates of         rates of      
     return 1 Value     return  1 Value  
     %   US$m     %   US$m  
                     
  Fair value of plan assets       128            146   
     Equities 11.6    39      13.0    44   
     Bonds 8.0    89      7.9    102   
  Defined benefit obligation       (839 )         (1,038 )
     Present value of funded obligations       (172 )         (191 )
     Present value of unfunded obligations       (667 )         (847 )
  Unrecognised past service cost       (23 )         (33 )
         
        
 
  Net liability       (734 )         (925 )
         
        
 
     
  1 The expected rates of return are weighted on the basis of the fair value of the plan assets.

 

372


Back to Contents

  Changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations            
  
     2008    2007   
     US$m    US$m   
           
  At 1 January 1,038    1,106   
  Current service cost 19    25   
  Interest cost 65    67   
  Contributions by employees 2    2   
  Actuarial (gains)/losses 2    (109 )
  Benefits paid (76 ) (54 )
  Past service cost:            
     – vested immediately    (2 )
 
   – unvested benefits
   (2 )
  Reduction in liabilities resulting from curtailments (31 ) (42 )
  Liabilities extinguished on settlements (38 ) (2 )
  Exchange differences (142 ) 49   
    
 
 
  At 31 December 839    1,038   
    
 
 

 

  Changes in the fair value of plan assets            
     2008    2007   
     US$m    US$m   
  
  At 1 January 146    133   
  Expected return on plan assets 12    13   
  Contributions by HSBC 19    19   
  Experience losses (14 ) (6 )
  Benefits paid (9 ) (11 )
  Assets distributed on settlements (12 ) (2 )
  Exchange differences (14 )   
    
 
 
  At 31 December 128    146   
    
 
 
   
  The actual return on plan assets for the year ended 31 December 2008 was a negative return of US$2 million (2007: positive US$7 million).
   
  HSBC expects to make US$4 million (2007: US$18 million) of contributions to post-employment healthcare benefit plans during 2009. Benefits expected to be paid from the plans to retirees over each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter, are:
                         
     2009    2010    2011    2012    2013    2014-2018
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
                           
  Significant plans 44    48    50    52    54    294  
   
  Total expense recognised in the income statement in ‘Employee compensation and benefits’
   
     2008    2007    2006   
     US$m    US$m    US$m   
               
  Current service cost 19    25    19   
  Interest cost 65    67    64   
  Expected return on plan assets (12 ) (13 ) (11 )
  Past service cost (2 ) (4 ) (1 )
  Losses on curtailments (31 ) (42 ) (8 )
  Losses on settlements (26 )    (1 )
  
  
 
 
  Total expense 13    33    62   
  
  
 
 

 

373


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements(continued)
   
   
Notes 8 and 9

 

  Summary                    
    2008   2007   2006   2005   2004  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                       
  Defined benefit obligation (839 ) (1,038 ) (1,106 ) (1,004 ) (982 )
  Fair value of plan assets 128   146   133   107   79  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net deficit (711 ) (892 ) (973 ) (897 ) (903 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Experience gains/(losses) on plan liabilities (34 ) 15   (12 ) 19   (15 )
  Experience gains/(losses) on plan assets (14 ) (6 ) (1 ) 1    
  Gains/(losses) from changes in actuarial assumptions 32   94   (25 ) (63 ) 20  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total net actuarial gains/(losses) (16 ) 103   (38 ) (43 ) 5  
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
  Actuarial gains and losses represent experience adjustments on plan assets and liabilities as well as adjustments arising from changes in actuarial assumptions. Total cumulative net actuarial gains recognised in equity at 31 December 2008 were US$11 million (2007: gains of US$27 million).
 
  The actuarial assumptions of the healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts recognised. A one percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects on amounts recognised in 2008:
     2008     2007  
 


 


 
    1% increase   1% decrease   1% increase   1% decrease  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                   
  Increase/(decrease) of the aggregate of the current service cost and interest cost 9   (7 ) 14   (10 )
  Increase/(decrease) of defined benefit obligation 77   (62 ) 110   (100 )
                   
  HSBC Holdings
   
  Employee compensation and benefit expense in respect of HSBC Holdings’ employees in 2008 amounted to US$218 million (2007: US$257 million). The average number of persons employed by HSBC Holdings during 2008 was 730 (2007: 595).
                   
  Employees of HSBC Holdings who are members of defined benefit pension plans are principally members of either the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme or the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme. HSBC Holdings pays contributions to plans in accordance with schedules determined by the Trustees following consultation with qualified actuaries.
   
  Directors’ emoluments
   
  The aggregate emoluments of the Directors of HSBC Holdings, computed in accordance with Part I of Schedule 6 of the Companies Act 1985, were:
    2008   2007   2006  
    US$000   US$000   US$000  
               
  Fees 2,529   2,626   2,660  
  Salaries and other emoluments 11,584   7,929   7,774  
  Bonuses   8,938   10,705  
 
 
 
 
    14,113   19,493   21,139  
 
 
 
 
  Gains on the exercise of share options 23   13   3  
  Vesting of Long-Term Incentive awards 7,147   4,563   18,975  
   
  In addition, there were payments under retirement benefit agreements with former Directors of US$1,139,968 (2007: US$1,183,960). The provision at 31 December 2008 in respect of unfunded pension obligations to former Directors amounted to US$15,164,791 (2007: US$18,491,117).
   
  During the year, aggregate contributions to pension schemes in respect of Directors were US$664,174 (2007: US$545,854 which included US$460,564 arising from a Director’s waiver of bonus).

 

374


Back to Contents

  Discretionary bonuses for Directors are based on a combination of individual and corporate performance and are determined by the Remuneration Committee. Details of Directors’ remuneration, share options and conditional awards under the Restricted Share Plan 2000 and the HSBC Share Plan are included in the ‘Directors’ Remuneration Report’ on pages 315 to 328.
   
9 Auditors’ remuneration


  Auditors’ remuneration in relation to the statutory audit amounted to US$54.9 million (2007: US$52.3 million; 2006: US$44.7 million). The following fees were payable by HSBC to the Group’s principal auditor, KPMG Audit Plc and its associates (together ‘KPMG’):
                         
          2008     2007     2006    
          US$m     US$m     US$m    
                         
  Audit fees for HSBC Holdings’ statutory audit1 2.1     3.0     2.7    
      fees relating to current year 2.5     3.0     2.7    
      fees relating to prior year (0.4 )          
  Fees payable to KPMG for other services provided to HSBC 88.3     79.1     64.1    
    Audit-related services:                  
    –  audit of HSBC’s subsidiaries, pursuant to legislation2 48.6     45.2     40.4    
    –  other services pursuant to legislation3 26.5     19.4     15.4    
  Tax services4 3.1     2.9     2.0    
  Other services:                  
    services relating to information technology5 0.6     0.4     0.6    
    –  services related to corporate finance transactions6 1.4     1.8     1.6    
    –  all other services7 8.1     9.4     4.1    
         
   
   
   
  Total fees payable 90.4     82.1     66.8    
 
   
   
   
     
  1 Fees payable to KPMG Audit Plc for the statutory audit of the consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings. They exclude amounts payable for the statutory audit of HSBC Holdings’ subsidiaries which have been included in ‘Fees payable to KPMG for other services provided to HSBC’.
  2 Including fees payable to KPMG for the statutory audit of HSBC’s subsidiaries.
  3 Including services for assurance and other services that relate to statutory and regulatory filings, including comfort letters and interim reviews. Other services pursuant to legislation included no fees paid to KPMG in respect of work relating to preparation for reporting under section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (2007: US$1.6 million; 2006: US$2.2 million). Other accounting firms were paid a total of US$1.2 million (2007: US$2.5 million; 2006: US$8.3 million) for work on this project.
  4 Including tax compliance services and tax advisory services.
  5 Including advice on IT security and business continuity and performing agreed-upon IT testing procedures.
  6 Including fees payable to KPMG for transaction-related work, including US debt issuances.
  7 Including other assurance and advisory services such as translation services, ad-hoc accounting advice and review of financial models.
     
  No fees were payable by HSBC to KPMG for the following types of services: internal audit services, valuation and actuarial services, services related to litigation, and services related to recruitment and remuneration. The following fees were payable by HSBC’s associated pension schemes to KPMG:
    2008   2007   2006  
    US$000   US$000   US$000  
               
  Audit fees 720   612   581  
  Tax services 73   14   23  
  All other services   36   23  
 
 
 
 
  Total fees payable 793   662   627  
 
 
 
 
       
  No fees were payable by HSBC’s associated pension schemes to KPMG for the following types of services: other services pursuant to legislation, services relating to information technology, internal audit services, valuation and actuarial services, services related to litigation, services related to recruitment and remuneration, and services related to corporate finance transactions.
   
  In addition to the above, KPMG estimate they have been paid fees of US$4.8 million (2007: US$3.4 million; 2006: US$2.1 million) by parties other than HSBC but where HSBC is connected with the contracting party and therefore may be involved in appointing KPMG. These fees arise from services such as auditing mutual funds managed by HSBC and reviewing the financial position of corporate concerns which borrow from HSBC.

 

375


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 10

 

  Fees payable to KPMG for non-audit services for HSBC Holdings are not disclosed separately because such fees are disclosed on a consolidated basis for HSBC Group.
   
10 Share-based payments


  During 2008, US$819 million was charged to the income statement in respect of share-based payment transactions settled in equity (2007: US$870 million; 2006: US$854 million). This expense, which was computed from the fair values of the share-based payment transactions when contracted, arose under employee share awards made in accordance with HSBC’s reward structures.
   
  Calculation of fair values
   
  Fair values of share options/awards, measured at the date of grant of the option/award, are calculated using a binomial lattice model methodology that is based on the underlying assumptions of the Black-Scholes model. When modelling options/awards with vesting dependent on HSBC’s Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) over a period, the TSR performance targets are incorporated into the model using Monte Carlo simulation. The expected life of options depends on the behaviour of option holders, which is incorporated into the option model on the basis of historic observable data. The fair values calculated are inherently subjective and uncertain due to the assumptions made and the limitations of the model used.
   
  The significant weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the options granted were as follows:
    1-year   3-year   5-year  
    Savings-   Savings-   Savings-  
    Related   Related   Related  
    Share Option   Share Option   Share Option  
    Plan   Plans   Plans  
  2008            
  Risk-free interest rate1 (%) 4.5   4.5   4.5  
  Expected life2 (years) 1   3   5  
  Expected volatility3 (%) 25   25   25  
  Share price at grant date (£) 8.80   8.80   8.80  
               
  2007            
  Risk-free interest rate1 (%) 5.6   5.5   5.4  
  Expected life2 (years) 1   3   5  
  Expected volatility3 (%) 17   17   17  
  Share price at grant date (£) 9.24   9.24   9.24  
               
  2006            
  Risk-free interest rate1 (%) 4.7   4.8   4.7  
  Expected life2 (years) 1   3   5  
  Expected volatility3 (%) 17   17   17  
  Share price at grant date (£) 9.54   9.54   9.54  
     
  1 The risk-free rate was determined from the UK gilts yield curve for the UK Savings-Related Share Option Plans. A similar yield curve was used for the International Savings-Related Share Option Plans.
  2 Expected life is not a single input parameter but a function of various behavioural assumptions.
  3 Expected volatility is estimated by considering both historic average share price volatility and implied volatility derived from traded options over HSBC shares of similar maturity to those of the employee options.
   
  Expected dividends are incorporated into the valuation model for share options and awards, where applicable. The expected US dollar denominated dividend growth was determined to be 7 per cent for the first year (2007: 10 per cent for first 3 years) and 8 per cent thereafter (2007: 8 per cent), in line with consensus analyst forecasts.
   
  The HSBC Share Plan
   
  The HSBC Share Plan was adopted by HSBC Holdings in 2005. Under this plan, Performance Share awards, restricted share awards and share option awards may be made. The aim of the HSBC Share Plan is to align the interests of executives with the creation of shareholder value and recognise individual performance and potential. Awards are also made under this plan for recruitment and retention purposes.

 

376


Back to Contents

  Performance Share awards
   
  Performance Shares are awarded to executive Directors and other senior executives after taking into account individual performance in the previous year. For awards made prior to 2008, each award is divided into two equal parts for testing attainment against pre-determined benchmarks. One half of the award is subject to a TSR measure, based on HSBC’s ranking against a comparator group of 28 major banks; the other half is subject to an earnings per share target. For each element of the award, shares are released to the employee on a sliding scale from 30 to 100 per cent of the award, depending on the scale of achievement against the benchmarks, providing that the minimum criteria for each performance measure has been met.
   
  For awards made during 2008 and prospectively, each award is divided into three parts for testing attainment against pre-determined benchmarks. 40 per cent of the award is subject to a TSR measure, based on HSBC’s ranking against a comparator group of 26 major banks; 40 per cent is subject to an economic profit measure, calculated as the average annual difference between return on invested capital and HSBC’s benchmark cost of capital; and 20 per cent is subject to an earnings per share target. For the TSR and EPS elements of the awards, shares are released to the employee on a sliding scale from 20 to 100 per cent of the award, depending on the scale of achievement against the benchmarks. For the economic profit element of the awards, shares are released to the employee on a sliding scale from zero to 100 per cent, depending on the scale of achievement against the benchmark. In all cases, shares are only released when the minimum criteria for each performance measure has been met.
   
  In determining whether HSBC Holdings has achieved such sustained improvement the Remuneration Committee will take account of all relevant factors, in particular, comparisons against the TSR comparator group in areas such as revenue growth and mix, cost efficiency, credit performance, cash return on cash invested, dividend performance and TSR.
   
        2008    2007   
        Number    Number   
        (000s)    (000s)  
             
  Outstanding at 1 January    12,318    10,367   
  Additions during the year    5,664    3,263   
  Released in the year    (2,246 )   
  Forfeited in the year    (4,117 ) (1,312 )
       
  
  
  Outstanding at 31 December    11,619    12,318   
       
  
 
   
  The weighted average fair value of shares awarded by HSBC for performance share awards in 2008 was US$13.61 (2007: US$13.24).
   
  Restricted share awards
   
  Restricted shares are awarded to other employees on the basis of their performance, potential and retention requirements, to aid recruitment or as a part-deferral of annual bonuses. Shares are awarded without corporate performance conditions and generally vest between one and three years from the date of award, providing the employees have remained continually employed by HSBC for this period.
   
        2008    2007   
        Number    Number   
        (000s)   (000s)   
             
  Outstanding at 1 January    79,256    43,420   
  Additions during the year    72,120    52,790   
  Released in the year    (17,092 ) (8,781 )
  Forfeited in the year    (12,078 ) (8,173 )
       
  
  
  Outstanding at 31 December    122,206    79,256   
       
  
 
             
   
  The weighted average fair value of shares awarded by HSBC for restricted share awards in 2008 was US$14.64 (2007: US$17.92).
   
  Share options
   
  Share options were granted in 2005 under the HSBC Share Plan to employees in France on the basis of their performance in the previous year. The share options are subject to the corporate performance conditions, which consist of an absolute earnings per share measure and a TSR measure based on HSBC Holdings’ ranking against a comparator group of 28 major banks. The options may vest after three years and are exercisable up to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, after which they will lapse.

 

377


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 10

 

        2008    2007  
       


  


 
              Weighted          Weighted  
              average          average  
              exercise          exercise  
        Number    price    Number    price  
        (000s)   £    (000s)    £  
                     
  Outstanding at 1 January    524    8.85    628    8.84  
  Forfeited and expired in the year    (224 ) 8.79    (104 ) 8.79  
       
        
       
  Outstanding at 31 December    300    8.89    524    8.85  
       
        
       
                     
  No options were granted in 2008 (2007: nil). The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at the balance sheet date was 2.1 years (2007: 2.4 years). The exercise price range of options outstanding at the balance sheet date was £8.79 -£9.17. All of the options were exercisable. The options exercisable at the balance sheet date were 300 (2007: nil).
   
  Savings-related share option plans 
   
  Savings-related share option plans invite eligible employees to enter into savings contracts to save up to £250 per month (or its equivalent in US dollars, Hong Kong dollars or euros), with the option to use the savings to acquire shares. The aim of the plans is to align the interests of all employees with the creation of shareholder value. The options are exercisable within three months following the first anniversary of the commencement of a one-year savings contract or within six months following either the third or the fifth anniversaries of the commencement of three-year or five-year savings contracts, respectively. The exercise price is set at a 20 per cent (2007: 20 per cent) discount to the market value immediately preceding the date of invitation (except for the one-year options granted under the US sub-plan where a 15 per cent discount is applied).
   
        2008    2007  
       


  


 
              Weighted          Weighted  
              average          average  
              exercise          exercise  
        Number    price    Number    price  
      (000s)   £   (000s)   £  
                     
  Outstanding at 1 January    89,739    6.83    87,837    6.58  
  Granted in the year    32,951    6.82    30,105    7.43  
  Exercised in the year    (30,126 ) 6.10    (17,951 ) 6.58  
  Forfeited and expired in the year    (18,163 ) 7.04    (10,252 ) 6.58  
       
        
       
  Outstanding at 31 December    74,401    6.97    89,739    6.83  
       
        
       
                     
  The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was US$3.89 (2007: US$4.24). The weighted average share price at the date the share options were exercised was US$15.48 (2007: US$17.93). The exercise price range and weighted average remaining contractual life for options outstanding at the balance sheet date were as follows:
   
        2008    2007  
             
  Exercise price range (£)    5.35-7.67    5.35-7.93  
  Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)    1.87    1.67  
  Of which exercisable:              
     Number (000s)    1,751    541  
     Weighted average exercise price (£)    6.03    6.44  
   
  HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000
   
  Performance Share awards made under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 (the ‘Restricted Share Plan’)
   
  Performance share awards under the Restricted Share Plan were granted to senior executives from 2000 to 2004. The aim of the plan was to align the interests of executives with the creation of shareholder value. This was achieved by setting certain TSR targets against a peer group of major banks which would normally have to be attained in order for the awards to vest. In addition to these performance conditions, none of the outstanding awards will vest unless the Remuneration Committee is satisfied that, during the performance period, HSBC has achieved sustained growth. Following adoption of the HSBC Share Plan in 2005, no further awards will be made under this Plan other than from reinvested scrip dividends.

 

378


Back to Contents

          2008    2007   
          Number    Number   
          (000s)   (000s)  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Outstanding at 1 January    4,811    12,328   
  Additions during the year1    159    301   
  Released in the year    (11 ) (2,332 )
  Forfeited in the year    (4,959 ) (5,486 )
       
  
  
  Outstanding at 31 December       4,811   
         
  
  
               
  1 Additions during the year comprised reinvested scrip dividends.           
   
  There was no weighted average remaining vesting period at 31 December 2008 (2007: 0.2 years).      
   
  Restricted share awards made under the Restricted Share Plan
   
  Restricted share awards under the Restricted Share Plan were granted to eligible employees from 2000 to 2005, after taking into account the employees’ performance in the previous year, their potential and retention requirements. Restricted shares were also awarded as part-deferral of annual bonuses or for recruitment purposes. Shares were awarded without corporate performance conditions and generally vest between one and three years from the date of award, providing the employees have remained continuously employed by HSBC for the period.
   
        2008    2007   
        Number    Number   
        (000s)   (000s)  
             
  Outstanding at 1 January    19,299    38,670   
  Additions during the year1     934    199   
  Released in the year    (16,405 ) (17,156 )
  Forfeited in the year    (1,111 ) (2,414 )
       
  
  
  Outstanding at 31 December    2,717    19,299   
       
  
  
     
  1 Additions during the year comprised reinvested scrip dividends and reinstatement of awards.
     
  The weighted average remaining vesting period as at 31 December 2008 was 0.5 years (2007: 0.3 years).
     
  HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan 
     
  The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan was a long-term incentive plan under which certain HSBC employees between 2000 and 2005 were awarded share options. The aim of the plan was to align the interests of those higher performing employees with the creation of shareholder value. This was achieved by setting certain TSR targets which would normally have to be attained in order for the awards to vest. Options were granted at market value and are normally exercisable between the third and tenth anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to vesting conditions. Options granted after May 2005 are made under the HSBC Share Plan.
     
        2008    2007  
     


  


 
              Weighted          Weighted  
              average          average  
              exercise          exercise  
        Number    price    Number    price  
        (000s)   £    (000s)   £  
                     
  Outstanding at 1 January    152,216    8.15    168,786    8.09  
  Exercised in the year    (3,734 ) 7.38    (8,351 ) 7.64  
  Forfeited and expired in the year    (5,889 ) 8.28    (8,219 ) 8.02  
     
        
       
  Outstanding at 31 December    142,593    8.16    152,216    8.15  
     
        
       
       
The weighted average share price at the date the share options were exercised was US$14.65 (2007: US$18.08). The number of options, weighted average exercise price, and weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at the balance sheet date, analysed by exercise price range, were as follows:

 

379


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 10 and 11

 

       2008    2007  
      


  


 
                   
  Exercise price range (£) 6.00-8.00    8.01-10.00    6.00-8.00    8.01-10.00  
  Number (000s) 25,947    116,646    29,312    122,904  
  Weighted average exercise price (£) 6.91    8.44    6.92    8.44  
  Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) 4.33    4.34    5.33    5.34  
  Of which exercisable:                       
    Number (000s) 25,947    116,646    29,312    61,650  
    Weighted average exercise price (£) 6.91    8.44    6.92    8.59  
                     
  HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme
   
  The HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme was a long-term incentive plan under which certain senior HSBC employees were awarded share options before the adoption of the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan in 2000. The aim of the plan was to align the interests of those higher performing senior employees with the creation of shareholder value. This was achieved by setting certain TSR targets to be attained in order for the awards to vest. Options were granted at market value and were exercisable between the third and tenth anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to vesting conditions. No awards have been made under this plan since 2000 and the remaining unexercised options are summarised below:
   
     2008    2007  
    


  


 
           Weighted          Weighted  
           average          average  
           exercise          exercise  
     Number    price    Number    price  
     (000s)   £    (000s)   £  
  
  Outstanding at 1 January 18,239    6.85    22,037    6.82  
  Exercised in the year (4,051 ) 6.58    (3,377 ) 6.65  
  Expired in the year (224 ) 7.70    (421 ) 6.84  
    
       
    
  Outstanding at 31 December 13,964   6.92    18,239    6.85  
    
       
    
                 
  The weighted average share price at the date the share options were exercised was US$14.65 (2007: US$18.08).
   
  The number of options, weighted average exercise price and weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at the balance sheet date, analysed by exercise price range, were as follows:
             
       2008    2007  
  
  Exercise price range (£) 6.01-7.87    6.01-7.87  
  Number (000s) 13,964    18,239  
  Weighted average exercise price (£) 6.92    6.85  
  Weighted average remaining contractual life (years) 0.75    1.66  
  Of which exercisable:           
    Number (000s) 13,964    18,239  
    Weighted average exercise price (£) 6.92    6.85  
   
  HSBC France and subsidiary company plans
   
  Before its acquisition by HSBC in 2000, HSBC France and certain of its subsidiaries operated employee share plans under which share options were granted over their respective shares.
   
  Options over HSBC France shares granted between 1994 and 1999 vested upon announcement of HSBC’s agreement to acquire HSBC France and were therefore included in the valuation of HSBC France.
   
  HSBC France granted 909,000 options in 2000 after the public announcement of the acquisition and these options did not vest as a result of the change in control. The options were subject to continued employment and vested on 1 January 2002. The HSBC France shares obtained on exercise of the options are exchangeable for HSBC’s ordinary shares of US$0.50 each in the same ratio as the Exchange Offer for HSBC France shares (13 ordinary shares of US$0.50 for each HSBC France share). Options were granted at market value and are exercisable within 10 years of the date of grant.

 

380


Back to Contents

     2008    2007  
  


  


 
           Exercise          Exercise  
     Number    price    Number    price  
     (000s)      (000s)    
  
  Outstanding at 1 January 604    142.5    648    142.5  
  Exercised in the year    142.5    (42 ) 142.5  
  
       
    
  Outstanding and exercisable at 31 December 604    142.5    604    142.5  
  
       
    
   
  The weighted average share price at the date the share options were exercised was nil (2007: US$18.08). The remaining contractual life for options outstanding at the balance sheet date was 1.3 years (2007: 2.3 years).  At the date of its acquisition in 2000, certain of HSBC France’s subsidiary companies also operated employee share option plans under which options could be granted over their respective shares. On exercise of certain of these options, the subsidiary shares are exchanged for HSBC ordinary shares. The total number of HSBC ordinary shares exchanged under such arrangements in 2008 was 12,810 (2007: 113,240).
   
  HSBC Finance 
   
  Upon acquisition, HSBC Finance share options previously granted were converted to share options over HSBC ordinary shares of US$0.50 each at a rate of 2.675 HSBC share options (the same ratio as the Exchange Offer for HSBC Finance) for each HSBC Finance share option. Options granted under HSBC Finance’s own share option schemes prior to the announcement of the acquisition by HSBC in November 2002 vested as options over HSBC shares upon acquisition by HSBC. Options granted after the announcement of the acquisition in November 2002 but prior to its completion on 28 March 2003 generally vest equally over four years and expire ten years from the date of grant.
   
     2008    2007  
  


  


 
           Exercise          Exercise  
     Number    price    Number    price  
     (000s)   US$    (000s)   US$  
  
  Outstanding at 1 January 2,455    10.66    3,126    10.66  
  Exercised in the year (12 ) 10.66    (671 ) 10.66  
  Expired in the year (41 ) 10.66       10.66  
  
       
    
  Outstanding and exercisable at 31 December 2,402    10.66    2,455    10.66  
  
       
    
               
The weighted average share price at the date the share options were exercised was US$14.65 (2007: US$18.08). The remaining contractual life for options outstanding at the balance sheet date was 3.9 years (2007: 4.9 years).
 
11 Tax expense                  








  
      2008    2007    2006   
      US$m    US$m    US$m   
   Current tax                  
   UK corporation tax charge – on current year profit 1,738    1,372    772   
   UK corporation tax charge – adjustments in respect of prior years (67 ) (46 ) (122 )
   Overseas tax – on current year profit 1,732    3,976    4,600   
   Overseas tax – adjustments in respect of prior years (29 ) (97 ) (48 )
     
  
  
  
      3,374    5,205    5,202   
     
  
  
  
   Deferred tax                  
   Origination and reversal of temporary differences (504 ) (1,247 ) (51 )
   Effect of changes in tax rates (89 ) (35 )   
   Adjustments in respect of prior years 28    (166 ) 64   
     
  
  
  
      (565 ) (1,448 ) 13   
     
  
  
  
   Tax expense 2,809    3,757    5,215   
     
  
  
  
               
  The UK corporation tax rate applying to HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries changed from 30 per cent to 28 per cent with effect from 1 April 2008 (2007: 30 per cent; 2006: 30 per cent). Overseas tax included Hong Kong profits tax of

 

381


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 10

 

  US$846 million (2007: US$1,137 million; 2006: US$751 million). The Hong Kong tax rate applying to the profits of subsidiaries assessable in Hong Kong changed from 17.5 per cent to 16.5 per cent with effect from 1 January 2008 (2007: 17.5 per cent; 2006: 17.5 per cent). Other overseas subsidiaries and overseas branches provided for taxation at the appropriate rates in the countries in which they operate.
   
  The following table reconciles the tax expense which would apply if all profits had been taxed at the UK corporation tax rate:
   
       2008    2007    2006   
    


 


 


 
       US$m    %    US$m    %    US$m    %   
    Analysis of tax expense                                    
   
Taxation at UK corporation tax rate of 28.5% (2007 and 2006: 30%)1
2,652    28.5    7,264    30.0    6,626    30.0   
    Goodwill impaired 3,010    32.3               
   
Effect of taxing overseas profits in principal locations at different rates
(1,339 ) (14.4 ) (1,460 ) (6.0 ) (568 ) (2.6 )
    Tax-free gains (1,016 ) (10.9 ) (296 ) (1.2 ) (199 ) (0.9 )
    Adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities (67 ) (0.7 ) (309 ) (1.3 ) (106 ) (0.5 )
    Low income housing tax credits2 (103 ) (1.1 ) (107 ) (0.4 ) (108 ) (0.5 )
    Effect of profit in associates and joint ventures (473 ) (5.1 ) (450 ) (1.9 ) (253 ) (1.1 )
   
Effect of previously unrecognised temporary differences3
(98 ) (1.1 ) (485 ) (2.0 ) (122 ) (0.6 )
   
Release of deferred tax consequent on restructuring of Group interests
      (359 ) (1.5 )      
   
Impact of gains arising from dilution of interests in associates4
      (253 ) (1.0 )      
    Other items 243    2.7    212    0.8    (55 ) (0.2 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Overall tax expense 2,809    30.2    3,757    15.5    5,215    23.6   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
  1 The change in the UK corporation tax rate from 30 per cent to 28 per cent with effect from 1 April 2008 gave rise to a blended tax rate for 2008 of 28.5 per cent.
  2 Low income housing tax credits arise in the US and are designed to encourage the provision of rental housing for low income households.
  3 The effect of previously unrecognised temporary differences principally relates to the recognition of trading losses (2007 and 2006: capital losses).
  4 The gains arising from the dilution of HSBC’s interests in associates were not subject to tax and, as such, there is a reconciling item which reduces the effective tax rate for 2007 (see Note 4).
     
  In addition to the amount charged to the income statement, the aggregate amount of current and deferred tax, relating to items that are taken directly to total equity, was a US$1,879 million increase in total equity (2007: US$226 million reduction in total equity; 2006: US$44 million reduction in total equity).
     
  The 2007 Finance Act reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 30 per cent to 28 per cent, enacted in 2007 but commencing in 2008, resulted in a one off re-measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities at 31 December 2007. It gave rise to a credit to the Group’s tax charge of US$28 million in 2007.
     
  Deferred taxation
  HSBC
     
       2008    2007   
       US$m    US$m   
  
  At 1 January 3,425    2,145   
  Income statement credit 565    1,448   
  Equity:            
     – available-for-sale investments 582    (8 )
     – cash flow hedges 92    470   
     – share-based payments    (65 )
     –  actuarial gains and losses 433    (642 )
  Foreign exchange and other adjustments 59    77   
    
  
 
At 31 December 5,156   3,425  
 
 
 

 

382


Back to Contents

  The amount of deferred taxation accounted for in the consolidated balance sheet, before offsetting balances within countries, comprised the following deferred tax assets and liabilities:
           
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
  Deferred tax assets        
  Retirement benefits 927   822  
  Loan impairment allowances 5,891   4,484  
  Unused tax losses 282   272  
  Accelerated capital allowances 99   97  
  Available-for-sale investments 518   77  
  Cash flow hedges 1,145   570  
  Share-based payments 245   326  
  Other short-term temporary differences 457   900  
   
 
 
    9,564   7,548  
   
 
 
  Deferred tax liabilities        
  Assets leased to customers 916   1,285  
  Revaluation of property 374   507  
  Accelerated capital allowances 167   206  
  Other short-term temporary differences 419   202  
  Provision for tax on profit remitted from overseas 78   102  
  Available-for-sale investments 121   198  
  Cash flow hedges 280   96  
  Fee income 930   943  
  Other temporary differences 1,123   584  
   
 
 
    4,408   4,123  
   
 
 
  Net deferred tax assets before offsetting balances within countries 5,156   3,425  
   
 
 
  After offsetting balances within countries, the balances as disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet are as follows:
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  Deferred tax assets 7,011   5,284  
  Deferred tax liabilities (1,855 ) (1,859 )
   
 
 
    5,156   3,425  
   
 
 
           
  The amount of temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in the balance sheet is US$878 million (2007: US$923 million). Of this amount, US$805 million (2007: US$750 million) has no expiry date and US$73 million (2007: US$173 million) is scheduled to expire within 10 years (2007: 10 years).
   
  Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of the Group’s investments in subsidiaries, branches, associates and interests in joint ventures where remittance is not contemplated or where no additional tax is expected to arise. The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with such investments is US$38,443 million (2007: US$29,947 million; 2006: US$22,424 million).
   
  Of the total net deferred tax assets of US$7.0 billion at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$5.3 billion), US$5.0 billion (2007: US$3.7 billion) arises in respect of HSBC’s US operations where there has been a recent history of losses. The recognition of the deferred tax assets in respect of HSBC’s US operations is dependent on the capacity to carry back up to US$1.9 billion of net operating losses arising in 2009 (2007 capacity: US$7.3 billion) but mainly relies on the projection of future taxable profits. Management’s forecasts support the assumption that it is probable that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to utilise the deferred tax assets. These forecasts rely on continued liquidity and capital support to the US operations from HSBC, including tax planning strategies implemented in relation to such support.

 

383


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 11, 12, 13 and 14

 

  HSBC Holdings    
    Deferred tax asset/(liability)  
 
 
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
  Temporary differences:        
     – short-term timing differences 1   1  
     – fair valued assets and liabilities 30   (14 )
     – share-based payments 11   20  
 
 
 
    42   7  
 
 
 
         
12 Dividends            









  Dividends to shareholders of the parent company were as follows:  
                 
      2008   2007   2006  
     
 
 
 
      Per       Settled   Per       Settled   Per       Settled  
      share   Total   in scrip   share   Total   in scrip   share   Total   in scrip  
      US$   US$m   US$m   US$   US$m   US$m   US$   US$m   US$m  
  Dividends declared on ordinary shares                                    
  In respect of previous year:                                    
    – fourth interim dividend 0.390   4,620   2,233   0.360   4,161   2,116   0.310   3,513   1,542  
  In respect of current year:                                    
    – first interim dividend 0.180   2,158   256   0.170   1,986   712   0.150   1,712   248  
    – second interim dividend 0.180   2,166   727   0.170   1,997   912   0.150   1,724   515  
    – third interim dividend 0.180    2,175   380   0.170    2,007    614   0.150    1,730   223  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      0.930    11,119   3,596   0.870    10,151    4,354   0.760    8,679   2,528  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quarterly dividends on preference shares classified as equity
                                   
  March dividend 15.50   22       15.50   22       15.50   22      
  June dividend 15.50   23       15.50   23       15.50   23      
  September dividend 15.50   22       15.50   22       15.50   22      
  December dividend 15.50    23       15.50    23       15.50    23      
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
      62.00    90       62.00    90       62.00    90      
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
Quarterly coupons on capital securities classified as equity1
                                   
  July coupon 0.541   47                      
  October coupon 0.508    45                      
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
      1.049    92                      
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
  1 During April 2008, HSBC Holdings issued US$2,200 million of Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities (‘Capital Securities’), which are classified as equity under IFRSs.
   
  The Directors declared after the end of the year a fourth interim dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2008 of US$0.10 per ordinary share, a distribution of US$1,214 million. The fourth interim dividend will be payable on 6 May 2009 to shareholders on the Register at the close of business on 20 March 2009. No liability is recorded in the financial statements in respect of the fourth interim dividend for 2008.
 
  On 15 January 2009, HSBC paid a further coupon on the Capital Securities of US$0.508 per security, a distribution of US$45 million. No liability is recorded in the balance sheet at 31 December 2008 in respect of this coupon payment.
 
13 Earnings per share

  Basic earnings per ordinary share was calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company of US$5,546 million (2007: US$19,043 million; 2006: US$15,699 million) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, excluding own shares held, outstanding in 2008 of 11,812 million (2007: 11,545 million; 2006: 11,210 million).

 

384


Back to Contents

     2008    2007    2006   
     US$m    US$m    US$m   
  
  Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company 5,728    19,133    15,789   
  Dividend payable on preference shares classified as equity (90 ) (90 ) (90 )
  Coupon payable on capital securities classified as equity (92 )      
    
 
 
 
  Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company 5,546    19,043    15,699   
    
 
 
 
               
  Diluted earnings per ordinary share was calculated by dividing the basic earnings, which require no adjustment for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares (including share options outstanding not yet exercised), by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held, plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on ordinary conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares in 2008 of 11,915 million (2007: 11,661 million; 2006: 11,320 million). The effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares on the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding was as follows:
           
      Number of shares (millions)    
     






   
       2008      2007      2006    
                       
  Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding 11,812      11,545      11,210    
  Weighted average number of dilutive potential ordinary shares 103      116      110    
    – Savings-related Share Option Plan 11      20      27    
    – Executive Share Option Scheme 3      5      10    
    – Group Share Option Plan 4      16      28    
    – Restricted and performance share awards 83      67      32    
    – HSBC France share options 1      5      8    
    – HSBC Finance share options 1      3      5    
      
    
    
   
  Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding assuming dilution 11,915      11,661      11,320    
      
    
    
   
                       
  The weighted average number of dilutive potential ordinary shares excludes 145 million employee share options that were anti-dilutive (2007: 19 million; 2006: 20 million).    
   
14 Segmental analysis

  In the following segmental analysis, the benefit of shareholders’ funds impacts the analysis only to the extent that these funds are actually allocated to businesses in the segment by way of intra-HSBC capital and funding structures.
   
  By geographical region
   
  Geographical information is classified by the location of the principal operations of the subsidiary or, for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, HSBC Bank, HSBC Bank Middle East, HSBC Finance and HSBC Bank USA, by the location of the branch responsible for reporting the results or advancing the funds. Due to the nature of HSBC’s structure, the analysis of profits shown below includes intra-HSBC items between geographical regions with the elimination shown in a separate column. The Rest of Asia-Pacific geographical segment includes the Middle East, India and Australasia. Shared costs are included in segments on the basis of the actual recharges made.
   
  By customer groups and global businesses
   
  HSBC’s operations include a number of shared support services and GMO functions. The costs of these functions are allocated to customer groups and global businesses, where appropriate, on a systematic and consistent basis. In addition, a number of income and expense items include the effect of financial transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business between customer groups co-operating within the integrated HSBC Group. The analysis on pages 389 to 392 includes inter-segment amounts within each customer group with the elimination shown in a separate column.

 

385


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 14

 

  By geographical region                      
  Profit before tax                      
    Year ended 31 December 2008    
   












   
            Rest of             Intra-        
        Hong     Asia-     North     Latin     HSBC        
    Europe     Kong     Pacific     America     America     items     Total    
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                             
  Interest income 35,117     9,530     11,517     25,897     11,632     (2,392 )   91,301    
  Interest expense (25,421 )   (3,832 )   (6,024 )   (10,679 )   (5,174 )   2,392     (48,738 )  
  Net interest income 9,696     5,698     5,493     15,218     6,458         42,563    
  Fee income 10,225     3,062     3,154     6,292     2,716     (685 )   24,764    
  Fee expense (2,733 )   (482 )   (596 )   (1,065 )   (549 )   685     (4,740 )  
  Net fee income 7,492     2,580     2,558     5,227     2,167         20,024    
 
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
1,691     856     1,823     (3,879 )   356         847    
  Net interest income on trading activities 3,666     337     621     744     345         5,713    
  Net trading income 5,357     1,193     2,444     (3,135 )   701         6,560    
 
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
2,939     3     1     3,736             6,679    
 
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
(1,826 )   (1,194 )   (172 )   1     364         (2,827 )  
 
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
1,113     (1,191 )   (171 )   3,737     364         3,852    
  Gains less losses from financial investments 418     (309 )   32     (120 )   176         197    
  Dividend income 130     41     4     77     20         272    
  Net earned insurance premiums 5,299     3,247     197     390     1,717         10,850    
  Gains on disposal of French regional banks 2,445                         2,445    
  Other operating income 2,096     817     1,064     23     300     (2,492 )   1,808    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Total operating income 34,046     12,076     11,621     21,417     11,903     (2,492 )   88,571    
 
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders
(3,367 )   (1,922 )   28     (238 )   (1,390 )       (6,889 )  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
30,679     10,154     11,649     21,179     10,513     (2,492 )   81,682    
 
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(3,754 )   (765 )   (1,131 )   (16,795 )   (2,492 )       (24,937 )  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Net operating income1 26,925     9,389     10,518     4,384     8,021     (2,492 )   56,745    
 
Total operating expenses (excluding depreciation, amortisation and impairment)
(14,979 )   (3,631 )   (5,440 )   (8,891 )   (5,603 )   2,492     (36,052 )  
  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (865 )   (209 )   (188 )   (265 )   (223 )       (1,750 )  
  Amortisation of intangible assets (228 )   (103 )   (35 )   (203 )   (164 )       (733 )  
  Goodwill impairment             (10,564 )           (10,564 )  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Total operating expenses (16,072 )   (3,943 )   (5,663 )   (19,923 )   (5,990 )   2,492     (49,099 )  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Operating profit/(loss) 10,853     5,446     4,855     (15,539 )   2,031         7,646    
  Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 16     15     1,613     11     6         1,661    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Profit/(loss) before tax 10,869     5,461     6,468     (15,528 )   2,037         9,307    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

 

386


Back to Contents

     Year ended 31 December 2007    
   
   
                       Rest of                         Intra-              
              Hong       Asia-       North       Latin       HSBC              
     Europe       Kong       Pacific       America       America       items       Total     
     US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m     
                                             
  Interest income 33,144       12,580       10,158       30,183       9,471       (3,177 )    92,359     
  Interest expense (25,398 )    (7,097 )    (6,015 )    (15,336 )    (3,895 )    3,177       (54,564 )  
  Net interest income 7,746       5,483       4,143       14,847       5,576             37,795     
  Fee income 10,973       3,860       2,709       6,733       2,647       (585 )    26,337     
  Fee expense (2,542 )    (498 )    (463 )    (923 )    (494 )    585       (4,335 )  
  Net fee income 8,431       3,362       2,246       5,810       2,153             22,002     
 
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
3,003       1,270       1,202       (1,289 )    272             4,458     
  Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities 3,940       (28 )    441       747       276             5,376     
  Net trading income/(expense) 6,943       1,242       1,643       (542 )    548             9,834     
 
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
1,059       2       1       1,750                   2,812     
 
Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value
167       674       110             320             1,271     
 
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
1,226       676       111       1,750       320             4,083     
  Gains less losses from financial investments 1,326       94       38       245       253             1,956     
  Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates             1,081             11             1,092     
  Dividend income 171       31       8       105       9             324     
  Net earned insurance premiums 4,010       2,797       226       449       1,594             9,076     
  Other operating income 1,193       845       798       360       228       (1,985 )    1,439     
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
  Total operating income 31,046       14,530       10,294       23,024       10,692       (1,985 )    87,601     
 
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders
(3,479 )    (3,208 )    (253 )    (241 )    (1,427 )          (8,608 )  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
27,567       11,322       10,041       22,783       9,265       (1,985 )    78,993     
  Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (2,542 )    (231 )    (616 )    (12,156 )    (1,697 )          (17,242 )  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 
  Net operating income1 25,025       11,091       9,425       10,627       7,568       (1,985 )    61,751     
 
Total operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortisation)
(15,451 )    (3,510 )    (4,572 )    (10,037 )    (5,043 )    1,985       (36,628 )  
  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (848 )    (180 )    (159 )    (317 )    (210 )          (1,714 )  
  Amortisation of intangible assets (226 )    (90 )    (33 )    (202 )    (149 )          (700 )  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 
  Total operating expenses (16,525 )    (3,780 )    (4,764 )    (10,556 )    (5,402 )    1,985       (39,042 )  
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 
  Operating profit 8,500       7,311       4,661       71       2,166             22,709     
  Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 95       28       1,348       20       12             1,503     
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 
  Profit before tax 8,595       7,339       6,009       91       2,178             24,212     
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

387


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 14

 

  By geographical region (continued)                                                            
  Profit before tax                                                            
     Year ended 31 December 2006   
   



















                       Rest of                         Intra-            
              Hong       Asia-       North       Latin       HSBC            
     Europe       Kong       Pacific       America       America       items       Total   
     US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m   
                                           
  Interest income 25,249       11,097       7,693       27,959       7,289       (3,408 )    75,879   
  Interest expense (16,960 )    (6,412 )    (4,646 )    (13,691 )    (3,092 )    3,408       (41,393 )
  Net interest income 8,289       4,685       3,047       14,268       4,197             34,486   
  Fee income 9,583       2,448       1,912       5,611       1,975       (449 )    21,080   
  Fee expense (2,475 )    (392 )    (290 )    (845 )    (345 )    449       (3,898 )
  Net fee income 7,108       2,056       1,622       4,766       1,630             17,182   
 
Trading income excluding net interest income
2,842       924       935       617       301             5,619   
 
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
1,687       (307 )    246       741       236             2,603   
  Net trading income 4,529       617       1,181       1,358       537             8,222   
 
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
28                   (63 )                (35 )
 
Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value
116       260       79             237             692   
 
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
144       260       79       (63 )    237             657   
  Gains less losses from financial investments 624       162       41       58       84             969   
  Dividend income 183       61       5       85       6             340   
  Net earned insurance premiums 1,298       2,628       174       492       1,076             5,668   
  Other operating income 1,428       834       765       922       91       (1,494 )    2,546   
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Total operating income 23,603       11,303       6,914       21,886       7,858       (1,494 )    70,070   
 
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders
(531 )    (2,699 )    (192 )    (259 )    (1,023 )          (4,704 )
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
23,072       8,604       6,722       21,627       6,835       (1,494 )    65,366   
 
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(2,155 )    (172 )    (512 )    (6,796 )    (938 )          (10,573 )
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Net operating income1 20,917       8,432       6,210       14,831       5,897       (1,494 )    54,793   
 
Total operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortisation)
(12,811 )    (3,002 )    (3,412 )    (9,669 )    (3,923 )    1,494       (31,323 )
  Depreciation of property, plant  and equipment (762 )    (171 )    (124 )    (284 )    (173 )          (1,514 )
  Amortisation of intangible assets (298 )    (96 )    (12 )    (240 )    (70 )          (716 )
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Total operating expenses (13,871 )    (3,269 )    (3,548 )    (10,193 )    (4,166 )    1,494       (33,553 )
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Operating profit 7,046       5,163       2,662       4,638       1,731             21,240   
 
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
(72 )    19       865       30       4             846   
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Profit before tax 6,974       5,182       3,527       4,668       1,735             22,086   
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 

 

388


Back to Contents

  Total assets                        
     At 31 December 2008    At 31 December 2007   
  
 
 
     US$m    %    US$m    %   
                   
  Europe 1,343,011    53.1    1,236,633    52.5   
  Hong Kong 407,151    16.1    356,894    15.2   
  Rest of Asia-Pacific 262,305    10.4    243,205    10.3   
  North America 552,612    21.9    549,285    23.3   
  Latin America 97,944    3.9    101,088    4.3   
  Intra-HSBC items (135,558 ) (5.4 ) (132,839 ) (5.6 )
  
 
 
 
 
     2,527,465    100.0    2,354,266    100.0   
  
 
 
 
 
                   
  Total liabilities                        
     At 31 December 2008    At 31 December 2007   
  
 
 
     US$m    %    US$m    %   
  
  Europe 1,312,922    54.1    1,178,826    53.1   
  Hong Kong 393,304    16.2    341,519    15.4   
  Rest of Asia-Pacific 241,674    10.0    225,592    10.2   
  North America 527,967    21.8    517,516    23.3   
  Latin America 86,927    3.6    88,236    4.0   
  Intra-HSBC items (135,558 ) (5.7 ) (132,839 ) (6.0 )
  
 
 
 
 
     2,427,236    100.0    2,218,850    100.0   
  
 
 
 
 
                                               
  Other disclosures                                                          
               Hong     Rest of Asia-      North       Latin       Intra-HSBC             
       Europe      Kong      Pacific      America       America       items       Total    
       US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m    
  Year ended 31 December 2008                                                          
  Capital expenditure incurred2 2,078      440      511      726       617             4,372    
  Investment in associates and joint ventures 137      153      11,111      128       8             11,537    
  1 Net operating income:                                                          
    External 25,887      8,205      9,396      5,236       8,021             56,745    
    Inter-segment 1,038      1,184      1,122      (852 )          (2,492 )       
                                             
  Year ended 31 December 2007                                                          
  Capital expenditure incurred2 1,722      441      277      833       599             3,872    
  Investment in associates and joint ventures 158      155      9,867      127       77             10,384    
  1 Net operating income:                                                          
    External 23,772      10,168      8,456      11,784       7,571             61,751    
    Inter-segment 1,253      923      969      (1,157 )    (3 )    (1,985 )       
                                             
  Year ended 31 December 2006                                                          
  Capital expenditure incurred2 1,508      324      235      899       2,017             4,983    
  Investment in associates and joint ventures 1,321      128      6,322      541       84             8,396    
  1 Net operating income:                                                          
    External 19,664      7,970      5,592      15,694       5,873             54,793    
    Inter-segment 1,253      462      618      (863 )    24       (1,494 )       
  2 Expenditure incurred on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets                                
           
  By customer groups and global businesses        
           
  Total assets        
     At 31 December 2008    At 31 December 2007   
  
 
 
     US$m    %    US$m    %   
  
  Personal Financial Services 514,419    20.4    621,356    26.4   
  Commercial Banking 249,218    9.9    307,944    13.1   
  Global Banking and Markets 1,896,630    75.0    1,561,468    66.3   
  Private Banking 133,216    5.3    130,893    5.6   
  Other 135,001    5.3    155,685    6.6   
  Intra-HSBC items (401,019 ) (15.9 ) (423,080 ) (18.0 ) 
  
 
 
 
 
Total assets 2,527,465   100.0   2,354,266   100.0  
  
 
 
 
 

 

389


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 14

 

  Profit before tax                                                            
    Year ended 31 December 2008  
   
 
     Personal                Global                         Intra-            
     Financial       Commercial       Banking       Private                HSBC            
     Services       Banking       & Markets       Banking       Other       items       Total   
     US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m       US$m   
  
  Net interest income/(expense) 29,419       9,494       8,541       1,612       (956 )    (5,547 )    42,563   
  Net fee income 10,107       4,097       4,291       1,476       53             20,024   
 
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
175       369       157       408       (262 )          847   
  Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities 79       17       324       14       (268 )    5,547       5,713   
  Net trading income 254       386       481       422       (530 )    5,547       6,560   
 
Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives
                        6,679             6,679   
 
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
(2,912 )    (224 )    (438 )          747             (2,827 )
 
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments  designated at fair value
(2,912 )    (224 )    (438 )          7,426             3,852   
  Gains less losses from financial investments 663       193       (327 )    64       (396 )          197   
  Dividend income 90       88       76       8       10             272   
  Net earned insurance premiums 10,083       679       105             (17 )          10,850   
  Gains on disposal of French regional banks                         2,445             2,445   
  Other operating income 259       939       868       49       4,261       (4,568 )    1,808   
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Total operating income 47,963       15,652       13,597       3,631       12,296       (4,568 )    88,571   
 
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders
(6,474 )    (335 )    (79 )          (1 )          (6,889 )
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Net operating income1 41,489       15,317       13,518       3,631       12,295       (4,568 )    81,682   
 
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(21,220 )    (2,173 )    (1,471 )    (68 )    (5 )          (24,937 )
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Net operating income2 20,269       13,144       12,047       3,563       12,290       (4,568 )    56,745   
  Operating expenses (excluding goodwill impairment) (21,140 )    (6,581 )    (9,092 )    (2,116 )    (4,174 )    4,568       (38,535 )
  Goodwill impairment (10,564 )                                  (10,564 )
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Operating profit (11,435 )    6,563       2,955       1,447       8,116             7,646   
  Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 461       631       528             41             1,661   
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Profit before tax (10,974 )    7,194       3,483       1,447       8,157             9,307   
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  Capital expenditure incurred3 1,901       536       1,115       61       759                4,372   
  
  1 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
  2 Net operating income:                                                            
    External 15,023       13,080       17,739       2,231       8,672             56,745   
    Inter-segment  5,246       64       (5,692 )     1,332       3,618       (4,568 )       
  3 Expenditure incurred on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

 

390


Back to Contents

    Year ended 31 December 2007  
   
 
    Personal         Global             Intra-      
    Financial     Commercial     Banking     Private         HSBC      
    Services     Banking     & Markets     Banking     Other     items     Total  
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
 
  Net interest income/(expense) 29,069     9,055     4,430     1,216     (542 )   (5,433 )   37,795  
  Net fee income/(expense) 11,742     3,972     4,901     1,615     (228 )       22,002  
 
Trading income excluding net interest income
38     265     3,503     525     127         4,458  
 
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
140     31     (236 )   9     (1 )   5,433     5,376  
  Net trading income 178     296     3,267     534     126     5,433     9,834  
 
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
                2,812         2,812  
 
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
1,333     22     (164 )   (1 )   81         1,271  
 
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
1,333     22     (164 )   (1 )   2,893         4,083  
 
Gains less losses from financial investments
351     90     1,313     119     83         1,956  
 
Gains arising from dilution in interests in associates
                1,092         1,092  
  Dividend income 55     8     222     7     32         324  
  Net earned insurance premiums 8,271     733     93         (21 )       9,076  
  Other operating income 387     165     1,218     58     3,523     (3,912 )   1,439  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total operating income 51,386     14,341     15,280     3,548     6,958     (3,912 )   87,601  
 
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders
(8,147 )   (391 )   (70 )               (8,608 )

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net operating income1  43,239     13,950     15,210     3,548     6,958     (3,912 )   78,993  
 
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(16,172 )   (1,007 )   (38 )   (14 )   (11 )       (17,242 )

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net operating income2  27,067     12,943     15,172     3,534     6,947     (3,912 )   61,751  
  Operating expenses (21,757 )   (6,252 )   (9,358 )   (2,025 )   (3,562 )   3,912     (39,042 )

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Operating profit 5,310     6,691     5,814     1,509     3,385         22,709  
 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
590     454     307     2     150         1,503  







  Profit before tax 5,900     7,145     6,121     1,511     3,535         24,212  







  Capital expenditure incurred3  1,335     527     942     73     995         3,872  
   
  1 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
  2 Net operating income:                                        
    External 21,059     11,442     23,595     2,144     3,511         61,751  
    Inter-segment 6,008     1,501     (8,423 )   1,390     3,436     (3,912 )    
  3 Expenditure incurred on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

 

391


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 14 and 15

 

  Profit before tax (continued)
 
    Year ended 31 December 2006  
   
    Personal         Global             Intra-      
    Financial     Commercial     Banking     Private         HSBC      
    Services     Banking     & Markets     Banking     Other     items     Total  
    US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
 
  Net interest income/(expense) 26,076     7,514     3,168     1,011     (625 )   (2,658 )   34,486  
  Net fee income 8,762     3,207     3,718     1,323     172         17,182  
 
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
391     204     4,890     362     (228 )       5,619  
 
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
220     20     (379 )   2     82     2,658     2,603  
  Net trading income/(expense) 611     224     4,511     364     (146 )   2,658     8,222  
 
Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives
                (35 )       (35 )
 
Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value
739     (22 )   20     1     (46 )       692  
 
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
739     (22 )   20     1     (81 )       657  
 
Gains less losses from financial investments
78     44     534     166     147         969  
  Dividend income 31     6     235     5     63         340  
  Net earned insurance premiums 5,130     258     73         207         5,668  
  Other operating income 782     250     1,378     61     3,254     (3,179 )   2,546  







  Total operating income 42,209     11,481     13,637     2,931     2,991     (3,179 )   70,070  
 
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders
(4,365 )   (96 )   (62 )       (181 )       (4,704 )







  Net operating income1  37,844     11,385     13,575     2,931     2,810     (3,179 )   65,366  
 
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(9,949 )   (697 )   119     (33 )   (13 )       (10,573 )







  Net operating income2  27,895     10,688     13,694     2,898     2,797     (3,179 )   54,793  
  Operating expenses (18,818 )   (4,979 )   (7,991 )   (1,685 )   (3,259 )   3,179     (33,553 )







  Operating profit/(loss) 9,077     5,709     5,703     1,213     (462 )       21,240  
 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
380     288     103     1     74         846  







  Profit/(loss) before tax 9,457     5,997     5,806     1,214     (388 )       22,086  







  Capital expenditure incurred3 2,150     1,083     1,021     45     684         4,983  
     
  1 Net operating income before loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions.
  2 Net operating income:
    External 23,238     9,692     20,034     1,661     168         54,793  
    Inter-segment 4,657     996     (6,340 )   1,237     2,629     (3,179 )    
  Expenditure incurred on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.
   
15 Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis


   
  Financial assets and financial liabilities are measured on an ongoing basis either at fair value or at amortised cost. The summary of significant accounting policies in Note 2 describes how the classes of financial instruments are measured, and how income and expenses, including fair value gains and losses, are recognised. The following table analyses the carrying amounts of the financial assets and liabilities by category as defined in IAS 39 and by balance sheet heading.

 

392


Back to Contents

  HSBC     
    At 31 December 2008  













 
                        Financial   Derivatives   Derivatives      
                        assets and   designated   designated      
            Held-to-       Available-   liabilities at   as fair value   as cash flow      
    Held for   Designated   maturity   Loans and   for-sale   amortised   hedging   hedging      
    trading   at fair value   securities   receivables   securities   cost   instruments   instruments   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Financial assets                                    
  Cash and balances at central banks           52,396       52,396  
  Items in the course of collection from other banks           6,003       6,003  
  Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness       15,358           15,358  
  Trading assets 427,329                 427,329  
  Financial assets designated at fair value   28,533               28,533  
  Derivatives 488,385             839   5,652   494,876  
  Loans and advances to banks       153,766           153,766  
  Loans and advances to customers       932,868           932,868  
  Financial investments     14,013     286,222         300,235  
  Other assets       11   1   27,093       27,105  
  Accrued income           13,754       13,754  









 
  Total financial assets 915,714   28,533   14,013   1,102,003   286,223   99,246   839   5,652   2,452,223  









 
  Financial liabilities                                    
  Hong Kong currency notes in circulation       15,358           15,358  
  Deposits by banks           130,084       130,084  
  Customer accounts           1,115,327       1,115,327  
  Items in the course of transmission to other banks           7,232       7,232  
  Trading liabilities 247,652                 247,652  
  Financial liabilities designated at fair value   74,587               74,587  
  Derivatives 481,799             1,267   3,994   487,060  
  Debt securities in issue           179,693       179,693  
  Other liabilities           70,003       70,003  
  Accruals           14,072       14,072  
  Subordinated liabilities           29,433       29,433  









 
  Total financial liabilities 729,451   74,587     15,358     1,545,844   1,267   3,994   2,370,501  









 

 

393


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 15

 

  HSBC (continued)                                      
      At 31 December 2007  
   
 
                          Financial   Derivatives   Derivatives      
                          assets and   designated   designated      
              Held-to-       Available-   liabilities at   as fair value   as cash flow      
      Held for   Designated   maturity   Loans and   for-sale   amortised   hedging   hedging      
      trading   at fair value   securities   receivables   securities   cost   instruments   instruments   Total  
      US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Financial assets                                      
  Cash and balances at central banks             21,765       21,765  
  Items in the course of collection from other banks             9,777       9,777  
 
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness
        13,893           13,893  
  Trading assets   445,968                 445,968  
  Financial assets designated at fair value     41,564               41,564  
  Derivatives   182,604             335   4,915   187,854  
  Loans and advances to banks         237,366           237,366  
  Loans and advances to customers         981,548           981,548  
  Financial investments       9,768     273,232         283,000  
  Other assets         14   28   25,084       25,126  
  Accrued income             18,119       18,119  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total financial assets   628,572   41,564   9,768   1,232,821   273,260   74,745   335   4,915   2,265,980  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Financial liabilities                                      
  Hong Kong currency notes in circulation         13,893           13,893  
  Deposits by banks             132,181       132,181  
  Customer accounts             1,096,140       1,096,140  
  Items in the course of transmission to other banks             8,672       8,672  
  Trading liabilities   314,580                 314,580  
  Financial liabilities designated at fair value     89,939               89,939  
  Derivatives   181,009             403   1,981   183,393  
  Debt securities in issue             246,579       246,579  
  Other liabilities             32,892       32,892  
  Accruals             19,572       19,572  
  Subordinated liabilities             24,819       24,819  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total financial liabilities   495,589   89,939     13,893     1,560,855   403   1,981   2,162,660  









 

 

394


Back to Contents

  HSBC Holdings                        
    At 31 December 2008  
   
 
                    Financial      
                    assets and      
                Available-   liabilities at      
    Held for   Designated   Loans and   for-sale   amortised      
    trading   at fair value   receivables   securities   cost   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Financial assets                        
  Cash at bank and in hand         443   443  
  Derivatives 3,682           3,682  
  Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings     11,804       11,804  
  Financial investments       2,629     2,629  
  Other assets         25   25  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total financial assets 3,682     11,804   2,629   468   18,583  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Financial liabilities                        
  Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings         4,042   4,042  
  Financial liabilities designated at fair value   16,389         16,389  
  Derivatives 1,324           1,324  
  Subordinated liabilities         14,017   14,017  
  Other liabilities         10   10  
  Accruals         288   288  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total financial liabilities 1,324   16,389       18,357   36,070  






 

            At 31 December 2007  
   
 
                    Financial      
                    assets and      
                Available-   liabilities at      
    Held for   Designated   Loans and   for-sale   amortised      
    trading   at fair value   receivables   securities   cost   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Financial assets                        
  Cash at bank and in hand         360   360  
  Derivatives 2,660           2,660  
  Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings     17,242       17,242  
  Financial investments       3,022     3,022  
  Other assets         21   21  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total financial assets 2,660     17,242   3,022   381   23,305  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Financial liabilities                        
  Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings         2,969   2,969  
  Financial liabilities designated at fair value   18,683         18,683  
  Derivatives 44           44  
  Subordinated liabilities         8,544   8,544  
  Other liabilities         5   5  
  Accruals         150   150  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total financial liabilities 44   18,683       11,668   30,395  






 

 

395


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 16 and 17

 

16 Trading assets

    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
  Trading assets:        
  – not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties 340,675   308,286  
  – which may be repledged or resold by counterparties 86,654   137,682  
   
 
 
    427,329   445,968  
   
 
 
  Treasury and other eligible bills 32,458   16,439  
  Debt securities 199,619   178,834  
  Equity securities 21,878   51,476  
   
 
 
    253,955   246,749  
  Loans and advances to banks 73,055   100,440  
  Loans and advances to customers 100,319   98,779  
   
 
 
    427,329   445,968  


 
       
  The following table provides an analysis of trading securities:    
    Fair value  
   
 
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  US Treasury and US Government agencies1 26,621   17,335  
  UK Government 10,586   11,607  
  Hong Kong Government 6,648   5,517  
  Other government 98,983   80,268  
  Asset-backed securities2 6,566   21,502  
  Corporate debt and other securities 82,673   59,044  
  Equity securities 21,878   51,476  
   
 
 
    253,955   246,749  


 
  1 Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  2 Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Treasury and US Government agencies.
 
  Included within the above figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$49,997 million (2007: US$69,818 million), of which US$3,449 million (2007: US$1,488 million) are guaranteed by various governments.  
                   
  The following table analyses trading securities between those listed on a recognised exchange and those that are unlisted:  
                   
    Treasury              
    and other   Debt   Equity      
    eligible bills   securities   securities   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Fair value at 31 December 2008                
  Listed on a recognised exchange1 1    145,370    20,871    166,242  
  Unlisted 32,457   54,249   1,007   87,713  
 
 
 
 
 
     32,458    199,619    21,878    253,955  
 
 
 
 
 
  Fair value at 31 December 2007                
  Listed on a recognised exchange1 34    115,593    50,092    165,719  
  Unlisted 16,405   63,241   1,384   81,030  
 
 
 
 
 
     16,439    178,834    51,476    246,749  




 
  1 Included within listed investments are US$3,870 million (2007: US$6,977 million) of investments listed in Hong Kong.

 

396


Back to Contents

  Loans and advances to banks held for trading consist of:        
           
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  Reverse repos 48,188    80,476  
  Settlement accounts 4,337   8,227  
  Stock borrowing 1,888    8,259  
  Other 18,642   3,478  
 
 
 
     73,055    100,440  


 
           
  Loans and advances to customers held for trading consist of:        
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  Reverse repos 58,285    51,543  
  Stock borrowing 13,740   24,254  
  Settlement accounts 10,116    6,216  
  Other 18,178   16,766  
 
 
 
     100,319    98,779  
 
 
 
         
17 Financial assets designated at fair value


    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  Treasury and other eligible bills 235    181  
  Debt securities 16,349   21,150  
  Equity securities 10,993    20,047  
 
 
 
  Securities designated at fair value 27,577    41,378  
  Loans and advances to banks 230   178  
  Loans and advances to customers 726    8  
 
 
 
     28,533    41,564  
 
 
 
         
  Securities designated at fair value    
    Fair value     
 
 
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  US Treasury and US Government agencies1  93    252  
  UK Government 992   788  
  Hong Kong Government 284    314  
  Other government 3,624   4,427  
  Asset-backed securities2  6,492    8,132  
  Corporate debt and other securities 5,099   7,418  
  Equities 10,993    20,047  
 
 
 
     27,577    41,378  
 
 
 
  1 Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  2 Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Treasury and US Government agencies.
     
  Included within the above figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$10,351 million (2007: US$14,401 million), of which US$14 million (2007: nil) are guaranteed by various governments.

 

397


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) 
   
   
Notes 17 and 18  

 

    Treasury              
    and other   Debt   Equity      
    eligible bills   securities   securities   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Fair value at 31 December 2008                
  Listed on a recognised exchange1  80    3,490    8,140    11,710  
  Unlisted 155   12,859   2,853   15,867  
 
 
 
 
 
     235    16,349    10,993    27,577  
 
 
 
 
 
  Fair value at 31 December 2007                
  Listed on a recognised exchange1  50    8,659    15,449    24,158  
  Unlisted 131   12,491   4,598   17,220  
 
 
 
 
 
     181    21,150    20,047    41,378  
 
 
 
 
 
         
  1 Included within listed investments are US$576 million of investments listed in Hong Kong (2007: US$1,502 million).
   
18 Derivatives


   
  Fair values of derivatives by product contract type held by HSBC
                    
    Assets   Liabilities  
 
 
 
    Trading   Hedging   Total   Trading   Hedging   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  At 31 December 2008                        
  Foreign exchange 115,803    2,010    117,813    115,311    826    116,137  
  Interest rate 259,672   4,481   264,153   252,131   4,435   256,566  
  Equities 18,660       18,660    21,913       21,913  
  Credit derivatives 91,271     91,271   89,715     89,715  
  Commodity and other 2,979       2,979    2,729       2,729  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total fair values 488,385    6,491    494,876    481,799    5,261    487,060  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2007                        
  Foreign exchange 52,018    3,490    55,508    50,608    371    50,979  
  Interest rate 83,982   1,759   85,741   83,374   2,013   85,387  
  Equities 20,229    1    20,230    19,458       19,458  
  Credit derivatives 25,268     25,268   26,247     26,247  
  Commodity and other 1,107       1,107    1,322       1,322  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total fair values 182,604    5,250    187,854    181,009    2,384    183,393  






 
             
The 163 per cent increase in the fair value of derivative assets during 2008 was driven by increased volatility and movement in yield curves, foreign exchange rates and credit spreads. The increase in the notional contract amounts of HSBC’s derivative assets in the year was only 8 per cent. However, IFRSs only permit netting of assets and liabilities with the same counterparty in very limited circumstances, even when there are contractually agreed netting arrangements in place.
           
  Fair values of derivatives by product contract type held by HSBC Holdings with subsidiaries        
           
    2008       2007       
 


 


 
    Trading   Trading   Trading   Trading  
    assets   liabilities   assets   liabilities  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                   
  Foreign exchange 1,772    1,324    2,381    2  
  Interest rate 1,910     279   42  
 
 
 
 
 
  Total fair values 3,682    1,324    2,660    44  
 
 
 
 
 
         
Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of underlying items such as equities, bonds, interest rates, foreign exchange, credit spreads, commodities and equity or other indices. Derivatives enable users to increase, reduce or alter exposure to credit or market risks. HSBC makes markets in derivatives for its customers and uses derivatives to manage its exposure to credit and market risks.

 

398


Back to Contents

  Derivatives are carried at fair value and shown in the balance sheet as separate totals of assets and liabilities. A description of how the fair value of derivatives is derived is set out on page 165. Derivative assets and liabilities on different transactions are only set off if the transactions are with the same counterparty, a legal right of set-off exists and the cash flows are intended to be settled on a net basis.
   
  Use of derivatives
   
  HSBC transacts derivatives for three primary purposes: to create risk management solutions for clients, for proprietary trading purposes, and to manage and hedge HSBC’s own risks. Derivatives (except for derivatives which are designated as effective hedging instruments as defined in IAS 39) are held for trading. The held for trading classification includes two types of derivatives: those used in sales and trading activities, and those used for risk management purposes but which for various reasons do not meet the qualifying criteria for hedge accounting. The second category includes derivatives managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value. These activities are described more fully below.
   
  HSBC’s derivative activities give rise to significant open positions in portfolios of derivatives. These positions are managed constantly to ensure that they remain within acceptable risk levels, with matching deals being utilised to achieve this where necessary. When entering into derivative transactions, HSBC employs the same credit risk management procedures to assess and approve potential credit exposures that are used for traditional lending.
   
  Trading derivatives
   
  Most of HSBC’s derivative transactions relate to sales and trading activities. Sales activities include the structuring and marketing of derivative products to customers to enable them to take, transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks. Trading activities in derivatives are entered into principally for the purpose of generating profits from short-term fluctuations in price or margin. Positions may be traded actively or be held over a period of time to benefit from expected changes in exchange rates, interest rates, equity prices or other market parameters. Trading includes market-making, positioning and arbitrage activities. Market-making entails quoting bid and offer prices to other market participants for the purpose of generating revenues based on spread and volume; positioning means managing market risk positions in the expectation of benefiting from favourable movements in prices, rates or indices; arbitrage involves identifying and profiting from price differentials between markets and products.
   
  As mentioned above, other derivatives classified as held for trading include non-qualifying hedging derivatives, ineffective hedging derivatives and the components of hedging derivatives that are excluded from assessing hedge effectiveness. Non-qualifying hedging derivatives are entered into for risk management purposes but do not meet the criteria for hedge accounting. These include derivatives managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value.
   
  Gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives, including the contractual interest, that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in ‘Net trading income’, except for derivatives managed in conjunction with financial instruments designated at fair value, where gains and losses are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’, together with the gains and losses on the hedged items. Where the derivatives are managed with debt securities in issue, the contractual interest is shown in ‘interest expense’ together with the interest payable on the issued debt. Substantially all of HSBC Holdings’ derivatives entered into with HSBC undertakings are managed in conjunction with financial liabilities designated at fair value.
   
  Notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes by product type
   
  The notional contract amounts of these instruments indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.
   
    HSBC      HSBC Holdings     
   


 


 
    2008   2007   2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                   
  Foreign exchange 3,045,017    3,243,738    14,312    12,790  
  Interest rate 12,435,965   10,672,971   7,804   7,804  
  Equities 221,053    286,927        
  Credit derivatives 1,583,337   1,893,802      
  Commodity and other 63,103    33,188        
   
 
 
 
 
     17,348,475    16,130,626    22,116    20,594  
   
 
 
 
 

 

399


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 18

 

  Credit derivatives
   
  HSBC trades credit derivatives through its principal dealing operations and acts as a principal counterparty to a broad range of users, structuring deals to produce risk management products for its customers, or making markets in certain products. Risk is typically controlled through entering into offsetting credit derivative contracts with other counterparties.
   
  HSBC manages the credit risk arising on buying and selling credit derivative protection by including the related credit exposures within its overall credit limit structure for the relevant counterparty. Trading of credit derivatives is restricted to a small number of offices within the major centres which have the control infrastructure and market skills to manage effectively the credit risk inherent in the products.
   
  Credit derivatives are also deployed to a limited extent for the risk management of the Group’s loan portfolios. The notional contract amount of credit derivatives of US$1,583,337 million (2007: US$1,893,802 million) consisted of protection bought of US$777,556 million (2007: US$926,794 million) and protection sold of US$805,781 million (2007: US$967,008 million).
   
  The difference between the notional amounts bought and sold is attributable to HSBC selling protection on large, diversified, predominantly investment grade portfolios (including the most senior tranches) and then offsetting the risk on these positions by buying protection on the more subordinated tranches of the same portfolios. In addition, HSBC uses securities to mitigate risks on certain derivative positions and credit derivative contracts to reduce counterparty exposures. Consequently, while there is a mismatch in notional amounts of credit derivatives bought and sold this should not be interpreted as representing the open risk position. The credit derivative business operates within the market risk management framework described on pages 241 to 251.
   
  Derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs
   
  The difference between the fair value at initial recognition (the transaction price) and the value that would have been derived had valuation techniques used for subsequent measurement been applied at initial recognition, less subsequent releases, is as follows:
           
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  Unamortised balance at 1 January 306   214  
  Deferral on new transactions 326   384  
  Recognised in the income statement during the period:        
     – amortisation (168 ) (85 )
     – subsequent to unobservable inputs becoming observable (118 ) (83 )
     – maturity, termination or offsetting derivative (99 ) (121 )
  Exchange differences (38 ) 4  
  Risk hedged (5 ) (7 )
   
 
 
  Unamortised balance at 31 December1 204   306  
   
 
 
  1 This amount is yet to be recognised in the consolidated income statement.
     
  Hedging instruments
   
  HSBC uses derivatives (principally interest rate swaps) for hedging purposes in the management of its own asset and liability portfolios and structural positions. This enables HSBC to optimise the overall cost to the Group of accessing debt capital markets, and to mitigate the market risk which would otherwise arise from structural imbalances in the maturity and other profiles of its assets and liabilities.
   
  The accounting treatment of hedge transactions varies according to the nature of the instrument hedged and the type of hedge transactions. Derivatives may qualify as hedges for accounting purposes if they are fair value hedges, cash flow hedges, or hedges in net investment of foreign operations. These are described under the relevant headings below:

 

400


Back to Contents

  Notional contract amounts of derivatives held for hedging purposes by product type
         
  The notional contract amounts of these instruments indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.
           
    At 31 December 2008   At 31 December 2007  
   
 
    Cash flow   Fair value   Cash flow   Fair value  
    hedge   hedge   hedge   hedge  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                   
  Foreign exchange 14,931    2,602    21,641    3,116  
  Interest rate 229,785   27,305   248,134   34,897  
  Equities          24  
   
 
 
 
 
     244,716    29,907    269,775    38,037  
   
 
 
 
 
   
  Fair value hedges
   
  HSBC’s fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate long-term financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates. For qualifying fair value hedges, all changes in the fair value of the derivative and in the fair value of the item in relation to the risk being hedged are recognised in the income statement. If the hedge relationship is terminated, the fair value adjustment to the hedged item continues to be reported as part of the basis of the item and is amortised to the income statement as a yield adjustment over the remainder of the hedging period.
   
  Fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges
   
    At 31 December 2008    At 31 December 2007  
    Fair value    Fair value  
   
 
 
    Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                   
  Foreign exchange 265    10    163    65  
  Interest rate 574   1,257   171   338  
  Equities       1     
   
 
 
 
 
     839    1,267    335    403  
   
 
 
 
 
                   
  Gains or losses arising from fair value hedges
 
    2008   2007   2006  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Gains/(losses):            
  – on hedging instruments (296 ) (186 ) 8  
  – on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk 301   205   8  
   
 
 
 
     5    19    16  
   
 
 
 
               
  The gains and losses on ineffective portions of fair value hedges are recognised immediately in ‘Net trading income’.
   
  Cash flow hedges
   
  HSBC’s cash flow hedges consist principally of interest rate and cross-currency swaps that are used to protect against exposures to variability in future interest cash flows on non-trading assets and liabilities which bear interest at variable rates or which are expected to be re-funded or reinvested in the future. The amounts and timing of future cash flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial assets and liabilities on the basis of their contractual terms and other relevant factors, including estimates of prepayments and defaults. The aggregate principal balances and interest cash flows across all portfolios over time form the basis for identifying gains and losses on the effective portions of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges of forecast transactions. Gains and losses are initially recognised directly in equity, in the cash flow hedging reserve, and are transferred to the income statement when the forecast cash flows affect the income statement.

 

401


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 18 and 19

 

  Fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
 
    At 31 December 2008   At 31 December 2007  
    Fair value   Fair value  
   
 
 
    Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                   
  Foreign exchange 1,745    816    3,327    306  
  Interest rate 3,907   3,178   1,588   1,675  
   
 
 
 
 
     5,652    3,994    4,915    1,981  
   
 
 
 
 
               
  The schedule of forecast principal balances on which interest cash flows are expected to arise as at 31 December 2008 is as follows:
               
        More than 3   5 years or less      
    3 months   months but less   but more than   More than  
    or less   than 1 year   1 year   5 years  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  At 31 December 2008                
  Assets 99,426    71,491    52,988    2,081   
  Liabilities (83,019 ) (77,656 ) (62,633 ) (7,817 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Net cash inflows/(outflows) exposure 16,407    (6,165 ) (9,645 ) (5,736 )
   
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2007                
  Assets 90,575    78,215    36,952    227   
  Liabilities (89,891 ) (77,389 ) (68,189 ) (5,955 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Net cash inflows/(outflows) exposure 684    826    (31,237 ) (5,728 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  This table reflects the interest rate repricing profile of the underlying hedged items.
 
  The gains and losses on ineffective portions of such derivatives are recognised immediately in ‘Net trading income’. During the year to 31 December 2008, a loss of US$40 million (2007: loss of US$77 million; 2006: loss of US$122 million) was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness.
 
  Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
 
  HSBC’s consolidated balance sheet is affected by exchange differences between the US dollar and all the non-US dollar functional currencies of subsidiaries. HSBC hedges structural foreign exchange exposures only in limited circumstances. Hedging is undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts which are accounted for as hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, or by financing with borrowings in the same currencies as the functional currencies involved.
 
  At 31 December 2008, the fair values of outstanding financial instruments designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations were liabilities of US$52 million (2007: US$450 million) and notional contract values of US$161 million (2007: US$1,204 million).
 
  The ineffectiveness recognised in ‘Net trading income’ in the year ended 31 December 2008 that arose from hedges in foreign operations was nil (2007 and 2006: nil).

 

402


Back to Contents

19 Financial investments


      2008   2007  
      US$m   US$m  
  Financial investments:        
     – not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties 287,479    271,126  
     – which may be repledged or resold by counterparties 12,756   11,874  
      
 
 
        300,235    283,000  
      
 
 
           
      2008     2007     
     



   



   
      Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair    
      amount     value     amount     value    
      US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                           
  Treasury and other eligible bills 41,027      41,027      30,104      30,104    
     –  available-for-sale 41,027      41,027      30,104      30,104    
  Debt securities 251,957      253,001      240,302      240,688    
     –  available-for-sale 237,944      237,944      230,534      230,534    
     –  held-to-maturity 14,013      15,057      9,768      10,154    
  Equity securities 7,251     7,251     12,594     12,594    
     –  available-for-sale 7,251      7,251      12,594      12,594    
   
   
   
   
   
  Total financial investments 300,235      301,279      283,000      283,386    
  
   
   
   
   
                         
    Amortised   Fair  
    cost   value  
    US$m   US$m  
  At 31 December 2008        
  US Treasury 11,528    11,755  
  US Government agencies1  8,131   8,307  
  US Government sponsored entities1  15,109    15,240  
  UK Government 16,077   16,217  
  Hong Kong Government 966    989  
  Other government 60,755   61,528  
  Asset-backed securities2  55,685    36,052  
  Corporate debt and other securities 145,269   143,940  
  Equities 5,901    7,251  
   
 
 
     319,421    301,279  
   
 
 
  
  At 31 December 2007        
  US Treasury 6,799    6,831  
  US Government agencies1 5,709   5,732  
  US Government sponsored entities1 14,732    14,533  
  UK Government 757   749  
  Hong Kong Government 3,941    3,942  
  Other government 60,109   60,320  
  Asset-backed securities2 64,186    63,976  
  Corporate debt and other securities 114,955   114,709  
  Equities 8,405    12,594  
   
 
 
     279,593    283,386  
   
 
 
  
  At 31 December 2006        
  US Treasury 10,219    10,203  
  US Government agencies1 6,004   5,968  
  US Government sponsored entities1 14,010    13,799  
  UK Government 7,515   7,502  
  Hong Kong Government 1,085    1,080  
  Other government 37,828   38,198  
  Asset-backed securities2 26,752    26,750  
  Corporate debt and other securities 93,217   93,311  
  Equities 6,295    8,297  
   
 
 
     202,925    205,108  
   
 
 
  1 Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  2 Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Government agencies and sponsored entities.

 

403


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 19 and 20

 

  Included within the above figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$140,878 million (2007: US$142,863 million; 2006: US$86,649 million), of which US$39,213 million (2007: US$2,490 million; 2006: nil) are guaranteed by various governments.
   
  The fair value of the debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions was US$141,526 million (2007: US$143,023 million; 2006: US$86,596 million).
   
    Treasury                  
    and other   Debt   Debt          
    eligible bills   securities   securities          
    available-   available-   held-to-   Equity      
    for-sale   for-sale   maturity   securities   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Carrying amount at 31 December 2008                    
  Listed on a recognised exchange 3,539    108,972    2,332    471    115,314  
  Unlisted 37,488   128,972   11,681   6,780   184,921  
   
 
 
 
 
 
     41,027    237,944    14,013    7,251    300,235  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  Carrying amount at 31 December 2007                    
  Listed on a recognised exchange 1,062    107,059    3,399    3,301    114,821  
  Unlisted 29,042   123,475   6,369   9,293   168,179  
   
 
 
 
 
 
     30,104    230,534    9,768    12,594    283,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
                       
  The fair value of listed held-to-maturity debt securities as at 31 December 2008 was US$4,926 million (2007: US$3,469 million). Included within listed investments were US$1,475 million (2007: US$2,066 million) of investments listed in Hong Kong.
   
  The maturities of investment in debt securities at their carrying amount are analysed as follows:        
      At 31 December   
     


 
      2008   2007  
      US$m   US$m  
  Remaining contractual maturity of total debt securities:        
    1 year or less 72,551    80,979  
    5 years or less but over 1 year 93,824   76,306  
    10 years or less but over 5 years 28,141    34,175  
    Over 10 years 57,441   48,842  
     
 
 
       251,957    240,302  
     
 
 
  Remaining contractual maturity of debt securities available for sale:        
    1 year or less 71,967    80,498  
    5 years or less but over 1 year 89,931   74,279  
    10 years or less but over 5 years 22,402    30,607  
    Over 10 years 53,644   45,150  
     
 
 
       237,944    230,534  
     
 
 
  Remaining contractual maturity of debt securities held to maturity:        
    1 year or less 584    481  
    5 years or less but over 1 year 3,893   2,027  
    10 years or less but over 5 years 5,739    3,568  
    Over 10 years 3,797   3,692  
     
 
 
       14,013    9,768  
     
 
 

 

404


Back to Contents

  The following table provides an analysis of contractual maturities and weighted average yields of investment debt securities as at 31 December 2008:  
                           
            After one year but   After five years but          
    Within one year   within five years   within ten years   After ten years  
   
 
 
 
 
    Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield  
    US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
  Available-for-sale                                               
  US Treasury 41    2.44    1,049    1.14    225    1.89    985    4.52  
  US Government agencies       15    6.67    298    5.03    7,324    3.74  
  US Government-sponsored agencies 760    4.61    569    6.68    1,398    3.15    10,466    4.70  
  UK Government       446    2.47          1,385    3.25  
  Hong Kong Government 136    2.21    15    2.84    186    4.84        
  Other governments 20,604    3.30    17,182    6.00    3,609    4.56    2,493    3.38  
  Asset-backed securities 1,088    1.57    2,626    1.87    6,021    2.34    45,765    2.04  
  Corporate debt and other securities 49,065    4.28    68,760    3.53    12,460    3.76    3,648    4.22  
    
        
        
        
       
  Total amortised cost 71,694          90,662          24,197          72,066        
    
        
        
        
       
  Total carrying value 71,967          89,931          22,402          53,644        
    
        
        
        
       
  
  Held-to-maturity                                               
  US Treasury       30    3.45    42    4.76    44    4.55  
  US Government agencies             6    8.81    487    6.37  
                                                  
  US Government-sponsored agencies       44    4.76    38    7.89    1,845    5.88  
  Hong Kong Government 19    5.26                    
  Other governments 148    4.73    149    4.70    301    4.32    532    6.58  
  Asset-backed securities                   185    5.95  
                                                  
  Corporate debt and other securities 417    3.84    3,670    4.28    5,352    4.58    704    4.83  
    
        
        
        
       
  Total amortised cost 584          3,893          5,739          3,797        
    
        
        
        
       
  Total carrying value 584          3,893          5,739          3,797        
    
        
        
        
       
                                   
  The maturity distributions of asset-backed securities are presented in the above table based upon contractual maturity dates. The weighted average yield for each range of maturities in the above table is calculated by dividing the annualised interest income for the year ended 31 December 2008 by the book amount of available-for-sale debt securities at that date. The yields do not include the effect of related derivatives.
 
20 Transfers of financial assets not qualifying for de-recognition

  HSBC enters into transactions in the normal course of business by which it transfers recognised financial assets directly to third parties or to SPEs. These transfers may give rise to the full or partial derecognition of the financial assets concerned.
 
  Full derecognition occurs when HSBC transfers its contractual right to receive cash flows from the financial assets, or retains the right but assumes an obligation to pass on the cash flows from the asset, and transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. The risks include credit, interest rate, currency, prepayment and other price risks.
 
  Partial derecognition occurs when HSBC sells or otherwise transfers financial assets in such a way that some but not substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are transferred but control is retained. These financial assets are recognised on the balance sheet to the extent of HSBC’s continuing involvement.
 
  The majority of financial assets that do not qualify for derecognition are (i) debt securities held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements or (ii) equity securities lent under securities lending agreements. The following table analyses the carrying amount of financial assets that did not qualify for derecognition and their associated financial liabilities:

 

405


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) 
   
   
Notes 20 and 21 

 

    2008   2007   
   


 


 
    Carrying   Carrying   Carrying   Carrying  
    amount of   amount of   amount of   amount of  
    transferred   associated   transferred   associated  
    assets   liabilities   assets   liabilities  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Nature of transaction                       
  Repurchase agreements 94,154    91,139    126,534    126,111  
  Securities lending agreements 4,497    4,096    24,087    23,304  
    
  
  
  
 
     98,651    95,235    150,621    149,415  
    
  
  
  
 
   
  A small proportion of financial assets that do not qualify for derecognition relate to loans, credit cards, debt securities and trade receivables that have been securitised under arrangements by which HSBC retains a continuing involvement in such transferred assets. Continuing involvement may entail retaining the rights to future cash flows arising from the assets after investors have received their contractual terms (for example, interest rate strips); providing subordinated interest; liquidity support; continuing to service the underlying asset; or entering into derivative transactions with the securitisation vehicles. As such, HSBC continues to be exposed to risks associated with these transactions.
   
  The rights and obligations that HSBC retains from its continuing involvement in securitisations are initially recorded as an allocation of the fair value of the financial asset between the part that is derecognised and the part that continues to be recognised on the date of transfer. The following analyses the carrying amount of financial assets to the extent of HSBC’s continuing involvement that qualified for partial derecognition during the year, and their associated liabilities:
   
    Securitisations at 31 December  
   


 
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  Carrying amount of assets (original) 17,427    17,713  
  Carrying amount of assets (currently recognised) 299    598  
  Carrying amount of associated liabilities (currently recognised) 149    299  
   
21 Interests in associates and joint ventures


  Principal associates of HSBC                       
    At 31 December 2008   At 31 December 2007     
   


 


 
    Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair  
    amount   value   amount   value  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Listed                       
  Bank of Communications Co., Limited 4,612    6,717    3,957    12,992  
  Financiera Independencia S.A.B. de C.V.2        69    206  
  Industrial Bank Company Limited1  913    1,368    683    4,538  
  Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited 3,727    5,965    3,790    13,232  
  SABB Takaful Company3  4    29    5    101  
  The Saudi British Bank 1,214    3,453    1,082    5,719  
    
  
  
  
 
     10,470    17,532    9,586    36,788  
    
  
  
  
 
     
  1 Listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange on 5 February 2007.
  2 Listed on the Mexican Stock Exchange on 31 October 2007. HSBC disposed of its share in Financiera Independencia on 25 November 2008.
  3 Listed on the Saudi Stock Exchange on 16 June 2007.

 

406


Back to Contents

    At 31 December 2008  
   




  
        HSBC’s   Issued  
    Country of   interest in   equity  
    incorporation   equity capital   capital  
  Listed                  
  Bank of Communications Co., Limited PRC1     19.01 % RMB48,994m   
  Industrial Bank Company Limited3 PRC1     12.78 % RMB5,000m   
  Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited PRC1     16.78 % RMB7,345m   
  SABB Takaful Company Saudi Arabia    32.50 % SR100m  
  The Saudi British Bank Saudi Arabia    40.00 % SR6,000m  
                
  Unlisted                  
  Barrowgate Limited2,3 Hong Kong    24.64 %   
  British Arab Commercial Bank Limited England    48.92 % £32m fully paid   
                 £5m nil paid   
  Vietnam Technological and Commercial Joint Stock Bank3 Vietnam    20.00 % VND3,642,015m   
  VocaLink England    13.95 % £100m  
  Yantai City Commercial Bank3 PRC    20.00 % RMB2,000m   
  Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A.4 United States    20.00 %   
     
  1 People’s Republic of China.
  2 Issued equity capital is less than HK$1 million.
  3 Investment held through Hang Seng Bank Limited, a 62.14 per cent owned subsidiary of HSBC.
  4 Issued equity capital is less than US$1 million.
   
  All the above investments in associates are owned by subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings.
   
  Details of all HSBC associates and joint ventures will be annexed to the next Annual Return of HSBC Holdings filed with the UK Registrar of Companies.
   
  HSBC had US$8,339 million (2007: US$7,747 million) of investments in associates and joint ventures listed in Hong Kong.
   
  For the year ended 31 December 2008, HSBC’s share of associates and joint ventures’ tax on profit was US$515 million (2007: US$469 million), which is included within share of profit in associates and joint ventures in the income statement.
           
  Summarised aggregate financial information on associates        
            
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
  HSBC’s share of:           
     – assets 123,283    100,799  
     – liabilities 114,578    94,178  
     – revenues 5,939    5,568  
     – profit after tax 1,600    1,466  
   
  HSBC’s investment in Industrial Bank Company Limited was equity accounted with effect from May 2004, reflecting HSBC’s significant influence over this associate. HSBC’s significant influence was established as a result of representation on the Board of Directors, and in accordance with the Technical Support and Assistance Agreements, HSBC is assisting in the development of financial and operating policies.
   
  HSBC’s investment in Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited was equity accounted with effect from 31 August 2005, reflecting HSBC’s significant influence over this associate. HSBC’s significant influence was established as a result of representation on the Board of Directors.
   
  HSBC’s significant influence in Bank of Communications Co., Limited was established as a result of representation on the Board of Directors, and in accordance with the Technical Support and Assistance Agreements, HSBC is assisting in the development of financial and operating policies and a number of staff have been seconded to assist in this process.
   
  The statutory accounting reference date of Bank of Communications Co., Limited, Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited and Industrial Bank Company Limited is 31 December. For the year ended 31 December 2008, these companies were included on the basis of financial statements made up for the twelve months to

 

407


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 21 and 22

 

  30 September 2008, taking into account changes in the subsequent period from 1 October 2008 to 31 December 2008 that would have materially affected their results.
   
  HSBC also has a 100 per cent interest in the issued preferred stock (less than US$1 million) of Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. HSBC has a 40 per cent economic interest in Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. by virtue of the joint agreement under which HSBC’s equity capital and preferred stock interests are being held.
   
  HSBC’s investment in Financiera Independencia S.A.B. de C.V. was equity accounted with effect from June 2006, reflecting HSBC’s significant influence over this associate. HSBC’s influence results from representation on the Board of Directors. HSBC disposed of its equity interest in Financiera Independencia on 25 November 2008.
   
  HSBC acquired 15 per cent of Vietnam Technological & Commercial Joint Stock Bank in October 2007. This investment was equity accounted from that date due to HSBC’s representation on the Board of Directors and involvement in the Technical Support and Assistance Agreement. In December 2007, as a result of a rights issue in which HSBC did not participate, HSBC’s equity interest was diluted to 14.44 per cent. In September 2008, HSBC increased its equity interest to 20 per cent.
   
  HSBC acquired 13.95 per cent of VocaLink in June 2007. This investment was equity accounted from that date, reflecting HSBC’s significant influence over that entity arising from representation on the Board of Directors and transactions with the associate.
   
  During 2007, certain HSBC associates issued new shares which HSBC did not subscribe for. As a result, its interests in the associates’ equity decreased. The resulting gains from dilution of the Group’s interest in the associates are described in Note 4.
   
  Principal interests in joint ventures
                    
    At 31 December 2008  
   






  
            HSBC’s interest   Issued  
    Country of   Principal   in equity   equity  
    incorporation   activity   capital   capital  
                    
  HSBC Saudi Arabia Limited Saudi Arabia    Investment banking    60.00 % SR50m  
  Vaultex UK Limited England    Cash management    50.00 % £10m  
  Hana HSBC Life Insurance Co., Ltd South Korea    Insurance manufacturing    49.99 % KRW120,402m   
  Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited India    Insurance manufacturing    26.00 % INR5,250m   
   
  Summarised aggregate financial information on joint ventures
 
     2008    2007  
     US$m    US$m  
  HSBC’s share of:           
     – current assets 594    448  
     – non-current assets 281    76  
     – current liabilities 260    397  
     – non-current liabilities 449    46  
     – income 301    339  
     – expenses 240    302  
   
  Goodwill included in carrying amount of associates and joint ventures
 
     2008    2007   
     US$m    US$m   
  Gross amount            
  At 1 January 2008 1,308    1,172   
  Additions 88    203   
  Disposals (46 ) (29 )
  Exchange differences 86    90   
  Other changes 17    (128 )
    
 
 
  At 31 December 2008 1,453    1,308   
    
 
 
   
  Included in the above total, the carrying amount of goodwill arising from joint ventures was US$39 million (2007: nil).

 

408


Back to Contents

22 Goodwill and intangible assets


  Goodwill and intangible assets includes goodwill arising on business combinations, the PVIF long-term insurance business, and other intangible assets.
   
  Goodwill
   
  Reconciliation of goodwill
   
                 Rest of                     
                 Asia-    North    Latin         
     Europe    Hong Kong    Pacific    America    America    Total   
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
  Gross amount                                    
  At 1 January 2008 16,744    124    350    12,561    4,474    34,253   
  Additions 12       142       1    155   
  Disposals (415 )       (13 )    (428 )
  Exchange differences (775 ) (2 ) (59 ) (61 ) (609 ) (1,506 )
  Other changes (55 )             (55 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2008 15,511    122    433    12,487    3,866    32,419   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Accumulated impairment losses                                    
  At 1 January 2008                  
  Impairment losses          (10,564 )    (10,564 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2008          (10,564 )    (10,564 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net carrying amount at 31 December 2008 15,511    122    433    1,923    3,866    21,855   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Gross amount                                    
  At 1 January 2007 15,234    124    325    12,527    4,262    32,472   
  Additions 42       6       143    191   
  Disposals (43 )       (12 )    (55 )
  Exchange differences 1,516       19    46    120    1,701   
  Other changes (5 )          (51 ) (56 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2007 16,744    124    350    12,561    4,474    34,253   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
  Impairment charges recognised                        
                           
  At 31 December 2008, HSBC recognised an impairment charge of US$10,564 million (2007: nil) in respect of Personal Financial Services – North America. This was a result of the very significant deterioration in the economic and credit conditions in North America and the resulting further restructuring in the Personal Financial Services – North America cash generating unit (‘CGU’) in the latter part of 2008. The reduction in the recoverable amount of the main business lines was driven by higher losses than were expected for 2008, including higher levels of impairment charges, contraction in new business from lending activities and a delay in the expected return to profitability of the business. The deterioration in the financial performance was particularly severe in the fourth quarter of 2008. In addition, the discount rate used increased as observed market discount rates increased for US consumer finance and banking businesses.
   
  Impairment testing
   
  Timing of impairment testing
   
  HSBC’s impairment test in respect of goodwill allocated to each CGU is performed as at 1 July each year. In line with the accounting policy set out in Note 2, goodwill is also retested for impairment whenever there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired. Given the extraordinary market events experienced globally during 2008, HSBC performed an additional impairment test on all the CGU’s within the Group as at 31 December 2008. For the purpose of impairment testing, the Group’s CGUs are based on customer groups and global business separated by geographical region. The CGUs represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored by key management personnel.

 

409


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 22

 

  Basis of the recoverable amount – value in use or fair value less costs to sell
   
  The recoverable amount of all CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated was equal to its value in use (‘VIU’) at each respective testing date for 2007 and 2008.
   
  For each significant CGU, the VIU is calculated by discounting management’s cash flow projections for each CGU. The pre-tax discount rate used is based on the cost of capital HSBC allocates to investments in the countries within which the CGU operates. The long-term growth rate is used to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity because of the long-term perspective within the Group of the business units making up the CGUs. However, due to the economic downturn in Personal Financial Services – North America, a 10 year cash flow projection was used.
   
  Key assumptions in VIU calculation and management’s approach to determining the values assigned to each key assumption
   
     2008    2007  
    




 




 
                 Nominal                Nominal  
                 growth rate                growth rate  
                 beyond                beyond  
     Goodwill at          initial    Goodwill at          initial  
     31 December    Discount    cash flow    1 July    Discount    cash flow  
  Cash-generating unit 2008    rate    projections    2007    rate    projections  
     US$m    %    %    US$m    %    %  
                           
  Personal Financial Services – Europe 4,422    10.0    3.5    4,197    10.3    5.2  
  Commercial Banking – Europe 3,427    10.0    3.5    3,045    10.1    4.6  
  Private Banking – Europe 4,470    9.0    3.5    4,694    10.0    3.8  
  Global Banking and Markets – Europe 3,451    11.0    3.5    3,894    10.1    4.4  
  Personal Financial Services – North America    13.6    3.9    10,564    12.3    4.0  
  Personal Financial Services – Latin America 2,189    16.8    8.8    2,781    16.4    7.8  
    
              
             
  Total goodwill in the CGUs listed above 17,959                29,175              
   
         
         
                           
 
  At 31 December 2008, aggregate goodwill of US$3,896 million (1 July 2007: US$3,850 million) had been allocated to CGUs that were not considered individually significant. These CGUs do not carry on their balance sheets any significant intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, other than goodwill.
   
  Nominal long-term growth rate: external data that reflects the market’s assessment of GDP and inflation for the countries within which the CGU operates. The rates used for 2007 and 2008 are taken as an average of the last 10 years.
   
  Discount rate: the discount rate used to discount the cash flows is based on the cost of capital assigned to each CGU, which is derived using a Capital Asset Pricing Model (‘CAPM’). The CAPM depends on inputs reflecting a number of financial and economic variables including the risk-free rate in the country concerned and a premium to reflect the inherent risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are based on the market’s assessment of the economic variables and management’s judgement. In addition, for the purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, management supplements this process by comparing the discount rates derived using the internally generated CAPM with cost of capital rates produced by external sources. HSBC uses the externally-sourced cost of capital rates where, in management’s judgement, those rates reflect more accurately the current market and economic conditions. At 31 December 2008, the rates used in the impairment test for Personal Financial Services – Latin America was based on externally sourced rates.
   
  Management’s judgement in estimating the cash flows of a CGU: the cash flow projections for each CGU are based on plans approved by the Group Management Board. The key assumptions in addition to the discount rate and nominal long-term growth rate for each significant CGU are discussed below.
   
  Personal Financial Services – Europe and Commercial Banking – Europe: the assumptions included in the cash flow projections for Personal Financial Services – Europe and Commercial Banking – Europe reflect the economic environment and financial outlook of the European countries within these two segments. Key assumptions include the level of interest rates and the level and change in unemployment rates, particularly in the UK. While current economic conditions and the economic outlook in Europe remain challenging, management’s cash flow projections are based on these prevailing conditions. Despite the severity of the conditions at the balance sheet date, management does not expect these conditions to continue over the longer term. The downside risks to this assessment include the

 

410


Back to Contents

  risk of a prolonged and severe economic recession in the UK, accompanied by higher discount rates reflecting increased investor perceptions of risk. Management’s current assessment is that the probability of this downside risk scenario is low. Accordingly, based on the conditions at the balance sheet date, management determined that a reasonably possible change in any of the key assumptions described above would not cause an impairment to be recognised in respect of Personal Financial Services – Europe or Commercial Banking – Europe.
   
  Private Banking – Europe: the revenues in Private Banking – Europe are predominately generated through HSBC’s client relationships. For 2009, the forecast cash flows reflect the downward pressure on brokerage and portfolio management fees, with the latter being affected by the decline in equity market values. Thereafter, the nominal long-term growth rates described in the table above have been used. Based on the conditions at the balance sheet date, management determined that a reasonably possible change in any of the key assumptions described above would not cause an impairment to be recognised in respect of Private Banking – Europe.
   
  Global Banking and Markets – Europe: the cash flows generated by Global Banking and Markets – Europe are diversified and there is no one key assumption that drives the cash flow projection of this CGU.
   
  The forecast cash flows in the 2009 plan continue to reflect challenging global economic conditions. One of the key factors which may impact the carrying value of this CGU is the level of impairment charges which may emerge in the future, particularly in respect of holdings of available-for-sale sub-prime and Alt-A Residential MBSs. Based on management’s current assessment of the credit quality of these securities, which includes stressed scenarios for collateral defaults and house prices, and the level of credit support available, management determined that based on the conditions at the balance sheet date a reasonably possible change in impairment of available-for-sale sub-prime and Alt-A Residential MBSs would not cause an impairment to be recognised in respect of Global Banking and Markets – Europe.
   
  Personal Financial Services – Latin America: the assumptions included in the cash flow projections for Personal Financial Services – Latin America reflect the economic environment and financial outlook of the countries within this segment, with Brazil and Mexico being two of the largest countries included within this segment. Key assumptions include the growth in lending and deposit volumes, the credit quality of the loan portfolios and operational efficiency improvements. Based on the conditions at the balance sheet date, management determined that a reasonably possible change in any of the key assumptions described above would not cause an impairment to be recognised in respect of Personal Financial Services – Latin America.
   
  The present value of in-force long-term insurance business
   
  Movement on the PVIF
   
     2008    2007   
     US$m    US$m  
           
  At 1 January 1,965    1,549   
  Value of new business written during the year 452    380   
  Acquisition of subsidiaries or portfolios    390   
  Movement from in-force business (including investment return variances and changes in investment assumptions) (311 ) (204 )
  Exchange differences and other movements (73 ) (150 )
    
 
 
  At 31 December 2,033    1,965   
    
 
 
           
  PVIF-specific assumptions        
           
  The key assumptions used in the computation of PVIF for HSBC’s main life insurance operations were:        
           
     2008    2007  
    




  




 
    UK    Hong Kong    France    UK    Hong Kong    France  
     %    %    %    %    %    %  
                           
  Risk free rate 4.30    1.14    4.03    4.30    3.51    4.26  
  Risk discount rate 8.00    11.00    8.00    8.00    11.00    8.00  
  Expenses inflation 3.50    3.00    2.00    3.40    3.00    2.00  
                           
  The PVIF represents the value of the shareholder’s interest in the in-force business of the life insurance operations. The calculation of the PVIF is based upon assumptions that take into account risk and uncertainty. To project these

 

411


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 22 and 23

 

  cash flows, a variety of assumptions regarding future experience is made by each insurance operation which reflects local market conditions and management’s judgement of local future trends. Some of the Group’s insurance operations incorporate risk margins separately into the projection assumptions for each product, while others incorporate risk margins into the overall discount rate. This is reflected in the wide range of risk discount rates applied.
   
  Other intangible assets
   
  The analysis of the movement of intangible assets, excluding the PVIF, was as follows:
                               
                    Customer/          
        Mortgage   Internally       merchant          
    Trade   servicing   generated   Purchased   relation-          
    names   rights   software   software   ships   Other   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                               
  Cost                                          
  At 1 January 2008 63    1,202    3,473    760    1,866    165    7,529   
  Additions1    158    764    118    169    23    1,232   
  Acquisition of subsidiaries 10          68    4    267    349   
  Disposals       (43 ) (26 ) (25 ) (3 ) (97 )
  Exchange differences (8 )    (561 ) (59 ) (264 ) (24 ) (916 )
  Other changes 2       (204 ) 6    (1 ) (7 ) (204 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2008 67    1,360    3,429    867    1,749    421    7,893   
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  Accumulated amortisation                                          
  At 1 January 2008 (44 ) (724 ) (2,167 ) (549 ) (541 ) (33 ) (4,058 )
  Charge for the year2 (6 ) (299 ) (365 ) (114 ) (227 ) (20 ) (1,031 )
  Impairment          (1 )       (1 )
  Disposals       18    6    10       34   
  Exchange differences 5       311    36    80    1    433   
  Other changes       211    (9 ) (3 )    199   
    
 
 
 
 
 


 
  At 31 December 2008 (45 ) (1,023 ) (1,992 ) (631 ) (681 ) (52 ) (4,424 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net carrying amount at 31 December 2008 22    337    1,437    236    1,068    369    3,469   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Cost                                          
  At 1 January 2007 57    1,078    2,871    645    1,655    179    6,485   
  Additions1     124    587    104    140    6    961   
  Acquisition of subsidiaries             4       4   
  Disposals       (7 ) (21 ) (6 ) (2 ) (36 )
  Exchange differences 6       81    38    83    1    209   
  Other changes       (59 ) (6 ) (10 ) (19 ) (94 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2007 63    1,202    3,473    760    1,866    165    7,529   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Accumulated amortisation                                          
  At 1 January 2007 (21 ) (619 ) (1,772 ) (426 ) (320 ) (13 ) (3,171 )
  Charge for the year2  (20 ) (108 ) (327 ) (120 ) (209 ) (21 ) (805 )
  Impairment       (3 )          (3 )
  Disposals          18    6    1    25   
  Exchange differences (3 )    (51 ) (25 ) (17 )    (96 )
  Other changes    3    (14 ) 4    (1 )    (8 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2007 (44 ) (724 ) (2,167 ) (549 ) (541 ) (33 ) (4,058 )
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net carrying amount at 31 December 2007 19    478    1,306    211    1,325    132    3,471   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net carrying amount at 1 January 2007 36    459    1,099    219    1,335    166    3,314   
     
  1 At 31 December 2008, HSBC had US$2 million (2007: US$47 million) of contractual commitments to acquire intangible assets.
  2 The amortisation charge for the year is recognised within the income statement under ‘Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets’, with the exception of the amortisation of mortgage servicing rights that is charged to net fee income.

 

412


Back to Contents

23 Property, plant and equipment


  HSBC
   
  Property, plant and equipment                        
        Long   Short       Equipment      
    Freehold   leasehold   leasehold   Equipment,   on      
    land and   land and   land and   fixtures   operating      
    buildings   buildings   buildings 1 and fittings 2 leases   Total 3  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Cost or fair value                        
  At 1 January 2008 4,701   1,438   2,856   10,957   6,054   26,006  
  Additions at cost4  466   26   327   1,813   353   2,985  
  Acquisition of subsidiaries 29       16     45  
  Fair value adjustments (93 ) 4   (3 )     (92 )
  Disposals (138 ) (102 ) (41 ) (803 ) (175 ) (1,259 )
  Reclassified from/(to) held for sale 16   469   (2 ) 98     581  
  Transfers   3   (3 )      
  Exchange differences (611 ) (62 ) (214 ) (1,876 ) (1,685 ) (4,448 )
  Other changes (244 ) (40 ) 4   115     (165 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2008 4,126   1,736   2,924   10,320   4,547   23,653  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Accumulated depreciation and impairment                        
  At 1 January 2008 (344 ) (175 ) (826 ) (7,003 ) (1,964 ) (10,312 )
  Depreciation charge for the year (82 ) (53 ) (184 ) (1,201 ) (187 ) (1,707 )
  Disposals 7   2   14   537   57   617  
  Reclassified (from)/to held for sale 1   (18 )   (30 )   (47 )
  Transfers   (3 ) 3        
  Impairment losses recognised (30 ) (2 )   (11 )   (43 )
  Exchange differences 73   9   107   1,257   561   2,007  
  Other changes 7   12     (163 ) 1   (143 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2008 (368 ) (228 ) (886 ) (6,614 ) (1,532 ) (9,628 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net carrying amount at 31 December 2008 3,758   1,508   2,038   3,706   3,015   14,025  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Cost or fair value                        
  At 1 January 2007 5,331   1,936   2,574   9,702   5,923   25,466  
  Additions at cost4  684   78   397   1,429   132   2,720  
  Acquisition of subsidiaries 93           93  
  Fair value adjustments 25   21   106       152  
  Disposals (256 ) (37 ) (117 ) (542 ) (129 ) (1,081 )
  Reclassified to held for sale (446 ) (596 ) (82 ) (160 )   (1,284 )
  Transfers   (5 ) 5        
  Exchange differences 237   1   49   450   128   865  
  Other changes (967 ) 40   (76 ) 78     (925 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2007 4,701   1,438   2,856   10,957   6,054   26,006  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Accumulated depreciation and impairment                        
  At 1 January 2007 (342 ) (168 ) (723 ) (5,974 ) (1,835 ) (9,042 )
  Depreciation charge for the year (93 ) (37 ) (167 ) (1,192 ) (205 ) (1,694 )
  Disposals 41   7   95   469   115   727  
  Reclassified to held for sale 73   23   3   67     166  
  Impairment losses recognised (26 )   (5 ) (3 )   (34 )
  Impairment losses reversed 14           14  
  Exchange differences (18 ) (1 ) (19 ) (282 ) (38 ) (358 )
  Other changes 7   1   (10 ) (88 ) (1 ) (91 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2007 (344 ) (175 ) (826 ) (7,003 ) (1,964 ) (10,312 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net carrying amount at 31 December 2007 4,357   1,263   2,030   3,954   4,090   15,694  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net carrying amount at 1 January 2007 4,989   1,768   1,851   3,728   4,088   16,424  
     
  1 Including assets held on finance leases with a net book value of US$13 million (2007: US$13 million).
  2 Including assets held on finance leases with a net book value of US$315 million (2007: US$397 million).
  3 Including assets with a net book value of US$28 million (2007: US$422 million) pledged as security for liabilities.
  4 At 31 December 2008, HSBC had US$1,498 million (2007: US$1,011 million) of contractual commitments to acquire property, plant and equipment.

 

413


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 23

 

  On 31 May 2007, HSBC entered into a contract for the sale and leaseback of the property and long leasehold land comprising 8 Canada Square, London to Metrovacesa, S.A. (‘Metrovacesa’) for £1,090 million (US$2,154 million). In the normal course of business, HSBC provided finance to Metrovacesa in respect of the debt element of this transaction at arm’s length market rates in the form of a bridging loan of £810 million (US$1,601 million) secured by a charge on the property. The equity portion of £280 million (US$553 million) was settled in cash by Metrovacesa on 31 May 2007. At 31 December 2007, the sale was not recognised in the financial statements because HSBC retained a significant interest by virtue of the loan provided to part-finance the purchase of the building. The equity portion received from Metrovacesa was presented in the balance sheet as deferred income at 31 December 2007 with a value of US$562 million.
   
  On 4 December 2008, HSBC purchased Project Maple II, B.V., the subsidiary of Metrovacesa which owned 8 Canada Square, for £838 million (US$1,315 million). At this date the deferred income recognised by HSBC was released to the income statement. The net effect on the income statement for the year ended 31 December 2008 was £244 million (US$383 million), comprising a gain of £265 million (US$416 million) included within ‘Other operating income’ and a charge of £21 million (US$33 million) included within ‘Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment’.
   
  At 31 December 2008, the property has been reclassified to Property plant and equipment and Prepayments and accrued income (representing the long leasehold on the land) because it no longer meets the criteria for recognition as a non-current asset held for sale.
   
  Leasehold land and buildings
   
  Leasehold land and buildings are considered to be held under finance lease contracts where the value of the land cannot reliably be separated from the value of the lease, and the respective contracts do not meet the criteria for classification as operating leases.
   
  Included within ‘Short leasehold land and buildings’ are the following amounts in respect of assets classed as improvements to buildings, which are carried at depreciated historical cost:
                   
    2008   2007  
   


 


 
        Accumulated       Accumulated  
    Cost   depreciation   Cost   depreciation  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                   
  At 1 January 1,490   (671 ) 1,277   (351 )
  Additions 314     294    
  Disposals (40 ) 12   (117 ) 94  
  Depreciation charge for the year   (116 )   (123 )
  Exchange differences (141 ) 100   43   (10 )
  Other changes (2 )   (7 ) (281 )
   
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 1,621   (675 ) 1,490   (671 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Net carrying amount at 31 December 946       819      
   
     
     
   
  Investment properties
                   
  The composition of the investment properties at fair value in the year was as follows:
        Long   Short      
    Freehold   leasehold   leasehold      
    land and   land and   land and      
    buildings   buildings   buildings   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Fair value                
  At 1 January 2008 925   205   216   1,346  
  Additions at cost 78       78  
  Fair value adjustments (93 ) 4   (3 ) (92 )
  Disposals (2 )     (2 )
  Transfers     (1 ) (1 )
  Exchange differences (196 ) (15 ) 5   (206 )
  Other changes (146 ) (6 )   (152 )
   
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2008 566   188   217   971  
   
 
 
 
 

 

414


Back to Contents

        Long   Short      
    Freehold   leasehold   leasehold      
    land and   land and   land and      
    buildings   buildings   buildings   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Fair value                
  At 1 January 2007 1,533   174   242   1,949  
  Acquisition of subsidiaries 93       93  
  Additions at cost 287       287  
  Fair value adjustments 25   21   106   152  
  Disposals (3 )     (3 )
  Reclassified as held for sale (61 ) (5 ) (48 ) (114 )
  Transfers   (2 ) 4   2  
  Exchange differences 27   1   (1 ) 27  
  Other changes1  (976 ) 16   (87 ) (1,047 )
   
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2007 925   205   216   1,346  
   
 
 
 
 
     
  1 Mainly relating to investment properties of subsidiaries no longer qualifying for consolidation, because HSBC does not have the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership.
 
  Investment properties are valued on an open market value basis as at 31 December each year by independent professional valuers who have recent experience in the location and type of properties. Investment properties in Hong Kong, the Macau Special Administrative Region and mainland China, which represent 25 per cent by value of HSBC’s investment properties subject to revaluation, were valued by an independent valuer who is a member of the Hong Kong Institute of Surveyors and who has recent experience in the locations and categories of the investment properties.
   
  Included within ‘Other operating income’ was rental income of US$23 million (2007: US$42 million; 2006: US$153 million) earned by HSBC on its investment properties. Direct operating expenses of US$2 million (2007: US$3 million; 2006: US$61 million) incurred in respect of the investment properties during the year were recognised in ‘General and administrative expenses’. Direct operating expenses arising in respect of investment properties that did not generate rental income during 2008 amounted to nil (2007 and 2006: nil).
   
  HSBC recognised no contractual obligations to purchase, construct, develop, maintain or enhance investment properties (2007: US$22 million).
   
  HSBC Holdings had no investment properties at 31 December 2008 or 2007.
   
  HSBC properties leased to customers
   
  HSBC properties leased to customers included US$396 million at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$387 million) let under operating leases, net of accumulated depreciation of US$9 million (2007: US$18 million). None was held by HSBC Holdings.

 

415


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 24

 

24 Investments in subsidiaries


  Principal subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings

    At 31 December 2008  
   
 
        HSBC’s          
    Country of   interest in   Issued      
    incorporation   equity capital   equity   Share  
    or registration   %   capital   class  
  Europe                
  HFC Bank Limited England   100   £109m   Ordinary £1  
                Preference £1  
  HSBC Global Asset Management (UK) Limited (formerly HSBC Investments (UK) Limited) England   100   £37m   Ordinary £0.25  
                RP1 £1  
  HSBC Asset Finance (UK) Limited England   100   £265m   Ordinary £1  
  HSBC Bank A.S. Turkey   100   TRL652m   A-Common TRL1  
                B-Common TRL1  
  HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c. Malta   70.03   €88m   Ordinary €0.30  
  HSBC Bank plc England   100   £797m   Ordinary £1  
                Preferred Ordinary £1  
                Series 2 Third Dollar  
                Preference US$0.01  
                Third Dollar  
                Preference US$0.01  
  HSBC France France   99.99   €337m   Shares €5.00  
  HSBC Bank International Limited Jersey   100   £1m   Ordinary £1  
  HSBC Life (UK) Limited England   100   £94m   Ordinary £1  
  HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) S.A. Switzerland   100   CHF1m   Ordinary CHF1,000  
  HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG Germany   78.60   €70m   Shares of no par value  
  Marks and Spencer Retail Financial Services Holdings Limited England   100   £67m   Ordinary £1  
                   
  Hong Kong                
  Hang Seng Bank Limited Hong Kong   62.14   HK$9,559m   Ordinary HK$5.00  
  HSBC Insurance (Asia) Limited Hong Kong   100   HK$125m   Ordinary HK$1,000  
  HSBC Life (International) Limited Bermuda   100   HK$327m   Ordinary HK$1.00  
  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited Hong Kong   100   HK$22,494m   Ordinary HK$2.50  
                CIP2 US$1.00  
                CRP3 US$1.00  
                NIP4 US$1.00  
                   
  Rest of Asia-Pacific                
  HSBC Bank Australia Limited Australia   100   A$811m   Ordinary A$1.00  
                Pref A$10,000  
  HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited PRC  5  100   RMB8,000m   Ordinary CNY1.00  
  HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E. Egypt   94.53   E£1,073m   Ordinary EGP84.00  
  HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad Malaysia   100   RM$114m   Ordinary RM0.50  
  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Jersey   100   US$631m   CRP3 US$1.00  
                Ordinary US$1.00  
                   
  North America                
  The Bank of Bermuda Limited Bermuda   100   US$30m   Common BMD1.00  
  HSBC Bank Canada Canada   100   C$1,225m   Class 1 Pref of NPV 6
                Class 2 Pref of NPV 6
                Common of NPV  
  HSBC Bank USA, N.A. United States   100   US$2m   Common US$100  
  HSBC Finance Corporation United States   100   US$3,038m   Common US$0.01  
  HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. United States   100   7 Common US$0.05  
                   
  Latin America                
  HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. Argentina   99.99   ARS1,244m   Ordinary-A ARS1.00  
                Ordinary-B ARS1.00  
  HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. – Banco Múltiplo Brazil   100   BRL2,289m   Ordinary BRL1.14  
                Ordinary BRL1.89  
                Ordinary BRL1.17  
  HSBC Mexico S.A. Mexico   99.99   MXN2,471m   Ordinary MXN2.00  
  HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A. Panama   100   US$315m   Ordinary PAB 1.00  

 

416


Back to Contents

  1 Redeemable Preference shares.
  2 Cumulative Irredeemable Preference shares.
  3 Cumulative Redeemable Preference shares.
  4 Non-cumulative Irredeemable Preference shares.
  5 People’s Republic of China.
  6 Preference shares of nil par value.
  7 Issued equity capital is less than US$1 million.
     
  Details of the debt, subordinated debt and preference shares issued by the principal subsidiaries to parties external to the Group are included in the Notes 28 ‘Debt securities in issue’, 32 ‘Subordinated liabilities’ and 36 ‘Minority interests’, respectively.
     
  All the above subsidiaries are included in the HSBC consolidated financial statements.
     
  Details of all HSBC subsidiaries will be annexed to the next Annual Return of HSBC Holdings filed with the UK Registrar of Companies.
     
  All the above make their financial statements up to 31 December except for HSBC Bank Argentina S.A., HSBC La Buenos Aires Seguros S.A. and Maxima S.A. AFJP, whose financial statements are made up to 30 June annually.
     
  The principal countries of operation are the same as the countries of incorporation except for HSBC Bank Middle East Limited which operates mainly in the Middle East and HSBC Life (International) Limited which operates mainly in Hong Kong.
     
  Subsidiaries which experience significant restrictions on their ability to transfer funds to HSBC in the form of cash dividends or to repay loans and advances
     
  During 2008 and 2007, none of the Group’s subsidiaries experienced significant restrictions on paying dividends or repaying loans and advances.
     
  Subsidiaries excluding SPEs where HSBC owns less than 50 per cent of the voting rights
     
    HSBC’s    
    interest in   Description of relationship
  Subsidiary equity capital   that gives HSBC control
    %    
  2008      
  HSBC Private Equity Fund 3 38.8   HSBC has control under IAS 27 because it is the investment
        adviser/manager of the fund and has a significant equity interest.
  2007      
  HSBC Private Equity Fund 3 38.8   HSBC has control under IAS 27 because it is the investment
        adviser/manager of the fund and has a significant equity interest.
         
  SPEs consolidated by HSBC where HSBC owns less than 50 per cent of the voting rights
   
    Carrying value of total      
    consolidated assets   Nature of SPE  
    US$bn      
  2008        
  Barion Funding Limited 4.5   Structured investment conduit  
  Bryant Park Funding LLC 5.5   Conduit  
  Cullinan Funding Ltd 0.4   Structured investment vehicle  
  HSBC Affinity Corporation I 6.0   Securitisation  
  HSBC Auto Receivables Corporation 3.5   Securitisation  
  HSBC Corporate Money Fund (Euro) 0.6   Money market fund  
  HSBC Home Equity Loan Corporation I 3.5   Securitisation  
  HSBC Investor Prime Money Market Fund 10.5   Money market fund  
  HSBC Receivables Funding, Inc I 5.7   Securitisation  
  HSBC Sterling Liquidity Fund 7.7   Money market fund  
  HSBC US Dollar Liquidity Fund 25.0   Money market fund  
  Malachite Funding Limited 4.2   Structured investment conduit  
  Mazarin Funding Limited 11.5   Structured investment conduit  
  Metris Receivables Inc 3.6   Securitisation  
  Metrix Funding Ltd 3.6   Securitisation  
  Metrix Securities plc 4.2   Securitisation  
  Regency Assets Limited 8.1   Conduit  
  Solitaire Funding Ltd 12.1   Conduit  
  Turquoise Receivable Trustee Ltd 2.3   Securitisation  

 

417


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 24, 25, 26 and 27

 

    Carrying value of total      
    consolidated assets   Nature of SPE  
    US$bn      
  2007        
  Asscher Finance Limited 7.4   Structured investment vehicle  
  Bryant Park Funding LLC 5.3   Conduit  
  Cullinan Funding Ltd 33.3   Structured investment vehicle  
  Household Consumer Loan Corporation 9.3   Securitisation  
  HSBC Affinity Corporation I 5.8   Securitisation  
  HSBC Auto Receivables Corporation 5.2   Securitisation  
  HSBC Home Equity Loan Corporation I 8.2   Securitisation  
  HSBC Receivables Funding, Inc I 6.0   Securitisation  
  Metris Receivables Inc 5.5   Securitisation  
  Metrix Securities plc 4.0   Securitisation  
  Metrix Funding Ltd 4.1   Securitisation  
  Regency Assets Limited 9.1   Conduit  
  Solitaire Funding Ltd 21.6   Conduit  
  Turquoise Receivable Trustee Ltd 2.3   Securitisation  

  In each of the above cases, HSBC has less than 50 per cent of the voting rights, but consolidates because it has the majority of risks and rewards of ownership of the SPE, or the substance of the relationship with the SPE is such that its activities are conducted on behalf of HSBC according to its specific business needs so that HSBC obtains benefit from the SPE’s operation. HSBC also consolidates a number of other individually insignificant SPEs where it owns less than 50 per cent of the voting rights. The consolidation of SPEs sponsored by HSBC is discussed on page 173.
   
  Acquisitions
   
  There were minor acquisitions and increases in investment in subsidiaries which increased goodwill by US$155 million. This included the acquisition of the assets, liabilities and operations of The Chinese Bank Co., Ltd in Taiwan, which was completed on 29 March 2008. This resulted in HSBC receiving a cash payment of US$1.6 billion from the Taiwan Government’s Central Deposit Insurance Corporation to deliver an agreed net asset position. The cash and cash equivalents held on the balance sheet of The Chinese Bank Co., Ltd at this date amounted to US$36 million.
   
  Disposals
   
  On 2 July 2008, HSBC completed the sale of seven French regional banks to Banque Fédérale des Banques Populaires for €2.1 billion (US$3.2 billion). The French regional banks generated net profits after tax of €62 million (US$95 million) for the period to 2 July 2008. The Group’s pre-tax profit on sale was US$2.4 billion.
   
  The following assets and liabilities were attributable to the disposal of the French regional banks:
    US$m  
       
  Cash 413  
  Loans and advances to banks and customers 9,097  
  Other assets 1,126  
   
 
  Total assets 10,636  
   
 
  Deposits by banks 158  
  Customer accounts 10,285  
  Other liabilities 308  
   
 
  Total liabilities 10,751  
   
 
   
25 Other assets


   
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  Bullion 6,095   9,244  
  Assets held for sale 2,075   2,804  
  Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts (Note 30) 2,023   1,315  
  Endorsements and acceptances 10,482   12,248  
  Other accounts 17,147   13,882  
   
 
 
    37,822   39,493  
   
 
 

 

418


Back to Contents

  Assets held for sale        
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
  Non-current assets held for sale        
  Interests in associates 2   2  
  Property, plant and equipment 2,007   2,502  
  Investment properties 2   111  
  Financial assets 62   185  
  Other 2   4  
   
 
 
  Total assets classified as held for sale 2,075   2,804  
   
 
 
   
  Property, plant and equipment
   
  The property, plant and equipment classified as held for sale is the result of repossession of property that had been pledged as collateral by customers. These assets are disposed of within 12 months of acquisition. Neither a gain nor loss was recognised on reclassifying these assets as held for sale. The majority arose within the geographical segment North America.
   
  8 Canada Square has been reclassified out of ‘Assets held for sale’, as described in Note 23.
   
26 Trading liabilities


    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  Deposits by banks 36,537   58,940  
  Customer accounts 113,053   102,710  
  Other debt securities in issue 31,288   44,684  
  Other liabilities – net short positions 66,774   108,246  
   
 
 
    247,652   314,580  
   
 
 
   
  At 31 December 2008, the cumulative amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a gain of US$563 million (2007: gain of US$34 million).
   
27 Financial liabilities designated at fair value


  HSBC
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  Deposits by banks and customer accounts 6,618   7,724  
  Liabilities to customers under investment contracts 9,283   16,053  
  Debt securities in issue (Note 28) 34,969   38,587  
  Subordinated liabilities (Note 32) 20,316   22,831  
  Preference shares (Note 32) 3,401   4,744  
   
 
 
    74,587   89,939  
   
 
 
           
  The carrying amount at 31 December 2008 of financial liabilities designated at fair value was US$1,851 million less than the contractual amount at maturity (2007: US$648 million less). At 31 December 2008, the cumulative amount of the change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a gain of US$7,978 million (2007: gain of US$1,619 million).
           
  HSBC Holdings        
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
  Subordinated liabilities (Note 32):        
     – owed to third parties 13,321   14,496  
     – owed to HSBC undertakings 3,068   4,187  
   
 
 
    16,389   18,683  
   
 
 

 

419


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 28, 29, and 30

 

  The carrying amount at 31 December 2008 of financial liabilities designated at fair value was US$969 million less than the contractual amount at maturity (2007: US$130 million less). At 31 December 2008, the cumulative amount of the change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a gain of US$2,638 million (2007: gain of US$548 million).
       
28 Debt securities in issue    






           
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  Bonds and medium term notes 160,927   221,767  
  Other debt securities in issue 85,023   108,083  
   
 
 
    245,950   329,850  
  Of which debt securities in issue reported as:        
     – trading liabilities (Note 26) (31,288 ) (44,684 )
     – financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 27) (34,969 ) (38,587 )
   
 
 
    179,693   246,579  
   
 
 
           
  Certain debt securities in issue are managed on a fair value basis as part of HSBC’s interest rate risk management policies. The hedged portion of these debt securities is presented within the balance sheet caption ‘Financial liabilities designated at fair value’, with the remaining portion included within ‘Trading liabilities’. The following table analyses the carrying amount of bonds and medium-term notes in issue at 31 December with original maturities greater than one year:
           
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
  Fixed rate        
  Secured financing:        
     1.14% to 3.99%: due 2009 to 2013 767   115  
     4.00% to 4.99%: due 2009 to 2016 1,590   1,409  
     5.00% to 5.99%: due 2009 to 2017 2,754   13,002  
     6.00% to 6.99%: due 2008   459  
     7.00% to 8.99%: due 2009 to 2025 14   521  
     9.00% to 9.99%: due 2009 to 2028 462    
  Other fixed rate senior debt:        
     0.01% to 3.99%: due 2009 to 2069 21,790   28,322  
     4.00% to 4.99%: due 2009 to 2046 13,088   20,909  
     5.00% to 5.99%: due 2009 to 2036 22,357   18,511  
     6.00% to 6.99%: due 2009 to 2036 11,176   15,400  
     7.00% to 7.99%: due 2009 to 2032 4,995   4,037  
     8.00% to 9.99%: due 2009 to 2036 1,822   1,666  
     10.00% or higher: due 2009 to 2017 884   867  
   
 
 
    81,699   105,218  
   
 
 
  Variable interest rate        
  Secured financings – 1.00% to 9.99%: due 2009 to 2023 27,741   47,404  
  FHLB advances – 5.00% to 5.99%: due 2009 to 2036 3,156   5,500  
  Other variable interest rate senior debt – 2.16% to 9.99%: due 2008 to 2057 43,849   56,244  
   
 
 
    74,746   109,148  
   
 
 
  Structured notes        
  Interest rate linked 348   770  
  Equity, equity index or credit-linked 4,134   6,631  
   
 
 
    4,482   7,401  
   
 
 
  Total bonds and medium-term notes 160,927   221,767  
   
 
 

 

420


Back to Contents

29 Other liabilities


    HSBC      HSBC Holdings     
   


 


 
    2008   2007   2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                   
  Amounts due to investors in funds consolidated by HSBC 44,539   3,548      
  Obligations under finance leases (Note 42) 563   703      
  Dividend declared and payable by HSBC Holdings 1,795   1,393   1,795   1,393  
  Endorsements and acceptances 10,482   12,248      
  Other liabilities 15,005   17,121   21   12  
   
 
 
 
 
    72,384   35,013   1,816   1,405  
   
 
 
 
 
   
30 Liabilities under insurance contracts


        Reinsurers’      
    Gross   share   Net  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
  At 31 December 2008            
  Non-life insurance liabilities            
  Unearned premium provision 1,136   (159 ) 977  
  Notified claims 908   (230 ) 678  
  Claims incurred but not reported 368   (41 ) 327  
  Other 68     68  
   
 
 
 
    2,480   (430 ) 2,050  
   
 
 
 
  Life insurance liabilities to policyholders            
  Life (non-linked) 17,370   (637 ) 16,733  
  Investment contracts with discretionary participation features1  17,766     17,766  
  Life (linked) 6,067   (956 ) 5,111  
   
 
 
 
    41,203   (1,593 ) 39,610  
   
 
 
 
  Total liabilities under insurance contracts 43,683   (2,023 ) 41,660  
   
 
 
 
  At 31 December 2007            
  Non-life insurance liabilities            
  Unearned premium provision 1,279   (181 ) 1,098  
  Notified claims 1,063   (380 ) 683  
  Claims incurred but not reported 420   (49 ) 371  
  Other 92   (43 ) 49  
   
 
 
 
    2,854   (653 ) 2,201  
   
 
 
 
  Life insurance liabilities to policyholders            
  Life (non-linked) 14,370   (605 ) 13,765  
  Investment contracts with discretionary participation features1  18,983     18,983  
  Life (linked) 6,399   (57 ) 6,342  
   
 
 
 
    39,752   (662 ) 39,090  
   
 
 
 
  Total liabilities under insurance contracts 42,606   (1,315 ) 41,291  
   
 
 
 
  1 Though investment contracts with discretionary participation features are financial instruments, HSBC continued to treat them as insurance contracts as permitted by IFRS 4.

 

421


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 30  

 

  The movement of liabilities under insurance contracts during the year was as follows:            
               
  Non-life insurance liabilities            
          Reinsurers’        
    Gross     share     Net  
    US$m     US$m     US$m  
  2008                
  Unearned premium reserve (‘UPR’)                
  At 1 January 1,279     (181 )   1,098  
  Changes in UPR recognised as (income)/expense (58 )   3     (55 )
     Gross written premiums 1,776     (260 )   1,516  
     Gross earned premiums (1,834 )   263     (1,571 )
   
   
   
 
  Exchange differences and other movements (85 )   19     (66 )
   
   
   
 
  At 31 December 1,136     (159 )   977  
   
   
   
 
  Notified and incurred but not reported claims                
  At 1 January 1,483     (429 )   1,054  
     Notified claims 1,063     (380 )   683  
     Claims incurred but not reported 420     (49 )   371  
   
   
   
 
  Claims paid in current year (1,044 )   158     (886 )
  Claims incurred in respect of current year 975     (68 )   907  
  Claims incurred in respect of prior years 69     (15 )   54  
  Exchange differences and other movements (207 )   83     (124 )
   
   
   
 
  At 31 December 1,276     (271 )   1,005  
     Notified claims 908     (230 )   678  
     Claims incurred but not reported 368     (41 )   327  
   
   
   
 
  Other 68         68  
   
   
   
 
  Total non-life insurance liabilities 2,480     (430 )   2,050  
   
   
   
 
  2007                
  Unearned premium reserve (‘UPR’)                
  At 1 January 1,262     (176 )   1,086  
  Changes in UPR recognised as (income)/expense (2 )   22     20  
     Gross written premiums 1,853     (385 )   1,468  
     Gross earned premiums (1,855 )   407     (1,448 )
   
   
   
 
  Exchange differences and other movements 19     (27 )   (8 )
   
   
   
 
  At 31 December 1,279     (181 )   1,098  
   
   
   
 
  Notified and incurred but not reported claims                
  At 1 January 1,409     (413 )   996  
     Notified claims 949     (355 )   594  
     Claims incurred but not reported 460     (58 )   402  
   
   
   
 
  Claims paid in current year (1,017 )   207     (810 )
  Claims incurred in respect of current year 1,035     (189 )   846  
  Claims incurred in respect of prior years 64     18     82  
  Exchange differences and other movements (8 )   (52 )   (60 )
   
   
   
 
  At 31 December 1,483     (429 )   1,054  
     Notified claims 1,063     (380 )   683  
     Claims incurred but not reported 420     (49 )   371  
   
   
   
 
  Other 92     (43 )   49  
   
   
   
 
  Total non-life insurance liabilities 2,854     (653 )   2,201  
   
   
   
 

 

422


Back to Contents

  Life insurance liabilities to policyholders      
        Reinsurers’      
    Gross   share   Net  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
  2008            
  Life (non-linked)            
  At 1 January 14,370   (605 ) 13,765  
  Benefits paid (1,491 ) 172   (1,319 )
  Increase in liabilities to policyholders 5,480   (792 ) 4,688  
  Exchange differences and other movements (989 ) 588   (401 )
   
 
 
 
  At 31 December 17,370   (637 ) 16,733  
   
 
 
 
  Investment contracts with discretionary participation features            
  At 1 January 18,983     18,983  
  Benefits paid (1,911 )   (1,911 )
  Increase in liabilities to policyholders 1,743     1,743  
  Exchange differences and other movements (1,049 )   (1,049 )
   
 
 
 
  At 31 December 17,766     17,766  
   
 
 
 
  Life (linked)            
  At 1 January 6,399   (57 ) 6,342  
  Benefits paid (481 ) 44   (437 )
  Increase in liabilities to policyholders 939   (1,442 ) (503 )
  Exchange differences and other movements1  (790 ) 499   (291 )
   
 
 
 
  At 31 December 6,067   (956 ) 5,111  
   
 
 
 
  Total liabilities to policyholders 41,203   (1,593 ) 39,610  
   
 
 
 
  2007            
  Life (non-linked)            
  At 1 January 11,026   (1,046 ) 9,980  
  Benefits paid (940 ) 169   (771 )
  Increase in liabilities to policyholders 3,377   349   3,726  
  Acquisitions of subsidiaries 702     702  
  Exchange differences and other movements 205   (77 ) 128  
   
 
 
 
  At 31 December 14,370   (605 ) 13,765  
   
 
 
 
  Investment contracts with discretionary participation features            
  At 1 January 20     20  
  Benefits paid (1,080 )   (1,080 )
  Increase in liabilities to policyholders 2,188     2,188  
  Acquisitions of subsidiaries 16,406     16,406  
  Exchange differences and other movements 1,449     1,449  
   
 
 
 
  At 31 December 18,983     18,983  
   
 
 
 
  Life (linked)            
  At 1 January 3,685   (58 ) 3,627  
  Benefits paid (790 ) (45 ) (835 )
  Increase in liabilities to policyholders 2,886   (1,120 ) 1,766  
  Acquisitions of subsidiaries 339     339  
  Exchange differences and other movements1  279   1,166   1,445  
   
 
 
 
  At 31 December 6,399   (57 ) 6,342  
   
 
 
 
  Total liabilities to policyholders 39,752   (662 ) 39,090  
   
 
 
 
  1 Includes amounts arising under reinsurance agreements.
 
  The increase in liabilities to policyholders represents the aggregate of all events giving rise to additional liabilities to policyholders in the year. These include death claims, surrenders, lapses, the setting up of liability to policyholders at the initial inception of the policy, the declaration of bonuses and other amounts attributable to policyholders.

 

423


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 31 and 32  

 

31 Provisions


    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
           
  At 1 January 1,958   1,763  
  Additional provisions/increase in provisions1 738   1,307  
  Provisions utilised (624 ) (986 )
  Amounts reversed (147 ) (318 )
  Exchange differences and other movements (195 ) 192  
   
 
 
  At 31 December 1,730   1,958  
   
 
 
  1 The increase in provisions includes the unwinding of discounts of US$3 million (2007: US$1 million) in relation to vacant space provisions and US$21 million (2007: US$24 million) in relation to Brazilian provisions for civil and fiscal labour claims.
 
    Included within provisions are:
     
  (i) Provisions for onerous property contracts of US$85 million (2007: US$56 million), of which US$20 million (2007: US$33 million) relates to discounted future costs associated with leasehold properties that became vacant as a consequence of HSBC’s move to Canary Wharf in 2002. The provisions cover rent voids while finding new tenants, shortfalls in expected rent receivable compared with rent payable and the cost of refurbishing the buildings to attract tenants. Uncertainties arise from movements in market rents, delays in finding new tenants and the timing of rental reviews.
     
  (ii) Labour, civil and fiscal litigation provisions in HSBC’s Brazil operations of US$334 million (2007: US$391 million). These relate to labour and overtime litigation claims brought by employees after leaving the bank. The provisions are based on the expected number of departing employees, their individual salaries and historical trends. The timing of the settlement of these claims is uncertain.
     
  (iii) Provisions of US$439 million (2007: US$444 million) have been made in respect of costs arising from contingent liabilities and contractual commitments (Note 40), including guarantees of US$35 million (2007: US$29 million) and commitments of US$192 million (2007: US$125 million).
     
32 Subordinated liabilities


  HSBC
             
    2008     2007  
    US$m     US$m  
  Subordinated liabilities          
     At amortised cost 29,433     24,819  
     – subordinated liabilities 24,618     19,308  
     – preferred securities 4,815     5,511  
   
   
 
     Designated at fair value (Note 27) 23,717     27,575  
     – subordinated liabilities 20,316     22,831  
     – preferred securities 3,401     4,744  
   
   
 
    53,150     52,394  
   
   
 
  Subordinated liabilities          
     HSBC Holdings 23,544     18,931  
     Other HSBC 29,606     33,463  
   
   
 
    53,150     52,394  
   
   
 

 

424


Back to Contents

  HSBC’s subordinated liabilities
   
      2008   2007  
      US$m   US$m  
 
Amounts owed to third parties by HSBC Holdings (see below) 23,544   18,931  
   
 
 
Other HSBC subordinated liabilities        
  €1,400m 5.3687% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities1 1,532   2,018  
  US$1,350m 9.547% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities, Series 11 1,337   1,335  
  US$1,200m Undated floating rate primary capital notes 1,214   1,207  
  €800m Callable subordinated floating rate notes 20163 1,116   1,176  
  £700m 5.844% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities2 1,021   1,404  
  US$1,000m 4.625% subordinated notes 2014 1,001   1,001  
  US$1,000m 5.911% trust preferred securities 20354 992   992  
  US$1,000m 5.875% subordinated notes 2034 953   990  
  US$900m 10.176% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities, Series 21 900   900  
  £600m 4.75% subordinated notes 2046 863   1,186  
  €600m 8.03% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities1 834   878  
  €600m 4.25% callable subordinated notes 20166 831   881  
  €750m 5.13% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities1 790   1,039  
  US$750m Undated floating rate primary capital notes 750   750  
  US$1,250m 4.61% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities1 745   1,130  
  £500m 8.208% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities1 724   996  
  US$750m 5.625% subordinated notes 2035 715   653  
  US$700m 7.00% subordinated notes 2039 694    
  £500m 4.75% callable subordinated notes 20205 675   931  
  £500m 5.375% subordinated notes 2033 659   931  
  €500m Callable subordinated floating rate notes 20208 567   676  
  £350m Callable subordinated variable coupon notes 20177 518   712  
  US$500m Undated floating rate primary capital notes 500   500  
  US$500m 6.00% subordinated notes 2017 498   498  
  £350m 5% callable subordinated notes 20239 481   672  
  £350m 5.375% callable subordinated step-up notes 203010 461   652  
  US$450m Callable subordinated floating rate notes 20163 449   448  
  £300m 6.5% subordinated notes 2023 436   598  
  US$300m 7.65% subordinated notes 2025 384   359  
  £300m 5.862% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities2 333   558  
  £225m 6.25% subordinated notes 2041 325   447  
  US$300m 6.95% subordinated notes 2011 324   325  
  US$300m Undated floating rate primary capital notes, Series 3 300   301  
  US$300m Callable subordinated floating rate notes 201711 299   299  
CAD400m  4.80% subordinated notes 2022 277   389  
  US$250m 7.20% subordinated debentures 2097 218   218  
BRL500m  Subordinated certificate of deposit 2016 215   281  
  US$200m 7.75% subordinated notes 2009 203   202  
  US$200m 7.808% capital securities 2026 200   200  
  US$200m 8.38% capital securities 2027 200   200  
  US$200m 6.625% subordinated notes 2009 198   199  
CAD200m  4.94% subordinated debentures 2021 163   207  
BRL608m  Subordinated debentures 2008   341  
  US$250m 5.875% subordinated notes 2008   248  
  Other subordinated liabilities each less than US$200m 3,711   3,535  
   
 
 
    29,606   33,463  
   
 
 
    53,150   52,394  
   
 
 
         
Subordinated loan capital is repayable at par on maturity, but some is repayable prior to maturity at the option of the borrower, generally subject to prior notification to the Financial Services Authority, and, where relevant, the consent of the local banking regulator, and in certain cases at a premium over par. Interest rates on the floating rate loan capital are related to interbank offered rates. On the remaining subordinated loan capital, interest is payable at fixed rates up to 10.176 per cent.
     
  1 See ‘Step-up perpetual preferred securities’ below, note (a) ‘Guaranteed by HSBC Holdings’.
  2 See ‘Step-up perpetual preferred securities’ below, note (b) ‘Guaranteed by HSBC Bank’.
  3 The interest margin on the €800m and US$450m callable subordinated floating rate notes 2016 increases by 0.5 per cent from March 2011 and July 2011, respectively.

 

425


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 32 

 

  4 The distributions on the trust preferred securities change in November 2015 to three-month dollar LIBOR plus 1.926 per cent.
  The interest rate on the 4.75 per cent callable subordinated notes 2020 changes in September 2015 to three-month sterling LIBOR plus  0.82 per cent.
  6 The interest rate on the 4.25 per cent callable subordinated notes changes in March 2011 to three-month EURIBOR plus 1.05 per cent.
  The interest rate on the callable subordinated variable coupon notes 2017 is fixed at 5.75 per cent until June 2012. Thereafter, the rate  per annum is the sum of the gross redemption yield of the then prevailing five-year UK gilt plus 1.70 per cent.
  8 The interest margin on the callable subordinated floating rate notes 2020 increases by 0.5 per cent from September 2015.
  The interest rate on the 5 per cent callable subordinated notes 2023 changes in March 2018 to become the rate per annum which is the  sum of the gross redemption yield of the prevailing five-year UK gilt plus 1.80 per cent.
  10  The interest rate on the 5.375 per cent callable subordinated step-up notes 2030 changes in November 2025 to three month sterling  LIBOR plus 1.50 per cent.
  11 The interest margin on the callable subordinated floating rate notes 2017 increases by 0.5 per cent from July 2012.
     
  Footnotes 3 to 10 all relate to notes that are repayable at the option of the borrower on the date of the change of the interest rate, and at subsequent interest rate reset dates and interest payment dates in some cases, subject to prior notification to the Financial Services Authority and, where relevant, the consent of the local banking regulator.
   
  Step-up perpetual preferred securities
   
  (a) Guaranteed by HSBC Holdings
     
    The seven issues of non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities (footnote 1) were made by Jersey limited partnerships and are guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, by HSBC Holdings. The proceeds of the issues were on-lent to HSBC Holdings by the limited partnerships by issue of subordinated notes. The preferred securities qualify as innovative tier 1 capital for HSBC. The preferred securities, together with the guarantee, are intended to provide investors with rights to income and capital distributions and distributions upon liquidation of HSBC Holdings that are equivalent to the rights that they would have had if they had purchased non-cumulative perpetual preference shares of HSBC Holdings.
     
    The preferred securities are perpetual, but redeemable in 2014, 2010, 2030, 2012, 2016, 2013 and 2015, respectively, at the option of the general partner of the limited partnerships. If not redeemed, the distributions payable step-up and become floating rate or, for the sterling issue, for each successive five-year period the sum of the then five-year benchmark UK gilt plus a margin. There are limitations on the payment of distributions if prohibited under UK banking regulations or other requirements, if a payment would cause a breach of HSBC’s capital adequacy requirements, or if HSBC Holdings has insufficient distributable reserves (as defined).
     
    HSBC Holdings has covenanted that if it is prevented under certain circumstances from paying distributions on the preferred securities in full, it will not pay dividends or other distributions in respect of its ordinary shares, or effect repurchase or redemption of its ordinary shares, until after a distribution has been paid in full.
     
    If (i) HSBC’s total capital ratio falls below the regulatory minimum ratio required, or (ii) the Directors expect that, in view of the deteriorating financial condition of HSBC Holdings, the former will occur in the near term, then the preferred securities will be substituted by preference shares of HSBC Holdings having economic terms which are in all material respects equivalent to those of the preferred securities and the guarantee taken together.
     
  (b) Guaranteed by HSBC Bank
     
    The two issues of non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities (footnote 2) were made by Jersey limited partnerships and are guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, by HSBC Bank. The proceeds of the issues were on-lent to HSBC Bank by the limited partnerships by issue of subordinated notes. The preferred securities qualify as innovative tier 1 capital for HSBC and for HSBC Bank on a solo and consolidated basis and, together with the guarantee, are intended to provide investors with rights to income and capital distributions and distributions upon liquidation of HSBC Bank that are equivalent to the rights they would have had if they had purchased non-cumulative perpetual preference shares of HSBC Bank.
     
    The two issues of preferred securities are perpetual, but redeemable in 2031 and 2020, respectively, at the option of the general partner of the limited partnerships. If not redeemed, the distributions payable step-up and become floating rate. The same limitations on the payment of distributions apply to HSBC Bank as to HSBC Holdings, as described above. HSBC Bank has provided a similar covenant to that provided by HSBC Holdings, also as described above.
     
    If (i) any of the two issues of preferred securities are outstanding in November 2048 or April 2049, respectively, or (ii) the total capital ratio of HSBC Bank on a solo and consolidated basis falls below the regulatory minimum ratio required, or (iii) in view of the deteriorating financial condition of HSBC Bank, the Directors expect (ii) to

 

426


Back to Contents

    occur in the near term, then the preferred securities will be substituted by preference shares of HSBC Bank having economic terms which are in all material respects equivalent to those of the preferred securities and the guarantee taken together.
     
  HSBC Holdings
     
       2008    2007  
      US$m    US$m  
  Subordinated liabilities:         
  At amortised cost 14,017    8,544  
  Designated at fair value (Note 27) 16,389    18,683  
      
  
 
       30,406    27,227  
      
  
 
             
  HSBC Holdings subordinated borrowings        
         
        2008    2007  
        US$m    US$m  
  Amounts owed to third parties        
  €2,000m Callable subordinated floating rate notes 20141  2,805    2,905  
  US$2,500m 6.5% subordinated notes 2037 2,669    2,495  
  €1,600m 6.25% subordinated notes 2018 2,231     
  US$2,000m 6.5% subordinated notes 2036 2,052    2,058  
  US$1,500m 6.8% subordinated notes 2038 1,484     
  US$1,400m 5.25% subordinated notes 2012 1,455    1,413  
  €1,000m 5.375% subordinated notes 2012 1,403    1,488  
  £900m 6.375% callable subordinated notes 20222  1,330    1,858  
  £750m 7.0% subordinated notes 2038 1,140     
  US$1,000m 7.5% subordinated notes 2009 1,068    1,077  
  £650m 6.75% subordinated notes 2028 938     
  £650m 5.75% subordinated notes 2027 878    1,262  
  €700m 3.625% callable subordinated notes 20203  840    922  
  US$750m Callable subordinated floating rate note 20161  750    750  
  US$750m Callable subordinated floating rate notes 20151  750    750  
  US$488m 7.625% subordinated notes 2032 609    609  
  £250m 9.875% subordinated bonds 20184  441    619  
  €300m 5.5% subordinated notes 2009 432    457  
  US$222m 7.35% subordinated notes 2032 269    268  
       
  
 
      23,544    18,931  
       
  
 
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings           
                
€1,400m 5.3687% fixed/floating subordinated notes 2043 – HSBC Capital Funding (Euro 2) LP 1,532    2,018  
US$1,350m 9.547% subordinated step-up cumulative notes 2040 – HSBC Capital Funding (Dollar 1) LP 1,337    1,335  
US$900m 10.176% subordinated step-up cumulative notes 2040 – HSBC Capital Funding (Dollar 1) LP 900    900  
€600m 8.03% subordinated step-up cumulative notes 2040 – HSBC Capital Funding (Euro 1) LP 834    878  
€750m 5.13% fixed/floating subordinated notes 2044 – HSBC Capital Funding (Euro 3) LP 790    1,039  
US$1,250m 4.61% fixed/floating subordinated notes 2043 – HSBC Capital Funding (Dollar 2) LP 745    1,130  
£500m 8.208% subordinated step-up cumulative notes 2040 – HSBC Capital Funding (Sterling 1) LP 724    996  
       
  
 
      6,862    8,296  
       
  
 
      30,406    27,227  
       
 
 
           
  1 The interest margins on the callable subordinated floating rate notes 2014, 2015 and 2016 increase by 0.5 per cent from September 2009, March 2010 and October 2011 respectively. The notes are repayable from their step up date at the option of the borrower, subject to the prior notification of the Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’).
  2 The interest rate on the 6.375 per cent callable subordinated notes 2022 changes in October 2017 to become three-month sterling LIBOR plus 1.3 per cent. The notes may be redeemed at par from October 2017 at the option of the borrower, subject to the prior notification of the FSA.
  3 The interest rate on the 3.625 per cent callable subordinated notes 2020 changes in June 2015 to become three-month EURIBOR plus 0.93 per cent. The notes may be redeemed at par from June 2015 at the option of the borrower, subject to the prior notification of the FSA.

 

427


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 33 and 34

 

  4 The interest rate on the 9.875 per cent subordinated bonds 2018 changes in April 2013 to become the higher of (i) 9.875 per cent or (ii) the sum of the yield on the relevant benchmark treasury stock plus 2.5 per cent. The bonds may be redeemed in April 2013 at par and redemption has also been allowed from April 1998, subject to the prior notification of the FSA, for an amount based on the redemption yields of the relevant benchmark treasury stocks.
 
33 Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities


   
  The following is an analysis, by remaining contractual maturities at the balance sheet date, of asset and liability line items that represent amounts expected to be recovered or settled within one year, and after more than one year.
   
  Trading assets and liabilities are excluded because they are not held for collection or settlement over the period of contractual maturity.
   
  HSBC                 
    At 31 December 2008  
   




 
        Due after      
    Due within   more than      
    one year   one year   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Assets                 
  Financial assets designated at fair value 4,735    23,798    28,533  
  Loans and advances to banks 146,268    7,498    153,766  
  Loans and advances to customers 407,582    525,286    932,868  
  Financial investments 111,027    189,208    300,235  
  Other financial assets 27,642    6,308    33,950  
    
  
  
 
     697,254    752,098    1,449,352  
    
  
  
 
  
  Liabilities                 
  Deposits by banks 123,835    6,249    130,084  
  Customer accounts 1,083,426    31,901    1,115,327  
  Financial liabilities designated at fair value 7,368    67,219    74,587  
  Debt securities in issue 107,094    72,599    179,693  
  Other financial liabilities 70,898    4,860    75,758  
  Subordinated liabilities 745    28,688    29,433  
    
  
  
 
     1,393,366    211,516    1,604,882  
    
  
  
 
       
    At 31 December 2007  
   




 
        Due after      
    Due within   more than      
    one year   one year   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Assets                 
  Financial assets designated at fair value 5,752    35,812    41,564  
  Loans and advances to banks 222,674    14,692    237,366  
  Loans and advances to customers 438,246    543,302    981,548  
  Financial investments 103,492    179,508    283,000  
  Other financial assets 24,087    6,390    30,477  
    
  
  
 
     794,251    779,704    1,573,955  
    
  
  
 
  
  Liabilities                 
  Deposits by banks 124,475    7,706    132,181  
  Customer accounts 1,066,148    29,992    1,096,140  
  Financial liabilities designated at fair value 6,217    83,722    89,939  
  Debt securities in issue 143,651    102,928    246,579  
  Other financial liabilities 33,056    4,352    37,408  
  Subordinated liabilities 341    24,478    24,819  
    
  
  
 
     1,373,888    253,178    1,627,066  
    
  
  
 

 

428


Back to Contents

  HSBC Holdings         
  
    At 31 December 2008  
   




 
        Due after      
    Due within   more than      
    one year   one year   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Assets                 
  Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings 4,842    6,962    11,804  
  Financial investments    2,629    2,629  
  Other financial assets 25       25  
    
  
  
 
     4,867    9,591    14,458  
    
  
  
 
  
  Liabilities                 
  Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings 176    3,866    4,042  
  Financial liabilities designated at fair value 1,500    14,889    16,389  
  Other financial liabilities 1,805    11    1,816  
  Subordinated liabilities    14,017    14,017  
    
  
  
 
     3,481    32,783    36,264  
    
  
  
 
       
     At 31 December 2007  
    




 
        Due after      
    Due within   more than      
    one year   one year   Total  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
  Assets                 
  Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings 7,371    9,871    17,242  
  Financial investments 346    2,676    3,022  
  Other financial assets 21       21  
    
  
  
 
     7,738    12,547    20,285  
    
  
  
 
  
  Liabilities                 
  Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings 1,906    1,063    2,969  
  Financial liabilities designated at fair value    18,683    18,683  
  Other financial liabilities 1,397    8    1,405  
  Subordinated liabilities    8,544    8,544  
    
  
  
 
     3,303    28,298    31,601  
    
  
  
 
               
34 Foreign exchange exposures


  Structural foreign exchange exposures
   
  HSBC’s structural foreign exchange exposures are represented by the net asset value of its foreign exchange equity and subordinated debt investments in subsidiaries, branches, joint ventures and associates. Gains or losses on structural foreign exchange exposures are recognised directly in equity. HSBC’s management of its structural foreign exchange exposures is discussed in the ‘Report of the Directors: Risk’ on page 242.
   
  In its separate financial statements, HSBC Holdings recognises its foreign exchange gains and losses on structural foreign exchange exposures in the income statement.

 

429


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 34, 35, 36 and 37

 

  Net structural foreign exchange exposures        
           
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
  Currency of structural exposure           
  Euro 23,137    23,985  
  Pound sterling 15,319    24,527  
  Chinese renminbi 11,927    10,892  
  Mexican pesos 4,127    5,247  
  Hong Kong dollars 3,929    4,635  
  UAE dirhams 3,472    2,182  
  Canadian dollars 3,423    4,136  
  Brazilian reais 3,381    4,007  
  Indian rupees 3,252    2,699  
  Swiss francs 2,192    2,657  
  Turkish lira 1,505    1,796  
  Korean won 1,243    1,282  
  Malaysian ringgit 1,148    1,044  
  Australian dollars 690    940  
  Singapore dollars 534    432  
  Saudi riyals1  530    404  
  Egyptian pounds 517    392  
  Argentine pesos 510    370  
  Taiwanese dollars 485    382  
  Vietnamese dong 483    331  
  Philippine pesos 445    459  
  Thai baht 404    384  
  Costa Rican colon 378    375  
  Honduran lempira 341    325  
  Qatari rial 272    197  
  Russian rouble 268    114  
  Japanese yen 263    300  
  Indonesian rupiah 221    221  
  Omani rial 210    140  
  Colombian peso 185    202  
  Chilean pesos 176    214  
  South African rand 151    148  
  Jordanian dinar 147    116  
  New Zealand dollars 124    169  
  Bahraini dinar 114    106  
  Others, each less than US$100 million 732    686  
  Maltese lira    270  
    
  
 
  Total 86,235    96,766  
    
  
 
           
  1 After deducting sales of Saudi riyals amounting to nil (2007: US$750 million) in order to manage the foreign exchange risk of the investments.
     
  All resulting exchange differences on consolidation of foreign operations are recognised in a separate component of equity. Shareholders’ equity would decrease by US$1,830 million (2007: US$2,426 million) if euro and sterling foreign currency exchange rates weakened by 5 per cent relative to the US dollar.
     
35 Assets charged as security for liabilities and collateral accepted as security for assets


   
  Financial assets pledged to secure liabilities were as follows:
     Assets pledged at 31 December  
    


 
    2008   2007  
    US$m   US$m  
  
  Treasury bills and other eligible securities 3,434    7,200  
  Loans and advances to banks 6,949    7,389  
  Loans and advances to customers 70,209    78,755  
  Debt securities 185,224    219,956  
  Equity shares 4,326    19,257  
  Other 439    3,933  
    
  
 
     270,581    336,490  
    
  
 

 

430


Back to Contents

  These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to collateralised transactions, including, where relevant, standard securities lending and repurchase agreements.
   
  Collateral accepted as security for assets
   
  The fair value of assets accepted as collateral that HSBC is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default is US$225,748 million (2007: US$329,893 million). The fair value of any such collateral that has been sold or repledged was US$159,256 million (2007: US$212,956 million). HSBC is obliged to return equivalent securities.
   
  These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard securities borrowing and reverse repurchase agreements.
   
36 Minority interests


     2008    2007  
     US$m    US$m  
  
  Minority interests attributable to holders of ordinary shares in subsidiaries 4,227    4,775  
  Preference shares issued by subsidiaries 2,411    2,481  
    
  
 
     6,638    7,256  
    
  
 
           
  Preference shares issued by subsidiaries        
        2008    2007  
        US$m    US$m  
  
  US$575m 6.36% non-cumulative preferred stock, Series B1 559    559  
  US$518m Floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, Series F2 518    518  
  US$374m Floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, Series G3 374    374  
  US$374m 6.50% non-cumulative preferred stock, Series H3 374    374  
  CAD175m Non-cumulative redeemable class 1 preferred shares, Series C4 143    178  
  CAD175m Non-cumulative class 1 preferred shares, Series D4 143    178  
  US$150m Depositary shares each representing 25% interest in a share of adjustable-rate cumulative preferred stock, Series D5 150    150  
  US$150m Cumulative preferred stock6 150    150  
       
  
 
        2,411    2,481  
       
  
 
  1 The Series B preferred stock is redeemable at the option of HSBC Finance Corporation, in whole or in part, from 24 June 2010 at par.
  2 The Series F preferred stock is redeemable at par at the option of HSBC USA Inc., in whole or in part, on any dividend payment date on or after 7 April 2010.
  3 The Series G and Series H preferred stock are redeemable at par at the option of HSBC USA Inc., in whole or in part, at any time from 1 January 2011 and 1 July 2011, respectively.
  4 The Series C and Series D preferred stock are redeemable at a declining premium above par at the option of HSBC Bank Canada, in whole or in part, from 30 June 2010 and 31 December 2010, respectively.
  5 The preferred stock has been redeemable at the option of HSBC USA Inc., in whole or in part, from 1 July 1999 at par.
  6 The preferred stock has been redeemable at the option of HSBC USA Inc., in whole or in part, from 1 October 2007 at par.
     
  All redemptions are subject to prior notification to the Financial Services Authority and, where relevant, the local banking regulator.
   
37 Called up share capital and other equity instruments


  Authorised
   
  At 31 December 2008 and 2007, the authorised ordinary share capital of HSBC Holdings was US$7,500 million divided into 15,000 million ordinary shares of US$0.50 each.
   
  At 31 December 2008 and 2007, the authorised preference share capital of HSBC Holdings was 10 million non-cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each, 10 million non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each, and 10 million non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 each.
   
  At 31 December 2008 and 2007, the authorised non-voting deferred share capital of HSBC Holdings was £301,500 divided into 301,500 non-voting deferred shares of £1 each.

 

431


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Note 37

 

  Issued        
           
     2008    2007  
     US$m    US$m  
            
  HSBC Holdings ordinary shares 6,053    5,915  
    
 
 
           
     Number    US$m  
  HSBC Holdings ordinary shares           
  At 1 January 2008 11,829,052,317    5,915  
  Shares issued under HSBC Finance share plans 65,198     
  Shares issued under HSBC employee share plans 40,578,468    20  
  Shares issued in lieu of dividends 235,569,099    118  
    
 
 
  At 31 December 2008 12,105,265,082     6,053  
    
 
 
  At 1 January 2007 11,572,207,735    5,786  
  Shares issued under HSBC Finance share plans 685,005     
  Shares issued under HSBC employee share plans 32,620,922    17  
  Shares issued in lieu of dividends 223,538,655    112  
    
 
 
  At 31 December 2007 11,829,052,317     5,915  
    
 
 
           
  All ordinary shares in issue confer identical rights in respect of capital, dividends, voting and otherwise.        

 

     Number    US$m  
  HSBC Holdings non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each           
  At 1 January 2008 and 31 December 2008 1,450,000     
    
  
 
  At 1 January 2007 and 31 December 2007 1,450,000     
    
  
 
         
  Dividends on the HSBC Holdings non-cumulative dollar preference shares in issue are paid quarterly at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors will not declare a dividend on the preference shares in issue if payment of the dividend would cause HSBC Holdings not to meet the applicable capital adequacy requirements of the FSA or the profit of HSBC Holdings available for distribution as dividends is not sufficient to enable HSBC Holdings to pay in full both dividends on the preference shares in issue and dividends on any other shares that are scheduled to be paid on the same date and that have an equal right to dividends. HSBC Holdings may not declare or pay dividends on any class of its shares ranking lower in the right to dividends than the preference shares in issue nor redeem nor purchase in any manner any of its other shares ranking equal with or lower than the preference shares in issue unless it has paid in full, or set aside an amount to provide for payment in full, the dividends on the preference shares in issue for the then-current dividend period. The preference shares in issue carry no rights to conversion into ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings. Holders of the preference shares in issue will only be entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of shareholders of HSBC Holdings if the dividend payable on the preference shares in issue has not been paid in full for four consecutive dividend payment dates. In such circumstances, holders of the preference shares in issue will be entitled to vote on all matters put to general meetings until such time as HSBC Holdings has paid a full dividend on the preference shares in issue. HSBC Holdings may redeem the preference shares in issue in whole at any time on or after 16 December 2010, subject to prior notification to the FSA.
         
  HSBC Holdings non-voting deferred shares        
         
  The 301,500 non-voting deferred shares were in issue throughout 2007 and 2008 and are held by a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings. Holders of the non-voting deferred shares are not entitled to receive dividends on these shares. In addition, on winding-up or other return of capital, holders are entitled to receive the amount paid up on their shares after distribution to ordinary shareholders of £10 million in respect of each ordinary share held by them.
         
  Other equity instruments        
         
  On 9 April 2008, HSBC Holdings issued, in bearer form, 88 million 8.125 per cent Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities (‘Capital Securities’), each with a par value of US$25 and with an aggregate nominal value of US$2,200 million. The securities were issued at par value, raising US$2,133 million, net of issuance costs. The Capital Securities were issued to support the development of and to strengthen further HSBC’s capital base. Coupon payments on the Capital Securities are paid quarterly in arrears from 15 July 2008 and may be deferred at the discretion of HSBC Holdings. The Capital Securities have no fixed maturity and are redeemable at HSBC’s option on

 

432


Back to Contents

  or after 15 April 2013 at their principal amounts together with any accrued, unpaid and deferred coupon payments. While any coupon payments are unpaid or deferred, HSBC Holdings will not declare, pay dividends or make distributions or similar periodic payments in respect of, or repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any securities of lower or equal rank. At the Company’s discretion, and subject to certain conditions being satisfied, the Capital Securities may be exchanged on any coupon payment date for non-cumulative preference shares to be issued by HSBC Holdings and which would rank pari passu with the dollar preference shares in issue at 2 March 2009. The preference shares will be issued at a nominal value of US$0.01 per share and a premium of US$24.99 per share, with both such amounts being subscribed and fully paid.
   
  Shares under option
   
  Details of the options outstanding to subscribe for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan, HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme, the HSBC Share Plan and HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans are given in Note 10. In aggregate, options outstanding under these plans were as follows:
               
    Number of          
     HSBC Holdings              
     ordinary shares    Period of exercise    Exercise price  
                
  31 December 2008 211,226,573    2009 to 2015    £5.3496 – 9.642  
     11,344,167    2009 to 2014    HK$103.4401 – 108.4483  
     1,304,119    2009 to 2014    €8.6720 – 11.0062  
     7,382,145    2009 to 2014    US$13.3290 – 14.7478  
  
  31 December 2007 240,726,775    2008 to 2015    £5.3496 – 9.642  
     12,839,412    2008 to 2013    HK$103.4401 – 108.4483  
     823,472    2008 to 2013    €10.4217 – 11.0062  
     6,324,920    2008 to 2013    US$13.3290 – 14.7478  
  
  31 December 2006 269,423,027    2007 to 2015    £5.0160 – 9.642  
     6,661,998    2007 to 2012    HK$103.4401  
     270,473    2007 to 2012    €11.0062  
     2,932,100    2007 to 2012    US$13.3290 – 14.1621  
               
  HSBC France and subsidiary company plans            
               
  Following the acquisition of HSBC France in 2000, outstanding employee share options over HSBC France shares vested. On exercise of the options, the HSBC France shares are exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as for the acquisition of HSBC France (13 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC France share).
               
  During 2008, 221,154 (2007: 280,850) HSBC France shares were issued following the exercise of employee share options and were exchanged for 2,875,002 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. These shares were delivered from the HSBC Holdings Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (No. 1) (2007: 3,651,050 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares). During 2008, no options over HSBC France shares lapsed (2007: nil). During 2007 and 2008 no HSBC France shares previously issued following the exercise of employee share options were exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. At 31 December 2008, The HSBC Holdings Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (No. 1) held 8,790,276 (2007: 11,665,278) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC France shares arising from the exercise of options.
               
  HSBC France options effectively outstanding over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under this arrangement were as follows:  
               
     Number of              
     HSBC France              
     shares exchangeable              
    for HSBC Holdings          
     ordinary shares    Period of exercise    Exercise price  
                
  31 December 2008 787,877    2009 to 2010    €81.71 – 142.50  
  31 December 2007 1,009,031    2008 to 2010    €73.48 – 142.50  
  31 December 2006 1,287,881    2007 to 2010    €37.05 – 142.50  

 

433


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) 
   
   
Note 37 

 

  HSBC Private Bank France plan
   
  There are also outstanding options over the shares of HSBC Private Bank France, a subsidiary of HSBC France.
   
  On exercise of options over shares of HSBC Private Bank France, the HSBC Private Bank France shares are exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the ratio of 1.83 HSBC Holdings shares for each HSBC Private Bank France share. During 2008, 7,000 (2007: 61,880) HSBC Private Bank France shares were issued following the exercise of employee share options and exchanged for 12,810 (2007: 113,234) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, such shares being delivered from The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (Private Banking France). During 2008, no options over HSBC Private Bank France shares lapsed (2007: nil). During 2008, no (2007: 8,819) HSBC Private Bank France shares previously issued following the exercise of employee share options were exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares (2007: 16,137). There were 333,976 HSBC Private Bank France employee share options exchangeable for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares outstanding at 31 December 2008 (2007: 340,976). At 31 December 2008, The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (Private Banking France) held 943,142 (2007: 955,952) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC Private Bank France shares arising from the exercise of options.
   
  HSBC Private Bank France options effectively outstanding over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under this arrangement were as follows:
               
    Number of HSBC          
     Private Bank France              
     shares exchangeable              
    for HSBC Holdings          
     ordinary shares    Period of exercise    Exercise price  
                
  31 December 2008 333,976    2009 to 2012    10.84 – 22.22  
  31 December 2007 340,976    2008 to 2012    10.84 – 22.22  
  31 December 2006 411,675    2007 to 2012    10.84 – 22.22  
   
  HSBC Finance and subsidiary company plans
   
  Following the acquisition of HSBC Finance in 2003, all outstanding options and equity-based awards over HSBC Finance common shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as the share exchange offer for HSBC Finance (2.675 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Finance common share) and the exercise prices per share adjusted accordingly. During 2008, options and equity-based awards over 327,635 (2007: 5,370,104) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were exercised and 169,138 (2007: 4,602,172) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares delivered from The HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 to satisfy the exercise of these options. During 2008, options over 718,793 (2007: 399,823) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares lapsed. At 31 December 2008, The HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 held a total of 1,687,279 (2007: 1,856,417) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and 196,455 (2007: 196,455) ADSs, which may be used to satisfy the exercise of these options and equity-based awards under the HSBC Finance share plans. Each ADS represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.
   
  Options (and, in 2007 and 2006, equity-based awards) outstanding over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Finance share plans were as follows:
               
     Number of              
    HSBC Holdings          
     ordinary shares    Period of exercise    Exercise price  
  
  31 December 2008 20,681,582    2009 to 2012    US$10.66 – US$21.37  
  31 December 2007 21,728,010    2008 to 2012    nil – US$21.37  
  31 December 2006 27,497,937    2007 to 2012    nil – US$21.37  
   
  Bank of Bermuda plan
   
  Following the acquisition of Bank of Bermuda in 2004, all outstanding employee share options over Bank of Bermuda shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares based on the consideration of US$40 for each Bank of Bermuda share and the average closing price of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, for the five business days preceding the closing date of the acquisition. During 2008, options over 12,847 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were exercised (2007: 377,046) and delivered from the HSBC (Bank of Bermuda) Employee Benefit Trust 2004 to satisfy the exercise of these options. During 2008, options over 95,915 (2007: 11,228) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares lapsed. At 31 December 2008, the

 

434


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) 
   
   
Note 37 

 

  HSBC (Bank of Bermuda) Employee Benefit Trust 2004 held 1,877,056 (2007: 1,889,903) HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be used to satisfy the exercise of options.
   
  Options outstanding over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the Bank of Bermuda share plans were as follows:
               
    Number of HSBC          
     Holdings              
     ordinary shares    Period of exercise    Exercise price  
                
  31 December 2008 2,205,321    2009 to 2013    US$7.04 – 18.35  
  31 December 2007 2,314,083    2008 to 2013    US$7.04 – 18.35  
  31 December 2006 2,710,368    2007 to 2013    US$7.04 – 18.35  
   
  Maximum obligation to deliver HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
   
  At 31 December 2008, the maximum obligation to deliver HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under all of the above option arrangements, together with Performance Share and Restricted Share awards under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 and the HSBC Share Plan, was 400,887,713 (2007: 417,044,591). The total number of shares at 31 December 2008 held by employee benefit trusts that may be used to satisfy such obligations to deliver HSBC Holdings ordinary shares was 164,985,811 (2007: 149,423,898).

 

435


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued) 
   
   
Note 38 

 

38 Equity


                                         2008                                
    






















 
                             Other reserves                    
                            








                  
                 Other          Available-                Share-          Total              
     Called up          equity          for-sale    Cash flow    Foreign    based          share-              
     share    Share    instru-    Retained    fair value    hedging    exchange    payment    Merger    holders’    Minority    Total  
     capital    premium1    ments5   earnings2    reserve    reserve3    reserve    reserve    reserve4    equity    interests3    equity  
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
                                                    
  At 1 January 5,915    8,134       81,097    850    (917 ) 10,055    1,968    21,058    128,160    7,256    135,416   
 
Shares issued under employee share plans
20    450                         470       470   
 
Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon1 
118    (121 )    3,596                   3,593       3,593   
  Capital securities issued5        2,133                      2,133          2,133   
  Profit for the year          5,728                   5,728    770    6,498   
  Dividends to shareholders          (11,301 )                (11,301 ) (813 ) (12,114 )
  Own shares adjustment          (1,002 )                (1,002 )    (1,002 )
 
Share of changes recognised directly in the equity of associates or joint ventures
         (559 )                (559 )    (559 )
 
Actuarial losses on defined benefit plans
         (1,457 )                (1,457 ) (152 ) (1,609 )
  Exchange differences          (14,070 ) 2,120    (30 )          (11,980 ) (225 ) (12,205 )
 
Fair value losses taken to equity
            (23,206 ) (1,762 )          (24,968 ) (474 ) (25,442 )
 
Amounts transferred to the income statement3 
            (1,301 ) 1,772             471    (33 ) 438   
 
Impairments taken to the income statement
            1,701                1,701    78    1,779   
 
Exercise and lapse of share options and vesting of share awards
         827             (848 )    (21 )    (21 )
 
Cost of share-based payment arrangements
                        819       819       819   
  Other movements          (252 ) 74    5    82    56       (35 ) 73    38   
 
Tax on items taken directly to or transferred from equity
         411    1,332    96             1,839    40    1,879   
  Transfers          17,671    (2,120 ) 30    (11,980 )    (3,601 )         
 
Net increase in minority interest arising on acquisitions, disposals and capital issuance
                              118    118   
    
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  At 31 December 6,053    8,463    2,133    80,689    (20,550 ) (806 ) (1,843 ) 1,995    17,457    93,591    6,638    100,229   
    
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  Cumulative goodwill amounting to US$5,138 million has been charged against reserves in respect of acquisitions of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 1998, including US$3,469 million charged against the merger reserve arising on the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc. The balance of US$1,669 million has been charged against retained earnings. 

 

436


Back to Contents

     2007   
    
 
                       Other reserves                     
                      
                    
                       Available-                Share-          Total               
     Called up                for-sale    Cash flow    Foreign    based          share-               
     share    Share    Retained    fair value    hedging    exchange    payment    Merger    holders’    Minority    Total   
     capital    premium 1 earnings 2 reserve    reserve 3 reserve    reserve    reserve 4  equity    interests 3  equity   
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m   
                                                
  At 1 January 5,786    7,789    65,397    2,005    (101 ) 4,307    2,111    21,058    108,352    6,576    114,928   
 
Shares issued under employee share plans
17    460                      477       477   
 
Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amountsarising thereon1
112    (115 ) 4,354                   4,351       4,351   
  Profit for the year       19,133                   19,133    1,322    20,455   
  Dividends to shareholders       (10,241 )                (10,241 ) (788 ) (11,029 )
  Own shares adjustment       (510 )                (510 )    (510 )
 
Share of changes recognised directly in the equity of associates or joint ventures
      372                   372       372   
 
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans
      2,234                   2,234    (67 ) 2,167   
  Exchange differences       5,459    291    (28 ) 26          5,748    198    5,946   
 
Fair value gains taken to equity
         526    616             1,142    239    1,381   
 
Amounts transferred to the income statement3
         (1,799 ) (1,899 )          (3,698 ) (14 ) (3,712 )
 
Impairments taken to the income statement
         86                86       86   
 
Exercise and lapse of share options and vesting of share awards
      758             (751 )    7       7   
 
Cost of share-based payment arrangements
                  870       870       870   
  Other movements       320    1    (6 )    (262 )    53    (91 ) (38 )
 
Tax on items taken directly to or transferred from equity
      (720 ) 31    473             (216 ) (10 ) (226 )
  Transfers       (5,459 ) (291 ) 28    5,722                  
 
Net increase in minority interest arising on acquisitions, disposals and capital issuance
                           (109 ) (109 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 5,915    8,134    81,097    850    (917 ) 10,055    1,968    21,058    128,160    7,256    135,416   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Cumulative goodwill amounting to US$5,138 million has been charged against reserves in respect of acquisitions of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 1998, including US$3,469 million charged against the merger reserve arising on the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc. The balance of US$1,669 million has been charged against retained earnings. 

 

437


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 38and 39

 

     2006  
    
 
                       Other reserves                     
                      








                    
                       Available-                Share-          Total               
     Called up                for-sale    Cash flow    Foreign    based          share-               
     share    Share    Retained    fair value    hedging    exchange    payment    Merger    holders’    Minority    Total   
     capital    premium 1  earnings 2 reserve    reserve 3 reserve    reserve    reserve 4  equity    interests 3  equity   
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m   
                                                
  At 1 January 5,667    6,896    56,223    1,104    233    (284 ) 1,535    21,058    92,432    5,794    98,226   
 
Shares issued under employee share plans
40    975                      1,015       1,015   
 
Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon1
79    (82 ) 2,528                   2,525       2,525   
  Profit for the year       15,789                   15,789    1,082    16,871   
  Dividends to shareholders       (8,769 )                (8,769 ) (785 ) (9,554 )
  Own shares adjustment       (529 )                (529 )    (529 )
 
Share of changes recognised directly in the equity of associates or joint ventures
      20                   20       20   
 
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans
      (92 )                (92 ) 14    (78 )
  Exchange differences       4,446    89    (8 ) 26    38       4,591    84    4,675   
  Fair value gains taken to equity          1,514    1,560             3,074    62    3,136   
 
Amounts transferred to the income statement3
         (622 ) (2,219 )          (2,841 ) (22 ) (2,863 )
 
Impairments taken to the income statement
         21                21       21   
 
Exercise and lapse of share options and vesting of share awards
      684             (623 )    61       61   
 
Cost of share-based payment arrangements
                  854       854       854   
  Other movements       (102 ) (9 ) 2       345       236    (103 ) 133   
 
Tax on items taken directly to or transferred from equity
      (355 ) (3 ) 323             (35 ) (9 ) (44 )
  Transfers       (4,446 ) (89 ) 8    4,565    (38 )            
 
Net increase in minority interest arising on acquisitions, disposals and capital issuance
                           459    459   
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  At 31 December 5,786    7,789    65,397    2,005    (101 ) 4,307    2,111    21,058    108,352    6,576    114,928   
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Cumulative goodwill amounting to US$5,138 million has been charged against reserves in respect of acquisitions of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 1998, including US$3,469 million charged against the merger reserve arising on the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc. The balance of US$1,669 million has been charged against retained earnings. 
     
  1 Share premium includes the deduction of US$3 million in respect of issuance costs incurred during the year (2007: US$3 million; 2006: US$3 million). 
  2 Retained earnings include 194,751,829 (US$3,094 million) of own shares held within HSBC’s insurance business, retirement funds for the benefit of policyholders or beneficiaries within employee trusts for the settlement of shares expected to be delivered under employee share schemes or bonus plans, and the market-making activities in Global Markets (2007: 158, 706,463 (US$2,649 million); 2006: 148,323,102 (US$2,305 million)). 2006 numbers have been restated to conform with the current year’s presentation.
  3 Amounts transferred to the income statement in respect of cash flow hedges include US$152 million (2007: US$57 million: 2006: US$479 million) taken to ‘Net interest income’ and US$1,602 million (2007: US$1,829 million; 2006: US$1,719 million) taken to ‘Net trading income’.
  4 Statutory share premium relief under Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 was taken in respect of the acquisition of HSBC France in 2000 and HSBC Finance in 2003 and the shares issued were recorded at their nominal value only. The fair value differences of US$8,290 million and US$12,768 million in respect of HSBC France and HSBC Finance, respectively, were recognised as a merger reserve. The merger reserve created on the acquisition of HSBC Finance subsequently became attached to HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited (‘HOHU’), following a number of inter-group reorganisations. At 31 December 2008, an amount of US$3,601 million was transferred from this reserve to retained earnings as a result of impairment in HSBC Holdings' investment in HOHU.
  5 During April 2008, HSBC Holdings issued US$2,200 million of Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities (‘Capital Securities’), including US$67 million of issuance costs, which are classified as equity under IFRSs.

 

438


Back to Contents

39 Notes on the cash flow statement


  Non-cash items included in profit before tax
     HSBC    HSBC Holdings   
    




  


  
     2008    2007    2006    2008    2007   
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m   
                        
  Depreciation, amortisation and impairment 13,367    2,522    2,528    3,601    (25 )
  Gains arising from dilution of interests in associates    (1,092 )         
  Revaluations on investment property 92    (152 ) (164 )      
  Share-based payment expense 819    870    854    14    29   
  Loan impairment losses gross of recoveries and other credit risk provisions 25,034    18,247    11,352         
  Provisions 591    989    498         
  Impairment of financial investments 1,779    39            
  Charge for defined benefit plans 490    727    664         
  Accretion of discounts and amortisation of premiums (867 ) (449 ) (776 ) 4    6   
    
 
 
 
 
 
     41,305    21,701    14,956    3,619    10   
    
 
 
 
 
 
         
  Change in operating assets      
         
     HSBC    HSBC Holdings   
    




  


  
     2008    2007    2006    2008    2007   
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m   
                        
  Change in loans to HSBC undertakings          3,129    (2,786 )
  Change in prepayments and accrued income 4,178    (5,069 ) (2,478 ) 166    (183 )
  Change in net trading securities and net derivatives (23,293 ) (4,972 ) (13,620 ) (16 ) (1,094 )
  Change in loans and advances to banks 22,596    (8,922 ) (11,505 )      
  Change in loans and advances to customers 7,279    (131,886 ) (132,987 )      
  Change in financial assets designated at fair value 12,757    (13,360 ) (4,883 ) (12 )   
  Change in other assets (5,394 ) (12,329 ) (9,844 ) (4 ) 4   
    
  
  
  
  
  
     18,123    (176,538 ) (175,317 ) 3,263    (4,059 )
    
  
  
  
  
  
         
  Change in operating liabilities      
         
     HSBC   HSBC Holdings   
    




  


  
     2008    2007    2006    2008    2007   
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m   
                       
  Change in accruals and deferred income (6,169 ) 5,119    3,549    138    39   
  Change in deposits by banks (3,038 ) 32,594    28,378         
  Change in customer accounts 32,372    199,806    149,849         
  Change in debt securities in issue (67,152 ) (12,489 ) 42,253         
  Change in financial liabilities designated at fair value (15,352 ) 12,304    8,382    (2,299 ) 148   
  Change in other liabilities (4,074 ) 12,761    4,967    126    (8 )
    
 
 
  
 
 
     (63,413 ) 250,095    237,378    (2,035 ) 179   
    
 
 
  
 
 
         
  Cash and cash equivalents      
         
     HSBC   HSBC Holdings  
    




 


 
     2008    2007    2006    2008    2007  
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
                        
  Cash at bank with HSBC undertakings          443    360  
  Cash and balances at central banks 52,396    21,765    12,732        
  Items in the course of collection from other banks 6,003    9,777    14,144        
  Loans and advances to banks of one month or less 165,066    232,320    162,998        
 
Treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months
62,639    41,819    38,237        
  Less: items in the course of transmission to other banks (7,232 ) (8,672 ) (12,625 )     
    
 
 
 
  
 
  Total cash and cash equivalents 278,872    297,009    215,486    443    360  
    
 
 
 
  
 

 

439


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 39 and 40 

 

  Interest and dividends              
                 
     HSBC   HSBC Holdings   
    




 


 
     2008    2007    2006    2008    2007   
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m   
                       
  Interest paid (60,342 ) (63,626 ) (47,794 ) (2,525 ) (2,397 )
  Interest received 107,019    103,393    85,143    1,619    1,627   
  Dividends received 1,876    1,833    1,525    10,779    9,187   
                       
40 Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees                    


                     
       HSBC    HSBC Holdings  
      


  


 
       2008    2007    2008    2007  
       US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
                            
  Guarantees and contingent liabilities                       
    Guarantees and irrevocable letters of credit pledged as collateral security 72,895    77,885    47,341    38,457  
    Other contingent liabilities 259    334        
      
  
  
  
 
       73,154    78,219    47,341    38,457  
      
  
  
  
 
  Commitments                       
    Documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions 9,789    13,510        
    Forward asset purchases and forward forward deposits placed 197    490        
    Undrawn note issuing and revolving underwriting facilities    109        
    Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend 594,036    750,348    3,241    3,638  
      
  
  
  
 
       604,022    764,457    3,241    3,638  
      
  
  
  
 
                     
  The above table discloses the nominal principal amounts of commitments excluding capital commitments, which are separately disclosed below, guarantees and other contingent liabilities; mainly credit-related instruments including both financial and non-financial guarantees and commitments to extend credit. Contingent liabilities arising from litigation against the Group are disclosed in Note 42. Nominal principal amounts represent the amounts at risk should contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default. The amount of the loan commitments shown above reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved loan offers made by mailshots to personal customers. As a significant portion of guarantees and commitments is expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the nominal principal amounts is not representative of future liquidity requirements.
 
   
  Guarantees
   
  HSBC provides guarantees and similar undertakings on behalf of both third-party customers and other entities within the HSBC Group. These guarantees are generally provided in the normal course of HSBC’s banking business. The principal types of guarantees provided, and the maximum potential amount of future payments which HSBC could be required to make at 31 December 2008, were as follows:

 

440


Back to Contents

     At 31 December 2008    At 31 December 2007  
    
  


 
           Guarantees          Guarantees  
           by HSBC          by HSBC  
           Holdings          Holdings  
     Guarantees in    in favour of    Guarantees    in favour of  
     favour of    other HSBC    in favour of    other HSBC  
     third parties    Group entities    third parties    Group entities  
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
  Guarantee type                       
  Financial guarantee contracts1  20,879    47,341    25,086    38,457  
  Standby letters of credit which are financial guarantee contracts2  11,171       8,357     
  Other direct credit substitutes3  4,613       4,938     
  Performance bonds4  15,304       12,969     
  Bid bonds4  627       1,119     
  Standby letters of credit related to particular transactions4  4,791       8,235     
  Other transaction-related guarantees4  15,028       16,940     
  Other items 482       241     
    
  
  
  
 
     72,895    47,341    77,885    38,457  
   
 
 
 
 
                   
  1 Financial guarantees are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss incurred because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument. The amounts in the above table are nominal principal amounts.
  2 Standby letters of credit which are financial guarantee contracts are irrevocable obligations on the part of HSBC to pay third parties when customers fail to make payments when due.
  3 Other direct credit substitutes include re-insurance letters of credit and trade-related letters of credit issued without provision for the issuing entity to retain title to the underlying shipment.
  4 Performance bonds, bid bonds, standby letters of credit and other transaction-related guarantees are undertakings by which the obligation on HSBC to make payment depends on the outcome of a future event.
   
  The amounts disclosed in the above table reflect HSBC’s maximum exposure under a large number of individual guarantee undertakings. The risks and exposures arising from guarantees are captured and managed in accordance with HSBC’s overall credit risk management policies and procedures. Approximately half of the above guarantees have a term of less than one year. Guarantees with terms of more than one year are subject to HSBC’s annual credit review process.
   
  Financial Services Compensation Scheme
   
  The UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (‘FSCS’) has provided compensation to consumers following the collapse of a number of deposit takers such as Bradford & Bingley plc, Heritable Bank plc, Kaupthing Singer & Friedlander Limited, Landsbanki ‘Icesave’ and London Scottish Bank plc. The compensation paid out to consumers is currently funded through loans from the Bank of England and HM Treasury. HSBC Bank plc (‘the bank’) could be liable to pay a proportion of the outstanding borrowings that the FSCS has borrowed from HM Treasury which at 16 December 2008 stood at £19.7 billion (US$28.7 billion). The bank is also obligated to pay its share of forecast management expenses based on the bank’s market share of deposits protected under the FSCS. The bank has provided £86 million (US$125.4 million) as at 31 December 2008 in respect of the share of forecast management expense, including interest costs, for the 2008/9 and 2009/10 levy years. This accrual is based on the bank’s estimated share of total market protected deposits at 31 December 2007 and 2008, respectively. However, the ultimate FSCS levy to the industry as a result of the 2008 collapses cannot currently be estimated reliably as it is dependent on various uncertain factors including the potential recoveries of assets by the FSCS and changes in the interest rate, the level of protected deposits and the population of FSCS members at the time.
   
  Commitments
   
  In addition to the commitments disclosed on page 440, at 31 December 2008, HSBC had US$1,541 million (2007: US$942 million) of capital commitments contracted but not provided for and US$267 million (2007: US$194 million) of capital commitments authorised but not contracted for.

 

441


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 40, 41 and 42 

 

  Agreement to acquire Bank Ekonomi
   
  In October 2008, HSBC entered into an agreement to acquire 88.89 per cent of PT Bank Ekonomi Raharja Tbk (Bank Ekonomi), in Indonesia, for cash consideration of US$608 million. Following acquisition of this initial stake, HSBC would be required under Indonesian law to make a mandatory tender offer for a further holding of up to 10.11 per cent, taking HSBC’s share to 99 per cent. The transaction is pending regulatory approval.
   
  Associates
   
  HSBC’s share of associates’ contingent liabilities amounted to US$17,943 million at 31 December 2008 (2007: US$18,437 million). No matters arose where HSBC was severally liable.
   
41 Lease commitments


   
  Finance lease commitments
   
  HSBC leases land and buildings (including branches) and equipment from third parties under finance lease arrangements to support its operations.
   
        2008    2007  
       




  




 
                    Present                Present  
        Total future    Future    value of    Total future    Future    value of  
        minimum    interest   finance lease    minimum    interest    finance lease  
        payments    charges   commitments    payments    charges    commitments  
        US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
  Lease commitments:                        
  no later than one year 55    (28 ) 27    39    (24 ) 15  
    later than one year and no later than five years  188    (130 ) 58    128    (101 ) 27  
  later than five years 736    (258 ) 478    835    (174 ) 661  
       
  


  
  


 
        979    (416 ) 563    1,002    (299 ) 703  
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  At 31 December 2008, future minimum sublease payments of US$458 million (2007: US$465 million) are expected to be received under non-cancellable subleases at the balance sheet date.
   
  Operating lease commitments
   
  At 31 December 2008, HSBC was obligated under a number of non-cancellable operating leases for properties, plant and equipment on which the future minimum lease payments extend over a number of years.
   
        2008    2007  
       


  


 
        Land and          Land and        
        buildings    Equipment    buildings    Equipment  
        US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
  Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases:                
  no later than one year 757    9    788    11  
  later than one year and no later than five years 1,791    9    2,010    14  
  later than five years 1,573       1,736     
       
  
  
  
 
        4,121    18    4,534    25  
       
 
 
 
 
                     
  In 2008, US$861 million (2007: US$849 million; 2006: US$781 million) was charged to ‘General and administrative expenses’ in respect of lease and sublease agreements, of which US$636 million (2007: US$838 million; 2006: US$762 million) related to minimum lease payments, US$22 million (2007: US$8 million; 2006: US$19 million) to contingent rents, and US$204 million (2007: US$3 million; 2006: nil) to sublease payments.
   
  The contingent rent represents escalation payments made to landlords for operating, tax and other escalation expenses.
   
  Finance lease receivables
   
  HSBC leases a variety of assets to third parties under finance leases, including transport assets (such as aircraft), property and general plant and machinery. At the end of lease terms, assets may be sold to third parties or leased for further terms. Lessees may participate in any sales proceeds achieved. Lease rentals arising during the lease terms will either be fixed in quantum or be varied to reflect changes in, for example, tax or interest rates. Rentals are calculated to recover the cost of assets less their residual value, and earn finance income.

 

442


Back to Contents

        2008    2007  
       




  




 
        Total future    Unearned          Total future    Unearned        
        minimum    finance    Present    minimum    finance    Present  
        payments    income    value    payments    income    value  
        US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
  Lease receivables:                                   
     – no later than one year 3,013    (389 ) 2,624    2,958    (528 ) 2,430  
     – later than one year and no later than five years 8,783    (1,186 ) 7,597    8,741    (1,500 ) 7,241  
     – later than five years 8,114    (2,334 ) 5,780    9,194    (2,789 ) 6,405  
       
  
 
  
  
 
 
        19,910    (3,909 ) 16,001    20,893    (4,817 ) 16,076  
       
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
  At 31 December 2008, unguaranteed residual values of US$197 million (2007: US$224 million) had been accrued, and the accumulated allowance for uncollectible minimum lease payments receivable amounted to US$21 million (2007: US$23 million).
   
  During the year, a total of US$10 million (2007: US$44 million) was received as contingent rents and recognised in the income statement.
   
  Operating lease receivables
   
  HSBC leases a variety of different assets to third parties under operating lease arrangements, including transport assets (such as rolling stock), property and general plant and machinery.
   
         2008 2007
        


  


 
         Land and          Land and        
         buildings    Equipment    buildings    Equipment  
         US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
  Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases:                       
     – no later than one year 37    678    50    838  
     – later than one year and no later than five years 31    625    14    1,363  
     – later than five years 21    110    10    400  
        
  
  
  
 
         89    1,413    74    2,601  
        
  
  
  
 
42 Litigation


   
  On 27 July 2007, the UK Office of Fair Trading (‘OFT’) issued High Court legal proceedings against a number of UK financial institutions, including HSBC Bank, to determine the legal status and enforceability of certain of the charges applied to their personal customers in relation to unauthorised overdrafts (the ‘charges’). Pending the resolution of the proceedings, the Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’) has granted firms (including HSBC Bank) a waiver enabling them to place relevant complaints about the charges on hold and the County Courts have stayed all individual customer claims.
   
  Certain preliminary issues in these proceedings have been heard in the Commercial Division of the High Court. This has confirmed that HSBC Bank’s current and historic charges are capable of being tested for fairness but are not capable of being penalties. HSBC Bank (and all the other financial institutions involved in the legal proceedings) appealed the finding that the current charges are capable of being tested for fairness. The Court of Appeal delivered its judgement on 26 February 2009, confirming the decision of the High Court that the charges of HSBC Bank (and all of the other financial institutions involved in the legal proceedings) are capable of being tested for fairness. HSBC Bank is considering applying for leave to appeal to the House of Lords.
   
  The proceedings remain at an early stage and may, allowing for appeals on the issues, take some time to conclude. A wide range of outcomes is possible, depending upon the outcome of any appeal to the House of Lords and, to the extent applicable, upon the Court’s assessment of the fairness of each charge across the period under review. Since July 2001, there have been a variety of charges applied by HSBC Bank across different charging periods under the then existing contractual arrangements. HSBC Bank considers the charges to be and to have been valid and enforceable, and intends strongly to defend its position.
   
  If, contrary to HSBC Bank’s current assessment, the Court should ultimately (after appeals) reach an adverse decision that results in a liability, a large number of different outcomes is possible, each of which would have a different financial impact. Given that there is limited authority on how an assessment of fairness should be conducted, HSBC

 

443


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 42 and 43

 

  Bank’s estimate of the potential financial impact is that it could be in the order of approximately £350 million (US$510 million), as published in the Interim Report 2008. To make an estimate of the potential financial impact at this stage with any precision is extremely difficult, owing to (among other things) the complexity of the issues, the number of permutations of possible outcomes, and the early stage of the proceedings. In addition, the assumptions made by HSBC Bank may prove to be incorrect.
   
  On 11 December 2008 Bernard L Madoff (‘Madoff’) was arrested and charged in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York with one count of securities fraud. That same day, the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’) filed securities fraud charges against Madoff and his firm Bernard L Madoff Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’), a broker dealer and investment advisor registered with the SEC. The criminal complaint and SEC complaint each alleged that Madoff had informed senior Madoff Securities employees, in substance, that his investment advisory business was a fraud. On 15 December 2008, on the application of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York appointed a trustee for the liquidation of the business of Madoff Securities, and removed the liquidation proceeding to the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. On 9 February 2009, on Madoff’s consent, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entered a partial judgement in the SEC action, permanently enjoining Madoff from violating certain antifraud provisions of the US securities laws, ordering Madoff to pay disgorgement, prejudgement interest and a civil penalty in amounts to be determined at a later time, and continuing certain other relief previously imposed, including a freeze on Madoff’s assets. The relevant US authorities are continuing their investigations into the alleged fraud. There remains significant uncertainty as to the facts of the alleged fraud and the extent of any assets of, and remaining within, Madoff Securities.
   
  Various non-US HSBC group companies provide custodial, administration and similar services to a number of funds incorporated outside the United States of America whose assets were invested with Madoff Securities. Based on information provided by Madoff Securities, as at 30 November 2008, the aggregate net asset value of these funds (which would include principal amounts invested and unrealised gains) was US$8.4 billion.
   
  Proceedings concerning Madoff and Madoff Securities have already been issued in various jurisdictions against numerous defendants and HSBC expects further proceedings to be brought, including by the Madoff Securities trustee. Various HSBC group companies have been named as defendants in suits in the United States anticipated to seek class action status and cases in the Commercial List of the Irish courts. All of the cases where HSBC group companies are named as a defendant are at a very early stage. HSBC considers that it has good defences to these claims and will continue to defend them vigorously. HSBC is unable reliably to estimate the liability, if any, that might arise as a result of such claims.
   
  Various HSBC group companies have also received requests for information from various regulatory authorities in connection with the alleged fraud by Madoff. HSBC group companies are co-operating with these requests for information.
   
  These actions apart HSBC is party to legal actions in a number of jurisdictions including the UK, Hong Kong and the US arising out of its normal business operation. HSBC considers that none of the actions is material, and none is expected to result in a significant adverse effect on the financial position of HSBC, either individually or in the aggregate. Management believes that adequate provisions have been made in respect of the litigation arising out of its normal business operations. HSBC has not disclosed any contingent liability associated with these legal actions because it is not practical to do so.
   
43 Related party transactions


  Related parties of the Group and HSBC Holdings include subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and post-employment benefit plans for HSBC employees, Key Management Personnel, close family members of Key Management Personnel and entities which are controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced, or for which significant voting power is held, by Key Management Personnel or their close family members. 
   
  Key Management Personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of HSBC Holdings, being the Directors and Group Managing Directors of HSBC Holdings.

 

444


Back to Contents

  Compensation of Directors and other Key Management Personnel     
       
     HSBC  
    




 
     2008    2007    2006  
     US$m    US$m    U$m  
               
  Short-term employee benefits 31    62    76  
  Post-employment benefits 5    4    3  
  Termination benefits    9     
  Share-based payments 16    40    61  
    
  
  
 
     52    115    140  
    
  
  
 
               
  Transactions, arrangements and agreements involving related parties
   
  Particulars of transactions, arrangements and agreements entered into by subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings with Directors, disclosed pursuant to section 232 of the Companies Act 1985, are shown below:
    2008 2007  
   


 


 
    Number of   Balance at   Number of   Balance at  
    persons   31 December   persons1    31 December1   
        US$000       US$000  
                   
  Directors 19       14      
  Loans     1,758       649  
  Credit cards     293       204  
  Guarantees            
     
  1 Comparative figures have been restated to show Directors, excluding their connected persons following a change to section 232 and Part 2 of Schedule 6 of the Companies Act.
     
  Particulars of transactions with related parties, disclosed pursuant to the requirements of IAS 24, are shown below. The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest amounts outstanding during the year in the table below is considered to be the most meaningful information to represent the amount of the transactions and the amount of outstanding balances during the year.
   
  ` 2008    2007  
    


  


 
           Highest          Highest  
           amounts          amounts  
     Balance at    outstanding    Balance at    outstanding  
     31 December    during year    31 December    during year  
     US$000    US$000    US$000    US$000  
  Key Management Personnel and their related parties                       
  Loans 216,983    474,115    325,648    804,845  
  Credit cards 400    933    323    1,077  
  Guarantees 25,249    42,178    27,044    30,317  
                   
  Some of the transactions were connected transactions, as defined by the Rules Governing The Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited but were exempt from any disclosure requirements under the provisions of those Rules.
   
  The above transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other employees. The transactions did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.
   
  Shareholdings, options and other securities of Directors and other Key Management Personnel      
 
    At 31 December   
    


 
     2008    2007   
     (000 s) (000 s)
           
  Number of options held over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares made under employee share plans 943    36   
  Number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares held beneficially and non-beneficially 16,733    12,358   
  Number of HSBC Holdings preference shares held beneficially and non-beneficially 8    8   
  Number of HSBC Holdings 8.125% Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities held beneficially and non-beneficially 21      
    
 
 
    17,705   12,402  
   
 
 

 

445


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Notes on the Financial Statements (continued)
   
   
Notes 43 and 44

 

  Transactions with other related parties of HSBC  
           
  Associates and joint ventures  
           
  The Group provides certain banking and financial services to associates and joint ventures, including loans, overdrafts, interest and non-interest bearing deposits and current accounts. Details of the interests in associates and joint ventures are given in Note 21. Transactions and balances during the year with associates and joint ventures were as follows:  
           
     2008       2007     
    


  


 
     Highest          Highest        
     balance during    Balance at    balance during    Balance at  
     the year 1 31 December 1 the year 1 31 December 1
     US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
  Amounts due from joint ventures:                       
     – unsubordinated 424    343    632    603  
  Amounts due from associates:                       
     – subordinated 59    59    15    15  
     – unsubordinated 1,060    280    7,310    823  
    
  
  
  
 
     1,543    682    7,957    1,441  
    
  
  
  
 
  Amounts due to joint ventures 66    64    71    27  
  Amounts due to associates 735    293    5,243    327  
    
  
  
  
 
     801    357    5,314    354  
    
  
  
  
 
  1 The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest balance during the year is considered the most meaningful information to represent transactions during the year.
 
  The above outstanding balances arose from the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
   
  Post-employment benefit plans
   
  At 31 December 2008, US$3.5 billion (2007: US$4.1 billion) of HSBC post-employment benefit plan assets were under management by HSBC companies. Fees of US$26 million (2007: US$42 million) were earned by HSBC companies for these management services provided to its post-employment benefit plans. HSBC’s post-employment benefit plans had placed deposits of US$430 million (2007: US$506 million) with its banking subsidiaries, on which interest payable to the schemes amounted to US$55 million (2007: US$40 million). The above outstanding balances arose from the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
   
  HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme entered into swap transactions with HSBC as part of the management of the inflation and interest rate sensitivity of its liabilities. At 31 December 2008, the gross notional value of the swaps was US$17.7 billion (2007: US$21.2 billion), the swaps had a positive fair value of US$1.8 billion (2007: positive fair value of US$248 million) to the scheme and HSBC had delivered collateral of US$2.4 billion (2007: US$759 million) to the scheme in respect of these swaps, on which HSBC earned interest amounting to US$59 million (2007: US$15 million). All swaps were executed at prevailing market rates and within standard market bid/offer spreads.
   
  In order to satisfy diversification requirements, there are special collateral provisions for the swap transactions between HSBC and the scheme. The collateral agreement stipulates that the scheme never posts collateral to HSBC. Collateral is posted to the scheme by HSBC at an amount that provides the Trustee with a high level of confidence that would be sufficient to replace the swaps in the event of default by HSBC Bank plc. With the exception of the special collateral arrangements detailed above, all other aspects of the swap transactions between HSBC and the scheme are on substantially the same terms as comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
   
  HSBC International Staff Retirements Benefits Scheme entered into swap transactions with HSBC to manage the inflation and interest rate sensitivity of the liabilities and selected assets. At 31 December 2008, the gross notional value of the swaps was US$1.5 billion (2007: US$1.7 billion), and the swaps had a net positive fair value of US$388 million to the scheme (2007: US$63 million).

 

446


Back to Contents

  HSBC Holdings  
           
  Details of HSBC Holdings’ principal subsidiaries are shown in Note 24. Transactions and balances during the year with subsidiaries were as follows:  
           
     2008       2007     
   


 


 
     Highest          Highest        
     balance during    Balance at    balance during    Balance at  
     the year 1 31 December 1 the year 1 31 December 1
  Subsidiaries US$m    US$m    US$m    US$m  
  Assets                       
  Cash at bank 443    443    729    360  
  Derivatives 3,682    3,682    2,660    2,660  
  Loans and advances 17,242    11,804    17,242    17,242  
  Financial investments 2,844    2,629    3,389    2,676  
  Investments in subsidiaries 86,233    81,993    69,411    69,411  
    
  
  
  
 
  Total related party assets 110,444    100,551    93,431    92,349  
    
  
  
  
 
  Liabilities                       
  Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings 4,042    4,042    3,191    2,969  
  Derivatives 1,324    1,324    290    44  
  Subordinated liabilities:                       
     – cost 4,168    3,795    4,109    4,109  
     – fair value 4,186    3,067    4,231    4,187  
    
  
  
  
 
  Total related party liabilities 13,720    12,228    11,821    11,309  
    
  
  
  
 
  Guarantees 56,733    47,341    38,457    38,457  
  Commitments 3,638    3,241    3,985    3,638  
                   
  1 The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest balance during the year is considered the most meaningful information to represent transactions during the year. The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and are on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties, with the exception of US$476 million (2007: US$654 million) in respect of loans from HSBC subsidiaries to HSBC Holdings made at an agreed zero per cent interest rate.
 
  Some employees of HSBC Holdings are members of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, which is sponsored by a separate Group company. HSBC Holdings incurs a charge for these employees equal to the contributions paid into the scheme on their behalf. Disclosure in relation to the scheme is made in Note 8 to the accounts.
   
44 Events after the balance sheet date


  A fourth interim dividend for 2008 of US$0.10 per ordinary share (US$1,214 million) (2007: US$0.39 per ordinary share, US$4,628 million) was declared by the Directors after 31 December 2008.
   
  In late February 2009, it was decided to discontinue all originations by the branch-based consumer lending business of HSBC Finance. HSBC Finance will continue to service and collect the existing portfolio as it runs off. Closure costs of approximately US$265 million are expected to be incurred, mainly relating to one-off termination and other employee benefit costs, and charges for impairment of fixed assets associated with the consumer lending branch network, a substantial portion of which will be recorded in the first half of 2009.
   
  On 2 March 2009, HSBC Holdings plc announced its proposal to raise £12.5 billion (US$17.7 billion) (net of expenses) by way of a fully underwritten rights issue of 5,060 million new ordinary shares at a price of 254 pence per share on the basis of 5 new ordinary shares for every 12 existing ordinary shares. The proposal is subject to authorisation by the shareholders at a general meeting on 19 March 2009.
   
  These accounts were approved by the Board of Directors on 2 March 2009 and authorised for issue.
   
45 Non-statutory accounts


  The information set out in these accounts does not constitute the company’s statutory accounts for the years ended 31 December 2008, 2007 or 2006. Those accounts have been reported on by the company’s auditors: their reports were unqualified and did not contain a statement under section 237(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 1985. The accounts for 2007 and 2006 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies and those for 2008 will be delivered in due course.

 

447


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Shareholder Information
   
   
Enforceability of judgements / Exchange controls / Dividends / Nature of trading market

 

    Page   
       
  448  
  448  
  Fourth interim dividend for 2008 448  
  Interim dividends for 2009 449  
  449  
  Nature of trading market 449  
  Shareholder profile 451  
  Memorandum and Articles of Association 451  
  Annual General Meeting 452  
  452  
  Shareholder enquiries and communications 453  
  Investor relations 454  
  454  
  Taxation of shares and dividends 455  
  History and development of HSBC 457  
  Organisational structure 459  
   
  Information about the enforceability of judgements made in the US
 
  HSBC Holdings is a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales. Most of HSBC Holdings’ Directors and executive officers live outside the US. As a result, it may not be possible to serve process on such persons or HSBC Holdings in
  the US or to enforce judgements obtained in US courts against them or HSBC Holdings based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the US. There is doubt as to whether English courts would enforce:
  certain civil liabilities under US securities laws in original actions; or
     
  judgements of US courts based upon these civil liability provisions.

     In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the US or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the UK. The enforceability of any judgement in the UK will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time.

Exchange controls and other limitations affecting equity security holders


There are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations which would prevent the import or export of capital or remittance of distributable profits by way of dividends and other payments to holders of HSBC Holdings’ equity securities who are not residents of the UK. There are also no restrictions under the laws of the UK or the terms of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings concerning the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold HSBC Holdings’ equity securities or, when entitled to vote, to do so.

     
  Fourth interim dividend for 2008  
 
  The Directors have declared a fourth interim dividend for 2008 of US$0.10 per ordinary share. Information on the scrip dividend scheme and currencies in which shareholders may elect to have the cash dividend paid will be sent to shareholders on or about 31 March 2009. The timetable for the dividend is:  
       
     2009   
        
  Shares quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong, Paris and Bermuda 18 March   
  ADSs quoted ex-dividend in New York 18 March   
  Record date for dividend and closure of Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register of shareholders for one day 20 March   
 
Mailing of Annual Report and Accounts 2008 and/or Annual Review 2008, Notice of Annual General Meeting and dividend documentation
31 March   
 
Final date for receipt by registrars of forms of election, Investor Centre electronic instructions and revocations of standing instructions for scrip dividends
23 April   
  Exchange rate determined for payment of dividends in sterling and Hong Kong dollars 27 April   
 
Payment date: dividend warrants, new share certificates or transaction advices and notional tax vouchers mailed and shares credited to stock accounts in CREST
6 May  

 

448


Back to Contents

  Interim dividends for 2009  
 
  The Board has adopted a policy of paying quarterly interim dividends on the ordinary shares. Under this policy it is intended to have a pattern of three equal interim dividends with a variable fourth interim dividend. It is envisaged that the first interim dividend in respect of 2009 will be US$0.08 per ordinary share. The proposed timetables for the dividends in respect of 2009 are:
       
        Interim dividends for 2009  
   
 
    First   Second   Third   Fourth  
                   
  Announcement 5 May 2009   3 August 2009   2 November 2009   1 March 2010  
  ADSs quoted ex-dividend in New York 20 May 2009   19 August 2009   18 November 2009   17 March 2010  
  Shares quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong, Paris and Bermuda 20 May 2009   19 August 2009   18 November 2009   17 March 2010  
  Record date in Hong Kong 22 May 2009   21 August 2009   19 November 2009   18 March 2010  
  Record date in London, Paris and Bermuda 22 May 2009   21 August 2009   20 November 2009 1 19 March 2010 1 
  Closure of the Overseas Branch Register of shareholders in Hong Kong for one day 22 May 2009   21 August 2009          
  Payment date 8 July 2009   7 October 2009   13 January 2010   5 May 2010  
                   
  1 Removals to and from the Overseas Branch Register of shareholders in Hong Kong will not be permitted on these dates.
 
  Dividends on the ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings  
 
  HSBC Holdings has paid dividends on its ordinary shares every year without interruption since it became the HSBC Group holding company by a scheme of arrangement in 1991. The dividends declared, per ordinary share, for each of the last five years were:
   
      First   Second   Third   Fourth      
      interim   interim   interim   interim 1 Total 2
                         
  2008 US$ 0.180   0.180   0.180   0.100   0.640  
    £ 0.090   0.100   0.124   0.069   0.383  
    HK$ 1.403   1.398   1.395   0.775   4.971  
                         
  2007 US$ 0.170   0.170   0.170   0.390   0.900  
    £ 0.085   0.084   0.086   0.194   0.449  
    HK$ 1.328   1.322   1.325   3.041   7.016  
                         
  2006 US$ 0.150   0.150   0.150   0.360   0.810  
    £ 0.082   0.079   0.078   0.183   0.422  
    HK$ 1.164   1.167   1.168   2.799   6.298  
                         
  2005 US$ 0.140   0.140   0.140   0.310   0.730  
    £ 0.077   0.079   0.079   0.169   0.404  
    HK$ 1.088   1.086   1.085   2.403   5.662  
                         
  2004 US$ 0.130   0.130   0.130   0.270   0.660  
    £ 0.071   0.072   0.069   0.141   0.353  
    HK$ 1.013   1.014   1.013   2.104   5.144  
     
  1 The fourth interim dividend for 2008 of US$0.10 per share has been translated into pounds sterling and Hong Kong dollars at the closing rate on 31 December 2008. The dividend will be paid on 6 May 2009.
  2 The above dividends declared are accounted for as disclosed in Note 12 on the Financial Statements.
     
       Dividends are declared in US dollars and, at the election of the shareholder, paid in cash in one of, or in a combination of, US dollars, sterling and Hong Kong dollars, or, subject to the Board’s determination that a scrip dividend is to be offered in respect of that dividend, may be satisfied in whole or in part by the issue of new shares in lieu of a cash dividend.
     
  Nature of trading market
 
  HSBC Holdings ordinary shares are listed or admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (‘HKSE’), Euronext Paris, the New York Stock Exchange (‘NYSE’) and the Bermuda Stock Exchange. HSBC Holdings maintains its principal share register in England and overseas branch share registers in Hong Kong and Bermuda (collectively, the ‘share register’).
     
       As at 31 December 2008, there were a total of 217,633 holders of record of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.

 

449


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Shareholder Information (continued)
   
   
Nature of trading market / Shareholder profile / Memorandum and Articles

 

       As at 31 December 2008, a total of 14,601,549 of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were registered in the HSBC Holdings’ share register in the name of 13,196 holders of record with addresses in the US. These shares represented 0.12 per cent of the total HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in issue.
   
       As at 31 December 2008, there were 10,041 holders of record of ADSs holding approximately 114 million ADSs, representing approximately 569 million HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. 9,845 of these holders had addresses in the US, holding approximately 113.7 million ADSs, representing 568.6 million HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. As at 31 December 2008, approximately 4.7 per cent of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were represented by ADSs held by holders of record with addresses in the US.
   
       The following table shows, for the years, calendar quarters and months indicated, the highest and lowest prices for the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and ADSs. These are based on mid-market prices at close of business on the London Stock Exchange, HKSE, Euronext Paris, NYSE and the Bermuda Stock Exchange.
   
       Past share price performance should not be regarded as a guide to future performance.
   
  High and low mid-market closing prices
   
    London   Hong Kong   New York   Paris   Bermuda  
    US$0.50 shares   US$0.50 shares   ADSs1   US$0.50 shares   US$0.50 shares  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    High   Low   High   Low   High   Low   High   Low   High   Low  
    pence   pence   HK$   HK$   US$   US$   euro   euro   US$   US$  
                                           
  2008 928   612   136.3   73.3   87.7   45.6   11.9   6.4   17.7   9.0  
  2007 964   803   152.8   129.6   99.5   82.5   14.4   11.2   19.6   16.5  
  2006 1028   914   151.2   124.5   98.4   80.5   15.4   13.3   19.6   16.4  
  2005 950   825   133.5   120.1   85.8   77.5   13.9   12.0   17.1   15.7  
  2004 954   784   136.5   109.5   87.8   70.0   13.6   11.8   17.3   14.5  
                                           
  2008                                        
  4th Quarter 928   612   123.6   73.3   82.5   45.6   11.9   6.4   16.0   9.0  
  3rd Quarter 920   716   129.6   112.8   84.0   71.9   11.8   9.0   16.6   14.3  
  2nd Quarter 897   776   136.3   120.9   87.7   76.6   11.4   9.8   17.7   15.8  
  1st Quarter 842   712   131.7   104.4   83.7   69.9   11.4   9.5   16.8   14.1  
                                           
  2007                                        
  4th Quarter 964   803   152.8   129.6   99.5   82.5   13.9   11.2   19.6   16.5  
  3rd Quarter 917   861   145.8   135.8   93.8   87.2   13.7   12.8   18.8   17.1  
  2nd Quarter 955   886   147.1   136.3   95.2   88.0   14.0   13.2   18.7   17.7  
  1st Quarter 953   880   145.4   133.0   93.1   85.8   14.4   12.8   18.8   17.2  
                                           
  2009                                        
  January 682   485   77.5   55.0   49.6   33.8   7.3   5.2   9.9   7.0  
                                           
  2008                                        
  December 763   612   87.7   73.3   56.7   45.6   8.7   6.4   10.5   9.0  
  November 790   626   95.0   74.8   63.0   45.8   9.7   7.2   12.1   9.6  
  October 928   663   123.6   75.0   82.5   52.0   11.9   8.4   16.0   11.4  
  September 920   796   126.0   114.9   81.8   72.9   11.8   10.1   16.1   14.8  
  August 869   806   129.4   117.8   84.0   76.2   11.0   10.2   16.3   15.2  
  July 847   716   129.6   112.8   84.0   71.9   10.8   9.0   16.6   14.3  
     
  1 In New York each ADS represents 5 underlying ordinary shares.
     
  Stock symbols
     
  HSBC Holdings ordinary shares trade under the following stock symbols:
     
  London Stock Exchange HSBA
  Hong Kong Stock Exchange 5
  New York Stock Exchange (ADS) HBC
  Euronext Paris HSB
  Bermuda Stock Exchange HSBC

 

450


Back to Contents

  Shareholder profile
 
  At 31 December 2008 the register of members recorded the following details:

 

     Number of    Total  
  Ordinary shares held shareholders    shares held  
           
  1-100 34,307    1,096,309  
  101-400 36,669    9,352,754  
  401-500 10,430    4,718,343  
  501-1,000 33,322    25,102,571  
  1,001-5,000 68,515    158,400,107  
  5,001-10,000 16,039    113,367,551  
  10,001-20,000 8,723    121,509,773  
  20,001-50,000 5,319    163,350,441  
  50,001-200,000 2,659    250,022,876  
  200,001-500,000 679    214,879,617  
  500,001 and above 971    11,043,464,740  
  
  
 
  Total 217,633    12,105,265,082  


  Memorandum and Articles of Association
 
  The disclosure under the caption ‘Memorandum and Articles of Association’ contained in HSBC Holdings’ Annual Reports on Form 20-F for the years ended 31 December 2000 and 2001 is incorporated by reference herein, together with the disclosure below.
     
  Interested directors
     
  Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and provided that the Articles are complied with, a Director, notwithstanding his office:
     
  may enter into or otherwise be interested in any contract, arrangement, transaction or proposal with HSBC Holdings or in which HSBC Holdings is otherwise interested;
     
  may hold any other office or place of profit under HSBC Holdings (except that of auditor or auditor of a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings) in conjunction with the office of Director and may act by himself or through his firm in a professional capacity for HSBC Holdings, and in any such case on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Board may arrange;
     
  may be a director or other officer, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with or otherwise interested in, any company promoted by HSBC Holdings or in which HSBC Holdings is otherwise interested or as regards which HSBC Holdings has any powers of appointment; and
     
  shall not be liable to account to HSBC Holdings for any profit, remuneration or other benefit realised by any such office, employment, contract, arrangement, transaction or proposal or from any interest in any body corporate and no such contract, arrangement, transaction, proposal or interest shall be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit nor shall the receipt of any such profit, remuneration or any other benefit constitute a breach of his duty under the Companies Act 2006 not to accept benefits from third parties.
     
       Since 1 October 2008, the Board may authorise any matter proposed to it which would, if not so authorised, involve a breach by a Director of his duty to avoid conflicts of interest under the Companies Act 2006, including, without limitation, any matter which relates to a situation in which a Director has, or can have, an interest which conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interest of HSBC Holdings (including the exploitation of any property, information or opportunity, whether or not HSBC Holdings could take advantage of it, but excluding any situation which cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest). Any such authorisation will be effective only if:
     
  any requirement as to quorum at the meeting at which the matter is considered is met without counting the Director in question or any other interested Director; and
     
  the matter was agreed to without their voting or would have been agreed to if their votes had not been counted.

 

451


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Shareholder Information (continued)
   
   
Annual General Meeting / Interim Management Statements / Enquiries

 

       The Board may (whether at the time of the giving of the authorisation or subsequently) make any such authorisation subject to any limits or conditions it expressly imposes but such authorisation is otherwise given to the fullest extent permitted. The Board may vary or terminate any such authorisation at any time.
   
       A Director shall be under no duty to HSBC Holdings with respect to any information which he obtains or has obtained otherwise than as a Director of HSBC Holdings and in respect of which he has a duty of confidentiality to another person.
   
  Annual General Meeting
 
  The 2009 Annual General Meeting will be held at the Barbican Hall, Barbican Centre, London EC2 on Friday 22 May 2009 at 11 am.
   
       An informal meeting of shareholders will be held at Level 28, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong on Tuesday, 19 May 2009 at 4.30 pm.
   
       All resolutions considered at the 2008 Annual General Meeting were passed on a poll as follows:
                  Total votes        
         




 
  Resolution For 1 Against    Vote withheld 2
                    
  1 To receive the Report and Accounts for 2007 4,378,043,313    10,278,857    2,300,035  
  2 To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2007 3,564,669,072    467,114,424    328,531,356  
  3 To re-elect the following as Directors:                 
     (a)   S A Catz 4,375,443,604    15,493,924    4,853,194  
     (b)   V H C Cheng 4,374,705,038    16,651,751    4,560,793  
     (c)   J D Coombe 4,349,432,760    41,839,567    4,614,758  
     (d)   J L Durán 4,375,677,125    15,302,707    4,915,245  
     (e)   D J Flint 4,374,609,502    16,771,975    4,536,647  
     (f)   A A Flockhart 4,373,920,231    17,415,825    4,580,796  
     (g)   W K L Fung 4,259,101,744    76,102,878    60,005,424  
     (h)   S T Gulliver 4,372,071,648    17,464,424    6,374,625  
     (i)   J W J Hughes-Hallett 4,372,359,698    18,870,339    4,659,213  
     (j)   W S H Laidlaw 4,375,327,024    15,801,272    4,735,846  
     (k)   N R N Murthy 4,375,645,536    15,587,234    4,671,202  
     (l)   S W Newton 4,374,735,344    16,524,200    4,612,269  
    To reappoint the Auditor at remuneration to be determined by the Group Audit Committee 4,304,372,153    12,720,218    72,285,220  
  5 To authorise the Directors to allot shares 4,356,107,796    29,620,845    4,880,817  
  6 To disapply pre-emption rights (Special Resolution) 4,332,361,701    47,782,336    10,450,441  
  7 To authorise the Company to purchase its own Ordinary Shares 4,305,412,056    12,665,996    71,358,559  
  8 To alter the Articles of Association (Special Resolution) 4,327,487,122    53,604,562    9,091,619  
    To alter the Articles of Association with effect from 1 October 2008 (Special Resolution) 4,360,324,406    21,054,665    8,805,451  
  10 To amend the rules of the HSBC Share Plan 3,684,549,040    399,610,155    290,185,238  
     
  1 Includes discretionary votes.
  2 A ‘Vote withheld’ is not a ‘vote’ in law and is not counted in the calculation of the votes ‘For’ and ‘Against’ the resolution.
   
  Interim Management Statements and Interim results
 
  Interim Management Statements are expected to be issued on 11 May 2009 and 6 November 2009, respectively. The interim results for the six months to 30 June 2009 are expected to be issued on 3 August 2009.

 

452


Back to Contents

  Shareholder enquiries and communications
 
   
  Enquiries
   
  Any enquiries relating to your shareholding, for example transfers of shares, change of name or address, lost share certificates or dividend cheques, should be sent to the Registrars:
   
  Principal Register     Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register:     Bermuda Overseas Branch Register: 
           
  Computershare Investor Services PLC    Computershare Hong Kong Investor    Corporate Shareholder Services
  PO Box 1064      Services Limited    The Bank of Bermuda Limited
  The Pavilions    Hopewell Centre    6 Front Street
  Bridgwater Road    Rooms 1806-1807    Hamilton HM 11
  Bristol BS99 3FA    18th Floor    Bermuda
  United Kingdom    183 Queen’s Road East      
        Hong Kong      
  Telephone: 44 (0) 870 702 0137    Telephone: 852 2862 8555    Telephone: 1 441 299 6737
  Email: web.queries@computershare.co.uk    Email: hsbc.ecom@computershare.com.hk    Email: bob.bda.shareholder.services@
                 bob.hsbc.com
  Investor Centre:    Investor Centre:    Investor Centre:
  www.computershare.com/investor/uk    www.computershare.com/hk/investors    www.computershare.com/investor/bm
   
  Any enquiries relating to ADSs should be sent to the depositary:  
   
  BNY Mellon Shareowner Services
PO Box 358516
Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8516
USA
Telephone (US): 1 887 283 5786
Telephone (International): 1 201 680 6825
Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com
Website: www.bnymellon.com/shareowner
   
  Any enquiries relating to shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for Euronext Paris, should be sent to the paying agent:
  HSBC France
  103, avenue des Champs Elysées
  75419 Paris Cedex 08
  France
  Telephone: 33 1 40 70 22 56
   
  If you have been nominated to receive general shareholder communications directly from HSBC Holdings it is important to remember that your main contact in terms of your investment remains as it was (so the registered shareholder, or perhaps custodian or broker, who administers the investment on your behalf). Therefore any changes or queries relating to your personal details and holding (including any administration thereof) must continue to be directed to your existing contact at your investment manager or custodian. HSBC Holdings cannot guarantee dealing with matters directed to it in error.
   
  Further copies of this Annual Report and Accounts 2008 may be obtained by writing to the following departments:
   
  For those in Europe, the Middle East and Africa:    For those in Asia-Pacific:     For those in the Americas: 
           
  Group Communications    Group Communications (Asia)    Internal Communications
  HSBC Holdings plc    The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking    HSBC–North America
  8 Canada Square      Corporation Limited    26525 N Riverwoods Boulevard
  London E14 5HQ    1 Queen’s Road Central    Mettawa
  UK    Hong Kong    Illinois 60045
              USA

 

453


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Shareholder Information (continued)
   
   
Enquiries / Investor relations / Where more information is available / Taxation of shares and dividends

 

  Electronic communications
   
  Shareholders may at any time choose to receive corporate communications in printed form or to receive a notification of its availability on HSBC’s website. To receive future notifications of the availability of a corporate communication on HSBC’s website by email, or revoke or amend an instruction to receive such notifications by email, go to www.hsbc.com/ecomms. If you provide an email address to receive electronic communications from HSBC we will also send notifications of your dividend entitlements by email. If you received a notification of the availability of this document on HSBC’s website and would like to receive a printed copy of it, or if you would like to receive future corporate communications in printed form, please write or send an email to the appropriate Registrars at the address given above. Printed copies will be provided without charge.
   
  Chinese translation
   
  A Chinese translation of this Annual Report and Accounts 2008 is available upon request after 31 March 2009 from the Registrars:
   
  Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited
  Hopewell Centre, Rooms 1806-07, 18th Floor
  183 Queen’s Road East
  Hong Kong
   
  Computershare Investor Services PLC
  PO Box 1064, The Pavilions
  Bridgwater Road
  Bristol BS99 3FA
  UK
   
  Please also contact the Registrars if you wish to receive Chinese translations of future documents or if you have received a Chinese translation of this document and do not wish to receive such translations in future.
   
 
         
   
  Investor relations        
 
  Enquiries relating to HSBC’s strategy or operations may be directed to:
           
  Manager Investor Relations   Investor Relations Officer    Head of Investor Relations (Asia)
  HSBC Holdings plc   HSBC North America Holdings Inc.    The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
  8 Canada Square   26525 N. Riverwoods Boulevard    Corporation Limited
  London E14 5HQ   Mettawa, Illinois 60045    1 Queen’s Road Central
    UK   USA    Hong Kong
  Telephone:  44 (0)20 7991 8041   1 224 544 4400    852 2822 4929
  Facsimile:    44 (0)20 7991 4663   1 224 552 4400    852 2845 0113
  Email:           investorrelations@hsbc.com    investor.relations.usa@us.hsbc.com    investorrelations@hsbc.com.hk
           
Where more information about HSBC is available

This Annual Report and Accounts 2008, and other information on HSBC, may be viewed on HSBC’s website: www.hsbc.com.

Reports, statements or information that HSBC Holdings files with the Securities and Exchange Commission are available at www.sec.gov. Investors can also request hard copies of these documents

upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC at the Office of Investor Education and Advocacy, 100 F Street N.E. Washington, DC 20549-0123 or by emailing PublicInfo@sec.gov. Investors should call the Commission at (202) 551 8090 if they require further assistance. Investors may also obtain the reports and other information that HSBC Holdings files at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 11 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005.


 

454


Back to Contents

Taxation of shares and dividends

Taxation – UK residents

The following is a summary, under current law, of the principal UK tax considerations that are likely to be material to the ownership and disposition of shares. The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder of shares. In particular, the summary deals principally with shareholders who are resident in the UK for UK tax purposes and only with holders who hold the shares as investments and who are the beneficial owners of the shares, and does not address the tax treatment of certain classes of holders such as dealers in securities. Holders and prospective purchasers should consult their own advisers regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any national, state or local laws.

Taxation of dividends

Currently no tax is withheld from dividends paid by HSBC Holdings. However, dividends are paid with an associated tax credit which is available for set-off by certain shareholders against any liability they may have to UK income tax. Currently, the associated tax credit is equivalent to 10 per cent of the combined cash dividend and tax credit, i.e. one-ninth of the cash dividend.

     For individual shareholders who are resident in the UK for taxation purposes and liable to UK income tax at the basic rate, no further UK income tax liability arises on the receipt of a dividend from HSBC Holdings. Individual shareholders who are liable to UK income tax at the higher rate on UK dividend income (currently 32.5 per cent) are taxed on the combined amount of the dividend and the tax credit. The tax credit is available for set-off against the higher rate liability, leaving net higher rate tax to pay equal to 25 per cent of the cash dividend. Individual UK resident shareholders are not entitled to any tax credit repayment.

     Although non-UK resident shareholders are generally not entitled to any repayment of the tax credit in respect of any UK dividend received, some such shareholders may be so entitled under the provisions of a double taxation agreement between their country of residence and the UK. However, in most cases no amount of the tax credit is, in practice, repayable.

     Information on the taxation consequences of the HSBC Holdings scrip dividends offered in lieu of the

2007 fourth interim dividend and the first, second and third interim dividends for 2008 was set out in the Secretary’s letters to shareholders of 3 April, 3 June, 3 September and 3 December 2008. In each case, the difference between the cash dividend foregone and the market value of the scrip dividend did not equal or exceed 15 per cent of the market value and accordingly, the price of HSBC Holdings US$0.50 ordinary shares (the ‘shares’) for UK tax purposes for the dividends was the cash dividend foregone.

Taxation of capital gains

The computation of the capital gains tax liability arising on disposals of shares in HSBC Holdings by shareholders subject to UK capital gains tax can be complex, partly depending on whether, for example, the shares were purchased since April 1991, acquired in 1991 in exchange for shares in The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, or acquired subsequent to 1991 in exchange for shares in other companies.

     For capital gains tax purposes, the acquisition cost for ordinary shares is adjusted to take account of subsequent rights and capitalisation issues. Further adjustments apply where an individual shareholder has chosen to receive shares instead of cash dividends, subject to scrip issues made since 6 April 1998 being treated for tax as separate holdings. Any capital gain arising on a disposal may also be adjusted to take account of indexation allowance and, in the case of individuals, taper relief. Except for gains made by a company chargeable to UK corporation tax, any such indexation allowance is calculated up to 5 April 1998 only.

     Changes to capital gains tax were made that apply to disposals of shares with effect from 6 April 2008. The changes included:

shares will no longer be treated as separate holdings but pooled, the consequence of which is the tax basis of disposals will be calculated on the average cost of the shares held;
   
indexation allowance was withdrawn;
   
Taper Relief was withdrawn; and
   
a single tax rate of 18 per cent applies to all gains.

     If in doubt, shareholders are recommended to consult their professional advisers.

Inheritance tax

Shares or ADSs held by an individual whose domicile is determined to be the US for the purposes


 

455


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Shareholder Information (continued)
   
   
Taxation of shares and dividends / History and development

 

of the United States-United Kingdom Double Taxation Convention relating to estate and gift taxes (the ‘Estate Tax Treaty’) and who is not for such purposes a national of the UK will not, provided any US Federal estate or gift tax chargeable has been paid, be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a lifetime transfer of shares or ADSs except in certain cases where the shares or ADSs (i) are comprised in a settlement (unless, at the time of the settlement, the settlor was domiciled in the US and was not a national of the UK), (ii) is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of an enterprise, or (iii) pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual used for the performance of independent personal services. In such cases, the Estate Tax Treaty generally provides a credit against US Federal tax liability for the amount of any tax paid in the UK in a case where the shares or ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and to US Federal estate or gift tax.

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

Transfers of shares by a written instrument of transfer generally will be subject to UK stamp duty at the rate of 0.5 per cent of the consideration paid for the transfer, and such stamp duty is generally payable by the transferee.

     An agreement to transfer shares, or any interest therein, normally will give rise to a charge to stamp duty reserve tax at the rate of 0.5 per cent of the consideration. However, provided an instrument of transfer of the shares is executed pursuant to the agreement and duly stamped before the date on which the stamp duty reserve tax becomes payable, under the current practice of UK HM Revenue and Customs it will not be necessary to pay the stamp duty reserve tax, nor to apply for such tax to be cancelled. Stamp duty reserve tax is generally payable by the transferee.

     Paperless transfers of shares within CREST, the UK’s paperless share transfer system, are liable to stamp duty reserve tax at the rate of 0.5 per cent of the consideration. In CREST transactions, the tax is calculated and payment made automatically. Deposits of shares into CREST generally will not be subject to stamp duty reserve tax, unless the transfer into CREST is itself for consideration.

Taxation – US residents

The following is a summary, under current law, of the principal UK tax and US federal income tax considerations that are likely to be material to the ownership and disposition of shares or ADSs by a holder that is a resident of the US for the purposes of

the income tax convention between the US and the UK (the ‘Treaty’), and is fully eligible for benefits under the Treaty (an ‘eligible US holder’). The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder of shares or ADSs. In particular, the summary deals only with eligible US holders that hold shares or ADSs as capital assets, and does not address the tax treatment of holders that are subject to special tax rules, such as banks, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that hold shares or ADSs as part of an integrated investment (including a ‘straddle’) comprised of a share or ADS and one or more other positions, and persons that own, directly or indirectly, 10 per cent or more of the voting stock of HSBC Holdings. This discussion is based on laws, treaties, judicial decisions and regulatory interpretations in effect on the date hereof, all of which are subject to change. Under the current income tax treaty between the UK and the US, eligible US holders are no longer entitled to claim a special foreign tax credit in respect of dividends.

     Holders and prospective purchasers should consult their own advisers regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares or ADSs in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any national, state or local laws.

     In general, the beneficial owner of a share or ADS will be entitled to benefits under the Treaty (and, therefore, will be an eligible US holder) if it is (i) an individual resident of the US, a US corporation meeting ownership criteria specified in the Treaty or other entity meeting criteria specified in the Treaty; and (ii) not also resident in the UK for UK tax purposes. Special rules, including a limitation of benefits provision, may apply. The Treaty benefits discussed below generally are not available to US holders that hold shares or ADSs in connection with the conduct of a business through a permanent establishment, or the performance of personal services through a fixed base, in the UK.

Taxation of dividends

An eligible US holder must include cash dividends paid on the shares or ADSs in ordinary income on the date that such holder or the ADS depositary receives them, translating dividends paid in UK pounds sterling into US dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt. Subject to certain exceptions for positions that are held for less than 61 days or are hedged, and subject to a foreign corporation being considered a ‘qualified foreign corporation’ (which includes not being classified for US federal income tax purposes as a passive foreign


 

456


Back to Contents

investment company), certain dividends (‘qualified dividends’) received by an individual eligible US holder before 2011 generally will be subject to US taxation at a maximum rate of 15 per cent. Based on the company’s audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, HSBC Holdings believes that it was not treated as a passive foreign investment company for US federal income tax purposes with respect to its 2008 taxable year. In addition, based on the company’s current expectations regarding the value and nature of its assets, and the sources and nature of its income, HSBC Holdings does not anticipate being classified as a passive foreign investment company for its 2009 taxable year. Accordingly, dividends paid on the shares or ADSs generally should be treated as qualified dividends.

Taxation of capital gains

Gains realised by an eligible US holder on the sale or other disposition of shares or ADSs normally will not be subject to UK taxation unless at the time of the sale or other disposition the holder carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency or permanent establishment and the shares or ADSs are or have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade, profession, vocation, branch or agency or permanent establishment. Such gains will be included in income for US tax purposes, and will be long-term capital gains if the shares or ADSs were held for more than one year. A long-term capital gain realised by an individual holder generally is subject to US tax at a maximum rate of 15 per cent.

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax – ADSs

If shares are transferred into a clearance service or depository receipt (‘ADR’) arrangement (which will include a transfer of shares to the Depository) UK stamp duty and/or stamp duty reserve tax will be payable. The stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax is generally payable on the consideration for the transfer and is payable at the aggregate rate of 1.5 per cent.

     The amount of stamp duty reserve tax payable on such a transfer will be reduced by any stamp duty paid in connection with the same transfer.

     No stamp duty will be payable on the transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS, provided that the ADR and any separate instrument of transfer or written agreement to transfer remain at all times outside the UK, and provided further that any such transfer or written agreement to transfer is not executed in the UK. No stamp duty reserve tax will

be payable on a transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS effected by the transfer of an ADR.

     On a transfer of shares from the Depository to a registered holder of an ADS upon cancellation of the ADS, a fixed stamp duty of £5 per instrument of transfer will be payable by the registered holder of the ADR cancelled.

US backup withholding tax and information reporting

Distributions made on shares and proceeds from the sale of shares or ADSs that are paid within the US, or through certain financial intermediaries to US holders, are subject to information reporting and may be subject to a US ‘backup’ withholding tax unless, in general, the US holder complies with certain certification procedures or is a corporation or other person exempt from such withholding. Holders that are not US persons generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding tax, but may be required to comply with applicable certification procedures to establish that they are not US persons in order to avoid the application of such information reporting requirements or backup withholding tax to payments received within the US or through certain financial intermediaries.

History and development of HSBC


1865  The founding member of the HSBC Group, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, is established in both Hong Kong and Shanghai.
  
1959    The Mercantile Bank of India Limited and The British Bank of the Middle East, now HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, are purchased.
  
1965        A 51 per cent interest (subsequently increased to 62.14 per cent) is acquired in Hang Seng Bank Limited. Hang Seng Bank is the fourth-largest listed bank in Hong Kong by market capitalisation.
  
1980    A 51 per cent interest in Marine Midland Banks, Inc., now HSBC USA, Inc, is acquired (with the remaining interest acquired in 1987).
  
1981        The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation incorporates its then existing Canadian operations. HSBC Bank Canada subsequently makes numerous acquisitions, expanding rapidly to become the largest foreign-owned bank in Canada and the seventh-largest overall at 31 December 2007.

 

457


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Shareholder Information (continued)
   
   
History and development / Organisational chart

 

  1987 A 14.9 per cent interest in Midland Bank plc, now HSBC Bank plc, one of the UK’s principal clearing banks, is purchased.
     
  1991 HSBC Holdings plc is established as the parent company of the HSBC Group.
     
  1992 HSBC purchases the remaining interest in Midland Bank plc.
     
  1993 As a consequence of the Midland acquisition, HSBC’s Head Office is transferred from Hong Kong to London in January.
     
  1997 HSBC assumes selected assets, liabilities and subsidiaries of Banco Bamerindus do Brasil S.A., now HSBC Bank Brazil, following the intervention of the Central Bank of Brazil, and in Argentina completes the acquisition of Grupo Roberts, now part of HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.
     
  1999 HSBC acquires Republic New York Corporation, subsequently merged with HSBC USA, Inc., and Safra Republic Holdings S.A.
     
  2000 HSBC completes its acquisition of 99.99 per cent of the issued share capital of Crédit Commercial de France S.A., now HSBC France.
     
  2002 HSBC acquires 99.59 per cent of Grupo Financiero Bital, S.A. de C.V., the holding company of what is now HSBC Mexico.
     
  2003 HSBC acquires Household International, Inc., now HSBC Finance Corporation. HSBC Finance brings to the Group national coverage in the US for consumer lending, credit cards and credit insurance through multiple distribution channels.
     
  2003 HSBC acquires Banco Lloyds TSB S.A.– Banco Múltiplo in Brazil and the country’s leading consumer finance company, Losango Promotora de Vendas Limitada.
     
  2004 HSBC Bank USA, Inc. merges with HSBC Bank & Trust (Delaware) N.A. to form HSBC Bank USA, N.A.
     
  2004 The acquisition of The Bank of Bermuda Limited is completed.
     
  2004 HSBC acquires Marks and Spencer Retail Financial Services Holdings Limited, which trades as Marks and Spencer Money (‘M&S Money’) in the UK.
     
  2004 HSBC acquires 19.9 per cent of Bank of Communications, and Hang Seng Bank
    acquires 15.98 per cent of Industrial Bank.
     
  2005 HSBC increases its holding in Ping An Insurance to 19.9 per cent, having made its initial investment in 2002. Ping An Insurance is the second-largest life insurer and the third-largest property and casualty insurer in mainland China.
     
  2005 HSBC Finance completes the acquisition of Metris Companies Inc., making HSBC the fifth-largest issuer of MasterCard and Visa cards in the USA.
     
  2006 HSBC acquires Grupo Banistmo S.A. (‘Banistmo’), the leading banking group in Central America, through a tender offer to acquire 99.98 per cent of the outstanding shares of Banistmo.
     
  2007 HSBC’s three associates in mainland China, Industrial Bank, Ping An Insurance and Bank of Communications, issue new shares. HSBC does not subscribe and, as a result, its interests in the associates’ equity decrease from 15.98 per cent to 12.78 per cent, from 19.90 per cent to 16.78 per cent and from 19.90 per cent to 18.60 per cent, respectively. Subsequently, HSBC increases its holding in Bank of Communications from 18.60 per cent to 19.01 per cent for US$308 million.
     
  2007 HSBC agrees to acquire 51.02 per cent of the issued share capital of Korea Exchange Bank for US$6.5 billion. (HSBC terminated the agreement in September 2008.)
     
  2007 HSBC is named the successful bidder in a government auction to acquire the assets, liabilities and operations of The Chinese Bank in Taiwan.
     
  2008 In July, HSBC completes the sale of its seven French regional banks, Sociètè Marseillaise de Crèdit, Banque de Savoie, Banque Chaix, Banque Marze, Banque Dupuy, de Parseval, Banque Pelletier and Crèdit Commercial du Sud Ouest, for US$3.2 billion.
     
  2008 In October, HSBC enters into an agreement to acquire 88.89 per cent of PT Bank Ekonomi Raharja Tbk in Indonesia for US$608 million in cash. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval.


458


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Organisational structure
   
   
   

 

 

459


Back to Contents

Form 20-F Item Number and Caption Location Page
         
PART I    
1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers Not required for Annual Report
2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable Not required for Annual Report
       
3. Key Information    
A. Selected Financial Data Five-Year Comparison 4-5, 449
B. Capitalisation and Indebtedness Not required for Annual Report
C. Reasons for the Offer and use of Proceeds Not required for Annual Report
D. Risk Factors Challenges and Uncertainties 12-17
   
4. Information on the Company
A. History and Development of the Company Operating and Financial Review 12-143, 457-458, 468
       
    Shareholder Information 448-459
    Impact of Market Turmoil 144-187
B. Business Overview Operating and Financial Review 12-143
    Regulation and Supervision 188-191
    Impact of Market Turmoil 144-187
C. Organisational Structure Principal Activities 12
    Organisational Structure Chart 459
    Note 24 – Notes on the Financial Statements 416-418
D. Property, Plants and Equipment Property 141
    Note 23 – Notes on the Financial Statements 413-415
       
4 A. Unresolved Staff Comments Not Applicable
       
5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects    
A. Operating Results Operating and Financial Review 12-143
    Impact of Market Turmoil 144-187
B. Liquidity and Capital Resources Risk 253-239, 270-272, 274-279
C. Research and Development, Patents and Licences, etc. Not Applicable
       
D. Trend Information Operating and Financial Review 12-143
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements Special Purpose Entities 173-187
    Other off-balance sheet arrangements and commitments 187
       
F. Contractual Obligations Operating and Financial Review 57
       
6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees    
A. Directors and Senior Management Governance 281-289
B. Compensation Directors’ Remuneration Report 315-328
C. Board Practices Report of the Directors 290-293
    Directors’ Remuneration Report 315, 317-318
    Directors’ Remuneration Report 322-324
       
D. Employees Governance 303-304

 

459a


Back to Contents

E. Share Ownership Governance 301-302
      Directors’ Remuneration Report 326-328
7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions    
A.  Major Shareholders  Governance 314
B.  Related Party Transactions  Note 43 – Notes on the Financial Statements 444-447
C.  Interests of Experts and Counsel  Not required for Annual Report
         
8. Financial Information     
A.  Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information Financial Statements 332-447
    Legal Proceedings 142-143
    Note 42 – Notes on the Financial Statements 443-444
    Shareholder Information 448-449
B.  Significant Changes  Not Applicable
       
9. The Offer and Listing     
A.  Offer and Listing Details  Shareholder Information 449-450
B.  Plan of Distribution  Not required for Annual Report
C. Markets  Shareholder Information 449-450
D.  Selling Shareholders  Not required for Annual Report
E.  Dilution  Not required for Annual Report
F.  Expenses of the Issue  Not required for Annual Report
         
10. Additional Information     
A. Share Capital Not required for Annual Report
B. Memorandum and Articles of Association Shareholder Information 451-452
C. Material Contracts Not Applicable
D. Exchange Controls Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders 448
E.  Taxation  Shareholder Information 455-457
F. Dividends and Paying Agents Not required for Annual Report
G. Statements by Experts Not required for Annual Report
H. Documents on Display Shareholder Information 454
I. Subsidiary Information Not Applicable
         
11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Management of Risk 241-251
    Note 18 and 34 – Notes on the Financial Statements 399-402, 429-430
       
       
12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities     
  A. Debt Securities Not required for Annual Report
  B. Warrants and Rights Not required for Annual Report
  C. Other Securities Not required for Annual Report
  D. American Depositary Shares Not required for Annual Report
       
PART II    
13. Defaults, Dividends Arrearages and Not Applicable

 

459b


Back to Contents

 

  Delinquencies    
       
14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Securities Holders and Use of Proceeds Not Applicable
       
15. Controls and Procedures Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and Accounts  2008 and the Financial Statements 329
    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Board of Directors and shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc 330-331
  Disclosure Controls 66a
       
16. [Reserved]    
A.  Audit Committee Financial Expert Report of the Directors 296-298
B.  Code of Ethics Report of the Directors 294-296
C.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services Report of the Directors 296-298
    Note 9 – Notes on the Financial Statements 375-376
D.  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees  Not Applicable
E.  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers Report of the Directors 314
F.  Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant Not Applicable
G.  Corporate Governance Report of the Directors 294-296
PART III    
17.   Financial Statements Not Applicable
18.   Financial Statements Financial Statements 332-447
19.   Exhibits (including Certifications)   *

 

459c


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Glossary
   
   
   

 

  Accounting terms used US equivalent or brief description
     
  Accounts Financial Statements
  Articles of Association Bylaws
  Associates Long-term equity investments accounted for using the equity method
  Attributable profit Net income
  Balance sheet Statement of financial position
  Bills Notes
  Called up share capital Ordinary shares, issued and fully paid
  Capital allowances Tax depreciation allowances
  Creditors Payables
  Debtors Receivables
  Deferred tax Deferred income tax
  Depreciation Amortisation
  Finance lease Capital lease
  Freehold Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity
  Interests in associates and joint ventures Long-term equity investments accounted for using the equity method
  Loans and advances Lendings
  Loan capital Long-term debt
  Nominal value Par value
  One-off Non-recurring
  Ordinary shares Common stock
  Overdraft
A line of credit, contractually repayable on demand unless a fixed-term has been agreed, established through a customer’s current account
  Preference shares Preferred stock
  Premises Real estate
  Provisions Liabilities
  Share capital Ordinary shares or common stock issued and fully paid
  Shareholders’ equity Stockholders’ equity
  Share premium account Additional paid-in capital
  Shares in issue Shares outstanding
  Write-offs Charge-offs

 

460


Back to Contents

  Abbreviations used Brief description
 
  ABS Asset-backed security
  ADR American Depositary Receipt
  ADS American depositary share
  AIEA Average interest-earning assets
  ALCO Asset and Liability Management Committee
  ARM Adjustable-rate mortgage
  ASF Asset and Structured Finance
  Asscher Asscher Finance Ltd, a structured investment vehicle managed by HSBC
  ATM Automated teller machine
  Banca Nazionale Banca Nazionale del Lavoro SpA
  Bank of Bermuda The Bank of Bermuda Limited, which was acquired in February 2004
  Bank of Communications
Bank of Communications Co., Limited, mainland China’s fourth largest bank by market capitalisation, in which HSBC currently has 19.01 per cent interest
  Barion Barion Funding Limited, a term funding vehicle
  Basel Committee Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
  Basel I 1988 Basel Capital Accord
  Basel II Final Accord of the Basel Committee on proposals for a new capital adequacy framework
  Bps Basis points. One basis point is equal to one hundredth of a percentage point
  Brazilian operations
HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.–Banco Múltiplo and subsidiaries, plus HSBC Serviços e Participações Limitada
  Cash flow hedges
Hedges of the variability in highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a forecast transaction
  CCF CCF S.A., the former name of HSBC France
  CD Certificate of deposit
  CDS Credit default swap
  CDO Collateralised debt obligation
  CGU Cash-generating unit
  CNAV Constant Net Asset Value
  Combined Code Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued by the Financial Reporting Council
  CP Commercial paper
  CPI Consumer price index
  CRR Customer risk rating
  Cullinan Cullinan Finance Ltd, a structured investment vehicle managed by HSBC
  Decision One
Decision One Mortgage Company, HSBC Finance’s subsidiary which originates loans referred by mortgage brokers
  DPF Discretionary participation feature of insurance and investment contracts
  Enhanced VNAV Enhanced Variable Net Asset Value
  EPS Earnings per share
  EU European Union
  Fair value hedges Hedges of the change in fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or firm commitments
  FDIC Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (US)
  Financiera Independencia Financiera Independencia S.A.B. de C.V.
  FSA Financial Services Authority (UK)
  FTSE Financial Times - Stock Exchange index
  GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
  GCRO Group Chief Risk Officer
  GDP Gross domestic product
  Global Markets HSBC’s treasury and capital markets services in Global Banking and Markets
  GMB Group Management Board
  GMO Group Management Office
  Group HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
  Hang Seng Bank Hang Seng Bank Limited, the third largest bank listed in Hong Kong by market capitalisation

 

461


Back to Contents

H S B C    H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
Glossary (continued)
   
   
   

 

  Abbreviations used Brief description
     
  HELoC Home equity lines of credit
  HFC
HFC Bank Limited, the UK-based consumer finance business acquired through the acquisition by HSBC of HSBC Finance
  HKMA Hong Kong Monetary Authority
  HKSE The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited
  Hong Kong The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China
  HSBC HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
  HSBC Assurances
HSBC Assurances, comprising Erisa S.A., the French life insurer, and Erisa I.A.R.D., the property and casualty insurer (together, formerly Erisa)
  HSBC Bank HSBC Bank plc, formerly Midland Bank plc
  HSBC Bank Argentina HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.
  HSBC Bank Brazil
HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.–Banco Múltiplo, HSBC’s retail banking operation in Brazil, formerly Banco Bamerindus do Brasil S.A.
  HSBC Bank China
HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited, HSBC’s banking subsidiary in mainland China which was incorporated in March 2007
  HSBC Bank Malaysia HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad
  HSBC Bank Middle East HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, formerly The British Bank of the Middle East
  HSBC Bank Panama HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A., formerly Grupo Banistmo S.A.
  HSBC Bank USA
HSBC’s retail bank in the US. From 1 July 2004, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (formerly HSBC Bank USA, Inc.)
  HSBC Direct HSBC’s online banking and savings proposition
  HSBC Finance
HSBC Finance Corporation, the US consumer finance company acquired in March 2003 (formerly Household International, Inc.)
  HSBC France HSBC’s French banking subsidiary, formerly CCF S.A.
  HSBC Holdings HSBC Holdings plc, the parent company of HSBC
  HSBC Mexico
HSBC México S.A., the commercial banking subsidiary of Grupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.
  HSBC Premier HSBC’s premium global banking service
  HSBC Private Bank (Suisse)
HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) S.A., HSBC’s private bank in Switzerland (formerly HSBC Republic Bank (Suisse) S.A.)
  IAS International Accounting Standard
  IASB International Accounting Standards Board
  IFRSs International Financial Reporting Standards
  IFRIC International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee
  Industrial Bank
Industrial Bank Co. Limited, a national joint-stock bank in mainland China of which Hang Seng currently has a 12.78 per cent interest
  IPO Initial public offering
  IRB Internal ratings-based approach to implementing Basel II
  Key management personnel Directors and Group Managing Directors of HSBC Holdings
  KPI Key performance indicator
  KPMG KPMG Audit Plc and its affiliates
  LIBOR London Interbank Offer Rate
  Losango
Losango Promoções e Vendas Ltda, the Brazilian consumer finance company acquired in December 2003
  Madoff Securities Bernard L Madoff Investment Securities LLC
  Mainland China People’s Republic of China excluding Hong Kong
  Malachite Malachite Funding Limited, a term funding vehicle
  MasterCard MasterCard Inc.
  Mazarin Mazarin Funding Limited, an asset-backed CP conduit
  MBS US mortgage-backed security
  Metrovacesa Metrovacesa, S.A.

 

462


Back to Contents

  Abbreviations used Brief description
 
  Monoline Monoline insurance company
  M&S Money
Marks and Spencer Retail Financial Services Holdings Limited, acquired by HSBC in November 2004
  MSCI Morgan Stanley Capital International index
  MTN Medium-term note
  NA Nationally Chartered, a designation for certain categories of banks in the US
  Net investment hedges Hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation
  NYSE New York Stock Exchange
  OFT Office of Fair Trading (UK)
  OTC Over-the-counter
  Performance Shares
Awards of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under employee share plans that are subject to corporate performance conditions
  Ping An Insurance
Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited, the second-largest life insurer in the PRC, in which HSBC currently has 16.78 per cent interest
  Premier See HSBC Premier
  PVIF Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
  Repo Sale and repurchase transaction
  Restricted shares
Awards of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, normally after three years, subject to remaining an employee
  Reverse repo Security purchased under commitments to sell
  RMM Risk Management Meeting
  RPI Retail price index (UK)
  RWA Risk weighted asset
  Seasoning The emergence of credit loss patterns in portfolios over time
  S&P Standard and Poor’s rating agency
  SEC Securities and Exchange Commission (US)
  SIC Securities investment conduit
  SIP Statement of investment principles produced by trustees of defined pension plans
  SIV Structured investment vehicle
  SME Small and medium-sized enterprise
  Solitaire Solitaire Funding Limited, a special purpose entity managed by HSBC
  SPE Special purpose entity
  Sub-prime
A US description for customers who have limited credit histories, modest incomes, high debt-to-income ratios, high loan-to-value ratios (for real estate secured products) or have experienced credit problems caused by occasional delinquencies, prior charge-offs, bankruptcy or other credit-related actions
  Techcombank Vietnam Technological and Commercial Joint Stock Bank
  The Chinese Bank The Chinese Bank Co., Ltd., the business of which HSBC acquired in March 2008
 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, the founding member of the HSBC Group
  TSR Total shareholder return
  TSR award
TSR measure applied to a proportion of the award of Performance Shares under The HSBC Share Plan
  UAE United Arab Emirates
  UK United Kingdom
  US United States
  VAR Value at risk
  Visa Visa Inc.
  VNAV Variable net asset value
  WWF World Wide Fund for Nature

 

463


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
lndex
   
   
   

 

Accounting 340 Client assets 80
  developments (future) 342 Collateral and credit enhancements 199, 222
  policies (critical) 61 Commercial Banking
  policies (significant) 150   business highlights 73
Accounts   financial performance 72
  approval 447   products and services 138
  basis of preparation 67, 340   strategic direction 72
Acquisitions and disposals 418   underlying/reported profit 74
Annual General Meeting 314, 452 Committees (board) 296, 315
Areas of special interest 208 Communication with shareholders 453
Asset-backed securities 145, 150 Conduits 174
Assets Constant currency 23
  by customer group 67, 389 Contents 1, 67, 87, 188, 281, 315, 332, 448
  by geographical region 88, 389 Contingent liabilities and contractual
  charged as security 430   commitments 440
  held in custody and under administration 141 Contractual obligations 57
  intangible 409 Corporate governance
  movement in 41   codes 294
  other 418   report 281
  trading 396 Corporate sustainability 254, 312
Associates and joint ventures   committee 299
  dilution gains 31 Cost efficiency ratio 2, 37
  interests in 360, 406 Credit coverage ratios 3
  share of profit in 38 Credit exposure 197
Audit committee (Group) 296 Credit quality 195, 212, 217, 268
Auditors’ remuneration 375 Credit risk
Auditors’ Report 330   challenges and uncertainties 15
Balance sheet   management thereof 192
  average 42   insurance 267
  consolidated 40, 334 Critical accounting policies 61
  data 4, 68, 72, 75, 78, 79, 83, 90, 96, 99, 104, Cross-border exposures 207
           116, 120, 126, 130, 135 Customer accounts 89, 109, 119, 129
  HSBC Holdings 337   satisfaction 20
Basel II 274 Customer groups and global businesses 67, 84
Borrowings (short-term) 56 Daily distribution of revenues 243
Brand perception 20 Dealings in HSBC Holdings plc shares 314
Business highlights 69, 73, 76, 80 Debt securities in issue 210, 420
Business model 149   accounting policy 359
Business performance review   rating agency designation 175
  Europe 91, 93 Deferred tax 66
  Hong Kong 100, 102 Defined terms inside front cover 
  Latin America 131, 133 Deposits
  North America 121, 123   average balances and average rates 59
  Rest of Asia-Pacific 111, 114   time 61
Calendar (dividends) 448, 449 Derivatives 201, 398
Capital   accounting policy 351
  management and allocation 274 Dilution gains 31
  return on invested capital 2 Directors
  structure 278   appointments and re-election 293
Capital and performance ratios 3   biographies 281
Cash flow   board of directors 290
  accounting policy 359   emoluments 324, 374
  consolidated statement 336   interests 301
  HSBC Holdings 339   non-executive 323
  notes 439   other directorships 323
  payable under financial liabilities 240   pensions 322, 324
  projected scenario analysis 238   remuneration (executive) 317
Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking   responsibilities (statement of) 329
  statements 6   service contracts 322
Certificates of deposit and other time deposits   share plans 326
  (maturity analysis) 61 Disclosure policy 144
Challenges and uncertainties 12 Dividends 2, 313, 384, 448, 449

 

464


Back to Contents

Donations 312 Financial statements 23, 332
Earnings per share 2, 19, 320, 384 Five-year comparison 4
Economic briefing Foreign exchange
  Europe 90, 93   accounting policy 357
  Hong Kong 100, 101   exposures 248, 429
  Latin America 130, 132   rates 4
  North America 119, 123 Funds under management 140
  Rest of Asia-Pacific 109, 113 Geographical regions 87
Economic profit 39, 319 Global Banking and Markets
Efficiency and revenue mix ratios 3   asset-backed securities 147
Employees 303   balance sheet data 78
  compensation and benefits 311, 363   business highlights 76
  disabled 303   financial performance 75
  engagement 19   products and services 139
  involvement 303   strategic direction 75
  remuneration policy 303   underlying/reported profit 77
Enforceability of judgements made in the US 448 Goodwill
Enquiries (from shareholders) 453   accounting policy 353
Equity 42, 436   and intangible assets 409
Equity securities 246   critical accounting policy 63
Europe Governance codes 294
  balance sheet data 90, 96   HSBC Holdings/New York Stock Exchange
  business performance 91, 93   corporate governance differences 294
  challenges and uncertainties 14 Group Chairman’s Statement 8
  customer accounts by country 89 Group Management Board 296
  economic briefing 90, 93 Health and safety 313
  lending 205, 207 History and development of HSBC 457
  loan impairment charges 223, 226, 229, 232 Hong Kong
  loans and advances to customers 89   balance sheet data 99, 104
  profit/(loss) 89, 90, 96   business performance 100, 102
  regulation and supervision (UK) 189   challenges and uncertainties 14
  underlying/reported profit 91, 94   economic briefing 100, 101
Events after the balance sheet date 447   lending 205, 207
Exchange controls and other limitations affecting   loan impairment charges 223, 226, 229, 232
  equity security holders 448   profit/(loss) 99, 104
Exposures 150, 178, 183, 200   regulation and supervision 189
Fee income (net) 27   underlying/reported profit 100, 102
Fair value HSBC Holdings plc
  accounting policy 345   balance sheet 337
Financial assets   cash flow 339
  critical accounting policy 64   credit risk 232
  designated at fair value 397   dividends 449
  not qualifying for de-recognition 405   employee emoluments 374
Financial assets and liabilities   financial assets and liabilities 395
  accounting policy 346, 353   liquidity and funding management 240
  by measurement basis 392   market risk 249
  reclassification 145   maturity analysis of assets and liabilities 429
Financial guarantee contracts   related party transactions 447
  accounting policy 357   share plans 379
Financial highlights 2   statement of changes in total equity 338
Financial instruments   structural foreign exchange exposures 249
  accounting policy 349   subordinated liabilities 427
  credit quality 217 Impairment
  fair value 162   accounting policy 346
  net income from 29, 360   allowances and charges 34, 223
  not at fair value 170   assessment 195
  critical accounting policy (valuation) 63   critical accounting policy 62
Financial investments 403   losses as percentage of loans and advances 224
  accounting policy 350   movement by industry and geographical
  gains less losses from 30            region 224, 225
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 419 Income statement (consolidated) 24, 333
Financial risks (insurance) 262 Information on HSBC (availability thereof) 454

 

465


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C
 
lndex (continued) 
   
   
   

 

Insurance   past due 219
  accounting policy 358   renegotiated 216
  claims incurred (net) and movements in   to banks by geographical region 210
  liabilities to policyholders 33, 362   to customers by industry sector and
  liabilities under contracts issued 421            geographical region 204, 205, 206
  net earned premiums 31, 361 Market risk
  PVIF business 272   impact of market turmoil 242
  risk management 255   insurance 263
Interest income (net) 26   management thereof 241
  accounting policy 344 Market turmoil 144, 239, 242
  analysis of changes in 50 Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities 428
  average balance sheet 42 Maximum exposure to credit risk 197
  forgone on impaired loans 233 Memorandum and Articles of Association 451
  sensitivity 58, 246 Minority interests 431
Interim management statements 452 Money market funds 179
Internal control 299 Monoline insurers 158
IFRS and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Mortgage lending 210, 211, 213
  Standards comparison 340 Nomination committee 298
Investment contracts Non-interest income
  accounting policy 358   accounting policy 344
Investor relations 454 Non-life insurance business 256
IT performance 20 Non-trading portfolios 245
Key performance indicators North America
  financial 17   balance sheet data 120, 126
  non-financial 19   business performance 121, 123
Latin America   challenges and uncertainties 14
  balance sheet data 130, 135   customer accounts by country 119
  business performance 131, 133   economic briefing 119, 123
  challenges and uncertainties 15   lending 205, 207
  customer accounts by country 129   loan delinquency in the US 215
  economic briefing 130, 132   loan impairment charges 223, 226, 229, 232
  lending 205, 207   mortgage lending 210
  loan impairment charges 223, 226, 229, 232   profit/(loss) 119, 120, 126
  loans and advances to customers 129, 206   regulation and supervision (US) 190
  profit/(loss) 129, 130   underlying/reported profit 121, 124
  underlying/reported profit 131/133 Off-balance sheet arrangements 187
Lease commitments 442 Operating expenses 36
  accounting policy 355 Operating income 32, 363
Legal Operational risk 252
  proceedings/risk 16, 142, 252   challenges and uncertainties 16
  litigation 443 Organisational structure chart 459
Leveraged finance transactions 160 Other (notes) 82
Liabilities Pensions
  by geographical region 389   accounting policy 356
  movement in 47   for directors 324
  other 421   risk 246, 253
  subordinated 424 Personal Financial Services
  trading 419   business highlights 69
Life insurance business 255   financial performance 69
Liquidity and funding   products and services 138
  challenges and uncertainties 15   strategic direction 68
  management thereof 235   subsequent developments 70
  impact of market turmoil 239   underlying/reported profit 71
  insurance 271 Personal lending 208
Loans and advances Principal activities 12
  accounting policy 346 Private Banking
  collateral 200   business highlights 80
  concentration of exposure 200   financial performance 79
  credit quality of 195   products and services 140
  delinquency in the US 215   strategic direction 79
  impairment 220   underlying/reported profit 81
  maturity and interest sensitivity 58 Products and services 138

 

466


Back to Contents

Profit before tax   Sale and repurchase agreements
  by country 89, 107, 119, 129     accounting policy 351
  by customer group 67, 68, 72, 75, 79, 82, 84, 390   Securities held for trading (concentration of
  by geographical region 88, 90, 96, 99, 104, 110, 116, 386     exposure) 200
  consolidated 333   Securitisations 182
  data 4   Segment analysis 385
 
underlying/reported reconciliations 21, 22, 71, 74, 77, 81, 83, 91, 94, 100, 102, 111, 114, 121, 124, 131, 133
    accounting policy 345
Property, plant and equipment 141, 413   Senior management
  accounting policy 354     biographies 286
  valuation of land and buildings 141   Share-based payments 376
Provisions 424     accounting policy 356
  accounting policy 357   Share capital 431
PVIF 272     accounting policy 359
Ratios     and reserves 53
  advances to deposits 236     notifiable interests in 314
  capital and performance 3   Share information 3
  credit coverage 3   Share plans
  cost efficiency 3     Bank of Bermuda plans 310, 434
  earnings to combined fixed charges 57     discretionary plans 307
  financial 4     for directors 326
  net liquid assets to customer liabilities 237     for employees 304
Regulation and supervision 17, 188     HSBC Finance plans 309, 381, 434
Related party transactions 444     HSBC France plans 308, 380, 433
Remuneration committee 298, 315     long-term incentives 318
Renegotiated loans 216     performance shares and restricted share awards 326
Repricing gap 250   Shareholder (communications with) 313, 453
Reputational risk 254     profile 451
Residual value risk management 252   Social and community investment 312
Rest of Asia-Pacific   Special purpose entities 149, 173, 183, 187
  balance sheet data 110, 116   Staff numbers 36, 303
  business performance 111, 114   Statement of changes in total equity 338
  challenges and uncertainties 14   Statement of recognised income and expense 335
  customer accounts by country 109   Stock symbols 450
  economic briefing 109, 113   Strategic direction 12, 68, 72, 75, 79
  lending 205, 207   Structural foreign exchange exposure 248
  loan impairment charges 223, 226, 229, 232   Structured investment vehicles (SIVs) 174
  loans and advances to customers 108, 206   Subsidiaries 87, 416
  profit/(loss) 107, 110, 116     accounting policy 353
  underlying/reported profit 111, 114   Supplier payment policy 313
Risk elements in loan portfolio 233   Sustainability 312
Risk management 150, 191     risk 254
  capital management and allocation 274   Taxation
  contingent liquidity 238     accounting policy 355
  credit 192     challenges and uncertainties 17
  credit spread 244, 245     deferred tax – critical accounting policy 66
  insurance operations 262     expense 381
  legal 252     UK residents 455
  liquidity and funding management 235     US residents 456
  market 241   Tier 1 capital 279
  operational 252   Total shareholder return 3, 19, 319, 322
  pension 253   Trading assets 396
  rating scales 218     accounting policy 349
  reputational 254   Trading income (net) 28
  residual value 252   Trading liabilities 419
  security and fraud 253     accounting policy 349
  sustainability 254   Trading market (nature of) 449
Risk-weighted assets   Trading portfolios 244
  by principal subsidiary 280   Troubled debt restructurings 233
      Value at risk 241, 251

 

467


Back to Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC STOCKBROKERS
Incorporated in England on 1 January 1959 with Goldman Sachs International
limited liability under the UK Companies Act Peterborough Court
Registered in England: number 617987 133 Fleet Street
  London EC4A 2BB
REGISTERED OFFICE AND United Kingdom
GROUP MANAGEMENT OFFICE  
8 Canada Square HSBC Bank plc
London E14 5HQ 8 Canada Square
United Kingdom London E14 5HQ
Telephone: 44 (0) 20 7991 8888 United Kingdom
Facsimile: 44 (0) 20 7992 4880  
Web: www.hsbc.com  
   
REGISTRARS  
Principal Register  
Computershare Investor Services PLC  
PO Box 1064, The Pavilions  
Bridgwater Road  
Bristol BS99 3FA  
United Kingdom  
Telephone: 44 (0) 870 702 0137  
   
Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register  
Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited  
Rooms 1806-1807  
18th floor, Hopewell Centre  
183 Queen’s Road East  
Hong Kong  
Telephone: 852 2862 8555  
   
Bermuda Overseas Branch Register  
Corporate Shareholder Services  
The Bank of Bermuda Limited  
6 Front Street  
Hamilton HM11  
Bermuda  
Telephone: 1 441 299 6737  
   
ADR Depositary  
BNY Mellon Shareowner Services  
PO Box 358516  
Pittsburgh  
PA15252 - 8516  
USA  
Telephone: 1 877 283 5786  
   
Email: shrrelations@bnymellon.com  
   
Paying Agent (France)  
HSBC France  
103 avenue des Champs Elysées  
75419 Paris Cedex 08  
France  
Telephone: 33 1 40 70 22 56  

 

468


Back to Contents

     
  © Copyright HSBC Holdings plc 2009 All rights reserved  
     
  No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of HSBC Holdings plc.  
     
  Published by Group Finance, HSBC Holdings plc, London  
     

 

 

 


Back to Contents

Item 19. Exhibits


Documents filed as exhibits to this Form 20-F:

Exhibit
Number
  Description
     
1.1   Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings plc. +
 
2.1   The total amount of long-term debt securities of HSBC Holdings plc authorized under any instrument does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the Group on a consolidated basis. HSBC Holdings plc hereby agrees to furnish to the Commission, upon its request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of HSBC Holdings plc or of its subsidiaries for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required to be filed.
 
4.1 Service Agreement dated October 14, 2008 between HSBC Holdings plc and Douglas Jardine Flint.
 
4.2   Service Agreement dated May 24, 2007 between HSBC Holdings plc and Stephen Keith Green, as amended February 28, 2008. *
 
4.3   Service Agreement dated May 24, 2007 between HSBC Asia Holdings BV and Michael F Geoghegan, as amended February 29, 2008. *
 
4.4 Service Agreement dated August 29, 2008 between The Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Vincent Cheng Hoi Chuen.
 
4.5 Service Agreement dated December 2, 2008 between HSBC Asia Holdings B.V. and Alexander Flockhart.
 
4.6 Service Agreement dated September 5, 2008 between HSBC Asia Holdings B.V. and Stuart Gulliver.
 
7.1 Computation of ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges (and preference share dividends).
 
8.1   Subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc (set forth in Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 20-F).
 
12.1 Certificate of HSBC Holdings plc’s Group Chief Executive pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
12.2 Certificate of HSBC Holdings plc’s Group Finance Director pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
13.1 Annual Certification of HSBC Holdings plc’s Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
14.1 Consent of KPMG Audit plc.
     

Back to Contents

14.2   Pages of HSBC Holdings plc’s 2000 Form 20-F/A dated February 26, 2001 relating to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings plc that are incorporated by reference into this Form 20-F. **
     
14.3   Pages of HSBC Holdings plc’s 2001 Form 20-F dated March 13, 2002 relating to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings plc that are incorporated by reference into this Form 20-F. **

 
+   As previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibit 4.3 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-155338) dated November 13, 2008.
     
*   As previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 20-F dated March 20, 2008.
     
**   As previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 20-F dated March 20, 2006.


Back to Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

  HSBC Holdings plc
           
  By:   /s/ Douglas J Flint
   
      Name:   Douglas J Flint
      Title:   Group Finance Director

Dated: 10 March 2009